UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 20-F

 

o

 

REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

Or

 

x

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2008

 

Or

 

o

 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

Or

 

o

 

SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

Commission File Number: 1-10167

 

WESTPAC BANKING CORPORATION
Australian Business Number 33 007 457 141
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

New South Wales, Australia
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

 

275 Kent Street, Sydney, NSW 2000, Australia
(Address of principal executive offices)

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Ordinary shares

 

Listed on the New York Stock Exchange, not for trading, but only in connection with the registration of related American Depositary Shares, pursuant to the requirements of the New York Stock Exchange.

American Depositary Shares, each representing the right to receive five ordinary shares

 

New York Stock Exchange

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  None

 

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act: 4.625% Subordinated Notes Due 2018

 

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.

 

Ordinary shares                                                                         1,894,285,984 fully paid

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

Yes o     No x

 

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Yes o     No x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes x     No o

 

Indicate by check mark whether registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer.

Large accelerated filer x        Accelerated Filer o        Non-accelerated filer o

 

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

U.S. GAAP o    International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board x

Other o

 

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company.

Yes o     No x

 

 

 



 

2008 Annual Report

 



 

Information contained in or otherwise accessible through the web sites mentioned in this Annual Report does not form part of the report unless we specifically state that the information is incorporated by reference thereby forming part of the report.  All references in this report to web sites are inactive textual references and are for information only.

 

 



 

Annual Report

 

 

Form 20-F cross-reference index

 

2

Guide 3 cross-reference index

 

4

Section 1

 

7

Information on Westpac

 

10

Corporate governance

 

21

Directors’ report

 

38

Directors and Group Executives

 

63

Section 2

 

67

Four year summary

 

68

Key information

 

69

Financial review

 

70

Overview of performance

 

78

Income statement review

 

79

Balance sheet review

 

85

Asset quality

 

86

Business group results

 

88

Liquidity and funding

 

96

Capital resources

 

99

Risk management

 

101

Additional financial information (prepared in accordance with AGAAP)

 

107

Selected consolidated financial and operating data

 

107

Section 3

 

119

Financial report

 

120

Section 4

 

277

Shareholding information

 

278

Additional information

 

286

Glossary of abbreviations

 

293

 

In this Annual Report references to ‘Westpac’, ‘Group’, ‘we’, ‘us’ and ‘our’ are to Westpac Banking Corporation ABN 33 007 457 141 and its subsidiaries unless they clearly mean just Westpac Banking Corporation.

 

1



 

Form 20-F cross-reference index

(for the purpose of filing with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission)

 

20-F item number and description

 

Page

Part I

 

 

 

Item 1.

Identity of directors, senior management and advisers

 

Not applicable

Item 2.

Offer statistics and expected timetable

 

Not applicable

Item 3.

Key information

 

 

 

Selected financial data

 

9, 11, 69-72

 

Capitalisation and indebtedness

 

Not applicable

 

Reasons for the offer and use of proceeds

 

Not applicable

 

Risk factors

 

72-76

Item 4.

Information on Westpac

 

 

 

History and development of Westpac

 

10, 13-16

 

Business overview

 

10-20

 

Organisational structure

 

10

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

13-14

Item 4A.

Unresolved staff comments

 

Not applicable

Item 5.

Operating and financial review and prospects

 

 

 

Critical accounting estimates

 

77-78

 

Operating results

 

78-95

 

Liquidity and capital resources

 

96-100

 

Research and development, patents, licences etc.

 

Not applicable

 

Trend information

 

78-95

 

Off-balance sheet arrangements

 

98

 

Tabular disclosure of contractual obligations

 

99

 

Safe harbor

 

8

Item 6.

Directors, senior management and employees

 

 

 

Directors and senior management

 

22-25, 38-39, 63-66

 

Compensation

 

18-19, 44-60, 258-266

 

Board practices

 

22-26, 29-35, 38-39, 63

 

Employees

 

18

 

Share ownership

 

40-41, 258-266

Item 7.

Major equity holders and related party transactions

 

 

 

Major equity holders

 

278-281

 

Related party transactions

 

78, 258

 

Interests of experts and counsel

 

Not applicable

Item 8.

Financial information

 

 

 

Consolidated statements and other financial information

 

119-274

 

Significant changes

 

14-16, 268-269

Item 9.

The offer and listing

 

281

Item 10.

Additional information

 

 

 

Share capital

 

Not applicable

 

Memorandum and articles of association

 

286-289

 

Material contracts

 

14-16

 

Exchange controls

 

282-283

 

Taxation

 

283-285

 

Dividends and paying agents

 

Not applicable

 

Statements by experts

 

Not applicable

 

Documents on display

 

289

 

Subsidiary information

 

Not applicable

Item 11.

Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk

 

101-106

Item 12.

Description of securities other than equity securities

 

Not applicable

 

2



 

Part II

 

 

 

Item 13.

Defaults, dividend arrearages and delinquencies

 

Not applicable

Item 14.

Material modifications to the rights of security holders and use of proceeds

 

Not applicable

Item 15.

Controls and procedures

 

106, 271, 274

Item 16A.

Audit committee financial expert

 

29-30

Item 16B.

Code of ethics

 

26-28

Item 16C.

Principal accountant fees and services

 

78, 244

Item 16D.

Exemptions from the Listing Standards for audit committees

 

Not applicable

Item 16E.

Purchases of equity securities by the issuer and affiliated purchasers

 

100, 172-173, 184

Part III

 

 

 

Item 17 & 18

Financial statements

 

119-269

Item 19.

Exhibits

 

 

Consolidated income statements for the years ended 30 September 2008, 2007 and 2006

 

121

Consolidated balance sheets as at 30 September 2008 and 2007

 

122

Consolidated statements of recognised income and expense for the years ended 30 September 2008, 2007 and 2006

 

123

Consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended 30 September 2008, 2007 and 2006

 

124

Notes to the financial statements

 

125-269

Management’s report on the internal control over financial reporting

 

271

Report of independent registered public accounting firm

 

272-274

 

3



 

Guide 3 cross-reference index

 

 

 

Page

Part I Distribution of assets, liabilities and stockholder’s equity: interest rates and interest differential

 

 

Average balance sheets

 

71, 185-188

Analysis of net interest earnings

 

79-81, 185-188

Volume and rate movement

 

79-81, 185-188

Part II Investment portfolio

 

 

Book value of investments

 

147-148

Maturity profile

 

149, 218

Book value and market value > 10% of shareholders

 

148

Part III Loan portfolio

 

 

Types of loans

 

111, 115, 151

Maturities and sensitivities of loans to changes in interest rates

 

152

Risk elements

 

 

Non-accrual, past due and restructured loans

 

114, 209-210

Potential problem loans

 

87

Foreign outstandings

 

103

Loan concentrations

 

Not applicable

Other interest bearing assets

 

146

Part IV Summary of loan loss experience

 

 

Analysis of the allowance for loan losses

 

112-113, 116-117, 154-156

Allocation of the allowance for loan losses

 

112-113, 116-117, 154-156

Part V Deposits

 

163-164

Part VI Return on equity and assets

 

68, 72

Part VII Short-term borrowings

 

168

 

4



 

This page intentionally blank

 

5



 

This page intentionally blank

 

6



 

Section 1

 

Information on Westpac

Corporate governance

Directors’ report

Directors and Group Executives

 

7



 

Disclosure regarding forward-looking statements

 

This Annual Report contains statements that constitute ‘forward-looking statements’ within the meaning of section 21E of the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The US Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 provides a ‘safe harbor’ for forward-looking information to encourage companies to provide prospective information about themselves without fear of litigation so long as the information is identified as forward-looking and is accompanied by meaningful cautionary statements identifying important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those projected in the information.

 

Forward-looking statements are statements about matters that are not historical facts. Forward-looking statements appear in a number of places in this Annual Report and include statements regarding our intent, belief or current expectations with respect to our business and operations, market conditions, results of operations and financial condition, including, without limitation, future loan loss provisions and financial support to certain borrowers. We use words such as ‘will’, ‘may’, ‘expect’, ‘intend’, ‘seek’, ‘would’, ‘should’, ‘could’, ‘continue’, ‘plan’, ‘estimate’, ‘anticipate’, ‘believe’, ‘probability’, ‘risk’, or other similar words to identify forward-looking statements. These statements reflect our current views with respect to future events and are subject to certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Should one or more of the risks or uncertainties materialise, or should underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary materially from the plans, objectives, expectations, estimates and intentions described in this Annual Report as currently anticipated, believed, estimated, expected or intended.

 

The factors that may impact on forward-looking statements made by us include but are not limited to:

 

·                   adverse conditions in global debt and equity markets;

 

·                   the impact of the announced changes to our organisational structure and division of frontline personnel and senior management;

 

·                   our ability to successfully integrate St.George Bank Limited (St.George) into Westpac, including our ability to realise anticipated synergies and the costs of achieving those synergies;

 

·                   inflation, interest rate, exchange rate, market and monetary fluctuations;

 

·                   market liquidity and investor confidence;

 

·                   the effect of, and changes in, laws, regulations, taxation or accounting standards or practices and government policy;

 

·                   changes in consumer spending, saving and borrowing habits in Australia, New Zealand and in other countries in which we conduct our operations;

 

·                   the effects of competition in the geographic and business areas in which we conduct operations;

 

·                   the ability to maintain or to increase market share and control expenses;

 

·                   the timely development of and acceptance of new products and services and the perceived overall value of these products and services by users;

 

·                   technological changes;

 

·                   macroeconomic conditions in the global debt and equity markets;

 

·                   demographic changes and changes in political, social or economic conditions in any of the major markets in which we operate;

 

·                   stability of Australian and international financial systems and disruptions to financial markets and any losses we may experience as a result;

 

·                   our ability to complete, integrate or process acquisitions and dispositions; and

 

·                   various other factors beyond our control.

 

The above list is not exhaustive. For certain other factors that may impact on forward-looking statements made by us, refer to the section on ‘Risk factors’ in this Annual Report. When relying on forward-looking statements to make decisions with respect to us, investors and others should carefully consider the foregoing factors and other uncertainties and events.

 

We are under no obligation, and do not intend, to update any forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, after the date of this Annual Report.

 

Financial information

 

The financial statements and other financial information for the years ended 30 September 2008, 2007, 2006 and 2005 included elsewhere in this Annual Report, unless otherwise indicated, have been prepared and presented in accordance with the requirements of the Australian Equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards (A-IFRS) and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) for the first time in preparing financial statements for the year ended 30 September 2006. Westpac applied the transition rules upon first time adoption of A-IFRS.

 

Previously published financial statements for our financial year ended 30 September 2005, as well as all prior financial periods, were prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in Australia at the time those financial statements were prepared Australian Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (AGAAP). A-IFRS differs in certain material respects from AGAAP and, accordingly, financial statements for our financial years ended 30 September 2008, 2007, 2006 and 2005 prepared in accordance with A-IFRS are not comparable to the financial statements for 2005 and prior years prepared in accordance with AGAAP.

 

Under applicable United States (US) disclosure requirements, we are required to include in this Annual Report certain financial and operating data covering a period of five years. Due to the transition to A-IFRS, such information prepared in accordance with A-IFRS is only available for the financial years ended 30 September 2008, 2007, 2006 and 2005. Accordingly, we have included in a separate section of this Annual Report under the caption ‘Additional financial information’ required data as of and for the financial years ended 30 September 2005 and 2004 derived from our previously published financial statements prepared in accordance with AGAAP. For a more complete understanding of the financial and operating data prepared in accordance with AGAAP, see our Annual Report for the financial year ended 30 September 2005, a copy of which is available on our web site at ‘www.westpac.com.au’ or on the web site maintained by the US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) at ‘www.sec.gov’.

 

Our financial statements for the three years ended 30 September 2008 comply with IFRS as issued by the IASB.

 

8



 

Accordingly, we are no longer required to include reconciliations of A-IFRS to US Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (US GAAP) for net profit and equity attributable to equity holders of Westpac, total assets and total liabilities in our filings with the SEC.

 

Currency of presentation, exchange rates and certain definitions

 

‘Financial statements’ means our audited consolidated balance sheet as at 30 September 2008 and 30 September 2007 and consolidated income statement, cash flows and recognised income and expense for each of the three years ended 30 September 2008, 2007 and 2006 together with accompanying notes which are included in this Annual Report.

 

We publish our consolidated financial statements in Australian dollars. In this Annual Report, unless otherwise stated or the context otherwise requires, references to ‘dollar amounts’, ‘$’, ‘AUD’ or ‘A$’ are to Australian dollars, references to ‘US$’, ‘USD’ or ‘US dollars’ are to United States dollars and references to ‘NZ$’, ‘NZD’ ‘or NZ dollars’ are to New Zealand dollars. Solely for the convenience of the reader, certain Australian dollar amounts have been translated into US dollars at specified rates. These translations should not be construed as representations that the Australian dollar amounts actually represent such US dollar amounts or have been or could be converted into US dollars at the rate indicated. Unless otherwise stated, the translations of Australian dollars into US dollars have been made at the rate of A$1.00 = US$0.7904 (2007 US$0.8855), the noon buying rate in New York City for cable transfers in Australian dollars as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (the ‘Noon Buying Rate’) as of 30 September 2008. Unless otherwise stated, the translation of Australian dollars into NZ dollars has been made at the rate of A$1.00 = NZ$1.1935 (2007 NZ$1.1672), being the closing spot exchange rate on 30  September 2008 used in the financial statements. Refer to ‘Exchange rates’ for information regarding the rates of exchange between the Australian dollar and the US dollar for the financial years ended 30 September 2004 to 30 September 2008 and for the period to 21 October 2008.

 

Our financial year ends on 30 September. As used throughout this Annual Report, the financial year ended 30 September 2008 is referred to as 2008 and other financial years are referred to in a corresponding manner.

 

Any discrepancies between totals and sums of components in tables contained in this Annual Report are due to rounding.

 

Exchange rates

 

For each of the years indicated, the high, low, average and year end Noon Buying Rates for Australian dollars were:

 

Year ended 30 September

 

2009(1)

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

(US$ per A$ 1.00)

 

High

 

0.7937

 

0.9797

 

0.8855

 

0.7781

 

0.7974

 

0.7979

 

Low

 

0.6531

 

0.7831

 

0.7434

 

0.7056

 

0.7207

 

0.6395

 

Average(2)

 

n/a

 

0.9065

 

0.8163

 

0.7473

 

0.7685

 

0.7287

 

Close (on 28 September)(3)

 

n/a

 

0.7904

 

0.8855

 

0.7461

 

0.7643

 

0.7244

 

 

For each of the months indicated, the high and low Noon Buying Rates for Australian dollars were:

 

 

 

October

 

September

 

August

 

July

 

June

 

Month

 

2008(1)

 

2008

 

2008

 

2008

 

2008

 

 

 

(US$ per A$ 1.00)

 

High

 

0.7937

 

0.8441

 

0.9317

 

0.9797

 

0.9610

 

Low

 

0.6531

 

0.7831

 

0.8553

 

0.9415

 

0.9342

 

 


(1)

Through to 21 October 2008. On 21 October 2008, the Noon Buying Rate was A$1.00 = US$0.6813.

(2)

The average is calculated by using the average of the exchange rates on the last day of each month during the period.

(3)

The Noon Buying Rate at such date may differ from the rate used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements at such date. Refer to Note 1(a)(v) to the financial statements.

 

9



 

Information on Westpac

 

We are one of the four major banking organisations in Australia and, through our New Zealand operations, we are also one of the largest banking organisations in New Zealand. We provide a broad range of banking and financial services in these markets, including retail, business and institutional banking and wealth management services.

 

We were founded in 1817 and were the first bank to be established in Australia. In 1850 we were incorporated as the Bank of New South Wales by an Act of the New South Wales Parliament. In 1982 we changed our name to Westpac Banking Corporation. On 23 August 2002, we were registered as a public company limited by shares under the Australian Corporations Act 2001 (Corporations Act). Our principal office is located at 275 Kent Street, Sydney, New South Wales, 2000, Australia. Our telephone number for calls within Australia is 132 032 and our international telephone number is (+61) 2 9293 9270.

 

We have branches, affiliates and controlled entities (1)  throughout Australia, New Zealand and the Pacific region and maintain offices in some of the key financial centres around the world. As at 30 September 2008, our market capitalisation was $40.7 billion (2)  and we had total assets of $439.5 billion.

 

In July 2008, we reorganised our business into four key customer-facing divisions serving around 6.9 million customers (3) . These businesses are:

 

·                   Westpac Retail and Business Banking, which we refer to as WRBB: responsible for sales, marketing and customer service for all consumer and small-to-medium enterprise customers within Australia. WRBB offers a broad range of financial products, including savings and check accounts, demand and term deposits, credit cards, personal and housing loans, and business specific working capital, transactional, cash flow and trade finance facilities;

 

·                   BT Financial Group Australia, which we refer to as BTFG: Westpac’s wealth management business. BTFG manufactures and distributes financial products that are designed to help our customers accumulate, manage and protect their wealth. These products include retail investments, personal and business superannuation (pensions), life and general insurance and client portfolio administration (Wrap and master trust platforms). BTFG also provides financial planning advice and private banking services;

 

·                   Westpac Institutional Bank, which we refer to as WIB: provides financial services to the corporate, institutional and government customer base, assisting and advising in the management of cash, funding, capital and market risk for companies and institutions in Australia and New Zealand; and

 

·                   New Zealand Banking: provides a full range of retail and commercial services to customers throughout New Zealand.

 

These customer-facing divisions are supported by a number of corporate level functions and divisions, including:

 

·                   Product and Operations, which is responsible for all consumer and business product development, management and operations; and

 

·                   Technology, which is responsible for developing and maintaining reliable and flexible technology capabilities and technology strategies.

 

However, as we adopted this new organisational structure in July 2008, our results for the 12 months ended 30 September 2008 are reported in this Annual Report in accordance with our organisational structure as it existed prior to July 2008 (see the description of this structure under ‘Assets’ below). We will transition to our new reporting structure before publication of our interim results for the six months ending 31 March 2009.

 

Business strategy

 

Our vision is to become the leading integrated financial services company in Australia and New Zealand.

 

We see our fundamental purpose as helping every customer achieve all their financial goals. Our aspiration is to earn all our customers’ business by delighting them with the service and support that we provide and by serving them as a single team. We expect that their advocacy will drive our growth in a highly competitive market.

 

This customer-centric strategy focuses on customers in our core markets of Australia, New Zealand and the near Pacific region and is based on:

 

·                   developing a deep understanding of our customers’ needs;

 

·                   providing value-added solutions that seek to meet these needs;

 

·                   deepening and building long-term customer relationships; and

 

·                   dramatically improving the experience they have with us.

 

We have strong values which are well embedded into our culture. We believe that the following values will help us deliver our strategy:

 

·                   delighting customers;

 

·                   working as one team;

 

·                   integrity; and

 

·                   achievement.

 

Our strategic priorities are particularly centred on improving our distribution and customer offerings, specifically to:

 

(i)                    Put the customer at the centre of everything we do

 

·                   drive a strong customer culture;

 

·                   develop and implement compelling customer segment strategies, bringing banking and wealth together for the customer; and

 

·                   significantly improve our customer experience.

 

(ii)                 Further develop our people capabilities

 

·                   strengthen skills and depth of talent, particularly in distribution businesses;

 

·                   strengthen collaboration and teamwork; and

 

·                   encourage boldness and promote achievement.

 


(1)

Refer to Note 39 to the financial statements for a list of our controlled entities as at 30 September 2008.

(2)

Our market capitalisation is based on the closing share price of our Ordinary Shares on the Australian Securities Exchange as at 30 September 2008.

(3)

All customers, primary and secondary, with an active relationship (excludes channel only and potential relationships).

 

10



 

(iii)              Transform our distribution model

 

·                   establish and drive locally empowered businesses, very close to the communities they serve; and

 

·                   continue to invest in Business Banking and Wealth.

 

(iv)             Invest in Operations improvements

 

·                   focus on being easy to deal with;

 

·                   transform service delivery, redesigning processes end-to-end from a customer perspective; strengthen technology capabilities to increase the reliability and consistency of service and develop a long run architecture; and

 

·                   focus on driving productivity, eliminating duplication to provide headroom for additional investment.

 

(v)                Lead in sustainability matters

 

·                   embed sustainability concepts in all elements of the business; and

 

·                   continue to develop risk management as a competitive advantage.

 

We believe that our track record of executing strategies, our bold approach to addressing challenges, and our pursuit of delighting customers and earning all of their business will create sustainable, long-term value for all our key stakeholders — our customers, employees, shareholders, and the community — and will realise our vision of becoming the leading integrated financial services company in Australia and New Zealand.

 

Net profit attributable to our equity holders (1)

 

The following tables present, for each of the key areas of our business, as it was organised prior to our adoption of our new organisational structure in July 2008, the net profit attributable to equity holders for, and total assets at the end of the financial years ended 30 September 2008, 2007 and 2006. Refer to ‘Significant developments — Westpac organises around customers’ for further discussion of this new organisational structure. Refer to Note 33 to the financial statements for detailed financial disclosure of our geographic and business segments.

 

Years ended 30 September

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Business Financial Services

 

1,085

 

979

 

885

 

Consumer Financial Services

 

913

 

839

 

689

 

BT Financial Group Australia

 

389

 

442

 

367

 

Westpac Institutional Bank

 

566

 

588

 

499

 

New Zealand Banking

 

405

 

403

 

408

 

Other(1)

 

501

 

200

 

223

 

Net profit attributable to equity holders of Westpac Banking Corporation

 

3,859

 

3,451

 

3,071

 

 


(1)

Other includes the results of Business and Technology Solutions and Services, Group Treasury, Pacific Banking and Head Office functions.

 

Assets

 

As at 30 September

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

$bn

 

$bn

 

$bn

 

Business Financial Services

 

64

 

54

 

47

 

Consumer Financial Services

 

158

 

138

 

123

 

BT Financial Group Australia

 

15

 

17

 

14

 

Westpac Institutional Bank

 

97

 

79

 

56

 

New Zealand Banking

 

40

 

38

 

34

 

Other(1)

 

66

 

51

 

28

 

Total assets

 

440

 

377

 

302

 

 


(1)

Other includes the results of Business and Technology Solutions and Services, Group Treasury, Pacific Banking and Head Office functions.

 

Westpac Retail and Business Banking

 

WRBB is responsible for sales, marketing and customer service for all consumer and small-to-medium enterprise customers within Australia. WRBB offers a broad range of financial products, including savings and cheque accounts, demand and term deposits, credit cards, personal and housing loans, and business specific working capital, transactional, cash flow and trade finance facilities.

 

WRBB conducts sales and servicing activities through our branch network (839 including in-store branches as at 30 September 2008), RAMS franchise outlets, home finance managers, specialised consumer relationship managers, call centres, automatic teller machines (ATMs) and internet banking services. For business customers, these activities are conducted by specialised relationship managers, with the support of cash flow, financial markets and wealth specialists, via the branch network, business banking centres, internet and telephone channels.

 

WRBB is also responsible for the management of our third party retail and business distribution relationships.

 

Prior to our reorganisation in July 2008, these activities were separately managed by Consumer Financial Services (CFS) for consumer customers, and Business Financial Services (BFS) for small-to-medium enterprise and commercial customers.

 

In the year ended 30 September 2008, total deposits for CFS increased by 22% to $72.7 billion (2007 $59.7 billion).

 

WRBB is a significant presence in the retail deposits and working capital market in Australia. In the year ended 30 September 2008 total business deposits increased by 5% to $48.8 billion (2007 $46.5 billion) and total consumer deposits increased by 22% to $72.7 billion (2007 $59.7 billion).

 

WRBB is also a significant lender in the housing finance market in Australia. In the year ended 30 September 2008, our residential mortgage loan portfolio increased 14% to $145.5 billion (2007 $128.0 billion) (inclusive of securitised loans) from 30 September 2007, with variable interest rate loans comprising 79% of the portfolio. A significant portion of our housing finance sales are through independent mortgage brokers. In the year ended 30 September 2008, approximately 38% (2007 38%) of mortgage loan drawdowns were arranged via this channel. In addition, we are a major provider of credit card finance in Australia. Our total credit card outstandings as at 30 September 2008 increased by 3% to $7.5 billion (2007 $7.3 billion).

 

We are also a major lender in the business finance market in Australia. In the year ended 30 September 2008, our total lending portfolio increased by 17% to $62.3 billion (2007

 


(1)

Internal charges and transfer pricing adjustments have been reflected in the net profit reported for each of our business groups.

 

11



 

$53.1 billion) with term lending increasing 20%, bill acceptances increasing 16%, and equipment finance increasing 12%. The balance of the portfolio comprises revolving cash management facilities and trade finance.

 

BT Financial Group Australia

 

BTFG is Westpac’s wealth management business. BTFG designs, manufactures and distributes financial products that are designed to help our customers accumulate, manage and protect their wealth. These products include retail investments, personal and business superannuation (pensions), life and general insurance, client portfolio administration (wrap and master trust platforms) and portfolio management. BTFG also provides financial planning advice and private banking services.

 

BTFG’s retail, institutional and wholesale Funds Under Management (FUM) totalled $32.3 billion (2007 $38.7 billion) and Funds Under Administration (FUA) totalled $41.6 billion (2007 $46.2 billion) as at 30 September 2008.

 

BTFG’s Wrap product reached $34.4 billion in FUA as at 30 September 2008 and continues to be one of BTFG’s fastest growing products. According to the latest Morningstar data as of 30 June 2008, we were second with a market share of 13% of the platforms market (including wrap) in Australia.

 

BTFG’s Life Insurance business held $312 million of in-force premiums as at 30 September 2008.

 

In December 2007, we completed a partial sale of BTFG’s investment management business, BT Investment Management Limited, which we refer to as BTIM, through an initial public offering (IPO). BTFG retained a 60% shareholding in BTIM, which continues to manage the funds for many of BTFG’s investment products in addition to its own and third party, investment products. BTFG continues to distribute its other financial products.

 

Westpac Institutional Bank

 

Westpac Institutional Bank (WIB) services the financial needs of corporate, institutional and government customers either based in, or with interests in, Australia and New Zealand. This is achieved through dedicated industry teams supported by specialist knowledge in financial and debt capital markets, transactional banking, specialised capital, margin lending, broking and alternative investment solutions.

 

The products and services WIB offers include:

 

Financial Markets

 

·                   foreign exchange

·                   interest rate, currency and equity derivatives

·                   energy

·                   commodities

·                   debt and hybrid securities secondary market

·                   trade finance

 

Specialised Capital

 

·                   alternative assets

·                   structured products

·                   institutional funds management

 

Debt Markets

 

·                   debt securities

·                   securitisation

·                   hybrid and structured capital

·                   project finance

·                   loans and syndications

·                   asset finance

·                   leverage and acquisition finance

 

Transactional Services

 

·                   domestic cash management and transactional services

·                   working capital solutions

·                   international cash management

·                   interna tional payments

 

Within the institutional banking sector in Australia, WIB is a current market leader in debt capital markets(1), syndications(2) and transactional banking(3). In the global financial markets, WIB primarily focuses on Australian and New Zealand dollar-denominated financial products and risk management.

 

WIB supports its customers through our branches and subsidiaries located in Australia, New Zealand, New York, London and Asia.

 

New Zealand Banking

 

Westpac has a long standing commitment to New Zealand, dating from 1861, when it commenced operating as the Bank of New South Wales.

 

Westpac conducts its New Zealand banking business through two banks in New Zealand: Westpac New Zealand Limited (WNZL) which is incorporated in New Zealand; and Westpac Banking Corporation (NZ Division), a branch of Westpac Banking Corporation, which is incorporated in Australia.

 

WNZL provides financial services to consumers and to small, medium and corporate business customers, agricultural businesses, and property investment and development customers, while Westpac’s New Zealand branch operates our wholesale banking and financial markets businesses in New Zealand.

 

WNZL continues to implement its customer growth strategy based on product offerings that earn all its customer’s business, more customer-facing staff in consumer and business banking, increasing its branch and ATM footprint in key strategic locations, and the implementation of new technology to assist its front line in providing high quality customer service.

 

WNZL provides a full range of financial services for its retail and business banking customers, including savings and

 


(1)

No. 1 Public Domestic ABS (excluding self-led deals) (Insto, Bond Markets Digest, Jan-Sep 2008).

(2)

No. 1 Australian syndicated loans (Thomson Financial, Jan-Sep 2008).

(3)

No. 1 lead domestic transactional bank (Peter Lee Associates Transactional Banking survey, Australia 2004-08).

 

12


 


 

transaction accounts, demand and term deposits, credit cards and personal and housing loans.  It is a leading provider of finance, including term loans, bill acceptances, equipment finance and revolving cash management.

 

Customers can do business with WNZL nationwide in New Zealand.  As at 30 September 2008, WNZL had approximately 5,600 staff, 197 branches (including 45 in New Zealand’s largest market of Auckland), 508 Westpac branded ATMs operating throughout the country, 24 hour Phone Banking and Phone Assist call centres, and Online Banking.

 

WNZL is the third (1)  largest lender of housing finance in New Zealand.  As at 30 September 2008, WNZL’s mortgage loan portfolio was NZ$31.7 billion (A$26.5 billion) (2007 NZ$29.7 billion (A$25.4 billion)) including securitised loans of NZ$0.6 billion (A$0.5 billion) (2007 NZ$0.6 billion (A$0.5 billion)).  In addition, WNZL is a major provider of wealth management services, with NZ$2.0 billion (A$1.7 billion) (2007 NZ$1.9 billion (A$1.6 billion)) in FUM as at 30 September 2008.

 

Other

 

Technology

 

Technology is responsible for developing and maintaining reliable and flexible technology capabilities and technology strategies.

 

Prior to our reorganisation in July 2008, these activities were managed by Business and Technology Solutions and Services (BTSS).  Technology provides functional infrastructure support and software systems enhancement services to front line businesses.  It comprises the following areas: Chief Technology Office (CTO), Enterprise Channels & Infrastructure (ECI), IT Sourcing, IT Risk and IT Strategy.

 

·                   CTO provides enterprise oversight and defines our overall information technology architecture.

 

·                   ECI manages enterprise infrastructure applications and owns the major technology outsourcing relationships.

 

·                   IT Sourcing manages relationships with third party suppliers for the Bank.  In particular, it manages the IT and telecommunications contracts that we have entered into with external providers.

 

Group Treasury, Pacific Banking and Head Office

 

In addition to BTSS, our financial business segment results disclosed under ‘Other’ include Group Treasury, Pacific Banking and Head Office functions.  Group Treasury operations are primarily focused on management of our interest rate risk and funding requirements.  Pacific Banking comprises our presence in the near Pacific, including Papua New Guinea and Fiji.  Head Office includes those functions performed centrally including finance, risk, legal and human resources, with expenses incurred charged back to business units.  It also includes the management of the Group’s capital.

 

Property

 

We occupy premises primarily in Australia, New Zealand and the Pacific Islands including 1,089 branches (2007 1,073) as at 30 September 2008.  As at 30 September 2008, we owned approximately 4% of the premises we occupied in Australia and none in New Zealand.  The remainder of premises are held under commercial lease with terms generally averaging five years.  As at 30 September 2008, the carrying value of our directly owned premises and sites was approximately $89 million.

 

Westpac Place

 

We consolidated our ten existing Sydney Central Business District offices into just two primary locations throughout 2006 and 2007, being Westpac Place and our existing office at 60 Martin Place.

 

Westpac Place consists of two office towers of 21 and 32 levels linked by a common foyer and includes two levels of retail space, a retail branch, childcare facilities, an urban park, and both tenant and public parking.  We have signed a 12 year lease on the building with three six year options to extend.  The initial 12 year lease commitment commenced in November 2006 and is included in the lease commitment table in Note 35 to the financial statements.

 

Westpac Place is one of a portfolio of properties owned by the Westpac Office Trust (Trust).  The Trust and its securities are listed on the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX).

 

Westpac Funds Management Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of Westpac, is the Responsible Entity of the Trust.

 

Westpac New Zealand Head Office

 

Construction of WNZL’s new Head Office premises is well underway.  On 4 October 2006 we executed agreements to build and lease with members of the Britomart Group of companies in respect of approximately 16,000m(2) of office space across two buildings to be developed at the eastern end of Britomart Precinct near Customs Street in Auckland, New Zealand.  The project involves the fitout of the building and relocation of approximately 1,200 staff to the new site.  The first building, Charter House, is due for completion in November 2008.  The second building (East 1) commenced in July 2008 and is scheduled for completion in March 2011.  Building fitout works in Charter House have been integrated into the base build as part of Westpac’s focus on cost effectiveness and environmental sustainability.  Construction is on budget and forecast to meet or exceed timelines at overall completion.

 

Occupation of Charter House will commence in late 2008 with a progressive migration timetable.  The Auckland Call Centre teams will consolidate from a number of distributed sites, and other Auckland and Wellington operational teams will also centralise their current locations into the building.  The East 1 building will be occupied by the Corporate and Head Office staff upon completion in 2011.  This building will also have integrated fitout as part of the base build works.

 

When complete, this will be Westpac’s flagship New Zealand Head Office, located in the heart of Auckland’s CBD, surrounded by shopping centres, restaurants and cafes, the main waterfront and ferries, the Vector Entertainment Arena, and the Viaduct Harbour.  It has a central position overlooking Takutai Square and the wider Britomart precinct which is a core focus for Auckland City’s regeneration of its Heritage Buildings.

 

In this project WNZL continues its pro-active focus on environmental sustainability through proscribed construction and fitout methods and operational implementation such as: low VOC materials, energy efficient building systems, water conservation, optimum resource management systems, and integrated waste management.  The building’s location within Auckland City’s main transport hub - the Britomart Transport Centre - promotes

 


(1)

Based on Residential Mortgage holdings information in June 2008 General Disclosure Statements of major New Zealand banks.

 

13



 

the use of public transport by staff, thereby reducing carbon emissions.

 

Significant developments

 

Proposed Merger with St.George Bank Limited

 

On 13 May 2008, Westpac and St.George Bank Limited (St.George) jointly announced the terms of a proposed merger of the two companies (the ‘Transaction’).  On 8 September 2008, Westpac and St.George entered into an amended and restated merger implementation agreement that reflected the key commercial terms of the merger.

 

In the Transaction, holders of St.George ordinary shares would be entitled to receive 1.31 Westpac ordinary shares for each St.George ordinary share held on the record date.  Based on the closing price of Westpac ordinary shares on the Australian Securities Exchange on 28 October 2008 of $20.50 per ordinary share and adjusted to remove the value of Westpac’s final dividend of 72 cents per share, the total value of the Westpac ordinary shares to be issued to St.George ordinary shareholders in the Transaction is approximately $15 billion (1) .

 

The merger implementation agreement specifies the circumstances in which St.George would be required to pay a break fee of $100 million (plus GST, if applicable) to Westpac, including a change in the St.George Board’s unanimous recommendation of the merger proposal.  The merger implementation agreement also contains Westpac’s agreement to the payment by St.George of a special dividend in relation to St.George shares.  On 29 October 2008, St.George announced that the special dividend of 31 cents, together with the final dividend of 94 cents would be paid on 18 December 2008 to St.George shareholders as of the record date.

 

On 29 September 2008, St.George released the Scheme Booklet for the Transaction in which St.George’s board of directors unanimously recommended that St.George’s shareholders vote in favour of the Transaction in the absence of a superior proposal.  St.George’s shareholders are scheduled to vote on the Transaction on 13 November 2008.  If St.George shareholders approve the Transaction by the requisite majority, St.George is expected to make application to the Federal Court of Australia to approve the Transaction on 17 November 2008.  If all relevant conditions to the Transaction are satisfied, Westpac and St.George expect the Transaction to close on 1 December 2008.

 

As a result of the proposed merger of Westpac and St.George, we expect to increase our sales by offering a broader range of products and services to an expanded customer base through the combined distribution system.  The key revenue opportunities of the combined business are expected to be a broader distribution base, the sharing of best practice in products and services and benefits from an expanded capability in wealth, insurance and institutional banking.  Westpac’s proposed operating model aims to preserve existing customer relationships across both Westpac and St.George in order to minimise customer attrition.

 

If the proposed merger is completed, it is expected that shareholders and other stakeholders in the combined business will have the opportunity to benefit from the enhanced positioning and scale of the combined business, which will be (based on information available as at 29 September 2008): Australia’s largest branch network with almost 1,200 branches; Australia’s second largest ATM network with more than 2,700 ATMs; a leading Australian provider of home lending; Australia’s largest provider of wealth platforms by funds under administration; Australia’s second largest business banking lender; and Australia’s second largest bank by assets.

 

Westpac estimates pre-tax savings as a result of the merger to be approximately 20% to 25% of St.George’s total operating expenses (excluding interest expense and loan impairment charges) by the third year after the completion of the merger.  We believe that these cost savings will be generated primarily through aligning product processing operations and investment in technology, through synergies generated from combining various support functions, potential savings by merging procurement and service contracts, and by combining the head offices of Westpac and St.George.

 

In order to achieve these synergies we estimate that we will incur approximately $700 million in one off integration costs before the end of the two year period following completion of the merger.  These integration costs include systems integration costs, corporate head office and back office integration costs, and other transaction costs, including stamp duty, communication and documentary costs and advisers’ fees.

 

Based on publicly available information, as at 30 September 2008, St.George is Australia’s fifth largest bank in terms of lending assets and one of the top 20 publicly listed companies in Australia, with a market capitalisation of approximately $16.2 billion as at 30 September 2008 and over 8,400 employees.

 

St.George’s operations span various aspects of the financial industry including retail banking, institutional and business banking and wealth management.  In its profit announcement for the financial year ended 30 September 2008, St.George reported that it had, as of 30 September 2008, total assets of $147.4 billion and total liabilities of $140.4 billion and had a net profit after tax and preference dividends of $1,174 million for the year ended 30 September 2008.  St.George has a national presence in Australia with a significant proportion of operations and customers in New South Wales and South Australia.  St.George had 404 branches as at 30 September 2008 and also distributes its products through third parties such as mortgage brokers and financial planners.

 

Based on publicly available information, St.George is structured around four main business divisions:

 

(i)       Retail Banking manages retail branches, call centres, electronic channels and agency networks.  The division is responsible for the provision of residential and consumer lending, personal financial services including transaction services, call and term deposits, small business banking and financial planning.

 

(ii)      Institutional and Business Banking services the financial needs of corporations, institutions and government customers including services and advice in the areas of liquidity management, treasury market activities corporate and business relationship banking, international and trade finance facilities, leasing, hire purchase, automotive finance, commercial property lending and cash flow financing.

 


(1)

Assumes approximately 745 million Westpac ordinary shares are issued in exchange for St.George ordinary shares upon implementation of the merger.

 

14



 

(iii)            Wealth Management is responsible for providing superannuation and wealth management administration platforms, investment management and packaging, dealer group services, margin lending, private banking services and general and life insurance.  This division includes St.George’s funds management subsidiaries, ASGARD Wealth Solutions Limited and Advance Asset Management Limited.

 

(iv)            BankSA provides retail banking, private banking and business banking products including agribusiness through operations based in South Australia and the Northern Territory.

 

Head Office and support functions are provided by Finance, Risk and Strategy, Group Technology and Operations, Human Resources and Group Legal and Secretariat.

 

Australian and New Zealand guarantee schemes

 

The Australian Government announced on 12 October 2008 that it will guarantee the deposits in eligible Australian authorised deposit-taking institutions (ADIs) (including Westpac) for a period of three years from 12 October 2008.  The deposit guarantee applies to deposits held in eligible ADIs (including foreign branches of eligible ADIs) by all types of legal entities, regardless of where the depositor resides.  It will apply to deposits held in any currency.

 

For deposits of or under $1 million, the deposit guarantee will be free.  From 28 November 2008, for deposits over $1 million, the first $1 million would be guaranteed for free and an eligible ADI will be able to obtain coverage under the deposit guarantee for amounts over $1 million, in return for a fee.  The $1 million threshold applies to the total amount of funds held by a depositor in (separate) deposit accounts with an eligible ADI.

 

The Financial System Legislation Amendment (Financial Claims Scheme and other Measures) Act 2008 has been enacted to facilitate the deposit guarantee.  The Financial Claims Scheme (ADIs) Levy Act 2008 provides for the imposition of a levy to fund the excess of the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority’s (APRA) financial claims scheme costs.  The levy is imposed on liabilities of ADIs to their depositors and cannot be more than 0.5% of the amount of those liabilities.

 

The Australian Government has also announced that it will guarantee the wholesale term funding of eligible ADIs.  The wholesale funding guarantee facility will be extended, by application, on an issue by issue basis for senior unsecured debt instruments in all major currencies with a term of up to 60 months issued domestically or off-shore.  The Australian Government has announced that it will withdraw the facility once market conditions have normalised.

 

Fees will apply to the wholesale term funding guarantee and the guarantee for deposits above the $1 million threshold.  A different fee will apply to eligible ADIs based on their credit rating.  The fee which will apply to Westpac, based on its current rating by Standard and Poor’s of AA, is 70 basis points (or 0.70%) per annum.  The fees will be levied on a monthly or quarterly basis depending on the liability.

 

The Australian Government has announced that the deposit and wholesale funding guarantee scheme will be reviewed on an ongoing basis and revised if necessary.

 

The New Zealand Government announced on 12 October 2008 an opt-in deposit guarantee scheme under which it will guarantee deposits with participating New Zealand registered banks and non-bank deposit taking entities, with effect from 12 October 2008.  The guarantee will be for a period of two years from the announcement date.

 

The guarantee extends to all debt securities issued by participating entities in any currency (which includes deposits and other amounts lent to participating entities), other than debt securities issued to related parties of a participating entity or to financial institutions.  It also does not extend to subordinated debt obligations.  Financial institutions include persons who carry on the business of borrowing and lending money, or providing financial services (and extends to registered banks).  There is a limit on the amount of the debt securities covered by the guarantee of NZ$1 million per creditor per participating entity.

 

In addition, in relation to registered banks incorporated outside New Zealand (as is the case with Westpac) the guarantee extends to debt securities issued by the New Zealand branch of the registered bank only, and there is a separate overall limit on the amount guaranteed for creditors of the branch that are not New Zealand citizens or New Zealand tax residents.

 

Participating New Zealand registered banks with debt security amounts owing to qualifying creditors exceeding NZ$5 billion as of 12 October 2008 (which would include WNZL if it opts into the scheme) are required to pay a fee of 10 basis points (or 0.1%) on the amounts owing to qualifying creditors to the extent that the amount owing exceeds NZ$5 billion as of that date.  A similar additional fee is payable in respect of the position as of 12 October 2009.

 

For participating New Zealand registered banks with debt security amounts owing to qualifying creditors below NZ$5 billion (which would include Westpac if it opts into the scheme), there is a fee on the growth in the amounts owing to qualifying creditors after 12 October 2008 (with a 10% allowance per year on the amount of that growth).  The fee depends on the credit rating of the relevant entity and would be 10 basis points (or 0.1%) for Westpac, based on its current credit rating.  The fee is calculated and levied monthly.

 

The New Zealand Government has also announced that it is considering a guarantee arrangement in respect of the wholesale term funding of registered banks.  Details of this are yet to be finalised.

 

Westpac is currently assessing the implications of both the Australian and New Zealand deposit guarantee schemes, along with the Australian wholesale funding guarantee scheme.

 

Bell Group of companies

 

A lengthy judgement was delivered on 28 October 2008 in relation to the proceedings concerning the Bell Group of companies, in which it has been found that each of the liquidators and the banks have been partially successful.  The ultimate financial impact for Westpac will depend on further analysis of the judgement and on its implications for a range of creditors, including the banks and the actual Court orders, when they are made.  See ‘Legal proceedings-Bell Group of companies’.

 

 

BT Investment Management Business

 

On 10 December 2007, Westpac completed a partial sale of its Australian investment management business, BTIM, through an IPO.  In the transaction, Westpac retained 60% of the ordinary share capital of BTIM, with the balance held by investment professionals employed by BTIM and other

 

15



 

investors.  Westpac generated a profit before tax on the partial disposal of $141 million.  Westpac retained BTFG’s other wealth management businesses, including financial advice, insurance, private banking, customer solutions (which is responsible for wrap platforms) and its suite of retail investment, superannuation and retirement products.

 

Appointed new CEO

 

On 1 February 2008, Gail Kelly joined Westpac as Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director, succeeding David Morgan who retired.  Details of Mrs Kelly’s employment contract are disclosed in the Directors’ Report.

 

Acquisition of RAMS franchise distribution business

 

On 4 January 2008, we acquired the RAMS franchise distribution business for $140 million.  The business acquired includes the RAMS brand, franchise network and associated mortgage origination and servicing systems and contracts needed to run the distribution business.  The acquisition has added an additional retail channel and extended Westpac’s retail footprint by more than 10% via an additional 92 stores operated by 53 franchisees.   Westpac did not acquire the ASX listed RAMS Home Loans Group Ltd or its existing mortgage book.

 

Westpac organises around customers

 

In July 2008, Westpac announced an organisational restructuring to deliver on its customer service strategy by putting customers at the centre of the Westpac business.  The core of this strategy is the enhancement of our customer segmentation capabilities and strengthening our consumer and business banking distribution by building strong, locally empowered businesses.  Other key priorities are to redesign our product processes and operations to make it easier for our customers to do business with us, and ensuring robust and sustainable technology infrastructure and capabilities.

 

These changes relate primarily to the CFS, BFS and BTSS divisions.  These divisions have been reorganised into:

 

·                   Westpac Retail and Business Banking – the customer facing activities of CFS and BFS have been brought together into the WRBB division, with responsibility for all consumers, small-to-medium enterprises and commercial customers.  It is responsible for the sales and service interactions with these customers via branches, call centres and business banking centres.

 

·                   Product and Operations – all consumer and business product development and management, together with the underlying operational processes, have been brought together into the Product and Operations division.  It will focus on streamlining and simplifying the way our customers do business with us.

 

·                   Technology – a dedicated Technology division has been created in recognition of the strategic importance of information technology in delivering on the customer experience.

 

The remaining key operating divisions of BTFG, WIB and WNZL are unchanged.

 

Should the proposed merger with St.George proceed, it is our intention to maintain the St.George brand, branches and culture.  To achieve this, St.George will become a separate operating division within Westpac, referred to as St.George Retail and Business Banking.  We will begin reporting under the new structure effective from 1 October 2008.

 

Outsourcing contracts

 

On 1 January 2008 Westpac entered into a three year Enterprise Master Services agreement with HCL Australia Services, for the provision of IT related services.

 

On 3 November 2006 Westpac entered into a five year Master Relationship agreement with Genpact U.S. LLC for the provision of back office administrative support services.

 

On 17 September 2006, Westpac renewed its agreement with Cash Services Australia (CSA) for a term of five years nine months.  CSA will continue to provide key operational services as well as commercial and operational governance of cash-in-transit providers.

 

On 3 September 2006, Westpac entered into a three year agreement with Stream Solution (Holdings Pty Ltd) to provide Westpac’s end to end print management services.

 

On 1 December 2005, Westpac renewed its Managed Network Service agreement with Telstra Corporation for a further five year term.  Under this agreement Telstra will provide voice, data and video services for corporate and retail banking in Australia and the Pacific Region.

 

On 4 February 2005, Westpac, in conjunction with the National Australia Bank and the Commonwealth Bank of Australia, entered into a 12 year arrangement with Fiserv Solutions Australia Pty Limited for the provision of voucher (cheque) processing services.  As a result of this ‘utility’ style agreement, Westpac’s existing agreement with Unisys Payment Services Limited for cheque processing will be terminated progressively as services are transitioned to the new provider.

 

On 10 May 2004, Westpac entered into a five year agreement with Keycorp Payment Services (Keycorp) for Electronic Funds Transfer Point of Sale (EFTPoS) terminals in Australia.  Keycorp assumed responsibility for fleet services (including the provision of support and maintenance) of the EFTPoS terminals as well as all asset management functions.  Keycorp is also responsible for the supply and management of the EFTPoS terminals and the Terminal Operating System and the integration with a new Terminal Application Management system.  Westpac retains control over the merchant base (including contractual terms, fees and direct contact by Keycorp) as well as the decision as to what software applications are to be loaded on the EFTPoS fleet.

 

On 30 September 2002, Westpac entered into a ten year agreement with First Data Resources (FDR) Australia Limited to provide a managed service for our cards processing.  This involves managing the application within the Westpac/IBM environment.  FDR assumed responsibility for the Group’s Australasian cards processing in phases from October 2002.  Westpac retains control of its cards sales, credit, collections and customer service functions.

 

On 1 October 2001, Westpac entered into a ten year agreement with EDS (Business Process Administration) Pty Limited whereby they will provide mortgage and other processing services in connection with the mortgage loan portfolio.

 

On 3 December 2000, Westpac entered into a ten year contract with IBM Global Services Australia relating to the management of the core banking technology operations in Australia, New Zealand and the Pacific Bank.  The exact amount of the contract commitment is unable to be reliably measured as Westpac’s obligations are dependent upon business volumes over the period of the contract.

 

16



 

Legal proceedings

 

We have contingent liabilities in respect of actual and potential claims and proceedings that have not been determined.  An assessment of likely losses is made on a case-by-case basis for the purposes of the financial statements and specific provisions have been made where appropriate, as described in Note 37 to the financial statements.

 

Our entities are defendants from time-to-time in legal proceedings arising from the conduct of our business.

 

Bell Group of companies

 

Westpac is one of 20 defendant banks named in proceedings concerning the Bell Group of companies.  The proceedings have been brought by the liquidators of several Bell Group companies and seek to challenge the defendant banks’ entitlement to receive the proceeds of realisation of Bell Group assets in the early 1990s.  A lengthy judgement was delivered on 28 October 2008 in which it has been found that each of the liquidators and the banks have been partially successful.  The ultimate financial impact for Westpac will depend on further analysis of the judgement and on its implications for a range of creditors, including the banks and the actual Court orders, when they are made.

 

New Zealand Commerce Commission

 

The New Zealand Commerce Commission’s (NZCC) proceedings against Westpac New Zealand Limited and The Warehouse Financial Services Limited (members of the Westpac Group) are ongoing.  Visa International, Cards NZ Limited, MasterCard International and all New Zealand issuers of Visa and MasterCard credit cards are also defendants.  The proceedings allege that the setting of interchange rates and rules (relating to honour all cards, no surcharge, access and no discrimination) amount to price fixing or alternatively have the effect of substantially lessening competition in the New Zealand market in breach of the Commerce Act 1986.  The proceedings seek to declare the conduct illegal and impose unspecified monetary penalties.

 

In addition, similar proceedings issued by a number of New Zealand retailers against the same defendants are also ongoing.  These proceedings also seek to declare the conduct illegal and an enquiry into damages.  Damages awarded, if any, would be in addition to any penalties imposed under the Commerce Act 1986 in the event the Commerce Commission is successful in the proceedings described above.  Westpac is considering its position in relation to both proceedings and at this stage does not consider it necessary to raise a provision in relation to this matter.

 

New Zealand Inland Revenue Department

 

The New Zealand Inland Revenue Department (NZIRD) has reviewed a number of structured finance transactions undertaken in New Zealand.  Following the review, the NZIRD issued amended assessments for the 1999 to 2005 tax years in relation to nine transactions undertaken between 1999 and 2002.  The overall primary tax in dispute is approximately NZ$588 million (A$493 million).  With interest (net of tax) this increases to approximately NZ$882 million (A$739 million) (calculated to 30 September 2008).

 

Proceedings disputing all amended assessments have been commenced.  Westpac is confident that the tax treatment applied in all cases is correct.  A ruling was sought from the NZIRD on an early transaction in 1999.  Following extensive review by the NZIRD, the ruling was issued in 2001.  The principles underlying that ruling are applicable to, and have been followed in, all other transactions.

 

There are no further transactions or tax years subject to the review (other than the transaction in relation to which Westpac received the binding ruling).

 

Competition

 

The last 12 months have seen significant changes in the financial services landscape and in the competitive conditions Westpac faces.  The crisis that started in the US sub-prime mortgages has extended to a broader financial markets crisis and global economic downturn.

 

These conditions have competitively favoured institutions with larger balance sheets, more diverse funding sources and conservative and rigorous risk management.  Westpac has been at a competitive advantage in these conditions.  Westpac has also benefited from some international banks winding back their activities in Australian as they have sought to focus more on their home markets.

 

In New Zealand, more substantive economic slowdown paired with the impact of the global credit crisis has also affected the financial services landscape.  A large number of smaller, non-bank competitors, particularly finance companies, have ceased operating.  Strong balance sheets helped some of the larger institutions improve their market positions even though economic conditions have provided a brake on overall financial performance.

 

Overall, competition within our markets remains strong and that will continue into the coming year, particularly for the collection of retail deposits.

 

Outlook (1)

 

The global financial crisis has dominated events over the last financial year, significantly impacting banks globally through asset write downs, tighter funding and increased market volatility.  Through the year, the crisis also began to significantly affect the global economy.

 

We believe that more recently, the actions of governments, central banks and regulators around the world has begun to restore confidence to the financial system and improved access to funding.  However, it is likely to be some time before debt markets operate more normally.

 

While these measures may be potentially effective at restoring financial market stability, these initiatives are unlikely to avert a more severe and prolonged slowdown in global growth.  In Australia, growth is also expected to slow although the significant policy flexibility of the Australian authorities is expected to see GDP growth hold up at around 2% in calendar 2009.  We believe that the Reserve Bank of Australia (RBA) and the Federal Government have responded in a timely and decisive fashion.  A budget package worth 1% of GDP has already been announced for 2008/09, with scope for further stimulus.  Also, fundamental to Australia’s prospects is the expectation of growth resilience in the emerging economies, particularly China.

 

Given these conditions, we anticipate lower loan growth in the year ahead as consumers and businesses seek to strengthen their balance sheets in the tougher operating environment.  We also expect impairment charges to rise as unemployment moves modestly higher.  Market volatility is also likely to remain high as some financial market uncertainty persists.

 


(1)           All data and opinions under ‘Outlook’ are generated by our internal economists.

 

17



 

Westpac has responded to the global financial crisis by seeking to proactively manage market conditions, and to ensure both a conservative risk profile and a healthy capital position.

 

At the same time, Westpac has continued and will continue to implement its new strategy to significantly improve the customer experience and better support customers.  This strategy, and the strength of the franchise, has positioned the Group for the more challenging year ahead.  The proposed merger with St.George is expected to further strengthen that position.

 

Employees

 

The number of employees in each area of business as at 30 September(1):

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

Business Financial Services

 

3,767

 

3,447

 

3,119

 

Consumer Financial Services

 

9,132

 

8,870

 

8,466

 

BT Financial Group Australia

 

2,906

 

3,173

 

3,093

 

Westpac Institutional Bank

 

1,818

 

1,674

 

1,558

 

New Zealand Retail

 

4,674

 

4,538

 

4,952

 

Other

 

6,005

 

6,316

 

6,036

 

Total employees

 

28,302

 

28,018

 

27,224

 

 


(1)

The number of employees includes core and implied full time equivalent (FTE) staff. Core FTE includes overtime and pro-rata part time staff. Implied FTE includes temporary and contract staff.

 

2008 v 2007

 

Group FTE increased by 284 compared to 30 September 2007.  This was driven by an increase of 353 customer serving employees in the Institutional Bank, CFS and BFS, offset by reductions in BTFG and various support functions across the Group.  Specific changes included:

 

·                   262 additional FTE in CFS with increases of 38 across the branch network and 132 from the RAMS franchise distribution business acquisition;

 

·                   320 additional FTE in BFS including 219 customer serving employees, reflecting the increase in specialist relationship bankers;

 

·                   144 additional FTE in WIB, primarily customer serving employees;

 

·                   136 additional FTE in New Zealand, including 57 customer serving employees in the consumer and business banking segments and call centres and non-customer serving employees associated with the increased focus on credit management and the planning and coordination of the new Auckland head office.

 

Partially offset by:

 

·                   a reduction of 267 FTE in BTFG as the business responded to lower revenue growth due to the change in market conditions; and

 

·                   a reduction of 351 FTE in support functions, driven by productivity initiatives during the year.

 

2007 v 2006

 

Total full time equivalent (FTE) employees increased 794 compared to 2006 to 28,018.  This was largely driven by increases in customer serving employees across a number of businesses:

 

·                   194 additional customer serving employees in BFS to drive growth and expand our representation in the business banking segment;

 

·                   325 additional customer serving employees in CFS, including 150 within the Premium Financial Services segment and a 161 increase in branch staff;

 

·                   69 new staff in BT Financial Group to support higher product growth and increased demand following changes to superannuation legislation; and

 

·                   87 additional customer serving employees in Westpac Institutional Bank.

 

Partially offset by:

 

·                   a decline in FTE in New Zealand due to investment in business banking employees which was more than offset by productivity savings elsewhere in the business.

 

We operate under a number of enterprise agreements which were certified by the Australian Industrial Relations Commission (AIRC) in 2002.  These agreements have passed their nominal term however they remain in force until they are replaced or terminated by the AIRC.  We continue to improve employees’ terms and conditions of employment through policy.

 

In New Zealand, we maintain both Individual Employment Agreements (IEAs) with employees who are not union members and a Collective Employment Agreement (CEA) with the Finance and Information Union (Finsec).  The current CEA was ratified with a vote of more than 80% in favour, and came into effect on 1 August 2008; this agreement expires on 31 July 2009.  The new CEA includes a competency based pay system that is being rolled out across the business.

 

There has been no industrial action in Australia and New Zealand in the financial year ended 30 September 2008.  We continue to have a business-like and professional relationship with the Finance Sector Union (FSU) in Australia and Finsec in New Zealand.

 

Remuneration policies

 

The application of all remuneration practices across the Bank is consistent with the principles underlying our executive remuneration structures (refer to the remuneration report for further information), acknowledging the complexity and diversity of our businesses.

 

Fixed remuneration is market aligned, and reviewed annually with appropriate reference to our industrial agreements.  Our employees have the opportunity to participate in short term incentive schemes, with specific reference to their role and to market competitiveness.  A range of short term incentive schemes has been designed in recognition of our business needs - from highly formulated incentive schemes for roles with a strong sales focus, to discretionary arrangements for roles such as corporate support, based on performance against individual and business objectives.

 

We offer employee share plans for permanent employees in Australia, which are designed to provide tangible recognition for improvements in our performance and gain greater staff commitment.  For further details refer to Note 26 to the financial statements.

 

We also provide superannuation (pension) plans for our employees in Australia, New Zealand and certain other countries in which we operate.  Plan members are entitled

 

18



 

to benefits on retirement, resignation, permanent disability or death.  Refer to Note 36 to the financial statements for further information.

 

Group Executives and General Managers receive performance securities which vest after a set period of service and subject to performance hurdles being met.  Group Executives, General Managers and other select employees are also required to defer a portion of their short term incentive, receiving it as Westpac securities which vest after a service requirement.  Other key employees below General Manager level also receive Westpac securities which vest after a service requirement.

 

The Board Remuneration Committee oversees the remuneration practices across our Group, and approves total expenditure for performance recognition.

 

Supervision and regulation

 

Australia

 

Within Australia we are subject to supervision and regulation by five principal agencies: the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority (APRA); the Reserve Bank of Australia (RBA); the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC); the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX); and the Australian Competition and Consumer Commission (ACCC).

 

APRA is responsible for the prudential supervision of ADIs, life and general insurance companies and most superannuation (pension) funds.  One of its roles is to protect the interests of depositors, insurance policyholders and superannuation fund members.

 

As an ADI, we report prudential information to APRA in relation to, but not limited to, capital adequacy, large exposures, credit quality and liquidity.  Our controlled entities in Australia which are authorised insurers and trustees of superannuation funds are also subject to the regulatory regime of APRA.  Reporting is supplemented by consultations, on-site inspections and targeted reviews.  Our external auditors also have an obligation to report on compliance with certain statutory and regulatory banking requirements, and on any matters that in their opinion may have the potential to materially prejudice the interests of depositors.

 

Australia’s risk-based capital adequacy guidelines are generally consistent with the approach agreed upon by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision.  Refer to ‘Basel Capital Accord’ below.

 

The RBA is responsible for monetary policy, maintaining financial system stability and promoting the safety and efficiency of the payments system.  The RBA is an active participant in the financial markets, manages Australia’s foreign reserves, issues Australian currency notes and serves as banker to the Australian Government.

 

ASIC is the sole national regulator of Australian companies.  Its primary responsibility is for regulation and enforcement of company, financial markets and financial services laws that protect consumers, investors and creditors.  With respect to financial services, it promotes honesty and fairness through the provision of consumer protection, using as necessary its regulatory powers to enforce laws relating to deposit-taking activities, general insurance, life insurance, superannuation, retirement savings accounts, securities (such as shares, debentures and managed investments) and futures contracts.

 

The ASX operates Australia’s primary national market for securities issued by listed companies.  Some of our securities (including our ordinary shares) are listed on the ASX and we therefore have a contractual obligation to comply with the ASX Listing Rules that have statutory backing in the Corporations Act.  Oversight of listed companies’ compliance with the ASX Listing Rules is shared between the ASX and ASIC.

 

The ACCC is an independent statutory authority responsible for the regulation and prohibition of anti-competitive and unfair market practices, and mergers and acquisitions by Australian corporations.  Its objectives are to ensure that corporations do not act in a way that may have the effect of eliminating or reducing competition, and to oversee product safety and liability issues, pricing practices and third party access to facilities of national significance.  The ACCC’s role in consumer protection complements that of State and Territory consumer affairs agencies that administer the unfair trading legislation of their jurisdictions.

 

The Australian government’s present policy, known as the ‘four pillar policy’, is that there should be no fewer than four major banks to maintain appropriate levels of competition in the banking sector.  Under the Financial Sector (Shareholding) Act the Australian government’s Treasurer must approve an entity acquiring a stake in a particular financial sector company of more than 15%.

 

Proposals for foreign acquisitions of Australian banks are subject to approval by the government under the Australian Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975.

 

New Zealand

 

The Reserve Bank of New Zealand (RBNZ) is responsible for the supervision of the New Zealand banking industry.  This is primarily achieved through an extensive disclosure regime that requires all banks to publish financial statements on a quarterly basis, which also incorporates director attestation on the Bank’s risk management disciplines.

 

It is a policy of the RBNZ that all systemically important banks must incorporate as a local entity rather than operate through a branch structure.  Until 1 November 2006 we conducted our New Zealand business through a branch (NZ Branch), however, the NZ Branch was deemed to be a systemically important bank and therefore required to incorporate locally.

 

The RBNZ allows an overseas bank to operate in New Zealand as both a branch of its overseas parent and through a subsidiary.  We have determined that this type of ‘dual registration’ is the most effective option for us to comply with RBNZ policy, while minimising disruption to the NZ Branch’s investors and customers.

 

Accordingly, we established Westpac New Zealand Limited to assume and carry on the New Zealand consumer and business banking operations of our NZ Branch.  Westpac New Zealand Limited commenced operating as a registered bank under the Reserve Bank of New Zealand Act 1989 on 1 November 2006.  The NZ Branch continues to operate in New Zealand, retaining the New Zealand wholesale and financial markets business.

 

The reorganisation of our business was facilitated by legislation, which was the only means by which our New Zealand consumer and business banking operations could be vested in the Bank efficiently, economically and without affecting the continuity of the provision of those banking services.  The Westpac New Zealand Act 2006

 

19



 

provided for the vesting of designated NZ Branch assets and liabilities in Westpac New Zealand Limited on 1 November 2006.

 

The Banking Act 1959 (Australia) gives priority over our Australian assets to Australian depositors.  Accordingly, unsecured creditors and depositors of the remaining NZ Branch will rank after our Australian depositors in relation to claims against Westpac Banking Corporation’s Australian assets.

 

Based on the statement of financial position as at 30 September 2008, the carrying value of the New Zealand assets of the NZ Branch of Westpac Banking Corporation was greater than its New Zealand deposit liabilities.

 

United States

 

Our New York branch is a federally licensed branch and, as such, is subject to supervision, examination and extensive regulation by the US Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the US Federal Reserve) under the International Banking Act of 1978 (IBA), and related regulations.  Under the IBA, we may not open any branch, agency or representative office in the US or acquire more than 5% of the voting stock of any US bank without the prior approval of the US Federal Reserve.

 

A federal branch must maintain, with a US Federal Reserve member bank, a capital equivalency deposit as prescribed by the US Comptroller of the Currency in an amount which is the greater of:

 

·                   the amount of capital that would be required of a national bank organised at the same location; or

 

·                   5% of the total liabilities (excluding, among other things, liabilities to affiliates and liabilities of any international banking facilities) of the federal branch.

 

In addition, a federal branch is examined by the US Comptroller of the Currency at least once each calendar year and periodically by the US Federal Reserve.  The examination covers risk management, operations, credit and asset quality and compliance with the record-keeping and reporting requirements that apply to national banks, including the maintenance of its accounts and records separate from those of the foreign bank and any additional requirements prescribed by the US Comptroller of the Currency.

 

A federal branch of a foreign bank is, by virtue of the IBA, subject to the receivership powers exercisable by the US Comptroller of the Currency.

 

At this time we have not elected to become and therefore we are not a financial holding company as defined in the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999.

 

USA PATRIOT Act

 

The USA PATRIOT Act requires US financial institutions, including the US branches of foreign banks, to take certain steps to prevent, detect and report individuals and entities involved in international money laundering and the financing of terrorism.  The required actions include verifying the identity of financial institutions, terminating correspondent accounts for foreign ‘shell banks’ and obtaining information about the owners of foreign bank clients and the identity of the foreign bank’s agent for service of process in the US.  Many of the new anti-money laundering compliance requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act are consistent with the anti-money laundering compliance obligations previously imposed on US financial institutions, including the US branches of foreign banks, under the Bank Secrecy Act and under regulations of the applicable US bank regulatory agency such as the US Comptroller of the Currency.  These include requirements to adopt and implement an effective anti-money laundering program, report suspicious transactions or activities, and implement due diligence procedures for correspondent and other customer accounts.  The USA PATRIOT Act and other recent events have resulted in heightened scrutiny of Bank Secrecy Act and anti-money laundering compliance programs by federal bank regulatory and law enforcement authorities.

 

20



 

Corporate governance

 

Introduction

 

Date of statement

 

This statement reflects our corporate governance framework, policies and procedures as at 30 October 2008.

 

Access to information on the website

 

This statement and, where indicated, the documents referred to in the statement are available for viewing on our website (unless otherwise stated) at ‘www.westpac.com.au/corpgov’.

 

Framework and approach to corporate governance

 

Our approach to corporate governance is based on a set of values and behaviours that underpin everyday activities, ensure transparency and fair dealing, and protect stakeholder interests.

 

This approach includes a commitment to the highest standards of governance, which our Board sees as fundamental to the sustainability of our business and performance.  In pursuing this commitment, the Board monitors local and global developments in corporate governance and their implications for us.

 

In Australia, we take into account the revised ‘Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations’ (ASXCGC’s Recommendations) published in August 2007 by the ASX Corporate Governance Council (ASXCGC), and the Corporations Act 2001 (Corporations Act).

 

In the international arena, we respond to a range of relevant corporate governance principles in developing our corporate governance framework.

 

Compliance with the ASXCGC’s Recommendations

 

We believe that our governance practices complied with the ASXCGC’s Recommendations over the past financial year, as set out in this corporate governance statement.  A checklist summarising our compliance is included after this statement and is also available on our website.

 

Compliance with the New York Stock Exchange listing rules

 

Westpac has American Depositary Shares quoted on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE).  Under the NYSE listing rules, foreign private issuers are permitted to follow home country practice in lieu of the NYSE listing rules.  However, we are still required to comply with certain audit committee and additional notification requirements.

 

We are in compliance with all NYSE listing rules in all material respects.

 

Under the NYSE listing rules, foreign private issuers are required to disclose any significant ways in which their corporate governance practices differ from those followed by domestic United States companies.  We have compared our corporate governance practices to the corporate governance requirements of the NYSE listing rules and note the following potential significant differences:

 

(i)                    Equity compensation plans

 

The NYSE listing rules require that shareholders be given the opportunity to vote on equity compensation plans and material revisions thereto, with limited exemptions.

 

We comply with the requirement for shareholder approval in relation to all equity-based incentive plans introduced since 2006, including our:

 

                  Westpac Reward Plan (WRP);

 

                  Restricted Share Plan (RSP); and

 

                  CEO’s equity-based remuneration.

 

However (other than awards to the CEO) individual grants under the plans have not been approved by shareholders.  The details of all grants of shares under our equity-based incentive plans have been disclosed in Note 26 to our consolidated financial statements for the year ended 30 September 2008.  The employee equity plans introduced in 2002 were not required to be approved by shareholders under Australian law or stock exchange listing requirements.  These plans include:

 

                  the Westpac Performance Plan (which is currently only used for incentive awards to a small number of employees based outside Australia and the USA);

 

                  the Employee Share Plan (ESP); and

 

                  the Deferral Share Plan.

 

These three plans have been disclosed in each Annual Report from 2003, including in the Remuneration Report each year since 2005.  Each year since 2005, the Remuneration Report has been subject to a non-binding shareholder vote and has been approved by shareholders for adoption.

 

(ii)                 Board candidates for re-election

 

The NYSE listing rules provide that the Nominations Committee’s responsibilities should include selecting, or recommending that the Board select, the Director nominees for the next annual meeting for shareholders.

 

Our Constitution states that at each Annual General Meeting (AGM) one-third of our Directors (excluding the CEO) and any Director who has held office for three or more years since their last election, must retire.  In 2008, none of our Directors met this three-year threshold, so a determination needed to be made regarding which two Directors would retire and seek re-election at the 2008 AGM.  Westpac considered that it was appropriate for the full Board, rather than the Nominations Committee, to determine the Board candidates for retirement under the rotation policy, and to review and recommend their re-election by shareholders at the 2008 AGM.

 

Compliance with the New Zealand Stock Exchange corporate governance rules and principles

 

Westpac also has ordinary shares quoted on the New Zealand Stock Exchange (NZX).  As an overseas listed issuer, we are deemed to satisfy and comply with the NZX listing rules, provided that we remain listed on the ASX.  The ASX, through the ASXCGC’s Recommendations, and the NZX have adopted a similar ‘comply or explain’ general Corporate governance Corporate governance approach to corporate governance.  However, the ASXCGC’s Recommendations may materially differ from the NZX’s corporate governance rules and the principles of the NZX Corporate Governance Best Practice Code.

 

Further details about the ASXCGC’s Recommendations can be found on the ASX website ‘www.asx.com.au’.

 

This statement addresses each of the eight ASXCGC’s Recommendations.  Each Recommendation is set out and followed with an explanation of our corporate governance practices, demonstrating our compliance with the requirements of the Recommendations.

 

21



 

Principle 1 – Lay solid foundations for management and oversight

 

Companies should establish and disclose the respective roles and responsibilities of Board and management.

 

1.1              Companies should establish the functions reserved to the Board and those delegated to senior executives and disclose those functions.

 

1.2              Companies should disclose the process for evaluating the performance of senior executives.

 

The role and responsibilities of the Board

 

The Board Charter outlines the roles and responsibilities of the Board and, in conjunction with the Constitution, allows the Board to determine those matters to be delegated to its Committees and management.

 

The Board is accountable to shareholders for our performance, and its responsibilities include, in summary:

 

                  providing strategic direction;

 

                  evaluating Board performance and determining Board size and composition;

 

                  appointing and determining the duration, remuneration and other terms of appointment of the CEO and approving the appointments of other senior executives;

 

                  evaluating the performance of the CEO and monitoring the performance of other senior executives;

 

                  Board and Executive succession planning;

 

                  annual approval of the budget and monitoring performance against that budget;

 

                  determining the dividend policy;

 

                  making determinations concerning our capital structure;

 

                  appointing our external auditors and maintaining an on-going dialogue with them;

 

                  financial reporting;

 

                  approving our risk management strategy and frameworks and monitoring their effectiveness;

 

                  considering the social, ethical and environmental impact of our activities and monitoring compliance with our sustainability policies and practices;

 

                  maintaining a constructive and ongoing relationship with the exchanges and regulators and ensuring that the market and our shareholders are continuously informed of material developments; and

 

                  internal governance, including delegated authorities, policies for appointments to our controlled entity Boards and monitoring resources available to senior executives.

 

The Board has delegated a number of these responsibilities to its Committees, as set out in the ‘Westpac Governance Framework’ chart in the Principle 2 section of this statement.

 

Our Constitution and Board Charter can be found at ‘www.westpac.com.au/corpgov’.

 

Board delegation to management and Committees

 

The Board has delegated to the CEO, and through the CEO to other senior executives, responsibility for the everyday management of our business.  The scope of and limitations to that delegated authority is clearly documented.

 

The Board has five Committees, namely the:

 

                  Audit Committee;

 

                  Risk Management Committee;

 

                  Nominations Committee;

 

                  Remuneration Committee; and

 

                  Sustainability Committee.

 

In 2009, it is proposed that an Information Technology Committee also be established.

 

The responsibility delegated to the Committees is set out in the ‘Westpac Governance Framework’ chart in the Principle 2 section.

 

Management performance evaluation

 

The Board, in conjunction with its Remuneration Committee, is responsible for approving the performance objectives and measures for the CEO and other senior executives and providing input into the evaluation of performance against them.  The management performance evaluations for the 2007 financial year were conducted in November 2007.

 

Management performance evaluations for the 2008 financial year will be conducted at the end of the 2008 calendar year.

 

To ensure they are able to meet their performance objectives, all new senior executives are provided with extensive briefing about our strategies and operations and the respective roles and responsibilities of the Board and senior management.

 

Principle 2 – Structure the Board to add value

 

Companies should have a Board of an effective composition, size and commitment to adequately discharge its responsibilities and duties.

 

2.1              A majority of the Board should be independent Directors.

 

2.2              The chair should be an independent Director.

 

2.3              The roles of chair and chief executive should not be exercised by the same individual.

 

2.4              The Board should establish a nomination committee.

 

2.5              Companies should disclose the process for evaluating the performance of the Board, its committees and individual Directors.

 

Together, the Board members have a broad range of relevant financial and other skills, extensive experience and knowledge necessary to guide our business.  Our Board comprises a majority of Non-executive Directors who satisfy our criteria for independence.  The current Board Corporate governance composition and the composition of each of the Board’s Committees is set out in the table below.  The skills, experience and expertise of each Director, as well as the period of office held by each Director, are set out in the Directors’ Report in the 2008 Annual Report.

 

The 2008 Annual Report can be found at ‘www.westpac.com.au/investorcentre’.

 

Director independence

 

The Board regularly assesses the independence of our Directors.

 

Directors are considered to be independent if they are independent of management and free from any business or other relationship that could materially interfere with, or could reasonably be perceived to materially interfere with, the exercise of their unfettered and independent judgment.  Materiality is assessed on a case-by-case basis by reference to each Director’s individual circumstances rather than by applying general materiality thresholds.

 

22



 

Each Director is expected to disclose any business or other relationship which he or she has directly or as a partner, shareholder or officer of a company or other entity that has an interest, or a business or other relationship, with Westpac or a related entity.

 

The Board considers information about any such interests or relationships, including any related financial or other details, when it assesses the Directors’ independence.

 

The Board assesses Directors’ independence on appointment and annually.  Each Director provides an annual attestation of his or her interests and independence.

 

The Westpac Definition of Independence can be found at ‘www.westpac.com.au/corpgov’.

 

The Board and Committees size and composition

 

 

 

Elizabeth
Bryan

 

Gordon
Cairns

 

Ted
Evans

 

Carolyn
Hewson

 

Gail
Kelly

 

Lindsay
Maxsted

 

Peter
Wilson

Board membership/
position title

 

Non-
executive,
Independent

 

Non-
executive,
Independent

 

Chairman,
Non-
executive,
Independent

 

Non-executive, Independent

 

CEO,
executive

 

Non-
executive,
Independent

 

Non-
executive,
Independent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Audit Committee

 

ü

 

ü

 

ü

 

ü

 

 

 

Chair ü

 

ü

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Risk Management Committee

 

ü

 

ü

 

ü

 

Chair ü

 

 

 

ü

 

ü

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nominations Committee

 

 

 

ü

 

Chair ü

 

ü

 

 

 

ü

 

ü

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Remuneration Committee

 

 

 

Chair ü

 

ü

 

ü

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sustainability Committee

 

ü

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ü

 

 

 

Chair ü

 

The charts below demonstrate that our Board comprises a majority of independent Directors, and the tenure of our current Directors.

 

Length of tenure of Directors

Balance of Non-executive and executive Directors

The selection and role of the Chairman

 

The Board elects one of the independent Non-executive Directors to be the Chairman.  Our current Chairman is Ted Evans.  His role is separate to that of our CEO, Gail Kelly.  The Chairman’s role includes:

 

                  providing effective leadership to the Board in relation to all Board matters;

 

                  representing the views of the Board to the public;

 

                  convening regular Board meetings throughout the year, and ensuring that minutes of meetings accurately record decisions taken and, where appropriate, the views of individual Directors;

 

                  guiding the agenda and conduct of all Board meetings;

 

                  reviewing the performance of Non-executive Directors;

 

                  overseeing Non-executive Director and CEO succession; and

 

                  promoting constructive and respectful relations between the Board and management.

 

Meetings of the Board

 

The Board has 11 scheduled meetings each year and meets in the intervening periods when warranted.  In July each year

 

23



 

the Board discusses our strategic plan and sets our overall strategic direction.  The Board also conducts a half year review of our strategy.  The Board conducts workshops on specific subjects throughout the year.  Directors are always encouraged to participate in meetings, with a robust exchange of views and to bring their experience and independent judgment to bear on the issues and decisions at hand.

 

Senior executives are invited to attend all Board meetings and are also available to be contacted by Directors between meetings.  The Board, however, usually meets without executive management (other than the CEO) at the commencement and conclusion of each meeting.  The Board meets without the CEO or any senior executives at least once a year, or as required.

 

Meetings attended by Directors for the past financial year are reported in the Directors’ Report in the 2008 Annual Report.

 

The Nominations Committee

 

The Nominations Committee is responsible for:

 

                  developing and reviewing policies on Board composition, strategic function and size;

 

                  the performance review process of the Board, its Committees and individual Directors;

 

                  succession planning for the Board;

 

                  developing and implementing induction programs for new Directors and ongoing education for existing Directors;

 

                  developing eligibility criteria for nominating Directors;

 

                  recommending appointment of Directors to the Board;

 

                  considering candidates for appointment to the Boards of relevant subsidiaries; and

 

                  reviewing our corporate governance policies to meet international corporate governance standards.

 

The composition of the Nominations Committee is set out in the table entitled ‘The Board and Committees size and composition’ earlier in this section of the statement.

 

The Nominations Committee Charter can be found at ‘www.westpac.com.au/corpgov’.

 

Nomination and appointment of new Directors

 

The Nominations Committee makes recommendations for the nomination of new Directors to the Board as a whole.

 

The Nominations Committee assesses nominations against a range of criteria including the candidate’s background, experience, professional skills, personal qualities, whether their skills and experience will complement the existing Board and their availability to commit themselves to the Board’s activities.  External consultants have been used to access a wide base of potential Directors.

 

New Directors receive a letter of appointment, which sets out the expectations of the role, conditions of appointment Corporate governance including expected term of appointment, and remuneration.  This letter conforms to the ASXCGC’s Recommendations.

 

If the Board appoints a new Director during the year, that person will stand for election by shareholders at the next AGM.  Shareholders are provided with relevant information on the candidates for election.

 

The Board also makes recommendations concerning the re-election of any Director by shareholders.  In considering whether to support the re-election of a Director, the Board takes into account the results of the Board performance evaluation conducted during the year.

 

The Director appointment policy, Board tenure policy, principles for appointment of Directors to subsidiary companies and the Non-executive standard letter of appointment can be found at ‘www.westpac.com.au/corpgov’.

 

Term in office and retirement and re-election of Directors

 

Our Constitution states that at each AGM one-third of our Directors (excluding the CEO) and any Director who has held office for three or more years since their last election must retire.

 

Eligible Directors who retire may offer themselves for re-election by shareholders at the next AGM and are invited to give a short presentation to the AGM in support of re-election.

 

The Board has a Tenure Policy which limits the number of terms of office that any Non-executive Director may serve to the longer of three consecutive terms or nine years.  The maximum tenure of the Chairman is to be no more than the longer of four terms or twelve years (inclusive of any term as a Director prior to being elected as Chairman), from the date of first election by shareholders.

 

Director education

 

On appointment, all Directors are offered an induction program appropriate to their experience to familiarise them with matters relating to our business, strategy and any current issues before the Board.  The induction program includes meetings with the Chairman, the CEO, the Chairman of each of the Board Committees, each Group Executive, the Group Secretary & General Counsel and the Chief Strategy Officer.

 

The Board encourages Directors to continue their education by participating in workshops that are held throughout the year, attending relevant site visits and undertaking relevant external education.

 

Our Group Secretary & General Counsel provides Directors with ongoing guidance on matters such as corporate governance, our Constitution and the law.

 

Board access to information and advice

 

All Directors have unrestricted access to company records and information and receive regular detailed financial and operational reports from executive management.  Each Director also enters into an access and indemnity agreement ensuring seven year access to documents after their retirement as a Director.

 

The Chairman and other Non-executive Directors regularly consult with the CEO, the Chief Financial Officer (CFO), senior executives, the Group Secretary & General Counsel, the General Manager Group Assurance,  the Chief Risk Officer (CRO), the Chief Strategy Officer and the General Manager Sustainability, Brand and Communications and may consult with, and request additional information from, any of our employees.

 

The Board collectively, and each Director individually, has the right to seek independent professional advice, at our expense, to help them carry out their responsibilities.  While the Chairman’s prior approval is needed, it may not be unreasonably withheld and, in the Chairman’s absence, Board approval may be sought.

 

24



 

Company Secretaries

 

The Board is responsible for the appointment of our Company Secretaries, of which there are two.  The Group Secretary & General Counsel, Richard Willcock, attends all Board and Committee meetings and is responsible for providing Directors with ongoing guidance and advice on legal and corporate governance issues.  The Head of Group Secretariat, Alex Crompton (formerly Anna O’Connell from 1 October 2007 to 4 February 2008) is responsible for the operation of the secretarial function, including providing advice to Directors and officers on corporate governance and regulatory matters, developing and implementing our governance framework and, in conjunction with management, giving practical effect to the Board’s decisions.

 

All Directors have access to advice from the Group Secretary & General Counsel and Head of Group Secretariat.

 

Profiles of our Company Secretaries are set out in the Directors’ Report in the 2008 Annual Report.

 

Review of Board performance

 

The Board undertakes ongoing self-assessment as well as an annual performance review of its activities, the Committees and individual Directors.

 

The performance review process conducted in 2008 was facilitated by an external consultant and included written surveys of and interviews with Directors, senior executives and the Group Secretary & General Counsel.  The performance reviews were wide-ranging and included, among other considerations, each Director’s contributions to Board discussions.  The survey results were independently collated and presented to the Board.  The Chairman discussed the results with individual Directors and Committee Chairs.

 

The full Board (excluding the Chairman) reviewed the results of the performance review of the Board Chairman.  The results were then privately discussed by the Chairman of the Risk Management Committee with the Board Chairman.

 

Board Committees and membership

 

We have five standing Board Committees.  The Committee charters describe their roles and powers, as approved by the Board.

 

The Committees and their membership at 30 October 2008 are set out in the table entitled ‘The Board and Committee size and composition’ earlier in this section of the statement.  The areas of oversight for each Committee are set out in the ‘Westpac Governance Framework’ chart at the end of this section.  Directors’ attendance at Committee meetings is set out in the Directors’ Report in the 2008 Annual Report.

 

The Board establishes other Committees from time to time to consider matters of special importance or to exercise the delegated authority of the Board.

 

Composition and independence of the Committees

 

Committee members are chosen for the skills and experience they can contribute to the respective Committees.  All of the Committees comprise independent Non-executive Directors, with the exception of the Sustainability Committee, on which the CEO sits.

 

Operation of the Committees and reporting to the Board

 

The Board Committees meet quarterly, with the exception of the Sustainability Committee, which meets three times a year, and at other times as necessary.  Each Committee is entitled to the resources and information it requires and has direct access to our employees and advisers.  The CEO attends all Committee meetings, except where she has a material personal interest in a matter being considered.  Senior executives and other selected employees are invited to attend Committee meetings as required.  All Directors receive all Committee papers and can attend any Committee meeting, provided there is no conflict of interest.

 

How Committees’ performance is evaluated

 

The performance of each Committee is reviewed as part of the Board’s overall performance review.

 

The Board Committee Membership and all of the Committee Charters can be found at ‘www.westpac.com.au/corpgov’.

 

Milestones in 2008

 

                  David Morgan’s retirement as CEO and Director;

 

                  Gail Kelly’s appointment as CEO and to the Board;

 

                  Lindsay Maxsted’s appointment to the Board;

 

                  participated in a detailed Board performance review;

 

                  reviewed the skills required on the Board to assist with Board succession planning;

 

                  considered various candidates for appointment to the Boards of relevant subsidiaries.

 

25



 

Westpac Governance Framework

 

The diagram below sets out the Westpac Governance framework and the areas of responsibility for each Committee:

 

 

The Executive Office, Disclosure Committee and Executive Risk Committees sit beneath the Board and its Committees to implement Board approved strategies, policies and management of risk across the Group.

 

Principle 3 – Promote ethical and responsible decision-making

 

Companies should actively promote ethical and responsible decision-making.

 

3.1              Companies should establish a code of conduct and disclose the code or a summary of the code as to:

 

                  the practices necessary to maintain confidence in the company’s integrity;

 

                  the practices necessary to take into account their legal obligations and the reasonable expectations of their stakeholders;

 

                  the responsibility and accountability of individuals for reporting and investigating reports of unethical practices.

 

3.2              Companies should establish a policy concerning trading in company securities by Directors, senior executives and employees, and disclose the policy or a summary of that policy.

 

Principles for Doing Business and Code of Conduct

 

Our Principles for Doing Business (the Principles) set out how we aim to conduct ourselves across our business in the areas of:

 

                  governance and ethics;

 

                  employee practices;

 

                  customer practices;

 

                  care for the environment;

 

                  community involvement; and

 

                  supply chain management.

 

The Principles are also aligned with significant global initiatives that promote responsible business practices.  Our Principles apply to all Directors and employees and we report our performance against them annually.

 

Our Code of Conduct sets out seven values that we believe will maintain the trust and confidence placed in us by our customers, shareholders, suppliers and the community at large.  We recognise that this trust can only be retained by acting ethically and responsibly in all our dealings and by seeking to continually improve in all that we do.  The Code

 

26



 

of Conduct applies to all of our employees and contractors and is supported by the Board.  The seven values are that:

 

                  we act with honesty and integrity;

 

                  we respect the law and act accordingly;

 

                  we respect confidentiality and do not misuse information;

 

                  we value and maintain our professionalism;

 

                  we act as a team;

 

                  we manage conflicts of interest responsibly; and

 

                  we strive to be a good corporate citizen and achieve community respect.

 

We also have a range of internal guidelines, communications and training processes and tools, including an online learning module entitled Doing the Right Thing, which apply to and support our Principles and Code of Conduct.

 

In addition to our Principles, we have a number of key policies to manage our compliance and human resource requirements.  We also voluntarily subscribe to a range of external industry codes, such as the Code of Banking Practice and the Electronic Funds Transfer Code of Conduct.

 

Our Principles for Doing Business and Code of Conduct can be found at ‘www.westpac.com.au/corpgov’.

 

Milestone in 2008

 

                  Our Code of Conduct and the broader Principles for Doing Business were reviewed.

 

Code of ethics for senior finance officers

 

The Code of Accounting Practice and Financial Reporting (the Code) complements our Code of Conduct.  The Code is designed to assist the CEO, CFO and other principal financial officers in applying the highest ethical standards to the performance of their duties and responsibilities with respect to accounting practice and financial reporting.  The Code requires that those officers:

 

                  act honestly and ethically, particularly with respect to conflicts of interest;

 

                  provide full, fair, accurate and timely disclosure in reporting and other communications;

 

                  comply with applicable laws and rules;

 

                  promptly report violations of the Code; and

 

                  be accountable for their actions.

 

Our code of Accounting Practice and Financial Reporting is available at ‘www.westpac.com.au/corpgov’.

 

Conflicts of interest

 

Westpac has a conflicts of interest framework which includes a Group policy supported by more specific policies and guidelines aimed at recognising and managing potential conflicts.

 

The Board

 

The Board is conscious of its obligations to ensure that Directors avoid conflicts of interest (both real and apparent) between their duty to the company and their own interests.  All Directors are required to disclose any actual or potential conflict of interest upon appointment and are required to keep these disclosures to the Board up-to-date.

 

Any Director with a material personal interest in a matter being considered by the Board must declare their interest and, unless the Board resolves otherwise, they may not participate in boardroom discussions or vote on matters on which they face a conflict.

 

Our employees

 

Our employees are not permitted to participate in activities which involve a conflict with their duties and responsibilities or which are prejudicial to our business.  We expect our employees to:

 

                  avoid conflicts of interest;

 

                  obtain consent from senior management before accepting a Directorship on the Board of a non-Westpac Group company;

 

                  disclose any material interests they have with our customers to their manager and not be involved with customer relationships where they have such an interest;

 

                  not participate in business activities outside their employment with us (whether as a principal, partner, Director, agent, guarantor, investor or employee) without approval or when it could adversely affect their ability to carry out their duties and responsibilities; and

 

                  not solicit, accept or offer money, gifts, favours or entertainment which might influence, or might appear to influence, their business judgment.

 

Our Conflicts of Interest guidance can be found at ‘www.westpac.com.au/corpgov’.

 

Fit and proper person assessments

 

We assess the fitness and propriety of our Directors and also of those employees who perform specified roles.  The Nominations Committee and the Board are responsible for assessing the main Board Directors, Non-executive Directors on subsidiary Boards and senior executives.  An executive Fit and Proper Committee assesses other affected employees.  In all cases the individual is asked to provide a detailed declaration and background checks are undertaken.  Assessments are performed upon appointment to the relevant position and are re-assessed annually.

 

Concern reporting and whistleblowing

 

Our employees are encouraged to raise any concerns, including those arising out of activities or behaviour that may not be in accordance with the Principles and the Code of Conduct, any of our other policies or any other regulatory requirements, with either management, the human resources team (People & Performance), the compliance team or the Financial Crime Control business unit.

 

Employees can also raise concerns about breaches of our regulatory obligations or internal policies or procedures on an anonymous basis through either of our internal or external whistleblower reporting systems.  Our Whistleblower Protection Policy protects employees who raise concerns about suspected breaches of our policies through these channels.

 

Under the policy we provide mechanisms for employees to either log their report onto an internal reporting system (Concern Online), or telephone or email an external and independent professional services firm, with employees who are trained in confidential reporting and whistleblower protection (Employee Concern Hotline).  Employees may also choose to involve the Whistleblower Protection Officer,

 

27



 

who is responsible for protecting the employee against disadvantage.

 

We investigate concerns raised in a manner that is fair, objective and affords natural justice to all people involved.  If the investigation shows that wrongdoing has occurred, we are committed to changing our processes and taking action in relation to employees who have behaved incorrectly.  Where illegal conduct has occurred, this may involve reporting the matter to relevant authorities and in some cases the police.

 

The concern reporting system meets all relevant Australian and New Zealand legislative requirements and the Australian Standard AS8004 (Whistleblower Protection Programs for Entities).  The system is monitored and reviewed annually and statistics about concerns raised are reported quarterly to both the Risk Management Committee and the Westpac Group Operational Risk & Compliance Committee.

 

A summary of our Whistleblower Protection Policy is available at ‘www.westpac.com.au/corpgov’.

 

Insider trading policy and trading in Westpac shares

 

Westpac Directors and all Westpac employees are restricted from dealing in our shares and certain other financial products if they are in possession of inside information, and from passing on that information to others.  In addition, Directors and any employees who, because of their seniority or the nature of their position, may have access to material non-public information about Westpac (Prescribed Employees), are subject to further restrictions.

 

The mechanisms we use to manage and monitor our obligations include:

 

                  our Insider Trading Policy, which prohibits any dealing in any securities where an employee has access to inside information which may affect the price of those securities;

 

                  our New Issues Policy, which places limitations upon employees participating in a new product issue where their position puts them in a real or perceived position of conflict with the interests of customers;

 

                  restrictions limiting the periods in which the Directors and Prescribed Employees can trade in our shares or other company securities (Trading Windows);

 

                  requiring Directors and Prescribed Employees to notify their intention to trade during those Trading Windows and confirm that they have no inside information;

 

                  monitoring the trading of Westpac shares by Directors and Prescribed Employees on a daily basis; and

 

                  maintaining a register of Prescribed Employees which is regularly updated.

 

General information on our Insider Trading Policy and New Issues Policy can be found at ‘www.westpac.com.au/corpgov’.

 

Corporate responsibility and sustainability

 

We view sustainable and responsible business practices as important for our business and to add shareholder value.  This means conducting our business in a responsible, trustworthy and ethical manner, while accepting our accountability for our impacts on society and the environment.

 

We are committed to transparency and fair dealing, treating employees and customers responsibly and having solid links with the community.

 

Reporting on our corporate responsibility and sustainability performance

 

We report on our social, ethical and environmental performance through our Stakeholder Impact Report and our website.  Where appropriate, we include what we believe are the most material environmental, social and governance metrics into our financial results announcements.

 

Our Stakeholder Impact Report and our management of sustainability aim to address the issues that we believe matter most to our customers, employees, shareholders and the community and follow the widely accepted reporting framework, the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI).

 

The Stakeholder Impact Report is also independently assured against the AA1000 Assurance Standard.  This goes beyond testing the integrity of the data, to the effectiveness of our underlying systems and processes and the extent to which corporate responsibility and sustainability policies and processes are embedded across our organisation.

 

In addition, we actively participate in various independent external assessments by authoritative sustainability and governance rating organisations benchmarking against the highest standards of governance.

 

Sustainability Committee

 

The Sustainability Committee oversees and provides guidance regarding our commitment to operate our business ethically, responsibly and sustainably, consistent with evolving community expectations.

 

The Sustainability Committee, as delegated by the Board:

 

                  reviews our social, environmental and ethical impacts, both direct and indirect;

 

                  oversees initiatives to enhance our sustainability;

 

                  agrees standards for our corporate responsibility and sustainability policies and practices and monitors compliance with these policies and practices;

 

                  monitors and oversees our environmental, social, governance and other material business risks (along with the Risk Management Committee) including our strategic and operational response to climate change; and

 

                  reviews and approves the independent assurance of our annual Stakeholder Impact Report.

 

Our Stakeholder Impact Report and performance in external sustainability assessments are available at ‘www.westpac.com.au/corporateresponsibility’.

 

28



 

Milestones in 2008

 

Our recent external sustainability, governance ratings and key activities include:

 

                  revised sustainability strategy with more ambitious targets and a focus on environmental markets and local social issues;

 

                  formation of Westpac’s Sustainability Council comprising officers across the Group with explicit sustainability responsibilities;

 

                  one of the leading performances in the 2008/09 Dow Jones Sustainability Index; and

 

                  continued top-rating (10.0) in the fifteenth consecutive corporate governance assessment by Governance Metrics International.

 

Principle 4 – Safeguard integrity in financial reporting

 

Companies should have a structure to independently verify and safeguard the integrity of their financial reporting.

 

4.1              The Board should establish an audit committee.

 

4.2              The audit committee should be structured so that it:

 

                  consists only of Non-executive Directors;

 

                  consists of a majority of independent Directors;

 

                  is chaired by an independent chair, who is not chair of the Board; and,

 

                  has at least three members.

 

4.3              The audit committee should have a formal charter.

 

Approach to financial reporting

 

Our approach to financial reporting reflects three core principles:

 

                  that our financial reports present a true and fair view;

 

                  that our accounting methods are comprehensive and relevant and comply with applicable accounting rules and policies; and

 

                  that our external auditor is independent and serves security holder interests.

 

The Board monitors Australian and international developments relevant to these principles and reviews our practices accordingly.

 

Audit Committee

 

The Board delegates oversight responsibility for risk management between the Audit Committee and the Risk Management Committee.

 

The Audit Committee oversees all matters concerning:

 

                  the integrity of the financial statements and financial reporting systems;

 

                  the external auditor’s qualifications, performance, independence and fees;

 

                  oversight and performance of the internal audit function;

 

                  compliance with financial reporting and related regulatory requirements (in conjunction with the Risk Management Committee, this includes an oversight of the APRA statutory reporting requirements); and

 

                  procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of financial complaints, including accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters and the confidential reporting by employees of concerns regarding accounting or auditing matters.

 

The Audit Committee charter is available at ‘www.westpac.com.au/corpgov’.

 

Integrity of the financial statements

 

The Audit Committee oversees the preparation of our financial statements.  The Audit Committee requires management to confirm that the accounting methods applied by management are consistent and comply with applicable accounting standards and concepts.

 

The Audit Committee reviews and assesses:

 

                  any significant estimates and judgments in financial reports and monitors the methods used to account for unusual transactions;

 

                  the processes used to monitor and comply with laws, regulations and other requirements relating to external reporting of financial and non financial information; and

 

                  the major financial risk exposures and the process surrounding the disclosures made by the CEO and CFO in connection with their personal certifications of the half year and annual financial statements.

 

The Audit Committee conducts regular discussions with:

 

                  the Risk Management Committee, the CRO, management and the external auditor about our major financial risk exposures and the steps management has taken to monitor and control such exposures;

 

                  the external auditor concerning their audit and any significant findings and the adequacy of management’s responses;

 

                  management and the external auditor concerning the half-yearly and annual financial statements, including disclosures in the ‘operating and financial review and prospects’ section of the Annual Report;

 

                  management and the external auditor regarding any correspondence with regulators or government agencies and reports which raise issues of a material nature; and

 

                  the Group Secretary & General Counsel regarding any legal matters that may have a material impact on the financial statements and/or our compliance with financial reporting and related regulatory policies.

 

The Audit Committee meets with the external auditor without management being present at each meeting.  Periodically the Audit Committee meets with the General Manager of Group Assurance (our internal audit function) without management.

 

Financial knowledge of Audit Committee members

 

The Audit Committee comprises six independent, Non-executive Director members.

 

All of the Audit Committee members have appropriate financial experience, an understanding of the financial services industry and satisfy the independence requirements under the ASXCGC’s Recommendations, the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (as amended) and its related rules and the rules of the NYSE.

 

The Board has determined that Lindsay Maxsted, Chair of the Audit Committee, is an ‘audit committee financial expert’ and is independent as defined in the NYSE Listing Standards.

 

29



 

Mr Maxsted is not an auditor or an accountant with respect to Westpac, does not perform ‘field work’ and is not an employee.  Under United States laws, an audit committee member who is designated as an ‘audit committee financial expert’ will not be deemed to be an ‘expert’ for any purpose other than as a result of being identified as an audit committee financial expert.

 

While Mr Maxsted meets the requirements of an ‘audit committee financial expert’ pursuant to United States securities laws, he does not have any additional responsibilities beyond those of the other Audit Committee members.

 

The Audit Committee’s composition is set out in the table entitled ‘The Board and Committees size and composition’ in the Principle 2 section of this statement.  The full qualifications of the Audit Committee members and their attendance at Audit Committee meetings are set out in the Directors’ Report in the 2008 Annual Report.

 

External auditor

 

The role of the external auditor is to provide an independent opinion that our financial reports are true and fair and comply with applicable regulations.

 

Our external auditor is PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC), appointed by shareholders at the 2002 AGM.  Our present PwC lead audit partner is Ian Hammond and the review audit partner is David Prothero.  Ian and David assumed responsibility for these roles in 2008 and 2005, respectively.

 

The external auditor receives all Audit Committee papers, attends all meetings and is available to Audit Committee members at any time.  The external auditor also attends the AGM to answer questions from shareholders regarding the conduct of PwC’s audit, the audit report and financial statements and PwC’s independence.

 

As our external auditor, PwC are quarterly required to confirm their independence and compliance with specified independence standards.

 

The roles of lead audit partner and review audit partner must be rotated every five years and cannot be resumed by the same person for a minimum of five years.

 

We strictly govern our relationship with the external auditor, including restrictions on employment, business relationships, financial interests and use of our financial products by the external auditor.

 

Restrictions on non-audit services by the external auditor

 

To avoid possible independence or conflict issues, the external auditor is not permitted to carry out certain types of non-audit services for Westpac, as specified in our Guidelines for Non-Audit Services (the Guidelines).

 

For permitted non-audit services and all other non-audit services, use of the external audit firm must be assessed and pre-approved by the Audit Committee, in accordance with the Guidelines.

 

The breakdown of the aggregate fees billed by the external auditor in respect of each of the two most recent financial years for audit, audit-related, tax and other services is provided in Note 34 to our consolidated financial statements for the year ended 30 September 2008.  A declaration regarding the Board’s satisfaction that the provision of non-audit services by PwC is compatible with the general standards of auditor independence is provided in the Non-Audit Services and Independence declaration in the Directors’ Report in the 2008 Annual Report.

 

The Guidelines for Non-Audit Services can be found at ‘www.westpac.com.au/corpgov’.

 

Internal audit

 

Group Assurance includes an independent and objective internal audit review function charged with evaluating, testing and reporting on the adequacy and effectiveness of management’s control of operational risk.  Group Assurance has access to all of our entities and conducts audits and reviews following a risk-based planning approach.

 

Group Assurance provides regular reports to both the Audit Committee and the Risk Management Committee and raises significant issues with the Audit Committee.  The General Manager Group Assurance has a reporting line to the Chairman of the Audit Committee.

 

Principle 5 – Make timely and balanced disclosure

 

Companies should promote timely and balanced disclosures of all material matters concerning the company.

 

5.1              Companies should establish written policies designed to ensure compliance with ASX Listing Rule disclosure requirements and to ensure accountability at a senior executive level for that compliance and disclose those policies or a summary of those policies.

 

Market disclosure

 

We are committed to maintaining a level of disclosure that meets the highest standards and provides all investors with timely and equal access to information.  To achieve these standards we have a Board-approved Market Disclosure Policy, which governs how we communicate with our shareholders and with the investment community.

 

The Policy reflects the ASX continuous disclosure requirements and the requirements of other exchanges where we have disclosure obligations.  Under our Policy, information that a reasonable person would expect to have a material effect on the price of our securities must be immediately disclosed, subject to certain exceptions.

 

Our Disclosure Committee is responsible for determining what information should be disclosed publicly under the Policy, and for assisting employees in understanding what information may require disclosure to the market on the basis that it is price sensitive.  The Disclosure Committee is chaired by Phil Coffey, our CFO, and involves the CEO, senior executives, the Group Secretary & General Counsel and the General Manager Sustainability, Brand and Communications.

 

The Group Secretary & General Counsel, as the Disclosure Officer, has responsibility for ensuring compliance with the continuous disclosure requirements of the listing rules of the ASX, NZX, NYSE and other exchanges, relevant securities and corporations legislation, and overseeing and coordinating information disclosure to regulators, analysts, brokers, shareholders, the media and the public.

 

Westpac’s market announcements are released to each stock exchange where the company has securities listed in accordance with the rules of that exchange – ASX, NZX, NYSE, and the London, Singapore and Swiss stock exchanges.

 

To supplement the information already available to investors we publish investor discussion packs, containing presentations on and explanations about our financial results, on our website.  We also publish on our website the

 

30



 

Annual Review, Annual Reports, profit announcements, CEO and executive briefings (including webcasts), Stakeholder Impact Reports, economic updates, notices of meetings, media releases and briefing transcripts.

 

The Market Disclosure policy can be found at ‘www.westpac.com.au/corpgov’.

 

Principle 6 – Respect the rights of shareholders

 

Companies should respect the rights of shareholders and facilitate the effective exercise of those rights.

 

6.1              Companies should design a communications policy for promoting effective communication with shareholders and encouraging their participation at general meetings and disclose their policy or a summary of that policy.

 

Shareholder communications and participation

 

We are committed to giving all shareholders comprehensive, timely and equal access to balanced information about our activities so that they can make informed investment decisions and be actively involved and interested in our business.

 

We employ a wide range of communication approaches, which are regularly reviewed to ensure best use is made of new technologies to improve our communications.  These approaches include direct communications with shareholders, the publication of all relevant company information in the Investor Centre section of our website, and access to all market briefings and shareholder meetings via webcasting facilities.  Shareholders are given the option to receive information in print or electronic format.  One of our most important communications is our Shareholder Newsletter, which is sent to all of our shareholders with the half-year and annual dividend notices.  The Newsletter provides information on our performance and developments, details on accessing further information and contact numbers for both the Investor Relations Unit and the Share Registry.

 

We regard the AGM as an important opportunity for engaging and communicating with shareholders.  Shareholders are encouraged to attend and actively participate in our AGM, the proceedings of which are webcast and can also be viewed on demand at a later time from our website.

 

Shareholders are invited to put forward questions that they would like addressed at the AGM at the time of receipt of the Notice of Meeting.

 

Investors’ discussion pack, annual result presentation and other shareholder information can be accessed at ‘www.westpac.com.au/investorcentre’.

 

Milestone in 2008

 

·                   expanded the capture of email addresses from shareholders, enabling electronic communication with approximately 25% of our shareholders.

 

Principle 7 – Recognise and manage risk

 

Companies should establish a sound system of risk oversight and management and internal control.

 

7.1              Companies should establish policies for the oversight and management of material business risks and disclose a summary of those policies.

 

7.2              The Board should require management to design and implement the risk management and internal control system to manage the company’s material business risks and report to it on whether those risks are being managed effectively.  The Board should disclose that management has reported to it as to the effectiveness of the company’s management of its material business risks.

 

7.3              The Board should disclose whether it has received assurance from the chief executive officer (or equivalent) and the chief financial officer (or equivalent) that the declaration provided in accordance with section 295A of the Corporations Act is founded on a sound system of risk management and internal control and that the system is operating effectively in all material respects in relation to financial reporting risks.

 

Risk management roles and responsibilities

 

The Board is responsible for reviewing and approving our overall risk management strategy, including determining our appetite for risk.  The Board has delegated to the Risk Management Committee the responsibility for setting risk appetite, approving frameworks, policies and processes for managing risk and accepting risks beyond management’s approval discretion.

 

The Risk Management Committee monitors the alignment of our risk profile with our risk appetite, which is defined in the Board Risk Appetite Statement and with our current and future capital requirements.  The Committee receives regular reports from management on the effectiveness of our management of Westpac’s material business risks.  More detail about the role of the Risk Management Committee is set out later in this section under the heading ‘Risk Management Committee’.

 

The CEO and executive management team are responsible for implementing our risk management strategy and frameworks, and for developing policies, controls, processes and procedures for identifying and managing risk in all of Westpac’s activities.

 

Our Group Risk function is independent from the business units and reports to the CRO.

 

Our business model recognises that the responsibility for managing risks in our business lies with the various business units.  This responsibility includes developing business unit-specific policies, controls, procedures and monitoring and reporting capability that align to the frameworks approved by the Risk Management Committee.

 

Our Group Assurance function (internal audit) independently evaluates the adequacy and effectiveness of managements’ controls for risk.

 

Our overall risk management governance structure is set out in the table of the same name in this section of the statement.

 

Approach to risk management

 

We regard managing the risk that affects our business as a fundamental activity, as it influences our performance, reputation and future success.  Effective risk management involves achieving an integrated and balanced approach to risk and reward, and assists us in achieving our objectives of optimising financial growth opportunities and mitigating potential loss or damage.  Both optimisation and mitigation strategies are of equal importance.

 

31



 

We distinguish four main types of risk:

 

·                   credit risk – the risk of financial loss where a customer or counterparty fails to meet their financial obligations;

 

·                   market risk – the risk to earnings from changes in market factors, such as foreign exchange rates, interest rates, commodity prices and equity prices.  This includes interest rate risk in the banking book – the risk to interest income from a mismatch between the duration of assets and liabilities that arises in the normal course of business activities;

 

·                   operational risk – the risk that arises from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events.  This includes compliance risk - the risk of legal or regulatory sanction, financial or reputation loss arising from our failure to apply the regulatory standards expected of us as a financial services group; and

 

·                   liquidity risk – the risk of not meeting our payment obligations, which could arise as a result of mismatched cash flows generated by our business.

 

In addition to, and linked to, these four main types of risk we also manage the following risks:

 

·                   equity risk – the potential for financial loss arising from movements in the value of our direct and indirect equity investments;

 

·                   insurance risk – the risk of not being able to meet insurance claims (related to insurance subsidiaries);

 

·                   model risk – the risk of financial, reputation or operational losses arising because of a model;

 

·                   reputation risk – the risk to earnings or capital arising from negative public opinion resulting from the loss of reputation or public trust and standing.  This risk encompasses social, ethical and environmental risks arising out of areas such as people management, climate change governance and supply chain management;

 

·                   business risk – the risk associated with the vulnerability of a line of business to changes in the business environment; and

 

·                   contagion risk – the risk that problems arising in other Westpac Group members compromise the financial and operational position of the authorised deposit-taking institutions in the Westpac Group.

 

In December 2007 we received advanced accreditation from APRA and the RBNZ under the Basel II capital framework.  We were among the first banks in the world to receive advanced accreditation, which allows us to use the most advanced internal-ratings based approach for credit risk and the advanced measurement approach for operational risk to determine our regulatory capital position.

 

A summary of our risk management framework policies can be found at ‘www.westpac.com.au/corpgov’.

 

Risk Management Committee

 

The Risk Management Committee:

 

·                   reviews and approves the frameworks for managing our credit, market, liquidity and operational risk;

 

·                   determines, approves and reviews the limits and conditions that apply to the taking of risk, including the authority delegated by the Board to the CEO, CFO and CRO;

 

·                   monitors the risk profile, performance, capital levels, exposures against limits and the management and control of our risks;

 

·                   monitors changes anticipated in the economic and business environment and other factors considered relevant to our risk profile;

 

·                   oversees the development and ongoing review of appropriate policies that support our frameworks for managing risk; and

 

·                   reviews significant issues that may be raised by internal audit as well as the length of time and action taken to resolve such issues.

 

From the perspective of specific types of risk, the Risk Management Committee role includes:

 

·                   credit risk – monitoring the risk profile, performance and management of our credit portfolio and development and review of credit risk policies;

 

·                   market and liquidity risk – monitoring the market risk profile, approving the Group Value at Risk and Net Interest Income at Risk limits and reviewing our funding plan and liquidity requirements; and

 

·                   operational risk – monitoring the operational risk profile, the performance of operational risk management and controls and the development and ongoing review of operational risk policies; overseeing our compliance with applicable laws, regulations and regulatory requirements; discussing with management and the external auditor any material correspondence with regulators or government agencies and any published reports that raise material issues; and reviewing complaints and whistleblower concerns.

 

The Risk Management Committee provides relevant periodic assurances to and refers any relevant matters to the Audit Committee.

 

M ilestones in 2008

 

·                   one of the first banks globally to receive advanced accreditation from APRA and the RBNZ under the Basel II capital framework in December 2007;

 

·                   reviewed our risk management frameworks; and

 

·                   established an executive management committee focused on market dislocation.

 

32



 

Our risk management governance structure is set out in the table below:

 

Board

 

Reviews and approves our overall risk management strategy, including our appetite for risk.

 

Board Risk Management Committee

 

The Board has delegated responsibility to the Board Risk Management Committee to set risk appetite, approve frameworks, policies and processes for managing risk and accept risks beyond the approval discretion provided to management.

 

In addition, the Board Risk Management Committee:

 

·

 

monitors the risk profile, performance, capital levels, exposures against limits and management and control of our risks;

·

 

monitors changes anticipated in the economic and business environment and other factors relevant to our risk profile;

·

 

oversees the development and ongoing review of appropriate policies that support our frameworks for managing risk; and

·

 

reviews significant issues that may be raised by internal audit as well as the length of time and action taken to resolve such issues.

 

Board committees with a risk focus

 

Board Audit Committee

 

Board Sustainability Committee

 

 

 

·

 

oversees the integrity of financial statements and financial reporting systems.

 

·

 

oversees environmental, social, governance and ethical performance and issues.

 

Executive risk committees

 

Executive management committee focused on market dislocation

 

·

 

proactively tracks and responds to emerging trends; and

·

 

maintains intensity of effort on risk management in the current environment.

 

Westpac Group Risk-Reward Committee (GRRC)

 

·

 

sets and leads the risk optimisation agenda for Westpac;

·

 

recommends to the Board Risk Management Committee the appropriate risk-reward positioning and integrates decisions on overall capital levels and earnings profile;

·

 

initiates and oversees strategies to align Westpac’s risk-reward profile with boundaries for risk appetite and earnings volatility within parameters set by the Board;

·

 

oversees the risk governance framework, including the performance, role and membership of the executive risk committees; and

·

 

approves any changes to Westpac’s measures of risk-adjusted performance and monitors their use.

 

Westpac Group Credit Risk
Committee (CREDCO)

 

Westpac Group Market Risk
Committee (MARCO)

 

Westpac Group Operational Risk &
Compliance Committee (OPCO)

 

 

 

 

 

·

 

seeks to optimise credit risk-reward;

 

·

 

seeks to optimise market and

 

·

 

seeks to optimise operational risk-

·

 

oversees portfolio performance;

 

 

 

liquidity risk-reward;

 

 

 

reward;

·

 

oversees the establishment and

 

·

 

oversees portfolio performance;

 

·

 

oversees the governance of operational

 

 

review of limits and authority levels

 

·

 

determines limits within Board-

 

 

 

risk and compliance, including the

 

 

within Board-approved parameters;

 

 

 

approved parameters; and

 

 

 

framework and policies;

 

 

and

 

·

 

monitors adherence to Board-

 

·

 

oversees the operational and reputation

·

 

monitors adherence to Board-

 

 

 

approved limits.

 

 

 

risk profile; and

 

 

approved limits.

 

 

 

 

 

·

 

oversees the operational risk profile.

 

Group level risk management

 

Group Risk

 

·

 

develops the group-level risk management frameworks for approval by the Board Risk Management Committee;

·

 

directs the review and development of key policies related to the risk management frameworks;

·

 

establishes risk concentration limits and monitors risk concentrations; and

·

 

monitors compliance and regulatory obligations and emerging risk issues.

 

Independent internal review

 

Group Assurance

 

·

 

reviews the adequacy and effectiveness of management controls for risk.

 

33



 

CEO and CFO assurance

 

The Board receives regular reports about our financial condition and operational results, as well as that of our controlled entities, from management.  The CEO and the CFO annually provide formal statements to the Board, and have done so for the year ended 30 September 2008, that in all material respects:

 

·                   the financial records of the company for the financial year and half-year have been properly maintained in that they:

 

·                   correctly record and explain its transactions and financial position and performance;

 

·                   enable true and fair financial statements to be prepared and audited; and

 

·                   are retained for seven years after the transactions covered by the records are completed.

 

·                   the financial statements and notes required by the accounting standards for the financial year comply with the accounting standards;

 

·                   the financial statements and notes for the financial year give a true and fair view of Westpac’s and its consolidated entities’ financial position and of their performance;

 

·                   any other matters that are prescribed by the Corporations Act regulations as they relate to the financial statements and notes for the financial year are satisfied; and

 

·                   the declarations provided in accordance with section 295A of the Corporations Act are founded on a sound system of risk management and internal control, and that the system is operating effectively in all material respects in relation to financial reporting risks.

 

Managing Compliance Risk

 

Westpac’s Operational Risk Management Framework incorporates our Managing Compliance Risk Policy and reflects the following core principles and practices:

 

·                   compliance is about our responsibilities as employees, our culture and the systems and processes we use every day;

 

·                   complying with both the letter and spirit of regulatory standards is an essential part of our core values and is critical to our success as a leading Australian financial services organisation;

 

·                   ensuring that the letter and spirit of regulatory standards are embedded into how we do business, how we conduct ourselves, how our systems and processes are designed and how they operate;

 

·                   compliance with regulatory standards is the responsibility of everyone in every part of Westpac.  Visibility and accountability of senior management ensures a strong compliance culture;

 

·                   the role of the compliance function is to guide the organisation in embedding compliance into how we do business; and

 

·                   actively engaging with regulatory bodies and industry forums to ensure the maintenance of high standards across the industry.

 

Key components of the framework established to support these principles include:

 

·                   environment – Board and management oversight and accountability, culture and independent review;

 

·                   identification – identifying obligations, developing and maintaining compliance plans and implementing change;

 

·                   controls – policies, processes, procedures, communication and training and documentation; and

 

·                   monitoring and reporting – monitoring, incident and breach escalation, reporting, issue management and managing regulatory relationships.

 

As with other forms of risk, business line management is primarily responsible for managing compliance risk and within each major business area there is a dedicated operational risk and compliance function.

 

Our Compliance function, led by the General Manager Group Operational Risk and Compliance, provides the following support:

 

·                   infrastructure to facilitate compliance planning and reporting;

 

·                   specialist advice to business units in implementing regulatory initiatives and policies and establishing compliance programs;

 

·                   analytical tools and advice for independent oversight of areas of strategic compliance risk; and

 

·                   reports on potential weaknesses across the enterprise.

 

We measure the effectiveness of our compliance program via the mechanisms set out in the Operational Risk Management Framework including audit, file reviews, mystery shopping, customer surveys and operational risk assessments.

 

The General Manager Group Operational Risk and Compliance regularly reports to the Group Operational Risk and Compliance Committee and to the Risk Management Committee on the status of compliance across the company.

 

Principle 8 – Remunerate fairly and responsibly

 

Companies should ensure that the level and composition of remuneration is sufficient and reasonable and that its relationship to performance is clear.

 

8.1              The Board should establish a remuneration committee.

 

8.2              Companies should clearly distinguish the structure of Non-executive Directors’ remuneration from that of executive Directors and senior executives.

 

The Board has a Remuneration Committee.  The Committee assists the Board by reviewing and approving our remuneration policies and practices.  The Committee’s consideration of reward structures is based on fairness, business performance, legal obligations and high standards of corporate governance.

 

The Remuneration Committee, as delegated by the Board:

 

·                   reviews and approves executive remuneration policy;

 

·                   reviews and makes recommendations to the Board on corporate goals and objectives relevant to the CEO, and the performance of the CEO in light of these objectives;

 

·                   makes recommendations to the Board on the remuneration of the CEO;

 

·                   makes recommendations to the Board on the remuneration of Non-executive Directors (the company

 

34



 

and subsidiary Boards), taking into account the shareholder approved fee pool;

 

·                   approves contracts and remuneration packages for positions reporting directly to the CEO;

 

·                   reviews and makes recommendations to the Board on equity-based plans;

 

·                   approves all performance recognition expenditure; and

 

·                   oversees general remuneration practices across the Group.

 

The Remuneration Committee also reviews and makes recommendations to the Board about the recruitment, retention, termination, and succession planning policies and procedures for the CEO and senior positions reporting directly to the CEO.  In addition, the Remuneration Committee considers and evaluates the performance of senior executives when making remuneration determinations and otherwise as required.  This process was undertaken during the reporting year.

 

Independent remuneration consultants are engaged by the Remuneration Committee to ensure that our reward practices and levels are consistent with market practice.

 

Details of our remuneration framework are included in the remuneration report, in the 2008 Annual Report.

 

The Remuneration Committee Charter and Westpac’s Hedging Policy can be found at ‘www.westpac.com.au/corpgov’.

 

The 2008 Annual Report can be found at ‘www.westpac.com.au/investorcentre’.

 

35



 

ASX Corporate Governance Council’s Principles and Recommendations (ASXCGC’s Recommendations)

 

Westpac’s Compliance for 2008

 

 

 

ASXCGC’s Recommendations

 

Reference

 

Compliance

Principle 1:

 

Lay solid foundations for management and oversight

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.1

 

Establish the functions reserved to the Board and those delegated to senior executives and disclose those functions.

 

Page 22

 

Comply

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.2

 

Disclose the process for evaluating the performance of senior executives.

 

Page 22

 

Comply

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.3

 

Provide the information indicated in Guide to reporting on Principle 1 .

 

Page 22

 

Comply

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principle 2:

 

Structure the Board to add value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.1

 

A majority of the Board should be independent Directors.

 

Page 22-23

 

Comply

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.2

 

The chair should be an independent Director.

 

Page 22-24

 

Comply

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.3

 

The roles of chair and chief executive officer should not be exercised by the same individual.

 

Page 23

 

Comply

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.4

 

The Board should establish a nomination committee.

 

Page 24

 

Comply

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.5

 

Disclose the process for evaluating the performance of the Board, its committees and individual Directors.

 

Page 25

 

Comply

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.6

 

Provide the information indicated in Guide to reporting on Principle 2 .

 

Pages 22-26

 

Comply

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principle 3:

 

Promote ethical and responsible decision-making

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.1

 

Establish a code of conduct and disclose the code or a summary of the code as to:

 

Page 26-28

 

Comply

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.1.1

the practices necessary to maintain confidence in the company’s integrity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.1.2

the practices necessary to take into account their legal obligations and the reasonable expectations of their stakeholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.1.3

the responsibility and accountability of individuals for reporting and investigating reports of unethical practices.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.2

 

Establish a policy concerning trading in company securities by Directors, senior executives and employees, and disclose the policy or a summary of that policy.

 

Page 28

 

Comply

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.3

 

Provide the information indicated in Guide to reporting on Principle 3 .

 

Pages 26-29

 

Comply

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principle 4:

 

Safeguard integrity in financial reporting

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.1

 

The Board should establish an audit committee.

 

Page 29

 

Comply

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.2

 

Structure the audit committee so that it:

 

Page 29-30

 

Comply

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

·       consists only of Non-executive Directors;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

·       consists of a majority of independent Directors;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

·       is chaired by an independent chair, who is not chair of the Board; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

·       has at least three members.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.3

 

The audit committee should have a formal charter.

 

Page 29

 

Comply

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.4

 

Provide the information indicated in Guide to reporting on Principle 4 .

 

Pages 29-30

 

Comply

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principle 5:

 

Make timely and balanced disclosure

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.1

 

Establish written policies designed to ensure compliance with ASX Listing Rule disclosure requirements and to ensure accountability at a senior executive level for that compliance and disclose those policies or a summary of those policies.

 

Page 30-31

 

Comply

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.2

 

Provide the information indicated in Guide to reporting on Principle 5 .

 

Page 30-31

 

Comply

 

36



 

 

 

ASXCGC’s Recommendations

 

Reference

 

Compliance

Principle 6:

 

Respect the rights of shareholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.1

 

Design a communications policy for promoting effective communication with shareholders and encouraging their participation at general meetings and disclose their policy or a summary of that policy.

 

Page 31

 

Comply

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.2

 

Provide the information indicated in Guide to reporting on Principle 6 .

 

Page 31

 

Comply

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principle 7:

 

Recognise and manage risk

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.1

 

Establish policies for the oversight and management of material business risks and disclose a summary of those policies.

 

Page 31-32

 

Comply

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.2

 

The Board should require management to design and implement the risk management and internal control system to manage the company’s material business risks and report to it on whether those risks are being managed effectively.  The Board should disclose that management has reported to it as to the effectiveness of the company’s management of its material business risks.

 

Page 31-33

 

Comply

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.3

 

The Board should disclose whether it has received assurance from the chief executive officer (or equivalent) and the chief financial officer (or equivalent) that the declaration provided in accordance with section 295A of the Corporations Act is founded on a sound system of risk management and internal control and that the system is operating effectively in all material respects in relation to financial reporting risks.

 

Page 34

 

Comply

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.4

 

Provide the information indicated in Guide to reporting on Principle 7 .

 

Page 31-34

 

Comply

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principle 8:

 

Remunerate fairly and responsibly

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.1

 

Establish a remuneration Committee

 

Page 34-35

 

Comply

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.2

 

Clearly distinguish the structure of Non-executive Directors’ remuneration from that of executive Directors and senior executives.

 

Page 34-35

 

Comply

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.3

 

Provide the information indicated in Guide to reporting on Principle 8 .

 

Page 34-35

 

Comply

 

37



 

Directors’ report

 

Our Directors present their report together with the financial statements of the Group for the financial year ended 30 September 2008.

 

1.       Directors

 

The names of the persons who have been Directors during the period since 1 October 2007 and up to the date of this report are: Edward Alfred Evans, David Raymond Morgan (retired as Managing Director and CEO on 31 January 2008), Gail Patricia Kelly (Managing Director and CEO from 1 February 2008), Elizabeth Blomfield Bryan, Gordon McKellar Cairns, David Alexander Crawford (retired as Director on 13 December 2007), Carolyn Judith Hewson, Lindsay Philip Maxsted (Director as of 1 March 2008) and Peter David Wilson.

 

Particulars of the skills, experience, expertise and responsibilities of the Directors at the date of this report, including all directorships of other listed companies held by a Director at any time in the past three years immediately before 30 September 2008 and the period for which each Directorship has been held, are set out below.

 

 

Name:   Ted Evans, AC, BEcon (Hons.)

 

Age:   67

 

Term of office:   Director since November 2001. Chairman since 1 April 2007.

 

Independent:   Yes

 

Current Directorships : Director of Navitas Limited.

 

Other Westpac related entities Directorships:   Nil

 

Skills, experience and expertise:   Ted has extensive experience in the financial sector, having joined the Australian Treasury in 1969. From 1984 to 1989 he held the position of Deputy Secretary and was Secretary to the Treasury from 1993 to 2001.  From 1976 to 1979 he was a member of the Australian Permanent Delegation to the OECD in Paris and, from 1989 to 1993, executive director on the Board of the International Monetary Fund, representing Australia and a number of other countries, mainly in the Asia Pacific region.  He was a Director of the Reserve Bank of Australia from 1993 to 2001 and the Commonwealth Bank of Australia from 1993 to 1996.

 

Westpac Board Committee membership:   Chairman of the Nominations Committee. Member of each of the Audit, Risk Management and Remuneration Committees.

 

Directorships of other listed entities over the past three years and dates of office:   Nil

 

 

Name:   Gail Kelly, Dip. ED, BA, MBA, Doctor of Bus (Charles Sturt University)

 

Age:   52

 

Term of office:   Appointed Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer on 1 February 2008.

 

Independent:   No

 

Current Directorships: Director of each of the Melbourne Business School Limited and the Financial Markets Foundation for Children and a member of both the Financial Services Advisory Council and Australian Bankers’ Association.

 

Other Westpac related entities Directorships:   Director of Westpac New Zealand Limited

 

Skills, experience and expertise:   Immediately prior to her appointment at Westpac, Gail served as Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director of St.George Bank Limited for five and a half years. Between October 1997 and December 2001, Gail was employed at the Commonwealth Bank firstly as General Manager, Strategic Marketing, and later as Head of Customer Service and a member of the bank’s Executive Committee. Gail began her career at Nedcor Bank, one of the largest banks in South Africa, where she held various General Manager positions, including HR, cards and personal banking.

 

Westpac Board Committee membership:   Member of the Sustainability Committee.

 

Directorships of other listed entities over the past three years and dates of office:   St.George Bank Limited (January 2002–August 2007)

 

 

Name:   Elizabeth Bryan, BA (Econ.), MA (Econ.)

 

Age:   62

 

Term of office:   Director since November 2006.

 

Independent:   Yes

 

Current Directorships: Chairman of each of Caltex Australia Limited and UniSuper Limited and Director of the Australian Institute of Company Directors.

 

Other Westpac related entities Directorships:   Director of Westpac New Zealand Limited.

 

Skills, experience and expertise:  Elizabeth has over 30 years experience in the financial services industry, government policy and administration and on the boards of companies and statutory organisations.  Prior to becoming a professional director she served for six years as Managing Director of Deutsche Asset Management and its predecessor organisation, NSW State Superannuation Investment and Management Corporation.

 

Westpac Board Committee membership:  Member of each of the Audit, Risk Management and Sustainability Committees.

 

Directorships of other listed entities over the past three years and dates of office:   Ridley Corporation Limited (September 2001-October 2007)

 

38



 

 

Name:  Gordon Cairns, MA (Hons.)

 

Age: 58

 

Term of office: Director since July 2004.

 

Independent:   Yes

 

Current Directorships: Director of each of Origin Energy Limited, Centre for Independent Studies, Opera Australia and Member of the Asia Pacific Advisory Board of CVC Capital Partners, Advisor to Caliburn Partnership and Senior Advisor, McKinsey & Company.

 

Other Westpac related entities Directorships:   Nil

 

Skills, experience and expertise: Gordon has extensive Australian and international experience as a senior executive, most recently as CEO of Lion Nathan Limited.  Gordon has also held a wide range of senior management positions in marketing and finance with Pepsico, Cadbury Schweppes and Nestlé (Spillers).

 

Westpac Board Committee membership:  Chairman of the Remuneration Committee. Member of each of the Audit, Risk Management and Nominations Committees.

 

Directorships of other listed entities over the past three years and dates of office: Director of Seven Network Limited (November 2004–February 2007).

 

 

Name:   Carolyn Hewson, BEc (Hons.), MA (Econ.)

 

Age:   53

 

Term of office:  Director since February 2003.

 

Independent: Yes

 

Current Directorships: Director of AGL Energy Limited. Board and advisory roles with the Royal Humane Society, Nanosonics Limited, the Australian Charities Fund and is patron of The Neurosurgical Research Foundation.

 

Other Westpac related entities Directorships: Director of BT Investment Management Limited.

 

Skills, experience and expertise:  Carolyn has over 25 years experience in the finance sector and was an Executive Director of Schroders Australia Limited between 1989 and 1995.

 

Westpac Board Committee membership:   Chairman of the Risk Management Committee. Member of each of the Audit, Nominations and Remuneration Committees.

 

Directorships of other listed entities over the past three years and dates of office: Director of Australian Gas Light Company (October 1996- October 2006)

 

 

Name: Lindsay Maxsted, DipBus (Gordon), FCA.

 

Age: 54

 

Term of office:  Appointed Director on 1 March 2008.

 

Independent:   Yes

 

Current Directorships: Director of Transurban Group, Chairman of VicRacing Pty Ltd, Managing Director of Align Capital Pty Ltd, Director of Baker IDI Heart & Diabetes Institute.

 

Other Westpac related entities Directorships:   Nil

 

Skills, experience and expertise: Lindsay was the CEO of KPMG from January 2001 to December 2007 and was a partner of KPMG from July 1984 to February 2008. Lindsay’s principal area of practice prior to his becoming CEO was in the Corporate Recovery field managing a number of Australia’s largest insolvency/workout/turnaround engagements. At the request of the Victoria State Government, Lindsay was appointed to the Board of the Public Transport Corporation in December 1995 and became its Chairman in January 1997.

 

Westpac Board Committee membership: Chairman of the Audit Committee. Member of each of the Risk Management and Nominations Committees.

 

Directorships of other listed entities over the past three years and dates of office:   Nil.

 

 

Name: Peter Wilson, CA

 

Age:  67

 

Term of office:   Director since October 2003.

 

Independent:  Yes

 

Current Directorships: Chairman of Kermadec Property Fund Limited and Director of each of The Colonial Motor Company Limited and Farmlands Trading Society Limited.  Member of the New Zealand Exchange Limited Discipline body and Chair of Special Division.

 

Other Westpac related entities Directorships:  Chairman of Westpac New Zealand Limited.

 

Skills, experience and expertise: Peter is a chartered accountant and formerly a partner with Ernst & Young, with extensive experience in banking, business establishment, problem resolution, asset sale and management of change functions.  Peter was a Director and (from 1991) Chairman of Trust Bank New Zealand Limited which Westpac acquired in 1996.

 

Westpac Board Committee membership: Chairman of the Sustainability Committee. Member of each of the Audit, Risk Management and Nominations Committees.

 

Directorships of other listed entities over the past three years and dates of office: Chairman of Evergreen Forests Limited (July 1993-July 2006) (previously listed in New Zealand).

 

39



 

Company Secretary

 

Our Company Secretaries as at 30 September 2008 were Richard Willcock and Alex Crompton.

 

Richard Willcock joined us in 1997 and was appointed to his present role as General Counsel & Group Secretary in February 2003. Richard’s qualifications are LLB, BA (Hons.), MBA and FCIS.  In 2007 Richard was recognised as the Governance Professional of the Year in the category of ASX 100 Companies.  Prior to Richard’s current appointment he was General Manager Risk for BT Financial Group.  Richard previously practised law in private practice from 1982 and was a partner at law firm Abbott Tout.

 

Alex Crompton joined us in 2000 and was appointed to her current role as Head of Group Secretariat on 5 February 2008.  Alex’s qualifications are LLB (Hons.), BA, LLM, and she is currently undertaking the Graduate Diploma in Applied Corporate Governance. Prior to her current appointment, Alex worked in the Westpac Legal team in various roles and practised law in private practice.

 

Alex took over the role of Head of Group Secretariat from Anna O’Connell, who was appointed to that position in February 2006.  Anna joined us in 2001 and her qualifications are B.Ec, Grad.Dip. (AppCorpGov) and FCIS.  She has ten years experience as a Company Secretary in various large public companies.

 

2.       Report on the business

 

a)                    Principal activities
 

The principal activities of the Group during the financial year ended 30 September 2008 were the provision of financial services including lending, deposit taking, payments services, investment portfolio management and advice, unit trust and superannuation fund management, insurance services, leasing, general finance, foreign exchange and money market services.

 

b)                    Management discussion and analysis
 

Management discussion and analysis of the Group for the financial year ended 30 September 2008 is set out in Section 2 of the 2008 Annual Report under Overview of performance, Income statement review and Balance sheet review.

 

c)                     Review and results of operations
 

A review of the operations of the Group for the financial year ended 30 September 2008 is set out in Section 2 of the 2008 Annual Report under Financial Review.

 

The operating result of the Group attributable to our shareholders for the financial year ended 30 September 2008 was a profit of $3,859 million after tax.

 

d)                    Dividends
 

Since 30 September 2008, our Directors have proposed a final dividend of 72 cents per fully paid ordinary share, totalling approximately $1,364 million, for the year ended 30 September 2008 (2007 final dividend of 68 cents per fully paid Westpac share, totalling $1,268 million). The final dividend will be fully franked and will be paid on 17 December 2008.

 

An interim dividend for the current financial year of 70 cents per fully paid ordinary share, totalling $1,315 million, was paid as a fully franked dividend on 2 July 2008 (2007 interim dividend of 63 cents per fully paid ordinary share, totalling $1,166 million).

 

e)                     Significant changes in state of affairs and events during and after the end of financial year
 

Significant changes in the state of affairs of the Group during the financial year were: our proposed merger with St.George, which was announced in May 2008; the partial sale of the BT Investment Management business in December 2007; the new CEO and Managing Director, Gail Kelly, taking up her appointment in February 2008; the completion of the acquisition of the RAMS franchise distribution business in January 2008; and the Westpac organisation restructuring announced in July 2008.  For a discussion of these matters, please refer to Significant Developments in Section 1 under Information on Westpac which forms part of this report.

 

Since the end of the financial year, matters that have arisen which may significantly affect the operations of the Group, the results of those operations, or the state of affairs of the Group in future financial years were the announcements of the guarantee schemes by the Australian and New Zealand governments and the judgement handed down on 28 October 2008 in relation to the proceedings concerning the Bell Group of companies. For a discussion of these matters, please refer to Significant Developments in Section 1 under Information on Westpac which forms part of this report.

 

The Directors are not aware of any other matter or circumstance that have arisen during the financial year or since 30 September 2008 which has significantly affected, or may significantly affect, the operations of the Group, the results of those operations, or the state of affairs of the Group in future financial years.

 

  f)                     Likely developments and expected results
 

Likely major developments in the operations of the Group in future financial years and the expected results of those operations are discussed in Section 1 under Information on Westpac, including under Significant Developments.

 

Further information on likely developments in our operations and the expected results of operations have not been included in this Directors’ report because the Directors believe it would be likely to result in unreasonable prejudice to us.

 

3.       Directors’ interests

 

g)                    Directors’ interests in securities
 

The following particulars for each Director are set out in the Remuneration report and Note 42 and in the tables below:

 

·                   their relevant interests in our shares or the shares of any of our related bodies corporate;

 

·                   their relevant interests in debentures of, or interests in, any registered managed investment scheme made available by us or any of our related bodies corporate;

 

·                   their rights or options over shares in, debentures of, or interests in, any registered managed investment scheme made available by us or any of our related bodies corporate;

 

·                   any contracts:

 

·                   to which the Director is a party or under which they are entitled to a benefit; and

 

·                   that confer a right to call for or deliver shares in, debentures of, or interests in, any registered managed investment scheme made available by us or any of our related bodies corporate.

 

40



 

Directors’ interests in Westpac and related bodies corporate as at 30 October 2008

 

 

 

Number of
  Ordinary Shares

 

Number of
Share Options

 

Number of
Share Rights

 

Westpac Banking Corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ted Evans

 

15,018

 

 

 

Gail Kelly

 

277,639

(1)

364,431

(2)

82,290

(3)

Elizabeth Bryan

 

13,017

 

 

 

Gordon Cairns

 

8,506

 

 

 

Carolyn Hewson

 

14,321

 

 

 

Lindsay Maxsted

 

3,264

 

 

 

Peter Wilson

 

12,003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BT Investment Management Limited

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carolyn Hewson

 

15,385

 

 

 

 


(1)

Westpac ordinary shares granted under the CEO RSP in relation to the CEO’s sign-on arrangements.

 

 

(2)

Options issued under the Chief Executive Officer Performance Plan.

 

 

(3)

Share rights issued under the Chief Executive Officer Performance Plan.

 

h)                    Other relevant interests as at 30 October 2008
 

Certain subsidiaries of Westpac offer a range of registered schemes and infrastructure notes. The Directors from time to time invest in these schemes and notes and are required to provide a statement to the ASX when any of their interests in these schemes or notes change (except interests in a number of cash management trusts)(1). The level of interest held by Directors is set out below.

 

The level of interests held directly and indirectly by Directors as at 30 October 2008

 

 

 

Relevant
Interests in
Infrastructure
Notes

 

Relevant Interests
in Cash
Management
Trusts
(Units)
(1)

 

Other Relevant
Interests in
Registered
Schemes
(Units)

 

Date of Last
Notification to
the ASX

 

Elizabeth Bryan

 

900

 

 

 

9 October 2008

 

Gordon Cairns

 

 

 

81,967

 

11 April 2005

 

 


(1)

ASIC has exempted each Director from time to time from the obligation to notify the ASX of a relevant interest in a security that is an interest in BT Cash Management Trust (ARSN 087 531 539), BT Premium Cash Fund (ARSN 089 299 730), Westpac Cash Management Trust (ARSN 088 187 928), BT Institutional Managed Cash Fund (ARSN 088 832 491) or BT Institutional Enhanced Cash Fund (ARSN 088 863 469).

 

i)                       Indemnities and insurance
 

Under our constitution, we must indemnify, unless the indemnity is forbidden or made void by statute, each of the Directors and Company Secretaries of Westpac and of each of our related bodies corporate (except those listed on a recognised stock exchange),  each of our employees and those of our subsidiaries (except those listed on a recognised stock exchange), and each person acting as a responsible manager under an Australian Financial Services licence of any of Westpac’s wholly-owned subsidiaries against:

 

·                   every liability incurred by each such person in their capacity as director, secretary, employee or responsible manager, as the case may be; and

 

·                   all legal costs incurred in defending or resisting (or otherwise in connection with) proceedings, whether civil or criminal or of an administrative or investigatory nature, in which the person becomes involved because of that capacity.

 

Each of the Directors named in this Directors’ report and each of the Company Secretaries of Westpac, has the benefit of this indemnity.

 

Following shareholder approval at the 2000 AGM, Westpac has since entered into a Deed of Access and Indemnity with each of the Directors, which includes indemnification in identical terms to that provided in our constitution.

 

Westpac also executed a deed poll in November 2004 providing indemnification equivalent to that provided under the constitution as described above to:

 

·                   those employees of the Group who act from time to time as responsible managers under the Australian Financial Services licences of Westpac or a number of the Group companies; and

 

·                   employees from time to time of our related bodies corporate.

 

The Group Secretary & General Counsel, from time to time, in accordance with his delegated authority approves the provision of an indemnity to certain employees of the Group serving as directors, company secretaries, responsible managers or other approved roles of non-Group companies at Westpac’s request.  These indemnities are in terms equivalent to that provided under our constitution.

 

No amount has been paid under any of these indemnities during the financial year ended 30 September 2008 or since that date.

 

41



 

Our constitution permits us to the extent permitted by law to pay or agree to pay premiums in respect of any contract of insurance, which insures any person who is or has been a Director or Company Secretary of Westpac or any of its related bodies corporate against liability incurred by that person in that capacity, including a liability for legal costs, unless:

 

·                   we are forbidden by statute to pay or agree to pay the premium; or

 

·                   the contract would, if we paid the premium, be made void by statute.

 

We, on behalf of the Group, for the year ended 30 September 2008 have arranged insurance cover in respect of the amounts which we may have to pay under the indemnities set out above.  The insurance policy prohibits disclosure of the premium payable and the nature of the liabilities covered.

 

d)            Options and share rights outstanding

 

Currently, there are 14,553,911 share options outstanding and 4,383,231 share rights outstanding in relation to Westpac ordinary shares.  The latest dates for exercise of the share options range between 5 October 2009 and 1 February 2018 and the weighted average exercise price is $21.10.  The latest dates for exercise of the share rights range between 20 January 2013 and 1 September 2018.

 

4.       Environmental disclosure

 

Westpac is required to comply with the NSW Energy Administration Amendment (Water & Savings) Act 2005 . An Energy Savings Action Plan for Westpac’s North Ryde site was approved by the NSW Government on 14 February 2008.  Westpac is required to lodge annual progress reports on the Plan commencing March 2009.

 

The National Greenhouse and Energy Reporting Act came into effect in July 2008 and Westpac may be required to register and report on greenhouse gas emissions, energy consumption and production under the Act from July 2009 should the reporting threshold be triggered.

 

Westpac is currently below the threshold for reporting requirements of the Energy Efficiency Opportunities Act 2006 (EEO) which commenced on 1 July 2006.

 

Our operations are not subject to any other particular and significant environmental regulation under any law of the Commonwealth of Australia or of any State or Territory of Australia. We may, however, become subject to environmental regulation in enforcing securities over land for the recovery of loans.

 

We have not incurred any liability (including for rectification costs) under any environmental legislation.

 

5.       Rounding of amounts

 

Westpac is an entity to which ASIC Class Order 98/100 dated 10 July 1998, relating to the rounding of amounts in Directors’ reports and financial reports, applies.  Amounts in this report and the accompanying financial report have been rounded to the nearest million dollars, unless indicated to the contrary.

 

6.       Political donations

 

In line with Westpac policy, no cash donations were made to political parties during the financial year ended 30 September 2008. Instead, the donations reflected in the table below relate to participation in legitimate political activities where there is direct business benefit to Westpac, such as participation in political party business dialogue forums and business observer programmes attached to annual party conferences, and attendances at private political functions where it is deemed appropriate according to our policies.

 

Political donations, year ending 30 September 2008

 

Australia

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

 

$(1)

 

Australian Labor Party

 

26,325

 

Liberal Party of Australia

 

12,745

 

National Party of Australia

 

4,400

 

Total

 

43,470

 

 


(1)

Represents aggregate amounts at both Federal and State/Territory levels and includes contributions relating to political functions and events.

 

New Zealand

 

The total participation in political activities in New Zealand for the year ended 30 September 2008 did not exceed NZ$11,000.  In line with Westpac policy, no cash donations were made to political parties in New Zealand during the year.

 

42



 

7.       Directors’ meetings

 

Each Director attended the following meetings of the Board and Committees of the Board during the financial year, for the year ended on 30 September 2008:

 

Number of meetings

 

 

 

Regular
Board
Meetings

 

Special
Board
Meetings

 

Audit
Committee

 

Sustainability
Committee

 

Nominations
Committee

 

Remuneration
Committee

 

Risk 
Management
Committee

 

held during the year

 

 

 

11

 

5

 

4

 

3

 

4

 

5

 

4

 

Director

 

Notes

 

A

 

B

 

A

 

B

 

A

 

B

 

A

 

B

 

A

 

B

 

A

 

B

 

A

 

B

 

Ted Evans

 

1

 

11

 

11

 

5

 

5

 

4

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

4

 

3

 

3

 

4

 

4

 

Gail Kelly

 

2

 

8

 

8

 

5

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

David Morgan

 

3

 

3

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Elizabeth Bryan

 

4

 

11

 

11

 

5

 

4

 

4

 

4

 

3

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

4

 

Gordon Cairns

 

5

 

11

 

11

 

5

 

5

 

4

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

4

 

5

 

5

 

4

 

4

 

David Crawford

 

6

 

3

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

1

 

2

 

2

 

1

 

1

 

Carolyn Hewson

 

7

 

11

 

11

 

5

 

5

 

4

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

4

 

5

 

5

 

4

 

4

 

Lindsay Maxsted

 

8

 

7

 

7

 

5

 

5

 

2

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

2

 

Peter Wilson

 

9

 

11

 

11

 

5

 

5

 

4

 

4

 

3

 

3

 

4

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

4

 

 

A – Meetings eligible to attend as a member

B – Meetings attended as a member

 

Unless otherwise stated, each Director has been a member, or the Chairman, of the relevant Committee for the whole of the period from 1 October 2007.

 


(1)

Chairman of the Nominations Committee. Member of the Audit Committee, Risk Management Committee, Remuneration Committee from 13 December 2007.

 

 

(2)

Gail Kelly was appointed CEO and Managing Director on 1 February 2008. Member of the Sustainability Committee from 1 February 2008.

 

 

(3)

David Morgan retired as CEO and Director of the Board and its Committees with effect 31 January 2008.

 

 

(4)

Member of the Audit Committee, Risk Management Committee and Sustainability Committee.

 

 

(5)

Chairman of the Remuneration Committee. Member of the Audit Committee, Risk Management Committee and the Nominations Committee.

 

 

(6)

David Crawford retired from the Board and its Committees with effect 13 December 2007.

 

 

(7)

Chairman of the Risk Management Committee. Member of the Audit Committee until 12 December 2007. Interim Chairman of the Audit Committee from 13 December 2007 until 29 February 2008. Member of the Audit Committee from 1 March 2008. Member of the Nominations Committee and the Remuneration Committee.

 

 

(8)

Lindsay Maxsted was appointed as a Director on 1 March 2008. Chairman of the Audit Committee from 1 March 2008. Member of the Risk Management Committee and the Nominations Committee.

 

 

(9)

Chairman of the Sustainability Committee. Member of the Audit Committee, Risk Management Committee and the Nominations Committee.

 

While not shown above, the CEO and many Non-executive Directors who are not Board Committee members also participated in scheduled Board Committee meetings and special Board Committee meetings throughout the year.

 

43



 

8.       Remuneration report

 

The Board, through the Remuneration Committee, maintains a strong governance framework around executive remuneration to ensure executive pay is aligned to performance that supports growth in shareholder wealth over the long term.

 

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

1.

 

Summary of remuneration for 2008

44

 

 

 

 

2.

 

Governance and Risk Management

46

 

 

 

 

3.

 

Remuneration for the CEO and Senior Executives

47

 

 

 

 

4.

 

Details of CEO and Senior Executive remuneration for 2008

53

 

 

 

 

5.

 

Non-executive Director remuneration

57

 

 

 

 

6.

 

Details of Non-executive Director remuneration for 2008

58

 

 

 

 

7.

 

Summary of Westpac employee equity plans

59

 

 

 

 

8.

 

Comparator companies used in our LTI performance hurdles

60

 

1.                     Summary of remuneration for 2008
 
a)                    The CEO and Senior Executives
 

This report sets out our remuneration policy, remuneration framework and 2008 remuneration outcomes for the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and Senior Executives, in accordance with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001. The CEO and Senior Executives whose remuneration is detailed in this report are:

 

Name

 

Position

 

 

 

Gail Kelly

 

CEO (from 1 February 2008)

 

 

 

David Morgan

 

CEO (to 31 January 2008)

 

 

 

Senior Executives

 

 

 

 

 

Ilana Atlas

 

Group Executive, People & Performance

 

 

 

Andrew Carriline

 

Acting Chief Risk Officer

 

 

 

Philip Chronican

 

Group Executive, Westpac Institutional Bank

 

 

 

Peter Clare

 

Group Executive, Product and Operations (from 27 March 2008)

 

 

 

Philip Coffey

 

Chief Financial Officer (CFO)

 

 

 

Rob Coombe

 

CEO, BT Financial Group

 

 

 

Brad Cooper

 

Group Executive, New Zealand (until 8 June 2008),
Group Chief Transformation Officer (from 9 June 2008)

 

 

 

Peter Hanlon

 

Group Executive, Retail & Business Banking

 

 

 

Bob McKinnon

 

Group Executive, Technology (from 18 August 2008)

 

 

 

Bruce McLachlan

 

Acting CEO, New Zealand (from 9 June 2008)

 

 

 

Robert Whitfield

 

Group Executive

 

 

 

Curt Zuber

 

Group Treasurer

 

 

 

Former Senior Executives

 

 

 

 

 

Michael Pratt

 

Group Executive, Consumer Financial Services (until 31 January 2008)

 

 

 

Diane Sias

 

Group Executive, Business & Technology Solutions & Services (until 30 September 2008)

 

44



 

b)                    CEO and Senior Executives – 2008 remuneration snapshot

 

Item

 

Summary

 

Refer to
Section

Key changes for 2008

 

Our remuneration structure for Senior Executives remained unchanged during 2008, following the introduction of a new remuneration structure in 2007. We continue to review our remuneration practices to ensure they reflect best practice, and maintain our high standards of governance and risk management.

 

Gail Kelly commenced with Westpac on 1 February 2008. Her remuneration arrangements were disclosed at the time of her appointment and are also summarised in this report, together with her 2008 remuneration outcomes.

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

Remuneration strategy

 

Our remuneration strategy is to attract and retain talented employees, and to reward them for achieving high performance and delivering superior long-term results for our business and our shareholders, while adhering to sound risk management principles.

 

3(a)

 

 

 

 

 

Alignment with sound risk management

 

Our remuneration strategy, framework, policies and practices integrate sound risk management including balanced measurements of performance, proper composition of remuneration including deferred elements and strict governance.

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed remuneration

 

We provide fixed remuneration that takes into account role and responsibilities, individual experience and skills, and market competitiveness.

 

3(d)

 

 

 

 

 

Short-term incentive (STI)

 

The CEO and Senior Executives are eligible to receive an STI payment in December based on individual and Group performance measured against financial and non-financial targets that support the Group’s business strategy. STI awards are managed within the overall Westpac reward pool.

 

Senior Executives must defer up to 25% of their STI for 2 years and the CEO must defer up to 40% of her STI, half for 1 year and half for 2 years.

 

Deferred STI is received as restricted Westpac shares and is forfeited if the holder resigns or is dismissed prior to the end of the restriction period.

 

3(e)

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term incentive (LTI)

 

LTI awards are received in the form of performance options, which may vest (1) over a 5-year period, but only if Westpac’s Total Shareholder Return (TSR) (2) exceeds that of a number of its peers.

 

3(f)

 

 

 

 

 

The link to performance

 

A cornerstone of our remuneration philosophy is that executive rewards are aligned to overall Group performance. This report provides measures of Group financial and non-financial performance for the year ended 30 September 2008 and explains how these have impacted on remuneration outcomes.

 

3(g)

 

 

 

 

 

Employment Agreements

 

Core remuneration entitlements and terms of employment, including termination arrangements, are set out in each executive’s employment agreement and summarised in this report.

 

3(h)

 

 

 

 

 

2008 Remuneration

 

This report details the remuneration of the CEO and each Senior Executive for the year ended 30 September 2008.

 

4

 

c)                     Non-executive Directors
 

This report also details the remuneration structure and 2008 outcomes for our Non-executive Directors. For the year ended 30 September 2008, the Non-executive Directors were:

 

·                   Ted Evans (Chairman);

 

·                   Elizabeth Bryan;

 

·                   Gordon Cairns;

 

·                   Carolyn Hewson;

 

·                   Lindsay Maxsted (from 1 March 2008);

 

·                   Peter Wilson; and

 

·                   David Crawford (until 13 December 2007).

 


(1)

Under the employee equity plans, shares or securities may vest after a set period, subject to performance hurdles if applicable. After shares or securities vest, the holder can generally then deal with them to realise value, for example through the sale of shares.

 

 

(2)

TSR measures a company’s share price movement and accumulated dividend yields over a specific measurement period (i.e. the change in value of an investment in that company’s shares), excluding tax effects.

 

45



 

d)                    Non-executive Directors – 2008 remuneration snapshot

 

Item

 

Summary

 

Refer to
Section

Remuneration strategy

 

To remunerate Board members appropriately for their time, expertise and insight into strategic governance issues and to attract and retain experienced and qualified Board members.

 

5(a)

 

 

 

 

 

Key changes for 2008

 

There have been no changes to the fee structure for Non-executive Directors during 2008. An increase to the Non-executive Director fee pool will be proposed to shareholders for approval at the 2008 Annual General Meeting.

 

5(b)

 

 

 

 

 

Fee Framework

 

Non-executive Directors receive a base fee, fees for participating in Board Committees either as the chairman or as a member of the Committee, and superannuation.

 

5(c)
5(d)

 

 

 

 

 

Alignment with shareholder interests

 

Non-executive Directors may elect to receive some of their fees as Westpac ordinary shares. This provides alignment with shareholder’s interests. Non-executive Directors have set themselves a target minimum shareholding to support this alignment.

 

5(e)

 

 

 

 

 

Fees received in 2008

 

This report includes details of each Non-executive Director’s remuneration for the year ended 30 September 2008.

 

6

 

2.                     Governance and risk management
 
a)                    The Remuneration Committee
 

The Remuneration Committee assists the Board fulfil its responsibility to shareholders by developing and implementing Westpac’s remuneration strategy.

 

The Remuneration Committee achieves this by continuously monitoring the effectiveness of Westpac’s remuneration framework in delivering against its objectives. The Remuneration Committee monitors remuneration practices in Australia and internationally to ensure Westpac remains at the forefront of remuneration practice.

 

The Remuneration Committee reviews and approves total performance-based remuneration. In relation to equity-based remuneration, the Remuneration Committee also monitors performance against set hurdles under the Westpac Reward Plan and Westpac Performance Plan.

 

The Remuneration Committee’s decisions on executive rewards are based on business objectives, legal obligations and high standards of corporate governance. Where appropriate, independent remuneration consultants are engaged to provide specialist advice and to assist the Remuneration Committee.

 

All members of the Remuneration Committee are independent Non-executive Directors. Members of the Remuneration Committee during 2008 were:

 

·                   Gordon Cairns (Chairman);

 

·                   Ted Evans (from 13 December 2007);

 

·                   Carolyn Hewson; and

 

·                   David Crawford (until 13 December 2007).

 

Details of the Remuneration Committee’s purpose and responsibilities are included in the Corporate Governance Statement, in this Annual Report. The Remuneration Committee’s charter is available at ‘www.westpac.com.au/corporateresponsibility’. The Remuneration Committee charter is reviewed annually, along with other Committee charters, and was last reviewed and updated in February 2008.

 

b)                    Approval of individual remuneration decisions
 

We follow a process of ‘two-up’ approval for all remuneration decisions:

 

·                   performance and remuneration plans and outcomes for the CEO are approved by the Board, on the recommendation of the Remuneration Committee;

 

·                   performance and remuneration plans and outcomes for Group Executives are approved by the Remuneration Committee, on the recommendation of the CEO; and

 

·                   performance and remuneration plans and outcomes for all General Managers (who report to Group Executives) are approved by the CEO, on the recommendation of the Group Executive to whom they report.

 

Significant remuneration arrangements outside of general policy guidelines are referred to the Remuneration Committee for review and approval.

 
c)                     Risk management
 

Our remuneration strategy, frameworks, policies and practices are consistent with sound risk management. We adhere to the following practices:

 

·                   the measurement of performance for calculating short-term incentive outcomes is based on both financial and non-financial measures, including risk management and adherence to our corporate values and behaviours. The key financial measure used is Economic Profit (1) ;

 

·                   our remuneration framework is composed of an appropriate mix of fixed pay and variable reward, a portion of which is deferred;

 

·                   senior employees also receive deferred compensation in the form of performance options, which only deliver value if Westpac meets or exceeds set long-term performance hurdles over three to five years. This aligns Senior Executive interests with shareholders over the longer term; and

 

·                   we stringently adhere to high standards of corporate governance in relation to remuneration, with the Remuneration Committee overseeing both executive

 


(1)

Economic Profit is defined as cash earnings less a capital charge calculated at 10.5% of average adjusted ordinary equity plus an allowance for franking credits generated.

 

46



 

remuneration and general remuneration practices across the Westpac Group.

 

·                   we constantly focus on our culture of ‘doing the right thing’, as represented by our corporate values, to ensure the culture is embedded through our organisation.

 

3.                     Remuneration for the CEO and Senior Executives
 
a)                    Remuneration policy
 

The Board’s policy for rewarding the CEO and Senior Executives is designed to drive superior performance which increases shareholder value over the longer term. The policy is based on the following principles:

 

(i)       We pay for performance

 

Rewards are linked to individual and Group achievement against financial and non-financial targets.

 

(ii)      We align reward to shareholder interests

 

Increasing shareholder value is a cornerstone of our remuneration policy. We achieve alignment by:

 

·                   requiring part of the STI to be received as Westpac ordinary shares, which must be held for a defined period of up to two years;

 

·                   selecting performance measures for our LTI plans that drive long-term value for shareholders; and

 

·                   encouraging senior employees to hold minimum levels of Westpac ordinary shares.

 

(iii)     We aim to be market competitive

 

We set target reward levels taking account of competitor practice, and provide reward outcomes which reflect Westpac’s relative success against companies we compete with for customers, capital and/or executive talent.

 

b)                    Hedging policy
 

Hedging refers to using financial products to protect against or limit the risk associated with equity instruments, such as shares or securities employees may receive as part of their performance-based remuneration. Under our policy, participants are strictly forbidden from entering into hedging arrangements in relation to their unvested employee shares or securities, whether directly or indirectly. If a participant attempts to hedge unvested shares or securities those instruments are liable to forfeiture.

 

The Board enforces this policy by restricting access to unvested shares and securities on the share register until after they have vested. Shares and securities vest subject to Board approval only after time restrictions have passed and any performance hurdles have been met.

 

c)                     Remuneration framework
 

Remuneration for the CEO and Senior Executives is made up of the following components:

 

·                   Fixed remuneration (including superannuation); and

 

·                   Performance-based remuneration comprising STI awards and LTI awards.

 

Target reward mix

 

A target reward mix is determined for each management level, with performance-based rewards increasing with the level of responsibility and the criticality of the person’s role.

 

The following graph illustrates the proportions for target reward for the CEO and the average for the Senior Executive group.

 

 
d)                    Fixed remuneration
 

Fixed remuneration includes cash salary, superannuation and salary sacrifice (1) components.

 

·                   Gail Kelly’s fixed remuneration is set at $2.7 million per annum. For the year ended 30 September 2008, Mrs Kelly’s fixed remuneration was pro-rated for the portion of the year served from her commencement date of 1 February 2008.

 

·                   Senior Executives’ fixed remuneration is reviewed annually, taking into account the nature of the role and responsibilities, remuneration relative to market remuneration levels, individual experience and skills and business performance.

 

The CEO and Australian-based Senior Executives are provided with superannuation, at up to 9% of their fixed package, with a minimum of the statutory requirement. Employer superannuation contributions may be received in one of our staff superannuation funds or an eligible superannuation fund of their choice. During the year, three Senior Executives were members of a legacy defined benefit superannuation fund.

 

In addition, the CEO and Senior Executives have the opportunity to salary sacrifice for additional superannuation contributions, motor vehicles and other employee benefits under Westpac’s salary sacrifice policy. The CEO may also salary sacrifice for Westpac ordinary shares under the Deferral Share Plan, consistent with the policy for other Directors.

 

e)                     Short-term incentives (STI)
 

(i)                    Overview

 

The CEO and Senior Executives are eligible to receive an annual STI award to reward individual and Group financial

 


(1)

‘Salary sacrifice’ means using fixed remuneration on a pre-tax basis to receive certain benefits such as motor vehicles and parking.

 

47



 

and non-financial performance over the financial year to 30 September. STI awards for Senior Executives are managed within the overall Westpac variable reward pool, which is managed within a percentage range of the Group’s Economic Profit. The variable reward pool is reviewed and approved by the Remuneration Committee each year.

 

The STI award is determined through the combination of an assessment of performance against objectives (financial and non-financial) and a pre-determined dollar STI target. Based on the performance assessment, each individual’s STI award falls within a range of 0% to 200% of their STI target. The CEO’s STI target is set out in her Employment Agreement. STI targets for the Senior Executives are based on the nature of each individual’s role and market competitiveness.

 

At the end of the financial year, the Remuneration Committee reviews all performance outcomes against objectives before approving STI awards to Senior Executives and before recommending the CEO’s STI award to the Board for approval. The Board makes the final assessment of the CEO’s performance against objectives and also considers other relevant achievements to come to an overall view of the year’s performance. Discretionary adjustments may be made to the Senior Executive STI awards to recognise items not explicitly covered in the objectives. These may include contributions to major bank initiatives, changes to an individual’s role responsibility, management of business risk and factors arising that are outside of management’s control.

 

(ii)                 2008 STI performance objectives

 

Prior to the commencement of the financial year, the Board selects performance objectives which provide a robust link between the CEO and Senior Executive reward and the key drivers of long term shareholder value creation.

 

The key measure used to assess achievement against financial objectives is Economic Profit. Senior executives are assessed on Economic Profit, both for the Group and for the Division they manage, where appropriate. The Board believes that Economic Profit best reflects the factors that drive long term shareholder value, and so this measure commands substantial weighting in assessing the overall performance outcome for the CEO and each Senior Executive.

 

Non-financial objectives that drive future sustainable shareholder value creation are selected and designed to allow performance to be assessed across a range of factors.

 

In 2008 these included:

 

·                   management of the organisation in the current market conditions;

 

·                   strategic leadership of the organisation;

 

·                   deepening and strengthening our relationships with all our customers and improving customer advocacy;

 

·                   the level of commitment employees have to the organisation;

 

·                   risk management; and

 

·                   sustainability.

 

(iii)              Deferral of short term incentive

 

The CEO and Senior Executives are required to defer a portion of their annual STI payment. This supports alignment with shareholder interests during the restriction period. It also provides an enhanced retention mechanism because the value held in the form of restricted shares will be greater for higher performers.

 

·                   the CEO is required to defer up to 40% of her annual STI payment

 

This portion is received as Westpac ordinary shares under the CEO Restricted Share Plan, half restricted for one year and half restricted for two years from the date they are granted. These shares rank equally with other Westpac ordinary shares for dividends and voting rights from the date of grant. The CEO can deal with the shares only after the restriction period has passed, or she can leave them in the plan for a maximum of 10 years from the date of grant.

 

·                   Senior Executives are required to defer up to 25% of their annual STI payment

 

This portion is received as Westpac ordinary shares under Westpac’s general Restricted Share Plan for Senior Executives based in Australia, restricted for two years from the date they are granted. These shares rank equally with other Westpac ordinary shares for dividends and voting rights from the date of grant. The Senior Executive can deal with the shares after the restriction period has passed, or they can leave them in the plan for a maximum of 10 years from the date of grant.

 

For Senior Executives outside Australia, the deferred component of the STI payment is received as share rights under the Westpac Performance Plan (which entitle the holder to Westpac shares upon vesting). The Westpac Performance Plan is described in section 7(b). In 2008, two one-off STI amounts were not subject to deferral due to unique circumstances.

 

Each individual’s STI payment is the result of achieving individual and Group performance targets. Because the performance requirement has already been satisfied, the portion of the STI that is received as Westpac ordinary shares or share rights is not subject to further performance hurdles.

 

Shares in the CEO Restricted Share Plan and general Restricted Share Plan vest at the end of the restriction period provided the employee remains employed by the Group, or earlier where the employee leaves Westpac due to their death, disability or retrenchment, or in the event of a change in control (1) of Westpac. Unvested shares are generally forfeited if an employee resigns from the Group within the restriction period. Shares (whether vested or unvested) are also forfeited, unless the Board determines otherwise, where an employee acts fraudulently or dishonestly, or where an employee is in material breach of their obligations to Westpac.

 


(1)

In general change of control occurs when a single shareholder controls more than 35% of voting shares.

 

48



 

(iv)             2008 STI Outcomes

 

Details of the 2008 STI outcomes for the CEO and the Senior Executives are set out in the following table. For those Senior Executives who received STI awards for the 2008 financial year, these awards represented between 80-175% of the ‘on target’ amounts set at the beginning of the financial year. STI awards for Gail Kelly, Peter Clare and David Morgan were pro-rated for the period of the performance year served.

 

 

 

Portion
paid

 

Portion
forfeited

 

Portion
Deferred(1)

 

Minimum
Total Value(2)

 

Maximum
Total Value(3)

 

Gail Kelly

 

60%

 

 

40%

 

$

2,300,533

 

$

3,834,222

 

Ilana Atlas

 

75%

 

 

25%

 

$

900,000

 

$

1,200,000

 

Andrew Carriline

 

75%

 

 

25%

 

$

675,000

 

$

900,000

 

Philip Chronican(4)

 

83%

 

 

17%

 

$

2,500,000

 

$

3,000,000

 

Peter Clare

 

75%

 

 

25%

 

$

525,000

 

$

700,000

 

Philip Coffey

 

75%

 

 

25%

 

$

1,875,000

 

$

2,500,000

 

Rob Coombe

 

75%

 

 

25%

 

$

975,000

 

$

1,300,000

 

Brad Cooper

 

75%

 

 

25%

 

$

1,200,000

 

$

1,600,000

 

Peter Hanlon

 

75%

 

 

25%

 

$

975,000

 

$

1,300,000

 

Bob McKinnon(5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bruce McLachlan

 

75%

 

 

25%

 

$

450,000

 

$

600,000

 

Robert Whitfield(4)

 

93%

 

 

  7%

 

$

2,600,000

 

$

2,800,000

 

Curt Zuber(6)

 

82%

 

 

18%

 

$

5,520,800

 

$

6,700,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Former CEO and former executives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

David Morgan

 

100%

 

 

 

$

793,333

 

$

793,333

 

Michael Pratt(7)

 

 

100%

 

 

 

 

Diane Sias(8)

 

100%

 

 

 

$

1,125,000

 

$

1,125,000

 

 


(1)

The CEO’s deferred portion of STI will be received as Westpac ordinary shares in December 2008, half restricted for 1 year, and half restricted for 2 years from the date granted. Bruce McLachlan’s deferred portion of STI will be received in December 2008 as share rights, which vest in December 2010. Other Senior Executives’ deferred portion of STI will be received in December 2008 as Westpac ordinary shares restricted until December 2010. All deferred STI awards are subject to continuous service conditions.

 

 

(2)

This is the value of that portion of STI to be paid in December 2008, and not required to be deferred.

 

 

(3)

This is the full value of the 2008 STI, including the Minimum Total Value, and the portion of the STI award that is required to be deferred.

 

 

(4)

The STI amounts for Philip Chronican and Rob Whitfield include certain one-off awards relating to specific performance requirements during 2008, which are not subject to any deferral requirements.

 

 

(5)

Bob McKinnon commenced just prior to the end of the 2008 performance year, and did not receive a 2008 STI award.

 

 

(6)

Curt Zuber is not a member of the executive team, and has a lower deferral percentage.

 

 

(7)

Michael Pratt left Westpac prior to the end of the 2008 performance year and accordingly forfeited the 2008 STI award.

 

 

(8)

Diane Sias left Westpac on 30 September 2008 and was not required to defer any portion of her STI payment.

 

(v)     CEO sign-on grant

 

At the 2007 Annual General Meeting, shareholders approved a sign-on grant to Gail Kelly in recognition of, amongst other things, entitlements foregone upon her appointment as CEO. This sign-on grant was delivered in the form of Westpac shares under the CEO Restricted Share Plan (the terms of which are set out above). The grant, which was made on 7 February 2008 comprises:

 

·                   194,347 ordinary shares (with an approximate value of $4,814,556 based on the Westpac share price on the date of grant) restricted until 7 February 2009; and

 

·                   83,292 ordinary shares (with an approximate value of $2,063,392 based on the Westpac share price on the date of grant) restricted until 1 December 2009.

 

As these shares were granted as part of the consideration for Mrs Kelly agreeing to hold office as CEO, they are not subject to performance hurdles and will vest subject to continued service conditions.

 

  f)                     Long-term incentive (LTI)
 

(i)                    Overview

 

LTI is used as a key driver of sustained long term value for shareholders. Westpac provides LTI awards to the CEO, Senior Executives and other key employees who substantially contribute to the future performance of Westpac. This includes employees who are designated ‘high potential’ to the Group.

 

·                   The CEO receives LTI awards of performance options and performance share rights under the CEO Performance Plan.

 

·                   Senior Executives and other key employees receive LTI awards of performance options under the Westpac Reward Plan.

 

2008 LTI awards for Senior Executives were approved by the Board, based on recommendations from the Remuneration Committee.

 

(ii)                 Determining the value of awards

 

Mrs Kelly received an award of performance options and performance share rights to the value of $2,500,000 in February 2008 under her LTI arrangements, which were approved by shareholders at the 2007 Annual General Meeting.

 

For other Senior Executives, the target LTI award amount is set at the beginning of the financial year, with their actual LTI award amounts remaining subject to Board discretion (based on their performance during the year).

 

49



 

The number of securities to be allocated under an LTI award is determined based on values for the securities determined using a Binomial/Monte Carlo simulation pricing model. This actuarial pricing model is commonly used by major Australian companies to derive values for complex securities.

 

(iii)              Key terms of awards

 

Performance hurdle

 

The CEO and Senior Executives only receive value from their LTI awards if Westpac outperforms at least half of a comparator group of companies over a set performance period of between three and five years. Relative TSR is used as the performance measure for both the CEO Performance Plan and the Westpac Reward Plan as it ensures a link to shareholder value creation, and is considered to be an appropriate measure over the long-term. Lists of companies in the most recently determined peer groups for the CEO Performance Plan and Westpac Reward Plan are included in Section 8.

 

Vesting framework

 

The vesting framework for the CEO Performance Plan and Westpac Reward Plan focuses on longer-term performance. Initial TSR performance is tested at the third anniversary of the grant date, with subsequent performance testing possible at the fourth and fifth anniversaries of grant. Securities vest only if Westpac’s TSR ranking is at or above the median of the peer group at a performance test date. Vesting increases at subsequent test dates only if the TSR ranking has improved. Full vesting occurs if relative TSR is at or exceeds the 75th percentile of the ranking group and scales down on a straight line basis to 50% vesting for median performance.

 

TSR results for the CEO Performance Plan and the Westpac Reward Plan are calculated by an external consultant. These TSR results are then provided to the Board or its delegate to review, approve and determine vesting outcomes.

 

A portion of unvested securities may vest prior to reaching a test date where the employee leaves Westpac due to their death, disability, retirement or retrenchment, or in the event of a change in control of Westpac. Any such vesting is subject to performance hurdles being met, except in the case of death and disability.

 

Any securities that vest must be exercised within 10 years after the grant date, or earlier if the holder leaves Westpac employment.

 

Lapsing of securities

 

Securities lapse where the CEO or Senior Executive holding those securities leaves the Westpac Group due to resignation or dismissal before vesting occurs, unless the Board determines otherwise. Unexercised performance options (whether vested or unvested) will lapse, unless the Board determines otherwise, where the holder acts fraudulently or dishonestly or is in material breach of their obligations under the CEO Performance Plan or Westpac Reward Plan (as applicable) or to Westpac. Any securities remaining unvested at the final test date lapse immediately.

 

(iv)             LTI grants made in 2008

 

The table below provides a summary of the LTI grants made to the CEO and Senior Executives during 2008, at no cost to them. Full details regarding the number and value of equity instruments granted to the CEO and each Senior Executive are set out in section 4(b) of this Report. The LTI grants only vest on satisfaction of performance and/or service conditions tested in future financial years.

 

Summary of LTI grands made during the year

 

Equity Instrument

 

Granted to

 

Grant Date

 

First Possible
Vesting Date

 

Exercise
Price

 

Expiry

 

Fair Value(1) Per
Instrument

 

CEO Performance Plan, performance option

 

Gail Kelly

 

1 February 2008

 

1 February 2011

 

$

25.89

 

1 February 2018

 

$

3.82

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CEO Performance Plan, performance share right

 

Gail Kelly

 

1 February 2008

 

1 February 2011

 

Nil

 

1 February 2018

 

$

15.65

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Westpac Reward Plan, performance option

 

All current Senior Executives(2) except Bob McKinnon(3)

 

17 December 2007

 

17 December 2010

 

$

30.10

 

17 December 2017

 

$

3.61

 

 


(1)

The fair value of performance options and share rights included in the tables above have been independently calculated at grant date using a Binomial/Monte Carlo simulation pricing model. The assumptions included in the valuation of the 1 February 2008 awards to Gail Kelly include a risk free interest rate of 6.1% (for Options) and 6.48% (for Share Rights), a dividend yield on Westpac ordinary shares of 5.3% and a volatility in the Westpac ordinary share price of 18%. The assumptions included in the valuation of the 17 December 2007 awards under the Westpac Reward Plan include a risk free interest rate of 6.26%, a dividend yield on Westpac ordinary shares of 5.0% and a volatility in the Westpac share price of 18%. Other assumptions include volatilities of, and correlation factors between, share price movements of the ranking group members and Westpac, which are used to assess the impact of performance hurdles. Performance options have been valued assuming an expected life after the vesting date of up to 1 year.

 

 

(2)

Performance options granted to Michael Pratt on17 December 2007 under the Westpac Reward Plan lapsed in full when he left Westpac on 31 January 2008.

 

 

(3)

Bob McKinnon did not receive an LTI award due to duration of his contract.

 

(v)                LTI outcomes in 2008

 

During the year, several LTI awards granted in previous years under the Westpac Performance Plan were tested against the applicable performance hurdles. A summary of the Westpac Performance Plan is set out in section 7(b) below and in Note 26 to the financial statements.

 

For Westpac Performance Plan performance options and performance share rights granted from December 2005, 50% of each award is assessed against a group of financial sector organisations, and the other 50% against a group of 50 companies from the largest 100 ASX listed companies (excluding Westpac). Examples of the TSR ranking groups are shown in section 8(d).

 

During 2008, 16 awards of securities reached a performance test date. Performance for 15 of these awards was above the median, with Westpac’s relative TSR ranking results ranging from the 50th percentile to the 100th

 

50



 

percentile.  Where securities reached their first or second test dates and performance was above the median, most employees chose not to extend the performance period.

 

Vested options and vested share rights can be exercised up to a maximum of 10 years from the date they are granted.

 

Full details of the number and value of equity instruments that vested and were exercised by Senior Executives during the year are set out in Section 4 below.

 

g)       Linking reward to performance
 

Our remuneration policy aligns rewards for the CEO, Senior Executives and other key employees to the achievements against of specific financial and non-financial performance measures over both the short-term and the long-term.

 

The following section demonstrates the link between these reward components and performance.

 

(i)       Company performance and STI

 

The Board believes that to create long term sustained shareholder value, short-term performance must focus on four key areas; shareholders, customers, employees and sustainability.  Our 2008 performance in these key areas, which drove the STI outcomes of the CEO and Senior Executives, is summarised in the following table:

 

Shareholder

 

For 2008, the Group achieved Economic Profit of $2,779 million, 3.2% ahead of 2007. This represents a solid performance in light of the difficult operating conditions, with falls in equity markets, credit pressures, and significantly increased cost of funds. The Group achieved solid cash earnings growth and managed risks well.

 

 

 

Customer

 

In 2008 we achieved good progress on the implementation of our strategic objective to put customers at the centre of our business. Changes were made to the organisational structure designed to enable us to better meet our customers’ total financial needs. Work commenced on enhancing customer segmentation, strengthening distribution and redesigning product processes and operations to make it easy for customers to do business with us.

 

The Group performed well on Customer objectives demonstrating that significant progress has been made towards earning all of our customers’ business. Target increases in the average number of products per customer were achieved across the Group and the Divisions worked together to achieve above-target increases in superannuation customers.

 

 

 

Employee

 

We achieved very strong employee commitment results, up 3% on our already strong 2007 outcome, measured through the annual Staff Perspectives Survey. All areas assessed in the survey showed an improvement on 2007 results. The results demonstrate that our employees are supportive and prepared for the challenges that lie ahead in implementing our strategy.

 

 

 

Sustainability

 

In 2008 Westpac demonstrated its strength in this area through its sustainable lending practices and disciplined approach to risk management. The Westpac Assist initiative, launched in November 2007, has played a critical role in helping customers proactively manage financial difficulties.

 

Our strong performance in this area is again demonstrated by Westpac’s result in the Dow Jones Sustainability Index. In the 2008 assessment we achieved our highest ever score, and our performance has been assessed as one of the leaders on a global basis.

 

(ii)      Company financial performance and LTI

 

The CEO and Senior Executives only receive value from their LTI awards under the CEO Performance Plan and Westpac Reward Plan if our TSR is equal to or better than the median of our peers.  TSR is based upon share price movement and dividends paid, as well as allowing for any cash distribution under a return of capital to shareholders of any entity in each TSR ranking group under the plan, and is measured over three to five year periods from the date of grant (with the base and measurement prices smoothed over three months).

 

The following table demonstrates our TSR, dividend, share price and cash earnings performance each year from 2004 to 2008.

 

 

 

2004(1)

 

2005

 

2006

 

2007

 

2008

 

3-year TSR to 30 September

 

40.7

%

48.8

%

60.6

%

85.7

%

29.5

%

Dividends per Westpac share

 

86 cents

 

100 cents

 

116 cents

 

131 cents

 

142 cents

 

Cash earnings per Westpac share

 

$

1.39 (AGAAP

)

$

1.55 (AGAAP

)

$

1.67 (A-IFRS

)

$

1.89

 

$

1.98

 

 

 

 

 

$

1.52 (A-IFRS

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share price – high

 

$

18.28

 

$

21.40

 

$

25.35

 

$

28.69

 

$

31.32

 

Share price – low

 

$

15.00

 

$

17.52

 

$

20.14

 

$

22.53

 

$

18.36

 

Share price – close

 

$

17.73

 

$

21.10

 

$

22.71

 

$

28.50

 

$

21.48

 

 


(1)    The closing Westpac share price for the 2003 year (30 September 2003) was $16.20.

 

Westpac’s 5-year TSR to 30 September 2008 is 75%.  For example, a $100 investment in Westpac five years ago would have returned $175 to the shareholder.

 
51


 
h)       Employment agreements
 

The remuneration and other terms of employment for the CEO and Senior Executives are formalised in their employment agreements.  Each of these employment agreements provide for the payment of fixed and performance-based remuneration, superannuation and other benefits such as death and disablement insurance cover.

 

The material terms of the employment agreements for the CEO and Senior Executives are summarised below:

 

Term

 

Who

 

Conditions

Duration of Contract

 

·       CEO and Senior Executives

 

·       On-going until notice given by either party

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

·       Bob McKinnon

 

·       Three year fixed term contract

 

 

 

 

 

Notice to be provided by Senior Executive or Westpac to terminate the employment agreement

 

·       CEO (after initial 12 months service), Ilana Atlas, Peter Clare (Westpac notice), Philip Coffey, Rob Coombe, Brad Cooper, Peter Hanlon and Rob Whitfield

 

·       12 months

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

·       Andrew Carriline, Bob McKinnon, Curt Zuber and Peter Clare if he provides notice

 

·       Six months

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

·       Philip Chronican, Bruce McLachlan

 

·       Three months

 

 

 

 

 

Termination payments to be made on termination without cause

 

·       Ilana Atlas, Rob Coombe

 

·       In the event of termination of employment without cause up to six months after change of control of Westpac, payment in lieu is based on 1.5 times fixed remuneration package.

 

 

 

·       CEO and all Senior Executives

 

·       Deferred STI and LTI awards vest according to the applicable equity plan rules

 

 

 

 

 

Termination for cause

 

·       CEO

 

·       Immediately for misconduct. Three months notice for poor performance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

·       Senior Executives

 

·       Immediately for misconduct. Contractual notice period as above for poor performance

 

 

 

 

 

Post-employment restraints

 

·       CEO and Senior Executives

 

·       12 month non-solicitation restraint

 

Certain individuals have provisions in their contracts for different terms due to grandfathered contractual benefits or individual circumstances.  These are set out below:

 

Executive

 

Description

Gail Kelly

 

Part year STI is payable, and unvested restricted shares vest on termination in all circumstances except for poor performance or misconduct.

 

Unvested LTI may vest on termination, except for reasons of poor performance or misconduct. The amount to vest is subject to meeting the performance hurdle and Board discretion except in the case of death, sickness, disability or in certain circumstances following a change of control.

 

 

 

Philip Chronican

 

Salary for defined benefit superannuation purposes includes any annual STI payments he may receive.

 

 

 

Brad Cooper

 

Provisions relating to relocation from Auckland to Sydney, including accommodation and housing payments, relocation payments, motor vehicle, car parking, additional travel between Australia and New Zealand and taxation services.

 

 

 

Bob McKinnon

 

Cash settled long term incentive based on role-specific three year objectives.

 

52



 
4.        Details of CEO and Senior Executive remuneration for 2008
 
a)       Executive remuneration details for the 2008 year
 

The remuneration we paid to the CEO and Senior Executives for the year ended 30 September 2008 is detailed in the following table:

 

 

 

Short Term Benefits

 

Post  
Employment

 

Share-based Payment

 

 

 

Notes

 

Fixed
Remuneration(1)

 

Short Term
Incentive
(Cash)(2)

 

Non-
monetary
Benefits(3)

 

Other
Short
Term
Benefits

 

Superannuation
Benefits

 

Restricted
Shares(4)

 

Equity-
settled
Performance
Options(5)

 

Equity-settled
Performance
Share Rights(5)

 

Total(6)

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Gail Kelly

 

 

 

Gail Kelly’s Restricted Shares relate to her sign on arrangements.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

 

 

1,780,797

 

2,300,533

 

 

 

8,858

 

3,855,215

 

308,656

 

285,534

 

8,539,593

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ilana Atlas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

 

 

635,179

 

900,000

 

985

 

 

57,166

 

129,062

 

309,270

 

190,236

 

2,221,898

 

2007

 

 

 

632,755

 

985,500

 

985

 

 

56,730

 

 

311,667

 

371,823

 

2,359,460

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Andrew Carriline

 

 

 

The full year’s 2007 remuneration is shown for Andrew Carriline, including remuneration for the period prior to his
appointment as Acting Chief Risk Officer on 26 April 2007.

 

 

 

2008

 

 

 

664,523

 

675,000

 

787

 

 

33,102

 

71,699

 

107,836

 

71,724

 

1,624,671

 

2007

 

 

 

538,226

 

547,500

 

787

 

 

48,301

 

 

111,054

 

127,100

 

1,372,968

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Philip Chronican

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

7,8

 

1,104,215

 

2,500,000

 

836

 

 

615,240

 

247,020

 

760,983

 

452,189

 

5,680,483

 

2007

 

7

 

744,517

 

1,886,250

 

836

 

 

472,658

 

 

691,285

 

866,310

 

4,661,856

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Peter Clare

 

 

 

Peter Clare started with Westpac on 27 March 2008. His fixed remuneration and STI relate to the part year.

 

 

 

2008

 

 

 

430,011

 

525,000

 

787

 

 

32,058

 

 

 

 

987,856

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Philip Coffey

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

 

 

828,683

 

1,875,000

 

787

 

 

74,581

 

169,825

 

452,133

 

281,508

 

3,682,517

 

2007

 

 

 

752,226

 

1,296,750

 

787

 

 

67,431

 

 

454,254

 

537,808

 

3,109,256

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rob Coombe

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

 

 

749,229

 

975,000

 

 

 

47,622

 

245,943

 

371,155

 

237,583

 

2,626,532

 

2007

 

 

 

644,725

 

1,877,000

 

787

 

 

55,508

 

 

302,605

 

394,730

 

3,275,355

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brad Cooper

 

 

 

Brad Cooper started with Westpac on 2 April 2007. His 2007 fixed remuneration and STI relate to the part year.

 

2008

 

 

 

820,380

 

1,200,000

 

299,071

 

400,000

 

74,200

 

 

99,814

 

174,252

 

3,067,717

 

2007

 

 

 

403,670

 

952,000

 

652,103

 

220,000

 

35,634

 

 

 

72,843

 

2,336,250

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Peter Hanlon

 

 

 

The full year’s 2007 remuneration is shown for Peter Hanlon including for the period prior to his appointment to the role
of Group Executive, Business Financial Services, on 1 March 2007.

 

 

 

2008

 

7

 

712,292

 

975,000

 

836

 

 

149,224

 

98,608

 

226,576

 

112,454

 

2,274,990

 

2007

 

7

 

542,049

 

753,000

 

836

 

 

92,028

 

 

235,864

 

260,697

 

1,884,474

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bob McKinnon

 

 

 

Bob McKinnon started with Westpac on 18 August 2008, and did not receive a 2008 STI award.

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

 

 

89,986

 

 

 

 

8,099

 

 

 

 

98,085

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bruce McLachlan

 

 

 

The full year’s remuneration is shown for Bruce McLachlan, who held the role of General Manager, Consumer Banking, Westpac New Zealand from 1 October 2007 until his appointment to the role of Acting CEO, New Zealand on 9 June 2008.

 

2008

 

 

 

382,875

 

450,000

 

 

 

64,911

 

 

77,515

 

170,755

 

1,146,056

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rob Whitfield

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

8,9

 

614,781

 

2,600,000

 

787

 

 

55,330

 

128,670

 

323,574

 

219,176

 

3,942,318

 

2007

 

 

 

561,353

 

982,500

 

787

 

 

48,530

 

 

274,276

 

355,906

 

2,223,352

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Curt Zuber

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

7

 

458,153

 

5,520,800

 

1,789

 

 

79,573

 

357,328

 

214,033

 

116,891

 

6,748,567

 

2007

 

7

 

443,268

 

2,728,500

 

1,949

 

 

63,142

 

 

141,491

 

211,135

 

3,589,485

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Former CEO and Executives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

David Morgan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

7

 

632,452

 

793,333

 

946

 

 

 

 

1,955,537

 

2,901,827

 

6,284,095

 

2007

 

7

 

1,700,000

 

3,757,000

 

836

 

 

1,407,077

 

 

1,508,853

 

2,196,676

 

10,570,442

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Michael Pratt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

10

 

363,161

 

 

 

1,800,000

 

 

204,194

 

557,703

 

434,693

 

3,359,751

 

2007

 

 

 

1,024,363

 

1,559,250

 

472,163

 

 

 

 

694,760

 

838,324

 

4,588,860

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diane Sias

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

10

 

644,663

 

1,125,000

 

120,173

 

1,400,000

 

58,020

 

 

89,546

 

 

3,437,402

 

2007

 

 

 

40,138

 

 

99,511

 

 

3,100

 

 

 

 

142,749

 

 

 

53



 


(1)    Fixed remuneration is the total cost of salary and salary sacrificed benefits (including motor vehicles, parking, etc. and any associated fringe benefits tax).

 

(2)    STI figures reflect annual cash performance awards accrued but not yet paid in respect of the year ended 30 September 2008.

 

(3)    Non-monetary benefits are determined on the basis of the cost to Westpac (including associated fringe benefits tax, where applicable) and include annual health checks, relocation at Westpac’s instigation, living away from home expenses & allowances.

 

(4)    The value of restricted shares are amortised over the applicable vesting period, and the amount shown is the amortisation relating to the 2008 reporting year.  Restricted Shares for Senior Executives represents the deferred component of their 2007 STI received as Westpac ordinary shares under the RSP, restricted for two years.  For the CEO Restricted Shares represents ordinary shares received as part of her sign on arrangements.

 

(5)    Equity-settled remuneration is based on the amortisation over the vesting period (normally two or three years) of the ‘fair value’ at grant date of hurdled and unhurdled options and share rights that were granted during the four years ended 30 September 2008.  Details of grants in prior years have been disclosed in previous Annual Reports and the assumptions used in valuing securities granted in 2008 are summarised in the notes to the table in section 3(f)(iv).  For David Morgan, whose performance securities continue to be subject to performance hurdles until March 2010, all remaining amounts are shown, as service-based vesting conditions have ceased to apply.  Dr Morgan will only receive the full value of these securities if the applicable performance hurdles are met.

 

(6)    The percentage of the CEO’s and each Senior Executive’s 2008 remuneration delivered in the form of options or share rights was: Current executives: Gail Kelly 7%, Ilana Atlas 22%, Andrew Carriline 11%, Philip Chronican 21%, Peter Clare 0%, Philip Coffey 20%, Rob Coombe 23%, Brad Cooper 9%, Peter Hanlon 15%, Bob McKinnon 0%, Bruce McLachlan 22%, Rob Whitfield 14%, Curt Zuber 5%, and former executives: David Morgan 77% (see note 5), Michael Pratt 30%, Diane Sias 3%.

 

(7)    Superannuation benefits have been calculated consistent with AASB 119 Superannuation Guarantee obligations for 2008 for David Morgan were met prior to the reporting period.

 

(8)    The STI amounts for Philip Chronican and Rob Whitfield include certain one-off awards relating to specific performance requirements during 2008, which are not subject to any deferral requirements.

 

(9)    Rob Whitfield rejoined the executive team on 17 January 2008.

 

(10) The amounts under ‘Other short-term benefits’ for Diane Sias and Michael Pratt relate to payments made on termination of employment.

 

54



 

b)       Movement in equity-settled instruments during the year (number)

 

 

 

 

 

Number

 

Number

 

Number

 

 

 

Type of Equity Instrument

 

Granted(1)

 

Vested(2)

 

Exercised(3)

 

Current executives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gail Kelly

 

CEO Performance options

 

364,431

 

 

 

 

 

CEO Performance share rights

 

82,290

 

 

 

 

 

Shares under the CEO Restricted Share Plan (sign-on)

 

277,639

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ilana Atlas

 

Performance options

 

76,691

 

225,254

 

 

 

 

Performance share rights

 

 

87,240

 

 

 

 

Shares under Restricted Share Plan

 

11,506

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Andrew Carriline

 

Performance options

 

27,568

 

84,040

 

 

 

 

Performance share rights

 

 

29,471

 

 

 

 

Shares under Restricted Share Plan

 

6,392

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Philip Chronican

 

Performance options

 

218,045

 

436,241

 

 

 

 

Performance share rights

 

 

182,195

 

182,195

 

 

 

Shares under Restricted Share Plan

 

22,022

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Philip Coffey

 

Performance options

 

114,786

 

335,651

 

 

 

 

Performance share rights

 

 

127,980

 

 

 

 

Shares under Restricted Share Plan

 

15,140

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rob Coombe

 

Performance options

 

118,796

 

159,090

 

 

 

 

Performance share rights

 

 

68,284

 

 

 

 

Shares under Restricted Share Plan

 

21,926

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brad Cooper

 

Performance options

 

104,761

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Peter Hanlon

 

Performance options

 

68,922

 

199,752

 

 

 

 

Performance share rights

 

 

72,378

 

72,378

 

 

 

Shares under Restricted Share Plan

 

8,791

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bruce McLachlan

 

Performance options

 

18,606

 

49,580

 

 

 

 

Performance share rights

 

 

21,479

 

 

 

 

Unhurdled share rights

 

3,397

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rob Whitfield

 

Performance options

 

93,984

 

156,232

 

 

 

 

Performance share rights

 

 

66,357

 

24,658

 

 

 

Shares under Restricted Share Plan

 

11,471

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Curt Zuber

 

Performance options

 

90,726

 

52,439

 

 

 

 

Performance share rights

 

 

49,479

 

49,479

 

 

 

Shares under Restricted Share Plan

 

31,856

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Former CEO and former executives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

David Morgan

 

CEO Performance options

 

 

613,180

 

 

 

 

CEO Performance share rights

 

 

187,480

 

187,480

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Michael Pratt

 

Performance options

 

25,062

 

486,536

 

486,536

 

 

 

Performance share rights

 

 

190,891

 

190,891

 

 

 

Shares under Restricted Share Plan

 

18,204

 

18,204

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diane Sias

 

Performance options

 

93,984

 

24,696

 

 

 


(1)    Performance options, and performance share rights in the case of the CEO, granted during 2008 will be tested against a finance peer group.  Peer groups are outlined in section 8.

 

(2)    Performance options and performance share rights granted up to November 2005 that vested during 2008 were tested against a ranking group of the 50 largest companies listed on the ASX by market capitalisation at the commencement of the performance period (excluding Westpac, property and investment trusts and specified resources companies).  For performance options and performance share rights granted from December 2005 to December 2006, 50% of the award was assessed against a TSR ranking group of the top 10 of the largest 13 Australian banking and financial sector companies by market capitalisation at the time of grant (excluding Westpac).  The other 50% was assessed against a TSR ranking group of the 50 largest companies on the ASX by market capitalisation at the time of grant (excluding Westpac, specified resource companies and the financial sector ranking group).

 

(3)    Vested options and vested share rights can be exercised up to a maximum of 10 years from the date they are granted.  For each option or share right exercised during the year, the relevant executive received one fully paid Westpac ordinary share.  The exercise price for each share right exercised during the year was $nil.  Two tranches of options were exercised during the year with exercise prices of $16.34 and $18.98 respectively.

 

55



 
c)        Movement in equity instruments during the year (value)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Value

 

 

 

 

 

Value

 

Value

 

Forfeited

 

 

 

Type of Equity Instrument

 

Granted(1)

 

Exercised(2)

 

or Lapsed(2)

 

Current executives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gail Kelly

 

CEO Performance options

 

1,392,126

 

 

 

 

 

CEO Performance share rights

 

1,287,839

 

 

 

 

 

Shares under the CEO Restricted Share Plan (sign-on)

 

6,877,948

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ilana Atlas

 

Performance options

 

276,855

 

 

462,803

 

 

 

Performance share rights

 

 

 

552,112

 

 

 

Shares under Restricted Share Plan

 

327,586

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Andrew Carriline

 

Performance options

 

99,520

 

 

147,479

 

 

 

Performance share rights

 

 

 

172,446

 

 

 

Shares under Restricted Share Plan

 

181,986

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Philip Chronican

 

Performance options

 

787,142

 

 

885,826

 

 

 

Performance share rights

 

 

4,584,026

 

1,145,632

 

 

 

Shares under Restricted Share Plan

 

626,985

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Philip Coffey

 

Performance options

 

414,377

 

 

731,101

 

 

 

Performance share rights

 

 

 

819,630

 

 

 

Shares under Restricted Share Plan

 

431,049

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rob Coombe

 

Performance options

 

428,854

 

 

263,205

 

 

 

Performance share rights

 

 

 

399,654

 

 

 

Shares under Restricted Share Plan

 

624,252

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brad Cooper

 

Performance options

 

378,187

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Peter Hanlon

 

Performance options

 

248,808

 

 

385,476

 

 

 

Performance share rights

 

 

1,469,975

 

448,259

 

 

 

Shares under Restricted Share Plan

 

250,287

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bruce McLachlan

 

Performance options

 

67,168

 

 

110,958

 

 

 

Performance share rights

 

 

 

141,436

 

 

 

Unhurdled share rights

 

86,963

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rob Whitfield

 

Performance options

 

339,282

 

 

344,483

 

 

 

Performance share rights

 

 

654,177

 

435,482

 

 

 

Shares under Restricted Share Plan

 

326,589

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Curt Zuber

 

Performance options

 

327,521

 

 

60,776

 

 

 

Performance share rights

 

 

1,263,694

 

342,561

 

 

 

Shares under Restricted Share Plan

 

906,967

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Former CEO and former executives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

David Morgan

 

CEO Performance options

 

 

 

442,203

 

 

 

CEO Performance share rights

 

 

4,109,562

 

720,272

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Michael Pratt

 

Performance options

 

90,474

 

3,944,178

 

3,171,327

 

 

 

Performance share rights

 

 

5,018,918

 

2,483,058

 

 

 

Shares under Restricted Share Plan

 

518,283

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diane Sias

 

Performance options

 

339,282

 

 

 

 


(1)    For options and share rights, the Value Granted represents the number of securities granted multiplied by the fair value per instrument set out in the table in section 3(f)(iv) above.  For restricted shares, the Value Granted represents the number of ordinary shares granted multiplied by the weighted average price of a Westpac ordinary share on the date the shares were granted.  These values, which represent the full value of the equity-based awards made to disclosed executives in 2008, do not reconcile with the amount shown in the other tables in section 4, which show amortised totals of LTI awards over their vesting period.

 

(2)    The value of each option or share right exercised or lapsed is calculated based on the weighted average price of Westpac shares on ASX on the date of exercise, less the relevant exercise price (if any).  Where the exercise price is greater than the weighted average price of Westpac shares, the value has been calculated as $nil.  The value of each restricted share forfeited is calculated as the number of shares forfeited multiplied by the weighted average price of a Westpac ordinary share on the date the shares were forfeited.

 

56



 

5.        Non-executive Director Remuneration
 
a)       Policy
 

The Board’s focus is on strategic direction, long-term corporate performance and the creation of shareholder value.  As a consequence, Non-executive Director fees are not directly related to Westpac’s short-term results and Non-executive Directors do not receive performance-based remuneration.  However, the Board undertakes ongoing self-assessment and review of its performance and of the performance of the Chairman, individual Directors and Board Committees as detailed in the Corporate Governance Statement on page 20.

 

b)       Non-executive Directors’ fee pool
 

Non-executive Directors’ fees are determined within an aggregate Non-executive Directors’ fee pool limit, which is periodically approved by our shareholders.  Shareholders last approved a pool of $3,000,000 at the 2006 Westpac Annual General Meeting.  For the 2008 year, $2,146,949 (72%) of the fee pool was utilised.  Approval for a revised annual fee pool limit of $4.5 million, conditional on the proposed merger with St.George, will be the subject of a shareholder resolution at the 2008 Westpac Annual General Meeting.

 

c)        Fee framework
 

The fee framework for Non-executive Directors recognises the remuneration strategy for Non-executive Directors.  Equally, the Board maintains that Non-executive Directors’ fee levels must not place an inappropriate burden on our finances.

 

In response to these pressures the Board periodically reviews the fee framework.  The most recent review was completed in May 2007.  At each review the Board considers the performance of Westpac and seeks the advice of independent remuneration consultants to ensure market alignment.

 

Under the current fee framework Non-executive Directors, including the Chairman, receive a single base fee.  Non-executive Directors, other than the Chairman, receive further fees for membership or chairmanship of a Board Committee (except the Nominations Committee).

 

The following table details fees payable:

 

 

 

Annual Rate

 

Base Fees

 

 

 

Chairman

 

$

700,000

 

Non-executive Directors

 

$

200,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

Committee Chairman Fees

 

 

 

Audit Committee Chairman

 

$

50,000

 

Risk Management Committee Chairman

 

$

50,000

 

Remuneration Committee Chairman

 

$

45,000

 

Sustainability Committee Chairman

 

$

40,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

Committee Membership Fees

 

 

 

Audit Committee member

 

$

25,000

 

Risk Management Committee member

 

$

25,000

 

Remuneration Committee member

 

$

20,000

 

Sustainability Committee member

 

$

20,000

 

 

In addition to their Directors’ fees, Ted Evans and Carolyn Hewson have frozen retiring allowances that accrued prior to 2005 and are indexed in line with average weekly earnings, with the indexed amount payable on retirement.

 

Throughout the reporting period, additional fees for three Non-executive Directors were payable for membership on boards of subsidiaries or related entities, which vary according to the position held, the size, level and nature of business activity and the time commitment required.  These fees are included in the table in section 6.

 

d)       Superannuation
 

We pay superannuation contributions to our Non-executive Directors of up to 9% of Non-executive Directors’ fees.  These superannuation contributions are capped at the maximum superannuation contributions base prescribed under Superannuation Guarantee legislation.  Employer superannuation contributions may be received in one of our staff superannuation funds or an eligible superannuation fund of their choice.

 

e)        Equity participation
 

Non-executive Directors do not receive options or share rights, although Australian-based Directors may elect each year to receive a percentage of their fees in Westpac ordinary shares acquired under the Deferral Share Plan.  Non-executive Directors have voluntarily agreed to build and maintain their individual holdings of Westpac ordinary shares to a level equal in value to 100% of their annual base fees to demonstrate their alignment with the long-term interests of shareholders.

 

57



 

6.                     Details of Non-executive Director remuneration for 2008
 

Details of the nature and amount of each element of the remuneration of our Non-executive Directors for the year ended 30 September 2008 are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

Short Term
Employment
Benefits

 

Post Employment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retiring
Allowance

 

 

 

Total
Retiring

 

Retiring

 

The Board the Non-executive
Director Served On
 

 

Notes

 

Fees

 

Superannuation
Guarantee

 

Accrued During
the Year(1)

 

Total

 

Allowance
Accrued

 

Allowance
Paid

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ted Evans, Chairman

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008  Westpac Banking Corporation

 

 

 

700,000

 

13,244

 

16,259

 

729,503

 

420,998

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Elizabeth Bryan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008  Westpac Banking Corporation

 

 

 

270,000

 

13,244

 

 

283,244

 

 

 

2008  Westpac New Zealand Limited

 

 

 

51,066

 

 

n/a

 

51,066

 

 

 

Total 2008

 

2,3

 

321,066

 

13,244

 

 

334,310

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gordon Cairns

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008  Westpac Banking Corporation

 

2,3

 

295,000

 

13,244

 

 

308,244

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

David Crawford

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008  Westpac Banking Corporation

 

3

 

62,404

 

3,018

 

4,099

 

69,521

 

 

358,567

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carolyn Hewson

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008  Westpac Banking Corporation

 

 

 

295,000

 

13,244

 

11,268

 

319,512

 

291,816

 

 

2008  BT Investment Management

 

 

 

113,807

 

10,242

 

n/a

 

124,049

 

 

 

Total 2008

 

3

 

408,807

 

23,486

 

11,268

 

443,561

 

291,816

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lindsay Maxsted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008  Westpac Banking Corporation

 

2,3

 

157,596

 

7,711

 

 

165,307

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Peter Wilson

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008  Westpac Banking Corporation

 

 

 

290,000

 

13,244

 

 

303,244

 

 

 

2008  Westpac New Zealand Limited

 

 

 

88,309

 

 

n/a

 

88,309

 

 

 

Total 2008

 

2,3

 

378,309

 

13,244

 

 

391,553

 

 

 

Total 2008

 

 

 

2,323,182

 

87,191

 

31,626

 

2,441,999

 

712,814

 

358,567

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ted Evans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2007  Westpac Banking Corporation

 

 

 

502,254

 

12,758

 

16,535

 

531,547

 

404,739

 

 

2007  Westpac New Zealand Limited

 

 

 

26,659

 

 

n/a

 

26,659

 

 

 

Total 2007

 

 

 

528,913

 

12,758

 

16,535

 

558,206

 

404,739

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Elizabeth Bryan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2007  Westpac Banking Corporation

 

 

 

203,570

 

11,543

 

 

215,113

 

 

 

2007  Westpac New Zealand Limited

 

 

 

27,432

 

 

n/a

 

27,432

 

 

 

Total 2007

 

2,3

 

231,002

 

11,543

 

 

242,545

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gordon Cairns

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total 2007 Westpac Banking Corporation

 

2,3

 

231,845

 

12,758

 

 

244,603

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

David Crawford

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total 2007 Westpac Banking Corporation

 

3

 

239,372

 

12,758

 

14,482

 

266,612

 

354,468

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carolyn Hewson

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2007  Westpac Banking Corporation

 

 

 

246,562

 

12,758

 

11,927

 

271,247

 

280,548

 

 

2007  BT Investment Management

 

 

 

4,231

 

 

n/a

 

4,231

 

 

 

Total 2007

 

3

 

250,793

 

12,758

 

11,927

 

275,478

 

280,548

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Peter Wilson

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2007  Westpac Banking Corporation

 

 

 

239,537

 

12,758

 

 

252,295

 

 

 

2007  Westpac New Zealand Limited

 

 

 

55,301

 

 

n/a

 

55,301

 

 

 

Total 2007

 

2,3

 

294,838

 

12,758

 

 

307,596

 

 

 

Total 2007

 

 

 

1,776,763

 

75,333

 

42,944

 

1,895,040

 

1,039,755

 

 

 


(1)

Retiring allowances are not included in calculations for the Non-executive Director fee pool. Retiring allowances were frozen for individual Non-executive Directors between December 2005 and February 2006. Accruals shown for 2007 and 2008 include indexation in line with average weekly earnings following the freezing of the retiring allowances.

 

(2)

Not entitled to retiring allowance.

 

(3)

Includes fees paid to Chairpersons and members of Board Committees.

 

58



 

 

7.                     Summary of Westpac employee equity plans
 

Westpac employee equity plans, including plans for employees other than the CEO and Senior Executives are summarised in this report.  The following table shows the section that describes each employee equity plan in this remuneration report:

 

Plan

 

Summarised in Section

 

CEO Restricted Share Plan

 

3(e)(iv)

 

CEO Performance Plan, and Westpac Reward Plan

 

3(f)(iii)

 

Restricted Share Plan

 

7(a)

 

Westpac Performance Plan

 

7(b)

 

Deferral Share Plan

 

7(c)

 

Employee Share Plan

 

7(d)

 

 

a)                    Restricted Share Plan
 

Key employees below Senior Executive level in Australia and the USA can receive awards each year under the Restricted Share Plan, including as the deferred portion of their STI award where required. (Awards to key employees outside Australia and the USA are made in the form of share rights under the Westpac Performance Plan.)

 

The awards are targeted at retaining key employees based on their assessed performance and potential, and are not subject to performance hurdles after they are awarded.  The awards vest over a vesting period of up to three years provided the employee remains employed by the Group, or earlier where the employee leaves Westpac due to their death, disability or retrenchment, or in the event of a change in control of Westpac.

 

Unvested awards are generally forfeited if an employee resigns from the Group within the restriction period.  Awards (whether vested or unvested) are also forfeited where an employee acts fraudulently or dishonestly or where an employee is in material breach of their obligations to Westpac, unless the Board determines otherwise.

 

b)                    Westpac Performance Plan
 

The Westpac Performance Plan is used for key employees based outside Australia and the USA, who in 2008 received unhurdled share rights restricted for two to three years in relation to long term incentive awards or the mandatory deferral of a portion of their short term incentive.  Unhurdled share rights vest after a set period of two to three years service with the Group, after which they can be exercised to receive the underlying fully paid ordinary shares.

 

Key employees in the USA continue to hold unhurdled options awarded in 2006.  These awards are restricted for three years from the date they were granted, and continue to run their course.  Since 2007, awards to USA-based employees have been made under the Restricted Share Plan.

 

Until December 2006 the Westpac Performance Plan was also used to provide awards of performance options and/or performance share rights to key employees.  Performance options and performance share rights vest after a period of two to five years, but only if the performance hurdle has been met.  The performance hurdle compares our TSR against the TSR of a defined ranking group of other companies.  An example of the TSR ranking group is shown in section 8.

 

Full vesting of performance options and performance share rights occurs at a performance test date when our relative TSR is at (or exceeds) the 75th percentile of the ranking group, scaling down to 50% vesting on a straight-line basis for median performance.  Below median performance, no vesting occurs.

 

Existing performance options and performance share rights under the Westpac Performance Plan continue to run their course.

 

Vested options and vested share rights can be exercised up to a maximum of 10 years from the date they are granted.

 

c)                     Deferral Share Plan
 

Under the Deferral Share Plan, employees based in Australia (including the CEO) have the opportunity to receive all or part of their available short term incentive (bonus) as Westpac ordinary shares.  Participants pay the current market price, including acquisition costs, at the time Westpac shares are purchased on their behalf by an independent plan company.

 

The shares must generally remain in the Deferral Share Plan for 12 months, but can remain for up to ten years.  Participants are entitled to receive any dividend or other distribution attaching to shares held under the Deferral Share Plan.  Participants are also entitled to exercise voting rights attaching to the shares.

 

Australian-based Directors and the CEO may elect each year to receive a percentage of their fees/salary in Westpac ordinary shares under the Deferral Share Plan.

 

d)                    Employee Share Plan
 

The ESP is provided for the general employee population to reward them for increasing shareholder value.  Under the Employee Share Plan, up to $1,000 of Westpac ordinary shares are allocated to eligible employees at no cost to them.  The number of shares employees receive (if any) depends on our corporate performance over the twelve months to 30 September and is subject to Board discretion.  For 2008 the Board exercised its discretion to award $500 of Westpac ordinary shares to eligible employees.  The shares are restricted for 3 years, except where the employee leaves Westpac.

 

Senior Executives are not eligible to participate in the ESP, nor are the CEO and Non-executive Directors.

 

e)                     Specialised reward plans
 

We provide reward plans for small, specialised parts of the business.  The payments under these plans are directly linked to profitable growth of the relevant part of the business and are each capped at an appropriate proportion of the value and/or profitability of the relevant part of the business.  These plans are designed to provide market-competitive remuneration for the relevant employees.  Westpac also has ‘grandfathered’ plans, under which no further awards are made, and performance or vesting periods have passed.  These vested securities continue to run their course.

 

59



 

8.                     Comparator companies used in our LTI performance hurdles
 
a)                    Chief Executive Officer Performance Plan (Gail Kelly)
 

The Chief Executive Officer Performance Plan peer group is comprised of the 13 largest retail banks and other financial services companies listed on the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) with which Westpac competes for customers.  As at 30 September 2008 the most recently determined peer group consisted of: AMP Limited, ASX Limited, Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited, AXA Asia Pacific Holdings Limited, Babcock & Brown Limited, Bendigo Bank Limited, Commonwealth Bank of Australia, Insurance Australia Group Limited, Lend Lease Corporation Limited, Macquarie Group Limited, National Australia Bank Limited, St George Bank Limited, Suncorp-Metway Limited.  The TSR ranking group will be determined at the first performance test date and will consist of the top 10 remaining companies by market capitalisation in the peer group.

 

b)                    Chief Executive Securities Agreement 2003 (David Morgan)
 

The Chief Executive Securities Agreement 2003 ranking group comprises the largest 50 Australian listed companies at time of grant, excluding property trusts and specified resources companies.  As at 30 September 2008, the most recently determined ranking group consisted of Amcor Limited, AMP Limited, Ansell Limited, APN News & Media Limited, Aristocrat Leisure Limited, Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited, ASX Limited, AXA Asia Pacific Holdings Limited, Billabong International, Boral Limited, Coca-Cola Amatil Limited, Cochlear Limited, Commonwealth Bank of Australia, Computershare Limited, CSL Limited, CSR Limited, Fairfax (John) Holdings Limited, Foster’s Group Limited, Gunn’s Limited, Harvey Norman Holdings Limited, Henderson Group PLC, Insurance Australia Group Limited, James Hardie Industries NV, Lend Lease Corporation Limited, Lion Nathan Limited, Macquarie Airports, Macquarie Communications Infrastructure Group, Macquarie Group Limited, Macquarie Infrastructure Group, National Australia Bank Limited, News Corporation, Orica Limited, Paperlinx Limited, Perpetual Limited, Qantas Airways Limited, QBE Insurance Group Limited, Resmed Inc, Sonic Healthcare Limited, St George Bank Limited, Suncorp-Metway Limited, Symbion Health Limited, Tabcorp Holdings Limited, Telecom Corporation of New Zealand Limited, Telstra Corporation Limited, Ten Network Holdings Limited, Toll Holdings Limited, Transurban Group, Wesfarmers Limited, West Australian Newspapers Holdings Limited, Woolworths Limited.

 

c)                     Westpac Reward Plan
 

The Westpac Reward Plan peer group is comprised of 13 selected Australian banking and financial sector companies.  As at 30 September 2008 the most recently determined peer group under the Westpac Reward Plan consisted of: AMP Limited, Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited, AXA Asia Pacific Holdings Limited, ASX Limited, Babcock & Brown Limited, Challenger Financial Services Group Limited, Commonwealth Bank of Australia, Insurance Australia Group Limited, Lend Lease Corporation Limited, Macquarie Group Limited, National Australia Bank Limited, St.George Bank Limited, Suncorp-Metway Limited.  The TSR ranking group will be determined at the first performance test date and will consist of the top 10 remaining companies by market capitalisation in the peer group.

 

d)                    Westpac Performance Plan
 

Financial ranking group

 

The top 10 of 13 selected Australian banking and financial sector companies, by market capitalisation, at the time of grant.  As at 30 September 2008, the most recently determined ranking group consisted of AMP Limited, Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited, AXA Asia Pacific Holdings Limited, Bendigo Bank Limited, Commonwealth Bank of Australia, Insurance Australia Group Limited, Macquarie Group Limited, National Australia Bank Limited, St George Bank Limited, and Suncorp-Metway Limited.

 

General ranking group

 

The largest 50 Australian listed companies at time of grant, excluding property trusts, specified resources companies and those in the financial peer group.  As at 30 September 2008, the most recently determined ranking group consisted of ABC Learning Centres Limited, AGL Energy Limited, Allco Finance Group Limted, Amcor Limited, Ansell Limited, Aristocrat Leisure Limited, ASX Limited, Babcock & Brown Limited, Babcock & Brown Infrastructure Group, Billabong International, Boral Limited, Brambles Industries Limited, Coca-Cola Amatil Limited, Cochlear Limited, Computershare Limited, CSL Limited, CSR Limited, Connecteast Group, Downer EDI Limited, Fairfax (John) Holdings Limited, Foster’s Group Limited, Goodman Fielder Limited, Harvey Norman Holdings Limited, Henderson Group PLC, James Hardie Industries NV, Leighton Holdings Limited, Lend Lease Corporation Limited, Lion Nathan Limited, Macquarie Airports, Macquarie Communications Infrastructure Group, Macquarie Infrastructure Group, Metcash Limited, Orica Limited, Paperlinx Limited, Perpetual Limited, Qantas Airways Limited, QBE Insurance Group Limited, Resmed Inc, Sigma Pharmaceuticals Ltd, Sonic Healthcare Limited, Tatts Group Limited, Tabcorp Holdings Limited, Telecom Corporation of New Zealand Limited, Telstra Corporation Limited, Toll Holdings Limited, Transurban Group, Wesfarmers Limited, West Australian Newspapers Holdings Limited, Woolworths Limited, United Group Limited.

 

60



 

9.       Auditor

 

a)                    Auditor’s independence declaration
 

A copy of the auditor’s independence declaration as required under section 307C of the Corporations Act 2001 is below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Auditor’s Independence Declaration

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers

 

 

 

As lead auditor for the audit of Westpac Banking Corporation for the year ended 30 September 2008 I declare that to the best of my knowledge and belief, there have been:

 

ABN 52 780 433 757

 

 

 

a.

no contraventions of the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 in relation to the audit; and

 

Darling Park Tower 2

201 Sussex Street

 

 

 

GPO BOX 2650

b.

no contraventions of any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the audit.

 

SYDNEY NSW 1171

 

 

 

DX 77 Sydney

This declaration is in respect of Westpac Banking Corporation and the entities it controlled during the year.

 

Australia
www.pwc.com/au

 

 

Telephone+61 2 8266 0000

 

 

Facsimile+61 2 8266 9999

 

 

 

 

 

 

I.L. Hammond
Partner
PricewaterhouseCoopers

Sydney, Australia
30 October 2008

 

 

 

b)                    Non-audit services
 

We may decide to engage PricewaterhouseCoopers on assignments additional to their statutory audit duties where their expertise or experience with Westpac or a controlled entity is important.

 

Details of the non-audit service amounts paid or payable to PricewaterhouseCoopers for non-audit services provided during the 2007 and 2008 financial years are set out in the table below.

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

$’000

 

$’000

 

Remuneration for audit related services

 

1,406

 

1,885

 

Remuneration for taxation services

 

150

 

167

 

Remuneration for other services

 

807

 

559

 

Total remuneration for non-audit services (including goods and services tax)

 

2,363

 

2,611

 

 

Our external auditor, PricewaterhouseCoopers, also provides audit and non-audit services to non-consolidated entities including non-consolidated securitisation vehicles sponsored by the Group, non-consolidated trusts of which a Group entity is trustee, manager or responsible entity and non-consolidated superannuation funds or pension funds.  The fees in respect of these services were approximately $5.6 million in total (2007 $4.9 million).  PricewaterhouseCoopers may also provide audit and non-audit services to other entities in which we hold a minority interest and which are not consolidated.  We are not aware of the amount of any fees paid by those entities.

 

We have a policy on engaging PricewaterhouseCoopers, details of which are set out in the Corporate governance section, including the subsection headed Principle 4 – Safeguard integrity of financial reporting, which forms part of this report.

 

The Board has considered the position and, in accordance with the advice received from the Audit Committee, is satisfied that the provisions of the non-audit services during 2008 by PricewaterhouseCoopers is compatible with the general standard of independence for auditors imposed by the Corporations Act 2001.  The Directors are satisfied that the provision of non-audit services by PricewaterhouseCoopers, as set out above, did not compromise the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 for the following reasons:

 

·                   all non-audit services have been reviewed by the Audit Committee to ensure they do not impact the impartiality and objectivity of the auditor; and

 

·                   none of the services undermine the general principles relating to auditor independence as set out in APES 110 Code of Ethics for Professional Accounts.

 

61



 

10.    Responsibility Statement

 

The Directors of Westpac Banking Corporation confirm to the best of their knowledge:

 

·                   the consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with the accounting policies described in Note 1 to the financial statements, being in accordance with A-IFRS, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit and loss of the Group; and

 

·                   the annual report from the section entitled ‘Information on Westpac’ to and including the section entitled ‘Additional financial information’ includes a fair review of the information required by the Disclosure and Transparency Rules 4.1.8R to 4.1.11R of the United Kingdom Financial Services Authority.

 

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Board.

 

 

 

Ted Evans AC
Chairman
30 October 2008

 

Gail Kelly
Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer
30 October 2008

 

62



 

Directors and Group Executives

 

Directors

 

Our business is managed under the direction of the Board of Directors.  Our constitution requires no more than 15 Non-executive Directors.  In addition, up to three members of the Board may be Executive Directors.  At 30 September 2008, the Directors are:

 

Name of Director

 

Year Appointed

 

Expiry of Current Term in Office

 

Ted Evans (Chairman)(1),(2),(3),(4),(6)

 

2001

 

2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gail Kelly (Managing Director and CEO)(5),(7)

 

2008

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Elizabeth Bryan(1),(2),(5)

 

2006

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gordon Cairns(1),(2),(3),(4)

 

2004

 

2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carolyn Hewson(1),(2),(3),(4)

 

2003

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lindsay Maxsted(1),(2),(3)

 

2008

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Peter Wilson(1),(2),(3),(5)

 

2003

 

2009

 

 


(1)

 

Mem ber of the Audit Committee, which oversees all matters concerning the integrity of the financial statements and financial reporting systems, the external auditor’s qualifications, performance and independence, the performance of the internal audit function and compliance with financial reporting and related regulatory requirements.

 

 

 

(2)

 

Member of the Risk Management Committee, which oversees the risk profile of Westpac within the context of the risk-reward strategy determined by the Board, monitors the alignment of risk profile with current and future capital requirements and oversees the management of risks inherent in Westpac’s operations. The Committee reviews and approves the framework, policies, limits and conditions for the management of our credit, market, liquidity, operational and compliance risk; monitors changes anticipated for the economic and business environment and other factors considered relevant to Westpac’s risk profile. The Committee also reviews significant issues that may be raised by internal audit as well as the length of time and action taken to resolve issues.

 

 

 

(3)

 

Member of the Nominations Committee, which develops and reviews policies on Board composition, strategic function, size, succession planning, Director independence and the performance review process of the Board, its Committees and individual Directors. It also develops and implements induction programs for new Directors and ongoing education for existing Directors. The Committee reviews our corporate governance policies to meet relevant corporate governance standards from legislation and various regulatory bodies in Australia and overseas, where we conduct business.

 

 

 

(4)

 

Member of the Remuneration Committee, which assists the Board by reviewing and approving our remuneration policies and practices. The Remuneration Committee’s consideration of reward structure is based on fairness, business performance, legal obligations and high standards of corporate governance. The Committee reviews and makes recommendations to the Board in relation to all equity-based plans and the remuneration of Non-executive Directors and the CEO. It also approves remuneration packages and contracts for positions reporting directly to the CEO and oversees merit recognition, recruiting policies, management development, training policies, personnel matters and succession planning.

 

 

 

(5)

 

Member of the Sustainability Committee, which oversees and drives our commitment to operate our businesses ethically, responsibly and sustainably consistent with the evolving community expectations. The Committee reviews our social, environmental and ethical impacts, both direct and indirect. It also oversees initiatives to enhance our sustainability, sets standards for sustainability policies and practices and monitors compliance, monitors and oversees our reputational risks and reviews and approves the independent assurance of our systems and non-financial reporting including the annual Stakeholder Impact Report.

 

 

 

(6)

 

Appointed as Chairman on 1 April 2007.

 

 

 

(7)

 

Appointed as Managing Director and CEO on1 February 2008.

 

Term of Directors

 

The Directors may appoint any person to be a Director, either to fill a casual vacancy or as an addition to the existing Directors, provided the total number does not exceed the maximum number of 15 Non-executive Directors and three Executive Directors.  A Director appointed by this method holds office only until the close of the next AGM but is eligible for election at that meeting.  Westpac’s constitution provides that at each AGM one-third of the Non-executive Directors (or the nearest number to one-third) and any other Director who has held office for three years or more, must retire from office and shall be eligible for re-election.  The Directors to retire by rotation shall be those who have been the longest in office.  In determining the number of Directors to retire, no account is to be taken of a Director who holds office only until the close of the meeting (casual vacancy) or the Managing Director.  A retiring Director holds office until the conclusion of the meeting at which the Director retires but is eligible for re-election.  Under the ASX Listing Rules no Director (apart from the Managing Director) of a listed entity may continue in office, without offering himself or herself for re-election, past the third AGM following their appointment or previous re-election or three years, whichever is the longer.

 

Changes in Board of Directors

 

·                   David Morgan retired as Managing Director and CEO, effective 31 January 2008.

 

·                   Gail Kelly was appointed as Managing Director and CEO, effective 1 February 2008.

 

·                   David Crawford retired as a Non-executive Director, effective 13 December 2007.

 

·                   Lindsay Maxsted was appointed as a Non-executive Director, effective 1 March 2008.

 

63



 

Group Executives

 

As at 30 September 2008 our Group Executives were:

 

Name of Group
Executive

 

Position

 

Year Joined
Group

 

Year Appointed
to Position

 

Gail Kelly

 

Managing Director and CEO

 

2008

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ilana Atlas

 

Group Executive, People and Performance

 

2000

 

2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Andrew Carriline

 

Acting Chief Risk Officer

 

1996

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Philip Chronican

 

Group Executive, Westpac Institutional Bank

 

1982

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Peter Clare

 

Group Executive, Product and Operations

 

2008

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Philip Coffey

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

1996

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rob Coombe

 

Chief Executive Officer, BT Financial Group

 

2002

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brad Cooper

 

Group Chief Transformation Officer

 

2007

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Peter Hanlon

 

Group Executive, Retail & Business Banking

 

1995

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bob McKinnon

 

Group Executive, Technology

 

2008

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bruce McLachlan

 

Acting Chief Executive Officer, Westpac New Zealand Limited

 

2000

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rob Whitfield

 

Group Executive

 

1986

 

2008

 

 

There are no family relationships between or among any of our Directors or Group Executives.

 

 

Gail Kelly Dip. ED, BA, MBA, Doctor of Bus. Age 51
Managing Director and CEO

 

Gail commenced as Managing Director and CEO in February 2008.  Immediately prior to this she served as Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director of St.George for five and a half years.  Between October 1997 and December 2001, Mrs Kelly was employed at the Commonwealth Bank; firstly as General Manager, Strategic Marketing, and later as Head of Customer Service and a member of the bank’s Executive Committee.  Mrs Kelly began her career at Nedcor Bank, one of the largest banks in South Africa, where she held various General Manager positions, including human resources, cards and personal banking.

 

 

Ilana Atlas BJur (Hons.), LLB (Hons.), LLM. Age 54
Group Executive People and Performance

 

Ilana was appointed Group Executive, People & Performance in 2003.  She is responsible for human resources strategy and management including reward and recognition, learning and development, careers and talent, employee relations and employee policy.  She is also responsible for corporate affairs and sustainability including internal and external communications and Westpac’s strategy in relation to sustainability.  Ilana joined Westpac in 2000 as Group Secretary & General Counsel.  Prior to joining Westpac she was a partner at Mallesons Stephen Jaques for 15 years.  She practised as a corporate lawyer and held a number of managerial roles in the firm including Managing Partner and Executive Partner, People & Information.

 

 

Andrew Carriline BCom LLB. Age 48
Acting Chief Risk Officer

 

Andrew assumed his current responsibilities, which include Group Risk, Group Operational Risk and Compliance, Group Secretariat and General Counsel, in 2007.  After joining Westpac in 1996, Andrew played a key role in Westpac’s extensive outsourcing and Mergers and Acquisitions agenda, including the sale of AGC and acquisition of BT and Rothschild Australia Asset Management.  Since 2002, Andrew has had a number of senior roles in risk and sourcing areas of Westpac.  Prior to joining Westpac, Andrew practised law firstly in the public sector at the Commonwealth Attorney-General’s Department and then in private practice at Freehills.

 

64



 

 

Phil Chronican BCom(Hons), MBA, SF Fin. Age 52
Group Executive, Westpac Institutional Bank

 

Phil was appointed Group Executive, Westpac Institutional Bank in December 2005, responsible for Westpac’s relationships with corporate, institutional and government clients in Australia and worldwide, as well as the business areas of financial markets, debt capital markets, specialised capital, equities, structured investments, treasury execution and transactional banking.  In addition, Phil has geographic responsibility for Westpac’s Asian and Pacific Island businesses.  Phil has held a broad variety of positions in both Australia and New Zealand since 1982.  His previous roles include business group Chief Financial Officer (CFO) roles in both retail and institutional banking, Deputy CFO and then Group CFO from February 2001.

 

 

Peter Clare BCom, MBA. Age 45
Group Executive, Product and Operations

 

Peter was appointed Group Executive, Product and Operations in July 2008, with responsibility for all consumer and business product development, management and operations.  Peter joined Westpac as Group Executive, Consumer Financial Services in March 2008, with responsibility for sales, service, third party consumer product relationships and product development for our consumer customers across Australia.  Prior to joining Westpac, Peter was Group Executive, Group Technology and Operations at St.George Bank Limited following over five years as Group Executive, Strategy with St.George Bank Limited.  Prior to that Peter worked for the Commonwealth Bank of Australia between 1997 and 2002 in a range of senior roles, covering strategy, merger programs, operations and performance improvement.  He has also worked in management consultancy and chartered accountancy roles.

 

 

Phil Coffey BEc (Hons.). Age 49
Chief Financial Officer

 

Phil was appointed Chief Financial Officer of the Westpac Group in December 2005.  Phil began his career in the financial markets with the Reserve Bank of Australia before moving to Citibank where he worked in the United Kingdom, New Zealand and Australia.  Phil joined Westpac in March 1996 and was appointed Group Executive for the Institutional Bank in 2002.  As CFO, Phil has responsibility for finance, tax, group treasury policy and investor relations.  Phil has an honours degree in Economics and has completed the Executive Program at Stanford University Business School.

 

 

Rob Coombe LLB (Hons.), Age 45
Chief Executive Officer, BT Financial Group

 

Rob joined Westpac with the acquisition of the BT Financial Group in 2002 and has over 24 years experience in banking, finance and wealth management.  Rob was appointed to his current role in January 2005.  He started with BT in 1991 and has held a number of positions, including Senior Legal Counsel, Head of BT’s International Funds Management and CEO of BT’s Funds Management business in Malaysia.  Rob is actively involved in industry issues and is a Director of the Investment and Financial Services Association Limited and The Australian Indigenous Education Foundation.

 

 

Brad Cooper DipBM, MBA, FAIM. Age 46
Group Chief Transformation Officer

 

Brad was appointed Group Chief Transformation Officer in June 2008, to lead the merger implementation planning and integration.  Brad was Chief Executive and Group Executive, Westpac New Zealand from April 2007 until this appointment.  Prior to joining Westpac, Brad was Chairman of GE Capital Bank and Chief Executive Officer of GE Consumer Finance UK & Ireland.  He drove GE’s UK Six Sigma program and was certified as a Quality Leader (Black Belt) in December 2002.  He was promoted to Chief Executive Officer of GE Consumer Finance UK in January 2003 and appointed Chairman of GE Capital Bank in April 2004.

 

65



 

 

Peter Hanlon BA (Comms), CTech (Aero Eng), AMP (Harvard). Age 53
Group Executive, Retail and Business Banking

 

Peter was appointed Group Executive, Retail and Business Banking in July 2008, with responsibility for the sales and service interactions for all consumers, small-to-medium enterprises and commercial customers in Australia.  Prior to this position, he was Group Executive, Business Financial Services, responsible for business banking sales, relationship management, customer service, and product and risk management in Australia.  Peter has held several other senior roles in Westpac, including General Manager roles in marketing, branch banking and consumer credit.  Peter joined Westpac in 1995 from BankSA where he was the Chief Manager, Branch Sales and Service and Head of Strategic Marketing.  Prior to his banking career, Peter served in The Royal Australian Air Force.

 

 

Bob McKinnon BCom, ACA, MAICD. Age 55
Group Executive, Technology

 

Bob joined Westpac as Group Executive, Technology in August 2008.  Over a 36 year career, Bob has held a variety of senior executive and board roles in finance, technology and general management across the financial services and property industries.  Until March 2008 he was Joint Managing Director and Chief Financial Officer of Brookfield Multiplex Group.  Previously he was Group Executive, Technology and Chief Information Officer of Commonwealth Bank of Australia from 2000 to 2006 and prior to that Chief Executive of State Street Australia, Chief Financial Officer and Chief General Manager of MLC Group and Chief Financial Officer of Lend Lease Corporation.  He is also currently a non-executive director of Alesco Corporation.

 

 

Bruce McLachlan BCA. Age 45
Acting Chief Executive Officer, Westpac New Zealand

 

Bruce was appointed Acting CEO New Zealand in June 2008.  He was formerly General Manager, Consumer Banking New Zealand, from November 2007.  Prior to that appointment, he held the role of General Manager, Business Banking for a period of five years.  Bruce joined Westpac in 2000 as a project manager, moving into the role of Head of Private and Priority Banking in November 2000.  Prior to Westpac, Bruce gained experience with the National Australia Bank in Melbourne, BNZ Finance and the Reserve Bank of New Zealand.

 

 

Rob Whitfield BCom, GradDipBanking, GradDipFin, AMP (Harvard). Age 43
Group Executive

 

Rob joined Westpac as a graduate in 1986, where he gained broad experience across most financial market products.  Rob joined Group Treasury in 1993 and was appointed Group Treasurer in 2000.  Rob became Chief Risk Officer in 2004 and joined the executive team in December 2005.  From April 2007 Rob undertook advisory work for Westpac’s Chief Executive in a part time capacity and recommenced a full time Group Executive role in January 2008 with responsibility for the oversight of the proposed merger with St.George Bank Limited.

 

66



 

Section 2

 

Four year summary

 

Financial review

 

 

67



 

Four year summary(1)

 

(in $millions unless otherwise indicated)

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

Income statement year ended 30 September(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

7,222

 

6,313

 

5,642

 

5,259

 

Non-interest income

 

4,198

 

3,860

 

3,575

 

3,454

 

Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges

 

11,420

 

10,173

 

9,217

 

8,713

 

Operating expenses

 

(5,270

)

(4,543

)

(4,295

)

(4,159

)

Impairment charges

 

(931

)

(482

)

(375

)

(382

)

Profit from ordinary activities before income tax expense

 

5,219

 

5,148

 

4,547

 

4,172

 

Income tax expense

 

(1,287

)

(1,630

)

(1,422

)

(1,223

)

Net profit attributable to minority interests

 

(73

)

(67

)

(54

)

(251

)

Net profit attributable to equity holders

 

3,859

 

3,451

 

3,071

 

2,698

 

Balance sheet at 30 September(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans

 

313,545

 

275,377

 

236,380

 

203,150

 

Other assets

 

126,003

 

102,276

 

65,094

 

63,113

 

Total assets

 

439,548

 

377,653

 

301,474

 

266,263

 

Deposits

 

233,730

 

202,054

 

169,637

 

149,252

 

Debt issues and acceptances

 

100,369

 

87,126

 

66,080

 

48,754

 

Loan capital

 

8,718

 

7,704

 

5,957

 

4,214

 

Other liabilities

 

76,959

 

62,938

 

43,702

 

47,150

 

Total liabilities

 

419,776

 

359,822

 

285,376

 

249,370

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity and minority interest

 

19,772

 

17,831

 

16,098

 

16,893

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Key Financial Ratios

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholder value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends per ordinary share (cents)

 

142

 

131

 

116

 

100

 

Dividend payout ratio (%)

 

68.9

 

70.1

 

69.4

 

67.2

 

Return on average ordinary equity (%)

 

23.1

 

23.5

 

23.0

 

21.7

 

Earnings per share (cents)

 

206.0

 

186.9

 

167.2

 

148.9

 

Net tangible assets per ordinary share ($)(3)

 

7.87

 

6.96

 

6.12

 

5.69

 

Share price ($):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

High

 

31.32

 

28.69

 

25.35

 

21.40

 

Low

 

18.36

 

22.53

 

21.31

 

17.52

 

Close

 

21.48

 

28.50

 

22.71

 

21.10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Business Performance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses to operating income ratio (%)

 

46.1

 

44.7

 

46.6

 

47.7

 

Net interest margin

 

2.07

 

2.19

 

2.29

 

2.45

 

Productivity ratio(4)

 

4.09

 

4.01

 

4.01

 

4.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital adequacy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total equity to total assets (%)

 

4.5

 

4.7

 

5.4

 

6.3

 

Total equity to total average assets (%)

 

4.9

 

5.4

 

5.7

 

6.6

 

Tier 1 ratio (%)

 

7.8

 

6.5

 

6.9

 

7.2

 

Total capital ratio (%)

 

10.8

 

9.5

 

9.6

 

9.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit Quality

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net impaired assets to equity and collectively assessed provisions (%)

 

3.0

 

1.4

 

1.5

 

1.9

 

Total provisions(5) to gross loans and acceptances (basis points)

 

69.0

 

61.6

 

63.0

 

84.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Points of bank representation (number at financial year end)

 

1,089

 

1,073

 

1,068

 

1,060

 

Core full time equivalent staff (number at financial year end)(6)

 

26,717

 

25,903

 

25,363

 

25,583

 

 


(1)

This four year summary is prepared in accordance with A-IFRS. See also ‘Additional Financial Information’ below.

(2)

The above balance sheet and income statement extracts are derived from the consolidated financial statements included in this report.

(3)

After deducting preference equity and goodwill and other intangible assets.

(4)

Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges/salaries and other staff expenses (net of restructuring expenses).

(5)

Includes the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority required capital deduction of $128 million (pre-tax) above A-IFRS provisioning levels at 30 September 2007, which forms part of the APRA termed General Reserve for Credit Losses.

(6)

Core full-time equivalent staff includes overtime and pro-rata part time staff. It excludes staff on unpaid absences (e.g. maternity leave), temporary and contract staff.

 

68



 

Key information

 

Selected consolidated financial and operating data

 

We have derived the following selected financial information as of, and for the financial years ended, 30 September 2008, 2007, 2006 and 2005 from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes which have been prepared in accordance with A-IFRS and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by IASB.

 

This information should be read together with ‘Operating and financial review and prospects’, our audited consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

 

We adopted the requirements of A-IFRS for the first time in preparing financial statements for the year ended 30 September 2006.  In accordance with A-IFRS, we have restated the financial statements for our financial year ended 30 September 2005.  Transitional provisions permitted financial instruments and insurance related assets and liabilities to be accounted for in accordance with AGAAP in 2005 and A-IFRS in 2006.  Previously published financial statements for our financial year ended 30 September 2005, as well as all prior financial periods, were prepared in accordance with AGAAP.  A-IFRS differs in certain material respects from AGAAP and, accordingly, financial statements for our financial years ended 30 September 2008, 2007, 2006 and 2005 prepared in accordance with A-IFRS are not comparable to the financial statements for 2005 and prior years prepared in accordance with AGAAP.

 

We have included in a separate section of this Annual Report (under the heading ‘Additional financial information’) selected consolidated financial and operating data as of and for the financial years ended 30 September 2005 and 2004 derived from our previously published financial statements prepared in accordance with AGAAP.  We have displayed this data separately because this data is not comparable to data derived from financial statements prepared in accordance with A-IFRS.

 

We have also included in the ‘Additional financial information’ section loans and provisions for bad and doubtful debts by industry classifications for the financial years ended 30 September 2007 and 2006 on the basis of presentation used in the 30 September 2007 Annual Report.  We have displayed this separately because it is not directly comparable to the current year’s presentation.  In the 2008 financial statements we have modified the presentation of loans and provisions for bad and doubtful debts by industry to align external reporting with the basis of presentation for internal reporting.  We restated the presentation for the year ended 30 September 2007, but it was impractical to restate the disclosure for the financial year ended 30 September 2006.

 

69



 

Financial review

 

Consolidated income statement

 

 

 

Year Ended 30 September

 

(in $millions unless otherwise indicated)

 

2008

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

US$(1)

 

A$

 

A$

 

A$

 

A$

 

Amounts in accordance with A-IFRS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

22,986

 

29,081

 

22,075

 

18,091

 

15,544

 

Interest expense

 

(17,277

)

(21,859

)

(15,762

)

(12,449

)

(10,285

)

Net interest income

 

5,709

 

7,222

 

6,313

 

5,642

 

5,259

 

Non-interest income

 

3,318

 

4,198

 

3,860

 

3,575

 

3,454

 

Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges

 

9,027

 

11,420

 

10,173

 

9,217

 

8,713

 

Operating expenses

 

(4,165

)

(5,270

)

(4,543

)

(4,295

)

(4,159

)

Impairment charges

 

(736

)

(931

)

(482

)

(375

)

(382

)

Profit before income tax

 

4,126

 

5,219

 

5,148

 

4,547

 

4,172

 

Income tax expense

 

(1,017

)

(1,287

)

(1,630

)

(1,422

)

(1,223

)

Net profit for the year

 

3,109

 

3,932

 

3,518

 

3,125

 

2,949

 

Net profit attributable to minority interests

 

(58

)

(73

)

(67

)

(54

)

(251

)

Net profit attributable to equity holders of Westpac Banking Corporation

 

3,051

 

3,859

 

3,451

 

3,071

 

2,698

 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares (millions)(2)

 

1,871

 

1,871

 

1,837

 

1,842

 

1,851

 

Basic earnings per ordinary share (cents)(2)

 

162.8

 

206.0

 

186.9

 

167.2

 

148.9

 

Dividends per ordinary share (cents)

 

112

 

142

 

131

 

116

 

100

 

Dividend payout ratio (%)(3)

 

68.9

 

68.9

 

70.1

 

69.4

 

67.2

 

 

Refer to page 72 for footnote explanations.

 

70



 

Selected consolidated balance sheet data

 

 

 

Year Ended 30 September

 

 

 

2008

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

US$m(1)

 

A$m

 

A$m

 

A$m

 

A$m

 

Amounts in accordance with A-IFRS Year end balances

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and balances with central banks

 

3,801

 

4,809

 

2,243

 

3,132

 

2,853

 

Due from other financial institutions

 

16,871

 

21,345

 

28,379

 

12,211

 

14,355

 

Trading securities, other financial assets and available-for-sale (2005: Investment securities)

 

34,536

 

43,694

 

24,505

 

17,811

 

14,464

 

Loans

 

247,826

 

313,545

 

275,377

 

236,380

 

198,286

 

Acceptances of customers(4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,864

 

Due to other financial institutions

 

12,537

 

15,861

 

9,133

 

12,051

 

10,654

 

Deposits

 

184,740

 

233,730

 

202,054

 

169,637

 

149,252

 

Trading liabilities and other financial liabilities designated at fair value

 

13,191

 

16,689

 

8,223

 

2,893

 

3,154

 

Total assets

 

347,419

 

439,548

 

377,653

 

301,474

 

266,263

 

Total liabilities excluding loan capital

 

324,900

 

411,058

 

352,118

 

277,523

 

245,156

 

Total loan capital(5)

 

6,891

 

8,718

 

7,704

 

5,957

 

4,214

 

Total liabilities

 

331,791

 

419,776

 

359,822

 

285,376

 

249,370

 

Net assets

 

15,628

 

19,772

 

17,831

 

16,098

 

16,893

 

Total equity attributable to equity holders of Westpac Banking Corporation(6),(7)

 

14,107

 

17,848

 

15,919

 

14,186

 

13,561

 

Minority interests

 

1,521

 

1,924

 

1,912

 

1,912

 

3,332

 

Average balances

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

317,320

 

401,468

 

332,512

 

283,663

 

256,690

 

Loans and other receivables

 

232,909

 

294,672

 

257,896

 

220,407

 

193,462

 

Acceptances of customers( 4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,235

 

Shareholders’ equity(6),(7)

 

13,199

 

16,699

 

14,708

 

13,369

 

12,651

 

Minority interests

 

1,516

 

1,918

 

1,911

 

1,473

 

3,507

 

 

Refer to page 72 for footnote explanations.

 

71



 

Summary of consolidated ratios

 

 

 

Year Ended 30 September

 

(in $millions unless otherwise indicated)

 

2008

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

US$(1)

 

A$

 

A$

 

A$

 

A$

 

Ratios in accordance with A-IFRS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profitability ratios (%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest margin(8)

 

2.07

 

2.07

 

2.19

 

2.29

 

2.45

 

Return on average assets(9)

 

0.96

 

0.96

 

1.04

 

1.08

 

1.05

 

Return on average ordinary equity(10)

 

23.1

 

23.1

 

23.5

 

23.0

 

21.7

 

Return on average total equity(11)

 

20.7

 

20.7

 

20.8

 

20.7

 

16.7

 

Capital ratio (%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average total equity to average total assets

 

4.6

 

4.6

 

5.0

 

5.2

 

6.3

 

Total capital ratio( 13)

 

10.8

 

10.8

 

9.5

 

9.6

 

9.7

 

Earnings ratios

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per ordinary share (cents)(2)

 

162.8

 

206.0

 

186.9

 

167.2

 

148.9

 

Fully diluted earnings per ordinary share (cents)(12)

 

158.2

 

200.1

 

185.3

 

165.7

 

147.2

 

Dividends per ordinary share (cents)

 

112

 

142

 

131

 

116

 

100

 

Dividend payout ratio (%)(3)

 

68.9

 

68.9

 

70.1

 

69.4

 

67.2

 

Credit quality ratios

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impairment charges written off (net of recoveries)

 

347

 

439

 

349

 

270

 

331

 

Impairment charges written off (net of recoveries) to average loans (%)

 

0.15

 

0.15

 

0.14

 

0.12

 

0.16

 

 


(1)

 

Australian dollar amounts have been translated into US dollars solely for the convenience of the reader at the rate of A$1.00 = US$0.7904, the Noon Buying Rate in New York on 30 September 2008. Amounts or ratios are in accordance with this conversion rate.

(2)

 

Based on the weighted average number of fully paid ordinary shares outstanding, including nil New Zealand Class shares in 2008 (2007 nil, 2006 nil, 2005 41 million).

(3)

 

Calculated by dividing the dividends per ordinary share by the basic earnings per ordinary share.

(4)

 

Acceptances of customers are included in loans in 2008, 2007 and 2006.

(5)

 

This includes Westpac Stapled Preferred Securities (SPS) and 2004 Trust Preferred Securities (2004 TPS) in 2008, 2004 TPS and Fixed Interest Resettable Securities (FIRsTS) in 2007 and 2006. In 2005 the instruments on issue were classified as minority interests.

(6)

 

Includes New Zealand Class shares in 2005. Excludes minority interests.

(7)

 

New Zealand Class shares were on issue until 11 July 2005, when they were fully exchanged for ordinary shares.

(8)

 

Calculated by dividing net interest income (including tax equivalent gross up) by average interest earning assets.

(9)

 

Calculated by dividing net profit attributable to our equity holders by average total assets.

(10)

 

Calculated by dividing net profit attributable to our equity holders adjusted for distributions on New Zealand Class shares by average ordinary equity.

(11)

 

Calculated by dividing net profit attributable to our equity holders by average ordinary equity and minority interests.

(12)

 

Based on basic earnings per share, with the weighted average number of fully paid ordinary shares outstanding adjusted for the conversion of dilutive potential ordinary shares, issued for no consideration, and after adjusting earnings for distributions on dilutive potential ordinary shares.

(13)

 

For details on the calculations of this ratio please refer to Note 31.

(14)

 

The leverage ratio has been calculated in accordance with guidelines promulgated by the US Federal Reserve System. The ratio is calculated by dividing tier 1 capital by total average assets for leverage capital purposes in accordance with US GAAP.

 

Risk factors

 

Our business activities are subject to risks that can adversely impact our business, future performance and financial condition.  You should carefully consider the risks and the other information in this Annual Report before investing in our securities.  The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we may face.  Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of, or that we currently deem to be immaterial, may also become important factors that affect us.  If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, results of operations or financial condition could be materially adversely affected, with the result that the trading price of our securities could decline and you could lose all or part of your investment.

 

Risks relating to our business

 

Adverse credit and capital market conditions may significantly affect our ability to meet liquidity needs, adversely affect our access to international capital markets and increase our cost of funding

 

Global credit and capital markets have experienced extreme volatility, disruption and decreased liquidity for more than 12 months, reaching unprecedented levels of disruption in September and October 2008. We rely on credit and capital markets for funding our business.  As of 30 September 2008, we obtained approximately 48% of our funding from wholesale domestic and international markets.  We recently experienced higher funding costs and accessing wholesale markets, particularly in relation to longer-term securities, was more difficult as a result of the current adverse global capital market conditions.  Continued instability in these market conditions may limit our ability to replace, in a timely manner, maturing liabilities and access the capital necessary to fund and grow our business.

 

72



 

In the event that our current sources of funding prove to be insufficient, we may be forced to seek alternative financing. The availability of such alternative financing will depend on a variety of factors, including prevailing market conditions, the availability of credit, our credit ratings and credit capacity.  The cost of these alternatives may be more expensive or on unfavourable terms, which could adversely affect our results of operations, liquidity, capital resources and financial condition.

 

If Westpac is unable to source appropriate funding, we may be forced to reduce our lending or begin to sell liquid securities.  There is no assurance that we can obtain favourable prices on some or all of the securities we offer for sale.  The credit and capital market conditions could limit our ability to refinance maturing liabilities.  Such actions could adversely impact our business, results of operations, liquidity, capital resources and financial condition.

 

For a more detailed description of liquidity risk, refer to the section ‘Liquidity and funding’.

 

Declining asset markets could adversely affect our operations or profitability

 

A continuation of the recent declines in global asset markets, including equity, property and other asset markets could impact our operations and profitability.

 

Declining asset prices impact our wealth management business and other asset holdings.  In relation to our wealth management business, our earnings are in part dependant on asset values, such as the value of securities held, and a decline in asset prices could negatively impact the business viability of the division.  Declining asset prices could also impact customers and the security we hold against loans which may impact our returns if customers were to default.

 

Our business is substantially dependent on the Australian and New Zealand economies and we can give no assurance as to the likely future state of such economies

 

Our revenues and earnings are dependent on economic activity and the level of financial services our customers require.  In particular, lending is dependent on customer and investor confidence, the state of the economy, the home lending market and prevailing market interest rates in the countries in which we operate.

 

We currently conduct most of our business in Australia and New Zealand.  Consequently, our performance is influenced by the level and cyclical nature of business and home lending activity in these countries.  These factors are in turn impacted by both domestic and international economic and political events. Recent dislocation in capital markets has impacted global economic activity including the economies of Australia and New Zealand.  This disruption has already led to a decrease in credit growth and a reduction in consumer and business confidence.  A material downturn in the Australian and New Zealand economies could adversely impact our results of operations, liquidity, capital resources and financial condition. The economic conditions of other regions in which we conduct operations can also affect our future performance and have shown signs of deterioration.

 

An increase in defaults under our loan portfolio could adversely affect our results of operations, liquidity, capital resources and financial condition

 

Credit risk is a significant risk and arises primarily from our lending activities. The risk arises from the likelihood that a customer is unable to honour their obligations to us, including the repayment of loans and interest. Credit exposures also include our dealings with, and holdings of, debt securities issued by other banks and financial institutions whose conditions may be impacted to varying degrees by continuing turmoil in the global financial markets.

 

We hold collective and individually assessed provisions for impairment charges. If the current global financial markets turmoil and the economic downturn severely deteriorate, some customers could experience higher levels of financial stress and we may incur increased defaults and write-offs, and be required to increase our level of provisioning.  Such actions could diminish available capital and could aversely affect our results of operations, liquidity, capital resources and financial condition.

 

For a discussion on our risk management procedures, including the management of credit risk, refer to the section ‘Risk management’.

 

There can be no assurance that actions of the Australian, New Zealand, United States and other foreign governments and other governmental and regulatory bodies to stabilise financial markets will achieve the intended effect

 

In response to the recent financial crises affecting the banking system and financial markets generally and deteriorating global financial conditions, on 12 October 2008, the Australian government announced that it will guarantee deposits and certain wholesale term funding of eligible Australian financial institutions. Similar stabilising actions have been announced by governments and regulatory bodies in New Zealand, the United States, United Kingdom, Europe and other jurisdictions. Refer to ‘Significant developments – Australian and New Zealand Guarantee Schemes’.

 

The proposed Australian government guarantee of deposits and wholesale term funding has yet to be fully implemented and it is not possible to determine the extent to which the guarantee will apply to existing or future wholesale term funding issued by us.  Similarly, the stabilisation packages announced by governments and regulators in New Zealand, the United States, United Kingdom, Europe and other jurisdictions are in many cases equally uncertain. There can be no assurance as to what impact such regulatory actions will have on financial markets, consumer and investor confidence, or the extreme levels of volatility currently being experienced. Further declines in consumer and investor confidence and continued uncertainty and volatility could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We face intense competition in all aspects of our business

 

We compete, both domestically and internationally, with asset managers, retail and commercial banks, investment banking firms, brokerage firms, and other investment service firms.  In addition, the trend toward consolidation in the global financial services industry is creating competitors with broader ranges of product and service offerings, increased access to capital, and greater efficiency and pricing power.  In recent years, competition has also increased as large insurance and banking industry participants have sought to establish themselves in markets that are perceived to offer higher growth potential and as local

 

73



 

institutions have become more sophisticated and competitive and have sought alliances, mergers or strategic relationships.  We expect these trends to continue.  If we are unable to compete effectively in our various businesses and markets, our business, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected.  For more detail on how we address competitive pressures refer to the section ‘Competition’.

 

We could suffer losses due to market volatility

 

We are exposed to market risk as a consequence of our trading activities in financial markets and through the asset and liability management of our overall financial position.  In our financial markets trading business, we are exposed to losses arising from adverse movements in levels and volatility of interest rates, foreign exchange rates and commodity and equity prices.  The recent levels of market volatility increased our estimated earnings at risk as measured by Value at Risk (VaR). If we were to suffer substantial losses due to any such market volatility, including the volatility brought about by the current global credit crisis, it would adversely affect our results of operations, liquidity, capital resources and financial condition.

 

For a discussion of our risk management procedures, including the management of market risk, refer to the section ‘Risk management’.

 

We could suffer losses due to operational risks

 

As a financial services organisation we are exposed to a variety of other risks including those resulting from process error, fraud, system failure, security and physical protection, customer services, staff skills and performance and product development and maintenance.  Operational risks can directly impact our reputation and result in financial losses which could adversely affect our financial performance or financial condition.

 

For a discussion of our risk management procedures, including the management of operational risk, refer to the section ‘Risk management’.

 

Our businesses are highly regulated and we could be adversely affected by changes in regulations and regulatory policy

 

Compliance risk arises from the regulatory standards that apply to us as an institution.  All of our businesses are highly regulated in the jurisdictions in which we do business.  We are responsible for ensuring that we comply with all applicable legal and regulatory requirements (including changes to accounting standards – refer to sections ‘Accounting standards’ and ‘Critical accounting estimates’) and industry codes of practice, as well as meeting our ethical standards.  The nature and impact of future changes in such policies are not predictable and are beyond our control.  It is likely that the recent global financial crisis will lead to changes in regulation in most markets in which we operate, particularly for financial companies. Changes in regulations or regulatory policy could adversely affect one or more of our businesses and could require us to incur substantial costs to comply.  The failure to comply with applicable regulations could result in fines and penalties or limitations on our ability to do business.  These costs, expenses and limitations could have a material adverse affect on our business, financial performance or financial condition.

 

Reputational damage could harm our business and prospects

 

Various issues may give rise to reputational risk and cause harm to our business and our prospects.  These issues include appropriately dealing with potential conflicts of interest, legal and regulatory requirements, ethical issues, money laundering laws, trade sanctions legislation, privacy laws, information security policies, sales and trading practices and conduct by companies in which we hold strategic investments.  Failure to address these issues appropriately could also give rise to additional legal risk, subject us to regulatory enforcement actions, fines and penalties, or harm our reputation among our customers and our investors in the marketplace.

 

Failure to maintain our credit ratings could adversely affect our cost of funds, liquidity, competitive position and access to capital markets

 

The credit ratings assigned to us by rating agencies are based on an evaluation of a number of factors, including our financial strength. In light of the difficulties in the banking sector and financial markets, the rating agencies have indicated they are watching global developments closely and if conditions continue to deteriorate, they have indicated that they may adjust the rating outlook of some Australian banks. In addition, a credit rating downgrade could be driven by the occurrence of one or more of the other risks identified in this section or by other events. If we fail to maintain our current corporate credit ratings, this could adversely affect our cost of funds and related margins, liquidity, competitive position and access to capital markets.

 

We could suffer losses if we fail to syndicate or sell down underwritten equities

 

As a financial intermediary we underwrite listed and unlisted equities.  Equity underwriting activities include developing solutions for corporate and institutional customers who have a demand for equity capital and investor customers who have an appetite for equity-based investment products.  We may guarantee the pricing and placement of these facilities.  We could suffer losses if we fail to syndicate or sell down our risk to other market participants.

 

Other risks

 

Other risks that can impact our performance include insurance risk, model risk, business risk and contagion risk.  Refer to the section ‘Corporate governance’ for more information on these risks.

 

Risks relating to completion of the proposed merger with St.George

 

Completion of the proposed merger with St.George is subject to  certain conditions.  There can be no assurance that these conditions will be satisfied, that the merger will be approved by St.George shareholders or that we will complete the merger

 

The merger and certain amendments to the constitution of St.George are required to be approved by the requisite majorities of the shareholders of St.George.  In addition to the approvals, the conditions to the completion of the merger include: the absence

 

74



 

of specified material adverse changes in respect of the consolidated net assets, cash profits or loan impairments expense of St.George or Westpac; the absence of events that have a material adverse effect on the ability of St.George or Westpac to perform its obligations under the merger implementation agreement between Westpac and St.George (Merger Implementation Agreement); the absence of certain prescribed actions on the part of St.George or Westpac; and the absence of injunctions or other restrictions on the completion of the merger.

 

There can be no assurance that any or all of these approvals and conditions will be satisfied, and that the merger will be completed.  If the merger has not been completed by 31 December 2008, each of Westpac and St.George has a termination right under the Merger Implementation Agreement, and we cannot assure you that such a right will not be exercised.

 

We may be unable to complete the merger if St.George receives a merger proposal from another party before the merger is completed

 

St.George may receive a merger proposal from another party before the merger is completed.  While the Merger Implementation Agreement contains certain exclusivity provisions, those provisions do not prevent another party from making a competing merger proposal for St.George.  If any competing proposal is superior to Westpac’s proposal, the board of directors of St.George may choose to recommend the competing proposal, in which case Westpac may terminate the Merger Implementation Agreement and the merger would not proceed.  If such circumstance eventuated, Westpac would not realise the anticipated benefits of the merger and would not be able to recover any costs associated with the merger, except that St.George has agreed to reimburse Westpac $100 million for its costs in certain circumstances.

 

Other risks relating to the proposed merger and integration

 

We may fail to realise the business growth opportunities, cost savings and other benefits anticipated from, or may incur unanticipated costs associated with, the merger and our results of operations, financial condition and the price of our securities may suffer

 

As a result of the merger with St.George, we expect to increase our sales and reduce operating expenses of the combined business.  In order to achieve these synergies we estimate we will incur approximately $700 million in integration costs.  See ‘Significant Developments – Proposed merger with St.George Bank Limited’.

 

There is no assurance that we will be able to achieve the business growth opportunities, cost savings and other benefits we anticipate from the merger with St.George.  This may be because the assumptions upon which we assessed the merger, including the anticipated benefits and the factors we used to determine the merger consideration, may prove to be incorrect.

 

Unanticipated delays in the completion of the merger and the integration of our operations may impact our assumptions regarding the benefits we expect to derive from the merger and may delay such benefits.  In addition, we may incur greater costs than we have estimated in connection with the integration.

 

If we fail to achieve the business growth, cost-savings and other benefits we anticipate from the merger, or we incur greater integration costs than we have estimated, our results of operations, financial condition and the price of our securities may be adversely affected.

 

We may become subject to unknown liabilities of St.George, which may have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations

 

In determining the terms and conditions of the merger, we used publicly available information relating to St.George.  This information has not been subject to verification by us or our directors.  In addition, we were able to carry out only a limited due diligence exercise in respect of the business of St.George.  As a result, after the completion of the merger, we may be subject to unknown liabilities of St.George, which may have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

The integration of our operations and those of St.George following the merger presents significant challenges that could delay or diminish the anticipated benefits of the merger

 

There are risks associated with the integration of two organisations of the size of Westpac and St.George.  Particular areas of risk include: difficulties or unexpected costs relating to the integration of technology platforms, financial and accounting systems, risk management systems and management systems of two organisations; difficulties or unexpected costs in realising synergies from the consolidation of head office and back office functions; higher than expected levels of customer attrition or market share loss arising as a result of the proposed merger; unexpected losses of key personnel during or following the integration of the two businesses; possible conflict in the culture of the two organisations and decrease in employee morale; and potential damage to the reputation of brands due to actions from competitors, media and lobby groups in relation to the proposed merger.

 

In addition, senior management of Westpac may be required to devote significant time to the process of integrating Westpac and St.George, which may decrease the time they have to manage the combined business. If any of these risks should occur, or if there are unexpected delays in the integration process, the anticipated benefits of the merger may be delayed, achieved only in part, or not at all or at greater cost, which could have an adverse affect on our results of operations or financial condition.

 

The proposed merger may result in additional concentration risk in the lending books of the combined business

 

The lending books of each of Westpac and St.George have exposures to a range of clients, assets, industries and geographies which when combined could result in additional concentration risk.

 

Continued implementation of changes to Westpac’s organisational structure may adversely impact the financial performance of the combined business

 

In July 2008, Westpac announced changes to its organisational structure.  These changes align Westpac’s structure with the proposed operating model for the combined business and their continued implementation will be appropriately sequenced with the merger as part of an overall transformation plan.  These changes are significant, both in scale and investment requirements, and are likely to continue to be implemented at the same time as integrating St.George’s business.  The continuing

 

75



 

implementation of these changes will require the attention of senior management.  As a result, there may be some diversion of senior management and this may lead to lower sales productivity and additional customer attrition, potentially impacting the financial performance of the combined business.

 

Operating and financial review and prospects

 

The following discussion contains, in addition to historical information, forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties.  Where forward-looking statements are made, our actual results may differ significantly from the results discussed.  For a description of factors that may affect our results, refer to sections ‘Disclosure regarding forward-looking statements’, ‘Risk factors’ and ‘Risk management’.

 

Accounting standards

 

The financial statements included in this report have been prepared in accordance with the accounting policies described in Note 1 to the financial statements, being in accordance with A-IFRS and they also comply with IFRS as issued by the IASB.

 

Recent accounting developments – Australia

 

Adoption of A-IFRS

 

Westpac adopted A-IFRS with effect from 1 October 2005, with certain comparatives being restated with effect from 1 October 2004.  Where Westpac has presented comparative information for the financial year ended 30 September 2005, the accounting for financial instruments and certain insurance related assets and liabilities have been accounted for under AGAAP, in accordance with applicable transition rules, while from 2006 and onwards, this was in accordance with A-IFRS.

 

Adoption of new and revised Accounting Standards

 

AASB 7 Financial Instruments Disclosures (AASB 7) and an amendment to AASB 101 Presentation of Financial Statements (AASB 101), covering capital disclosures have been adopted in the 2008 financial statements, resulting in new or revised disclosures.  The additional disclosures required are principally contained in Note 28 to the financial statements.

 

Amendments to AASB 124 Related Parties (AASB 124) permits certain Director and Key Management personal compensation disclosures to be included as part of the Remuneration Report and omitted from the financial statements.  The amendments are effective in the current year and the information now included in the Remuneration Report is still covered by the audit opinion.

 

Future accounting developments

 

Interpretation 13 Customer Loyalty Programmes (Interpretation 13) is effective for the 30 September 2009 financial year end.  Interpretation 13 addresses how companies that grant their customers loyalty award credits when buying goods and services should account for their obligation to provide free or discounted goods and services, if and when the customers redeem the points.  Interpretation 13 requires the entity to allocate some of the proceeds of the initial sale to award credits and recognise these proceeds as revenue when the provision of free goods or services is fulfilled.  The guidance will result in the remeasurement and reclassification of the existing credit card loyalty provision to deferred income.  Deferred income will be recognised as revenue when the expense of providing rewards is incurred.  It is expected that there will be some further delay in the timing of the recognition of revenue attributed to the credit card loyalty programme going forward.  This guidance is not expected to have a material impact to the Group.

 

A revised AASB 3 Business Combinations (AASB 3) and amended AASB 127 Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements (AASB 127) were issued by the Australian Accounting Standards Board (AASB) in March 2008.  The revisions to the standards apply prospectively to business combinations and will be effective for the 30 September 2010 financial year end.  The main changes under the standards are that:

 

·                   acquisition related costs are recognised as an expense in the income statement in the period they are incurred;

 

·                   earn-outs and contingent considerations will be measured at fair value at the acquisition date, however remeasurement in the future will be recognised in the income statement;

 

·                   step acquisitions, impacting equity interests held prior to control being obtained, are remeasured to fair value, with gains and losses being recognised in the income statement.  Similarly where control is lost, any difference between the fair value of the residual holding and its carrying value is recognised in the income statement; and

 

·                   while control is retained, transactions with minority interests would be treated as equity transactions.

 

AASB 101 is a revised standard applicable to the Group in the 2010 financial year.  The amendments affect the presentation of owner changes in equity and of comprehensive income.  They do not change the recognition, measurement or disclosure of specific transactions and events required by other standards.

 

Amendments to AASB 132 Financial Instruments: Presentation (AASB 132) and AASB 101 were issued in February 2008 and will require some puttable financial instruments and some financial instruments, which impose on the entity an obligation to deliver to another party a pro rata share of the net assets on liquidation, to be classified as equity.  The amendment is applicable to the Group in the 2010 financial year and is not expected to have a material impact.

 

AASB 8 Operating Segments (AASB 8) was issued in February 2007. The standard applies to the Group for the 2010 financial year.  The standard replaces AASB 114 Segment Reporting (AASB 114) and will further align operating segment reporting with internal reporting to key management personnel.

 

In response to the credit crisis the IASB and subsequently the AASB, amended to AASB 139 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement (AASB 139) in October 2008.  The amendments permit entities to reclassify non-derivative financial assets out of fair value through profit or loss or available for sale in certain rare circumstances, which arise from a single event that is unusual and highly unlikely to reoccur in the near term.  Westpac has not made use of this amendment in its 30 September 2008 financial statements and is considering whether to make use of the amendment in its 2009 financial statements.

 

76



 

Critical accounting estimates

 

Our reported results are sensitive to the accounting policies, assumptions and estimates that underlie the preparation of the income statement and the balance sheet.  Our principle accounting policies are disclosed in Note 1 to the Financial Statements.  Note 1 also includes a description of our critical accounting assumptions and estimates.  We have discussed the development and selection of the critical accounting estimates with our Board Audit Committee.  We consider that the following areas involve our most critical accounting estimates:

 

Fair value of financial instruments

 

Financial instruments classified as held-for-trading, designated at fair value through profit or loss or financial assets classified as available-for-sale are recognised in the financial statements at fair value.  All derivatives are measured and recognised at fair value.  As far as possible, financial instruments are valued with reference to quoted, observable market prices or by using models which employ observable valuation parameters.  Where valuation models rely on parameters for which inputs are not observable, judgments and estimation may be required.

 

As at 30 September 2008, the fair value of trading securities, financial assets designated at fair value through profit and loss, available-for-sale securities and life insurance assets was $56,241 million.  The fair value of trading liabilities, financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit and loss and deposits was $76,700 million.  The fair value of outstanding derivatives was $9,840 million net asset (2007 $884 million net liability).  The fair value of life insurance assets of $12,547 million was substantially based on quoted market prices.  The fair value of financial assets determined by valuation models that did not use observable market prices was $442 million.  The fair value of other financial assets and financial liabilities, including derivatives, is largely determined by valuation models using observable market prices and rates.  Where observable market inputs are not available, day one profits or losses are not recognised.

 

We believe that the judgments and estimates used are reasonable in the current market, however, a change in these judgments and estimates would lead to different results as future market conditions can vary from those expected.

 

Provisions for impairment charges

 

Provisions for loan impairment charges represent management’s best estimate of the losses incurred in the loan portfolios as at the balance date.  There are two components of our loan impairment provisions, individually assessed provisions and collectively assessed provisions.

 

In determining the individual component all relevant considerations that have a bearing on the expected future cash flows are taken into account, for example, the business prospects of the customer, the realisable value of collateral, our position relative to other claimants, the reliability of customer information and the likely cost and duration of the work-out process.  These judgments and estimates can change with time as new information becomes available or as work-out strategies evolve, resulting in revisions to the impairment provision as individual decisions are made.

 

The collective component is established on a portfolio basis taking into account the level of arrears, collateral, past loss experience and defaults based on portfolio trends.  The most significant factors in establishing these provisions are estimated loss rates and related emergence periods.  The future credit quality of these portfolios is subject to uncertainties that could cause actual credit losses to differ from reported loan impairment provisions.  These uncertainties include the economic environment, notably interest rates and their effect on customer spending, unemployment levels, payment behaviour and bankruptcy rates.

 

As at 30 September 2008, gross loans to customers were $315,490 million and the provision for impairment on loans was $1,945 million.

 

Goodwill

 

Goodwill represents the excess of purchase consideration over the fair value of the identifiable net assets of acquired businesses.  The determination of the fair value of the assets and liabilities of acquired businesses requires the exercise of management judgment.  Different fair values would result in changes to the goodwill and to the post-acquisition performance of the acquisitions.

 

Additionally, goodwill is tested for impairment annually by determining if the carrying value of the cash generating unit (CGU) that it has been allocated to is recoverable.  The recoverable amount is the higher of the CGU’s fair value and its value in use.  Determination of appropriate cash flows and discount rates for the calculation of the value in use is subjective.  As at 30 September 2008, the carrying value of goodwill was $2,425 million.

 

Superannuation obligations

 

The actuarial valuations of our defined benefit plans obligations are dependant upon a series of assumptions, the key ones being price inflation, earnings growth, mortality, morbidity and investment returns assumptions.  Different assumptions could significantly alter the amount of the difference between plan assets and obligations and the superannuation cost charged to the income statement.

 

The superannuation deficit across all our plans as at 30 September 2008 was $473 million (2007 deficit of $116 million).  This comprises net recognised liabilities of $95 million (2007 $274 million) and unrecognised actuarial losses of $378 million (2007 actuarial gains of $158 million).

 

Provisions (other than loan impairment charges)

 

Provisions are held in respect of a range of obligations such as employee entitlements, restructuring costs, non-lending losses, impairment charges on credit commitments, and surplus lease space.  Some of the provisions involve significant judgment about the likely outcome of various events and estimated future cash flows.  Provisions for taxation held in respect of uncertain tax positions represents the tax benefits at risk associated with specific transactions.  The assessment of the amount of tax benefits at risk involves the exercise of management judgments about the ultimate outcomes of the transactions.  Payments which are

 

77



 

expected to be incurred later than one year are discounted at a rate which reflects both current interest rates and the risks specific to that provision.

 

Related party disclosures

 

Details of our related party disclosures are set out in Note 41 to the financial statements and details of Directors’ interests in securities are set out in Note 42 to the financial statements.  The related party disclosures relate principally to transactions with our Directors and Director-related parties as we do not have individually significant shareholders and our transactions with other related parties are not significant.

 

Other than as disclosed in Note 42 to the financial statements, if applicable, loans made to parties related to Directors and other key management personnel of Westpac are made in the ordinary course of business on normal terms and conditions (including interest rates and collateral).  Loans are made on the same terms and conditions (including interest rates and collateral) as apply to other employees and certain customers in accordance with established policy.  These loans do not involve more than the normal risk of collectability or present any other unfavourable features.

 

Auditors’ remuneration

 

Auditors’ remuneration, including goods and services tax, to the external auditor for the years ended 30 September 2008 and 2007 is summarised from Note 34 to the financial statements as follows:

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

$’000

 

$’000

 

Audit fees

 

13,486

 

12,733

 

Audit-related fees

 

1,406

 

1,885

 

Tax fees

 

150

 

167

 

All other fees

 

807

 

559

 

 

The external auditor, PricewaterhouseCoopers, also provides audit and non-audit services to non-consolidated entities including trusts of which a Westpac Group entity is trustee, manager or responsible entity and non-consolidated superannuation funds or pension funds.  The fees in respect of these services were approximately $3.8 million in total (2007 $4.9 million).  PricewaterhouseCoopers may also provide audit and non-audit services to other entities in which Westpac holds a minority interest, and which are not consolidated.  Westpac is not aware of the amount of any fees paid by those entities.

 

Audit related services

 

None of the fees paid by Westpac to PricewaterhouseCoopers in the year ended 30 September 2008 were approved by the Board Audit Committee pursuant to paragraph (c)(7)(i)(C) of Rule 2-01 of Regulation S-X of the US securities laws.  No other fees paid by Westpac to PricewaterhouseCoopers in that year were approved by the audit committee pursuant to paragraph (c)(7)(i)(C) of Rule 2-01 of Regulation S-X.

 

Westpac Group Secretariat continually monitors the application of the pre-approval process in respect of non-audit services provided by PricewaterhouseCoopers and promptly brings to the attention of the Board Audit Committee any exceptions that need to be approved pursuant to paragraph (c)(7)(i)(C) of Rule 2-01 of Regulation S-X.  Westpac Group Secretariat ensures the pre-approval guidelines are communicated to the Westpac’s business units through publication on the Westpac intranet.

 

Overview of performance

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Net interest income

 

7,222

 

6,313

 

5,642

 

Non-interest income

 

4,198

 

3,860

 

3,575

 

Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges

 

11,420

 

10,173

 

9,217

 

Operating expenses

 

(5,270

)

(4,543

)

(4,295

)

Impairment charges

 

(931

)

(482

)

(375

)

Profit from ordinary activities before income tax expense

 

5,219

 

5,148

 

4,547

 

Income tax expense

 

(1,287

)

(1,630

)

(1,422

)

Net profit attributable to minority interests

 

(73

)

(67

)

(54

)

Net profit attributable to equity holders

 

3,859

 

3,451

 

3,071

 

Earnings per share (cents): Basic

 

206.0

 

186.9

 

167.2

 

Earnings per share (cents): Fully diluted

 

200.1

 

185.3

 

165.7

 

 

Overview of performance

 

2008 v 2007

 

Net profit attributable to equity holders was $3,859 million in 2008, an increase of $408 million or 12% compared to 2007.  The result was driven by growth in net operating income before operating expenses of 12%.  Expense growth was 16%.  BFS contributed $106 million of the increase in net profit attributable to equity holders, CFS contributed $74 million, New Zealand Banking contributed $2 million and other business units including Group Treasury, Pacific Banking, Business Technology

 

78



 

Solutions and Services and Head Office Functions contributed $301 million.  The favourable results were partially offset by decreased contributions of $22 million by WIB and $53 million by BTFG.

 

Net interest income increased $909 million or 14% compared to 2007 resulting from Consumer and Business volume growth in both Australia and New Zealand, with a 14% increase in loans and a 16% increase in deposits, partly offset by a 12 basis point decline in net interest margin.

 

Non-interest income growth of $338 million or 9% resulted from a 6% increase in fees and commissions, an 11% increase in trading income and a $440 million increase in other income, including gains from the partial sale of BTIM and gains from the sale of a portion of our interest in Visa Inc. in relation with its initial public offering.  These increases were partially offset by a $281 million decrease in wealth management and insurance income.

 

Expenses increased by $727 million or 16% in 2008 largely driven by a 14% increase in staff expenses, increased property expenses and an increase of $36 million in expenses from the operation of the RAMS franchise distribution business acquired in January 2008.  The full year expense position also includes one-off expenses and restructuring costs of $323 million (1) , and $13 million of costs relating to the proposed merger with St.George.

 

Impairment charges increased by $449 million or 93%, primarily due to the impact of both the larger loan portfolio and deteriorating credit environment which has seen higher interest rates and slowing economies in Australia and New Zealand.  Institutional impairment charges increased from a small number of single name exposures, and impaired loans increased in the small and medium business sectors in Australia and New Zealand.  These dynamics drove new individually assessed provisions $317 million higher and new collectively assessed provision increased by $162 million.  Higher provisions included a $76 million additional to the Group economic overlay provision in recognition of the deteriorating operating conditions for financial institutions.

 

2007 v 2006

 

Net profit attributable to equity holders was $3,451 million in 2007, an increase of $380 million or 12% compared to 2006.  The Group’s result was characterised by strong net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges growth of 10%, with contributions from all our business units.  Expense growth was 6%.  Both impairment charges and income tax expense increased over 2006.  BFS contributed $94 million of the increase in net profit attributable to equity holders, CFS contributed $150 million, Institutional Bank $89 million, BTFG $75 million, and New Zealand Banking’s contribution in A$ terms was down by $5 million.  The Other segment’s contribution decreased by $23 million compared to 2006.

 

Net interest income increased $671 million or 12% compared to 2006 resulting from strong Consumer and Business volume growth in both Australia and New Zealand, with a 16% increase in loans and 19% increase in deposits, partly offset by a 10 basis point decline in net interest margin.

 

Non-interest income growth of $285 million or 8% benefited from a 4% increase in fees and commissions, a 16% increase in wealth management and insurance income and a 26% increase in trading income.  This was somewhat offset by a reduction in other income, which included the profit from the sale of the sub-custody business in 2006.

 

Expenses increased by $248 million or 6% in 2007 largely driven by a 10% increase in staff expenses supporting additional customer serving employees, increased customer volumes and performance related incentive payments.  Technology and software amortisation increased by $21 million compared to 2006.

 

Impairment charges increased by $107 million or 29% in line with strong loan growth combined with modest deterioration consistent with the economic environment and tightening of monetary policy.

 

Income statement review

 

Net Interest income

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Interest income

 

29,081

 

22,075

 

18,091

 

Interest expense

 

(21,859

)

(15,762

)

(12,449

)

Net interest income

 

7,222

 

6,313

 

5,642

 

Increase/(decrease) in net interest income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to change in volume

 

812

 

380

 

(214

)

Due to change in rate

 

97

 

291

 

597

 

Change in net interest income

 

909

 

671

 

383

 

 

2008 v 2007

 

Net interest income was $7,222 million in 2008, an increase of $909 million or 14% compared to 2007.

 

The key driver for this growth was the 20% increase in average interest earning assets partially offset by a 12 basis point decrease in interest margins.  Of the 20% increase in average interest earning assets, 7% was due to the full period impact of increased liquid asset holdings.  Holding additional liquid assets had minimal impact on net interest income.

 


(1)

 

Westpac incurred one-off expenses of $323 million in the six months ended 30 September 2008 in relation to efficiency initiatives and capitalised expense reviews. This programme of work is being conducted independently of the proposed merger with St.George although the changes are highly complementary.

 

79



 

Growth in net loans over the year was 14% compared to growth of 20% in average interest earning assets.  In Australia, net loan growth was $36.7 billion or 16% over the prior year.  In New Zealand, net loans increased by 9% (NZ$ terms) and by 7% in A$ terms.

 

Key drivers of the growth in net loans in 2008 were:

 

·                   consumer lending in CFS up 13%, or $17.8 billion, predominately in housing;

 

·                   business lending in BFS up 17%, or $9.3 billion driven by relatively strong growth in the Western Australia, Queensland and Victoria regions;

 

·                   corporate lending in WIB up 17%, or $7.9 billion, with market developments driving strong demand for bank finance in the first half, whilst lower demand from corporates from May 2008 led to marginal growth in the second half; and

 

·                   New Zealand lending up 9% or NZ$3.8 billion, with particularly strong business lending growth.

 

Total deposits, including treasury deposits, increased 16%, or $31.7 billion, since 30 September 2007.  Excluding treasury deposits, deposits increased 14% or $20.1 billion.  In Australia, growth in deposits in CFS and BFS of 22% and 5% respectively, was driven by growth in term deposits in CFS (up $11.9 billion) from both consumer and business customers, and growth in on-line savings balances in BFS.  WIB deposits increased 33% or $2.8 billion, mainly due to growth in domestic corporate deposits.  In New Zealand, deposits were up 9% (NZ$ terms), resulting from growth in term deposits.

 

Treasury deposits increased $11.6 billion (19%), supporting the strong customer loan growth and increased holdings of liquid assets.

 

Net interest margin for the year ended 30 September 2008 was 2.07%, 12 basis points lower than the equivalent margin for the year ended 30 September 2007.  The major drivers of this decline include the difference between increases in wholesale funding costs net of any re-pricing of lending facilities and the full year impact of the increase in liquid assets.

 

The components of the margin decline of 12 basis points were:

 

·                   a decrease in asset spread/mix of 6 basis points, driven by:

 

·                   4 basis point decrease in asset spreads as a result of higher wholesale funding costs.  While loans were re-priced through the period, the magnitude of these increases were insufficient to fully cover the increase in the wholesale funding costs; and

 

·                   2 basis point decrease due to mix impacts from a higher proportion of relatively lower margin fixed rate mortgage loans in Australia and New Zealand and lower growth in the credit card portfolio.

 

·                   an increase in liability spread/mix of 2 basis points driven by:

 

·                   4 basis point increase in deposit spreads; and

 

·                   2 basis point decrease due to mix changes driven by the migration to higher interest deposit accounts in Australia and New Zealand.

 

·                   reduced margins in Treasury from the full period impact of increases in liquid asset holdings.  Holding more liquid assets increases average interest earning assets but has minimal impact on net interest income.  These higher balances more than offset the higher interest income from Treasury risk management activities.

 

Partially offset by:

 

·                   a 1 basis point positive impact on margins due to the higher proportion of WIB Markets income being recognised in net interest income; and

 

·                   higher earnings on Group’s Capital generating a positive impact of 1 basis point.

 

2007 v 2006

 

Net interest income was $6,313 million in 2007, an increase of $671 million or 12% compared to 2006.

 

The key driver for this growth was the 17% increase in average interest earning assets and the 18% increase in average interest bearing liabilities, offset by a 10 basis point decrease in margins.

 

Growth in net loans over the year was 16% compared to growth of 17% in average interest earning assets.  In Australia, net loan growth was $30.8 billion or 16% over the prior year.  In New Zealand, net loans increased by 21% (NZ$ terms) and by 18% in A$ terms.

 

Key drivers of the growth in net loans over 2007 were:

 

·                   CFS net loans up 12%, predominantly in housing, which was up 12%;

 

·                   BFS lending up 16%, with growth across all segments supported by increases in customer serving employees;

 

·                   Institutional Bank up 33% following increased customer demand and limited opportunities for customers to access capital markets in the last quarter;

 

·                   lending in BTFG grew 36%, with margin lending up $1.3 billion; and

 

·                   New Zealand Banking lending up NZ$6.1 billion (17%) driven by housing and business lending.

 

Total deposits, including short term wholesale funding, increased 19% or $31.5 billion since 30 September 2006, in line with growth in average interest bearing liabilities.  Excluding wholesale funding, deposits increased 13% or $15.9 billion.  This increase was largely a result of deposit growth in our Australian and New Zealand operations.  In Australia, growth in deposits in BFS and CFS of 15% and 11% respectively was driven by growth in online deposit accounts, with the BFS result also boosted by

 

80



 

growth in corporate cash accounts.  In New Zealand, deposits were up 15% (NZ$ terms), resulting from growth in consumer online deposit accounts and term deposits.

 

Group Treasury short term wholesale funding increased $15.6 billion (33%), in part to fund increased holdings of liquid assets.

 

Net interest margin for the year ended 30 September 2007 was 2.19%, ten basis points lower than the equivalent margin for the year ended 30 September 2006.  A positive outcome was the slowdown in combined asset and liability margin decline in our Consumer and Business areas in our Australian and New Zealand core banking businesses.  The decline moderated from ten basis points in 2006 to eight basis points in 2007.

 

The components of the margin decline of ten basis points were:

 

·                   a decrease in asset spread/mix of seven basis points, driven by:

 

·                   6 basis point decrease from additional competitive pressure on new business combined with new business being written at lower spreads than spreads on the existing book.  Spread compression slowed in the second half; and

 

·                   1 basis point decrease due to mix impacts from a higher proportion of fixed rate loans in Australia and New Zealand and low rate credit cards in Australia.

 

·                   a decrease in liability spread/mix of one basis point, driven by:

 

·                   6 basis point increase in liability spreads (five basis points in Australia and one basis point in New Zealand); and

 

·                   7 basis point decrease from product mix changes, primarily the migration to higher interest online deposit accounts in Australia and New Zealand.

 

·                   4 basis point margin mix impact of growing lower margin institutional assets faster than higher margin consumer and business loans.

 

This was partially offset by:

 

·                   Treasury had a one basis point positive impact on margins despite increased funding costs over the latter months of the year; and

 

·                   the impact of the credit card over-accrual correction in 2006 had a one basis point positive impact on margins in the current year.

 

Interest spread and margin

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Group

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

7,222

 

6,313

 

5,642

 

Tax equivalent gross up(1)

 

72

 

101

 

111

 

Net interest income (including gross up)

 

7,294

 

6,414

 

5,753

 

Average interest earning assets

 

351,657

 

292,417

 

250,703

 

Average interest bearing liabilities

 

334,865

 

274,955

 

233,016

 

Average net non-interest bearing liabilities and equity

 

16,792

 

17,462

 

17,687

 

Interest spread(2)

 

1.76

%

1.85

%

1.92

%

Benefit of net non-interest bearing liabilities and equity(3)

 

0.31

%

0.34

%

0.37

%

Net interest margin(4)

 

2.07

%

2.19

%

2.29

%

 


(1)

 

We have entered into various tax effective financing transactions that derive income that is subject to a reduced rate of income tax. The impact of this is reflected in lower income tax expense and interest income. In order to provide improved comparability, this income is presented on a tax equivalent basis using the applicable tax rate of the geography in which the transaction is booked.

(2)

 

Interest spread is the difference between the average yield (including tax equivalent gross up) on all interest earning assets and the average rate paid on all interest bearing liabilities.

(3)

 

The benefit of net non-interest bearing liabilities and equity is determined by applying the average rate of interest paid on all interest bearing liabilities to the average level of net non-interest bearing funds as a percentage of average interest earning assets.

(4)

 

Net interest margin is calculated by dividing net interest income (including tax equivalent gross up) by average interest earning assets.

 

Non-interest income

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Net fees and commissions

 

1,939

 

1,832

 

1,766

 

Trading income

 

732

 

660

 

525

 

Wealth management and insurance income

 

978

 

1,259

 

1,084

 

Other income

 

549

 

109

 

200

 

Total non-interest income

 

4,198

 

3,860

 

3,575

 

 

81



 

2008 v 2007

 

Non-interest income was $4,198 million in 2008, an increase of $338 million or 9% compared to 2007.  The increase was driven by an increase in income from fees and commissions, trading and other income, partially offset by a reduction in wealth management income.

 

Fees and commissions increased by $107 million or 6%.  This result was led by an increase in origination volume growth in BFS and in the Institutional Bank and by growth in card fee income driven by increased customer spending, particularly foreign currency spending, and the mix in spending shifting to products with stronger interchange margins.  This was offset by the effect of customers continuing to switch to lower fee transactional products which reduced fees across our New Zealand, BFS and CFS businesses.

 

Wealth management and insurance income declined by $281 million or 22%.  This result was driven by the adverse investment markets which reduced total FUM and FUA by 18% since 30 September 2007.  Net flows for FUM were marginally negative compared to 2007.  This was due to net outflows in retail products being partially offset by higher institutional inflows.  Net inflows for FUA were $3.6 billion representing an 8% increase in FUA predominantly in the Wrap business where margins increased 5 basis points as a result of migration of customers to higher margin products.  Insurance income decreased by $3 million largely due to higher General Insurance claims increasing $16 million, which were partially offset by growth in Life Insurance in-force premiums, which increased 8%, and General Insurance gross written premiums which increased 3%.

 

Trading income increased by $72 million or 11% compared to 2007.  This result was mainly driven by increases in foreign exchange income as Group Treasury and the Institutional Bank were both well positioned to take advantage of market volatility.  Markets income was up $35 million.

 

Other income increased by $440 million to $549 million compared to 2007.  The increase was primarily driven from:

 

·                   a net gain of $141 million received from the partial sale of BTIM; and

 

·                   a gain of $172 million on the redemption of 56% of an equity interest in Visa Inc. as part of an IPO in the year.  An unrealised gain of $123 million was recognised to reflect Westpac’s initial measurement of the residual investment in Visa Inc.

 

2007 v 2006

 

Non-interest income was $3,860 million in 2007, an increase of $285 million or 8% compared to 2006.  This was driven by increases across fees and commissions, trading and wealth management income, partially offset by a reduction in other income.

 

Fees and commissions increased by $66 million or 4%.  This was largely driven by an increase in CFS fees and commissions due to volume led increases and some fee re-pricing initiatives in 2006 and higher fees and commissions in BFS due to deposit fee increases.  This was tempered by a decline in New Zealand Banking fees and commissions due to fee reductions on transaction accounts which were introduced in early 2007 to increase product competitiveness.

 

Trading income increased by $135 million or 26% compared to 2006 as increased sales and risk management activity was stimulated by higher market volatility.  This resulted in an increase in WIB Markets income which was up $152 million; this was partially offset by lower Treasury foreign exchange income.

 

Wealth management and insurance income increased by $175 million or 16%.  This was largely driven by growth in FUA of 14% and FUM of 6%.  FUA and FUM were impacted by two large redemptions of very low margin mandates in the second half of 2007, which had minimal impact on revenues.  Excluding these redemptions, growth rates in FUA and FUM were 35% and 15% respectively.  Wealth management income was also impacted by the policyholder tax recoveries from our life insurance business.  Policyholder tax recoveries in 2007 were $92 million, an increase of $31 million on 2006.

 

Other income decreased by $91 million or 46% compared to 2006.  The prior year results included the proceeds from the sale of the sub-custody business ($94 million) which was the primary driver of the year on year decline in total other income.  Movements across other line items within other income largely offset year on year.  Income received in the current year from the recognition of research and development (R&D) rebates associated with qualifying technology expenditure ($40 million) and income received from the earn-out of the sale of the sub-custody business ($19 million) was offset by lower gains on disposal, revaluation of assets not repeated in the current year and losses on translation of our NZ earnings.

 

Operating expenses

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Salaries and other staff expenses

 

2,915

 

2,557

 

2,324

 

Equipment and occupancy expenses

 

895

 

628

 

614

 

Other expenses

 

1,460

 

1,358

 

1,357

 

Total operating expenses

 

5,270

 

4,543

 

4,295

 

Productivity ratio(1)

 

4.09

 

4.01

 

4.01

 

Total operating expenses to operating income ratio

 

46.1

%

44.7

%

46.6

%

 


(1)

 

Net operating income before operating expense and impairment charges/salaries and other staff expenses net of restructuring expenses.

 

2008 v 2007

 

Operating expenses in 2008 were $5,270 million, an increase of $727 million or 16% compared to 2007.  The increase in 2008 was primarily the result of higher personnel costs.  The expense to income ratio increased 140 basis points to 46.1%.

 

82



 

Salaries and other staff expenses were $2,915 million, an increase of $358 million, or 14% compared to 2007.  This was driven by an increase of 284 FTE across the Group, primarily in higher cost customer serving employees in CFS, BFS and the Institutional Bank, additional $11 million from the acquisition of the RAMS franchise distribution business in January 2008, and fixed salary increases of 4% and other market related increases.  Also included was $160 million of non recurring expenses relating to gains associated with the initial public offerings, transaction and integration costs associated with the proposed St.George merger and one-off restructuring expenses.

 

Equipment and occupancy expenses were $895 million, up $267 million (43%) compared to 2007.  This was driven by an increase in operating lease rentals due to market related rent increases from the renewal of existing leases, as well as rentals on 29 additional retail branches and business banking centres, increases in software write-down of $157 million, and an increase in property fitout charges relating to the refurbishments and relocation of existing retail and business banking sites.

 

Other expenses increased $102 million, or 8% to $1,460 million.  This increase was driven by an increase in outsourcing expenses, higher advertising costs associated with campaigns focused on the promotion of Super for Life and products of the recently acquired RAMS franchise distribution business, higher license and maintenance fees and increased professional services expenses.

 

2007 v 2006

 

Operating expenses in 2007 were $4,543 million, an increase of $248 million or 6% compared to 2006.  The increase in 2007 was primarily the result of higher personnel costs.  The expense to income ratio fell 190 basis points to 44.7%.

 

Salaries and other staff expenses were $2,557 million, an increase of $233 million or 10% compared to 2006.  This was driven by increased staff numbers, fixed salary increase of 4% and other market related pay increases, and variable performance related pay increases in line with higher Markets income and strong economic profit growth.

 

Equipment and occupancy expenses were $628 million, an increase of $14 million or 2% compared to 2006.  This was driven by an increase in operating lease rentals due to market related increases from the renewal of existing leases as well as the opening of 13 new retail branches and five new commercial banking centres, increases in software and technology amortisation, partially offset by a decline in other equipment and occupancy expenses.

 

Other expenses increased by $1 million on 2006 to $1,358 million.  The negligible growth year on year was largely due to a decrease in outsourcing costs as contractual benefits were realised, offset by increased advertising costs associated with the launch of the new brand campaign.

 

Impairment charges

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Impairment charges

 

931

 

482

 

375

 

Impairment charges to average gross loans (basis points)

 

31

 

19

 

17

 

 

2008 v 2007

 

Impairment charges increased by $449 million, or 93%, to $931 million in 2008.  Impairment charges in 2008 represented 31 basis points of average gross loans, up 12 basis points compared to the 30 September 2007 results.

 

Impairment charges have increased sharply this year.  The dislocation in capital markets initially impacted corporates and institutions that are highly leveraged, financially complex and had near term financing requirements.  The second half reflected the impact of the market dislocation spreading into the broader economy with economic growth slowing.  Stress levels in our BFS and New Zealand portfolios increased throughout the second half as economic conditions deteriorated.  These dynamics drove up individually assessed provisions (IAPs) $317 million higher across the following businesses:

 

·                   Institutional Bank ($160 million) from a small number of accounts;

 

·                   BFS ($92 million) predominantly driven by two large provisions.  Impaired assets have generally increased over a wide range of industries; and

 

·                   New Zealand ($51 million) across both the business and housing sector.

 

New collectively assessed provisions were up $162 million due to:

 

·                   write-offs increasing by $76 million predominantly in the cards portfolio;

 

·                   an increase of $48 million in the financial institutions portfolio provision.  An additional $76 million was added to this provision in the year ended 30 September 2008 compared with $28 million in the prior year.  This brings the financial institutions portfolio provision to $104 million; and

 

·                   higher provisions of $38 million due to the increase in stressed exposures, predominantly in the Institutional Bank, BFS and New Zealand.

 

Stressed exposures as a percentage of total commitments increased by 42 basis points from 30 September 2007 to 130 basis points at 30 September 2008.  The increases have been in the Institutional Bank, business customers in both Australia and New Zealand and the New Zealand housing sector.  The Margin Lending portfolio has experienced one significant impairment over the year and through this period we have reduced our concentrations within this portfolio.

 

Total impaired asset provisions as a percentage of total impaired assets decreased from 49% to 45% from 30 September 2007 to 30 September 2008.  In response to the current conditions, Westpac commenced a number of initiatives to further strengthen the

 

83



 

portfolio and to ensure a better alignment between risk and reward, including specific and general portfolio reviews and additional stress testing of the consumer and business portfolios.

 

2007 v 2006

 

Impairment charges increased by $107 million or 29% to $482 million in 2007.  Impairment charges in 2007 represented 19 basis points of average gross loans, up two basis points compared to the 30 September 2006 results.

 

The higher charge in 2007 reflects an increase in provisioning to reflect recent developments in global markets, increased write-offs in the Australian unsecured lending portfolio, some downward re-grades in the business segment in New Zealand and lower write-backs in the Institutional Bank.  These charges were partially offset by lower individually assessed provisions in the Institutional Bank.

 

Stressed exposures as a percentage of total commitments increased seven basis points from 30 September 2006 to 88 basis points at 30 September 2007.  This was largely driven by re-grading of business customers in New Zealand, due to a more challenging economic environment.  We track these exposures closely and have benefited in the past by early identification and monitoring of potential problem exposures, together with prompt remediation steps to avoid/minimise losses.

 

Total impaired asset provisions as a percentage of total impaired assets remained stable at 49% from 30 September 2006 to 30 September 2007.  We are alert to the stresses that may emerge from recent developments in global capital markets and from the tightened funding environment.

 

Income tax expense

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Income tax expense

 

1,287

 

1,630

 

1,422

 

Tax as a percentage of profit from ordinary activities before tax (effective tax rate)

 

24.7

%

31.7

%

31.3

%

 

2008 v 2007

 

Income tax expense decreased by $343 million or 21%, from $1,630 million in 2007 to $1,287 million in 2008.  The effective tax rate decreased 700 basis points from 31.7% in 2007 to 24.7% in 2008.  The key items impacting the movement in the income tax result were as follows:

 

·                   a decrease of $290 million in the policyholder tax recoveries from our life insurance business, which generated a $198 million recovery in 2008.  The decrease was due to weaker market performance of investments in Property Trusts, Australian Equities and Overseas Equities; and

 

·                   a non-taxable net gain of $141 million received from the partial sale of BTIM.

 

2007 v 2006

 

Income tax expense increased by $208 million or 15%, from $1,422 million in 2006 to $1,630 million in 2007.  The effective tax rate increased by 40 basis points in 2007 to 31.3%.  The 2007 income tax result was impacted by the tax effect of movements in exchange rates on branch capital deployed offshore, contributing $43 million to the increase in income tax expense.

 

84



 

Balance sheet review

 

The detailed components of the balance sheet are set out in the notes to the financial statements.

 

As at 30 September

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and balances with central banks

 

4,809

 

2,243

 

3,132

 

Due from other financial institutions

 

21,345

 

28,379

 

12,211

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

34,810

 

24,308

 

10,311

 

Trading securities, other financial assets and available-for-sale (2005 Investment securities)

 

43,694

 

24,505

 

17,811

 

Loans

 

313,545

 

275,377

 

236,380

 

Life insurance assets

 

12,547

 

15,456

 

14,281

 

All other assets

 

8,798

 

7,385

 

7,348

 

Total assets

 

439,548

 

377,653

 

301,474

 

Liabilities and equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to other financial institutions

 

15,861

 

9,133

 

12,051

 

Deposits

 

233,730

 

202,054

 

169,637

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

24,970

 

25,192

 

9,342

 

Trading liabilities and other financial liabilities

 

16,689

 

8,223

 

2,893

 

Debt issues and acceptances

 

100,369

 

87,126

 

66,080

 

Life insurance liabilities

 

11,953

 

14,392

 

13,476

 

All other liabilities

 

7,486

 

5,998

 

5,940

 

Loan capital

 

8,718

 

7,704

 

5,957

 

Total liabilities

 

419,776

 

359,822

 

285,376

 

Total equity

 

19,772

 

17,831

 

16,098

 

Total liabilities and equity

 

439,548

 

377,653

 

301,474

 

 

Assets

 

During the financial year ended 30 September 2008, total assets increased by $61.9 billion or 16.4% to $439.5 billion, from $377.7 billion in 2007 and $76.2 billion or 25.3% from $301.5 billion in 2006.  The key drivers of this growth were:

 

Loans increased by $38.2 billion or 13.9% to $313.5 billion in 2008, from $275.4 billion in 2007 and by $39.0 billion or 16.2% in 2006 from $236.4billion.  The major areas of growth were:

 

·                   housing loans in Australia grew by $17.6 billion or 13.4% in 2008 and $13.7 billion or 12.3% in 2007; and

 

·                   non-housing loans in Australia grew by $12.8 billion or 22.7% in 2008 and $11.8 billion or 26.4% in 2007, particularly relating to business and corporate lending.

 

Trading securities, other financial assets and available-for-sale securities increased by $19.2billion driven by increases in liquid assets.  In addition, due from other financial institutions decreased by $7.0 billion or 2.5% in 2008 compared to an increase of $16.2 billion or 132.4% in 2006.  The decrease in these balances is primarily due to increased use of repurchase agreements for other bank Certificate of Deposits which resulted in the reclassification of assets from Due from other financial institutions to Trading assets.

 

Derivative financial instruments (assets) have increased by $10.5 billion or 43.2% in 2008.  This growth is driven by higher notional volumes from increased customer demand for risk management products and hedging of our foreign currency denominated wholesale funding and interest rate risk in addition, movements in interest and exchange rates have increased the fair value of these instruments.

 

Liabilities and equity

 

Total liabilities as at 30 September 2008 were $419.8 billion which was an increase of $60.0 billion or 16.7% compared with 2007.  This is compared to the $74.4 billion or 26.1% increase between 2006 and 2007.  The key movements in liabilities are outlined below.

 

Deposits in 2008 increased by $31.7 billion or 15.7% compared with 2007 and $32.4 billion or 19.1% in 2007 compared with 2006.  The increase was due to term deposits in Australia which increased by $13.7 billion from both consumer and business customers as well as growth in on-line savings balances and domestic corporate deposit.

 

Derivative financial instruments (liabilities) have decreased by $0.2 billion or 0.8%. The marginal decline was driven by the run-off of deals that contributed to the high value of derivative financial instruments in the prior period which resulted from the strength of the Australian dollar during that period.

 

Debt issues through our debt programmes increased by $13.2 billion or 15.2% compared to the $21.0 billion or 13.8% growth in the prior year.  The growth in debt issues reflects our focus to maintain longer-term funding to fund asset growth.  A large component on of the movement in the current period has been driven by the revaluation of foreign denominated debt issues as a result of foreign exchange movements.

 

85



 

Equity increased by $1.9 billion or 10.9% during 2008 to $19.8 billion and increased $1.7 billion or 10.8% during 2007.

 

Major movements in equity included the following:

 

·                   retained profits (net of dividends and other equity distributions) increased by $1.3 billion in 2008 compared to $1.2 billion in 2007; and

 

·                   increase of $0.7 billion in shares issued via the Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP).

 

Asset quality

 

As at 30 September

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Total gross loans(1)

 

315,490

 

276,746

 

237,580

 

Average loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

243,797

 

209,671

 

182,542

 

New Zealand

 

44,383

 

41,178

 

34,460

 

Other overseas

 

5,227

 

4,010

 

2,544

 

Total average loans

 

293,407

 

254,859

 

219,546

 

 


(1)           Gross loans are stated before related provisions for impairment.

 

Total gross loans represented 71.8% of the total assets of the Group as at 30 September 2008 compared to 73.3% in 2007 and 78.8% in 2006.

 

Gross loans increased by $38.7 billion or 14.0% to $315.5 billion in 2008, from $276.7 billion in 2007 and $237.6 billion in 2006.  The increase in 2007 and 2006 is due to strong growth in mortgage, business and corporate lending portfolios.

 

Approximately 20.4% of the loans at 30 September 2008 mature within one year and 25.1% mature between one year and five years.  Real estate mortgage lending comprises the bulk of the loan portfolio maturing after five years.

 

Our lending is focused on our core geographic markets in Australia and New Zealand.  Australia and New Zealand average loans increased $37.3 billion or 14.9% to $288.2 billion in 2008, from $250.8 billion in 2007 and $217.0 billion in 2006 predominantly due to the growth in mortgage and business lending.  Australia and New Zealand average loans accounted for 98.2% of the total average gross loans in 2008 which is a decrease of 0.2% on 2007.

 

Other overseas average loans increased by $1.2 billion or 30.3% to $5.2 billion in 2008, from $4.0 billion in 2007 and $2.5 billion in 2006.

 

86



 

As at 30 September

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Impaired assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-accrual assets(1):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

1,059

 

423

 

411

 

Impairment provisions

 

(438

)

(159

)

(167

)

Net

 

621

 

264

 

244

 

Restructured loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

6

 

4

 

22

 

Impairment provisions

 

 

 

(10

)

Net

 

6

 

4

 

12

 

Overdrafts and revolving credit greater than 90 days:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

112

 

113

 

88

 

Impairment provisions

 

(97

)

(107

)

(80

)

Net

 

15

 

6

 

8

 

Net impaired assets

 

642

 

274

 

264

 

Provisions for impairment charges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Individually assessed provisions

 

413

 

148

 

164

 

Collectively assessed provisions

 

1,761

 

1,410

 

1,194

 

Provisions for impairment charges

 

2,174

 

1,558

 

1,358

 

Asset quality

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total impairment provisions to total impaired assets

 

45.4

%

49.2

%

49.3

%

Total impaired assets to total loans(2)

 

0.37

%

0.20

%

0.22

%

Total provisions to total loans(3)

 

0.69

%

0.61

%

0.63

%

Total provisions to total impaired assets

 

184.8

%

288.5

%

260.7

%

Collectively assessed provisions to non-housing performing loans(3)

 

1.1

%

1.1

%

1.1

%

 


(1)           Loans with individually assessed impairment provisions held against them, excluding restructured loans are classed as non-accrual for US Securities and Exchange Commission Reporting purposes.  Under A-IFRS interest income is recognised at the effective interest rate on the net balance.

 

(2)           Loans are stated before related provisions for impairment of loans.

 

(3)           Includes the APRA required capital deduction of $128 million (pre-tax) above A-IFRS provisioning levels at 30 September 2007, which forms part of the APRA termed General Reserve for Credit Losses.

 

In 2008, we maintained a high quality loan portfolio with 75% of our exposure to either investment grade or secured consumer mortgages (2007 73%, 2006 73%) and 98% of our exposure is in our core markets of Australia and New Zealand/Pacific Banking (2007 98%, 2006 98%).

 

Potential problem loans as at 30 September 2008 amounted to $858 million, up from $418 million at 30 September 2007.  The increase was predominantly driven by a few downgrades in the Institutional Bank.  Loans are considered to be potentially problematic where facilities are fully current as to interest and principal obligations however the customer demonstrates significant weakness in debt service or security coverage that jeopardises repayment of the debt within its current contractual terms.  In the event these weaknesses are not rectified, possible loss of principal or interest could occur.

 

At 30 September 2008, total impaired assets as a percentage of total gross loans increased from historical lows: 0.37% as at 30 September 2008, up from 0.20% at 30 September 2007 (2006 0.22%).  Approximately 94% ($1,103 million) of total impaired assets relate to exposures in Australia and New Zealand.  This proportion of impaired assets for 2008 has increased from 30 September 2007 (86%; $464 million) (2006 86%; $450 million).  Other overseas impaired exposures were $74 million at 30 September 2008 (2007 $76 million, 2006 $71 million).

 

At 30 September 2008, we had three impaired counterparties with exposure greater than $50 million, collectively accounting for 28% of total impaired assets.  This is up from one impaired counterparty with exposure larger than $50 million in 2007 accounting for 13% of total impaired assets.  There were a further 20 impaired exposures at 30 September 2008 that were less than $50 million and greater than $5 million (2007 twelve impaired exposures).

 

At 30 September 2008, gross restructured loans were $6 million, an increase of $2 million compared to 30 September 2007 ($4 million) and a decrease of $16 million compared to 2006 ($22 million).

 

We believe that Westpac remains appropriately provisioned with total impaired asset provisions to total impaired assets coverage at 45%.  Total provisions represent 185% of impaired assets as at 30 September 2008, down from 289% at 30 September 2007 (2006 261%).  The decrease is driven by higher impaired assets.  Total provisions to gross loans at 0.69% is up from 0.61% at 30 September 2007.

 

Consumer mortgage loans 90 days past due at 30 September 2008 increased eight basis points to 0.39% of outstandings (2007 0.31%) but still remains below external benchmark indices.  The upward trend is primarily driven by the impact of higher interest rates.

 

87



 

Other consumer loan delinquencies (including credit card and personal loan products) decreased two basis points in 2008 to 1.00% of outstandings (2007 1.02%).  The decrease was predominantly driven by targeted risk based collection strategies and continued low levels of unemployment.

 

Credit risk concentrations

 

We monitor our credit portfolio to manage risk concentrations.  At 30 September 2008, our exposure to consumers comprised 59% (2007 61%) of our on-balance sheet loans and 46% (2007 48%) of total credit commitments.  Almost 86% (2007 83%) of our exposure to consumers was supported by residential real estate mortgages.  This category also includes investment property loans to individuals, credit cards, personal loans, overdrafts and lines of credit.  Our consumer credit risks are highly diversified, with substantial consumer market share in every state and territory in Australia, New Zealand and the Pacific region.  Moreover, these customers service their debts with incomes derived from a wide range of occupations, in city as well as country areas.

 

Exposures to businesses, government and other financial institutions are classified into a number of industry clusters based on groupings of related Australian and New Zealand Standard Industrial Classification (ANZSIC) codes and monitored against industry exposure boundaries.  The level of industry risk is measured and monitored on a dynamic basis.  Exposures are actively managed from a portfolio perspective, with risk mitigation techniques used to regularly re-balance the portfolio.  The table below shows the assessed credit quality of our current exposures relating to these customers.  The risk grades shown are internally assigned to customers but for convenience are aligned to the Standard and Poor’s credit rating system.  Based on these ratings, our exposure to business, government and other financial institution investment grade customers as at 30 September 2008 increased by one percent to 65% (2007 64%, 2006 63%).

 

Assessed credit quality of exposures to businesses, governments and other financial institutions at 30 September:

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

AAA, AA

 

29

 

29

 

25

 

A

 

15

 

13

 

13

 

BBB

 

21

 

22

 

25

 

BB, B+

 

33

 

35

 

36

 

Lower than B+

 

2

 

1

 

1

 

Total

 

100

 

100

 

100

 

 

Business group results

 

To enable a more detailed analysis of our results, the following business group results have been presented on a management reporting basis based on the historical group organisational structure as it existed prior to the new structure announced in July 2008.  The new group organisational structure is described above in ‘Information on Westpac’ and will be reflected in Westpac’s segment reporting for financial periods beginning on or after 1 October 2008.  Internal charges and transfer pricing adjustments have been included in the performance of each of our business units, reflecting the management of the business within our organisation, rather than the legal structure.  Therefore, the results below cannot be compared directly to public disclosure of the performance of individual legal entities within our organisation.

 

The business group structure prior to the implementation of the new structure announced in July 2008 was as follows:

 

·                   Business Financial Services (BFS) was responsible for sales, servicing and product development for small-to-medium enterprise and commercial customers within Australia;

 

·                   Consumer Financial Services (CFS) was responsible for sales, servicing and product development for consumer customers in Australia;

 

·                   BT Financial Group Australia designs, manufactures and services financial products that enable customers to achieve their financial goals through the accumulation, management and protection of personal wealth;

 

·                   Westpac Institutional Bank services corporate, institutional and government customers by providing relationship management, transactional banking services, access to global markets and domestic equity markets.  The segment is also responsible for product manufacturing and distribution of its products into the business and wealth segments;

 

·                   New Zealand Banking provides banking and wealth management services to consumer and retail business customers in New Zealand; and

 

·                   Other includes the results of Business Technology Solutions and Services, Group Treasury, Pacific Banking and Head Office functions.  The majority of the direct operating expenses of Other are recharged back to the business segments.

 

The following business results highlight the performance of our key areas of business and reconcile to our total result including the section Other.  Other includes the results of BTSS, Group Treasury, Pacific Banking and Head Office functions.  Where the management reporting structure has changed or where accounting reclassifications have been made, comparatives have been reclassified and therefore may differ from results previously reported.

 

88



 

Business Financial Services

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Net interest income

 

2,104

 

1,796

 

1,589

 

Non-interest income

 

556

 

550

 

520

 

Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges

 

2,660

 

2,346

 

2,109

 

Operating expenses

 

(913

)

(840

)

(773

)

Profit before impairment charges and income tax expense

 

1,747

 

1,506

 

1,336

 

Impairment charges

 

(198

)

(106

)

(69

)

Profit before income tax

 

1,549

 

1,400

 

1,267

 

Income tax expense

 

(464

)

(421

)

(382

)

Net profit attributable to shareholders of Westpac Banking Corporation

 

1,085

 

979

 

885

 

 

 

 

$bn

 

$bn

 

$bn

 

Deposits

 

48.8

 

46.5

 

39.8

 

Loans

 

62.3

 

53.1

 

45.5

 

Total assets

 

63.9

 

54.2

 

46.6

 

Total operating expenses to operating income ratio

 

34.3

%

35.8

%

36.7

%

 

2008 v 2007

 

Net profit attributable to shareholders for BFS in 2008 was $1,085 million, an increase of $106 million or 11% compared to 2007.

 

Net interest income was $2,104 million in 2008, an increase of $308 million or 17% compared with 2007.  The increase in net interest income was due to business lending growth of 17% and an increase in business deposits of 5%, offset by compression in the business margin of 6 basis points due to higher funding costs.

 

Non-interest income for 2008 was $556 million, an increase of $6 million or 1% compared with 2007, driven by deposit fee growth and an increase in lending account numbers, combined with an increase in working capital service fees.

 

Operating expenses were $913 million, an increase of $73 million or 9% compared with 2007.  This was largely driven by the investment in 219 additional customer serving employees.  Market driven salary increases and higher property costs relating to 14 new and 2 refurbished Business Banking Centres also contributed to the increase in operating expenses.

 

Impairment charges for 2008 were $198 million, an increase of $92 million or 87% compared to 2007.  The increase in impaired assets is broad based with no specific industries showing excessive stress.  Four names account for 65% of the increase in impaired balances.

 

Income tax expense for 2008 was $464 million, an increase of $43 million or 10% compared to 2007.  This equates to an effective tax rate of 30.0% in 2008 compared with 30.1% in 2007.

 

2007 v 2006

 

Net profit attributable to shareholders for BFS in 2007 was $979 million, an increase of $94 million or 11% compared to 2006.

 

Net interest income was $1,796 million in 2007, an increase of $207 million or 13% compared with 2006.  The increase in net interest income was due to a 16% increase in business lending (17% after excluding working capital and trade loans) and a 15% increase in business deposits.  This was partially offset by business unit margin compression of 6 basis points.

 

Non-interest income for 2007 was $550 million, an increase of $30 million or 6% compared with 2006, driven by deposit fee growth.  Growth in non-interest income was 8%, excluding income from the sub-custody business which was sold in 2006.

 

Operating expenses were $840 million, an increase of $67 million or 9% compared with 2006.  This was largely driven by the full impact of our customer serving employees recruited in the second half of 2006, combined with the further investment of 194 additional customer serving employees in 2007.  Market driven salary increases and higher incentive costs from the uplift in operating performance, increased capability training costs, and higher property costs relating to five new and two refurbished Business Banking Centres also contributed to the increase in operating expenses.

 

Impairment charges for 2007 were $106 million, an increase of $37 million or 54% compared to 2006.  The increase in impairment charges was largely driven by balance sheet growth.  This result was in line with expectations and is below long run averages.

 

Income tax expense for 2007 was $421 million, an increase of $39 million or 10% compared to 2007.  This equates to an effective tax rate of 30.1% in 2007 compared with 30.1% in 2006.

 

89



 

Consumer Financial Services

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Net interest income

 

2,876

 

2,663

 

2,441

 

Non-interest income

 

561

 

537

 

482

 

Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges

 

3,437

 

3,200

 

2,923

 

Operating expenses

 

(1,879

)

(1,787

)

(1,724

)

Profit before impairment charges and income tax expense

 

1,558

 

1,413

 

1,199

 

Impairment charges

 

(251

)

(220

)

(220

)

Profit before income tax

 

1,307

 

1,193

 

979

 

Income tax expense

 

(394

)

(354

)

(290

)

Net profit attributable to shareholders of Westpac Banking Corporation

 

913

 

839

 

689

 

 

 

 

$bn

 

$bn

 

$bn

 

Deposits

 

72.7

 

59.7

 

53.6

 

Loans

 

155.0

 

137.3

 

121.9

 

Total assets

 

158.3

 

138.4

 

123.5

 

Total operating expenses to operating income ratio

 

54.7

%

55.8

%

59.0

%

 

2008 v 2007

 

Net profit attributable to shareholders for CFS in 2008 was $913 million, an increase of $74 million or 9% compared to 2007.

 

Net interest income was $2,876 million in 2008, an increase of $213 million or 8% compared to 2007.  The increase in net interest income was the result of a 14% increase in mortgage balance sheet growth and a 19% increase in deposit net interest income with deposit spreads improving by 6 basis points on 2007.  This was partially offset by a 13 basis point compression in mortgage spreads as a result of increased wholesale funding costs.  Credit card net interest income remained consistent with 2007, due primarily to increased repayments from customers within the interest free period and the tightening of scorecards in prior periods.

 

Non-interest income for 2008 was $561 million, an increase of $24 million or 4% compared with 2007.  The increase was primarily driven by card fee income growth resulting from higher customer spend, the mix in spend shifting to products with stronger interchange margins and increased foreign currency spend.

 

Operating expenses for 2008 were $1,879 million, an increase of $92 million or 5% compared to 2007.  This was largely driven by incremental costs associated with RAMS franchise distribution business which was acquired on 4 January 2008.  Excluding the RAMS franchise distribution business, operating expenses increased 3% driven by investment in 15 new branches and 73 new customer serving employees.

 

Impairment charges for 2008 were $251 million, an increase of $31 million or 14% compared to 2007.  Delinquencies greater than 90 days for mortgages increased 5 basis points and improved by 8 basis points for other personal lending driven by the strategic decision to limit growth in the proprietary cards channel.

 

Income tax expense for 2008 was $394 million, an increase of $40 million or 11% compared to 2007.  This equates to an effective tax rate of 30.1% in 2008 compared with 29.7% in 2007.

 

2007 v 2006

 

Net profit attributable to shareholders for CFS in 2007 was $839 million, an increase of $150 million or 22% compared to 2006.

 

Net interest income was $2,663 million in 2007, an increase of $222 million or 9% compared to 2006.  The increase in net interest income was the result of a 12% increase in mortgage lending, 8% increase in cards outstandings and an 11% increase in deposit volumes.  This was partially offset by a 5 basis point compression in the business unit margin.  The non-recurring impact of the credit cards over-accrual in 2006 had the effect of increasing net interest income growth by 1%.

 

Non-interest income for 2007 was $537 million, an increase of $55 million or 11% compared with 2006.  The increase was primarily driven by the full year impact of pricing changes introduced over 2006.  Proceeds from the sale of the MasterCard Inc. shares in 2007 of $17 million were $5 million higher than sale proceeds in 2006.

 

Operating expenses for 2007 were $1,787 million, an increase of $63 million or 4% compared to 2006.  This was largely driven by investment in 325 additional customer serving employees, 13 new branches and higher marketing expenses, partially offset by improvements in back office process efficiency.

 

Impairment charges for 2007 remained consistent with the prior year at $220 million.  This was primarily the result of increased write-offs driven by larger portfolio size and an increase in bankruptcies, offset by a decrease in collectively assessed provisioning charges due to improved management of delinquencies.

 

Income tax expense for 2007 was $354 million, an increase of $64 million or 22% compared to 2007.  This equates to an effective tax rate of 29.7% in 2007 compared with 29.6% in 2006.

 

90



 

BT Financial Group Australia

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Net interest income

 

(36

)

(10

)

16

 

Non-interest income

 

1,247

 

1,245

 

1,071

 

Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges

 

1,211

 

1,235

 

1,087

 

Operating expenses

 

(664

)

(615

)

(564

)

Profit before impairment charges and income tax expense

 

547

 

620

 

523

 

Impairment charges

 

(4

)

(3

)

 

Profit before income tax

 

543

 

617

 

523

 

Income tax expense

 

(150

)

(176

)

(156

)

Minority interests

 

(4

)

1

 

 

Net profit attributable to shareholders of Westpac Banking Corporation

 

389

 

442

 

367

 

 

 

 

$bn

 

$bn

 

$bn

 

Total assets

 

14.7

 

17.0

 

13.7

 

Funds under management

 

32.3

 

38.7

 

37.0

 

Funds under administration

 

41.6

 

46.2

 

40.4

 

Total operating expenses to operating income ratio

 

54.8

%

49.8

%

51.9

%

 

2008 v 2007

 

Net profit attributable to shareholders for BTFG was $389 million in 2008, a decrease of $53 million or 12% compared to 2007.

 

Net interest income declined by $26 million as a result of increased funding charges in 2008.

 

Non-interest income of $1,247 million was $2 million higher than 2007.  This result was impacted by the adverse investment markets which reduced total FUM and FUA by 18% since 30 September 2007.

 

·                   FUA was 10% lower over the year with positive net flows more than offset by negative market movements.  Excluding market movements FUA increased 9%.  Net inflows for FUA were $3.6 billion representing an 8% increase in FUA predominantly in the Wrap business where margins increased 5 basis points as a result of migration of customers to higher margin products;

 

·                   FUM decreased 17% over the year reflecting the adverse market movements.  Excluding market movements, FUM was higher than 30 September 2007 with institutional net inflows of $1.8 billion and positive other movements, including re-invested distributions of $1.1 million, partially offset by net outflows of $2.3 billion in retail and wholesale.  FUM margins remained consistent with 2007;

 

·                   Private Bank revenue increased $19 million, up 11% due to a $12 million increase from savings and investment products and a $6 million increase in income from mortgages;

 

·                   revenue in the Advice channel remained consistent with the prior year due to the impact of challenging market conditions which affected sales volumes and trail commissions;

 

·                   increase in life insurance revenues of 14% to $164 million driven by strong sales and in-force premiums of 8%; and

 

·                   growth in general insurance income of 1% to $131 million driven by volume growth in Home and Contents Insurance, partially offset by an increase in severe weather event claims of $13 million and an increase in Lenders Mortgage Insurance claims to $10 million, up from $7 million in 2007.

 

Operating expenses increased by $49 million or 8% compared to 2007.  This was largely driven by additional costs from fixed salary increases and volume related expense growth in call centres, operations and processing, following the changes to superannuation legislation last year.  In addition, lower expense recoveries from funds due to lower FUM balances and increased customer activity related to the continued volatility in the markets also contributed to the increase.  Expense growth was partially offset by reduced costs associated with a number of initiatives to reposition the business for the lower growth environment and weaker markets.

 

2007 v 2006

 

Net profit attributable to shareholders for BTFG was $442 million in 2007, an increase of $75 million or 20% on 2006.

 

Net interest income declined by $26 million largely as a result of capital investment moving from interest bearing assets to non interest bearing assets.

 

91



 

Non-interest income of $1,245 million was $174 million or 16% higher than 2006.  The uplift in non-interest income was achieved through:

 

·                   growth in FUA of 14% was driven by continuing growth in Wrap FUA and strong corporate superannuation growth of 17%.  The strong growth in Wrap enabled BTFG to lead the share of new platform business with 24% market share (1) .  Growth in 2007 was however impacted by the transition of the Governance Advisory Services (GAS) business into a new entity called Regnan, a new governance research and engagement company supported by BTFG and seven other institutional investors (2) .  Excluding the transition of these funds, FUA grew by 35%;

 

·                   growth in FUM was 6% compared to 30 September 2006 with strong increases in Wholesale, up 43%, and strong market movements.  Growth in FUM was impacted by the exiting of a global fixed income mandate of $3.6 billion with Blackrock(3) in 2007.  Excluding the exit of these funds, FUM increased 15% over the year;

 

·                   higher revenue in the Advice channel, up 34% or $27 million;

 

·                   an increase in life insurance revenues of 23% to $144 million driven by growth in sales of 58% and in-force premiums of 14%.  This was partially offset by a 24% or $14 million increase in claims; and

 

·                   growth in general insurance income of 16% to $130 million driven by increased premium income.  This was partially offset by storm claims of $8 million in June 2007.

 

Growth in FUM and FUA was supported by the superannuation legislation changes which resulted in an increase in superannuation flows in 2007.

 

Expenses increased by $51 million or 9% compared to 2006.  This was driven by volume related expense growth in call centres, operations and processing, and additional investment in FTE in our Advice network.  Expenses were also impacted by an increase in performance linked incentives, reflective of the strong performance of this business unit over the year.  Additional spend was also directed towards product development and compliance initiatives, including the development of new and improved functionality and services on our Wrap platform and the new online ‘Super for Life’ product, and increased spend on compliance projects including a major program to implement the superannuation legislation changes.

 

Westpac Institutional Bank

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Net interest income

 

720

 

552

 

421

 

Non-interest income

 

1,013

 

978

 

897

 

Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges

 

1,733

 

1,530

 

1,318

 

Operating expenses

 

(702

)

(656

)

(578

)

Profit before impairment loans and income tax expense

 

1,031

 

874

 

740

 

Impairment charges

 

(244

)

(43

)

(39

)

Profit before income tax

 

787

 

831

 

701

 

Income tax expense

 

(221

)

(243

)

(202

)

Minority interests

 

 

 

 

Net profit attributable to shareholders of Westpac Banking Corporation

 

566

 

588

 

499

 

 

 

 

$bn

 

$bn

 

$bn

 

Deposits

 

11.4

 

8.6

 

6.8

 

Loans

 

54.7

 

46.8

 

35.0

 

Total assets

 

96.5

 

79.4

 

55.9

 

Total operating expenses to operating income ratio

 

40.5

%

42.9

%

43.9

%

 

2008 v 2007

 

Net profit attributable to shareholders for the Institutional Bank was $566 million for the year ended 30 September 2008, down $22 million or 4% compared to 2007.

 

Net interest income increased by $168 million, or 30%, to $720 million in 2008.  This was driven by the Debt Markets business as a result of higher loan volumes asset growth.  Overall growth in net loans was 21% over the year resulting in a balance of $51 billion as at 30 September 2008.  The net interest margin in the Financing remained consistent with 2007 as changes to loan pricing progressively acted to offset increased funding costs.

 

Non-interest income of $1,013 million increased by $35 million or 4% compared to 2007.  This was primarily driven by increased origination fees in the Debt Markets business and fees in the Specialised Capital Group (SCG), combined with improved customer sales and a strong trading performance in the Foreign Exchange (FX) business which was well positioned to capture increased customer flows and to take advantage of volatility in global currency markets.  This was offset by the dislocation in global equity

 


(1)          Source: Morningstar, June 2007.

 

(2)          The other seven investors in Regnan are ARIA, Hermes, HESTA, LGSS, Vanguard, VFMC and VicSuper.  BTFG retains an equal shareholding of 12.5% and an active interest in the new enterprise.

 

(3)          During the year, BTFG exited the Blackrock institutional mandate due to the merger of Blackrock and Merrill Lynch.

 

92



 

markets, which contributed to a decline in income from the Equities business, particularly within Structured Products and across the Broking and Margin Lending businesses.

 

Operating expenses increased by $46 million or 7% compared to 2007.  Operating expenses were impacted by increased personnel costs of $18 million which includes an increase in customer serving employees primarily across the Foreign Exchange and Global Transactional Banking businesses.  Performance related remuneration also increased reflecting the strong operating performance of the business.  Increased professional and technology service costs relating to ongoing investment in the business to enhance efficiency and expansion initiatives also contributed to the increase.  These increases were partly offset by a decrease in non-lending losses which included $14 million in 2007 in relation to the settlement of a legal claim.

 

Impairment charges of $244 million increased by $201 million for the year ended 30 September 2008.  The impairment charges were due to a small number of individual name exposures which have been downgraded in the period.  There was also one significant recovery against a long standing exposure.  The overall quality of the Institutional Bank’s loan book has remained strong despite significant growth throughout the year.

 

2007 v 2006

 

Net profit attributable to shareholders for the Institutional Bank was $588 million for the year ended 30 September 2007, up $89 million or 18% compared to 2006.

 

Net interest income increased by $131 million or 31% to $552 million in 2007.  This was driven by the Debt Markets business with the revenue contribution from Financing increasing as a result of asset growth.  Overall growth in loans was 33% over the year resulting in a balance of $42.6 billion as at 30 September 2007.

 

Non-interest income of $978 million increased by $81 million or 9% compared to 2006.  This was driven by improved performance in the FX, Equities and Energy businesses which experienced strong customer sales flows.  This was aided by increased market volatility in the second half of 2007, which resulted in solid growth in both sales and trading revenues compared to 2006.

 

The non-interest income results were partially offset by a reduction in income generated by the Specialised Capital Group (SCG), primarily due to lower origination income related to delays in closing two large transactions.  The 2006 SCG result also benefited from the redemption of FIELDS securities following the acquisition of the Delhi Group.  The 2007 non-interest income result was also impacted by lower revenue from the portfolio of investment securities which decreased $43 million compared to 2006 due to the run down and liquidation of the portfolio.

 

Operating expenses increased by $78 million or 13% compared to 2006.  Operating expenses were impacted by increased performance related pay of $34 million reflecting strong operating performance, and non-lending losses of $14 million in relation to the settlement of a legal claim arising from a prior period.  Other expense increases of $22 million or 4% also contributed to the increase.  These expenses primarily related to higher other personnel costs and increased investment including offshore expansion in the UK and new transactional banking capabilities.

 

Impairment charges increased $4 million or 10%, with the continued low levels of impairment charges benefiting from a benign credit environment throughout 2007 and active management of portfolio exposures.

 

New Zealand Banking

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Net interest income

 

970

 

903

 

863

 

Non-interest income

 

355

 

364

 

370

 

Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges

 

1,325

 

1,267

 

1,233

 

Operating expenses

 

(585

)

(601

)

(600

)

Profit before impairment charges and income tax expense

 

740

 

666

 

633

 

Impairment charges

 

(143

)

(71

)

(29

)

Profit before income tax

 

597

 

595

 

604

 

Income tax expense

 

(189

)

(189

)

(193

)

Minority interests

 

(3

)

(3

)

(3

)

Net profit attributable to shareholders of Westpac Banking Corporation

 

405

 

403

 

408

 

 

 

 

$bn

 

$bn

 

$bn

 

Deposits

 

22.8

 

21.4

 

19.0

 

Loans

 

39.0

 

36.6

 

32.0

 

Total assets

 

39.9

 

37.6

 

33.8

 

Funds under management

 

1.7

 

1.6

 

1.7

 

Total operating expenses to operating income ratio

 

44.2

%

47.4

%

48.7

%

 

2008 v 2007

 

Net profit attributable to shareholders for New Zealand Banking in 2008 was $405 million, an increase of $2 million compared to 2007.  Exchange rate movements had a $21 million negative impact on earnings.

 

Net interest income for 2008 was $970 million, an increase of $67 million or 7% compared to 2007.  The increase in net interest income in 2008 was the result of a 7% increase in consumer lending in NZ$ terms, 15% increase in business lending in NZ$ terms

 

93



 

and a 9% increase in deposit volumes in NZ$ terms.  Margins improved by 16 basis points in consumer lending which was offset by a 25 basis point reduction in deposit spreads due to the migration to lower margin term deposits and on-line products.  Exchange rate movements had a $51 million negative impact on net interest income.

 

Non-interest income for 2008 was $355 million, a decrease of $9 million or 2% compared to 2007.  Higher fee income received from mortgage funds, the restructure of the Hotpoints credit card loyalty scheme and increased insurance commissions were partially offset by lower transaction fees.  Exchange rate movements had a $19 million negative impact on non-interest income.

 

Operating expenses for 2008 were $585 million, a decrease of $16 million compared to 2007.  Increases in personnel costs were offset by benefits from supplier renegotiations in technology, printing cost savings and call centre process improvements.  Exchange rate movements had a $30 million positive impact on operating expenses.

 

Impairment charges for 2008 were $143 million, an increase of $72 million compared to 2007.  The increase was due to an increase in business individually assessed provisions, largely a result of two individual name exposures which have been downgraded in the period, and an increase in housing individually assessed provisions.  Delinquency rates increased with greater than 90 day delinquencies increasing from 20 basis points to 47 basis points.  The increase was associated with the rapid slow down in the housing market with slowing national sales (down 24%) and declining property prices.  Impaired assets represent 0.52% of total committed exposures, up 27 basis points on the year ended 30 September 2007.

 

Income tax expense for 2008 was $189 million which was consistent with the tax expense in 2007.  This equates to an effective tax rate of 31.7% in 2008 compared with 31.8% in 2007.

 

2007 v 2006

 

Net profit attributable to shareholders for New Zealand Banking in 2007 was $403 million, a decrease of $5 million or 1% compared to 2006.  Exchange rate movements had a $14 million negative impact on earnings.

 

Net interest income for 2007 was $903 million, an increase of $40 million or 5% compared to 2006.  The increase in net interest income in 2007 was the result of an 18% increase in consumer lending in NZ$ terms, 13% increase in business lending in NZ$ terms and 15% increase in deposit volumes in NZ$ terms.  This was partially offset by a 20 basis point decline in the business unit margin.  The margin decline was reflective of the continued customer preference for fixed rate loans and high interest online saver and term deposit accounts, which are our lower spread products.  Exchange rate movements had a $31 million negative impact on net interest income.

 

Non-interest income for 2007 was $364 million, a decrease of $6 million or 2% compared to 2006.  Exchange rate movements had a $13 million negative impact on non-interest income, with the result also impacted by fee initiatives introduced in early 2007.

 

Operating expenses for 2007 were $601 million, an increase of $1 million compared to 2006.  Increases in personnel costs were offset by productivity initiatives and lower technology costs.  Exchange rate movements had a $21 million positive impact on operating expenses.

 

Impairment charges for 2007 were $71 million, an increase of $42 million compared to 2006.  The increase was due to higher collectively assessed provisions reflecting balance sheet growth and business banking customer regrades to reflect changing economic conditions.  Higher individually assessed provisions and write-offs in personal loans and mortgages also contributed to the increase.  Delinquency rates for housing and unsecured consumer loans greater than 90 days in arrears increased in 2007, reflecting a return to longer term norms in both portfolios from historically low levels.

 

Income tax expense for 2007 was $189 million, a decrease of $4 million or 2% compared to 2006.  This equates to an effective tax rate of 31.8% in 2007 compared with 32.0% in 2006.

 

Other

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Net interest income

 

588

 

409

 

312

 

Non-interest income

 

466

 

186

 

235

 

Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges

 

1,054

 

595

 

547

 

Operating expenses

 

(527

)

(44

)

(56

)

Profit before impairment charges and income tax expense

 

527

 

551

 

491

 

Impairment charges

 

(91

)

(39

)

(18

)

Profit before income tax

 

436

 

512

 

473

 

Income tax expense

 

131

 

(247

)

(199

)

Minority interests

 

(66

)

(65

)

(51

)

Net profit attributable to shareholders of Westpac Banking Corporation

 

501

 

200

 

223

 

 

The Other segment comprises BTSS, Group Treasury, Pacific Banking, Structured Finance and Group Head Office.  Group Treasury’s operations are primarily focused on the management of the Group’s interest rate risk and funding requirements.  Pacific Banking operations comprise our presence in the near Pacific including Papua New Guinea and Fiji.  Structured Finance originates and executes large principal transactions on behalf of Westpac which are typically multi-jurisdictional.

 

94



 

2008 v 2007

 

Net profit attributable to shareholders in the Other segment increased by $301 million or 151% compared to 2007.

 

Net interest income increased by $179 million to $588 million in 2008.  This was primarily driven by an increase in Group Treasury’s net interest income, up $106 million, and asset growth of 33% in Papua New Guinea generated from the resource sector.

 

Non-interest income of $466 million was $280 million or 151% higher than the 2007 result.  The factors contributing to this result were:

 

·                   a net gain of $141 million received from the partial sale of BTIM;

 

·                   a gain of $172 million on the redemption of 56% of an equity interest in Visa Inc. as part of an IPO in the year.  An unrealised gain of $123 million was also recognised to reflect Westpac’s initial measurement of the residual investment in Visa Inc.;

 

·                   Group Treasury non-interest income was up $39 million due to increased foreign exchange income; and

 

·                   a negative movement of $290 million in the policyholder tax recoveries from our life insurance business, which were a $198 million credit in 2008.  The decrease was due to weaker market performance of investments in Property Trusts, Australian Equities and Overseas Equities.

 

Operating expenses increased by $483 million to $527 million in 2008.  This was primarily due to one-off expenses of $323 million in relation to efficiency initiatives and capitalised expense reviews and $13 million of costs relating to the proposed merger with St.George.  Increases also resulted from additional employee expenses in Group Treasury as well as incremental spend on projects and technology.  Expenses in Pacific Banking increased by $5 million from increased investment in risk and compliance initiatives.

 

Impairment charges increased by $52 million compared to 2007.  This was due to increased impairment charges of $16 million in Pacific Banking due to portfolio growth and credit downgrades, and the impact of additional collective provisions raised in the Group Head Office of $76 million which reflects the assessed impact of continuing market dislocation.

 

Income tax expense decreased by $378 million or 153% to a $131 million credit in 2008.  The 2008 income tax result was impacted by the tax effect of movements in policyholder tax recoveries, gains on the partial sale of BTIM and the gains from the Visa Inc. IPO.

 

Minority interests increased by $1 million to $66 million.  The minority interests represent distributions of our hybrid equity instruments TPS 2003 and TPS 2006, as well as other minority interests.

 

2007 v 2006

 

Net profit attributable to shareholders in the Other segment decreased by $23 million or 10% compared to 2006.

 

Net interest income increased by $97 million to $409 million in 2007.  This was primarily driven by an increase in Group Treasury’s net interest income, up $77 million, largely due to successful positioning in the short term interest rate market, where greater opportunity existed in the first half of 2007; this growth was somewhat impacted by increased funding costs in the latter part of 2007.

 

Non-interest income of $186 million was $49 million or 21% lower than the 2006 result.  The factors contributing to this result were:

 

·                   a reduction in non-interest income of $35 million from the recognition of certain items impacting 2007 and 2006, including the recognition of R&D rebates associated with qualifying technology expenditure ($40 million) and an earn-out on the sale of the sub-custody business ($19 million) in 2007, compared to the 2006 result which included $94 million profit from the sale of the sub-custody business;

 

·                   Group Treasury non-interest income was down $41 million due to reduced foreign exchange income; and

 

·                   an increase in the policyholder tax recoveries from our life insurance business, which were $92 million in 2007, an increase of $31 million on 2006.

 

95



 

Liquidity and funding

 

Liquidity

 

Liquidity risk is the potential inability to meet our payment obligations, which could potentially arise as a result of mismatched cash flows generated by our business.  This risk is managed through our Board Risk Management Committee (BRMC) approved liquidity framework.

 

Responsibility for liquidity management is delegated to Group Treasury, under oversight of the MARCO.  Group Treasury manage liquidity on a daily basis and submit monthly reports to MARCO and quarterly reports to the BRMC.  Monthly reports are provided to the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority.  Group Treasury is also responsible for monitoring our funding base and ensuring that it is prudently maintained and adequately diversified.

 

Our liquidity risk management framework models our ability to fund under both normal conditions and during a crisis situation (with models run globally and for specific geographical regions – Australia, New Zealand and offshore).  This approach is designed to ensure that our funding framework is sufficiently flexible to ensure liquidity under a wide range of market conditions.  The global liquidity management framework is reviewed annually to ensure it is appropriate for our current and planned activities.  The annual review encompasses the funding scenarios modelled, the modelling approach, wholesale funding capacity, limit determination and minimum holdings of liquid assets.  The liquidity framework is reviewed by the MARCO and GRRC prior to approval by the BRMC.

 

Group Treasury also undertakes an annual funding review that outlines the current funding strategy for the coming year.  This review encompasses trends in global debt markets, peer analysis, wholesale funding capacity, estimation of our upcoming funding requirements, and a funding risk analysis.  The annual funding plan is reviewed by the MARCO and the GRRC, prior to approval by the BRMC.

 

We maintain a contingency funding plan that details the broad actions to be taken in response to severe disruptions in the bank’s ability to fund some or all of its activities in a timely manner and at a reasonable cost.  This document is reviewed annually and defines a committee of senior executives to manage a crisis and allocates responsibility to individuals for key tasks.  A media relations strategy, and detailed contact lists are also incorporated into this document.

 

Sources of liquidity

 

Sources of liquidity are regularly renewed to maintain a wide diversification by currency, geography, product and term.  Sources include, but are not limited to:

 

·                   deposits;

 

·                   debt issues;

 

·                   proceeds from sale of marketable securities;

 

·                   principal repayments on loans;

 

·                   interest income;

 

·                   fee income; and

 

·                   interbank deposit agreement (IDA).

 

The Group does not rely on committed funding lines as a source of liquidity.

 

In management’s opinion, liquidity is sufficient to meet our present requirements.

 

Wholesale funding

 

The wholesale funding base is diversified with respect to term, investor base, currency and funding instrument.  Facilitating this issuance is an extensive funding infrastructure, covering short and long term debt issuance programmes in a range of key jurisdictions (US market, Euro market, Australian and New Zealand domestic markets) and niche markets (Japanese retail).  The risk that a market becomes unavailable (or market pricing increases) is mitigated by our infrastructure and diversification which reduces our reliance on any one funding source and allows us to replace liquidity from a range of other sources/markets.  Our wholesale debt issuance capability is enhanced through regular investor presentations (domestically and internationally).

 

We have continued to experience good funding access across our wholesale funding markets over the last year.  While conditions over the year were challenging due to global market dislocation, demand for our debt issuance continued to be strong albeit at more expensive funding spreads.

 

At 30 September 2008, approximately 52% of the Group’s funding was provided by retail sources and 48% was provided by wholesale sources.

 

96



 

Westpac debt programs and issuing shelves

 

Access in a timely and flexible manner to a diverse range of debt markets and investors is provided by the following programs and issuing shelves as at 30 September 2008:

 

Program Limit

 

Issuer(s)

 

Program/Issuing Shelf Type

Australia

 

 

 

 

No limit

 

WBC

 

Debt Issuance Programme

No limit

 

WBC

 

Debt Issuance Programme(1)

Euro Market

 

 

 

 

USD 2.5 billion

 

WBC

 

Euro Transferable Certificate of Deposit Programme

USD 20 billion

 

WBC/WSNZL(2)

 

Euro Commercial Paper and Certificate of Deposit Programme(3)

USD 30 billion

 

WBC/WTSNZL(4)

 

Programme for the Issuance of Debt Instruments

USD 7.5 billion

 

WSNZL (2)

 

Programme for the Issuance of Debt Instruments

Japan

 

 

 

 

JPY 300 billion

 

WBC

 

Samurai shelf

JPY 300 billion

 

WBC

 

Uridashi shelf

United States

 

 

 

 

USD 35 billion

 

WBC

 

Section 4(2) US Commercial Paper Program

USD 7.5 billion

 

WSNZL(2)

 

Section 4(2) US Commercial Paper Program

USD 15 billion

 

WBC

 

US MTN Program

USD 15 billion

 

WBC

 

Medium Term Deposit Notes

USD 2 billion

 

WBC

 

US Securities and Exchange Commission registered shelf(5)

New Zealand

 

 

 

 

No limit

 

WNZL

 

Medium Term Note Programme

NZD 750 million

 

WTSNZL(4)

 

Medium Term Note Programme

 


(1)           Debt Issuance Programme for the issue of transferable certificates of deposits (TCDs), and medium term notes (MTNs) and other debt instruments most recently updated on 14 March 2007.

 

(2)           Notes issued under this programme by Westpac Securities NZ Ltd (WSNZL) are guaranteed by Westpac New Zealand Limited, its parent company.

 

(3)           Capacity to issue certificates of deposit was added to this programme on 18 September 2008.

 

(4)           Instruments issued under this programme by WTSNZL are guaranteed by Westpac Banking Corporation.

 

(5)           Replaced previous USD 1 billion registered shelf.

 

More detailed analysis of our borrowings and outstandings from existing debt programs and issuing shelves can be found in other notes to the financial statements including Note 17, Note 18, Note 22 and Note 23.

 

Credit ratings

 

As at 30 September 2008 the Group’s credit ratings were:

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

Short

 

Long

 

Outlook

 

Short Term

 

Long Term

 

Outlook

 

Standard & Poor’s

 

A-1+

 

AA

 

Stable

 

A-1+

 

AA

 

Stable

 

Moody’s Investors Services

 

P-1

 

Aa1

 

Stable

 

P-1

 

Aa1

 

Stable

 

Fitch Ratings

 

F1+

 

AA-

 

Rating watch positive

 

F1+

 

AA-

 

Stable

 

 

A credit rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold our securities.  Such ratings are subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the assigning rating agency.  Investors are cautioned to evaluate each rating independently of any other rating.

 

Liquid assets

 

Group Treasury holds a portfolio of high quality liquid assets as a buffer against unforeseen funding requirements.  These assets are typically held either in cash, government, semi-government, or highly rated investment grade paper, and are typically eligible for repurchase with a central bank.  The majority of these assets are held domestically in Australia and New Zealand, and to a lesser extent in the United States.  Determination of holding levels takes account of the liquidity requirements of our statement of financial position as well as our wholesale funding capacity.  The level of these holdings is reviewed at least annually and more frequently if required.

 

As a direct response to the credit crisis, Group Treasury has undertaken the following measures to increase liquidity:

 

·                   throughout the year the Group held increased levels of liquid assets, exceeding on average $33 billion (not including our internal securitisation transactions) and totalling $36.9 billion as at 30 September 2008; and

 

·                   the Group executed a $10 billion internal mortgage backed securitisation in February 2008.  These securities are available for external issuance and also qualify as eligible collateral for repurchase agreements with the RBA.

 

97



 

·                   since 30 September 2008, the Group has increased the February 2008 internal mortgages backed securitisation by $9.7 billion and executed a $4 billion (NZ$4.75 billion) internal mortgaged backed securitisation in New Zealand which is eligible collateral for repurchase agreements with the RBNZ.

 

WIB also has holdings of trading securities which arise from its daily business operations.  These assets are typically high quality investment grade names, and stock is generally very liquid.  While these assets are excluded from the Group’s prudential liquidity portfolio, we do consider them as a source of funds in our crisis scenario analysis.

 

Special purpose entities

 

We are associated with a number of special purpose entities (also known as special purpose vehicles or SPVs) in the ordinary course of business, primarily to provide funding and financial services products to our customers.

 

SPVs are typically set up for a single, pre-defined purpose, have a limited life and generally are not operating entities nor do they have employees.  The most common form of SPV structure involves the acquisition of financial assets by the SPV that are funded by the issuance of securities to external investors (securitisation).  Repayment of the securities is determined by the performance of the assets acquired by the SPV.

 

Under A-IFRS, an SPV is consolidated and reported as part of the Westpac Group if it is controlled by the parent entity in line with AASB 127 or deemed to be controlled in applying UIG Interpretation 112 Consolidation – Special Purpose Entities.  The definition of control is based on the substance rather than the legal form.  Refer to Note 1 to the financial statements for a description of how we apply the requirements to consolidated SPVs.

 

In the ordinary course of business, we have established or sponsored the establishment of SPVs in relation to securitisation, as detailed below.  Capital is held, as appropriate, against all SPV-related transactions and exposures.

 

Refer to Note 32 of the financial statements for further details.

 

Asset securitisation

 

Through our loan securitisation programmes we package equitable interests in loans (principally housing mortgage loans) as securities which are sold to investors.  We provide arm’s length interest rate swaps and liquidity facilities to the programmes in accordance with relevant prudential guidelines.  We have no obligation to repurchase any securitisation securities, other than in certain circumstances (excluding loan impairment) where there is a breach of representation or warranty within 120 days of the initial sale (except in respect of our programme in New Zealand which imposes no such time limitation).  We may remove interests in loans where they cease to conform with the terms and conditions of the securitisation programmes or through a programme’s clean-up features to a maximum of 10% of the programme’s initial value.

 

As at 30 September 2008, own assets securitised through a combination of internally, privately or publicly placed issues to Australian, New Zealand, European and United States investors was $4.7 billion (2007 $8.4 billion).

 

Under A-IFRS the majority of the SPVs involved in our loan securitisation programmes are consolidated by the Group.

 

Customer funding conduits

 

We arrange financing for certain customer transactions through a commercial paper conduit that provides customers with access to the commercial paper market.  As at 30 September 2008, we administered one significant conduit (2007 one), that was created prior to 1 February 2003, with commercial paper outstanding of $4.1 billion (2007 $6 billion).  We provide a letter of credit facility as credit support to the commercial paper issued by the conduit.  This facility is a variable interest in the conduit that we administer and represents a maximum exposure to loss of $415 million as at 30 September 2008 (2007 $602 million).  The conduit is consolidated by the Group.

 

Structured finance transactions

 

We are involved with numerous SPVs to provide financing to customers or to provide financing to the Group.  Any financing arrangements to customers are entered into under normal lending criteria and are subject to our normal credit approval processes.  The assets arising from these financing activities are generally included in due from other financial institutions or available-for-sale securities.  The liabilities arising from these financing activities are generally included in due to other financial institutions, debt issues or financial liabilities designated at fair value.  Exposures in the form of guarantees or undrawn credit lines are included within contingent liabilities and credit-related commitments.

 

Off-balance sheet arrangements

 

Wealth management activity

 

Refer to Note 38 to the financial statements for details of our wealth management activities.

 

Other off-balance sheet arrangements

 

Refer to Note 36 to the financial statements for details of our superannuation plans.

 

98



 

Contractual obligations and commitments

 

In connection with our operating activities we enter into certain contractual obligations and commitments.  The following table shows our significant contractual cash obligations as at 30 September 2008:

 

 

 

Less Than
1 Year

 

Between 1
and 3 Years

 

Between 3
and 5 Years

 

Over
5 Years

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

On balance sheet long term debt

 

17,786

 

22,780

 

11,873

 

5,620

 

58,059

 

Operating leases(1)

 

287

 

420

 

291

 

535

 

1,533

 

Other commitments(1)

 

436

 

614

 

278

 

54

 

1,382

 

Total contractual cash obligations

 

18,509

 

23,814

 

12,442

 

6,209

 

60,974

 

 


(1)           Refer to Note 35 to the financial statements for details of expenditure commitments.

 

The above table excludes deposits and other liabilities taken in the normal course of banking business and short term and undated liabilities.

 

Commercial commitments(1)

 

The following table shows our significant commercial commitments as at 30 September 2008:

 

 

 

Less Than
1 Year

 

Between 1
and 3 Years

 

Between 3
and 5 Years

 

Over
5 Years

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Standby letters of credit and financial guarantees

 

1,130

 

1,642

 

643

 

1,752

 

5,167

 

Trade letters of credit

 

102

 

813

 

 

407

 

1,322

 

Non-financial guarantees

 

837

 

4,018

 

348

 

2,207

 

7,410

 

Undrawn loan commitments

 

38,738

 

19,932

 

6,210

 

31,064

 

95,944

 

Other commitments(2)

 

15

 

14

 

226

 

1,491

 

1,746

 

Total commercial commitments

 

40,822

 

26,419

 

7,427

 

36,921

 

111,589

 

 


(1)           The numbers in this table are notional amounts (refer to Note 37 to the financial statements).

 

(2)           Other commitments include certain drawdown commitments.

 

Capital resources

 

Capital management strategy

 

Capital management strategy seeks to balance the fact that capital is an expensive form of funding with the need to be adequately capitalised as an authorised deposit-taking institution.  In Westpac, the tension between efficiency and flexibility has given rise to five long-term operating principles for the prudent management of Westpac’s balance sheet:

 

·                   absolute minimum capital requirements are determined and the specific consequences of breaching these requirements (e.g. debt rating downgrade, prudential intervention, hybrid conversion) identified;

 

·                   capital is managed within a target range whose mid point is defined by the addition of a contingency buffer and a cyclical buffer to the internally or externally determined minimum;

 

·                   the top end of the target range represents a trigger for capital that is surplus to business requirements to be returned to shareholders, although we retain the tactical flexibility to build a surplus over the top of the target range if appropriate;

 

·                   the target structure incorporates trigger points that are designed to minimise the risk of breaching the bottom end of the target range in the normal course of business; and

 

·                   Westpac accepts that the target range and cyclical buffer absorbs some but not all potential volatility and, as a consequence, it is committed to maintaining a robust capacity to access contingent capital to restore its capital position in response to unexpected losses or volatility in capital required by faster than expected business growth.

 

Our target ratios are summarised in the table below

 

Capital measure

 

Target ratio

 

Group tier 1 ratio

 

6.75 – 7.75

%

Group total regulatory capital ratio

 

9.75 – 10.75

%

 

As at 30 September 2008, the Group tier 1 ratio was 7.8% and the Group total regulatory capital ratio 10.8%.

 

In light of the current environment Westpac intends to operate at or near the top end of target ranges.

 

99



 

Purchases of equity securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maximum Number (or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Number of

 

Approximate $ Value) of

 

 

 

Total Number of

 

Average Price

 

Ordinary Shares

 

Ordinary Shares that may

 

 

 

Ordinary

 

Paid per

 

Purchased as Part of a

 

yet be Purchased Under

 

 

 

Shares Purchased

 

Ordinary Share $

 

Publicly Announced Program

 

the Plans or Programs

 

Month

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

October (2007)

 

281,265

 

29.62

 

 

n/a

 

November (2007)

 

82,888

 

30.53

 

 

n/a

 

December (2007)

 

2,276,936

 

28.63

 

 

n/a

 

January (2008)

 

608,677

 

26.68

 

 

n/a

 

February (2008)

 

1,768,904

 

25.08

 

 

n/a

 

March (2008)

 

525,154

 

22.57

 

 

n/a

 

April (2008)

 

240,592

 

24.40

 

 

n/a

 

May (2008)

 

1,323,931

 

24.81

 

 

n/a

 

June (2008)

 

115,253

 

21.99

 

 

n/a

 

July (2008)

 

792,921

 

19.56

 

 

n/a

 

August (2008)

 

193,130

 

22.59

 

 

n/a

 

September (2008)

 

60,535

 

23.19

 

 

n/a

 

Total

 

8,270,186

 

25.52

 

 

 

 

Purchases of ordinary shares during the year were made on market and relate to the following:

 

·                   to deliver to employees upon the exercise of options and performance share rights: 5,429,056 ordinary shares;

 

·                   under our Deferral Share Plan (DSP), which enables employees to elect to receive part of their annual bonus in ordinary shares and Non-executive Directors to elect to receive a percentage of their fees in ordinary shares: 561,542 ordinary shares;

 

·                   treasury shares held by statutory life funds and managed investment schemes and ordinary shares held by Westpac in respect of equity derivatives sold to customers: 89,937 ordinary shares; and

 

·                   to allocate to eligible employees under the Restricted Share Plan: 2,189,651 ordinary shares.

 

Refer to the description of the DSP in Note 26 and the discussion regarding share purchases and treasury shares in Note 24 to the financial statements.

 

Basel capital accord

 

The regulatory limits applied to our capital ratios are consistent with the International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards: A Revised Framework, also known as Basel II, issued by the Bank of International Settlements.  This framework reflects the advanced risk management practices that underpin the calculation of regulatory capital through a broad array of risk classes and advanced measurement processes.

 

In Australia, APRA have completed the release of Australian Prudential Standards based on Basel II.  As provided for in the Basel II accord, APRA has exercised a number of discretions to make the framework more relevant in the Australian market, and in particular have required that Australian banks using the most sophisticated models for credit and operational risk will also be required to hold regulatory capital for the interest rate risk taken in the banking book.  The models used to quantify this risk are similar to the models used for traded market risk.  In addition APRA have applied discretion in the calculation of the components of regulatory capital.

 

Westpac has been accredited by APRA to use the Advanced Internal Ratings Based (AIRB) approach for credit risk, the Advanced Measurement Approach (AMA) for operational risk and the internal model approach for Interest Rate Risk in the Banking Book (IRRBB).  Accreditation to use AIRB and AMA was effective from 1 January 2008, and IRRBB from 1 July 2008.  We believe that using the advanced approaches for risk monitoring and measurement is in the interests of all our stakeholders.  Effective risk management is regarded as a key activity performed at all levels of the Group.  Achieving advanced accreditation from APRA has resulted in a broad array of changes to risk management practices that have been implemented across all risk classes.  We recognise that embedding these principles and practices into day-to-day activities of business units to achieve the full benefits of these changes is an ongoing facet of risk management.

 

APRA have applied transitional floors in the calculation of regulatory capital minimums, limiting initial regulatory capital relief to a maximum of 10% of the capital requirements under the Basel I approach.  It is unclear how long these transitional arrangements will be maintained by APRA.

 

100



 

Risk management

 

Our vision is to become the leading integrated financial services company in Australia and New Zealand and effective risk management is key to us achieving this goal.  It influences our performance, reputation and future success.  We regard managing risk as a fundamental management activity, performed at all levels of the Group.

 

Effective risk management is all about achieving a balanced approach to risk and reward.  Risk management enables us to both increase financial growth opportunities and mitigate potential loss or damage.  It is important to note that both optimisation and mitigation strategies are equally important in the world of risk management.

 

Risk management organisation

 

Our risk management strategy is approved by our Board and implemented through the CEO and the executive management team.

 

The BRMC has been delegated responsibility for approving and maintaining an effective risk management framework.  For further information regarding the role and responsibilities of the BRMC and other Board committees in managing risk, refer to the ‘Corporate governance’ section.

 

The CEO and executive management team are responsible for implementing the risk management frameworks approved by the BRMC and developing policies, controls, processes and procedures for identifying and managing risk arising from our activities.

 

Our Group Risk function plays a key role in our risk management framework.  It is independent from the business units and reports to the CRO.  Our risk function is also responsible for coordinating our response to key regulatory developments and issues affecting risk management.

 

Independent risk management units operate within each business unit, reporting to the group executive for that unit and the CRO.  The business unit head of risk is responsible for identifying and quantifying the risks arising from their business and for implementing appropriate policies, procedures and controls to manage those risks.  They also ensure alignment with the Group Risk function.

 

An independent review of management performance is undertaken by our Group Assurance function.  This function contains our portfolio risk review unit, which is responsible for reviewing credit quality and assessing credit management process quality, credit policy appropriateness and compliance, and adequacy of provisions.  Internal audit is responsible for independently evaluating the adequacy and effectiveness of management’s control of operational risk.

 

Categories of risk

 

The key risks we are subject to are specific banking risks and risks arising from the general business environment.  Our risk management framework encompasses credit, market, liquidity, equity, operational and compliance risk.

 

Credit risk

 

Refer to Note 28 to the financial statements for details of our credit risk management policies.

 

Provisions for impairment charges

 

For information on provisions for impairment charges refer to ‘Critical accounting estimates’ in Note 1 to the financial statements.

 

Counterparty credit quality

 

The table below shows the credit quality of our credit exposure associated with foreign exchange and derivative activities.  The risk grades shown below are based on Standard & Poor’s credit rating system.  Based on these ratings, our exposure to investment grade counterparties is 98% as at 30 September 2008 (2007 98%).

 

Total assessed credit risk as at 30 September

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

AAA, AA

 

52

 

67

 

A

 

34

 

21

 

BBB

 

12

 

10

 

BB and below

 

2

 

2

 

Total

 

100

 

100

 

 

101



 

Counterparty credit risk by industry sector and country of ultimate risk

 

The table below shows our current credit risk exposure (not including potential future credit risk) by industry sector and by country of ultimate risk as at 30 September 2008(1).

 

 

 

Government

 

Banks

 

Non-bank
Financial
Institutions

 

Others

 

Total

 

 

 

$bn

 

$bn

 

$bn

 

$bn

 

$bn

 

Australia

 

0.1

 

1.1

 

2.5

 

1.0

 

4.7

 

New Zealand

 

 

 

 

1.6

 

1.6

 

Europe

 

 

1.6

 

0.8

 

0.1

 

2.5

 

United States of America

 

 

0.2

 

1.1

 

0.1

 

1.4

 

Japan

 

 

0.1

 

 

0.1

 

0.2

 

Other

 

 

0.3

 

0.1

 

0.2

 

0.6

 

Total

 

0.1

 

3.3

 

4.5

 

3.1

 

11.0

 

 


(1)           Netting has been applied to counterparties with appropriate netting agreements in legally enforceable jurisdictions.

 

Counterparty credit risk maturity profile and settlement risk

 

The table below shows the maturity profile of our foreign exchange and derivative credit risk exposure in gross replacement cost terms (i.e. not including potential future credit risk).  The gross replacement cost overstates our credit risk exposure at 30 September 2008 as it ignores the netting benefit of $23.6 billion.

 

 

 

Less Than
3 Months

 

Between 3
Months
and 1 Year

 

Between
1 and 2
Years

 

Between
2 and 5
Years

 

Over 5
Years

 

Total

 

 

 

$bn

 

$bn

 

$bn

 

$bn

 

$bn

 

$bn

 

Interest rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Swaps

 

0.2

 

0.5

 

1.5

 

3.6

 

1.9

 

7.7

 

Options

 

 

 

 

0.1

 

 

0.1

 

Forwards and futures

 

0.1

 

 

 

 

 

0.1

 

Foreign exchange

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forwards

 

10.1

 

2.9

 

0.2

 

0.2

 

 

13.4

 

Swaps

 

0.9

 

3.1

 

2.0

 

4.4

 

1.8

 

12.2

 

Purchased options

 

0.3

 

0.3

 

0.1

 

 

 

0.7

 

Commodities

 

 

0.2

 

 

 

 

0.2

 

Equities and credit

 

 

 

0.2

 

0.2

 

 

0.4

 

Total derivatives

 

11.6

 

7.0

 

4.0

 

8.5

 

3.7

 

34.8

 

 

Settlement risk occurs when we pay out funds before we receive payment from the counterparty to the transaction.  We manage our settlement risk exposures through specific customer limits.  We use Continuous Linked Settlement (CLS) to reduce our foreign exchange settlement risk to other CLS participants.  CLS enables members to settle foreign exchange transactions between themselves through the simultaneous payment of the currency legs of transactions.

 

102



 

Cross-border outstandings

 

Cross-border outstandings are loans, placements with banks, interest earning investments and monetary assets denominated in currencies other than the borrower’s local currency.  They are grouped on the basis of the country of domicile of the borrower or the ultimate guarantor of the risk.  The table below excludes irrevocable letters of credit, amounts of which are immaterial.  The relevant foreign denominated currencies have been converted at the closing spot exchange rate used in the financial statements.

 

Our cross-border outstandings to countries that individually represented in excess of 0.75% of Group total assets as at 30 September in each of the past three years, were as follows:

 

(in $millions unless otherwise indicated)

 

Governments
and Official

Institutions

 

Banks and
Other
Financial
Institutions

 

Other
(Primarily
Commercial
and Industrial)

 

Total

 

%
of Total
Assets

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

 

3,702

 

1,501

 

5,203

 

1.2

%

Australia

 

1

 

3,795

 

3,871

 

7,667

 

1.7

%

United Kingdom

 

2

 

7,144

 

395

 

7,542

 

1.7

%

Netherlands

 

 

3,758

 

171

 

3,930

 

0.9

%

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

 

2,104

 

1,332

 

3,436

 

0.9

%

Australia

 

10

 

1,040

 

2,763

 

3,813

 

1.0

%

United Kingdom

 

 

4,519

 

434

 

4,953

 

1.3

%

Netherlands

 

 

5,873

 

76

 

5,949

 

1.6

%

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

 

2,988

 

1,349

 

4,337

 

1.4

%

Australia

 

 

659

 

2,776

 

3,435

 

1.1

%

 

Impaired assets among the cross-border outstandings were $6 million as at 30 September 2008 (2007 $28 million, 2006 $35 million).

 

Market risk

 

Market risk is the potential for losses arising from adverse movements in the level and volatility of market factors such as foreign exchange rates, interest rates, commodity prices and equity prices.

 

Traded market risk

 

Westpac’s exposure to market risk arises out of its Financial Markets and Group Treasury trading activities.  These activities are controlled by a Board–approved market risk framework that incorporates Board–approved Value at Risk (VaR) limits.  VaR is the primary mechanism for measuring and controlling market risk.  Market risk is managed using a combination VaR and structural risk limits (including volume limits and basis point value limits) in conjunction with scenario analysis and stress testing.

 

VaR is the potential loss in earnings from adverse market movement calculated using a 99% confidence level, with a minimum of one year of historical rate data and a one–day time horizon.  VaR takes account of all material market variables that may cause a change in the value of the trading portfolio.  Daily backtesting of VaR results is performed to ensure that model integrity is maintained.  A review of both the potential profit and loss outcomes is also undertaken to monitor any skew created by the historical data.

 

Market risk limits are allocated to business management based upon business strategies and experience, in addition to market liquidity and concentration risk.  All trades are marked to market daily, using independently sourced or reviewed rates.  Rates that have limited independent sources are reviewed at least on a monthly basis.

 

Financial Market’s trading book activity represents dealings that encompass book running and distribution activity.  The types of market risk arising from trading activity include interest rate risk, foreign exchange risk, commodity risk, equity price risk and credit spread risk.

 

Group Treasury’s trading activity represents dealings that include the management of interest rate, foreign exchange and credit spread risks associated with the wholesale funding task, liquid asset portfolios and foreign exchange repatriations.

 

A separate independent Market Risk Management unit is responsible for the daily measurement and monitoring of market risk exposures.  This unit performs daily stress and scenario tests on the trading portfolios to quantify the impact of extreme or unexpected movements in market factors beyond the 99% confidence interval.

 

103



 

The table below provides a summary of VaR, by risk type, for the six months ended 30 September 2008, 31 March 2008 and 30 September 2007.

 

 

 

30 September 2008

 

31 March 2008

 

30 September 2007

 

Six months ended

 

High

 

Low

 

Average

 

High

 

Low

 

Average

 

High

 

Low

 

Average

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Interest rate risk

 

29.3

 

8.2

 

20.4

 

12.5

 

2.3

 

7.7

 

4.9

 

0.6

 

2.5

 

Foreign exchange risk

 

20.1

 

1.9

 

9.4

 

22.7

 

1.7

 

9.6

 

7.2

 

2.0

 

3.5

 

Equity risk

 

4.5

 

1.6

 

2.9

 

4.5

 

0.9

 

2.9

 

3.5

 

0.7

 

1.8

 

Commodity risk( 1)

 

4.1

 

1.2

 

2.5

 

5.5

 

1.2

 

2.3

 

5.0

 

1.1

 

3.1

 

Other market risks( 2)

 

30.2

 

7.8

 

17.8

 

15.0

 

5.3

 

6.8

 

2.4

 

0.7

 

1.0

 

Diversification effect

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

(26.9

)

n/a

 

n/a

 

(15.0

)

n/a

 

n/a

 

(6.6

)

Net market risk

 

38.3

 

19.1

 

26.0

 

28.5

 

7.1

 

14.3

 

9.2

 

3.2

 

5.3

 

 


(1)        Includes Electricity risk.

 

(2)        Includes prepayment risk and curve credit spread risk (exposure to movements is generic credit rating bands).

 

Group Treasury’s dealing room activities have been included in the trading book from 1 January 2008.  This change, which has been presented with effect from 1 October 2007, has added to the overall trading risk levels with a commensurate decrease in the level of non-traded risk.

 

The graph below compares the actual profit and loss from trading activities to VaR over the reporting period:

 

 

Each point on the graph represents one day’s profit and loss from trading activities.  The result is placed on the graph relative to the associated VaR utilisation.  The downward sloping line represents the point where a loss is equal to VaR utilisation.  Therefore any point below the line represents a back-test exception (i.e. where the loss is greater than VaR).

 

Commodity trading including energy

 

Commodity trading activity is part of our financial markets business.  All trades are marked-to-market daily, using independently sourced or reviewed rates.  Rates are compared to Australian Financial Market Association (AFMA) published prices, brokers quotes, and futures prices as appropriate.  These rates are reviewed on a monthly basis by the Westpac Institutional Bank Revaluation Committee and on a random basis intra-month.  These businesses are managed within market risk structural and VaR limits.  Credit risk is controlled by pre-settlement risk limits by counterparty.

 

Commodity trading activities include electricity, gas, oil, agricultural products, base metals and precious metals.  These activities involve dealings in swaps, options, swaptions, Asian options and futures.  Electricity trading also includes Settlement Residue Auctions (SRAs).  Trading on the European and US Markets is limited to the futures markets.

 

The total fair value of commodity and energy contracts outstanding as at 30 September 2008 were a net asset of $1 million; at 30 September 2007 the outstanding contracts were a net asset of $387 million.

 

38% of the commodity contracts fair value mature in less than one year and the remaining 62% have a maturity profile of between one and five years.

 

104



 

Non-trading risk

 

Non-traded market risk (interest rate risk in the banking book)

 

Non traded market risk is the risk to interest income generated by a mismatch in the duration of the assets and liabilities that arises in the normal course of activities in the banking book.

 

Group Treasury is responsible for managing market risk arising from Westpac’s banking book activity.

 

The table below depicts the aggregate VaR for non-traded market rate risk for the six months ended 30 September 2008, 31 March 2008, and 30 September 2007:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

30 September 2008

 

31 March 2008

 

30 September 2007

 

 

 

High

 

Low

 

Average

 

High

 

Low

 

Average

 

High

 

Low

 

Average

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Half year ended

 

9.8

 

1.1

 

3.8

 

4.6

 

0.8

 

2.1

 

14.4

 

4.0

 

7.2

 

 

From 1 January 2008 Group Treasury’s dealing room activities have been included in the trading book.  This has added to the overall trading risk levels with a commensurate decrease in the level of non-traded risk.  To facilitate comparisons, this change has been reflected in the trading and non-trading VaR data from 1 October 2007.

 

Equity underwriting and warehousing risk

 

As a financial intermediary we underwrite listed and unlisted equities.

 

Equity underwriting activities include the development of solutions for corporate and institutional customers who have a demand for equity capital and investor customers who have an appetite for equity based investment products.

 

Equity warehousing activities involve the acquisition of assets in anticipation of refinance through a combination of senior, mezzanine and capital market debt and listed, unlisted and privately placed equity.  This varies from underwriting risk in that we will be the principal owner of the asset from the point of acquisition until such time as the equity component, which has been pre-determined as necessary to successfully refinance the asset, is sold down.

 

To manage the risks associated with equity underwriting and warehousing, we have established policies that require business units to evidence a sufficient level of expected equity investor and, where appropriate, debt financier interest before such transactions are undertaken.

 

Issues relating to conflicts of interest are managed via separation of duties and the establishment of ‘Chinese Walls’.  All underwriting and warehousing decisions are made under the authorities approved by our Board and administered by the CRO.

 

Operational risk

 

Operational risk arises from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events.  Operational risk has the potential to negatively impact our financial performance, or our reputation in the community or to cause other damage to our business as a result of the way we pursue business objectives.

 

Each business area is responsible for the identification, measurement, monitoring and mitigation of operational risk.  The existence of a defined operational risk framework supports the management of operational risk in maximising our opportunities, meeting our compliance obligations, and protecting ourselves from loss.

 

On a periodic basis, management of each of our business areas formally report on the effectiveness of their management of operational risk (key matters are reported on a quarterly basis).  This process is supported by active input from key corporate centre functions such as legal, finance, human resources, risk management, operational risk and compliance and internal audit.  The results of this process are reported quarterly to Business Unit and Group Operational Risk and Compliance Management Committees and the BRMC and annually by way of certification to APRA.

 

Some of the key management and control techniques include segregation of duties, clear delegation of authority, sound project management, change control disciplines and business continuity planning.  Where appropriate, this is supported by risk transfer mechanisms such as insurance and regular risk and control assessments across the enterprise.  Our control environment is enhanced by a focus on staff competency and supervision.

 

Our internal audit function independently appraises the adequacy and effectiveness of the internal control environment and reports its results separately to our CEO and our BRMC.

 

Liquidity risk

 

Liquidity risk is the potential inability to meet our payment obligations.  Management of liquidity is the responsibility of the Group Treasurer, who reports to the CFO.  Group Treasury is responsible for monitoring our funding base and ensuring that this base is prudently maintained and adequately diversified.  For further information refer to ‘Liquidity and funding’.

 

Compliance risk

 

Compliance risk is the risk of failing to comply with all applicable legal and regulatory requirements and industry codes of practice and to meet our ethical standards.

 

Our compliance program forms part of a broader integrated risk management framework and is driven by high standards of principle and practice that apply to all management and staff.  A key principle is that compliance is about not only complying with the letter of the law, but also embracing the spirit of the regulatory standards that apply.

 

105



 

At Westpac, we assess the impact of changes in the regulatory environment on a continuous basis.  We implement compliance requirements by changing the way our staff conduct themselves and the way in which our systems and processes are designed and operate.

 

The key components of the compliance framework are:

 

·       the governance environment (including oversight, culture and accountabilities);

 

·       identification of risks and controls (through monitoring and communicating regulatory and business developments, and documenting requirements in compliance plans);

 

·       internal monitoring and reporting activities (such as breach escalation, management and remediation processes); and

 

·       compliance controls (policies, procedures, training and documentation).

 

Primary responsibility for the implementation of compliance requirements resides with line management, who are required to demonstrate that they have effective processes in place.  Further, each staff member owns compliance within their sphere of influence and activity.

 

Within each major business area there is a dedicated operational risk and compliance function designed to guide compliance within that business.  Group management oversight is provided by the Group Operational Risk and Compliance Committee, which establishes the compliance framework and policies, and oversees compliance effectiveness across the Group.  Group Operational Risk and Compliance is responsible for the administration of that framework.  Within the risk function at a Group and business level, a regulatory affairs function exists which manages relationships with regulators as well as the framework for the businesses’ response to new regulatory developments.  The Federal Government has embarked on a program of regulatory reform which will have effect on Westpac over the next 12 to 18 months.  This includes credit law reform, superannuation changes, privacy reform as well as the introduction of a new regulatory framework for personal property securities.

 

Reputation risk

 

Reputation risk is the risk to earnings or capital arising from negative public opinion resulting from the loss of reputation or public trust and standing.  This risk encompasses social, ethical and environmental risks arising out of areas such as people management, climate change governance, and supply chain management.

 

Contagion risk

 

Contagion risk is the risk that problems arising in other Westpac Group members compromise the financial and operational position of the authorised deposit-taking institutions in the Westpac Group.

 

US Sarbanes-Oxley Act

 

The US Congress passed the Public Company Accounting Reform and Investor Protection Act in July 2002, which is commonly known as the Sarbanes Oxley Act 2002 (SOX).  SOX is a wide ranging piece of US legislation concerned largely with financial reporting and corporate governance.  We are obligated to comply with SOX by virtue of being a foreign registrant with the SEC and we have established procedures designed to ensure compliance with all applicable requirements of SOX.

 

Disclosure controls and procedures

 

Our management, with the participation of our CEO and CFO, evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934) as of 30 September 2008.

 

Based upon this evaluation, our CEO and CFO have concluded that the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of 30 September 2008.

 

Internal control over financial reporting

 

Rule 13a–15(a) under the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934 requires us to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting.  Please refer to the sections headed ‘Management’s report on internal control over financial reporting’ and ‘Report of independent registered public accounting firm’ for those reports.

 

Changes in our internal control over financial reporting

 

There has been no change in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934) for the year ended 30 September 2008 that has been identified that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

106



 

Additional financial information

 

(Prepared in accordance with AGAAP)

 

Selected consolidated financial and operating data

 

Under applicable US disclosure requirements, we are required to include in this Annual Report certain financial and operating data covering a period of five years.  Due to the transition to A-IFRS, such information is available prepared in accordance with A-IFRS only for the financial years ended 30 September 2008, 2007, 2006 and 2005.  Accordingly, we have displayed below the required data as of and for the financial years ended 30 September 2005 and 2004, derived from our previously published financial statements prepared in accordance with AGAAP.  The financial statements for 2005 and 2004 were reported on by independent auditors PricewaterhouseCoopers.

 

Because the financial and operating data set forth below is derived from our previously published financial statements prepared in accordance with AGAAP, it is not comparable to such data derived from our financial statements prepared in accordance with A-IFRS.  For a more complete understanding of the financial and operating data derived from our financial statements prepared in accordance with AGAAP, see our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the financial year ended 30 September 2005, the following portions of which are incorporated into this Annual Report by reference: the information under the caption ‘Operating and financial review and prospects’ on pages 18 to 41 and our audited consolidated financial statements (and accompanying notes) as of and for the financial years ended 30 September 2005 and 2004.  A copy of our Annual Report for the financial year ended 30 September 2005 is available on our web site at ‘www.westpac.com.au’ or on the web site maintained by the SEC at ‘www.sec.gov’.  We encourage you to refer to such information in connection with your review of the AGAAP financial information presented below.

 

Differences between Australian and US GAAP results

 

The consolidated financial statements for each of the years ended 30 September 2005 and 2004 were prepared in accordance with AGAAP.  These accounting principles and policies differ in some material respects from US GAAP.

 

Consolidated net income under US GAAP for the year ended 30 September 2005 was A$2,813 million (2004 A$2,772 million).  The significant adjustments between AGAAP and US GAAP results primarily relate to premises and sites, superannuation expenses, hedging, debt instruments and effective yield adjustments.

 

Consolidated statement of financial performance

 

(in A$millions unless otherwise stated)

 

2005

 

2004

 

Amounts in accordance with AGAAP

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

15,113

 

12,939

 

Interest expense

 

(9,868

)

(8,184

)

Net interest income

 

5,245

 

4,755

 

Non-interest income

 

3,560

 

3,255

 

Net operating income

 

8,805

 

8,010

 

Operating expenses

 

(4,105

)

(3,940

)

Amortisation of goodwill

 

(168

)

(164

)

Bad and doubtful debts

 

(382

)

(414

)

Profit from ordinary activities before income tax expense

 

4,150

 

3,492

 

Income tax expense

 

(1,222

)

(913

)

Net profit

 

2,928

 

2,579

 

Net profit attributable to outside equity interests:

 

 

 

 

 

Managed investment schemes

 

(90

)

(30

)

Other

 

(20

)

(10

)

Net profit attributable to equity holders

 

2,818

 

2,539

 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares (millions)(1)

 

1,851

 

1,846

 

Basic earnings per ordinary share (cents)(1)

 

144.8

 

129.2

 

Dividends per ordinary share (cents)

 

100

 

86

 

Distributions on other equity instruments

 

137

 

154

 

Dividend payout ratio (%)(2)

 

69.0

 

66.6

 

 

Refer to page 109 for footnote explanations.

 

 

 

Year Ended 30
September

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

A$m

 

A$m

 

Amounts in accordance with US GAAP

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

2,813

 

2,772

 

Operating expenses

 

4,289

 

3,967

 

 

Refer to page 72 for footnote explanations.

 

107



 

Consolidated statement of financial position data

 

(in A$millions unless otherwise stated)

 

2005

 

2004

 

Amounts in accordance with AGAAP Year end balances

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and balances with central banks

 

1,844

 

1,800

 

Due from other financial institutions

 

10,896

 

9,538

 

Trading and investment securities

 

11,827

 

13,412

 

Loans

 

195,589

 

182,471

 

Acceptances of customers

 

4,864

 

5,534

 

Deposits

 

149,454

 

146,533

 

Due to other financial institutions

 

10,654

 

7,071

 

Total assets

 

259,753

 

245,079

 

Total liabilities excluding loan capital

 

238,327

 

224,331

 

Total loan capital

 

4,214

 

4,431

 

Net assets

 

17,212

 

16,317

 

Ordinary equity(3),(4),(5)

 

13,892

 

12,416

 

Fixed Interest Resettable Trust Securities (FIRsTS)

 

655

 

655

 

Trust Preferred Securities (2003 TPS)

 

1,132

 

1,132

 

Trust Preferred Securities (2004 TPS)

 

685

 

685

 

Outside equity interests

 

848

 

1,429

 

Average balances

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

254,355

 

237,036

 

Loans

 

188,073

 

170,863

 

Acceptances of customers

 

5,235

 

4,502

 

Total equity(3)

 

15,440

 

14,421

 

Ordinary equity(3),(4),(5)

 

12,968

 

11,979

 

Trust Originated Preferred Securities (TOPrS SM )

 

 

320

 

Fixed Interest Resettable Trust Securities (FIRsTS)

 

655

 

655

 

Trust Preferred Securities (2003 TPS)

 

1,132

 

1,132

 

Trust Preferred Securities (2004 TPS)

 

685

 

335

 

Outside equity interests

 

1,040

 

1,406

 

 

Refer to page 109 for footnote explanations.

 

 

 

Year Ended 30
September

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

A$m

 

A$m

 

Amounts in accordance with US GAAP

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

265,164

 

251,705

 

Total liabilities

 

250,447

 

238,777

 

Equity attributable to equity holders

 

14,717

 

12,928

 

Average total assets

 

262,474

 

243,662

 

Average total equity

 

14,257

 

12,351

 

 

Refer to page 72 for footnote explanations.

 

108



 

Summary of consolidated ratios

 

(in A$millions unless otherwise stated)

 

2005

 

2004

 

Ratios in accordance with AGAAP

 

 

 

 

 

Profitability ratios (%)

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest margin(6)

 

2.50

 

2.53

 

Return on average assets(7)

 

1.11

 

1.07

 

Return on average ordinary equity(3)

 

20.7

 

19.9

 

Return on average total equity(8)

 

18.3

 

17.6

 

Capital ratio (%)

 

 

 

 

 

Average total equity to average total assets

 

6.1

 

6.1

 

Total capital ratio(9)

 

9.7

 

9.7

 

Earnings ratios

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per ordinary share (cents)(1)

 

144.8

 

129.2

 

Fully diluted earnings per ordinary share (cents)(10)

 

143.3

 

127.7

 

Dividends per ordinary share (cents)

 

100

 

86

 

Dividend payout ratio (%)(2)

 

69.0

 

66.6

 

Credit quality ratios

 

 

 

 

 

Bad debt write-offs (net of recoveries)

 

331

 

251

 

Bad debt write-offs (net of recoveries) to average loans (%)

 

0.18

 

0.15

 

 


(1)      Based on the weighted average number of fully paid ordinary shares outstanding, including 41 million New Zealand Class shares in 2005 (2004 53 million), and after deducting distributions on other equity instruments of $137 million in 2005 (2004 $154 million).

 

(2)      Calculated by dividing the dividends per ordinary share by the basic earnings per ordinary share.

 

(3)      Includes total parent entity interest and New Zealand Class shares.  Excludes outside equity interests (minority interest).

 

(4)      Excludes TOPrS, FIRsTS, 2003 TPS and 2004 TPS.

 

(5)      New Zealand Class shares were on issue until 11 July 2005.  On this date they were fully exchanged for ordinary shares.

 

(6)      Calculated by dividing net interest income (including tax equivalent gross up) by average interest earning assets.

 

(7)      Calculated by dividing net profit attributable to our equity holders by average total assets.

 

(8)      Calculated by dividing net profit attributable to our equity holders by average total equity.

 

(9)      For details on the calculation of this ratio refer to previously published financial statements.

 

(10)    Based on basic earnings per share, with the weighted average number of fully paid ordinary shares outstanding adjusted for the conversion of dilutive potential ordinary shares, issued for no consideration, and after adjusting earnings for distributions on dilutive potential ordinary shares.

 

 

 

Year Ended 30
September

 

(in $millions unless otherwise indicated)

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

A$

 

A$

 

Ratios in accordance with US GAAP Profitability ratios (%)

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest margin

 

2.44

 

2.40

 

Net profit attributable to equity holders to average total assets

 

1.07

 

1.14

 

Net profit attributable to equity holders to average total equity

 

19.73

 

22.40

 

Capital ratio (%)

 

 

 

 

 

Average total equity to average total assets

 

5.4

 

5.2

 

Leverage ratio(14)

 

5.0

 

4.7

 

Earnings ratios

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per ordinary share (cents)

 

152.0

 

150.2

 

Fully diluted earnings per ordinary share (cents)(12)

 

150.2

 

147.5

 

Dividends per ordinary share (US cents)

 

76

 

62

 

Dividend payout ratio (%)(3)

 

65.8

 

57.3

 

 

Refer to page 72 for footnote explanations.

 

109



 

Computation of ordinary earnings per share

 

(in A$millions unless otherwise stated)

 

2005

 

2004

 

AGAAP

 

 

 

 

 

Net income after deducting distributions on other equity instruments

 

2,681

 

2,385

 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares (millions)

 

1,851

 

1,846

 

Basic earnings per ordinary share (cents)

 

144.8

 

129.2

 

Fully diluted earnings per ordinary share (cents)

 

143.3

 

127.7

 

Distributions on other equity instruments

 

137

 

154

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

(in $millions unless otherwise stated)

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

A$

 

A$

 

Computation of ordinary earnings per share in accordance with US GAAP

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares (millions)

 

1,851

 

1,846

 

Average other potential ordinary shares

 

71

 

63

 

Average options and performance share rights

 

4

 

13

 

Average shares and share equivalents

 

1,926

 

1,922

 

Net income

 

2,813

 

2,772

 

Basic earnings per ordinary share (cents)(2)

 

152.0

 

150.2

 

Fully diluted net income per share (cents)(12)

 

150.2

 

147.5

 

Basic earnings per ADS (five times earnings per share in cents)

 

760

 

751

 

 

Refer to page 72 for footnote explanations.

 

110



 

Loans

 

 

 

Consolidated AGAAP

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

Loans by type of customer

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

Government and other public authorities

 

223

 

167

 

Agriculture, forestry and fishing(1)

 

2,210

 

1,707

 

Commercial and financial(2)

 

32,994

 

28,675

 

Real estate - construction

 

2,487

 

1,348

 

Real estate - mortgage(1)

 

82,182

 

77,176

 

Instalment loans and other personal lending(1)

 

25,404

 

25,341

 

 

 

145,500

 

134,414

 

Lease financing

 

4,201

 

4,133

 

Own acceptances discounted

 

11,303

 

10,172

 

Total Australia

 

161,004

 

148,719

 

Overseas

 

 

 

 

 

Government and other public authorities

 

446

 

138

 

Agriculture, forestry and fishing(1)

 

2,908

 

2,177

 

Commercial and financial

 

10,561

 

13,482

 

Real estate - construction

 

457

 

245

 

Real estate - mortgage(1)

 

19,875

 

17,963

 

Instalment loans and other personal lending(1)

 

2,053

 

1,419

 

 

 

36,300

 

35,424

 

Lease financing

 

14

 

52

 

Total overseas

 

36,314

 

35,476

 

Total loans (net of unearned income)

 

197,318

 

184,195

 

Provisions for bad and doubtful debts

 

(1,729

)

(1,724

)

Total net loans

 

195,589

 

182,471

 

 


(1)

 

Real estate mortgage loans and instalment loans and other personal lending as at 30 September 2005 included a total of $1.9 billion of personal lending to the agricultural sector (2004 $1.8 billion). In addition, $1.6 billion of finance had been provided to the agricultural sector (2004 $1.6 billion) in the form of acceptances which are excluded from the above table.

 

 

 

(2)

 

Some lending in the commercial and financial sectors in Australia is for the purpose of the financing of construction of real estate and land development projects which cannot be separately identified from other lending to these borrowers, given their conglomerate structure and activities. In these circumstances, the loans have been included in the commercial and financial category.

 

111



 

Provisions for bad and doubtful debts

 

 

 

Consolidated AGAAP

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

General provision

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

1,487

 

1,393

 

Charge to net profit(1)

 

382

 

414

 

Transfer to specific provisions

 

(70

)

(131

)

Recoveries of debts previously written off

 

86

 

73

 

Write-offs

 

(307

)

(274

)

Provisions of controlled entities/businesses (disposed)/acquired

 

 

 

Exchange rate and other adjustments

 

(48

)

12

 

Balance at year end(2)

 

1,530

 

1,487

 

Specific provisions

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

237

 

161

 

Transfer from/(to) general provision:

 

 

 

 

 

New specific provisions

 

170

 

174

 

Specific provisions no longer required

 

(100

)

(43

)

 

 

70

 

131

 

Write-offs

 

(110

)

(50

)

Provisions of controlled entities/businesses (disposed)/acquired

 

 

 

Exchange rate and other adjustements

 

2

 

(5

)

Balance at year end

 

199

 

237

 

Total provisions for bad and doubtful debts

 

1,729

 

1,724

 


(1)

 

The 2005 charge to net profit of $382 million represented an 8% decrease over the 2004 charge of $414 million. The coverage ratio of total provisions (specific and general) to total impaired assets at 30 September 2005 increased to 354% from 253% as at 30 September 2004.

 

 

 

(2)

 

This included a provision for off-balance sheet credit related commitments for the Group $179 million (2004 $201 million).

 

 

 

Consolidated AGAAP

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

%

 

Specific provisions by type of customer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

 

2

 

0.1

 

5

 

0.3

 

Commercial and financial

 

134

 

7.7

 

164

 

9.5

 

Real estate - construction

 

1

 

0.1

 

4

 

0.2

 

Real estate - mortgage

 

5

 

0.3

 

2

 

0.1

 

Instalment loans and other personal lending

 

16

 

0.9

 

8

 

0.5

 

Total Australia

 

158

 

9.1

 

183

 

10.6

 

New Zealand

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

 

1

 

0.1

 

2

 

0.1

 

Commercial and financial

 

8

 

0.5

 

3

 

0.2

 

Real estate - mortgage

 

5

 

0.3

 

 

 

Instalment loans and other personal lending

 

4

 

0.2

 

2

 

0.1

 

Total New Zealand

 

18

 

1.1

 

7

 

0.4

 

Other overseas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

 

 

 

1

 

0.1

 

Commercial and financial

 

22

 

1.2

 

43

 

2.5

 

Real estate - mortgage

 

 

 

 

 

Instalment loans and other personal lending

 

1

 

0.1

 

3

 

0.1

 

Total other overseas

 

23

 

1.3

 

47

 

2.7

 

Total overseas

 

41

 

2.4

 

54

 

3.1

 

Total specific provisions

 

199

 

11.5

 

237

 

13.7

 

Total general provision

 

1,530

 

88.5

 

1,487

 

86.3

 

Total provisions

 

1,729

 

100.0

 

1,724

 

100.0

 

 

112



 

The following tables show the movements in the balance of provisions for bad and doubtful debts, details of loans written off and recoveries of loans written off by customer and geographic category for 2005 and 2004:

 

 

 

Consolidated AGAAP

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

Balance of provisions for bad and doubtful debts

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

1,724

 

1,554

 

Net write-offs and recoveries

 

(331

)

(251

)

Charge to operating profit

 

382

 

414

 

Provisions of controlled entities/businesses (disposed)/acquired

 

 

 

Exchange rate and other adjustments

 

(46

)

7

 

Balance of provisions for bad and doubtful debts at year end

 

1,729

 

1,724

 

Write-offs and recoveries

 

 

 

 

 

Write-offs

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

 

(4

)

(2

)

Commercial and financial(1)

 

(113

)

(35

)

Real estate - construction

 

(4

)

(2

)

Real estate - mortgage

 

(3

)

(4

)

Instalment loans and other personal lending

 

(251

)

(212

)

Total Australia

 

(375

)

(255

)

New Zealand

 

 

 

 

 

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

 

 

(4

)

Commercial and financial(1)

 

 

(2

)

Real estate - construction

 

(2

)

 

Real estate - mortgage

 

 

(2

)

Instalment loans and other personal lending

 

(30

)

(29

)

Total New Zealand

 

(32

)

(37

)

Total other overseas

 

(10

)

(32

)

Total write-offs

 

(417

)

(324

)

Recoveries

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and financial(1)

 

11

 

8

 

Real estate - mortgage

 

 

 

Instalment loans and other personal lending

 

59

 

46

 

Australia

 

70

 

54

 

New Zealand

 

14

 

15

 

Other overseas

 

2

 

4

 

Total recoveries

 

86

 

73

 

Net write-offs and recoveries

 

(331

)

(251

)

 


(1)   Lease finance write-offs and recoveries, which are not significant, were included in the ‘commercial and financial’ category.

 

113



 

Impaired assets

 

 

 

Consolidated AGAAP

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

Non-accrual assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

287

 

314

 

Specific provisions

 

(151

)

(150

)

Net

 

136

 

164

 

Restructured loans:

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

24

 

62

 

Specific provisions

 

(7

)

(33

)

Net

 

17

 

29

 

Net Australian impaired assets

 

153

 

193

 

New Zealand

 

 

 

 

 

Non-accrual assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

73

 

55

 

Specific provisions

 

(18

)

(7

)

Net

 

55

 

48

 

Restructured loans:

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

 

 

Specific provisions

 

 

 

Net

 

 

 

Net New Zealand impaired assets

 

55

 

48

 

Other overseas

 

 

 

 

 

Non-accrual assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

61

 

141

 

Specific provisions

 

(20

)

(37

)

Net

 

41

 

104

 

Restructured loans:

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

44

 

109

 

Specific provisions

 

(3

)

(10

)

Net

 

41

 

99

 

Net other overseas impaired assets

 

82

 

203

 

Total net impaired assets(1)

 

290

 

444

 

Accruing items past due 90 days (with adequate security):

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

240

 

213

 

New Zealand

 

34

 

29

 

Other overseas

 

7

 

30

 

Total

 

281

 

272

 

Interest received for the year on the above non-accrual and restructured assets was:

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

6

 

3

 

New Zealand

 

3

 

3

 

Other overseas

 

4

 

7

 

Total

 

13

 

13

 

Interest forgone for the year on the above non-accrual and restructured assets was estimated at:

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

14

 

19

 

New Zealand

 

1

 

1

 

Other overseas

 

3

 

6

 

Total

 

18

 

26

 

 


(1)

 

This includes impaired items in respect of derivative financial instruments and unrecognised contingent commitments of $23 million as at 30 September 2005 (2004 $81 million).

 

114



 

Loans (IFRS)

 

The table below presents selected data in relation to loans and provisions for bad and doubtful debts by industry classification for financial years ended 30 September 2007 and 2006 on the basis of presentation used in the 30 September 2007 Annual Report.  We have displayed this separately because it is not directly comparable to the current year’s presentation.  In the 2008 financial statements we have modified the presentation of loans and provisions for bad and doubtful debts by industry to align external reporting with the basis of presentation for internal reporting.  We restated the presentation of the year ended 30 September 2007, but it was impractical to restate the disclosures for the financial year ended 30 September 2006.

 

 

 

Consolidated IFRS

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

Loans by type of customer

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

Government and other public authorities

 

415

 

278

 

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

 

3,775

 

2,954

 

Commercial and financial

 

80,009

 

65,244

 

Real estate – construction

 

2,458

 

2,734

 

Real estate – mortgage

 

113,396

 

98,352

 

Instalment loans and other personal lending

 

24,633

 

23,777

 

 

 

224,686

 

193,339

 

Lease financing

 

4,345

 

4,216

 

Total loans - Australia

 

229,031

 

197,555

 

Overseas

 

 

 

 

 

Government and other public authorities

 

535

 

387

 

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

 

4,037

 

3,449

 

Commercial and financial

 

14,522

 

11,567

 

Real estate – construction

 

427

 

445

 

Real estate – mortgage

 

25,522

 

22,013

 

Instalment loans and other personal lending

 

2,645

 

2,145

 

 

 

47,688

 

40,006

 

Lease financing

 

27

 

19

 

Total Overseas

 

47,715

 

40,025

 

Total loans

 

276,746

 

237,580

 

Provisions on loans

 

(1,369

)

(1,200

)

Total net loans

 

275,377

 

236,380

 

 

115



 

Provisions for bad and doubtful debts (IFRS)

 

 

 

Consolidated IFRS

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

%

 

Individually assessed provision by type of customer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

 

3

 

0.2

 

5

 

0.4

 

Commercial and financial

 

82

 

5.3

 

109

 

8.0

 

Real estate – construction

 

1

 

0.1

 

1

 

0.1

 

Real estate – mortgage

 

3

 

0.2

 

6

 

0.4

 

Instalment loans and personal lending

 

1

 

0.1

 

2

 

0.1

 

Total Australia

 

90

 

5.9

 

123

 

9.0

 

New Zealand

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

 

1

 

0.1

 

 

 

Commercial and financial

 

12

 

0.8

 

9

 

0.7

 

Real estate – mortgage

 

3

 

0.2

 

2

 

0.1

 

Instalment loans and other personal lending

 

6

 

0.4

 

3

 

0.2

 

Total New Zealand

 

22

 

1.5

 

14

 

1.0

 

Other overseas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and financial

 

36

 

2.3

 

21

 

1.5

 

Instalment loans and personal lending

 

 

 

6

 

0.4

 

Total other overseas

 

36

 

2.3

 

27

 

1.9

 

Total overseas

 

58

 

3.8

 

41

 

2.9

 

Total individually assessed provisions

 

148

 

9.7

 

164

 

11.9

 

Total collectively assessed provisions

 

1,410

 

90.3

 

1,194

 

88.1

 

Total provisions for impairment charges and credit commitments

 

1,558

 

100.0

 

1,358

 

100.0

 

 

116



 

Provisions for bad and doubtful debts (IFRS)

 

 

 

Consolidated IFRS

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

Balance of provisions for impairment charges

 

 

 

 

 

(Individually and collectively assessed) as at beginning of the year

 

1,358

 

1,184

 

Write-offs

 

(371

)

(295

)

Recoveries

 

22

 

25

 

Charge to income statement

 

482

 

375

 

Discount unwind

 

115

 

94

 

Exchange rate and other adjustments

 

(48

)

(25

)

Balance of provisions for impairment charges as at end of the year

 

1,558

 

1,358

 

Write-offs and recoveries

 

 

 

 

 

Write-offs

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

 

(5

)

(7

)

Commercial and financial(1)

 

(84

)

(82

)

Real estate – construction

 

(2

)

(1

)

Real estate – mortgage

 

(12

)

(6

)

Instalment loans and other personal lending

 

(252

)

(192

)

Total Australia

 

(355

)

(288

)

New Zealand

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and financial(1)

 

(3

)

(4

)

Instalment loans and other personal lending

 

(3

)

(2

)

Total New Zealand

 

(6

)

(6

)

Total Other Overseas

 

(10

)

(1

)

Total write-offs

 

(371

)

(295

)

Recoveries

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

 

 

 

Commercial and financial(1)

 

6

 

10

 

Instalment loans and other personal lending

 

16

 

11

 

Australia

 

22

 

21

 

New Zealand

 

 

3

 

Other Overseas

 

 

1

 

Total recoveries

 

22

 

25

 

Net write-offs and recoveries

 

(349

)

(270

)

 


(1)           Lease finance write-offs and recoveries, which are not significant, were included in the ‘commercial and financial’ category.

 

117



 

This page intentionally blank

 

118



 

Section 3

 

Financial report for the year ended 30 September 2008

 

119



 

Annual financial report 2008

 

Financial statements

 

Income statements

 

Balance sheets

 

Statements of recognised income and expense

 

Cash flow statements

 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 1

Summary of significant accounting policies

 

Note 2

Net interest income

 

Note 3

Non-interest income

 

Note 4

Operating expenses

 

Note 5

Income tax

 

Note 6

Dividends

 

Note 7

Earnings per share

 

Note 8

Due from other financial institutions

 

Note 9

Trading securities and other financial assets designated at fair value

 

Note 10

Available-for-sale securities

 

Note 11

Loans

 

Note 12

Provisions for impairment charges

 

Note 13

Goodwill and other intangible assets

 

Note 14

Property, plant and equipment

 

Note 15

Deferred tax assets

 

Note 16

Other assets

 

Note 17

Due to other financial institutions

 

Note 18

Deposits

 

Note 19

Trading liabilities and other financial liabilities designated at fair value

 

Note 20

Provisions

 

Note 21

Other liabilities

 

Note 22

Debt issues

 

Note 23

Loan capital

 

Note 24

Shareholder equity and minority interests

 

Note 25

Detail of changes in shareholders’ equity

 

Note 26

Share-based payments

 

Note 27

Average balances and related interest

 

Note 28

Financial risk

 

Note 28.1

Approach to risk management

 

Note 28.2

Credit risk management

 

Note 28.3

Funding and liquidity risk management

 

Note 28.4

Market risk

 

Note 29

Fair values of financial assets and liabilities

 

Note 30

Derivative financial instruments

 

Note 31

Capital adequacy

 

Note 32

Securitisation

 

Note 33

Group segment information

 

Note 34

Auditors’ remuneration

 

Note 35

Expenditure commitments

 

Note 36

Superannuation commitments

 

Note 37

Contingent liabilities, contingent assets and credit commitments

 

Note 38

Trust activities

 

Note 39

Group entities

 

Note 40

Other group investments

 

Note 41

Related party disclosures

 

Note 42

Director and other key management personnel disclosures

 

Note 43

Notes to the cash flow statements

 

Note 44

Subsequent events

 

Statutory statements

 

Directors’ declaration

 

Managements’ report on the internal control over financial reporting

 

Independent audit report to the members of Westpac Banking Corporation

 

Report of independent registered public accounting firm

 

 

120



 

Financial statements

 

Income statements for the years ended 30 September

 

Westpac Banking Corporation

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

Note

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Interest income

 

2

 

29,081

 

22,075

 

18,091

 

25,743

 

18,702

 

Interest expense

 

2

 

(21,859

)

(15,762

)

(12,449

)

(19,679

)

(13,463

)

Net interest income

 

 

 

7,222

 

6,313

 

5,642

 

6,064

 

5,239

 

Non-interest income

 

3

 

4,198

 

3,860

 

3,575

 

3,652

 

2,557

 

Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges

 

 

 

11,420

 

10,173

 

9,217

 

9,716

 

7,796

 

Operating expenses

 

4

 

(5,270

)

(4,543

)

(4,295

)

(4,139

)

(3,593

)

Impairment charges

 

12

 

(931

)

(482

)

(375

)

(775

)

(404

)

Profit before income tax

 

 

 

5,219

 

5,148

 

4,547

 

4,802

 

3,799

 

Income tax expense

 

5

 

(1,287

)

(1,630

)

(1,422

)

(1,158

)

(935

)

Net profit for the year

 

 

 

3,932

 

3,518

 

3,125

 

3,644

 

2,864

 

Profit attributable to minority interests

 

 

 

(73

)

(67

)

(54

)

 

 

Net profit attributable to equity holders of Westpac Banking Corporation

 

 

 

3,859

 

3,451

 

3,071

 

3,644

 

2,864

 

Earnings (in cents) per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

7

 

206.0

 

186.9

 

167.2

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted

 

7

 

200.1

 

185.3

 

165.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

The above income statements should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

 

121



 

Balance sheets as at 30 September

 

Westpac Banking Corporation

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

Note

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and balances with central banks

 

43

 

4,809

 

2,243

 

4,502

 

2,629

 

Due from other financial institutions

 

8

 

21,345

 

28,379

 

16,319

 

21,759

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

30

 

34,810

 

24,308

 

34,654

 

24,202

 

Trading securities

 

9

 

39,534

 

22,237

 

36,338

 

18,582

 

Other financial assets designated at fair value

 

9

 

2,547

 

1,179

 

1,480

 

830

 

Available-for-sale securities

 

10

 

1,613

 

1,089

 

540

 

607

 

Loans for consumer purposes

 

11

 

187,245

 

169,130

 

159,080

 

142,567

 

Loans for business purposes

 

11

 

126,300

 

106,247

 

113,717

 

95,241

 

Life insurance assets

 

 

 

12,547

 

15,456

 

 

 

Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

 

 

 

927

 

753

 

885

 

729

 

Due from subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

22,789

 

1,223

 

Investments in subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

4,258

 

4,072

 

Goodwill and other intangible assets

 

13

 

2,989

 

2,989

 

1,117

 

1,194

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

14

 

505

 

489

 

396

 

365

 

Current tax assets

 

 

 

77

 

 

161

 

 

Deferred tax assets

 

15

 

628

 

516

 

309

 

568

 

Other assets

 

16

 

3,672

 

2,638

 

2,916

 

1,735

 

Total assets

 

 

 

439,548

 

377,653

 

399,461

 

316,303

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to other financial institutions

 

17

 

15,861

 

9,133

 

14,880

 

7,756

 

Deposits at fair value

 

18

 

60,011

 

48,603

 

56,523

 

45,575

 

Deposits at amortised cost

 

18

 

173,719

 

153,451

 

149,069

 

130,221

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

30

 

24,970

 

25,192

 

24,980

 

25,173

 

Trading liabilities and other financial liabilities designated at fair value

 

19

 

16,689

 

8,223

 

16,628

 

8,238

 

Debt issues

 

22

 

96,398

 

81,504

 

77,747

 

57,928

 

Acceptances

 

 

 

3,971

 

5,622

 

3,971

 

5,622

 

Current tax liabilities

 

 

 

 

233

 

 

244

 

Life insurance liabilities

 

 

 

11,953

 

14,392

 

 

 

Due to subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

24,255

 

8,453

 

Provisions

 

20

 

1,106

 

980

 

956

 

819

 

Other liabilities

 

21

 

6,380

 

4,785

 

4,656

 

3,149

 

Total liabilities excluding loan capital

 

 

 

411,058

 

352,118

 

373,665

 

293,178

 

Loan Capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subordinated bonds, notes and debentures

 

23

 

6,545

 

6,042

 

7,211

 

7,275

 

Subordinated perpetual notes

 

23

 

486

 

429

 

486

 

429

 

Trust Preferred Securities

 

23

 

666

 

1,233

 

 

 

Stapled Preferred Securities

 

23

 

1,021

 

 

1,021

 

 

Total loan capital

 

 

 

8,718

 

7,704

 

8,718

 

7,704

 

Total liabilities

 

 

 

419,776

 

359,822

 

382,383

 

300,882

 

Net assets

 

 

 

19,772

 

17,831

 

17,078

 

15,421

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share capital:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ordinary share capital

 

24

 

6,744

 

6,125

 

6,744

 

6,125

 

Treasury and RSP treasury shares

 

24

 

(151

)

(114

)

(99

)

(42

)

Reserves

 

25

 

256

 

192

 

194

 

85

 

Retained profits

 

25

 

10,999

 

9,716

 

8,347

 

7,361

 

Convertible debentures

 

24

 

 

 

1,892

 

1,892

 

Total equity attributable to equity holders of Westpac Banking Corporation

 

 

 

17,848

 

15,919

 

17,078

 

15,421

 

Minority interests

 

24

 

1,924

 

1,912

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity and minority interest

 

 

 

19,772

 

17,831

 

17,078

 

15,421

 

Contingent liabilities, contingent assets and credit commitments

 

37

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The above balance sheets should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

 

122



 

Statements of recognised income and expense for the years ended 30 September

 

Westpac Banking Corporation

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

Note

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Gains/(losses) on available-for-sale securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recognised in equity

 

25

 

33

 

(6

)

57

 

29

 

(4

)

Transferred to income statements

 

25

 

3

 

(20

)

(35

)

(1

)

(21

)

Gains/(losses) on cash flow hedging instruments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recognised in equity

 

25

 

(220

)

124

 

(42

)

(44

)

51

 

Transferred to income statements

 

25

 

(5

)

12

 

(36

)

2

 

14

 

Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations

 

25

 

86

 

(179

)

26

 

68

 

(180

)

Income tax on items taken directly to or transferred directly from equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available-for-sale securities reserve

 

25

 

(21

)

9

 

(7

)

(21

)

8

 

Cash flow hedging reserve

 

25

 

67

 

(37

)

25

 

12

 

(20

)

Foreign currency translation reserve

 

25

 

17

 

48

 

13

 

(17

)

54

 

Net income recognised directly in equity

 

 

 

(40

)

(49

)

1

 

28

 

(98

)

Profit attributable to equity holders

 

 

 

3,932

 

3,518

 

3,125

 

3,644

 

2,864

 

Total net income recognised for the year

 

 

 

3,892

 

3,469

 

3,126

 

3,671

 

2,766

 

Attributable to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Members of the parent

 

 

 

3,819

 

3,402

 

3,072

 

3,671

 

2,766

 

Minority interests

 

 

 

73

 

67

 

54

 

 

 

Total net income recognised for the year

 

 

 

3,892

 

3,469

 

3,126

 

3,671

 

2,766

 

 

The above statements of recognised income and expense should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

 

123



 

Cash flow statements for the years ended 30 September

 

Westpac Banking Corporation

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Cash flows from operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest received

 

28,765

 

21,862

 

17,944

 

25,496

 

18,653

 

Interest paid

 

(21,389

)

(15,493

)

(12,412

)

(19,153

)

(13,414

)

Dividends received excluding life business

 

15

 

14

 

9

 

613

 

505

 

Other non-interest income received

 

2,954

 

2,739

 

2,587

 

2,289

 

1,704

 

Operating expenses paid

 

(4,059

)

(3,528

)

(3,364

)

(3,177

)

(2,888

)

Net (increase)/decrease in trading and fair value assets

 

(17,997

)

(5,735

)

(3,268

)

(17,825

)

(5,389

)

Net increase/(decrease) in trading and fair value liabilities

 

8,470

 

5,562

 

(360

)

8,394

 

5,416

 

Net increase in derivative financial instruments

 

(6,214

)

(5,591

)

(2,488

)

(5,377

)

(5,704

)

Income tax paid excluding life business

 

(1,574

)

(1,485

)

(1,328

)

(1,495

)

(1,197

)

Life business:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Receipts from policyholders and customers

 

2,646

 

3,236

 

2,754

 

 

 

Interest and other items of similar nature

 

36

 

39

 

55

 

 

 

Dividends received

 

848

 

1,104

 

980

 

 

 

Payments to policyholders and suppliers

 

(3,148

)

(3,914

)

(3,371

)

 

 

Income tax paid

 

(80

)

(85

)

(69

)

 

 

Net cash (used in)/provided by operating activities

 

(10,727

)

(1,275

)

(2,331

)

(10,234

)

(2,314

)

Cash flows from investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from available-for-sale securities

 

4,514

 

2,431

 

860

 

811

 

359

 

Purchase of available-for-sale securities

 

(4,875

)

(4,009

)

(1,198

)

(685

)

(823

)

Net (increase)/decrease in:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due from other financial institutions

 

7,376

 

(16,603

)

2,142

 

5,773

 

(16,768

)

Loans

 

(39,198

)

(41,284

)

(29,422

)

(35,211

)

(36,031

)

Life insurance assets

 

467

 

(261

)

107

 

 

 

Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

 

(81

)

(358

)

(117

)

(69

)

(355

)

Other assets

 

3,308

 

(528

)

(315

)

2,727

 

281

 

Due from controlled entities

 

 

 

 

(21,566

)

8,611

 

Investments in controlled entities

 

 

 

 

(186

)

533

 

Purchase of intangible assets

 

(313

)

(251

)

(220

)

(233

)

(204

)

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

 

(195

)

(147

)

(225

)

(163

)

(121

)

Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment

 

64

 

6

 

23

 

32

 

 

Controlled entities and businesses disposed, net of cash held

 

70

 

 

120

 

 

(106

)

Partial disposal of controlled entities

 

229

 

 

 

 

 

Controlled entities and businesses acquired, net of cash held

 

(137

)

 

 

 

 

Net cash (used in)/provided by investing activities

 

(28,771

)

(61,004

)

(28,245

)

(48,770

)

(44,624

)

Cash flows from financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net issue of loan capital

 

476

 

2,223

 

284

 

475

 

2,223

 

Proceeds from exercise of employee options

 

29

 

37

 

67

 

29

 

37

 

Purchase of shares on exercise of employee options and shares

 

(132

)

(73

)

(34

)

(132

)

(73

)

Proceeds from issue of 2006 TPS (net of issue costs $12 million)

 

 

 

751

 

 

4

 

Buy-back of ordinary shares and NZ Class shares

 

 

 

(1,003

)

 

 

Net increase/(decrease) in:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to other financial institutions

 

5,762

 

(2,493

)

1,315

 

6,160

 

1,771

 

Deposits

 

30,344

 

35,278

 

17,547

 

28,013

 

33,414

 

Debt issues

 

6,817

 

28,943

 

13,835

 

11,876

 

17,012

 

Other liabilities

 

710

 

(673

)

(249

)

635

 

(382

)

Due to controlled entities

 

 

 

 

15,802

 

(5,116

)

Purchase of treasury shares

 

(57

)

(91

)

(17

)

(57

)

(34

)

Sale of treasury shares

 

20

 

28

 

27

 

 

 

Payment of dividends

 

(1,872

)

(1,630

)

(1,628

)

(1,945

)

(1,703

)

Payment of dividends to minority interests

 

(73

)

(67

)

(54

)

 

 

Net cash (used in)/provided by financing activities

 

42,024

 

61,482

 

30,841

 

60,855

 

47,153

 

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

2,526

 

(797

)

265

 

1,851

 

215

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

 

40

 

(92

)

14

 

22

 

(47

)

Cash and cash equivalents as at the beginning of the year

 

2,243

 

3,132

 

2,853

 

2,629

 

2,461

 

Cash and cash equivalents as at the end of the year

 

4,809

 

2,243

 

3,132

 

4,502

 

2,629

 

 

The above cash flow statements should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

 

124



Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 1.  Summary of significant accounting policies

 

a.                      Basis of accounting

 

(i)                   General

 

This general purpose financial report has been prepared in accordance with the requirements for an authorised deposit-taking institution under the Banking Act 1959 (as amended), A-IFRS, other authoritative pronouncements of the AASB, Urgent Issues Group Interpretations and the Corporations Act 2001.

 

The principal accounting policies adopted in the preparation of the financial report are set out below.  These policies have been consistently applied to all the periods presented, unless otherwise stated.

 

This financial report also complies with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the IASB.

 

Where necessary, comparative figures have been adjusted to conform with changes in presentation in the current year.

 

This financial report also includes additional disclosures required by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission in respect of foreign registrants.

 

This financial report was authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 30 October 2008.

 

(ii)               Adoption of new and revised Accounting Standards

 

AASB 7 and an amendment to AASB 101, covering objectives, policies and processes for managing capital, have been adopted in the 2008 financial statements, resulting in new or revised disclosures.

 

Interpretation 11 AASB 2 Group and Treasury Share Transactions addresses whether certain types of share based payment transactions should be accounted for as equity settled or cash settled in the legal entity receiving the benefit of services within the Group.  The accounting interpretation has been applied in the 2008 financial report and has no impact on the Group’s reported result.

 

Amendments to AASB 124 permits certain Director and Key Management personal compensation disclosures to be included as part of the Remuneration Report, which is included in the Directors’ Report.  The amendments are effective in the current year and the information now included in the Remuneration Report is still covered by the audit opinion.

 

(iii)           Historical cost convention

 

The financial report has been prepared under the historical cost convention, as modified by applying fair value accounting to available-for-sale financial assets and financial assets and liabilities (including derivative instruments) at fair value through profit or loss.

 

(iv)             Principles of consolidation

 

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the assets and liabilities of all subsidiaries (including special purpose entities) controlled by Westpac and the results of all subsidiaries.  Westpac and its subsidiaries are referred to collectively as the ‘Group’.  The effects of all transactions between entities in the Group are eliminated.  Control exists when the parent entity has the power, directly or indirectly, to govern the financial and operating policies of an entity so as to obtain benefits from its activities.  The definition of control is based on the substance rather than the legal form.  In assessing control, potential voting rights that are presently exercisable or convertible are taken into account.

 

Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control commences and they are de-consolidated from the date that control ceases.

 

The purchase method of accounting is used to account for the acquisition of subsidiaries by the Group (refer to Note 1(e)).

 

The Group applies a policy of treating transactions with minority interests as transactions with parties external to the Group.  Disposals to minority interests result in gains and losses for the Group that are recorded in the income statement.  Purchases from minority interests result in goodwill, being the difference between any consideration paid and the relevant share acquired of the carrying value of identifiable net assets of the subsidiary.

 

The interest of minority shareholders is stated at the minority’s proportion of the net profit and net assets of a subsidiary attributable to equity interests that are not owned, directly or indirectly, by Westpac Banking Corporation (Westpac).  Any losses applicable to the minority interest in excess of the minority interest are allocated against the interests of Westpac.

 

(v)                 Foreign Currency Translation

 

a.                      Functional and presentation currency

 

Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates (‘the functional currency’).  The financial statements are presented in Australian dollars.  All amounts are expressed in Australian dollars except where otherwise indicated.

 

b.                     Group companies

 

Assets and liabilities of overseas branches and subsidiaries that have a functional currency other than the Australian dollar are translated at exchange rates prevailing on the balance date.  Income and expenses are translated at average exchange rates prevailing during the period.  Other equity balances are translated at historical exchange rates.  Exchange differences that have arisen since 1 October 2004, the date of transition to A-IFRS, are recognised as a separate component of equity in the foreign currency translation reserve.

 

125



 

Note 1.  Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

On consolidation, exchange differences arising from the translation of borrowings and other currency instruments designated as hedges of the net investment in overseas branches and subsidiaries are reflected in the foreign currency translation reserve.  When all or part of a foreign operation is sold or borrowings that are part of the net investments are repaid, a proportionate share of such exchange differences are recognised in the income statement as part of the gain or loss on sale or repayment of borrowing.

 

Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign entity are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign entity and translated at the closing exchange rate.

 

b.                      Revenue recognition

 

(i)                   Interest income

 

Interest income for all interest earning financial assets including those at fair value is recognised in the income statement using the effective interest rate method.

 

The effective interest method is a method of calculating the amortised cost of a financial asset or a financial liability and of allocating the interest income or interest expense over the relevant period.  The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash payments or receipts through the expected life of the financial instrument to the net carrying amount of the financial asset or financial liability.  When calculating the effective interest rate, cash flows are estimated based upon all contractual terms of the financial instrument (for example, prepayment options) but do not consider future credit losses.  The calculation includes all fees and other amounts paid or received between parties to the contract that are an integral part of the effective interest rate, transaction costs and all other premiums or discounts.

 

Interest relating to impaired loans is recognised using the loan’s original effective interest rate.  This rate is also used to discount the future cash flows for the purpose of measuring impairment charges.

 

(ii)               Dividends on redeemable preference share finance

 

Dividend income on redeemable preference share finance is included as part of interest income and is recorded in the income statement on an effective interest basis.

 

(iii)           Leasing

 

Finance leases are accounted for under the net investment method whereby income recognition is based on a pattern reflecting a constant periodic rate of return on the net investment in the finance lease and is included as part of interest income.

 

(iv)             Fee income

 

Fees and commissions are generally recognised on an accrual basis over the period during which the service is performed.  All fees relating to the successful origination or settlement of a loan (together with the related direct costs) are deferred and recognised as an adjustment to the effective interest rate on the loan.  Portfolio and other management advisory and service fees are recognised based on the applicable service contracts, usually on a time proportionate basis.  Asset management fees related to investment funds are recognised over the period the service is provided.  The same principle is applied for wealth management, financial planning and custody services that are continuously provided over an extended period of time.

 

(v)                 Net trading income

 

Realised gains and losses, and unrealised gains and losses arising from changes in the fair value of the trading assets and liabilities are recognised as trading income or expense in the income statement in the period in which they arise.  Dividend income on the trading portfolio is also recorded as part of non-interest income.  Interest income and expense on the trading portfolio is recognised as part of net-interest income.

 

(vi)             Other dividend income

 

Other dividend income is recorded as non-interest income as declared.

 

(vii)         Gain or loss on sale of property, plant and equipment

 

The gain or loss arising on the disposal or retirement of an asset is determined as the difference between the sale proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset, and is recognised as non-interest income.

 

c.                      Expense recognition

 

(i)                   Interest expense

 

Interest expense, including premiums or discounts and associated issue expenses incurred on the issue of financial liabilities, is recognised in the income statement using the effective interest method (refer to Note 1(b)(i)).

 

(ii)               Impairment on loans and receivables carried at amortised cost

 

The charge recognised in the income statement for impairment on loans and receivables carried at amortised cost reflects the net movement in the provisions for individually assessed and collectively assessed loans, write-offs and recoveries of impairments previously written-off.

 

(iii)           Leasing

 

Operating lease payments are recognised in the income statement as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term unless another systematic basis is more representative of the time pattern of the benefit received.  Incentives received on entering into operating leases are recorded as liabilities and amortised as a reduction of rental expense over the lease term on a straight-line basis.

 

126



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 1.  Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

(iv)             Commissions and other fees

 

External commissions and other costs paid to acquire loans are capitalised and amortised using the effective interest method (refer to Note 1(b)(i)).  All other fees and commissions are recognised in the income statement over the period which the related service is consumed.

 

(v)                 Wealth management acquisition costs

 

Acquisition costs are the variable costs of acquiring new business principally in relation to the Group’s life insurance and retail funds management business.

 

Managed investment acquisition costs

 

Deferred acquisition costs associated with the retail funds management business are costs that are directly incremental to the acquisition of new business.  These costs are recorded as an asset and are amortised in the income statement on the same basis as the recognition of related revenue.

 

Life insurance acquisition costs

 

Deferred acquisition costs associated with life insurance business are costs that are incremental to the acquisition of new business.  These costs are recorded as an asset and are amortised in the income statement on the same basis as the recognition of related revenue.

 

(vi)             Share-based payment

 

Certain employees are entitled to participate in option and share ownership schemes.

 

Options and performance share rights

 

The fair value of options and performance share rights provided to employees as share-based payment is recognised as an expense with a corresponding increase in equity.  The fair value is measured at grant date and is recognised over the period the services are received which is the expected vesting period during which the employees would become entitled to exercise the option or performance share right.

 

The fair value of options and performance share rights is estimated at grant date using a Binomial/Monte Carlo simulation pricing model incorporating the vesting and performance hurdle features of the grants.  The fair value of the options and performance share rights excludes the impact of any non-market vesting conditions such as participants’ continued employment by the Group.  The non-market vesting conditions are included in assumptions used when determining the number of options and performance share rights expected to become exercisable for which an expense is recognised.  At each reporting date these assumptions are revised and the expense recognised each year takes into account the most recent estimates.

 

Employee share plan

 

The value of shares expected to be issued to employees for no consideration under the ESP is recognised as an expense over the financial year.  The fair value of any ordinary shares issued to satisfy the obligation to employees is recognised within equity, or if purchased on market, the obligation to employees is satisfied by delivering shares that have been purchased on market.

 

Restricted share plan (RSP)

 

The fair value of shares issued to employees for no consideration under the restricted share plan is recognised as an expense over the vesting period.  The fair value of ordinary shares issued to satisfy the obligation to employees is measured at grant date and is recognised as a separate component of equity.

 

Westpac has formed a trust to hold any shares forfeited by employees until they are reallocated in subsequent grants to employees in the Group’s restricted share plan.  On market share acquisitions to fulfil Westpac’s obligations to employees under the RSP, which have not yet vested, are treated as treasury shares and deducted from shareholders equity.

 

d.                      Income tax

 

Income tax expense on the profit for the year comprises current tax and the movement in deferred tax balances.

 

Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the financial year using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted for each jurisdiction at the balance date, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years.

 

Deferred tax is accounted for using the balance sheet method, providing for temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the financial statements and the corresponding amounts used for taxation purposes.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are not recognised if the temporary difference arises from goodwill or other intangible assets with indefinite expected life, the initial recognition of assets and liabilities that affect neither accounting nor taxable profit, (other than in a business combination) or differences relating to investments in subsidiaries to the extent that they will probably not reverse in the foreseeable future.  The amount of deferred tax provided is based on the expected manner of realisation or settlement of the carrying amount of assets and liabilities, using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted for each jurisdiction at the balance date that are expected to apply when the liability is settled or the asset is realised.

 

Current and deferred tax attributable to amounts recognised directly in equity are also recognised directly in equity.

 

Except as noted above, deferred tax liabilities are recognised for all taxable temporary differences and deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the asset can be utilised.  For presentation purposes deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities have been offset where they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority on the same taxable entity or group of entities in the Group.

 

127



 

Note 1.  Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

For members of Westpac’s Australian tax consolidated group tax expense/income, deferred tax liabilities and assets arising from temporary differences are recognised in the separate financial statements of the members of the tax-consolidated group using a ‘group allocation basis’ that removes the tax impact of certain transactions between members of the tax-consolidated group.  Previously the ‘standalone taxpayer’ approach was used, this change in policy has no impact on the Group or on amounts previously reported by Westpac.  Deferred tax liabilities and assets are recognised by reference to the carrying amounts in the separate financial statements of each entity and the tax values applying under tax consolidation.  Current tax liabilities and assets and deferred tax assets arising from unused tax losses and relevant tax credits of the members of the tax-consolidated group are recognised by Westpac (as head entity in the tax-consolidated group).

 

e.                      Acquisitions of assets

 

(i)                   External acquisitions

 

The purchase method of accounting is used to account for all acquisitions of assets (including business combinations) regardless of whether equity instruments or other assets are acquired.  Cost is measured as the fair value of the assets given, equity instruments issued or liabilities incurred or assumed at the date of exchange plus costs directly attributable to the acquisition.  Where equity instruments are issued in an acquisition, the value of the instruments is their published market price as at the date of exchange.  Transaction costs arising on the issue of equity instruments are recognised directly in equity.

 

Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at their fair value at the acquisition date, irrespective of the extent of any minority interest.  The excess of the cost of acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of the identifiable net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill.

 

Where settlement of any part of cash consideration is deferred, the amounts payable in the future are discounted to their present value as at the date of exchange.  The discount rate used is the Group’s incremental borrowing rate.

 

(ii)               Common control transactions

 

The predecessor method of accounting is used to account for business combinations between entities in the Group.

 

Assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at the acquisition date at the carrying value from the Group’s perspective.  The excess of the cost of acquisition over the initial carrying values of the Entity’s share of the net assets acquired is recorded as part of the common control reserve.

 

f.                        Assets

 

(i)                   Financial assets

 

The Group classifies its financial assets in the following categories: financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, loans and receivables, held-to-maturity investments and available-for-sale securities.  Management determines the classification of its financial assets at initial recognition.

 

·                   Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

This category has two sub-categories: firstly financial assets held for trading and secondly those designated at fair value through profit or loss at inception.  A financial asset is classified in this category if acquired principally for the purpose of selling it in the near term, if it is part of a portfolio of financial instruments that are managed together and for which there is evidence of a recent pattern of short-term profit taking, if it is a derivative that is not a designated hedging instrument, or if so designated on acquisition by management, in accordance with conditions set out in f(i)(e).

 

·                   Loans and receivables

Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market.

 

·                   Held-to-maturity investments

Held-to-maturity investments are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments and fixed maturity that the Group’s management has the positive intention and ability to hold to maturity.

 

·                   Available-for-sale securities

Available-for-sale securities are those non-derivative financial assets that are designated as available-for-sale or that are not classified as financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, loans and receivables or held-to-maturity investments.

 

·                   Other investments

Other investments, which comprise of unlisted securities that do not have a quoted price in an active market where fair value cannot be estimated within a reasonable range of probable outcomes, are carried at cost.

 

128



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 1.  Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

Recognition of financial assets

 

Purchases and sales of financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, held-to-maturity and available-for-sale are recognised on trade-date, the date on which the Group commits to purchase or sell the asset.  Loans are recognised when cash is advanced to the borrowers.  Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss are recognised initially at fair value.  All other financial assets are recognised initially at fair value plus directly attributable transaction costs.  Financial assets are derecognised when the rights to receive cash flows from the financial assets have expired or where the Group has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership.

 

Available-for-sale financial assets and financial assets recognised at fair value through profit or loss are subsequently carried at fair value.  Loans and receivables and held-to-maturity investments are subsequently carried at amortised cost using the effective interest method.  Realised and unrealised gains and losses arising from changes in the fair value of financial assets at fair value through profit or loss are included in the income statement in the period in which they arise.  Gains and losses arising from changes in the fair value of available-for-sale financial assets are recognised directly in equity, until the financial asset is derecognised or impaired at which time the cumulative gain or loss previously recognised in equity is recognised in the income statement.  Dividends on available-for-sale equity instruments are recognised in the income statement when the right to receive payment is established.  Foreign exchange gains and losses and interest calculated using the effective interest method on debt instruments are also recognised in the income statement.

 

The fair values of quoted investments in active markets are based on current bid prices.  If the market for a financial asset is not active, the Group establishes fair value by using valuation techniques.  These include the use of recent arm’s length transactions, discounted cash flow analysis, option pricing models and other valuation techniques commonly used by market participants.

 

a.                      Cash and balances with central banks

 

Cash and balances with central banks includes cash at branches, Reserve Bank settlement account balances and nostro balances.  They are brought to account at the face value or the gross value of the outstanding balance, where appropriate.  These balances have a maturity of less than three months.

 

b.                     Due from other financial institutions

 

Receivables from other financial institutions include placements, loans to other banks and certificates of deposit.  Placements and loans to other banks are accounted for as loans and receivables and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method, while certificates of deposit are accounted for at fair value through profit or loss.

 

c.                      Derivative financial instruments

 

Derivative financial instruments including forwards, futures, swaps and options are recognised in the balance sheet at fair value.  Fair values are obtained from quoted market prices, independent dealer price quotations, discounted cash flow models and option pricing models, which incorporate current market and contractual prices for the underlying instrument, time to expiry, yield curves and volatility of the underlying.  All derivatives are carried as assets when fair value is positive and as liabilities when fair value is negative.

 

d.                     Trading securities

 

Trading securities include debt and equity instruments which are actively traded and securities purchased under agreement to resell.  They are accounted for as financial assets at fair value through profit or loss.

 

e.                      Other financial assets designated at fair value

 

Certain non-trading bonds, notes and commercial bills are designated at fair value through profit or loss.  This designation is only made if the financial asset contains an embedded derivative or it is managed on a fair value basis in accordance with a documented strategy or if designating it at fair value reduces an accounting mismatch.

 

f.                        Available-for-sale securities

 

Available-for-sale securities are public and other debt and equity securities that are not classified as at fair value through profit or loss, loans and receivables or as held-to-maturity investments.  The accounting policy for available-for-sale securities is set out above.

 

g.                     Loans

 

Loans includes advances, overdrafts, home loans, credit card and other personal lending, term loans, leasing receivables, bill financing and redeemable preference share financing.  The accounting policy for loans and receivables is set out above.

 

Security is obtained if, based on an evaluation of the customer’s credit worthiness, it is considered necessary for the customer’s overall borrowing facility.  Security would normally consist of assets such as cash deposits, receivables, inventory, plant and equipment, real estate or investments.

 

129



 

Note 1.  Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

Loan products that have both a mortgage and deposit facility are presented on a gross basis in the balance sheet, segregating the loan and deposit component into the respective balance sheet line items.  Interest earned on this product is presented on a net basis in the income statement as this reflects how the customer is charged.

 

h.                     Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

 

In several countries in which the Group operates, the law requires that regulatory deposits be lodged with the local central bank at a rate of interest generally below that prevailing in the market.  The amount of the deposit and the interest rate receivable is determined in accordance with the requirements of the local central bank.  They are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method.

 

i.                         Life insurance assets

 

Assets held by the life insurance companies, including investments in funds managed by the Group, are designated at fair value through profit or loss as required by AASB 1038 Life Insurance Contracts (AASB 1038).  Changes in fair value are included in the income statement.  Most assets are held in the life insurance statutory funds and can only be used within the restrictions imposed under the Life Insurance Act 1995.  The main restrictions are that the assets in a fund can only be used to meet the liabilities and expenses of that fund, to acquire investments to further the business of the fund or as distribution when solvency and capital adequacy requirements are met.  Therefore they are not as liquid as other financial assets.

 

j.                         Derecognition of financial assets

 

A financial asset (or, where applicable a part of a financial asset or part of a group of similar financial assets) is derecognised where:

 

·                   the rights to receive cash flows from the asset have expired; or

 

·                   the entity has transferred its rights to receive cash flows from the asset or has assumed an obligation to pay the received cash flow in full without material delay to a third party under a ‘pass-though’ arrangement; and

 

·                   either (a) the Group has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of the asset, or (b) the Group has neither transferred nor retained substantially all the risks and rewards of the asset, but has transferred control of the asset.

 

A situation may arise where the Group transfers its rights to receive cashflows from an asset or has entered into a pass-through arrangement.  In some cases the Group would neither have transferred nor retained substantially all the risks and rewards of the asset nor transferred control of these assets.  Should this occur to the extent that the Bank has continuing involvement in the asset, the asset continues to be recognised on the balance sheet.

 

Impairment of financial assets

 

Assets carried at amortised cost

 

The Group assesses at each balance date whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset or group of financial assets is impaired.  A financial asset or a group of financial assets is impaired and impairment charges are recognised if there is objective evidence of impairment as a result of one or more events that occurred after the initial recognition of the asset (a ‘loss event’) and that loss event (or events) has an impact on the estimated future cash flows of the financial asset or group of financial assets that can be reliably estimated.  Objective evidence that a financial asset or group of assets is impaired includes observable data that comes to the attention of the Group about the following loss events:

 

(i)       significant financial difficulty of the issuer or obligor;

 

(ii)      a breach of contract, such as a default or delinquency in interest or principal payments;

 

(iii)     the Group granting to the borrower, for economic or legal reasons relating to the borrower’s financial difficulty, a concession that the Group would not otherwise consider;

 

(iv)     it becoming probable that the borrower will enter bankruptcy or other financial reorganisation;

 

(v)      the disappearance of an active market for that financial asset because of financial difficulties; or

 

(vi)     observable data indicating that there is a measurable decrease in the estimated future cash flows from a group of financial assets since the initial recognition of those assets, although the decrease cannot yet be identified with the individual financial assets in the Group, including:

 

·                  adverse changes in the payment status of borrowers in the Group; or

 

·                  national or local economic conditions that correlate with defaults on the assets in the Group.

 

The Group first assesses whether objective evidence of impairment exists individually for financial assets that are individually significant, and individually or collectively for financial assets that are not individually significant.  If the Group determines that no objective evidence of impairment exists for an individually assessed financial asset, whether significant or not, it includes the asset in a group of financial assets with similar credit risk characteristics and collectively assesses them for impairment.  Assets that are individually assessed for impairment and for which an impairment is, or continues to be, recognised are not included in a collective assessment of impairment.

 

If there is objective evidence that an impairment on loans and receivables or held-to-maturity investments has been incurred, the amount of the charge is measured as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows (excluding future credit losses that have not incurred) discounted at the financial asset’s original effective interest rate.  The carrying amount of the asset is reduced through the use of a provision account and the amount of the loss is recognised in the income statement.  If a loan or held-to-maturity investment has a variable interest rate, the discount rate for measuring any impairment is the current effective interest rate determined under the contract.

 

130



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 1.  Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

The calculation of the present value of the estimated future cash flows of a collateralised financial asset reflects the cash flows that may result from foreclosure less costs for obtaining and selling the collateral, whether or not foreclosure is probable.  For the purposes of a collective evaluation of impairment, financial assets are grouped on the basis of similar credit risk characteristics (i.e. on the basis of the Group’s grading process that considers asset type, industry, geographical location, collateral type, past-due status and other relevant factors).  Those characteristics are relevant to the estimation of future cash flows for groups of such assets by being indicative of the debtors’ ability to pay all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the assets being evaluated.  Future cash flows for a group of financial assets that are collectively evaluated for impairment are estimated on the basis of the contractual cash flows of the assets in the Group and historical loss experience for assets with credit risk characteristics similar to those in the Group.  Historical loss experience is adjusted on the basis of current observable data to reflect the effects of current conditions that did not affect the period on which the historical loss experience is based and to remove the effects of conditions in the historical period that do not exist currently.

 

Estimates of changes in future cash flows for groups of assets reflect, and are directionally consistent with, changes in related observable data from period to period (for example, changes in unemployment rates, property prices, payment status, or other factors indicative of changes in the probability of losses in the Group and their magnitude).  The methodology and assumptions used for estimating future cash flows are reviewed regularly by the Group to reduce any differences between loss estimates and actual loss experience.  When a loan is uncollectable, it is written off against the related provision for loan impairment.  Such loans are written off after all the necessary procedures have been completed and the amount of the loss has been determined.  Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off decrease the amount of the charge for loan impairment in the income statement.  If, in a subsequent period, the amount of the impairment charge decreases and the decrease can be related objectively to an event occurring after the impairment was recognised (such as an improvement in the debtor’s credit rating), the previously recognised impairment charge is reversed by adjusting the provision account.  The amount of the reversal is recognised in the income statement.

 

Assets carried at fair value

 

The Group assesses at each sheet date whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset or a group of financial assets is impaired.  For equity investments classified as available-for-sale, a significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of the security below its cost is considered in determining whether the assets are impaired.  If any such evidence exists for available-for-sale financial assets, the cumulative loss – measured as the difference between the acquisition cost and the current fair value, less any impairment charge on that financial asset previously recognised in profit or loss – is removed from equity and recognised in the income statement.  If, in a subsequent period, the fair value of a debt instrument classified as available-for-sale increases and the increase can be objectively related to an event occurring after the impairment charge was recognised in the income statement, the impairment charge is reversed through the income statement.  Subsequent reversal of impairment charges on equity instruments are not recognised in the income statement.

 

(ii)               Non-financial assets

 

a.                      Property, plant and equipment

 

Property, plant and equipment is carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment.  Cost is the fair value of the consideration provided plus incidental costs directly attributable to the acquisition.  Other subsequent expenditure is capitalised only when it increases the future economic benefits embodied in the item of property, plant and equipment.  All other expenditure is recognised in the income statement as an expense as incurred.  Impairment is recognised as a part of operating expenses in the income statement.

 

Computer software is capitalised at cost and classified as Property, Plant and Equipment where it is integral to the operation of associated hardware.

 

Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate the cost of assets less any residual value over their estimated useful lives, as follows:

 

·

Premises and sites

Up to 67 years

 

 

 

·

Leasehold improvements

Up to 10 years

 

 

 

·

Furniture and equipment

3-15 years

 

Gains and losses on the disposal of property, plant and equipment are determined by reference to their carrying value and are included in the income statement.

 

b.                     Intangible assets

 

Goodwill

 

Goodwill represents amounts arising on the acquisition of businesses.  Goodwill represents the excess of purchase consideration, including directly attributable expenses associated with the acquisition, over the fair value of the Group’s share of the identifiable net assets of the acquired business.

 

All goodwill is considered to have an indefinite life.

 

Goodwill is tested for impairment annually and whenever there is an indication that it may be impaired, and is carried at cost or deemed cost less accumulated impairment.  Gains and losses on the disposal of an entity include the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold.

 

Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units for the purpose of impairment testing.

 

Goodwill was tested for impairment at 30 September 2008.

 

131



 

Note 1.  Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

Other Intangibles

 

Other intangibles are stated at cost, accumulated amortisation and impairment.  Other intangibles consist of brands, computer software, value of in-force business and service contracts (parent only).

 

·                   Computer software

 

Internal and external costs directly incurred in the purchase or development of computer software, including subsequent upgrades and enhancements are recognised as intangible assets when it is probable that they will generate future economic benefits attributable to the Group.  These assets are amortised using the straight-line method to allocate the cost of the asset less any residual value over the estimated useful lives of between three and five years.

 

·                   Value of in-force business

 

The excess of the purchase consideration for Westpac Life Insurance Services Limited over the fair value of the net tangible assets acquired is recorded as an intangible asset.  This represents the future profits to be earned on contracts in existence at the acquisition date.  This is amortised over 30 years on a systematic basis reflecting the pattern in which the asset’s future economic benefits are expected to be consumed.

 

(iii)           Investments in controlled entities

 

Investments in controlled entities are initially recorded by Westpac at cost.  Investments in controlled entities are subsequently held at lower of cost and recoverable amounts.

 

(iv)             Impairment of non-financial assets

 

The carrying amount of the Group’s non-financial assets, other than deferred tax assets and assets arising from employee benefits, are reviewed at each balance date to determine whether there is any indication of impairment.  If such an indication exists, the asset’s recoverable amount is estimated.  An impairment charge is recognised whenever the carrying amount of an asset or the cash-generating unit it is allocated to exceeds its recoverable amount.  With the exception of goodwill for which impairment charges are not reversed, where an impairment charge subsequently reverses, the carrying amount of the asset (or cash-generating unit) is increased to the revised estimate of its recoverable amount, such that the increased carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined had no impairment charge been recognised for the asset (or cash-generating unit) in prior years.  Impairment charges and reversals of impairment charges are recognised in the income statement.

 

As detailed above, goodwill is tested for impairment annually, and whenever there is an indication that it may be impaired.

 

The recoverable amount of an asset is the greater of its net selling price and value-in-use.  In assessing value-in-use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset.  For an asset that does not generate largely independent cash inflows, the recoverable amount is determined for the cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs.

 

g.                     Liabilities

 

(i)                   Financial liabilities

 

Financial liabilities are initially recognised at fair value less transaction costs except where they are designated at fair value, in which case transaction costs are expensed as incurred.  They are subsequently measured at amortised cost except for derivatives and liabilities at fair value, which are held at fair value through profit or loss.  Financial liabilities are recognised when an obligation arises and derecognised when it is discharged.

 

a.                      Due to other financial institutions

 

Due to other financial institutions includes deposits, vostro balances and settlement account balances due to other financial institutions.  They are measured at amortised cost.

 

b.                     Deposits at fair value

 

Deposits at fair value include certificates of deposit and interest bearing deposits.  They are designated at fair value through profit or loss as they are managed as part of a trading portfolio.

 

c.                      Deposits at amortised cost

 

Deposits at amortised cost include non-interest bearing deposits repayable at call, certificates of deposit and interest bearing deposits.  They are measured at amortised cost.

 

d.                     Derivative financial instruments

 

Derivative financial instruments including forwards, futures, swaps and options are recognised in the balance sheet at fair value.  Unrealised and realised changes to the fair value of derivatives which are held for trading or do not meet hedging requirements, are recorded in net trading income.  Fair values are obtained from quoted market prices, independent dealer price quotations, discounted cash flow models and option pricing models, which incorporate current market and contractual prices for the underlying instrument, time to expiry, yield curves and volatility of the underlying.  All derivatives are carried as assets when fair value is positive and as liabilities when fair value is negative.

 

e.                      Trading liabilities and other financial liabilities designated at fair value

 

Securities sold under repurchase agreements and securities sold short are classified as trading liabilities.  They are accounted for as financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss.

 

132



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 1.  Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

f.                        Debt issues

 

These are bonds, notes, commercial paper and debentures that have been issued by Westpac.  Debt issues are measured either at fair value through profit or loss or at amortised cost using the effective interest method.  Debt issues are measured at fair value through profit or loss to reduce an accounting mismatch, which arises from derivatives executed for risk management purposes.

 

g.                     Acceptances

 

These are bills of exchange initially accepted and discounted by Westpac that have been subsequently rediscounted into the market.  They are measured at amortised cost.  Bill financing provided to customers by the acceptance and discount of bills of exchange is reported as part of loans.  In the current year acceptances have been reported separately from debt issues, on the face of the balance sheet, as these are predominately rediscounted to retail investors.

 

h.                     Loan capital

 

Loan capital includes FIRsTS, TPS 2004 and Stapled Preferred Securities (SPS) that qualify as Tier 1 capital and subordinated bonds, notes and debentures that qualify as Tier 2 capital as defined by APRA for capital adequacy purposes.  Loan capital is measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

 

i.                         Financial guarantees

 

Financial guarantee contracts are recognised as financial liabilities at the time the guarantee is issued.  The liability is initially measured at fair value and subsequently at the higher of the amount determined in accordance with AASB 137 Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets and the amount initially recognised less cumulative amortisation, where appropriate.

 

The fair value of a financial guarantee contract is determined at the present value of the difference in net cash flows between the contractual payments under the debt instrument and the payments that would be required without the guarantee, or the estimated amount that would be payable to a third party for assuming the obligations.

 

Where guarantees in relation to loans or other payables of subsidiaries or associates are provided for no compensation, the fair values are accounted for as contributions and recognised as part of the cost of the investment.

 

j.                         Derecognition of financial liabilities

 

A financial liability is derecognised when the obligation under the liability is discharged or cancelled or expires.  Where an existing financial liability is replaced by another from the same lender on substantially different terms, or the terms of an existing liability are substantially modified, such an exchange or modification is treated as a derecognition of the original liability and the recognition of a new liability, and the difference in the respective carrying amounts is recognised in profit or loss.

 

(ii)               Life insurance liabilities

 

Life insurance liabilities consist of life insurance contract liabilities, life investment contract liabilities and external liabilities of managed investment schemes controlled by statutory life funds.

 

Life insurance contract liabilities

 

The value of life insurance contract liabilities is calculated by using the margin on services methodology.  The methodology takes into account the risks and uncertainties of the particular classes of the life insurance business written.  Deferred policy acquisition cost are connected with measurement basis of life insurance contract liabilities and are equally sensitive to the factors that are considered in the liabilities measurement.  This methodology is in accordance with Actuarial Standard 1.04 ‘Valuation of Policy liabilities’ issued by the Life Insurance Actuarial Standard Board (LIASB) under the Life Insurance Act 1995.

 

Under this methodology, planned profit margins and an estimate of future liabilities are calculated separately for each related product group using applied assumptions at each reporting date.  Profit margins are released over each reporting period in line with the service that has been provided.  The balance of the planned profit is deferred by including them in the value of policy liabilities.

 

The key factors that affect the estimation of these liabilities and related assets are:

 

·                   The cost of providing benefits and administrating the contracts;

 

·                   Mortality and morbidity experience, including enhancements to policyholder benefits;

 

·                   Discontinuance experience, which affects the Group’s ability to recover the cost of acquiring new business over the life of the contracts; and

 

·                   The rate at which projected future cash flows are discounted.

 

In addition, factors such as regulation, competition, interest rates, taxes, securities market conditions and general economic conditions affect the level of these liabilities.  In some contracts, the Group shares experience on investment results with its customers, which can offset the impacts of these factors on the profitability of these products.

 

Life investment contract liabilities

 

Life investment contract liabilities are designated at fair value through profit or loss.  Fair value is based on the higher of the valuation of linked assets, or the minimum current surrender value.

 

External liabilities of managed investment schemes controlled by statutory life funds

 

External liabilities of managed investment schemes controlled by statutory life funds are designated at fair value through profit or loss.

 

133



 

Note 1.  Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

(iii)           Provisions

 

a.                      Employee entitlements

 

Wages and salaries, annual leave and sick leave

 

Liabilities for wages and salaries, including non-monetary benefits, annual leave and accumulating sick leave expected to be settled within 12 months of the balance date are recognised in provisions in respect of employees’ services up to the balance date and are measured at the amounts expected to be paid when the liabilities are settled.

 

No provision is made for non-vesting sick leave as the pattern of sick leave taken indicates that no additional liability will arise for non-vesting sick leave.

 

Long service leave

 

Liabilities for long service leave expected to be settled within 12 months of the balance date are recognised in the provision for long service leave and are measured at the amounts expected to be paid when the liabilities are settled.

 

Liabilities for long service leave and other deferred employee benefits expected to be settled more than 12 months from the balance date are recognised in the provision for long service leave and are measured at the present value of future payments expected to be made in respect of services provided by employees up to the balance date.  Consideration is given to expected future wage and salary levels, experience of employee departure and periods of service.  Expected future payments are discounted to their net present value using market yields at the balance date on government bonds with terms that match as closely as possible the estimated timing of future cash flows.

 

Employee benefit on-costs

 

A liability is also carried for on-costs, including payroll tax, in respect of provisions for certain employee benefits which attract such costs.

 

Termination benefits

 

Liabilities for termination benefits are recognised when a detailed plan for the terminations has been developed and a valid expectation has been raised in those employees affected that the terminations will be carried out.  Liabilities for termination benefits are recognised within other liabilities unless the timing or amount is uncertain, in which case they are recognised as provisions.

 

Liabilities for termination benefits expected to be settled within 12 months are measured at amounts expected to be paid when they are settled.  Amounts expected to be settled more than 12 months from the balance date are measured at the estimated cash outflows, discounted using market yields at the balance date on government bonds with terms to maturity and currency that match, as closely as possible, the estimated future payments, where the effect of discounting is material.

 

b.                     Provision for leasehold premises

 

The provision for leasehold premises covers net outgoings on certain unoccupied leased premises or sub-let premises where projected rental income falls short of rental expense.  The liability is determined on the basis of the present value of net future cash flows.

 

c.                      Provision for restructuring

 

A provision for restructuring is recognised where there is a demonstrable commitment and a detailed plan such that there is little or no discretion to avoid payments to other parties and the amount can be reliably estimated.

 

d.                     Provision for dividends

 

A liability for dividends is recognised when dividends are declared, determined or publicly recommended by the Directors but not distributed as at the balance date.

 

h.                     Equity

 

(i)                   Ordinary shares

 

Ordinary shares are recognised at the amount paid up per ordinary share net of directly attributable issue costs.

 

(ii)               Treasury shares

 

Where the parent entity or other members of the consolidated Group purchases shares in the parent entity, the consideration paid is deducted from total shareholders’ equity and the shares are treated as treasury shares until they are subsequently sold, reissued or cancelled.  Where such shares are sold or reissued, any consideration received is included in shareholders’ equity.

 

(iii)           Minority interests

 

Minority interests represents the share in the net assets of subsidiaries attributable to equity interests that are not owned directly or indirectly by the parent entity.  The Group also has on issue the following hybrid instruments; Trust Preferred Securities 2003 (TPS 2003) and Trust Preferred Securities 2006 (TPS 2006) that are classified as minority interests.

 

(iv)             Reserves

 

Foreign currency translation reserve : as noted in Note 1(a)(v), exchange differences arising on translation of the assets and liabilities of overseas branches and subsidiaries are reflected in the foreign currency translation reserve.  Any offsetting gains or losses on hedging these balances, together with any tax effect are also reflected in this reserve, which may be either a debit or credit balance.  Any credit balance in this reserve would not normally be regarded as being available for payment of dividends until such gains are realised.

 

134



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 1.  Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

Available-for-sale securities reserve : comprises the changes in the fair value of available-for-sale financial securities, net of tax.  These changes are transferred to the income statement in non interest income when the asset is either derecognised or impaired.

 

Cash flow hedging reserve : comprises the fair value gains and losses associated with the effective portion of designated cash flow hedging instruments.

 

Share-based payment reserve : comprises the fair value of share-based payments recognised as an expense.

 

i.                        Other accounting principles and policies

 

(i)                   Hedging

 

The Group uses derivative instruments as part of its asset and liability management activities to manage exposures to interest rates and foreign currency, including exposures arising from forecast transactions.  The method of recognising the fair value gain or loss of derivatives depends on the nature of the hedging relationship.  Hedging relationships are of three types:

 

·                   fair value hedge: a hedge of the change in fair value of recognised assets or liabilities or unrecognised firm commitments;

 

·                   cash flow hedge: a hedge of variability in highly probable future cash flows attributable to a recognised asset or liability, or a forecasted transaction; and

 

·                   hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation: a hedge of the amount of the Group’s interest in the net assets of a foreign operation.

 

The Group uses hedge accounting for derivatives designated in this way when certain criteria are met.  At the time a financial instrument is designated as a hedge, the Group formally documents the relationship between the hedging instrument and hedged item, together with the methods that will be used to assess the effectiveness of the hedging relationship.  The Group formally assesses, both at the inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis, whether the hedging derivatives have been ‘highly effective’ in offsetting changes in the fair value or cash flows of the hedged items.

 

A hedge is regarded as highly effective if, at inception and throughout its life, the Group can expect changes in the fair value or cash flows of the hedged item to be almost fully offset by the changes in the fair value or cash flows of the hedging instrument, and actual results of the hedge are within a range of 80% to 125% of these changes.  ‘Hedge ineffectiveness’ represents the amount by which the changes in the fair value of the hedging derivative differ from changes in the fair value of the hedged item or the amount by which changes in the cash flow of the hedging derivative differ from changes (or expected changes) in the present value of the cash flows of the hedged item.

 

a.                      Fair value hedge

 

Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as fair value hedges are recorded in the income statement, together with any changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are attributed to the hedged risk.

 

If the hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, the adjustment to the carrying amount of a hedged item recognised at amortised cost, is amortised to the income statement over the period to maturity.

 

b.                     Cash flow hedge

 

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges are recognised in equity.  The gain or loss relating to any ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the income statement.

 

Amounts accumulated in equity are transferred to the income statement in the periods in which the hedged item affects profit or loss.

 

When a hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated or exercised or when the hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, any cumulative gain or loss existing in equity at that time remains in equity and is recognised in the period in which the hedge item affects profit or loss.  When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was reported in equity is immediately transferred to the income statement.

 

c.                      Hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation

 

Hedges on net investments in overseas branches and subsidiaries are accounted in a manner similar to cash flow hedges.  Any gain or loss on the hedging instrument relating to the effective portion of the hedge is recognised in the foreign currency translation reserve in equity and the gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the income statement.  Gains and losses accumulated in equity are included in the income statement when the overseas branch or subsidiary is disposed.

 

(ii)               Embedded derivatives

 

In certain instances a derivative may be embedded in a ‘host contract’.  If the host contract is not carried at fair value through profit or loss, the embedded derivative is separated from the host contract and accounted for as a stand-alone derivative instrument at fair value if the economic characteristics and risks of the embedded derivative are not closely related to the economic characteristics and risks of the host contract.

 

(iii)           Recognition of deferred day one profit and loss

 

The best evidence of fair value at initial recognition is the transaction price, unless the fair value of that instrument is evidenced by comparison with other observable current market transactions in the same instrument, or based on a valuation technique whose variables include only data from observable markets.

 

135



 

Note 1.  Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

Westpac has entered into transactions where fair value is determined using valuation models for which not all inputs are market observable prices or rates.  Such a financial instrument is initially recognised at the transaction price which is the best indicator of fair value, although the value obtained from the relevant valuation model may differ.  The difference between the transaction price and the model value, commonly referred to as ‘day one profit or loss’, is not recognised immediately in profit or loss.

 

The timing of recognition of deferred day one profit or loss is determined individually.  It is either amortised over the life of the transaction, deferred until the instrument’s fair value can be determined using market observable inputs, or realised through settlement.  The financial instrument is subsequently measured at fair value, adjusted for the deferred day one profit or loss.  Subsequent changes in fair value are recognised immediately in the income statement without reversal of deferred day one profits or losses.

 

(iv)             Loan securitisation

 

The Group, through its loan securitisation programs, packages and sells loans (principally housing mortgage loans) as securities to investors.  The program includes the securitisation of the Group’s own assets as well as assets from customer funding conduits.  In such transactions, the Group provides an equitable interest in the loans to investors who provide funding to the Group.  Securitised loans that do not qualify for derecognition and associated funding are included in loans and debt issues respectively.

 

(v)                 Funds management and trust activities

 

Certain controlled entities within the Group conduct investment management and other fiduciary activities as responsible entity, trustee, custodian or manager on behalf of individuals, trusts, retirement benefit plans and other institutions.  These activities involve the management of assets in investment schemes and superannuation funds, and the holding or placing of assets on behalf of third parties.

 

Where controlled entities, as responsible entities or trustees, incur liabilities in respect of these activities, a right of indemnity exists against the assets of the applicable trusts.  To the extent these assets are sufficient to cover liabilities, and it is not probable that the controlled entities will be required to settle them, the liabilities are not included in the consolidated financial statements.

 

The Group also manages life insurance statutory fund assets that are included in the consolidated financial statements (refer to Note 1(f)(iii)).

 

At 30 September 2008, the total value of assets under discretionary management by the Group that have not been included in the consolidated financial statements was approximately $41.5 billion (30 September 2007 $47.1 billion).

 

(vi)             Offsetting

 

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount reported in the balance sheet when there is a legally enforceable right to set off the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis, or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

 

(vii)         Securities borrowed or lent and repurchase or reverse repurchase agreements

 

As part of its trading activities, Westpac lends and borrows securities on a collateralised basis.  The securities subject to the borrowing or lending are ordinarily not derecognised from the balance sheet, as the risks and rewards of ownership remain with the initial holder.  Where cash is provided as collateral, the cash paid to third parties on securities borrowed is recorded as a receivable, while cash received from third parties on securities lent is recorded as a borrowing.  Repurchase transactions, where Westpac sells securities under an agreement to repurchase, and reverse repurchase transactions, where Westpac purchases securities under an agreement to resell, are also conducted on a collateralised basis.  Certificates of deposit sold, but subject to repurchase agreements that are due from financial institutions are disclosed as part of trading securities and other financial assets designated at fair value.  Fees and interest relating to stock borrowing or lending and repurchase or reverse repurchase agreements are recognised in the income statement, using the effective interest rate method, over the expected life of the agreements.  Westpac continually reviews the fair value of the underlying securities and, where appropriate, requests or provides additional collateral to support the transactions.

 

(viii)     Superannuation obligations

 

Obligations for contributions to defined contribution plans are recognised as an expense in the income statement as incurred.

 

The asset or liability recognised in the balance sheet in respect of defined benefit plans is the present value of the defined benefit obligation less the fair value of plan assets at the balance date as adjusted for unrecognised actuarial gains and losses.  The carrying amount of an asset recognised in respect of a defined benefit plan is restricted to the total of any unrecognised gains and losses and the present value of available reductions in future contributions to the plan.  The present value of the defined benefit obligation is determined by discounting the estimated future cash flows using market yield on government bonds for obligations denominated in Australian dollars, or high-quality corporate bonds that are denominated in the currency in which the benefits will be paid, and that have terms to maturity approximating the terms of the related defined benefit obligation.  The calculation is performed annually by an independent qualified actuary using the projected unit credit method.

 

The cost recognised in the income statement in respect of defined benefit superannuation plans comprises the current service cost, an interest cost and an expected return on plan assets.  In addition, actuarial gains or losses which result from annual actuarial valuations, which exceed 10% of the greater of the present value of the defined benefit plan’s obligations or the market value of the defined benefit plan’s assets, are spread on a straight-line basis over the expected remaining service period of members of the respective schemes.

 

136



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 1.  Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

(ix)            Earnings per share

 

Basic earnings per share is determined by dividing net profit after tax attributable to equity holders of Westpac, excluding costs of servicing other equity instruments, by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the financial year.

 

Diluted earnings per share adjusts the figures used in the determination of basic earnings per share to take into account the weighted average number of shares assumed to have been issued for no consideration in relation to dilutive potential ordinary shares.  The number of ordinary shares assumed to be issued for no consideration represents the difference between the number that would have been issued at the exercise price and the number that would have been issued at the average market price over the reporting period.

 

(x)                Leases

 

Leases are classified as either finance leases or operating leases.  Under a finance lease, substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to legal ownership are transferred to the lessee.  In contrast, an operating lease exists where the leased assets are allocated to the lessor.

 

In its capacity as a lessor, the Group primarily offers finance leases.  The Group recognises the assets held under finance lease in the balance sheet as loans at an amount equal to the net investment in the lease.  The recognition of finance income is based on a pattern reflecting a constant periodic return on the Group’s net investment in the finance lease.  Finance lease income is included within interest income in the income statement refer to Note 1(b)(iii).

 

In its capacity as a lessee, the Group mainly uses property and equipment under operating leases.  Payments due to the lessor under operating leases are charged to equipment and occupancy expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease (refer to Note 1(c)(iii)).

 

(xi)            Segment Reporting

 

A segment is a distinguishable component of the Group that is engaged either in providing products or services (business segment), or in providing products or services within a particular economic environment (geographical segment), that is subject to risks and returns that are different from those of other business or geographical segments.

 

(xii)        Rounding of amounts

 

In accordance with ASIC Class Order 98/100, all amounts have been rounded to the nearest million dollars unless otherwise stated.

 

j.                        Critical accounting assumptions and estimates

 

(i)                   Critical accounting estimates

 

The application of the Group’s accounting policies necessarily requires the use of judgement, estimates and assumptions.  Should different assumptions or estimates be applied, the resulting values would change, impacting the net assets and income of the Group.

 

Management has discussed the accounting policies which are sensitive to the use of judgment, estimates and assumptions with the Board Audit Committee.

 

The nature of assumptions and estimates used and the value of the resulting asset and liability balances are included in the policy below.

 

(ii)               Fair value of financial instruments

 

Financial instruments classified as held-for-trading or designated at fair value through profit or loss and financial assets classified as available-for-sale are recognised in the financial statements at fair value.  All derivatives are measured and recognised at fair value.

 

The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties, other than in a forced or liquidation sale.

 

Financial instruments are either priced with reference to a quoted market price for that instrument or by using a valuation model.  Where the fair value is calculated using financial market pricing models, the methodology used is to calculate the expected cash flows under the terms of each specific contract and then discount these values back to the present value.  These models use as their basis independently sourced market parameters including, for example, interest rate yield curves, equities and commodities prices, option volatilities and currency rates.  Most market parameters are either directly observable or are implied from instrument prices.  However, profits or losses are recognised upon initial recognition only when such profits can be measured solely by reference to observable current market transactions or valuation techniques based solely on observable market inputs.

 

The calculation of fair value for any financial instrument may also require adjustment of the quoted price or model value to reflect the cost of credit risk (where not embedded in underlying models or prices used).  The process of calculating fair value on illiquid instruments or from a valuation model may require estimation of certain pricing parameters, assumptions or model characteristics.

 

These estimates are calibrated against industry standards, economic models and observed transaction prices.

 

The fair value of financial instruments is provided in Note 29.

 

A negligible proportion of the Group’s trading derivatives is valued directly from quoted prices, the majority being valued using appropriate valuation techniques, using observable market inputs.  The fair value of substantially all securities positions carried at fair value is determined directly from quoted prices or from market observable inputs applied in valuation models.

 

137



 

Note 1.  Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

The Group has financial assets measured at fair value of $91,051 million (2007 $64,269 million).  $442 million of this is measured at fair value based on significant non-observable market inputs (2007 $436 million).  The Group has financial liabilities measured at fair value of $101,670 million (2007 $82,018 million).  $58 million of these is measured at fair value based on significant non-observable market inputs (2007 $73 million).

 

(iii)           Provisions for impairment charges

 

The Group’s loan impairment provisions are established to recognise incurred impairment in its portfolio of loans.  A loan is impaired when there is objective evidence that events occurring since the loan was recognised have affected expected cash flows from the loan.  The impairment charge is the difference between the carrying value of the loan and the present value of estimated future cash flows at the loans original effective interest rate.  Provisions for loan impairment represent management’s estimate of the charges incurred in the loan portfolios as at the balance date.  Changes to the provisions for loan impairment and changes to the provisions for undrawn contractually committed facilities and guarantees provided are reported in the consolidated income statement as part of the impairment on loans.

 

At 30 September 2008, gross loans to customers totalled $315,490 million (2007 $276,746 million) and the provision for loan impairment was $1,945 million (2007 $1,369 million).  There are two components to the Group’s loan impairment provisions, individual and collective.

 

Individual component

 

All impaired loans that exceed specified thresholds are individually assessed for impairment.  Individually assessed loans principally comprise the Group’s portfolio of commercial loans to medium and large businesses.  Impairment is recognised as the difference between the carrying value of the loan and the discounted value of management’s best estimate of future cash repayments and proceeds from any security held (discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate).  All relevant considerations that have a bearing on the expected future cash flows are taken into account, including the business prospects for the customer, the realisable value of collateral, the Group’s position relative to other claimants, the reliability of customer information and the likely cost and duration of the work-out process.  Subjective judgements are made in this process.  Furthermore, judgements can change with time as new information becomes available or as work-out strategies evolve, resulting in revisions to the impairment provision as individual decisions are taken.

 

Collective component

 

This is made up of two elements: loan impairment provisions for impaired loans that are below individual assessment thresholds (collective impaired loan provisions) and for loan impairments that have been incurred but have not been separately identified at the balance sheet date (incurred but not reported provisions).  These are established on a portfolio basis taking into account the level of arrears, collateral, past loss experience and defaults based on portfolio trends.  The most significant factors in establishing these provisions are the estimated loss rates and the related emergence periods.  The emergence period for each loan product type is determined through detailed studies of loss emergence patterns.  Loan files where losses have emerged are reviewed to identify the average time period between observable loss indicator events and the loss becoming identifiable.  These portfolios include credit card receivables and other personal advances including mortgages.  The future credit quality of these portfolios is subject to uncertainties that could cause actual credit losses to differ materially from reported loan impairment provisions.  These uncertainties include the economic environment, notably interest rates and their effect on customer spending, unemployment levels, payment behaviour and bankruptcy rates.

 

The impairment charge reflected in the income statement is $931 million and the provision balance at 30 September 2008 of $1,945 million represents 0.62% of loans.

 

Provisions for credit commitments are calculated using the same methodology as described above.  The provision for credit commitments was $229 million (2007 $189 million) and was disclosed as part of Note 20.

 

(iv)             Goodwill

 

As stated in Note 1(f)(ii)(b), goodwill represents the excess of purchase consideration, including incidental expenses, over the fair value of the Group’s share of the identified net assets of acquired businesses.  Goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually.  The carrying value of goodwill as at 30 September 2008 was $2,425 million.

 

The determination of the fair value of assets and liabilities of the acquired businesses requires the exercise of management judgment.  Different fair values would result in changes to the goodwill and to the post-acquisition performance of the acquisition.

 

To determine if goodwill is impaired the carrying value of the identified cash-generating unit (CGU) to which the goodwill is allocated, including the allocated goodwill, is compared to its recoverable amount.  Recoverable amount is the higher of the CGU’s fair value and its value in use.  Value in use is the present value of expected future cash flows from the CGU.  Determination of appropriate cash flows and discount rates for the calculation of value in use is subjective.  Fair value is the amount obtainable for the sale of the CGU in an arm’s length transaction between knowledgeable, willing parties.  The assumptions applied to determine impairment are outlined in Note 13.

 

Goodwill impairment testing for 2008 indicated that an impairment of $18 million was recognised with respect to goodwill during the year.

 

138



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 1.  Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

(v)                 Superannuation obligations

 

The Group operates a number of defined benefit plans as described in Note 36.  For each of these plans, actuarial valuations of the plan’s obligations and the fair value measurements of the plan’s assets are performed annually in accordance with the requirements of AASB 119 Employee Benefits (AASB 119).

 

The actuarial valuation of plan obligations is dependent upon a series of assumptions, the key ones being price inflation, earnings growth, mortality, morbidity and investment returns assumptions.  Different assumptions could significantly alter the amount of the difference between plan assets and obligations, and the superannuation cost charged to the income statement.

 

The Group’s AASB 119 superannuation deficit across all plans as at 30 September 2008 was $473 million (2007 $116 million deficit).  This comprises net recognised liabilities of $95 million (2007 $274 million) and unrecognised actuarial losses of $378 million (2007 $158 million gain).

 

(vi)             Provisions (other than loan impairment)

 

Provisions are held in respect of a range of future obligations such as employee entitlements, restructuring costs, non-lending losses and onerous contracts (for example leases with surplus space).  Provisions carried for long service leave are supported by an independent actuarial report.  Some of the provisions involve significant judgement about the likely outcome of various events and estimated future cash flows.  Provisions for taxation held in respect of uncertain tax positions represents the unrecovered tax benefits associated with specific transactions.  The deferral of these benefits involves the exercise of management judgements about the ultimate outcomes of the transactions.  Payments which are expected to be incurred later than one year are discounted at a rate which reflects both current interest rates and the risks specific to that provision.

 

k.                    Future accounting developments

 

The following new standards and interpretations have been issued, but are not yet effective and have not been early adopted by the Group:

 

Interpretation 13 Customer Loyalty Programmes (Interpretation 13) is effective for the 30 September 2009 financial year end.  Interpretation 13 addresses how companies that grant their customers loyalty award credits when buying goods and services should account for their obligation to provide free or discounted goods and services, if and when the customers redeem the points.  Interpretation 13 requires the entity to allocate some of the proceeds of the initial sale to award credits and recognise these proceeds as revenue when the provision of free goods or services is fulfilled.  The guidance will result in the remeasurement and reclassification of the existing credit card loyalty provision to deferred income.  Deferred income will be recognised as revenue when the expense of providing rewards is incurred.  It is expected that there will be some further delay in the timing of the recognition of revenue attributed to the credit card loyalty programme going forward.  This guidance is not expected to have a material impact to the Group.

 

A revised AASB 3 and amended AASB 127 were issued by the AASB in March 2008.  The revisions to the standards apply prospectively to business combinations and will be effective for the 30 September 2010 financial year end.  The main changes under the standards are that:

 

·                   acquisition related costs are recognised as an expense in the income statement in the period they are incurred;

 

·                   earn-outs and contingent considerations will be measured at fair value at the acquisition date, however remeasurement in the future will be recognised in the income statement;

 

·                   step acquisitions, impacting equity interests held prior to control being obtained, are remeasured to fair value, with gains and losses being recognised in the income statement.  Similarly where control is lost, any difference between the fair value of the residual holding and its carrying value is recognised in the income statement; and

 

·                   while control is retained, transactions with minority interests would be treated as equity transactions.

 

AASB 101 is a revised standard applicable to the Group in the 2010 financial year.  The amendments affect the presentation of owner changes in equity and of comprehensive income.  They do not change the recognition, measurement or disclosure of specific transactions and events required by other standards.

 

Amendments to AASB 132 and AASB 101 were issued in February 2008 and will require some puttable financial instruments and some financial instruments, which impose on the entity an obligation to deliver to another party a pro rata share of the net assets on liquidation, to be classified as equity.  The amendment is applicable to the Group in the 2010 financial year and is not expected to have a material impact.

 

AASB 8 was issued in February 2007.  The standard applies to the Group for the 2010 financial year.  The standard replaces AASB 114 and will further align operating segment reporting with internal reporting to key management personnel.

 

In response to the credit crisis the IASB and subsequently the AASB have amended AASB 139 in October 2008.  The amendments permit entities to reclassify non-derivative financial assets out of fair value through profit or loss or available for sale in certain rare circumstances, which arise from a single event that is unusual and highly unlikely to reoccur in the near term.  Westpac has not made use of this amendment in its 30 September 2008 financial statements, and is considering whether to make use of the amendment in its 2009 financial statements.

 

139



 

Note 2.  Net interest income

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Interest income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans

 

24,998

 

19,483

 

15,895

 

21,290

 

16,639

 

Due from other financial institutions

 

1,782

 

969

 

785

 

1,336

 

570

 

Available-for-sale securities

 

114

 

101

 

51

 

33

 

7

 

Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

 

31

 

17

 

16

 

30

 

14

 

Subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

1,021

 

333

 

Trading securities

 

1,754

 

1,003

 

845

 

1,643

 

721

 

Net ineffectiveness on qualifying hedges

 

1

 

14

 

2

 

1

 

14

 

Other financial assets designated at fair value

 

92

 

119

 

152

 

91

 

58

 

Other

 

309

 

369

 

345

 

298

 

346

 

Total interest income( 1)

 

29,081

 

22,075

 

18,091

 

25,743

 

18,702

 

Interest expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current and term deposits

 

(9,075

)

(7,046

)

(5,629

)

(7,476

)

(5,816

)

Due to other financial institutions

 

(449

)

(593

)

(562

)

(388

)

(331

)

Debt issues

 

(4,480

)

(3,440

)

(2,563

)

(3,272

)

(2,556

)

Loan capital

 

(484

)

(409

)

(347

)

(439

)

(330

)

Subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

(1,294

)

(896

)

Trading liabilities

 

(1,911

)

(964

)

(822

)

(1,929

)

(762

)

Deposits at fair value

 

(4,286

)

(2,500

)

(1,940

)

(3,986

)

(2,251

)

Other

 

(1,174

)

(810

)

(586

)

(895

)

(521

)

Total interest expense

 

(21,859

)

(15,762

)

(12,449

)

(19,679

)

(13,463

)

Net interest income

 

7,222

 

6,313

 

5,642

 

6,064

 

5,239

 

Impairment charges

 

(931

)

(482

)

(375

)

(775

)

(404

)

Net interest income after impairment charges

 

6,291

 

5,831

 

5,267

 

5,289

 

4,835

 

 


(1)

Included within total interest income is $28 million (2007 $23 million, 2006 $18 million) of interest income accrued on impaired financial assets.

 

140



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 3.  Non-interest income

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Fees and commissions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banking and credit related fees

 

553

 

519

 

497

 

472

 

460

 

Transaction fees and commissions received

 

1,133

 

1,149

 

1,087

 

937

 

942

 

Service and management fees

 

47

 

45

 

37

 

5

 

2

 

Other non-risk fee income

 

206

 

119

 

145

 

294

 

263

 

Total fees and commissions

 

1,939

 

1,832

 

1,766

 

1,708

 

1,667

 

Wealth management and insurance income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Life insurance and funds management net operating income

 

868

 

1,146

 

980

 

 

 

General insurance premiums less claims incurred

 

110

 

113

 

104

 

 

2

 

Total wealth management and insurance income

 

978

 

1,259

 

1,084

 

 

2

 

Trading income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange income

 

514

 

409

 

279

 

456

 

356

 

Other trading securities

 

218

 

251

 

246

 

291

 

(21

)

Total trading income

 

732

 

660

 

525

 

747

 

335

 

Other income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends received from subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

597

 

490

 

Dividends received from other entities

 

15

 

14

 

9

 

16

 

15

 

Rental income

 

1

 

2

 

3

 

1

 

1

 

Gain on disposal of assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net gain/(loss) from available-for-sale securities

 

(3

)

20

 

35

 

1

 

17

 

Other net gains on disposal of assets( 1)

 

460

 

2

 

9

 

237

 

 

Net gain/(loss) on ineffective hedges

 

3

 

(2

)

3

 

3

 

(2

)

Hedging overseas operations

 

(57

)

(16

)

(34

)

 

21

 

Net gain/(loss) on derivatives held for risk management purposes

 

86

 

(11

)

 

86

 

(27

)

Net gain/(loss) on financial instruments designated at fair value

 

(1

)

3

 

74

 

223

 

(4

)

Other

 

45

 

97

 

101

 

33

 

42

 

Total other income

 

549

 

109

 

200

 

1,197

 

553

 

Total non-interest income

 

4,198

 

3,860

 

3,575

 

3,652

 

2,557

 

Wealth management and insurance income comprised

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Funds management income

 

566

 

538

 

462

 

 

 

Life insurance premium income/(expense)

 

390

 

355

 

293

 

 

 

Life insurance investment income/(expense) and other income/(expense)

 

(1,864

)

2,015

 

1,721

 

 

 

Life insurance claims and change in life insurance liabilities

 

1,776

 

(1,762

)

(1,497

)

 

 

General insurance premiums earned

 

218

 

204

 

183

 

 

 

General insurance commissions, investment and other income

 

2

 

2

 

2

 

 

2

 

General insurance claims incurred, underwriting and commission expenses

 

(110

)

(93

)

(80

)

 

 

Total wealth management and insurance income

 

978

 

1,259

 

1,084

 

 

2

 

 


(1)

Includes profit from the partial sale of BT Investment Management of $141 million and profit from the receipt and sale of shares in Visa Inc. of $295 million.

 

141



 

Note 4.  Operating expenses

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Salaries and other staff expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and wages

 

2,207

 

2,030

 

1,820

 

1,626

 

1,496

 

Employee entitlements

 

162

 

170

 

154

 

133

 

147

 

Payroll tax

 

148

 

116

 

100

 

125

 

98

 

Fringe benefits tax

 

24

 

23

 

24

 

21

 

21

 

Superannuation costs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Defined contribution plans

 

133

 

116

 

91

 

117

 

91

 

Defined benefit plans (Note 36)

 

6

 

3

 

17

 

6

 

6

 

Equity based compensation

 

92

 

53

 

63

 

64

 

53

 

Restructuring costs( 1)

 

124

 

19

 

27

 

103

 

14

 

Other

 

19

 

27

 

28

 

4

 

7

 

Total salaries and other staff expenses

 

2,915

 

2,557

 

2,324

 

2,199

 

1,933

 

Equipment and occupancy expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating lease rentals

 

298

 

262

 

240

 

218

 

195

 

Depreciation and amortisation:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Premises

 

1

 

2

 

2

 

1

 

 

Leasehold improvements

 

38

 

32

 

23

 

29

 

22

 

Furniture and equipment

 

37

 

38

 

38

 

30

 

30

 

Technology

 

61

 

59

 

50

 

49

 

46

 

Software

 

187

 

177

 

163

 

137

 

143

 

Impairment charges:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Software

 

164

 

10

 

12

 

154

 

10

 

Technology

 

29

 

 

 

29

 

 

Leasehold improvements

 

5

 

 

 

5

 

 

Equipment repairs and maintenance

 

39

 

38

 

36

 

33

 

31

 

Electricity, water and rates

 

7

 

9

 

9

 

5

 

5

 

Land tax

 

2

 

 

2

 

2

 

 

Other

 

27

 

1

 

39

 

10

 

 

Total equipment and occupancy expenses

 

895

 

628

 

614

 

702

 

482

 

Other expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortisation of deferred expenditure

 

4

 

3

 

4

 

31

 

30

 

Non-lending losses

 

53

 

48

 

54

 

48

 

35

 

Purchased services:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Technology and information services

 

158

 

144

 

139

 

99

 

91

 

Legal

 

27

 

25

 

24

 

19

 

19

 

Other professional services

 

298

 

271

 

275

 

274

 

234

 

Stationery

 

51

 

54

 

53

 

32

 

35

 

Postage and freight

 

103

 

96

 

99

 

77

 

74

 

Outsourcing costs

 

486

 

467

 

477

 

399

 

381

 

Insurance

 

11

 

10

 

13

 

8

 

8

 

Advertising

 

99

 

90

 

75

 

54

 

59

 

Training

 

17

 

19

 

20

 

10

 

13

 

Travel

 

59

 

60

 

55

 

46

 

47

 

Other expenses

 

76

 

71

 

69

 

141

 

152

 

Impaiment charges – goodwill

 

18

 

 

 

 

 

Total other expenses

 

1,460

 

1,358

 

1,357

 

1,238

 

1,178

 

Operating expenses

 

5,270

 

4,543

 

4,295

 

4,139

 

3,593

 

 


(1)

Included is $113 million relating to the restructuring program in 2008 of which there are no material individual components. The program is aimed at redesigning product processes and operations to better support our customers and enhance efficiencies.

 

142



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 5.  Income tax

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

The income tax expense for the year is reconciled to the profit before income tax as follows

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit before income tax expense

 

5,219

 

5,148

 

4,547

 

4,802

 

3,799

 

Prima facie income tax based on the Australian company tax rate of 30%

 

1,566

 

1,544

 

1,364

 

1,440

 

1,140

 

The effect of amounts which are not deductible (assessable) in calculating taxable income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in tax rate( 1)

 

4

 

5

 

 

 

(1

)

Rebateable and exempt dividends

 

(33

)

(43

)

(49

)

(193

)

(222

)

Tax losses not previously recognised now brought to account

 

(5

)

3

 

24

 

(12

)

(36

)

Life insurance:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax adjustment on policy holders’ earnings(2)

 

(138

)

64

 

43

 

 

 

Adjustment for life business tax rates

 

(12

)

(5

)

(3

)

 

 

Other non-assessable items

 

(79

)

(30

)

(138

)

(52

)

(33

)

Other non-deductible items

 

54

 

94

 

120

 

33

 

53

 

Adjustment for overseas tax rates

 

6

 

21

 

21

 

(12

)

8

 

Income tax (over)/under provided in prior years

 

(26

)

(11

)

36

 

(15

)

(12

)

Other items

 

(50

)

(12

)

4

 

(31

)

38

 

Total income tax expense in the income statement

 

1,287

 

1,630

 

1,422

 

1,158

 

935

 

Income tax analysis

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax expense attributable to profit from ordinary activities comprised:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current income tax:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

1,108

 

1,272

 

1,085

 

828

 

878

 

Overseas

 

255

 

268

 

257

 

95

 

(33

)

 

 

1,363

 

1,540

 

1,342

 

923

 

845

 

Deferred income tax:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

(38

)

84

 

16

 

246

 

5

 

Overseas

 

(12

)

17

 

28

 

4

 

97

 

 

 

(50

)

101

 

44

 

250

 

102

 

(Over)/under provision in prior years:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

(15

)

(13

)

35

 

(7

)

(10

)

Overseas

 

(11

)

2

 

1

 

(8

)

(2

)

 

 

(26

)

(11

)

36

 

(15

)

(12

)

Total Australia

 

1,055

 

1,343

 

1,136

 

1,067

 

873

 

Total overseas

 

232

 

287

 

286

 

91

 

62

 

Total income tax expense attributable to profit from ordinary activities

 

1,287

 

1,630

 

1,422

 

1,158

 

935

 

 


(1)

The company tax rate in New Zealand reduced from 33% to 30% effective for the Group from 1 October 2008, and the company tax rate in the United Kingdom reduced from 30% to 28% effective for the Group during 2008. The impact of the change in the income tax rates has been taken into account in the measurement of deferred taxes at the end of the reporting period.

 

 

(2)

In accordance with the requirements of Australian Accounting Standard AASB 1038, our tax expense for the year ended 30 September 2008 includes a $198 million tax credit on policyholders’ investment earnings ($92 million tax charge in the year ended 30 September 2007, $61 million tax charge in the year ended 30 September 2006) of which $60 million is in the prima facie tax benefit ($28 million tax expense in the year ended 30 September 2007, $18 million tax expense in the year ended 30 September 2006) and the balance of $138 million ($64 million in the year ended 30 September 2007, $43 million in the year ended 30 September 2006) is shown here.

 

Westpac Banking Corporation and its wholly-owned Australian controlled entities implemented the tax consolidation legislation as of 1 October 2002. The entities in the tax consolidated group have entered into a tax sharing agreement which, in the opinion of the directors, limits the joint and several liabilities of the wholly-owned entities in the case of a default by the head entity, Westpac Banking Corporation.

 

143



 

Note 5.  Income tax (continued)

 

The entities have also entered into a tax funding agreement under which the wholly-owned entities fully compensate Westpac Banking Corporation for any current tax payable assumed and are compensated by Westpac Banking Corporation for any current tax receivable and deferred tax assets relating to unused tax losses or unused tax credits that are transferred to Westpac Banking Corporation under the tax consolidation legislation.  The funding amounts are determined by reference to the amounts recognised in the wholly-owned entities’ financial statements.

 

The amounts receivable/payable under the tax funding agreement are settled on a quarterly basis in line with Westpac Banking Corporation obligations to pay tax instalments.  Any unpaid amounts at balance date are recognised as current intercompany receivables or payables.

 

Note 6.  Dividends

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Recognised amounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ordinary dividends

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2007 final dividend paid 68 cents per share (2006 60 cents per share, 2005 51 cents per share) all fully franked at 30%

 

1,265

 

1,101

 

953

 

1,268

 

1,104

 

2008 interim dividend paid 70 cents per share (2007 63 cents per share, 2006 56 cents per share) all fully franked at 30%

 

1,311

 

1,164

 

1,024

 

1,315

 

1,166

 

Total ordinary dividends

 

2,576

 

2,265

 

1,977

 

2,583

 

2,270

 

Distributions on other equity instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Convertible debentures

 

 

 

 

73

 

68

 

Total distributions on other equity instruments

 

 

 

 

73

 

68

 

Dividends not recognised at year end

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Since year end the Directors have recommended the payment of the following final ordinary dividend:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ordinary shares 72 cents per share (2007 68 cents per share, 2006 60 cents per share) all fully franked at 30%

 

1,358

 

1,265

 

1,101

 

1,364

 

1,268

 

 

The amount disclosed as ‘recognised’ for ordinary dividends is the final dividend paid in respect of the prior financial year and the interim dividend paid in respect of the current financial year.

 

The Board has determined to satisfy the dividend reinvestment plan (DRP) for the 2008 final dividend by issuing Westpac ordinary shares. The price at which shares will be issued under the DRP will include a discount of 2.5%. The balance of the dividend not reinvested by shareholders in the DRP will be fully underwritten.

 

 

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Franking account balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Franking account balance as at year end

 

923

 

897

 

815

 

Franking credits that will arise from payment of current income tax

 

(214

)

(71

)

77

 

Adjusted franking account balance after payment of current income tax

 

709

 

826

 

892

 

Franking credits to be utilised for payment of unrecognised final dividend

 

(597

)

(552

)

(475

)

Adjusted franking account balance

 

112

 

274

 

417

 

 

144



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 7.  Earnings per share

 

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the net profit attributable to equity holders of Westpac by the weighted averaged number of ordinary shares on issue during the year, excluding the number of ordinary shares purchased by the Group and held as Treasury shares.  Diluted earnings per share is calculated by adjusting the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding to assume conversion of all dilutive potential ordinary shares.

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

Basic

 

Diluted

 

Basic

 

Diluted

 

Basic

 

Diluted

 

Reconciliation of earnings used in the calculation of earnings per ordinary share ($ million)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net profit

 

3,932

 

3,932

 

3,518

 

3,518

 

3,125

 

3,125

 

Net profit attributable to minority interest

 

(73

)

(73

)

(67

)

(67

)

(54

)

(54

)

Distribution on New Zealand Class shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Distribution on RSP treasury shares

 

(4

)

 

(1

)

 

 

 

FIRsTS distributions

 

 

7

 

 

44

 

 

44

 

2004 TPS distributions

 

 

23

 

 

31

 

 

37

 

2007 convertible notes

 

 

39

 

 

22

 

 

 

2008 Stapled preferred securities

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings

 

3,855

 

3,936

 

3,450

 

3,548

 

3,071

 

3,152

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares (millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares

 

1,879

 

1,879

 

1,852

 

1,852

 

1,842

 

1,842

 

Effect of own shares held

 

(8

)

(8

)

(6

)

(6

)

(5

)

(5

)

Potential dilutive adjustment:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise of options and vesting of restricted shares

 

 

10

 

 

7

 

 

5

 

Conversion of 2004 TPS

 

 

28

 

 

22

 

 

31

 

Conversion of FIRsTS

 

 

7

 

 

24

 

 

29

 

2007 convertible notes

 

 

43

 

 

16

 

 

 

2008 Stapled preferred securities

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total weighted average number of ordinary shares

 

1,871

 

1,967

 

1,846

 

1,915

 

1,837

 

1,902

 

Earnings per ordinary share (cents)

 

206.0

 

200.1

 

186.9

 

185.3

 

167.2

 

165.7

 

 

During the year 5,429,056 (2007 2,853,969, 2006 5,370,963) options and performance share rights were converted to ordinary shares.  The diluted earnings per share calculation includes that portion of these options assumed to be issued for nil consideration, weighted with reference to the date of conversion.

 

The exercise prices of all options are included in Note 26.  In determining diluted earnings per share, options with an exercise price (including grant date fair value that will be expensed in future periods) greater than the average market price over the year have not been included, as these are not considered dilutive.  Performance options and performance share rights are only included in determining diluted earnings per share to the extent that market related performance hurdles are met at year end.

 

Subsequent to 30 September 2008:

 

·                   2,399 performance share rights were granted to employees (2007 nil, 2006 18,600 performance share rights) under the Westpac Performance Plan;

 

·                   20,000 ordinary shares were issued to employees due to the exercise of options (2007 93,285, 2006 61,000); and

 

·                   36,169 ordinary shares were issued to employees due to the exercise of performance share rights (2007 22,513, 2006 11,161).

 

Information concerning the classification of securities

 

Options and share rights

 

Options and share rights granted to employees prior to 30 September 2008 under the Westpac Performance Plan, Chief Executive Share Option Agreement, Chief Executive Securities Agreement, General Management Share Option Plan and Senior Officers’ Share Purchase Scheme are considered to be potentially ordinary shares and have been included in the determination of diluted earnings per share.  The options and share rights have not been included in the determination of basic earnings per share.  Details relating to options and share rights are set out in Note 26.

 

145



 

Note 7.  Earnings per share (continued)

 

FIRsTS

 

FIRsTS were redeemed for cash on 31 December 2007.  As FIRsTS could be exchanged into ordinary shares if a tax or regulatory event occurred or automatically converted in the event of a default, the potential dilutive impact has been considered.  For the year ended 30 September 2008 FIRsTS were dilutive (2007 dilutive, 2006 dilutive) and have been included in the determination of dilutive earnings per share.  The computation of the number of ordinary shares that may arise from conversion has been weighted for the proportion of the year that FIRsTS were on issue.  FIRsTS have not been included in the determination of basic earnings per share.  Refer to Note 23 for further details.

 

2004 TPS

 

As 2004 TPS can be exchanged for ordinary shares in certain circumstances, any dilutive impact must be considered.  For the 2008 financial year, 2004 TPS were dilutive (2007 dilutive, 2006 dilutive) and have been included in the determination of diluted earnings per share.  2004 TPS have not been included in the determination of basic earnings per share.  Refer to Note 23 for further details.

 

2007 convertible notes

 

The 2007 convertible notes are unsecured, unsubordinated, redeemable, convertible notes that were issued by Westpac in a private placement on 19 April 2007.  As they can be exchanged into ordinary shares at the discretion of Westpac upon certain conditions being satisfied, any dilutive impact must be considered.  For the year ended 30 September 2008, the 2007 convertible notes were dilutive (2007 dilutive) and have been included in the determination of diluted earnings per share.  The computation of the number of ordinary shares that may arise from conversion was weighted for the proportion of the year that instruments were on issue in 2007.

 

Restricted Share Plan (RSP)

 

During the year ended 30 September 2008, 2,050,587 ordinary shares (2007 1,329,152) were purchased on market at an average purchase price of $24.37 (2007 $24.00) and allocated to eligible senior management under the RSP.  Full entitlement to these shares do not vest until a service period has been completed.

 

Westpac stapled preferred securities (SPS)

 

Westpac SPS are securities, each consisting of a perpetual, unsecured, non-cumulative subordinated note issued by the Group’s New York branch, stapled to a preference share issued by Westpac.  The instruments were issued on 30 July 2008.  As the SPS can be exchanged for ordinary shares in certain circumstances, any dilutive impact must be considered.  For the year ended 30 September 2008 the SPS were dilutive and have been included in the determination of diluted earnings per share.  The computation of the number of ordinary shares in 2008, which may arise from conversion, has been weighted for the proportion of the year that the instruments were on issue.

 

The terms and conditions associated with loan capital is discussed in more detail in Note 23.

 

Note 8.  Due from other financial institutions

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Placements

 

3,050

 

2,515

 

3,015

 

2,482

 

Loans to other banks

 

7,384

 

10,775

 

2,393

 

4,188

 

Certificates of deposit(1)

 

10,911

 

15,089

 

10,911

 

15,089

 

Total due from other financial institutions

 

21,345

 

28,379

 

16,319

 

21,759

 

 


(1) Certificates of deposit are measured at fair value through profit or loss.  At 30 September 2008, certificates of deposit due from other financial institutions sold, but subject to repurchase agreements of $9.7 billion (2007 $2.9 billion) was disclosed as part of Trading securities (refer to Note 9).

 

Amounts due from other financial institutions based on location and nature are outlined below:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest earning

 

16,147

 

24,022

 

12,090

 

18,301

 

Non-interest earning

 

4

 

3

 

4

 

2

 

Total Australia

 

16,151

 

24,025

 

12,094

 

18,303

 

Overseas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest earning

 

5,192

 

4,352

 

4,225

 

3,455

 

Non-interest earning

 

2

 

2

 

 

1

 

Total Overseas

 

5,194

 

4,354

 

4,225

 

3,456

 

Total due from other financial institutions

 

21,345

 

28,379

 

16,319

 

21,759

 

 

146



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 9.  Trading securities and other financial assets designated at fair value

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Securities

 

35,982

 

17,138

 

11,725

 

32,786

 

13,483

 

Securities purchased under agreement to resell

 

3,552

 

5,099

 

1,835

 

3,552

 

5,099

 

Total trading securities

 

39,534

 

22,237

 

13,560

 

36,338

 

18,582

 

Other financial assets designated at fair value

 

2,547

 

1,179

 

3,282

 

1,480

 

830

 

Total trading securities and other financial assets designated at fair value

 

42,081

 

23,416

 

16,842

 

37,818

 

19,412

 

 

Trading securities includes the following:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Australian public securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commonwealth securities

 

290

 

221

 

189

 

290

 

221

 

Semi-government securities

 

5,064

 

2,932

 

3,470

 

5,064

 

2,932

 

Australian equity securities

 

203

 

71

 

280

 

203

 

 

Australian debt securities

 

27,289

 

9,233

 

6,214

 

25,449

 

9,108

 

Overseas public securities

 

130

 

298

 

310

 

130

 

278

 

Overseas debt securities

 

3,006

 

4,383

 

1,262

 

1,650

 

944

 

Total securities

 

35,982

 

17,138

 

11,725

 

32,786

 

13,483

 

Securities purchased under agreement to resell

 

3,552

 

5,099

 

1,835

 

3,552

 

5,099

 

Total trading securities

 

39,534

 

22,237

 

13,560

 

36,338

 

18,582

 

 

Other financial assets designated at fair value include:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Australian debt securities

 

1,672

 

1,179

 

601

 

645

 

830

 

Overseas debt securities

 

875

 

 

2,681

 

835

 

 

Total other financial assets designated at fair value

 

2,547

 

1,179

 

3,282

 

1,480

 

830

 

 

147



 

Note 10.  Available-for-sale securities

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Available-for-sale securities – at fair value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australian debt securities

 

291

 

544

 

342

 

233

 

140

 

Overseas public securities

 

898

 

333

 

191

 

269

 

85

 

Overseas debt securities

 

203

 

193

 

337

 

31

 

375

 

Australian equity securities

 

10

 

9

 

74

 

6

 

6

 

Overseas equity securities

 

201

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,603

 

1,079

 

944

 

539

 

606

 

Available-for-sale securities – at cost( 1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unlisted securities

 

10

 

10

 

25

 

1

 

1

 

Total available-for-sale securities

 

1,613

 

1,089

 

969

 

540

 

607

 

 


(1) Investments in certain unlisted equity instruments are measured at cost at 30 September 2008 because the fair value cannot be reliably measured.  These investments represent minority interest in companies for which active markets do not exist and quoted prices are not available.

 

Other than securities issued by Australian Commonwealth or state governments, the Group held no trading and available-for-sale securities of a single issuer, the book value of which, in aggregate, exceeded 10% of total equity as at 30 September 2008 and 30 September 2007.

 

The movement in available-for-sale securities may be summarised as follows:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

At 1 October 2007 – available-for-sale securities

 

1,089

 

607

 

Additions

 

4,875

 

688

 

Disposals (sale and redemption)

 

(4,514

)

(811

)

Impairment charges

 

(1

)

 

Exchange differences on monetary assets

 

131

 

27

 

Gains/losses from changes in fair value

 

33

 

29

 

At 30 September 2008 – available-for-sale securities

 

1,613

 

540

 

 

148



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 10.  Available-for-sale securities (continued)

 

The following table shows the maturities of the Group’s available-for-sale securities and the weighted-average carrying yield for each range of available-for-sale securities as at 30 September 2008.  There are no tax-exempt securities.

 

 

 

Within

 

Over

 

Over

 

Over

 

No Specific

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

1 Year

 

1 to 5 Years

 

5 to 10 Years

 

10 Years

 

Maturity

 

 

 

Total

 

Average

 

 

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

%

 

2008 available-for-sale securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying amount at fair value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australian debt/equity securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage backed securities

 

 

 

67

 

10.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

67

 

7.4

 

Other debt/equity securities

 

8

 

 

 

 

235

 

2.5

 

 

 

1

 

 

244

 

3.9

 

Overseas public securities

 

846

 

5.8

 

52

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

898

 

5.5

 

Overseas debt securities

 

12

 

3.1

 

155

 

5.1

 

36

 

3.2

 

 

 

 

 

203

 

4.2

 

Overseas equity securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

201

 

0.3

 

201

 

0.3

 

Total by maturity at fair value

 

866

 

 

 

274

 

 

 

271

 

 

 

 

 

 

202

 

 

 

1,613

 

 

 

2007 available-for-sale securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying amount at fair value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australian debt securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage backed securities

 

11

 

7.1

 

19

 

9.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30

 

8.3

 

Other debt securities

 

425

 

4.6

 

 

 

100

 

5.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

525

 

2.3

 

Overseas public securities

 

482

 

3.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

482

 

3.4

 

Overseas debt securities

 

4

 

5.0

 

48

 

8.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

52

 

8.5

 

Total by maturity at fair value

 

922

 

 

 

67

 

 

 

100

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,089

 

 

 

 

Available-for-sale securities revalued to fair value resulted in a gain of $48 million being recognised directly in equity (refer to Note 25).

 

The maturity profile is determined based upon contractual terms for available-for-sale instruments.

 

149



 

Note 11.  Loans

 

Loan products that have both a mortgage and deposit facility have been presented on a gross basis in the balance sheet.  This represents a change in presentation from that adopted in previous years and has resulted in an increase to loans and deposits of $4.0 billion at 30 September 2008; 30 September 2007 balances have also been revised by $2.8 billion.  The impact of these adjustments did not result in a material revision to any of the previously issued financial statements. This impacts the presentation of loans and deposits throughout the financial statements.  Loans have been revised in Note 27, Note 28, Note 29 and Note 33.

 

Loans are classified based on the location of the lending office:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Overdrafts

 

2,973

 

3,045

 

2,973

 

3,045

 

Credit card outstandings

 

7,536

 

7,310

 

7,536

 

7,310

 

Overnight and at call money market loans

 

297

 

280

 

297

 

280

 

Acceptance of finance

 

24,499

 

21,847

 

24,499

 

21,847

 

Term loans(1):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Housing

 

132,039

 

113,396

 

131,430

 

112,115

 

Housing – line of credit

 

13,217

 

14,280

 

13,217

 

14,280

 

Non-housing

 

69,285

 

56,484

 

69,629

 

56,799

 

Finance leases

 

4,900

 

4,345

 

4,804

 

4,248

 

Margin lending

 

3,833

 

4,939

 

3,907

 

5,013

 

Other

 

4,293

 

3,105

 

4,226

 

3,965

 

Total Australia

 

262,872

 

229,031

 

262,518

 

228,902

 

New Zealand

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Overdrafts

 

1,254

 

1,200

 

299

 

286

 

Credit card outstandings

 

937

 

885

 

 

 

Overnight and at call money market loans

 

1,341

 

1,787

 

843

 

1,206

 

Term loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Housing

 

26,134

 

24,820

 

 

 

Non-housing

 

16,437

 

13,738

 

5,860

 

4,484

 

Other

 

735

 

897

 

471

 

531

 

Total New Zealand

 

46,838

 

43,327

 

7,473

 

6,507

 

Total Other Overseas

 

5,780

 

4,388

 

4,476

 

3,586

 

Total loans

 

315,490

 

276,746

 

274,467

 

238,995

 

Provisions on loans (refer to Note 12)

 

(1,945

)

(1,369

)

(1,670

)

(1,187

)

Total net loans

 

313,545

 

275,377

 

272,797

 

237,808

 

 


(1)   Securitised loans are included in total net loans above, further details on securitised assets is disclosed in Note 32.

 

150



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 11.  Loans (continued)

 

During the current year we have modified the presentation of loans by industry to align external reporting with the basis of presentation for internal reporting.  The industry clusters presented below are based upon ANZSIC codes.  The revised industry classifications impact Note 11, Note 12 and Note 28.

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

Accomodation, cafes and restaurants

 

3,862

 

3,285

 

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

 

5,625

 

4,835

 

Construction

 

4,201

 

3,541

 

Finance and insurance

 

18,570

 

12,333

 

Government, administration and defence

 

451

 

564

 

Manufacturing

 

10,223

 

8,954

 

Mining

 

1,864

 

1,124

 

Property

 

29,194

 

22,975

 

Property services and business services

 

6,781

 

5,158

 

Services(1)

 

6,853

 

6,410

 

Trade(2)

 

10,768

 

8,740

 

Transport and storage

 

5,485

 

4,020

 

Utilities(3)

 

2,347

 

2,070

 

Retail lending

 

154,985

 

139,202

 

Other

 

1,663

 

5,820

 

Total Australia

 

262,872

 

229,031

 

Overseas

 

 

 

 

 

Accomodation, cafes and restaurants

 

383

 

1,028

 

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

 

4,291

 

3,740

 

Construction

 

551

 

420

 

Finance and insurance

 

3,523

 

3,700

 

Government, administration and defence

 

285

 

231

 

Manufacturing

 

2,164

 

1,255

 

Mining

 

279

 

265

 

Property

 

4,824

 

5,700

 

Property services and business services

 

283

 

212

 

Services(1)

 

2,164

 

1,635

 

Trade(2)

 

2,375

 

2,430

 

Transport and storage

 

1,441

 

825

 

Utilities(3)

 

1,104

 

683

 

Retail lending

 

27,798

 

25,092

 

Other

 

1,153

 

499

 

Total Overseas

 

52,618

 

47,715

 

Total loans

 

315,490

 

276,746

 

Provisions on loans

 

(1,945

)

(1,369

)

Total net loans

 

313,545

 

275,377

 

 


(1)    Services includes Education, Health and Community Services, Cultural and Recreational Services and Personal and Other Services.

(2)    Trade includes Wholesale Trade and Retail Trade.

(3)    Utilities includes Electricity, Gas and Water and Communication Services.

 

151



 

Note 11.  Loans (continued)

 

 

 

Consolidated Contractual Maturity Distribution of All
Loans by Type of Customer as at 30 September 2008

 

 

 

 

 

Over

 

Over

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1 Day to

 

3 Months

 

Over 1 to

 

Over

 

 

 

 

 

Overdrafts

 

3 Months

 

to 1 Year

 

5 Years

 

5 Years

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Loans by type of customer in Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accomodation, cafes and restaurants

 

88

 

243

 

260

 

2,038

 

1,233

 

3,862

 

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

 

264

 

860

 

356

 

1,671

 

2,474

 

5,625

 

Construction

 

281

 

310

 

497

 

1,970

 

1,143

 

4,201

 

Finance and insurance

 

470

 

3,387

 

5,409

 

4,974

 

4,330

 

18,570

 

Government, administration and defence

 

 

6

 

16

 

110

 

319

 

451

 

Manufacturing

 

327

 

701

 

2,102

 

5,351

 

1,742

 

10,223

 

Mining

 

17

 

41

 

95

 

1,513

 

198

 

1,864

 

Property

 

257

 

5,183

 

5,036

 

13,706

 

5,012

 

29,194

 

Property services and business services

 

228

 

457

 

681

 

3,871

 

1,544

 

6,781

 

Services

 

146

 

367

 

554

 

3,734

 

2,052

 

6,853

 

Trade

 

639

 

1,656

 

1,132

 

3,726

 

3,615

 

10,768

 

Transport and storage

 

89

 

130

 

471

 

4,003

 

792

 

5,485

 

Utilities

 

8

 

21

 

172

 

1,749

 

397

 

2,347

 

Retail lending

 

3,641

 

11,383

 

2,178

 

22,560

 

115,223

 

154,985

 

Other

 

58

 

428

 

65

 

284

 

828

 

1,663

 

Total Australia

 

6,513

 

25,173

 

19,024

 

71,260

 

140,902

 

262,872

 

Total Overseas

 

1,394

 

9,458

 

2,893

 

8,063

 

30,810

 

52,618

 

Total loans

 

7,907

 

34,631

 

21,917

 

79,323

 

171,712

 

315,490

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Contractual Maturity Distribution of All
Loans by Type of Customer as at 30 September 2007

 

 

 

 

 

Over

 

Over

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1 Day to

 

3 Months

 

Over 1 to

 

Over

 

 

 

 

 

Overdrafts

 

3 Months

 

to 1 Year

 

5 Years

 

5 Years

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Loans by type of customer in Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accomodation, cafes and restaurants

 

76

 

183

 

478

 

1,429

 

1,119

 

3,285

 

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

 

298

 

680

 

334

 

1,307

 

2,216

 

4,835

 

Construction

 

260

 

206

 

655

 

1,310

 

1,110

 

3,541

 

Finance and insurance

 

77

 

1,436

 

3,047

 

4,557

 

3,214

 

12,333

 

Government, administration and defence

 

 

4

 

19

 

213

 

329

 

564

 

Manufacturing

 

363

 

866

 

1,699

 

4,432

 

1,594

 

8,954

 

Mining

 

8

 

18

 

244

 

651

 

203

 

1,124

 

Property

 

267

 

3,447

 

4,399

 

10,403

 

4,459

 

22,975

 

Property services and business services

 

221

 

353

 

462

 

2,938

 

1,184

 

5,158

 

Services

 

148

 

347

 

1,430

 

2,534

 

1,951

 

6,410

 

Trade

 

690

 

1,209

 

780

 

3,191

 

2,870

 

8,740

 

Transport and storage

 

71

 

334

 

177

 

2,690

 

748

 

4,020

 

Utilities

 

2

 

38

 

676

 

1,036

 

317

 

2,070

 

Retail lending

 

5,163

 

10,141

 

2,333

 

20,766

 

100,799

 

139,202

 

Other

 

107

 

606

 

357

 

2,432

 

2,319

 

5,820

 

Total Australia

 

7,751

 

19,868

 

17,090

 

59,889

 

124,432

 

229,031

 

Total Overseas

 

114

 

11,619

 

2,761

 

6,491

 

26,730

 

47,715

 

Total loans

 

7,865

 

31,487

 

19,851

 

66,380

 

151,162

 

276,745

 

 

The maturity distribution of loans by type of customer has been restated at 30 September 2007 to reflect acceptance of finance products based on the facility maturity rather than the next roll date.  The restatement has resulted in a decrease of $18 billion in the over 1 day to 3 months category, with a corresponding increase in the over 5 years maturity.

 

152



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 11.  Loans (continued)

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

Loans at

 

Loans at

 

 

 

Loans at

 

Loans at

 

 

 

 

 

Variable

 

Fixed

 

 

 

Variable

 

Fixed

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

Interest

 

 

 

Interest

 

Interest

 

 

 

 

 

Rates

 

Rates

 

Total

 

Rates

 

Rates

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Interest rate segmentation of Group loans maturing after one year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By offices in Australia

 

168,722

 

43,440

 

212,162

 

138,078

 

27,956

 

166,034

 

By offices Overseas

 

9,420

 

29,453

 

38,873

 

6,855

 

26,366

 

33,221

 

Total loans maturing after one year

 

178,142

 

72,893

 

251,035

 

144,933

 

54,322

 

199,255

 

 

Loans include the following finance receivables:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Gross investment in finance leases, receivable:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due within one year

 

412

 

410

 

405

 

312

 

Due after one year but not later than five years

 

4,740

 

4,168

 

4,657

 

4,151

 

Due after five years

 

653

 

405

 

644

 

402

 

Unearned future finance income on finance leases

 

(857

)

(611

)

(855

)

(593

)

Net investment in finance leases

 

4,948

 

4,372

 

4,851

 

4,272

 

Accumulated allowance for uncollectible minimum lease payments

 

(8

)

(4

)

(8

)

(4

)

Net investment in finance leases after accumulated allowance

 

4,940

 

4,368

 

4,843

 

4,268

 

The net investment in finance leases may be analysed as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due within one year

 

391

 

399

 

383

 

312

 

Due after one year but not later than five years

 

4,069

 

3,655

 

3,987

 

3,645

 

Due after five years

 

488

 

318

 

480

 

315

 

Total net investment in finance leases

 

4,948

 

4,372

 

4,850

 

4,272

 

 

153



 

Note 12.  Provisions for impairment charges

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Collectively assessed provisions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as at beginning of the year

 

1,410

 

1,194

 

1,530

 

1,235

 

1,183

 

Adjustment on transition to A-IFRS

 

 

 

(545

)

 

 

Restated balance as at beginning of the year

 

1,410

 

1,194

 

985

 

1,235

 

1,183

 

New provisions raised

 

606

 

444

 

369

 

513

 

378

 

Write-offs

 

(378

)

(302

)

(227

)

(323

)

(422

)

Discount unwind

 

130

 

115

 

92

 

110

 

115

 

Exchange rate adjustments

 

(7

)

(41

)

(25

)

(2

)

(19

)

Balance as at end of the year

 

1,761

 

1,410

 

1,194

 

1,533

 

1,235

 

Individually assessed provisions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as at beginning of the year

 

148

 

164

 

199

 

126

 

163

 

New individually assessed provisions

 

447

 

130

 

144

 

365

 

105

 

Write-backs

 

(90

)

(70

)

(113

)

(72

)

(57

)

Write-offs

 

(93

)

(69

)

(68

)

(70

)

(78

)

Discount unwind

 

(6

)

 

2

 

(6

)

 

Exchange rate adjustments

 

7

 

(7

)

 

3

 

(7

)

Balance as at end of the year

 

413

 

148

 

164

 

346

 

126

 

Total provisions for impairment charges and credit commitments

 

2,174

 

1,558

 

1,358

 

1,879

 

1,361

 

Less provisions for credit commitments (refer to Note 20)

 

(229

)

(189

)

(158

)

(209

)

(174

)

Total provisions on loans

 

1,945

 

1,369

 

1,200

 

1,670

 

1,187

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Reconciliation of impairment charges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New individually assessed provisions

 

447

 

130

 

144

 

365

 

105

 

Write-backs

 

(90

)

(70

)

(113

)

(72

)

(57

)

Recoveries

 

(32

)

(22

)

(25

)

(31

)

(22

)

New collectively assessed provisions

 

606

 

444

 

369

 

513

 

378

 

Impairment charges

 

931

 

482

 

375

 

775

 

404

 

 

154



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 12.  Provisions for impairment charges (continued)

 

During the current year we have modified the presentation of the provision for impairment charges by industry, to align external reporting with the basis of internal reporting.  The industry clusters presented below are based upon ANZSIC codes.  The revised industry classifications impact Note 11, Note 12 and Note 28.

 

The reconciliation of impairment charges can be disaggregated by class of financial asset as follows:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

%

 

Individually assessed provision by type of customer Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accomodation, cafes and restaurants

 

1

 

 

6

 

0.4

 

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

 

3

 

0.1

 

3

 

0.2

 

Construction

 

3

 

0.1

 

1

 

0.1

 

Finance and insurance

 

50

 

2.3

 

 

 

Manufacturing

 

17

 

0.8

 

31

 

2.0

 

Mining

 

 

 

2

 

0.1

 

Property

 

21

 

1.0

 

5

 

0.3

 

Property services and business services

 

30

 

1.4

 

7

 

0.4

 

Services(1)

 

137

 

6.3

 

3

 

0.2

 

Trade(2)

 

55

 

2.6

 

17

 

1.1

 

Transport and storage

 

3

 

0.1

 

1

 

0.1

 

Retail lending

 

9

 

0.4

 

4

 

0.3

 

Other

 

2

 

0.1

 

10

 

0.6

 

Total Australia

 

331

 

15.2

 

90

 

5.8

 

New Zealand

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accomodation, cafes and restaurants

 

1

 

 

 

 

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

 

6

 

0.3

 

 

 

Construction

 

1

 

 

 

 

Manufacturing

 

1

 

 

2

 

0.1

 

Property

 

21

 

1.0

 

3

 

0.2

 

Property services and business services

 

1

 

 

2

 

0.1

 

Services(1)

 

1

 

 

6

 

0.4

 

Trade(2)

 

4

 

0.2

 

9

 

0.6

 

Retail lending

 

20

 

0.9

 

 

 

Total New Zealand

 

56

 

2.4

 

22

 

1.4

 

Other Overseas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accomodation, cafes and restaurants

 

1

 

 

 

 

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

 

1

 

 

 

 

Manufacturing

 

5

 

0.2

 

5

 

0.3

 

Mining

 

1

 

 

 

 

Property

 

9

 

0.4

 

 

 

Property services and business services

 

2

 

0.1

 

3

 

0.2

 

Trade(2)

 

2

 

0.1

 

 

 

Transport and storage

 

2

 

0.1

 

 

 

Utilities(3)

 

 

 

28

 

1.8

 

Retail lending

 

1

 

 

 

 

Other

 

2

 

0.1

 

 

 

Total Other Overseas

 

26

 

1.0

 

36

 

2.3

 

Total Overseas

 

82

 

3.4

 

58

 

3.7

 

Total individually assessed provisions

 

413

 

18.6

 

148

 

9.5

 

Total collectively assessed provisions

 

1,761

 

81.4

 

1,410

 

90.5

 

Total provisions for impairment charges and credit commitments

 

2,174

 

100.0

 

1,558

 

100.0

 

 


(1)

 

Services includes Education, Health and Community Services, Cultural and Recreational Services and Personal and Other Services.

(2)

 

Trade includes Wholesale Trade and Retail Trade.

(3)

 

Utilities includes Electricity, Gas and Water and Communication Services.

 

155



 

Note 12.  Provisions for impairment charges (continued)

 

The following tables show details of loans written-off and recoveries of loans written off by type of customer and geographic category for the past two years:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

Write-offs and recoveries

 

 

 

 

 

Write-offs

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

Accomodation, cafes and restaurants

 

(3

)

(2

)

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

 

(7

)

(5

)

Construction

 

(5

)

(2

)

Finance and insurance

 

 

(2

)

Manufacturing

 

(30

)

(6

)

Property

 

(8

)

(2

)

Property services and business services

 

(18

)

(10

)

Services

 

(6

)

(3

)

Trade

 

(10

)

(36

)

Transport and storage

 

(7

)

(5

)

Retail lending

 

(291

)

(266

)

Other

 

(9

)

(16

)

Total Australia

 

(394

)

(355

)

New Zealand

 

 

 

 

 

Manufacturing

 

(1

)

(2

)

Property

 

(2

)

(1

)

Property services and business services

 

(2

)

 

 

Services

 

(1

)

(1

)

Trade

 

(16

)

 

 

Retail lending

 

(53

)

(2

)

Total New Zealand

 

(75

)

(6

)

Other Overseas

 

 

 

 

 

Manufacturing

 

 

(2

)

Utilities

 

 

(8

)

Retail lending

 

(1

)

 

 

Other

 

(1

)

 

Total Other Overseas

 

(2

)

(10

)

Total write-offs

 

(471

)

(371

)

Write-offs in relation to:

 

 

 

 

 

Collectively assessed provision

 

(378

)

(302

)

Individually assessed provision

 

(93

)

(69

)

Total write-offs

 

(471

)

(371

)

Recoveries

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

Construction

 

 

1

 

Manufacturing

 

1

 

2

 

Trade

 

 

1

 

Retail lending

 

22

 

16

 

Other

 

 

2

 

Total Australia

 

23

 

22

 

Total New Zealand

 

 

 

Total Other Oveseas

 

9

 

 

Total recoveries

 

32

 

22

 

Net write-offs and recoveries

 

(439

)

(349

)

 

156



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 13.  Goodwill and other intangible assets

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as at beginning of the year

 

2,398

 

2,403

 

784

 

1,201

 

Additions

 

138

 

 

 

 

Disposals

 

(85

)

 

 

(417

)

Impairment

 

(18

)

 

 

 

Exchange rate and other adjustments

 

(8

)

(5

)

 

 

Balance as at end of the year

 

2,425

 

2,398

 

784

 

784

 

Computer software

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as at beginning of the year

 

527

 

480

 

393

 

470

 

Additions

 

300

 

251

 

233

 

204

 

Disposals

 

 

 

 

(113

)

Impairment

 

(164

)

(10

)

(154

)

(10

)

Amortisation

 

(187

)

(177

)

(137

)

(143

)

Exchange rate adjustments

 

(3

)

(2

)

2

 

(3

)

Other(1)

 

(9

)

(15

)

(9

)

(12

)

Balance as at end of the year

 

464

 

527

 

328

 

393

 

Cost

 

1,297

 

1,481

 

1,011

 

1,134

 

Accumulated amortisation

 

(833

)

(954

)

(683

)

(741

)

Carrying amount

 

464

 

527

 

328

 

393

 

Other intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as at beginning of the year

 

64

 

69

 

17

 

30

 

Additions

 

40

 

 

 

 

Amortisation

 

(4

)

(5

)

(12

)

(13

)

Balance as at end of the year

 

100

 

64

 

5

 

17

 

Cost

 

181

 

141

 

37

 

37

 

Accumulated amortisation

 

(81

)

(77

)

(32

)

(20

)

Carrying amount

 

100

 

64

 

5

 

17

 

Total goodwill and other intangible assets

 

2,989

 

2,989

 

1,117

 

1,194

 

 


(1)

During the current financial year capitalised computer software costs that are integral to associated hardware have been reclassified to property, plant and equipment as this better reflects the nature of the item.

 

Goodwill has been allocated to the following cash-generating units:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Business Financial Services

 

199

 

213

 

199

 

213

 

Consumer Financial Services

 

524

 

392

 

392

 

391

 

BT Financial Group Australia

 

1,075

 

1,217

 

193

 

180

 

New Zealand Retail Banking

 

422

 

430

 

 

 

BT New Zealand

 

12

 

30

 

 

 

Hastings

 

54

 

54

 

 

 

Westpac Institutional Bank

 

126

 

56

 

 

 

Bank of Tonga

 

13

 

6

 

 

 

Total goodwill

 

2,425

 

2,398

 

784

 

784

 

 

An impairment of $18 million (2007 nil) was recognised with respect to goodwill during the year.  This related to BTNZ.  The recoverable amount of each CGU is determined based on the future cash flow projection discounted by the Group’s after tax return on equity rate of 11.0% (2007 10.5%) adjusted to a pre-tax rate.  All future cash flows are based on approved three year strategic plans.  While the strategic business plan assumes certain economic conditions, the forecast is not reliant on one particular assumption.  These business forecasts applied by management are considered appropriate as they are based on past experience and are consistent with observable current market information.  The growth rates after 2011 are assumed to be zero for all CGUs for the goodwill impairment testing purpose.

 

157



 

Note 14.  Property, plant and equipment

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Premises and sites

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost

 

118

 

116

 

74

 

56

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

(29

)

(35

)

(7

)

(6

)

Net carrying amount

 

89

 

81

 

67

 

50

 

Leasehold improvements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost

 

447

 

366

 

316

 

242

 

Accumulated amortisation

 

(278

)

(243

)

(187

)

(158

)

Net carrying amount

 

169

 

123

 

129

 

84

 

Furniture and equipment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost

 

571

 

539

 

454

 

422

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

(420

)

(390

)

(321

)

(296

)

Net carrying amount

 

151

 

149

 

133

 

126

 

Technology

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost

 

573

 

592

 

416

 

437

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

(477

)

(456

)

(349

)

(332

)

Net carrying amount

 

96

 

136

 

67

 

105

 

Total property, plant and equipment

 

505

 

489

 

396

 

365

 

 

158



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 14.  Property, plant and equipment (continued)

 

Reconciliations of the carrying amount for each class of property, plant and equipment are set out below:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Premises and sites

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as at beginning of the year

 

81

 

79

 

50

 

45

 

Additions

 

24

 

7

 

20

 

7

 

Disposals

 

(14

)

(2

)

(2

)

(1

)

Depreciation

 

(1

)

(2

)

(1

)

 

Exchange rate adjustments

 

(1

)

(1

)

 

(1

)

Balance as at end of the year

 

89

 

81

 

67

 

50

 

Leasehold improvements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as at beginning of the year

 

123

 

104

 

84

 

61

 

Additions

 

90

 

53

 

80

 

45

 

Disposals

 

(1

)

(1

)

(1

)

 

Impairment charges

 

(5

)

 

(5

)

 

Amortisation

 

(38

)

(32

)

(29

)

(22

)

Exchange rate adjustments

 

 

(1

)

 

 

Balance as at end of the year

 

169

 

123

 

129

 

84

 

Furniture and equipment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as at beginning of the year

 

149

 

150

 

126

 

125

 

Additions

 

40

 

38

 

37

 

31

 

Disposals

 

(1

)

(1

)

(1

)

 

Depreciation

 

(37

)

(38

)

(30

)

(30

)

Exchange rate adjustments

 

 

 

1

 

 

Balance as at end of the year

 

151

 

149

 

133

 

126

 

Technology

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as at beginning of the year

 

136

 

133

 

105

 

121

 

Additions

 

42

 

49

 

31

 

38

 

Disposals

 

(1

)

(1

)

 

(19

)

Impairment charges

 

(29

)

 

(29

)

 

Depreciation

 

(61

)

(59

)

(49

)

(46

)

Exchange rate adjustments

 

 

(1

)

 

(1

)

Other(1)

 

9

 

15

 

9

 

12

 

Balance as at end of the year

 

96

 

136

 

67

 

105

 

 


(1)

During the current financial year capitalised computer software costs that are integral to associated hardware have been reclassified to property, plant and equipment as this better reflects the nature of the item.

 

Property, plant and equipment under construction

 

There are no significant items of property, plant and equipment that are currently under construction.

 

159



 

Note 15.  Deferred tax assets

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

The balance comprises temporary differences attributable to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts recognised in profit or loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for impairment charge on loans

 

594

 

406

 

500

 

344

 

Provision for employee benefits

 

248

 

302

 

208

 

258

 

Treasury/financial market products

 

1,000

 

1,568

 

929

 

1,582

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

44

 

56

 

36

 

35

 

Loans – carrying amount adjustments

 

59

 

57

 

59

 

57

 

Provision for non-lending losses

 

10

 

8

 

8

 

6

 

Provision for credit commitments

 

53

 

44

 

53

 

44

 

Provision for restructuring

 

17

 

1

 

17

 

1

 

Provision for lease liabilities

 

12

 

8

 

12

 

8

 

Other provisions

 

45

 

37

 

40

 

32

 

Other liabilities

 

335

 

276

 

313

 

260

 

Life insurance policy liabilities

 

102

 

13

 

 

 

Tax losses

 

7

 

2

 

5

 

2

 

Change in tax rate (refer to Note 5)

 

(13

)

(5

)

1

 

 

 

 

2,513

 

2,773

 

2,181

 

2,629

 

Amounts recognised directly in equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available-for-sale securities

 

(21

)

1

 

(21

)

 

Other equity

 

 

 

5

 

5

 

Minority interest

 

5

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

(16

)

6

 

(16

)

5

 

Set-off of deferred tax liabilities pursuant to set-off provisions(1)

 

(1,869

)

(2,263

)

(1,856

)

(2,066

)

Net deferred tax assets

 

628

 

516

 

309

 

568

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets to be recovered/(settled) within 12 months

 

(13

)

91

 

(120

)

95

 

Net deferred tax assets to be recovered after more than 12 months

 

641

 

425

 

429

 

473

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Movement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Opening balance as at beginning of the year

 

516

 

653

 

568

 

683

 

Credited to the income statement

 

1,987

 

2,119

 

1,619

 

1,945

 

Credited to equity

 

(21

)

7

 

(21

)

6

 

Acquisition of subsidiary

 

16

 

 

 

 

Set-off of deferred tax liabilities pursuant to set-off provisions(1)

 

(1,870

)

(2,263

)

(1,857

)

(2,066

)

Closing balance as at end of the year

 

628

 

516

 

309

 

568

 

 


(1)

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are set-off where they relate to income tax levied by the same taxation authority on either the same taxable entity or different taxable entities within the same taxable group.

 

160



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 15.  Deferred tax assets (continued)

 

Unrecognised deferred tax assets

 

Deferred tax assets have not been recognised in respect of the following items:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Deductible temporary differences – other

 

41

 

53

 

41

 

53

 

Tax losses on revenue account

 

164

 

233

 

162

 

231

 

Tax losses on capital account

 

 

88

 

 

88

 

 

The deferred tax assets related to losses will only be obtained if:

 

·                   the Group or relevant entity derives future assessable income of a nature or amount sufficient to enable the benefits from the deductions for the losses to be utilised;

 

·                   the Group or relevant entity continues to comply with the conditions of deductibility imposed by tax legislation; and

 

·                   no changes in tax legislation adversely affect the Group or relevant entity in realising the benefits from the deductions for the losses.

 

The deductible temporary differences and tax losses do not expire under current tax legislation.  Deferred tax assets have not been recognised in respect of these items because it is not considered probable that future taxable profit will be available against which they can be realised.

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

The balance comprises temporary differences attributable to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts recognised in profit or loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Treasury/financial market products

 

1,651

 

1,890

 

1,648

 

1,848

 

Finance lease transactions

 

17

 

5

 

14

 

(6

)

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

 

 

 

Intangible assets

 

18

 

19

 

2

 

 

Life insurance assets

 

11

 

133

 

 

 

Loans – carrying amount adjustments

 

114

 

104

 

114

 

104

 

Other assets

 

84

 

70

 

73

 

102

 

 

 

1,895

 

2,221

 

1,851

 

2,048

 

Amounts recognised directly in equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flow hedges

 

(29

)

43

 

5

 

18

 

Change in tax rate (refer to Note 5)

 

3

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

(26

)

42

 

5

 

18

 

Set-off of deferred tax liabilities pursuant to set-off provisions(1)

 

(1,869

)

(2,263

)

(1,856

)

(2,066

)

Net deferred tax liabililities

 

 

 

 

 

Movements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Opening balance as at beginning of the year

 

 

 

 

 

Charged to the income statement

 

1,937

 

2,220

 

1,869

 

2,047

 

Charged to equity

 

(67

)

43

 

(12

)

19

 

Set-off of deferred tax liabilities pursuant to set-off provisions(1)

 

(1,870

)

(2,263

)

(1,857

)

(2,066

)

Closing balance as at end of the year

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are set-off where they relate to income tax levied by the same taxation authority on either the same taxable entity or different taxable entities within the same taxable group.

 

Deferred tax liabilities relating to aggregate temporary differences of $16 million (2007 $5 million) associated with investments in subsidiaries have not been recognised because the parent entity controls whether the liability will be incurred and it is satisfied that it will not be incurred in the foreseeable future.

 

161



 

Note 16.  Other assets

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Accrued interest receivable

 

1,206

 

926

 

965

 

717

 

Assets held for sale/inventories

 

251

 

289

 

21

 

 

Securities sold not delivered

 

493

 

459

 

493

 

459

 

Deferred expenditure

 

28

 

36

 

15

 

21

 

Deferred acquisition costs

 

142

 

136

 

34

 

28

 

Trade debtors

 

492

 

378

 

216

 

75

 

Prepayments

 

62

 

65

 

49

 

49

 

Accrued fees and commissions

 

167

 

183

 

97

 

99

 

Other

 

831

 

166

 

1,026

 

287

 

Total other assets

 

3,672

 

2,638

 

2,916

 

1,735

 

 

Note 17.  Due to other financial institutions

 

Amounts due to other financial institutions based on location and nature are outlined below:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest bearing

 

5,324

 

2,516

 

5,324

 

2,516

 

Non-interest bearing

 

1,580

 

1,270

 

1,730

 

1,250

 

Total Australia

 

6,904

 

3,786

 

7,054

 

3,766

 

Overseas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest bearing

 

8,952

 

5,025

 

7,821

 

3,668

 

Non-interest bearing

 

5

 

322

 

5

 

322

 

Total Overseas

 

8,957

 

5,347

 

7,826

 

3,990

 

Total due to other financial institutions

 

15,861

 

9,133

 

14,880

 

7,756

 

 

162



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 18.  Deposits

 

Loan products that have both a mortgage and deposit facility have been presented on a gross basis in the balance sheet.  The change in presentation in the current year has resulted in a revision to the loans and deposit balance of $4.0 billion at 30 September 2008 (2007 $2.8 billion).  The impact of these adjustments did not result in a material revision to any of the previously issued financial statements. This impacts the presentation of loans and deposits throughout the financial statements.  Deposits have been revised in Note 27, Note 28 and Note 29.

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits at fair value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Certificates of deposit

 

47,016

 

37,526

 

47,016

 

37,526

 

Total deposits at fair value

 

47,016

 

37,526

 

47,016

 

37,526

 

Deposits at amortised cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest bearing, repayable at call

 

6,978

 

6,326

 

6,978

 

6,326

 

Certificates of deposit

 

57

 

44

 

57

 

44

 

Other interest bearing:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At call

 

87,676

 

84,038

 

87,686

 

83,584

 

Term

 

40,345

 

25,995

 

40,345

 

25,995

 

Total deposits at amortised cost

 

135,056

 

116,403

 

135,066

 

115,949

 

Total Australia

 

182,072

 

153,929

 

182,082

 

153,475

 

New Zealand

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits at fair value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Certificates of deposit

 

3,488

 

3,045

 

 

17

 

Total deposits at fair value

 

3,488

 

3,045

 

 

17

 

Deposits at amortised cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest bearing, repayable at call

 

1,816

 

1,952

 

95

 

118

 

Other interest bearing:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At call

 

11,688

 

11,226

 

2,532

 

2,393

 

Term

 

13,345

 

12,533

 

707

 

1,031

 

Total deposits at amortised cost

 

26,849

 

25,711

 

3,334

 

3,542

 

Total New Zealand

 

30,337

 

28,756

 

3,334

 

3,559

 

Other Overseas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits at fair value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Certificates of deposit

 

9,507

 

8,032

 

9,507

 

8,032

 

Total deposits at fair value

 

9,507

 

8,032

 

9,507

 

8,032

 

Deposits at amortised cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest bearing, repayable at call

 

589

 

334

 

220

 

182

 

Certificates of deposit

 

533

 

972

 

533

 

973

 

Other interest bearing:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At call

 

956

 

760

 

570

 

542

 

Term

 

9,736

 

9,271

 

9,346

 

9,033

 

Total deposits at amortised cost

 

11,814

 

11,337

 

10,669

 

10,730

 

Total Other Overseas

 

21,321

 

19,369

 

20,176

 

18,762

 

Total deposits at fair value

 

60,011

 

48,603

 

56,523

 

45,575

 

Total deposits at amortised cost

 

173,719

 

153,451

 

149,069

 

130,221

 

 

163



 

Note 18.  Deposits (continued)

 

The following table shows average balances and average rates in each of the past three years for major categories of deposits:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

Average

 

Average

 

Average

 

Average

 

Average

 

Average

 

 

 

Balance

 

Rate

 

Balance

 

Rate

 

Balance

 

Rate

 

 

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

%

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest bearing

 

6,750

 

 

3,626

 

 

3,538

 

 

Certificates of deposit

 

48,316

 

7.4

 

31,782

 

6.3

 

28,682

 

5.6

 

Other interest bearing at call

 

85,554

 

5.4

 

77,660

 

4.6

 

67,625

 

4.1

 

Other interest bearing term

 

31,656

 

7.1

 

24,549

 

6.1

 

22,757

 

6.4

 

Total Australia

 

172,276

 

 

 

137,617

 

 

 

122,916

 

 

 

Overseas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest bearing

 

2,162

 

 

2,152

 

 

2,108

 

 

Certificates of deposit

 

14,552

 

4.9

 

8,139

 

6.3

 

4,976

 

6.5

 

Other interest bearing at call

 

11,846

 

6.2

 

11,721

 

5.6

 

9,814

 

5.4

 

Other interest bearing term

 

21,977

 

6.6

 

21,309

 

6.0

 

19,071

 

5.7

 

Total Overseas

 

50,537

 

 

 

43,321

 

 

 

35,969

 

 

 

 

Certificates of deposit

 

Maturity profile of certificates of deposit greater than US$100,000 issued in Australia.

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

 

 

Between 3

 

Between

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less Than

 

and 6

 

6 Months

 

Over

 

 

 

 

 

3 Months

 

Months

 

and 1 Year

 

1 Year

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Certificates of Deposit greater than US$100,000

 

33,388

 

10,431

 

3,154

 

100

 

47,073

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Certificates of Deposit greater than US$100,000

 

23,961

 

11,581

 

1,934

 

94

 

37,570

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Certificates of Deposit greater than US$100,000

 

18,256

 

7,469

 

2,687

 

217

 

28,629

 

 

164



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 19.  Trading liabilities and other financial liabilities designated at fair value

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

14,434

 

6,312

 

14,434

 

6,312

 

Securities sold short

 

1,779

 

1,323

 

1,779

 

1,402

 

Total trading liabilities

 

16,213

 

7,635

 

16,213

 

7,714

 

Financial liabilities designated at fair value

 

476

 

588

 

415

 

524

 

Total trading liabilities and other financial liabilities at fair value

 

16,689

 

8,223

 

16,628

 

8,238

 

 

Included within net trading income are losses of $11.7 million (2007 $10 million loss) relating to those financial liabilities that were designated as fair value through profit or loss on initial recognition.  These movements were attributable to changes in interest rates.

 

The difference between the carrying amount of financial liabilities that were designated at fair value through profit and loss on initial recognition and the amount that the Group would be contractually required to pay at maturity to the holder of the obligation is $16 million (2007 $8 million).

 

Note 20.  Provisions

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Long service leave

 

212

 

221

 

185

 

198

 

Annual leave and other employee benefits

 

537

 

522

 

446

 

414

 

Non-lending losses

 

35

 

37

 

30

 

22

 

Impairment provision on credit commitments/credit litigation

 

229

 

189

 

209

 

174

 

Leasehold premises

 

7

 

7

 

7

 

7

 

Restructuring provisions

 

86

 

4

 

79

 

4

 

Total provisions

 

1,106

 

980

 

956

 

819

 

 

Non-lending losses

 

Provision is made for non-lending losses including frauds, litigation costs and the correction of operational issues.  The majority of these matters are expected to be settled within 12 months of 30 September 2008.

 

Provision for impairment on credit commitments/credit litigation

 

Provision is made for incurred losses as a result of the commitment to extend credit.

 

Leasehold premises

 

Provision is made for unavoidable costs in relation to make good costs and premises sub let at lower rates of rent than payable under the head lease.  These amounts will be settled as the leases expire over the next four years.

 

165



 

Note 20.  Provisions (continued)

 

Restructuring provisions

 

Provisions are recognised for restructuring activities when a detailed financial plan has been developed and a valid expectation that the plan will be carried out is held by those affected by it.  The majority of restructuring provisions are expected to be used within 12 months of 30 September 2008.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Annual Leave

 

 

 

for Credit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long

 

and Other

 

Non-

 

Commitments/

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service

 

Employee

 

Lending

 

Credit

 

Leasehold

 

Restructuring

 

 

 

 

 

Leave

 

Benefits

 

Losses

 

Litigation

 

Premises

 

Provisions

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as at beginning of the year

 

221

 

522

 

37

 

189

 

7

 

4

 

980

 

Additions

 

8

 

407

 

14

 

26

 

 

83

 

538

 

Utilised

 

 

(402

)

(8

)

 

 

(1

)

(411

)

Unutilised reversed

 

(17

)

(6

)

(8

)

 

 

 

(31

)

Exchange differences

 

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

16

 

Increase on unwinding of discount

 

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

14

 

Balance as at end of the year

 

212

 

537

 

35

 

229

 

7

 

86

 

1,106

 

Parent entity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as at beginning of the year

 

198

 

414

 

22

 

174

 

7

 

4

 

819

 

Additions

 

1

 

377

 

14

 

 

 

73

 

465

 

Utilised

 

(14

)

(350

)

 

 

 

1

 

(363

)

Unutilised reversed

 

 

(8

)

(6

)

23

 

 

1

 

10

 

Exchange differences

 

 

13

 

 

 

 

 

13

 

Increase on unwinding of discount

 

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

12

 

Balance as at end of the year

 

185

 

446

 

30

 

209

 

7

 

79

 

956

 

 

Note 21.  Other liabilities

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Unearned general insurance premiums

 

260

 

240

 

 

 

Outstanding general insurance claims

 

128

 

114

 

 

 

Retirement benefit deficit

 

103

 

274

 

73

 

253

 

Accrued interest payable

 

1,950

 

1,480

 

1,513

 

987

 

Credit card loyalty program(1)

 

223

 

205

 

 

 

Securities purchased not delivered

 

955

 

325

 

955

 

326

 

Trade creditors and other accrued expenses

 

676

 

521

 

316

 

251

 

Other

 

2,085

 

1,626

 

1,799

 

1,332

 

Total other liabilities

 

6,380

 

4,785

 

4,656

 

3,149

 

 


(1)    Credit card loyalty program relates to the Altitude rewards program launched by Westpac on 25 November 2001.  Westpac has established a trust to hold the liability in respect of the program.

 

166



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 22.  Debt issues

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Debt issues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term debt

 

38,340

 

42,406

 

28,668

 

28,374

 

Long term debt

 

58,058

 

39,098

 

49,079

 

29,554

 

Total debt issues

 

96,398

 

81,504

 

77,747

 

57,928

 

Short term debt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

USD commercial paper

 

27,575

 

25,427

 

22,793

 

17,999

 

EUR euro commercial paper

 

1,993

 

3,014

 

1,368

 

2,468

 

AUD euro commercial paper

 

877

 

491

 

877

 

491

 

USD euro commercial paper

 

1,400

 

5,646

 

1,237

 

4,860

 

GBP euro commercial paper

 

984

 

1,701

 

786

 

1,283

 

NZD euro commercial paper

 

150

 

516

 

144

 

486

 

HKD euro commercial paper

 

248

 

316

 

248

 

267

 

JPY euro commercial paper

 

947

 

793

 

947

 

352

 

CHF euro commercial paper

 

75

 

156

 

40

 

156

 

SGD euro commercial paper

 

17

 

12

 

17

 

12

 

AUD other commercial paper

 

3,823

 

4,334

 

 

 

DKK euro commercial paper

 

211

 

 

211

 

 

NZD Promissory notes

 

40

 

 

 

 

Total short term debt

 

38,340

 

42,406

 

28,668

 

28,374

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long term debt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

USD

 

16,579

 

10,657

 

12,684

 

5,684

 

EUR

 

12,264

 

11,066

 

11,644

 

10,222

 

AUD

 

13,036

 

8,244

 

11,787

 

6,456

 

GBP

 

5,902

 

2,871

 

4,755

 

2,368

 

NZD

 

1,954

 

1,762

 

126

 

326

 

HKD

 

2,288

 

2,211

 

2,288

 

2,211

 

JPY

 

3,848

 

1,062

 

3,608

 

1,062

 

CHF

 

1,299

 

362

 

1,299

 

362

 

CAD

 

742

 

374

 

742

 

374

 

SGD

 

146

 

489

 

146

 

489

 

Total long term debt

 

58,058

 

39,098

 

49,079

 

29,554

 

 

167



 

Note 22.  Debt issues (continued)

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

(in $millions unless otherwise stated)

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

Short term borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US commercial paper

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maximum amount outstanding at any month end

 

34,589

 

32,961

 

30,481

 

Approximate average amount outstanding

 

25,989

 

28,814

 

27,407

 

Approximate weighted average interest rate on:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average amount outstanding

 

2.9

%

5.5

%

4.3

%

Outstanding as at end of the year

 

2.8

%

5.5

%

5.4

%

Euro commercial paper

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maximum amount outstanding at any month end

 

12,126

 

13,515

 

10,686

 

Approximate average amount outstanding

 

9,050

 

11,590

 

6,898

 

Approximate weighted average interest rate on:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average amount outstanding

 

4.4

%

4.7

%

4.3

%

Outstanding as at end of the year

 

4.7

%

5.5

%

4.5

%

Other commercial paper

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maximum amount outstanding at any month end

 

5,800

 

4,335

 

1,511

 

Approximate average amount outstanding

 

4,969

 

1,033

 

928

 

Approximate weighted average interest rate on:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average amount outstanding

 

8.3

%

6.3

%

5.7

%

Outstanding as at end of the year

 

8.0

%

6.7

%

6.1

%

 

168



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 23.  Loan capital

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Loan capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subordinated bonds, notes and debentures

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SGD 100 Million subordinated bonds due 2010(1)

 

91

 

80

 

91

 

80

 

AUD 500 Million subordinated bonds due 2013(2)

 

500

 

500

 

500

 

500

 

USD 350 Million subordinated bonds due 2013(3)

 

 

397

 

 

397

 

AUD 600 Million subordinated bonds due 2015(4)

 

600

 

599

 

600

 

599

 

AUD 625 Million subordinated bonds due 2015(5)

 

624

 

624

 

624

 

624

 

EUR 350 Million subordinated bonds due 2015(6)

 

628

 

561

 

628

 

561

 

USD 75 Million subordinated bonds due 2015(7)

 

96

 

83

 

96

 

83

 

USD 150 Million subordinated bonds due 2015(8)

 

187

 

170

 

187

 

170

 

USD 350 Million subordinated bonds due 2018(9)

 

429

 

362

 

429

 

362

 

GBP 200 Million subordinated bonds due 2018(10)

 

448

 

445

 

448

 

445

 

USD 300 Million subordinated bonds due 2016(11)

 

374

 

340

 

374

 

340

 

AUD 1000 Million subordinated bonds due 2017(12)

 

998

 

997

 

998

 

997

 

AUD 600 Million subordinated bonds due 2017(13)

 

600

 

600

 

600

 

600

 

USD 250 Million subordinated bonds due 2017(14)

 

311

 

284

 

311

 

284

 

AUD 160 Million subordinated bonds due 2018(15)

 

159

 

 

159

 

 

AUD 500 Million subordinated bonds due 2018(16)

 

500

 

 

500

 

 

Convertible debentures issued on 19 December 2002 NZ$731,156,944(17)

 

 

 

 

666

 

Convertible debentures issued on 5 April 2004 US$525,000,000(17)

 

 

 

666

 

567

 

Total subordinated bonds, notes and debentures

 

6,545

 

6,042

 

7,211

 

7,275

 

 


(1)

 

These bonds pay a fixed rate coupon of 5.25%.

(2)

 

$320 million of these bonds pay a fixed rate coupon of 6.75% and the remaining $180 million pay a floating rate coupon.  These bonds can be redeemed on 18 December 2008 or any quarterly interest payment date thereafter.

(3)

 

These bonds paid a floating rate coupon.  These bonds were redeemed on 12 March 2008.

(4)

 

$250 million of these bonds pay a fixed rate coupon of 6% and the remaining $350 million pay floating rate coupon.  These bonds can be redeemed on 4 February 2010, or any quarterly interest payment date thereafter.  If the notes are not called on 4 February 2010, they will continue until maturity on a floating rate.

(5)

 

$250 million of these bonds pay a fixed rate coupon of 6% and the remaining $375 million pay floating rate coupon.  These bonds can be redeemed on 16 November 2010, or any interest payment date thereafter.  If the notes are not called on 16 November 2010, they will continue until maturity on a floating rate.

(6)

 

These bonds pay a floating rate coupon.  They can be redeemed on 25 November 2010, or any quarterly interest payment date thereafter.

(7)

 

These bonds pay a fixed rate coupon of 5%.

(8)

 

These bonds pay a floating rate coupon.  They can be redeemed on 17 February 2010, or any quarterly interest payment date thereafter.

(9)

 

These bonds pay a fixed rate coupon of 4.625%.

(10)

 

These bonds pay a coupon of 5.875% until 29 April 2013.  From 29 April 2013 until maturity the bonds pay a floating rate coupon.  These bonds can be redeemed on 29 April 2013, or any quarterly interest payment date thereafter.

(11)

 

These bonds pay a floating rate coupon.  They can be redeemed on 20 October 2011 or any quarterly interest payment due thereafter.

(12)

 

$250 million of these bonds pay a fixed rate coupon of 6.50% and the remaining $750 million pays floating rate coupon.  These bonds can be redeemed on 25 May 2012, or any quarterly interest payment date thereafter.  If the notes are not called on 25 May 2012, they will continue until maturity on a floating rate.

(13)

 

$150 million of these bonds pay a fixed rate coupon of 6.75% and the remaining $450 million pay floating rate coupon.  These bonds can be redeemed on 25 May 2012, or any quarterly interest payment date thereafter.  If the notes are not called on 25 May 2012, they will continue until maturity on a floating rate.

(14)

 

These bonds pay a floating rate coupon.  They can be redeemed on 27 July 2012, or any quarterly interest payment date thereafter.

(15)

 

$125 million of these bonds pay a fixed rate coupon of 9.25% and the remaining $35 million pay floating rate coupon.  These bonds can be redeemed on 9 April 2013, or any quarterly interest payment date thereafter.  If the fixed rate notes are not called on 9 April 2013, they will continue until maturity on a floating rate.

(16)

 

These bonds pay a floating rate coupon.  They can be redeemed on 9 April 2013 or any quarterly interest payment due thereafter.

(17)

 

Descriptions of the terms of these convertible debentures are included with the descriptions of the related trust preferred securities issued by the Group.

 

169



 

Note 23.  Loan capital (continued)

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Subordinated perpetual notes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US$390.2 million (2007 US$390.2 million) subordinated perpetual floating rate notes

 

486

 

429

 

486

 

429

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trust preferred securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,671,140 FIRsTS of A$100 each

 

 

666

 

 

 

525,000 2004 TPS of US$1,000 each

 

666

 

567

 

 

 

Total trust preferred securities

 

666

 

1,233

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stapled preferred securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,362,670 Westpac SPS of A$100 each

 

1,021

 

 

1,021

 

 

 

Subordinated perpetual notes

 

These notes have no final maturity but may, subject to the approval of APRA and subject to certain other conditions, be redeemed at par at the option of Westpac.  The rights of the noteholders and couponholders are subordinated to the claims of all creditors (including depositors) of Westpac other than those creditors whose claims against Westpac are expressed to rank equally with or after the claims of the noteholders and couponholders.  Interest is cumulative and is payable on the notes semi-annually, subject to Westpac being solvent immediately after making the payment and having paid any dividend on any class of share capital of Westpac within the prior 12 month period.

 

Convertible debentures and FIRsTS

 

The convertible debentures and FIRsTS were redeemed for cash on 31 December 2007.

 

A Westpac controlled entity, Westpac First Trust issued 6,671,140 Westpac FIRsTS in Australia at $100 each on 19 December 2002.  The Westpac FIRsTS were units in Westpac First Trust with non-cumulative distributions.  The material assets of Westpac First Trust were 6,671,140 preferred units issued by another Westpac controlled entity, Westpac Second Trust.  The preferred units had an issue price of $100.  Westpac Second Trust issued an ordinary unit with an issue price of $100 to Westpac Alpha Pty Limited.  The material assets of Westpac Second Trust were convertible debentures issued by Westpac in an aggregate amount of NZ$731,156,944 and a currency swap with Westpac.

 

Westpac FIRsTS were expected to pay quarterly distributions until 31 December 2007 (the first rollover date) based on an annual interest rate of 6.575%.  The distributions were ultimately sourced from interest paid by Westpac on the convertible debentures.

 

The holders of Westpac FIRsTS could have requested Westpac to exchange their Westpac FIRsTS on each rollover date or upon occurrence of certain control events (such as a takeover bid involving the acquisition of a majority interest in Westpac).  The holders could receive for each Westpac FIRsTS, at Westpac’s discretion, $100 cash (subject to APRA approval) or Westpac ordinary shares calculated in accordance with the applicable exchange ratio.  Westpac could require holders to exchange their Westpac FIRsTS for $100 cash (subject to APRA approval) or a variable number of Westpac ordinary shares calculated in accordance with the applicable exchange ratio on each rollover date (or on distribution payment dates after the first rollover date if the distribution rate applying to the Westpac FIRsTS at that date is a floating rate) or in certain other limited circumstances.

 

Payment of distributions on Westpac FIRsTS ultimately depended on whether interest was paid on the convertible debentures and distribution of that interest through Westpac Second Trust and Westpac First Trust to the holders of Westpac FIRsTS.  The convertible debentures were unsecured obligations of Westpac and ranked subordinate and junior in right of payment of principal and interest to Westpac’s obligations to depositors and creditors, other than subordinated creditors holding subordinated indebtedness that were stated to rank equally with, or junior to the convertible debentures.  To become payable, interest on the convertible debentures must have been declared by a specially constituted committee appointed by the Board of Directors of Westpac.  This committee could not declare interest payable if special deferral conditions existed such as where APRA objected to interest being paid or if Westpac had insufficient distributable profits available.

 

The convertible debentures could have converted into Westpac preference shares or Westpac ordinary shares in certain circumstances.  They would have automatically converted into a fixed number of Westpac preference shares on 19 December 2052 or if Westpac failed to pay scheduled distributions on the convertible debentures and that failure continued unremedied for a period of 21 days.  The convertible debentures would have automatically converted into a variable number of Westpac ordinary shares calculated in accordance with the applicable exchange ratio on the occurrence of certain APRA regulatory actions affecting Westpac, Westpac’s retained earnings falling below zero or an event of default.  Westpac could have also elected to convert the convertible debentures into Westpac ordinary shares in certain limited circumstances, such as where its ability to acquire or redeem Westpac FIRsTS was threatened.  On conversion of the convertible debentures to Westpac ordinary shares in any of these circumstances, Westpac FIRsTS would have been automatically redeemed in exchange for the ordinary shares.

 

The laws of Australia and New Zealand apply to various parts of this transaction.

 

170



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 23.  Loan capital (continued)

 

Convertible debentures and 2004 TPS

 

A wholly owned entity Westpac Capital Trust IV (Capital Trust IV) issued 525,000 2004 TPS in the United States of America at US$1,000 each on 5 April 2004, with non-cumulative semi-annual distributions (31 March and 30 September) in arrears at the annual rate of 5.256% up to but excluding 31 March 2016.  From, and including 31 March 2016 the 2004 TPS will pay non-cumulative quarterly distributions (30 June, 30 September, 31 December and 31 March) in arrears at a floating rate equal to LIBOR plus 1.7675% per year.  Capital Trust IV has also issued common securities with a total price of US$1,000 to Westpac Capital Holdings Inc.

 

The sole assets of the Capital Trust IV comprise 525,001 2004 Funding TPS issued by a wholly owned entity, Tavarua Funding Trust IV (Funding Trust IV) totalling US$525,001,000.  The 2004 Funding TPS have an issue price of US$1,000 each with non-cumulative semi-annual distributions in arrear at the annual rate of 5.256% up to but excluding 31 March 2016.  From and including 31 March 2016, the 2004 Funding TPS will pay non-cumulative quarterly distributions (30 June, 30 September, 31 December and 31 March) in arrear at a floating rate equal to LIBOR plus 1.7675% per year.

 

Funding Trust IV has issued common securities with a total price of US$1,000 to Westpac.  The assets of Funding Trust IV comprise convertible debentures issued by Westpac in aggregate amount of US$525,001,000 and US government securities purchased with the proceeds of the common securities.

 

The convertible debentures are unsecured, junior subordinate obligations of Westpac and will rank subordinate and junior in right of payment of principal and distributions to Westpac’s obligations to its depositors and creditors.  The convertible debentures will only pay distributions to the extent they are declared by the Board of Directors of Westpac, or an authorised committee of the Board.  Any distribution is subject to Westpac having sufficient distributable profits.  If certain conditions exist a distribution is not permitted to be declared unless approved by APRA.  The convertible debentures have no stated maturity, but will automatically convert into ADRs each representing 40 Westpac preference shares (non-cumulative preference shares in Westpac with a liquidation amount of US$25) on 31 March 2053, or earlier in the event that a distribution is not made or certain other events occur.  Upon issue the amount paid up on each Westpac preference share will be deemed to be US$25.  The 2004 TPS will then be redeemed for ADRs.  The dividend payment dates and distribution rates on Westpac preference shares will be the same as those otherwise applicable to 2004 TPS.  The holders of the ADRs will, in certain circumstances, have the right to convert their Westpac preference shares into a variable number of Westpac ordinary shares on 31 March 2054 by giving notice to Westpac.  The variable number of Westpac ordinary shares will be determined by reference to the weighted average trading price of Westpac ordinary shares in the 20 trading days immediately preceding 31 March 2054.

 

Westpac has guaranteed, on a subordinated basis, the payment in full of distributions or redemption amounts, the delivery of ADRs and other payments on the 2004 TPS and the 2004 Funding TPS to the extent that the Capital Trust IV and the Funding Trust IV have funds available.

 

With the prior written consent of APRA, if required, Westpac may elect to redeem the convertible debentures for cash before 31 March 2016 in whole upon the occurrence of certain specific events, and in whole or in part on any distribution date on or after 31 March 2016.  The proceeds received by Funding Trust IV from the redemption of the convertible debentures must be used to redeem the 2004 Funding TPS and ultimately the 2004 TPS.  The redemption price of the 2004 TPS will equal US$1,000 per 2004 TPS plus the accrued and unpaid distribution for the then current semi-annual or quarterly period to the date of redemption or, if the date of redemption is a distribution date, the accrued and unpaid distribution for the most recent semi-annual or quarterly period.

 

The holders of the convertible debentures, 2004 Funding TPS and 2004 TPS do not have an option to require redemption of these instruments.

 

The laws of the United States of America, Australia and New Zealand apply to various parts of this transaction.

 

Westpac stapled preferred securities (Westpac SPS)

 

Westpac issued 10,362,670 Westpac SPS at face value of $100 each on 30 July 2008.  Westpac SPS are stapled securities, each consisting of a perpetual, unsecured, non-cumulative subordinated note issued by Westpac’s New York branch stapled to a preference share issued by Westpac.  Westpac SPS qualify as non-innovative residual tier one capital of Westpac.

 

Westpac SPS are expected to pay non-cumulative, floating rate quarterly distributions (30 September, 31 December, 31 March and 30 June) which are expected to be fully franked.  The distribution rate on Westpac SPS is calculated as the Australian bank bill rate plus the margin of 2.40% per annum multiplied by one minus the Australian corporate tax rate (30% at the time of issue).  Westpac SPS distributions are subject to a distribution payment test and distributions will not be paid if the Westpac directors determine not to pay a distribution, the distribution payment exceeds the distributable profits of Westpac, or APRA objects to the payment of the distribution.

 

Westpac SPS distributions will consist of interest payment on the notes while the notes remain stapled to the preference shares.  Following an assignment event, the notes will unstaple from the preference shares and holders will only hold preference shares.  Dividends will then become payable on the preference shares if the preference shares have not been converted or redeemed.

 

An assignment event includes among others, a date selected by Westpac at its absolute discretion, the date preference shares are converted or redeemed, or where interest on the notes has not been paid in full.

 

On 26 September 2013, the initial mandatory conversion date, it is expected that the Westpac SPS will be either converted into a variable number of Westpac ordinary shares (subject to a conversion discount) provided certain conversion conditions are satisfied, or transferred to a nominated party at the election of Westpac for cash equal to their face value.  If the conversion conditions are not satisfied, Westpac SPS may in certain circumstances be redeemed for their face value subject to APRA approval.

 

171



 

Note 23.  Loan capital (continued)

 

If Westpac SPS are not converted, transferred or redeemed on 26 September 2013, they will remain on issue and may either be converted, transferred or redeemed at the next possible conversion date, subject to satisfaction of the conversion conditions.  In certain other limited circumstances Westpac SPS may be converted, transferred or redeemed, prior to 26 September 2013.

 

Westpac SPS rank for payment in a winding up of Westpac ahead of ordinary shares and equally with equal ranking capital securities but are subordinated to claims of Westpac deposit holders and other senior creditors.  Holders of Westpac SPS are entitled to vote at a general meeting of Westpac in limited circumstances only.

 

Note 24.  Shareholder equity and minority interests

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Contributed equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ordinary shares 1,894,285,984 (2007 1,865,087,604) each fully paid

 

6,744

 

6,125

 

6,744

 

6,125

 

RSP treasury shares 3,471,154 (2007 1,329,152)

 

(89

)

(32

)

(89

)

(32

)

Other treasury shares 4,302,984 (2007 5,136,282)

 

(62

)

(82

)

(10

)

(10

)

 

 

(151

)

(114

)

(99

)

(42

)

Share capital

 

6,593

 

6,011

 

6,645

 

6,083

 

Other equity instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Convertible debentures:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issued on 13 August 2003 NZ$1,279,981,813 (net of issue costs of A$13 million)

 

 

 

1,137

 

1,137

 

Issued on 21 June 2006 A$762,700,375 (net of issue costs of A$12 million)

 

 

 

755

 

755

 

Total other equity instruments

 

 

 

1,892

 

1,892

 

Minority interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trust preferred securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

750,000 2003 TPS of US$1,000 each (net of issue costs of A$13 million)

 

1,137

 

1,137

 

 

 

7,627,375 2006 TPS of A$100 each (net of issue costs of A$12 million)

 

755

 

755

 

 

 

Other

 

32

 

20

 

 

 

Total minority interests

 

1,924

 

1,912

 

 

 

 

Ordinary shares

 

In accordance with the Corporations Act Westpac does not have authorised capital and all ordinary shares issued have no par value.

 

Ordinary shares entitle the holder to participate in dividends as declared and in the event of winding up of Westpac, to participate in the proceeds in proportion to the number of and amounts paid on the shares held.

 

Ordinary shares entitle the holder to one vote per share, either in person or by proxy, at a meeting of Westpac shareholders.

 

During the year the following ordinary shares were issued:

 

·                   to equity holders in terms of the Dividend Reinvestment Plan, 12,522,062 ordinary shares at a price of $27.53 and 16,024,115 ordinary shares at a price of $22.42; and

·                   to eligible staff under the ESP 652,203 ordinary shares issued for nil consideration.

 

During the year ended 30 September 2008, 5,429,056 ordinary shares were purchased on market at an average purchase price of $24.34 and delivered to employees upon the exercise of the following options and performance share rights:

 

·                   to the former CEO, David Morgan, under the Chief Executive Securities Agreement 2003, 187,480 performance share rights for nil consideration;

·                   to eligible executives and senior management under the Westpac Performance Plan 1,137,322 performance options at an average exercise price of $17.71 and 3,453,861 performance share rights for nil consideration;

·                   to executives under the General Management Share Option Plan 187,820 options at an average exercise price of $12.98; and

·                   to senior officers under the Senior Officers’ Share Purchase Scheme 462,573 options at an average exercise price of $13.68.

 

Restricted Share Plan treasury shares

 

During the year ended 30 September 2008, 2,050,587 ordinary shares were purchased on market at an average purchase price of $24.37 and allocated to eligible senior management under the Restricted Share Plan (RSP).  Shares under the RSP receive a dividend (same as ordinary shares), despite the fact that unconditional ownership of the shares only vests to the employees at the end of the three year holding lock period.

 

172



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 24.  Shareholder equity and minority interests (continued)

 

Other treasury shares

 

Treasury shares includes ordinary shares held by statutory life funds and managed investment schemes and ordinary shares held by Westpac in respect of equity derivatives sold to customers.

 

During the year 89,937 treasury shares were purchased at an average price of $24.11 and 923,235 treasury shares were sold at an average price of $22.52.

 

Convertible debentures and 2003 TPS

 

A wholly owned entity Westpac Capital Trust III (Capital Trust III) issued 750,000 2003 TPS in the United States of America at US$1,000 each on 13 August 2003, with non-cumulative semi-annual distributions (31 March and 30 September) in arrears at the annual rate of 5.819% up to but excluding 30 September 2013.  From, and including, 30 September 2013 the 2003 TPS will pay non-cumulative quarterly distributions (31 December, 31 March, 30 June and 30 September) in arrears at a floating rate of LIBOR plus 2.05% per year.  Capital Trust III has also issued common securities with a total price of US$1,000 to Westpac Capital Holdings Inc.

 

The sole assets of the Capital Trust III comprise 750,001 Funding 2003 TPS issued by a wholly owned entity, Tavarua Funding Trust III (Funding Trust III) totalling US$750,001,000.  The Funding 2003 TPS have an issue price of US$1,000 each with a non-cumulative semi-annual distributions in arrears at the annual rate of 5.819% up to, but excluding 30 September 2013 and subsequently, including 30 September 2013, quarterly distributions in arrears at the annual rate of LIBOR plus 2.05%.

 

Funding Trust III has issued common securities with a total price of US$1,000 to Westpac Funding Holdings Pty Limited.  The assets of Funding Trust III comprise convertible debentures issued by Westpac in aggregate amount of NZ$1,293,103,448, US government securities purchased with the proceeds of the common securities and a currency swap with Westpac.

 

The convertible debentures are unsecured, junior subordinated obligations of Westpac and will rank subordinate and junior in right of payment of principal and distributions to Westpac’s obligations to its depositors and creditors.  The convertible debentures are limited in aggregate principal amount to the New Zealand dollar equivalent, based on a fixed exchange rate of US$0.58, of the sum of the stated liquidation amounts of the 2003 TPS and the proceeds of the common securities issued by Capital Trust III.  The convertible debentures will only pay distributions to the extent they are declared by the Board of Directors of Westpac, or an authorised committee of the Board.  Any distribution is subject to Westpac having sufficient distributable profits.  If certain conditions exist a distribution is not permitted to be declared unless approved by APRA.  The convertible debentures have no stated maturity, but will automatically convert into American Depositary Receipts (ADRs) each representing 40 Westpac preference shares (non-cumulative preference shares in Westpac with a liquidation amount of US$25) on 30 September 2053, or earlier in the event that a distribution is not made or certain other events occur.  Upon issue the amount paid up on each Westpac preference share will be deemed to be US$25.  The 2003 TPS will then be redeemed for ADRs.  The dividend payment dates and distribution rates on Westpac preference shares will be the same as those otherwise applicable to the 2003 TPS.

 

Under the currency swap, Funding Trust III initially paid an amount equal to the proceeds of the issue of the Funding 2003 TPS in US dollars to Westpac, in exchange for the New Zealand dollar equivalent using a fixed exchange rate of NZ$1.00 = US$0.58.  Funding Trust III is also required to pay to Westpac any amount in New Zealand dollars it receives under the convertible debentures, in return for an amount denominated in US dollars at the fixed exchange rate.

 

The currency swap terminates upon the payment in full of the cash redemption price of the outstanding convertible debentures and the exchange of such redemption price for US dollars or the conversion of the convertible debentures into ADRs.

 

A netting agreement has been entered into between Westpac and Funding Trust III.  Pursuant to the netting agreement, the distributions on the convertible debentures will be treated as a payment by Funding Trust III under the currency swap.  In return, Westpac will pay US dollars to Funding Trust III under the currency swap equal to the NZ dollars it would have received from Funding Trust III under the currency swap (calculated by reference to the fixed exchange rate).

 

Westpac has guaranteed, on a subordinated basis, the payment in full of distributions or redemption amounts, the delivery of ADRs and other payments on the 2003 TPS and the Funding 2003 TPS to the extent that the Capital Trust III and the Funding Trust III have funds available.

 

With the prior written consent of APRA, if required, Westpac may elect to redeem the convertible debentures for cash before 30 September 2013 in whole upon the occurrence of certain specific events, and in whole or in part on any distribution date on or after 30 September 2013.  The proceeds received by Funding Trust III from the redemption of the convertible debentures must be used to redeem the Funding 2003 TPS and ultimately the 2003 TPS.  The redemption price of the 2003 TPS will equal US$1,000 per 2003 TPS plus the unpaid distribution for the then current semi-annual or quarterly period to the date of redemption or, if the date of redemption is a distribution payment date, the unpaid distribution for the most recent semi-annual or quarterly period.

 

The holders of the convertible debentures, Funding 2003 TPS and 2003 TPS do not have an option to require redemption of these instruments.

 

The laws of the United States of America, Australia and New Zealand apply to various parts of this transaction.

 

173



 

Note 24.  Shareholder equity and minority interests (continued)

 

Convertible Notes and 2006 TPS

 

A Westpac controlled entity, Westpac TPS Trust, issued 7,627,375 2006 TPS in Australia at $100 each on 21 June 2006.  The 2006 TPS are preferred units in the Westpac TPS Trust, with non-cumulative floating rate distributions which are expected to be fully franked.  Westpac TPS Trust also issued one ordinary unit with an issue price of $100 to Westpac.  Westpac, as holder of the ordinary unit, is entitled to any residual income or assets of the Westpac TPS Trust not distributed to holders of 2006 TPS.

 

The principal assets of Westpac TPS Trust are 7,627,375 convertible notes (the notes) issued by Westpac in an aggregate amount of $762,737,500.

 

The 2006 TPS are scheduled to pay quarterly distributions (30 September, 31 December, 31 March and 30 June) in arrears, subject to certain conditions being satisfied.  The distribution rate on 2006 TPS, until 30 June 2016 (the step-up date), is calculated as the Australian bank bill rate plus 1% per annum (the initial margin) multiplied by one minus the Australian corporate tax rate (30% at the time of issue).  After the step-up date, the initial margin will increase by a one time step-up of 1% per annum.

 

The notes are unsecured obligations of Westpac and rank subordinate and junior in right of payment of principle and interest to Westpac’s obligations to depositors and creditors, other than subordinated creditors holding subordinated indebtedness that is stated to rank equally with, or junior to the notes.

 

Distributions on the 2006 TPS will only be made if Westpac pays interest on the notes and certain other conditions (which correspond to the interest payment conditions on the notes) are satisfied.  Interest will be paid on the notes if the Westpac directors resolve to make the interest payment, the amount of the payment does not exceed the distributable profits of the Westpac Group and APRA does not otherwise object to the payment.  The interest payments on the notes are expected to exceed the aggregate amount of the distributions to be made on 2006 TPS.  The excess will be distributed to Westpac, as holder of the ordinary unit in the Westpac TPS Trust, on each distribution payment date.

 

Westpac can require holders to exchange each of their 2006 TPS for $100 cash (subject to any required APRA approval) or a variable number of Westpac ordinary shares calculated in accordance with the applicable conversion number, on the step-up date or any distribution payment date after the step-up date, or in certain other limited circumstances.  If Westpac elects to initiate redemption of 2006 TPS for cash or conversion into a variable number of ordinary shares, Westpac must also redeem or convert the notes in a corresponding manner.

 

The 2006 TPS will automatically exchange into Westpac preference shares upon the occurrence of an automatic exchange event, that is, if the 2006 TPS are still on issue on 30 September 2055 or in certain other limited circumstances, including the occurrence of an event of default or an APRA event (unless APRA determines otherwise).  On exchange, all 2006 TPS on issue will exchange into preference shares directly issued by Westpac and the notes and the 2006 TPS will be redeemed simultaneously.  On exchange, 2006 TPS holders will receive one preference share for each 2006 TPS.

 

The laws of Australia and New Zealand apply to various parts of this transaction.

 

174



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 25.  Detail of changes in shareholders’ equity

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Share capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as at beginning of the year

 

6,011

 

5,468

 

5,235

 

6,083

 

5,511

 

Shares issued:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Under dividend reinvestment plan

 

704

 

635

 

349

 

704

 

635

 

Under option and share rights schemes

 

30

 

37

 

67

 

30

 

37

 

In exchange for New Zealand Class shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition of Hastings Funds Management Limited

 

 

 

52

 

 

 

Shares purchased for delivery upon exercise of options and share rights (net of tax)

 

(115

)

(66

)

(33

)

(115

)

(66

)

Shares bought back and cancelled(1)

 

 

 

(212

)

 

 

(Acquisition)/disposal of treasury shares

 

20

 

(31

)

10

 

 

(2

)

Acquisition of RSP treasury shares

 

(57

)

(32

)

 

(57

)

(32

)

Balance as at end of the year

 

6,593

 

6,011

 

5,468

 

6,645

 

6,083

 

Available-for-sale securities reserve

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as at beginning of the year

 

(2

)

15

 

 

(1

)

16

 

Net gains/(losses) from changes in fair value

 

33

 

(6

)

57

 

29

 

(4

)

Exchange differences

 

15

 

 

 

19

 

 

Income tax effect

 

(21

)

1

 

(7

)

(21

)

 

Transferred to income statements

 

3

 

(20

)

(35

)

(1

)

(21

)

Income tax effect

 

 

8

 

 

 

8

 

Balance as at end of the year

 

28

 

(2

)

15

 

25

 

(1

)

Share-based payment reserve

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as at beginning of the year

 

257

 

204

 

142

 

257

 

204

 

Current period movement

 

89

 

53

 

62

 

70

 

53

 

Balance as at end of the year

 

346

 

257

 

204

 

327

 

257

 

Cash flow hedging reserve

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as at beginning of the year

 

97

 

(2

)

 

43

 

(2

)

A-IFRS transition adjustment

 

 

 

51

 

 

 

Restated balance as at beginning of the year

 

97

 

(2

)

51

 

43

 

(2

)

Net gains/(losses) from changes in fair value

 

(220

)

124

 

(42

)

(44

)

51

 

Income tax effect

 

65

 

(33

)

14

 

13

 

(16

)

Transferred to income statements

 

(5

)

12

 

(36

)

2

 

14

 

Income tax effect

 

2

 

(4

)

11

 

(1

)

(4

)

Balance as at end of the year

 

(61

)

97

 

(2

)

13

 

43

 

Foreign currency translation reserve

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as at beginning of the year

 

(160

)

(31

)

(96

)

(214

)

(88

)

A-IFRS transition adjustment

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

Restated balance as at beginning of the year

 

(160

)

(31

)

(71

)

(214

)

(88

)

Other

 

 

2

 

1

 

(9

)

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

86

 

(179

)

26

 

68

 

(180

)

Tax on foreign currency translation adjustment

 

17

 

48

 

13

 

(17

)

54

 

Balance as at end of the year

 

(57

)

(160

)

(31

)

(172

)

(214

)

Total reserves

 

256

 

192

 

186

 

194

 

85

 

 


(1)    On 19 December 2005 52,273,870 ordinary shares (approximately 2.8%) were bought back at a price of $19.13 per share for a total cost of $1 billion.  The shares bought back have been cancelled.  In accordance with the buy-back tender process $15.13 per share of the consideration paid was treated as a fully franked deemed dividend and has been deducted from retained profits ($791 million).  The balance of the consideration paid of $4.00 per share and incidental costs of the buy-back have been deducted from share capital ($212 million).

 

175



 

Note 25.  Detail of changes in shareholders’ equity (continued)

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Movements in retained profits were as follows

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as at beginning of the year

 

9,716

 

8,532

 

8,280

 

7,361

 

6,835

 

A-IFRS transition adjustment

 

 

 

(50

)

 

 

Restated balance as at beginning of the year

 

9,716

 

8,532

 

8,230

 

7,361

 

6,835

 

Profit attributable to equity holders

 

3,859

 

3,451

 

3,071

 

3,644

 

2,864

 

Deemed dividend on shares bought back(1)

 

 

 

(791

)(1)

 

 

Ordinary dividends paid

 

(2,576

)

(2,265

)

(1,977

)

(2,583

)

(2,270

)

Distributions on convertible debentures

 

 

 

 

(73

)

(68

)

Other

 

 

(2

)

(1

)

(2

)

 

Balance as at end of the year

 

10,999

 

9,716

 

8,532

 

8,347

 

7,361

 

 


(1)    On 19 December 2005 52,273,870 ordinary shares (approximately 2.8%) were bought back at a price of $19.13 per share for a total cost of $1 billion.  The shares bought back have been cancelled.  In accordance with the buy-back tender process $15.13 per share of the consideration paid was treated as a fully franked deemed dividend and has been deducted from retained profits ($791 million).  The balance of the consideration paid of $4.00 per share and incidental costs of the buy-back have been deducted from share capital ($212 million).

 

Note 26.  Share-based payments

 

Executive and Senior Officer equity plans

 

Options, restricted shares and/or share rights are granted to the Chief Executive Officer, selected executives and key senior employees under the following schemes.

 

(i)                   Westpac Reward Plan

 

The WRP was approved by shareholders at the 2006 Westpac Annual General Meeting.  It provides a mechanism for driving superior long term performance from the most senior management in Australia and overseas.

 

Under the WRP senior managers may be invited to receive an award of performance options, with an exercise price based on the prevailing market price of Westpac ordinary shares at the time of the invitation.  The options may vest over a three to five year period from the date they are granted, provided a performance hurdle of relative Total Shareholder Return (TSR)( 1) is met or exceeded by Westpac.  The comparator group for TSR comparisons focuses on 10 financial sector peers.

 

Full vesting of performance options occurs when Westpac’s TSR is at (or exceeds) the 75th percentile relative to the comparator group, scaling down to 50% vesting on a straight-line basis for median performance.  Below median performance, no vesting occurs.

 

The WRP vesting framework has been designed to strengthen the performance link over the longer term.  Initial TSR performance is tested at the third anniversary of the grant date, with subsequent performance testing possible at the fourth and fifth anniversaries of grant.  Securities vest only if Westpac’s TSR ranking is at or above the median of the peer group at a performance test date.  TSR performance is tested at subsequent performance test dates (where they exist) and further vesting may occur only if the TSR ranking has improved.  This model encourages executives to focus on performance over the full five year period.

 

Performance options will lapse where an employee leaves the Westpac Group before the securities vest due to resignation or dismissal, unless the Board determines otherwise.

 

Upon exercising vested performance options and paying the exercise price, the executive has the right to take up his or her entitlement in whole or in part as fully paid ordinary shares.  A performance option lapses if it is not exercised prior to the end of its term.

 

The first grant of WRP performance options was made on 17 December 2007, when 2,306,899 performance options were granted with an exercise price of $30.10 and a last date for exercise of 17 December 2017, there have been no subsequent grants.  The fair value per performance option at grant date was $3.61.  During the year 139,611 performance options lapsed and as at 30 September 2008 there were 2,167,288 performance options outstanding with a remaining contractual life of 9.2 years.

 

(ii)               Westpac Performance Plan

 

The Westpac Performance Plan (WPP) was introduced in 2002 and was used to provide awards of performance options and/or performance share rights to senior executives and other key employees until December 2006.  Existing awards continue to run their course.  Currently the WPP is used for employees based outside Australia to provide long term incentive awards or as a mechanism for the mandatory deferral of a portion of their short term incentives.

 


(1)           TSR measures a company’s share price movement and accumulated dividend yields over a specific measurement period (i.e. the change in value of an investment in that company’s shares) and excluding tax effects.

 

176



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 26.  Share-based payments (continued)

 

An option or share right under the WPP is the right to acquire a share in the future provided all conditions are met, at an exercise price generally set at the time the invitation is made.  The exercise price for options is equal to the average market price of Westpac ordinary shares traded on the ASX over the five trading days up to the time the invitation is made.  The exercise price for share rights is nil.  Awards of options or share rights under the WPP have a life of up to 10 years from grant.

 

Performance options and performance share rights

 

Performance options and performance share rights granted under the WPP from 20 January 2003 to 15 December 2006 vest after a period of two to five years, but only if the performance hurdle has been met.  The performance hurdle compares Westpac’s TSR against the TSR of a defined ranking group of other companies.

 

For grants made up to November 2005, the ranking group is the 50 largest companies listed on the ASX by market capitalisation at the commencement of the performance period (excluding Westpac, property and investment trusts and specified resources companies).

 

For grants made after November 2005, 50% of the award in value is assessed against a TSR ranking group of the top 10 of the largest 13 Australian banking and financial sector companies by market capitalisation at the time of grant (excluding Westpac).  The other 50% assesses TSR performance against a ranking group of the 50 largest companies on the ASX by market capitalisation at the time of grant (excluding Westpac, specified resource companies and the first ranking group).

 

Full vesting of performance options and performance share rights occurs when Westpac’s relative TSR is at (or exceeds) the 75th percentile of the ranking group, scaling down to 50% vesting on a straight-line basis for median performance.  Below median performance, no vesting occurs.

 

Upon exercising vested performance options or performance share rights, the executive has the right to take up his or her entitlement in whole or in part as fully paid ordinary shares.  The exercise price is payable at that time.  A performance option or performance share right lapses if it is not exercised prior to the end of its term.

 

WPP – Outstanding Performance Options

 

No performance options were granted under the WPP during the year.  The following table sets out details of existing performance options granted under the WPP in previous years:

 

Grant Date

 

Latest Date for
Exercise

 

Exercise
Price

 

Outstanding
at
1 October

2007

 

Granted
During
the Year

 

Exercised
During

the Year

 

Lapsed
During
the Year

 

Total
Outstanding
at 30
September
2008

 

Outstanding
and
Exercisable at
30 September
2008

 

20 January 2003

 

20 January 2013

 

$

13.59

 

599,527

 

 

239,356

 

67,311

 

292,860

 

292,860

 

1 May 2003

 

1 May 2013

 

$

15.04

 

28,333

 

 

 

11,900

 

16,433

 

16,433

 

3 November 2003

 

3 November 2013

 

$

16.34

 

17,386

 

 

 

 

17,386

 

 

21 January 2004

 

21 January 2014

 

$

16.34

 

2,222,995

 

 

275,128

 

577,980

 

1,369,887

 

1,369,887

 

6 May 2004

 

6 May 2014

 

$

17.72

 

16,891

 

 

 

16,891

 

 

 

3 August 2004

 

3 August 2014

 

$

17.65

 

17,627

 

 

10,224

 

7,403

 

 

 

20 January 2005

 

20 January 2015

 

$

18.98

 

2,745,451

 

 

387,298

 

399,340

 

1,958,813

 

1,958,813

 

2 May 2005

 

2 May 2015

 

$

19.00

 

43,553

 

 

 

17,944

 

25,609

 

25,609

 

1 August 2005

 

1 August 2015

 

$

19.62

 

16,891

 

 

 

 

16,891

 

16,891

 

20 December 2005

 

20 December 2015

 

$

20.53

 

2,915,008

 

 

157,426

 

460,279

 

2,297,303

 

41,657

 

20 December 2005

 

20 December 2015

 

$

22.53

 

70,944

 

 

 

 

70,944

 

 

15 December 2006

 

20 December 2016

 

$

23.98

 

2,587,004

 

 

67,890

 

463,405

 

2,055,709

 

44,209

 

Totals 2008

 

 

 

 

 

11,281,610

 

 

1,137,322

 

2,022,453

 

8,121,835

 

3,766,359

 

Weighted average exercise price

 

 

 

 

 

$

19.73

 

 

$

17.71

 

$

19.51

 

$

20.06

 

$

17.66

 

Totals 2007

 

 

 

 

 

11,460,081

 

2,893,072

 

456,112

 

2,615,431

 

11,281,610

 

616,802

 

Weighted average exercise price

 

 

 

 

 

$

18.28

 

$

23.98

 

$

14.07

 

$

19.08

 

$

19.73

 

$

17.13

 

 

No performance options or performance share rights were issued under the WPP during the year.  The weighted average remaining contractual life of outstanding performance options at 30 September 2008 was 6.8 years (2007 7.7 years).

 

177



 

Note 26.  Share-based payments (continued)

 

WPP – outstanding performance share rights

 

No performance share rights were granted under the WPP during the year.  The following table sets out details of existing performance share rights granted under the WPP in previous years:

 

Grant Dates

 

Latest Dates for
Exercise

 

Outstanding at
1 October
2007

 

Granted
During
the Year

 

Exercised
During
the Year

 

Lapsed
During
the Year

 

Total
Outstanding
at 30
September
2008

 

Outstanding
and
Exercisable at
30 September
2008

 

Two-year initial testing period

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20 January 2003 to
1 August 2003

 

20 January 2013 to
1 August 2013

 

136,432

 

 

37,713

 

 

98,719

 

98,719

 

3 November 2003 to
3 August 2004

 

3 November 2013 to
3 August 2014

 

1,384,698

 

 

639,909

 

401,997

 

342,792

 

342,792

 

5 November 2004 to
1 August 2005

 

5 November 2014 to
1 August 2014

 

1,568,064

 

 

833,111

 

230,098

 

504,855

 

470,329

 

1 November 2005 to
3 August 2006

 

1 November 2015 to
3 August 2016

 

1,799,812

 

 

956,095

 

328,361

 

515,356

 

441,549

 

1 November 2006 to
15 December 2006

 

1 November 2016 to
15 December 2016

 

562,939

 

 

18,384

 

95,278

 

449,277

 

11,478

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three-year initial testing period

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20 January 2003 to
1 August 2003

 

20 January 2013 to
1 August 2013

 

205,302

 

 

81,039

 

35,716

 

88,547

 

88,547

 

3 November to
3 August 2004

 

3 November 2013 to
3 August 2014

 

802,037

 

 

365,035

 

235,766

 

201,236

 

173,488

 

5 November 2004 to
1 August 2005

 

5 November 2014 to
1 August 2014

 

915,632

 

 

493,825

 

133,946

 

287,861

 

254,772

 

1 November 2005 to
3 August 2006

 

1 November 2015 to
3 August 2016

 

1,147,536

 

 

26,159

 

68,912

 

1,052,465

 

18,138

 

1 November 2006 to
15 December 2006

 

1 November 2016 to
15 December 2016

 

9,480

 

 

 

1,896

 

7,584

 

 

Totals 2008

 

 

 

8,531,932

 

 

3,451,270

 

1,531,970

 

3,548,692

 

1,899,812

 

Totals 2007

 

 

 

9,666,952

 

637,780

 

195,772

 

1,577,028

 

8,531,932

 

303,273

 

 

The weighted average remaining contractual life of outstanding performance share rights at 30 September 2008 was 6.7 years (2007 7.4 years).

 

Unhurdled options and unhurdled share rights

 

The WPP is also used for key employees based outside Australia and the USA, who in 2008 received unhurdled share rights restricted for two to three years.  Key executives based in the USA continue to hold unhurdled options awarded in 2006 which are restricted for three years from the date they were granted.  Unhurdled options and unhurdled share rights vest after a set period of two to three years service with the Group.  After the restriction period applying to them has passed, vested unhurdled options and unhurdled share rights can be exercised to receive the underlying fully paid ordinary shares.

 

The exercise price for unhurdled options granted to employees in the USA is equal to the average market price of Westpac ordinary shares traded on the ASX over the five trading days up to the time the options were granted.  The exercise price for share rights is nil.

 

178



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 26.  Share-based payments (continued)

 

Outstanding unhurdled options and unhurdled share rights

 

The following table sets out details of existing unhurdled options and unhurdled share rights granted under the WPP:

 

Grant Date

 

Latest Date for
Exercise

 

Exercise
Price

 

Outstanding at
1 October
2007

 

Granted
During
the Year

 

Exercised
During
the Year

 

Lapsed
During
the Year

 

Outstanding at
30 September
2008

 

Options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15 December 2006

 

15 December 2016

 

$

23.93

 

56,147

 

 

 

 

56,147

 

Totals 2008

 

 

 

 

 

56,147

 

 

 

 

56,147

 

Performance share rights

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15 December 2006

 

15 December 2016

 

nil

 

178,475

 

 

260

 

6,445

 

171,770

 

2 April 2007

 

2 April 2017

 

nil

 

1,577

 

 

 

 

1,577

 

1 May 2007

 

1 May 2017

 

nil

 

22,045

 

 

 

 

22,045

 

1 June 2007

 

1 June 2017

 

nil

 

13,581

 

 

 

 

13,581

 

3 September 2007

 

3 September 2017

 

nil

 

6,660

 

 

 

 

6,660

 

1 November 2007

 

1 November 2017

 

nil

 

 

1,862

 

 

 

1,862

 

17 December 2007

 

17 December 2017

 

nil

 

 

66,412

 

 

 

66,412

 

1 April 2008

 

1 April 2018

 

nil

 

 

2,331

 

2,331

 

 

 

17 December 2007

 

17 December 2017

 

nil

 

 

166,226

 

 

6,057

 

160,169

 

1 July 2008

 

1 July 2018

 

nil

 

 

10,752

 

 

 

10,752

 

1 September 2008

 

1 September 2018

 

nil

 

 

3,161

 

 

 

3,161

 

1 September 2008

 

1 September 2018

 

nil

 

 

3,316

 

 

 

3,316

 

Totals 2008

 

 

 

 

 

222,338

 

254,060

 

2,591

 

12,502

 

461,305

 

Totals 2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options

 

 

 

$

23.93

 

 

56,147

 

 

 

56,147

 

Performance share rights

 

 

 

 

 

 

237,217

 

 

14,879

 

222,338

 

 

The weighted average fair value at grant date of unhurdled share rights issued during the year was $24.71 (2007 $15.66).  No unhurdled options were issued during the year (2007 56,147).  The weighted average remaining contractual life of outstanding unhurdled options and unhurdled share rights at 30 September 2008 was 8.7 years (2007 9.3 years).

 

(iii)           Chief Executive Officer Performance Plan (Gail Kelly)

 

Gail Kelly currently holds performance options and performance share rights under the Chief Executive Officer Performance Plan (CEOPP).  Grants to Mrs Kelly under the CEOPP were approved by shareholders at Westpac’s Annual General Meeting on 13 December 2007

 

The approval provided for awards of performance options and performance share rights to the value of $2,500,000 to be granted in each of February 2008 and December 2008.

 

Performance options granted under the CEO Performance Plan have an exercise price equal to the volume weighted average market price of Westpac ordinary shares traded on the ASX during the one week period immediately prior to the grant of the award.  Performance share rights have a nil exercise price.

 

Under the CEO Performance Plan, performance hurdles must be met before any vesting of the performance share rights or performance options can occur.  Performance is measured based on Westpac’s TSR between the grant date and the performance test date compared to TSRs for a peer group of 10 listed Australian financial services companies.  The peer group is determined at the grant date and includes the largest retail banks and other ASX-listed financial services companies Westpac competes with for customers.

 

Initial performance testing will occur at the third anniversary of grant, with subsequent performance testing possible at the fourth and fifth anniversary of grant.  Performance share rights and performance options vest only if Westpac’s TSR ranking is at or above the median of the peer group at a performance test date.  TSR performance is tested at subsequent performance test dates (where they exist) and further vesting may occur only if the TSR ranking has improved.  Full vesting occurs if relative TSR is at or exceeds the 75th percentile of the ranking group and scales down on a straight line basis to 50% vesting for median performance.

 

Any performance share rights and performance options that vest must be exercised within 10 years after the grant date, or earlier if Mrs Kelly leaves Westpac’s employment.

 

179



 

Note 26.  Share-based payments (continued)

 

CEOPP – Outstanding Performance Options and Performance Share Rights

 

The following table sets out details of awards of performance options and performance share rights granted under the CEOPP during the year:

 

Grant Date

 

Latest Date for
Exercise

 

Exercise
Price

 

Outstanding at
1 October
2007

 

Granted
During
the Year

 

Exercised
During
the Year

 

Lapsed
During
the Year

 

Outstanding at
30 September
2008

 

Options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1 February 2008

 

1 February 2018

 

$

25.89

 

 

364,431

 

 

 

364,431

 

Performance share rights

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1 February 2008

 

1 February 2018

 

 

 

82,290

 

 

 

82,290

 

 

The fair value at grant date of performance options issued to Mrs Kelly during the year was $3.82 and the fair value at grant date of performance share rights was $15.65.  As at 30 September 2008, no outstanding performance options or performance share rights issued to Mrs Kelly were exercisable.  The remaining contractual life at 30 September 2008 of outstanding performance options was 9.3 years, and outstanding performance share rights was 9.3 years.

 

(iv)             Chief Executive Securities Agreement 2003 (David Morgan)

 

David Morgan continues to hold performance options and performance share rights received under the Chief Executive Securities Agreement 2003.  This agreement was approved by shareholders at Westpac’s Annual General Meeting on 11 December 2003.

 

For awards under the Chief Executive Securities Agreement 2003, performance is tested once only for each tranche, three years from grant (or in the case of the 1 December 2006 tranche performance on 1 March 2010).  Performance options or performance share rights vest only if Westpac’s TSR is at or above the median of the ranking group, with full vesting where TSR ranking is at the 75th percentile.  Vesting is on a straight line basis between the median and the 75th percentile.

 

Outstanding Performance Options and Performance Share Rights

 

No performance options or performance share rights were granted to David Morgan during the year.  The following table sets out details of outstanding performance options and performance share rights granted under the Chief Executive Securities Agreement 2003 in previous years:

 

 

Grant Date

 

Latest Date for
Exercise

 

Exercise
Price

 

Outstanding at
1 October
2007

 

Granted
During
the Year

 

Exercised
During
the Year

 

Lapsed
During
the Year

 

Outstanding at
30 September
2008

 

Options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1 March 2005

 

28 February 2015

 

$

19.17

 

713,000

 

 

 

99,820

 

613,180

 

1 March 2006

 

28 February 2016

 

$

23.52

 

713,000

 

 

 

 

713,000

 

1 December 2006

 

30 November 2016

 

$

24.18

 

594,167

 

 

 

 

594,167

 

Totals 2008

 

 

 

 

 

2,020,167

 

 

 

99,820

 

1,920,347

 

Performance share rights

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1 March 2005

 

28 February 2015

 

 

 

218,000

 

 

187,480

 

30,520

 

 

1 March 2006

 

28 February 2016

 

 

 

218,000

 

 

 

 

218,000

 

1 December 2006

 

30 November 2016

 

 

 

181,667

 

 

 

 

181,667

 

Totals 2008

 

 

 

 

 

617,667

 

 

187,480

 

30,520

 

399,667

 

Weighted average exercise price – options

 

 

 

 

 

$

22.18

 

 

 

 

 

$

19.17

 

$

22.34

 

Totals 2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options

 

 

 

 

 

2,139,000

 

594,167

 

 

713,000

 

2,020,167

 

Performance share rights

 

 

 

 

 

654,000

 

181,667

 

 

218,000

 

617,667

 

Weighted average exercise price – options

 

 

 

 

 

$

19.80

 

$

24.18

 

 

$

16.71

 

$

22.18

 

 

180



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 26.  Share-based payments (continued)

 

At 30 September 2008, 613,180 outstanding options issued to David Morgan were exercisable at an exercise price of $19.17 and no outstanding performance share rights issued to David Morgan were exercisable (2007 nil).  The weighted average remaining contractual life at 30 September 2008 of outstanding options was 7.3 years (2007 8.3 years) and outstanding performance share rights was 7.8 years (2007 8.3 years).

 

(v)                 Fair value assumptions

 

The fair value of performance options and performance share rights included in the tables above have been independently calculated at grant date using a Binomial/Monte Carlo simulation pricing model.

 

·                   The assumptions included in the valuation of the 1 February 2008 awards to Gail Kelly include a risk free interest rate of 6.10% for performance options and 6.48% for performance share rights, a dividend yield on Westpac ordinary shares of 5.3% and a volatility in the Westpac share price of 18%;

·                   The assumptions included in the valuation of the 17 December 2007 awards of performance options under the WRP include a risk free interest rate of 6.26%, a dividend yield on Westpac ordinary shares of 5.0% and a volatility in the Westpac share price of 18%;

·                   The assumptions included in the valuation of the awards of unhurdled share rights under the WPP include a risk free interest rate ranging from 6.65% to 6.71%, a dividend yield on Westpac ordinary shares of 5.0% and a volatility in the Westpac ordinary share price of 18%;

·                   Volatility has been assessed by considering the implied volatility of publicly traded options over Westpac’s ordinary shares and the historic volatility of the market price of Westpac shares;

·                   Other assumptions include volatilities of, and correlation factors between, share price movements of the ranking group members and Westpac, which are used to assess the impact of performance hurdles; and

·                   Performance options and performance share rights have been valued assuming an expected life after the vesting date of up to one year.

 

(vi)             Chief Executive Officer Restricted Share Plan (CEO RSP)

 

Gail Kelly received awards of Westpac ordinary shares under the CEO RSP in relation to her employment agreement.  The awards were approved by Westpac shareholders at the 2007 Westpac Annual General Meeting.

 

Like the general RSP, Westpac ordinary shares are allocated under the CEO RSP at no cost to Mrs Kelly, with vesting subject to remaining employed with Westpac for a set period.  Shares in the CEO RSP are held in Mrs Kelly’s name and are restricted until satisfaction of the vesting conditions.  Shares in the RSP rank equally with Westpac ordinary shares for dividends and voting rights, and may be held in the RSP for up to ten years from the date they are granted.

 

Shares were acquired on market to fulfil the CEO RSP requirements during the 2008 financial year.

 

As at 30 September 2008 there were 277,639 CEO RSP shares outstanding that were allocated on 7 February 2008, of these 194,347 are restricted to 7 February 2009 and 83,292 are restricted to 1 December 2009.

 

(vii)         Restricted Share Plan

 

The Restricted Share Plan (RSP) was approved by shareholders at the 2006 Westpac Annual General Meeting.  It provides Westpac with an instrument for attracting and retaining key employees.  Under the RSP, Westpac shares may be allocated to eligible employees at no cost with vesting subject to remaining employed with Westpac for a period determined by the Board.  Shares in the RSP are held in the name of the employee and are restricted until satisfaction of the vesting conditions.  Shares in the RSP rank equally with Westpac ordinary shares for dividends and voting rights, and may be held in the RSP for up to ten years from the date they are granted.

 

Shares have been acquired on market to fulfil the RSP requirements for the 2008 financial year.

 

Outstanding RSP awards

 

The following table details outstanding awards of shares issued under the RSP:

 

Allocation date

 

Balance at Start
of Year

 

Granted During
the Year

 

Released

 

Forfeited During
the Year

 

Balance
Year End

 

October – December 2006

 

1,220,684

 

 

68,644

 

66,371

 

1,085,669

 

January – March 2007

 

18,139

 

 

 

5,980

 

12,159

 

April – June 2007

 

35,934

 

 

 

1,131

 

34,803

 

July – September 2007

 

31,010

 

 

4,481

 

2,700

 

23,829

 

October – December 2007

 

 

1,710,294

 

66,414

 

40,543

 

1,603,337

 

January – March 2008

 

 

53,136

 

3,565

 

5,790

 

43,781

 

April – June 2008

 

 

59,547

 

 

3,075

 

56,472

 

July – September 2008

 

 

89,035

 

 

 

89,035

 

Total 2008

 

1,305,767

 

1,912,012

 

143,104

 

125,590

 

2,949,085

 

2007

 

 

1,375,998

 

1,854

 

68,377

 

1,305,767

 

 

181



 

Note 26.  Share-based payments (continued)

 

(viii)     Other Group share-based plans

 

Westpac also provides plans for small, specialised parts of the Group.  The benefits under these plans are directly linked to growth and performance of the relevant part of the business.  The plans individually and in aggregate are not material to the Group.

 

(ix)            General Management Share Option Plan and Senior Officers’ Share Purchase Scheme

 

The General Management Share Option Plan (GMSOP) was approved by shareholders in December 1998.  The Senior Officers’ Share Purchase Scheme (SOSPS) was approved in its current form in that same year.  Both plans were closed to new invitations in 2002.

 

These plans provided for the allocation of share options to selected executives and senior officers to acquire fully paid ordinary shares issued by Westpac.  Only selected executives at General Manager level or above were invited by the Directors to participate in the GMSOP.  Invitations under the SOSPS were made by the Board to key senior Group employees.  Directors themselves were not eligible to participate in either plan.

 

No consideration was payable for the grant of an option under the GMSOP or the SOSPS.  The exercise price for each option was based on the prevailing market price of Westpac ordinary shares at the time of the invitation, and the options have a ten-year life.

 

Options granted under the GMSOP were subject to a relative TSR performance requirement that determined the proportion which may be exercised following the end of the performance period.  Options granted under the SOSPS were subject to a tenure-based hurdle only.

 

Upon exercising an option, the officer has the right to take up his or her entitlement in whole or in part (but in multiples of 1,000) as fully paid ordinary shares.  The exercise price is payable at the time of exercise.  If an option is not exercised prior to the end of its term, it lapses.

 

The following table sets out details of outstanding options granted under the GMSOP and SOSPS:

 

GMSOP

 

Grant Date

 

Latest Date for
Exercise

 

Exercise
Price

 

Outstanding at
1 October
2007

 

Exercised
During
the Year

 

Lapsed
During
the Year

 

Total
Outstanding at

30 September
2008

 

29 December 1999

 

29 December 2009

 

$

9.57

 

63,000

 

63,000

 

 

 

9 January 2002

 

9 January 2012

 

$

14.70

 

254,703

 

124,820

 

 

129,883

 

14 October 2002

 

14 October 2012

 

$

15.65

 

29,687

 

 

 

29,687

 

Totals 2008

 

 

 

 

 

347,390

 

187,820

 

 

159,570

 

Weighted average exercise price

 

 

 

 

 

$

13.85

 

$

12.98

 

 

$

14.88

 

Totals 2007

 

 

 

 

 

1,006,155

 

640,585

 

18,180

 

347,390

 

Weighted average exercise price

 

 

 

 

 

$

14.01

 

$

14.07

 

$

14.70

 

$

13.85

 

 

SOSPS

 

Grant Date

 

Latest Date
for Exercise

 

Exercise
Price

 

Outstanding at
1 October
2007

 

Exercised
During
the Year

 

Lapsed
During
the Year

 

Total
Outstanding at

30 September 2008

 

5 October 1999

 

5 October 2009

 

$

9.55

 

40,000

 

 

 

40,000

 

29 December 1999

 

29 December 2009

 

$

9.53

 

387,000

 

75,000

 

 

312,000

 

8 January 2001

 

8 January 2011

 

$

13.26

 

676,000

 

78,000

 

 

598,000

 

9 April 2001

 

9 April 2011

 

$

13.85

 

10,000

 

10,000

 

 

 

23 April 2001

 

23 April 2011

 

$

13.50

 

20,000

 

 

 

20,000

 

9 January 2002

 

9 January 2012

 

$

14.65

 

1,152,500

 

253,000

 

 

899,500

 

29 April 2002

 

29 April 2012

 

$

15.40

 

28,000

 

28,000

 

 

 

22 July 2002

 

22 July 2012

 

$

16.24

 

33,573

 

18,573

 

 

15,000

 

Totals 2008

 

 

 

 

 

2,347,073

 

462,573

 

 

1,884,500

 

Weighted average exercise price

 

 

 

 

 

$

13.34

 

$

13.68

 

 

$

13.25

 

Totals 2007

 

 

 

 

 

3,908,573

 

1,561,500

 

 

2,347,073

 

Weighted average exercise price

 

 

 

 

 

$

13.57

 

$

13.93

 

 

$

13.34

 

 

As at 30 September 2008, three executives (2007 six executives) held options under the GMSOP, and 81 officers (2007 103 officers) held options under the SOSPS.  The weighted average remaining contractual life of options at 30 September 2007 under:

 

·                   the GMSOP was 3.4 years (2007 4.0 years); and

·                   the SOSPS was 2.6 years (2007 3.6 years).

 

182



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 26.  Share-based payments (continued)

 

General information on Executive and Senior Officer share plans

 

The market price of Westpac’s ordinary shares as at 30 September 2008 was $21.48 (2007 $28.50).  Details of the shares issued on exercise of options and share rights under each of the Executive and Senior Officer share plans during the year ended 30 September 2008 are set out below:

 

Plan/Agreement

 

Dates on which
Options or
Share Rights
Were Exercised

 

Exercise
Price
$

 

Total
Number of
Shares
Issued/
Allocated

 

Weighted
Average
Share Price
at Date of
Exercise
$

 

Consideration
Received
($’000)

 

2008

Westpac Performance Plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performance options

 

October – December 2007

 

13.59 - 20.53

 

92,423

 

29.28

 

1,422

 

 

 

 

January – March 2008

 

13.59 - 20.53

 

558,977

 

25.35

 

9,918

 

 

 

 

April - June 2008

 

13.59 - 20.53

 

450,803

 

12.63

 

8,322

 

 

 

 

July – September 2008

 

13.59

 

35,119

 

20.98

 

477

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performance share rights

 

October – December 2007

 

 

 

206,774

 

28.31

 

 

 

 

 

 

January – March 2008

 

 

 

1,648,832

 

25.52

 

 

 

 

 

 

April – June 2008

 

 

 

920,866

 

24.40

 

 

 

 

 

 

July – September 2008

 

 

 

677,389

 

20.30

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chief Executives Securities Agreement 2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performance share rights

 

January - March 2008

 

 

 

187,480

 

20.69

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GMSOP

 

October – December 2007

 

14.70

 

43,000

 

29.72

 

632

 

 

 

 

April – June 2008

 

14.70

 

81,820

 

24.92

 

1,203

 

 

 

 

July – September 2008

 

9.57

 

63,000

 

19.32

 

603

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SOSPS

 

October – December 2007

 

9.53 - 16.24

 

167,573

 

29.63

 

2,296

 

 

 

 

January – March 2008

 

9.53 - 14.65

 

70,000

 

25.11

 

947

 

 

 

 

April – June 2008

 

13.26 - 14.65

 

75,000

 

25.35

 

1,078

 

 

 

 

July – September 2008

 

9.53 - 16.24

 

150,000

 

21.37

 

2,006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2007

Westpac Performance Plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performance options

 

October – December 2006

 

13.59

 

356,096

 

24.72

 

4,839

 

 

 

 

January – March 2007

 

13.59 - 20.53

 

63,644

 

25.14

 

1,086

 

 

 

 

July – September 2007

 

13.59

 

36,372

 

25.98

 

494

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performance share rights

 

October – December 2006

 

 

 

93,486

 

24.44

 

 

 

 

 

 

January – March 2007

 

 

 

31,112

 

25.26

 

 

 

 

 

 

April – June 2007

 

 

 

46,095

 

26.77

 

 

 

 

 

 

July – September 2007

 

 

 

25,079

 

26.27

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GMSOP

 

October – December 2006

 

10.75 - 14.70

 

486,691

 

24.76

 

6,689

 

 

 

 

April – June 2007

 

14.70

 

87,085

 

27.24

 

1,280

 

 

 

 

July – September 2007

 

14.70 - 16.03

 

66,809

 

26.07

 

1,044

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

October – December 2006

 

9.53 - 16.24

 

587,500

 

24.45

 

8,011

 

 

SOSPS

 

January – March 2007

 

13.26 - 16.24

 

266,000

 

25.48

 

4,070

 

 

 

 

April – June 2007

 

9.53 - 15.40

 

303,000

 

26.82

 

4,256

 

 

 

 

July – September 2007

 

9.53 - 14.65

 

405,000

 

26.07

 

5,410

 

 

Shares allotted to satisfy the exercise of options or share rights under the employee equity plans will rank equally with all other issued Westpac ordinary shares and qualify for the payment of dividends and shareholder voting rights from the day of allotment.

 

The employee equity plans are operated in compliance with ASIC policy statement 49 which provides relief from the disclosure and licensing provisions of the Corporations Act.  Included in the ASIC policy statement is a five percent limit on the number of shares that can be issued under an employee equity plan without issuing a prospectus.

 

183



 

Note 26.  Share-based payments (continued)

 

Under the policy statement, the number of shares (including shares that are the subject of options and share rights) to be offered to employees at any particular time cannot, at the time the offer is made and when aggregated with the number of shares the subject of previously issued unexercised options and share rights issued to employees under those plans and with the number of shares issued during the previous five years under all employee share schemes, exceed five percent of the total number of shares on issue at the time that offer is made.

 

The names of all persons who hold options and/or share rights currently on issue are entered in Westpac’s register of option holders which may be inspected at Link Market Services, Level 12, 680 George Street, Sydney, New South Wales.

 

Employee Share Plans

 

(i)                   The Deferral Share Plan

 

Under the Deferral Share Plan (DSP), employees (including the CEO) have the opportunity to pre-elect to receive any prospective short term incentive (bonus) as Westpac ordinary shares.  Participants pay the current market price, including acquisition costs, at the time Westpac ordinary shares are purchased on their behalf by an independent plan company.  The shares must generally remain in the plan for 12 months, but can remain for up to ten years.  Participants are entitled to receive any dividend or other distribution attaching to shares held under the DSP.  Participants are also entitled to exercise voting rights attaching to the shares.

 

Australian-based Directors may elect each year to receive a percentage of their fees/salary in Westpac shares under the DSP.

 

The following table details share purchases under the DSP during the years ended 30 September:

 

 

 

Number of
Participants

 

Average Number
of Shares Allocated
per Participant

 

Total Number
of Shares
Allocated

 

Average Purchase
Price per Share

 

Total Purchase
Consideration

 

2008

 

918

 

605

 

561,542

 

$

28.83

 

$

16,188,935

 

2007

 

836

 

639

 

541,890

 

$

23.91

 

$

12,957,321

 

 

The shares were purchased on various dates throughout the financial year.

 

(ii)               The Employee Share Plan

 

Under the ESP, Westpac ordinary shares may be allocated at no cost to employees to recognise their contribution to Westpac’s financial performance over the previous financial year.  The ESP operates as a tax-exempt scheme with a maximum $1,000 award value allocation per employee each year.  However, the number of shares employees receive (if any) depends on Westpac’s share price performance over the twelve months to 30 September and is subject to Board discretion.

 

The shares must normally remain within the ESP for three years unless the employee leaves Westpac.  Participants are entitled to receive any dividend or other distribution attaching to shares held under the ESP.  Participants are also entitled to exercise voting rights attaching to the shares.

 

Westpac’s Australian employees (including part-time employees) who have been in six months continuous employment as at 30 September each year are eligible to participate in the ESP.  Executives and senior management who participate in any Westpac long-term incentive plan are not eligible to participate in the ESP during the same year.  The number of shares employees receive is calculated by dividing the award value by the prevailing market price of Westpac’s ordinary shares when the shares are granted.

 

Share allocation in the 2007 ESP award was by way of newly issued shares.  The following table provides details of shares issued under the ESP during the years ended 30 September:

 

 

 

Allocation date

 

Number of
Participants

 

Average Number
of Shares Allocated
per Participant

 

Total Number
of Shares
Allocated(1)

 

Average Market
Price per Share

 

Total
Fair Value

 

2008

 

10 December 2007

 

18,666

 

35

 

653,310

(1)

$

28.44

 

$

18,580,136

 

2007

 

8 December 2006

 

18,188

 

41

 

745,708

(1)

$

23.83

 

$

17,770,222

 

 


(1)                    Includes 1,107 shares (2007 1,800 shares) not used in the previous years allocation.

 

The liability accrued in respect of the ESP at 30 September 2008 is $11 million (2007 $19 million) and is included in other liabilities.

 

184



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 27.  Average balances and related interest

 

The following table lists the average balances and related interest for the major categories of the Group’s interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities.  Averages used are predominantly daily averages:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

Year Ended
30 September 2008

 

Year Ended
30 September 2007

 

Year Ended
30 September 2006

 

 

 

Average

 

Interest

 

Average

 

Average

 

Interest

 

Average

 

Average

 

Interest

 

Average

 

 

 

Balance

 

Income(1)

 

Rate

 

Balance

 

Income(1)

 

Rate

 

Balance

 

Income(1)

 

Rate

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest earning assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due from other financial institutions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

22,428

 

1,556

 

6.9

%

11,545

 

702

 

6.1

%

10,282

 

583

 

5.7

%

New Zealand

 

943

 

109

 

11.6

%

1,503

 

100

 

6.7

%

412

 

38

 

9.2

%

Other Overseas

 

3,605

 

139

 

3.9

%

3,097

 

167

 

5.4

%

3,130

 

164

 

5.2

%

Trading securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

20,864

 

1,483

 

7.1

%

12,938

 

761

 

5.9

%

10,705

 

646

 

6.0

%

New Zealand

 

2,485

 

203

 

8.2

%

2,704

 

182

 

6.7

%

3,287

 

199

 

6.1

%

Other Overseas

 

1,995

 

69

 

3.5

%

1,146

 

74

 

6.5

%

34

 

2

 

5.9

%

Other financial assets designated at fair value:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

1,217

 

92

 

7.6

%

483

 

36

 

7.5

%

166

 

10

 

6.0

%

New Zealand

 

 

 

 

1,016

 

79

 

7.8

%

1,279

 

95

 

7.4

%

Other Overseas

 

 

 

 

965

 

34

 

3.5

%

1,462

 

88

 

6.0

%

Available-for-sale securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

288

 

20

 

6.9

%

260

 

10

 

3.8

%

407

 

20

 

4.9

%

New Zealand

 

 

 

 

313

 

23

 

7.3

%

252

 

19

 

7.5

%

Other Overseas

 

2,084

 

118

 

5.7

%

520

 

68

 

13.1

%

160

 

12

 

7.5

%

Regulatory deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Overseas

 

1,076

 

31

 

2.9

%

323

 

17

 

5.3

%

331

 

16

 

4.8

%

Loans and other receivables(2):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

244,446

 

20,784

 

8.5

%

210,176

 

15,986

 

7.6

%

181,690

 

13,186

 

7.3

%

New Zealand

 

45,014

 

4,220

 

9.4

%

41,327

 

3,674

 

8.9

%

34,468

 

2,930

 

8.5

%

Other Overseas

 

5,212

 

329

 

6.3

%

4,101

 

210

 

5.1

%

2,638

 

164

 

6.2

%

Intragroup receivables

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Overseas

 

20,937

 

658

 

3.1

%

17,683

 

921

 

5.2

%

18,036

 

1,010

 

5.6

%

Total interest earning assets and interest income including intragroup

 

372,594

 

29,811

 

8.0

%

310,100

 

23,044

 

7.4

%

268,739

 

19,182

 

7.1

%

Intragroup elimination

 

(20,937

)

(658

)

 

 

(17,683

)

(921

)

 

 

(18,036

)

(1,010

)

 

 

Total interest earning assets and interest income

 

351,657

 

29,153

 

8.3

%

292,417

 

22,123

 

7.6

%

250,703

 

18,172

 

7.2

%

Non-interest earning assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash, due from other financial institutions and regulatory deposits

 

734

 

 

 

 

 

1,188

 

 

 

 

 

734

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

21,258

 

 

 

 

 

11,260

 

 

 

 

 

8,515

 

 

 

 

 

Life insurance assets

 

14,060

 

 

 

 

 

15,277

 

 

 

 

 

14,039

 

 

 

 

 

All other assets(3)

 

13,759

 

 

 

 

 

12,370

 

 

 

 

 

9,672

 

 

 

 

 

Total non-interest earning assets

 

49,811

 

 

 

 

 

40,095

 

 

 

 

 

32,960

 

 

 

 

 

Total acceptances

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

401,468

 

 

 

 

 

332,512

 

 

 

 

 

283,663

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)                    The Group has entered into various tax effective financing transactions that derive income that is subject to a reduced rate of income tax.  The net interest income above is presented on a tax equivalent basis.  This increased net interest income by $72 million (2007 $101 million, 2006 $111 million) comprised of an interest income benefit of $72 million (2007 $48 million, 2006 $81 million) and an interest expense benefit of $nil million (2007 $53 million, 2006 $30 million).

(2)                    For the years ended 30 September 2008, 2007 and 2006 loans and receivables have been stated net of provisions for impairment charges.

(3)                    Includes property, plant and equipment, goodwill and intangibles, other assets and deferred tax.

 

185



 

Note 27.  Average balances and related interest (continued)

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

Year Ended
30 September 2008

 

Year Ended
30 September 2007

 

Year Ended
30 September 2006

 

 

 

Average

 

Interest

 

Average

 

Average

 

Interest

 

Average

 

Average

 

Interest

 

Average

 

 

 

Balance

 

Expense(1)

 

Rate

 

Balance

 

Expense(1)

 

Rate

 

Balance

 

Expense(1)

 

Rate

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest bearing liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to other financial institutions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

3,577

 

215

 

6.0

%

4,945

 

232

 

4.7

%

4,122

 

226

 

5.5

%

New Zealand

 

431

 

30

 

7.0

%

1,820

 

120

 

6.6

%

2,316

 

159

 

6.9

%

Other Overseas

 

5,874

 

204

 

3.5

%

3,696

 

188

 

5.1

%

3,627

 

147

 

4.1

%

Deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

165,524

 

10,456

 

6.3

%

133,991

 

7,097

 

5.3

%

119,064

 

5,666

 

4.8

%

New Zealand

 

27,888

 

2,096

 

7.5

%

26,595

 

1,783

 

6.7

%

23,797

 

1,475

 

6.2

%

Other Overseas

 

20,461

 

809

 

4.0

%

14,574

 

666

 

4.6

%

10,063

 

428

 

4.3

%

Loan capital:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

6,772

 

438

 

6.5

%

6,455

 

378

 

5.9

%

5,530

 

309

 

5.6

%

Other Overseas

 

758

 

46

 

6.1

%

652

 

31

 

4.8

%

702

 

38

 

5.4

%

Other interest bearing liabilities(2):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

92,422

 

6,640

 

n/a

 

72,255

 

4,308

 

n/a

 

54,009

 

3,276

 

n/a

 

New Zealand

 

4,261

 

802

 

n/a

 

2,696

 

605

 

n/a

 

520

 

144

 

n/a

 

Other Overseas

 

6,897

 

123

 

n/a

 

7,276

 

301

 

n/a

 

9,266

 

551

 

n/a

 

Intragroup payable:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

7,196

 

460

 

6.4

%

6,294

 

488

 

7.8

%

8,742

 

548

 

6.3

%

New Zealand

 

13,741

 

198

 

1.4

%

11,389

 

433

 

3.8

%

9,295

 

462

 

5.0

%

Total interest bearing liabilities and interest expense including intragroup

 

355,802

 

22,517

 

6.3

%

292,638

 

16,630

 

5.7

%

251,053

 

13,429

 

5.3

%

Intragroup elimination

 

(20,937

)

(658

)

 

 

(17,683

)

(921

)

 

 

(18,037

)

(1,010

)

 

 

Total interest bearing liabilities and interest expense

 

334,865

 

21,859

 

6.5

%

274,955

 

15,709

 

5.7

%

233,016

 

12,419

 

5.3

%

Non-interest bearing liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits and due to other financial institutions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

7,137

 

 

 

 

 

6,642

 

 

 

 

 

5,592

 

 

 

 

 

New Zealand

 

1,868

 

 

 

 

 

2,293

 

 

 

 

 

2,135

 

 

 

 

 

Other Overseas

 

312

 

 

 

 

 

280

 

 

 

 

 

290

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

18,595

 

 

 

 

 

10,668

 

 

 

 

 

8,523

 

 

 

 

 

Life insurance policy liabilities

 

13,173

 

 

 

 

 

14,072

 

 

 

 

 

13,135

 

 

 

 

 

All other liabilities(3)

 

6,901

 

 

 

 

 

6,983

 

 

 

 

 

6,130

 

 

 

 

 

Total non-interest bearing liabilities

 

47,986

 

 

 

 

 

40,938

 

 

 

 

 

35,805

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

382,851

 

 

 

 

 

315,893

 

 

 

 

 

268,821

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

16,699

 

 

 

 

 

14,708

 

 

 

 

 

13,369

 

 

 

 

 

Minority interests

 

1,918

 

 

 

 

 

1,911

 

 

 

 

 

1,473

 

 

 

 

 

Total equity

 

18,617

 

 

 

 

 

16,619

 

 

 

 

 

14,842

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

 

401,468

 

 

 

 

 

332,512

 

 

 

 

 

283,663

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)                    The Group has entered into various tax effective financing transactions that derive income that is subject to a reduced rate of income tax.  The net interest income above is presented on a tax equivalent basis.  This increased net interest income by $72 million (2007 $101 million, 2006 $111 million) comprised of an interest income benefit of $72 million (2007 $48 million, 2006 $81 million) and an interest expense benefit of $nil million (2007 $53 million, 2006 $30 million).

(2)                    Includes net impact of Treasury balance sheet management activities.

(3)                    Includes provisions for current and deferred tax liabilities and other liabilities.

 

186



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 27.  Average balances and related interest (continued)

 

The following table allocates changes in net interest income between changes in volume and changes in rate for the last two fiscal years.  Volume and rate variances have been calculated on the movement in average balances and the change in the interest rates on average interest-earning assets and average interest bearing liabilities.  The variance caused by change in both volume and rate has been allocated in proportion to the relationship of the absolute dollar amount of each change to the total.  The Group has entered into various tax effective financing transactions that derive income that is subject to a reduced rate of income tax.  The net interest income above is presented on a tax equivalent basis.  This increased net interest income by $72 million (2007 $101 million) comprised of an interest income benefit of $72 million (2007 $48 million) and an interest expense benefit of $nil million (2007 $53 million).

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

Change Due To

 

Change Due To

 

 

 

Volume

 

Rate

 

Total

 

Volume

 

Rate

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Interest-earning assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due from other financial institutions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

662

 

192

 

854

 

72

 

47

 

119

 

New Zealand

 

(37

)

46

 

9

 

101

 

(39

)

62

 

Other Overseas

 

27

 

(55

)

(28

)

(2

)

5

 

3

 

Trading securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

466

 

256

 

722

 

135

 

(19

)

116

 

New Zealand

 

(15

)

36

 

21

 

(35

)

18

 

(17

)

Other Overseas

 

55

 

(60

)

(5

)

65

 

7

 

72

 

Other financial assets designated at fair value:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

55

 

1

 

56

 

19

 

7

 

26

 

New Zealand

 

(79

)

 

(79

)

(20

)

4

 

(16

)

Other Overseas

 

(34

)

 

(34

)

(30

)

(24

)

(54

)

Available-for-sale securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

1

 

9

 

10

 

(7

)

(3

)

(10

)

New Zealand

 

(23

)

 

(23

)

5

 

(1

)

4

 

Other Overseas

 

205

 

(155

)

50

 

27

 

29

 

56

 

Regulatory deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Overseas

 

40

 

(26

)

14

 

 

1

 

1

 

Loans and other receivables:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

2,607

 

2,191

 

4,798

 

2,067

 

732

 

2,799

 

New Zealand

 

328

 

218

 

546

 

583

 

161

 

744

 

Other Overseas

 

57

 

62

 

119

 

91

 

(45

)

46

 

Intragroup receivable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Overseas

 

169

 

(432

)

(263

)

(20

)

(69

)

(89

)

Total change in interest income including intragroup

 

4,484

 

2,283

 

6,767

 

3,051

 

811

 

3,862

 

Intragroup elimination

 

(169

)

432

 

263

 

20

 

69

 

89

 

Total change in interest income

 

4,315

 

2,715

 

7,030

 

3,071

 

880

 

3,951

 

 

187



 

Note 27.  Average balances and related interest (continued)

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

Change Due To

 

Change Due To

 

 

 

Volume

 

Rate

 

Total

 

Volume

 

Rate

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

1,670

 

1,689

 

3,359

 

710

 

721

 

1,431

 

New Zealand

 

87

 

226

 

313

 

173

 

135

 

308

 

Other Overseas

 

269

 

(126

)

143

 

192

 

46

 

238

 

Due to other financial institutions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

(64

)

47

 

(17

)

45

 

(39

)

6

 

New Zealand

 

(92

)

2

 

(90

)

(34

)

(5

)

(39

)

Other Overseas

 

111

 

(95

)

16

 

3

 

38

 

41

 

Loan capital:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

19

 

41

 

60

 

52

 

17

 

69

 

Other Overseas

 

5

 

10

 

15

 

(3

)

(4

)

(7

)

Other interest-bearing liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

1,202

 

1,130

 

2,332

 

1,107

 

(75

)

1,032

 

New Zealand

 

351

 

(154

)

197

 

603

 

(142

)

461

 

Other Overseas

 

(16

)

(162

)

(178

)

(118

)

(132

)

(250

)

Intragroup payable:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

70

 

(98

)

(28

)

(153

)

93

 

(60

)

New Zealand

 

89

 

(324

)

(235

)

104

 

(133

)

(29

)

Total change in interest expense including intragroup

 

3,701

 

2,186

 

5,887

 

2,681

 

520

 

3,201

 

Intragroup elimination

 

(159

)

422

 

263

 

49

 

40

 

89

 

Total change in interest expense

 

3,542

 

2,608

 

6,150

 

2,730

 

560

 

3,290

 

Change in net interest income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

894

 

(160

)

734

 

525

 

47

 

572

 

New Zealand

 

(261

)

550

 

289

 

(212

)

288

 

76

 

Other Overseas

 

150

 

(293

)

(143

)

57

 

(44

)

13

 

Total change in net interest income

 

783

 

97

 

880

 

370

 

291

 

661

 

 

188



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

 

Note 28.  Financial risk

 

Risk is inherent in the Bank’s activities, but is managed through a process of ongoing identification, measurement and monitoring.

 

Westpac’s risk appetite is set by the Board.  It is determined after considering top down requirements (including Westpac’s preferred debt rating and regulatory requirements) and bottom-up aggregates (such as risk concentration and limits).

 

Westpac’s appetite for risk is influenced by a range of factors, including whether a risk is considered consistent with its strategy (core risk).  Westpac has a lower appetite for risks that are not part of its core strategy.  This concept of a ‘core risk’ is used in daily decision making and the limit setting framework.  Westpac maintains a risk-reward oriented approach to creating shareholder value utilising a measurement framework covering all material risk classes.

 

Westpac seeks to maximise total shareholder returns over the longer term by achieving an appropriate balance between growth and volatility of returns and by ultimately returning that value to shareholders.

 

Westpac distinguishes the following types of risk:

 

Type of risk

 

 

Description

Financial instrument risk

 

·

credit risk – the risk of financial loss where a customer or counterparty fails to meet their financial obligations.

 

 

·

market risk – the risk to earnings from changes in market factors, such as interest rate, foreign exchange, commodity price and equity price risk.

 

 

·

operational risk – the risk that arises from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events. This includes compliance risk – the risk of legal or regulatory sanction, financial or reputation loss arising from our failure to apply the regulatory standards expected of us as a financial services group.

 

 

·

liquidity risk – the risk of not meeting our payment obligations, which could arise as a result of mismatched cash flows generated by our business.

 

 

 

 

Other related risks

 

·

insurance risk – the risk of not being able to meet insurance claims arising from contracts issued by Westpac subsidiaries.

 

 

·

model risk – the risk of financial, reputation or operational losses arising because of a model.

 

 

·

reputation risk – the risk to earnings or capital arising from negative public opinion resulting from the loss of reputation or public trust and standing. This risk encompasses social, ethical and environmental risks arising out of areas such as people management, climate change governance, and supply chain management.

 

 

·

business risk – the risk associated with the vulnerability of a line of business to changes in the business environment.

 

 

·

contagion risk – the risk that problems arising in other Westpac Group members may compromise the financial and operating position of the authorised deposit taking institutions in the Westpac Group.

 

Westpac takes an integrated approach to managing these interlinked risks.

 

189



 

Note 28.  Financial risk (continued)

 

Note 28 provides a summary of Westpac’s risk management framework, as well as a discussion of Westpac’s financial risk management policies and practices and quantitative information on some of its principal financial risk exposures.  The information contained in Note 28 can be segregated as follows:

 

28.1 Approach to risk management

28.2 Credit risk management

28.2.1 Credit risk management policy

28.2.2 Provision and impairment policy

28.2.3 Internal credit risk ratings system

28.2.4 Credit risk mitigation, collateral and other credit enhancements

28.2.5 Credit risk concentrations

28.2.6 Credit quality of financial assets

28.2.7 Financial assets that are neither past due nor individually impaired

28.2.8 Financial assets that are past due, but not individually impaired

28.2.9 Impaired financial assets

28.2.10 Non-performing loans

28.3 Funding and liquidity risk management

28.3.1 Sources of liquidity

28.3.2 Liquidity reporting

28.3.3 Contractual maturity on an undiscounted basis

28.3.4 Contractual maturity on an discounted basis

28.4 Market risk

28.4.1 Trading Value at Risk

28.4.2 Interest rate risk in the banking book

28.4.3 Interest rate mismatch

 

28.1 Approach to risk management

 

Westpac approaches risk management by identifying, assessing and managing the risks that affect its business in accordance with a set of core risk management values.  This approach enables the risks to be balanced against appropriate rewards and to reflect Westpac’s risk appetite.

 

The Board is responsible for determining Westpac’s appetite for risk, and reviewing and approving Westpac’s risk management strategy and the overarching frameworks or approaches to managing the key risks.  Executive management is responsible for implementing the Board-approved risk management strategy and developing policies, controls, processes and procedures to identify and effectively manage risks in all of Westpac’s activities, in accordance with the Board approved frameworks.

 

190



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 28.  Financial risk (continued)

 

Westpac’s risk management governance structure is set out in the table below:

 

Board

 

Reviews and approves our overall risk management strategy, including our appetite for risk.

 

Board Risk Management Committee

 

The Board has delegated responsibility to the Board Risk Management Committee to set risk appetite, approve frameworks, policies and processes for managing risk and accept risks beyond the approval discretion provided to management.

 

In addition, the Board Risk Management Committee:

 

·

 

monitors the risk profile, performance, capital levels, exposures against limits and management and control of our risks;

·

 

monitors changes anticipated in the economic and business environment and other factors relevant to our risk profile;

·

 

oversees the development and ongoing review of appropriate policies that support our frameworks for managing risk; and

·

 

reviews significant issues that may be raised by internal audit as well as the length of time and action taken to resolve such issues.

 

Board committees with a risk focus

 

Board Audit Committee

 

Board Sustainability Committee

 

 

 

·

 

oversees the integrity of financial statements and financial reporting systems.

 

·

 

oversees environmental, social, governance and ethical performance and issues.

 

Executive risk committees

 

Executive management committee focused on market dislocation

 

·

 

proactively tracks and responds to emerging trends; and

·

 

maintains intensity of effort on risk management in the current environment.

 

Westpac Group Risk-Reward Committee (GRRC)

 

·

 

sets and leads the risk optimisation agenda for Westpac;

·

 

recommends to the Board Risk Management Committee the appropriate risk-reward positioning and integrates decisions on overall capital levels and earnings profile;

·

 

initiates and oversees strategies to align Westpac’s risk-reward profile with boundaries for risk appetite and earnings volatility within parameters set by the Board;

·

 

oversees the risk governance framework, including the performance, role and membership of the executive risk committees; and

·

 

approves any changes to Westpac’s measures of risk-adjusted performance and monitors their use.

 

Westpac Group Credit Risk
Committee (CREDCO)

 

Westpac Group Market Risk
Committee (MARCO)

 

Westpac Group Operational Risk &
Compliance Committee (OPCO)

 

 

 

 

 

·

 

seeks to optimise credit risk-reward;

 

·

 

seeks to optimise market and

 

·

 

seeks to optimise operational risk-

·

 

oversees portfolio performance;

 

 

 

liquidity risk-reward;

 

 

 

reward;

·

 

oversees the establishment and

 

·

 

oversees portfolio performance;

 

·

 

oversees the governance of operational

 

 

review of limits and authority levels

 

·

 

determines limits within Board-

 

 

 

risk and compliance, including the

 

 

within Board-approved parameters;

 

 

 

approved parameters; and

 

 

 

framework and policies;

 

 

and

 

·

 

monitors adherence to Board-

 

·

 

oversees the operational and reputation

·

 

monitors adherence to Board-

 

 

 

approved limits.

 

 

 

risk profile; and

 

 

approved limits.

 

 

 

 

 

·

 

oversees the operational risk profile.

 

Group level risk management

 

Group Risk

 

·

 

develops the group-level risk management frameworks for approval by the Board Risk Management Committee;

·

 

directs the review and development of key policies related to the risk management frameworks;

·

 

establishes risk concentration limits and monitors risk concentrations; and

·

 

monitors compliance and regulatory obligations and emerging risk issues.

 

Independent internal review

 

Group Assurance

 

·

 

reviews the adequacy and effectiveness of management controls for risk.

 

191



 

Note 28.  Financial risk (continued)

 

28.2 Credit risk management

 

Credit Risk is the risk of financial loss that results from customers or counterparties failing to meet their financial obligations including obligations that exist via direct loans, unrecognised credit commitments and financial market activities.

 

28.2.1 Credit risk management policy

 

Westpac maintains a number of credit risk management policies and frameworks, which are intended to clearly define roles and responsibilities, acceptable practices, and provide limits, definitions and guidance for the treatment of exceptions.

 

·                   the Credit Risk Management Framework describes the principles, methods, systems, roles and responsibilities, key reports and controls that exist for managing credit in Westpac;

·                   the Credit Risk Rating Framework describes the risk rating system philosophy, design, maintenance and uses; and

·                   Westpac has established policies governing the limits and management of exceptions for three types of concentration risks:

 

·                   individual counterparties;

·                   countries; and

·                   specific industries (e.g. property).

 

Westpac has established a set of Credit Approval Limits (CALs) to govern the extension of credit.  CALs represent the formal delegation of Board credit approval authority to responsible authorities throughout the organisation.

 

Credit manuals exist in each business unit to govern the extension of credit.  These manuals are updated by the business units, with significant changes approved by the Group Risk.

 

Sector policies exist to guide the extension of credit where industry-specific guidelines (e.g. acceptable financial ratios or types of collateral) are necessary.  These policies are maintained by the business units.

 

192



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 28.  Financial risk (continued)

 

Westpac has established a Related Entity Risk policy to govern the limits and management of exceptions for lending to related entities, so as to minimise contagion risk for the extended licensed enterprise and to ensure compliance with the prudential limits prescribed by APRA.

 

Exposures are managed from a portfolio perspective, with risk mitigation techniques used to regularly re-balance the portfolio.  In 2008 Westpac targeted a risk management hedging ratio of between 5% to 15% of the loan portfolio.

 

28.2.2 Provisions and impairments policy

 

Provisions for loan impairment represent management’s best estimate of the losses incurred in the loan portfolios as at the balance date.  There are two components of Westpac’s loan impairment provisions, individually assessed provisions and collectively assessed provisions.  In determining the individual component all relevant considerations that have a bearing on the expected future cash flows are taken into account, for example, the business prospects of the customer, the realisable value of collateral, Westpac’s position relative to other claimants, the reliability of customer information and the likely cost and duration of the work-out process.  These judgements and estimates can change with time as new information becomes available or as work-out strategies evolve, resulting in revisions to the impairment provision as individual decisions are made.

 

The collective component is established on a portfolio basis taking into account the level of arrears, collateral, past loss experience and defaults based on portfolio trends.  The most significant factors in establishing these provisions are estimated loss rates and related emergence period.  The future credit quality of these portfolios is subject to uncertainties that could cause actual credit losses to differ from reported loan impairment provisions.  These uncertainties include the economic environment, notably interest rates and their effect on customer spending, unemployment levels, payment behaviour and bankruptcy rates.

 

28.2.3 Internal credit risk ratings system

 

The principal objective of credit risk rating system is to produce the most accurately possible quantitative assessment of the credit risk to which the Group is exposed.

 

Westpac’s internal credit risk rating system for transaction–managed customers assigns a Customer Risk Grade (CRG) to each customer, corresponding to their expected probability of default (PD).  Each facility is assigned a loss given default (LGD).  The Westpac risk rating system has 20 risk grades for non-defaulted customers and 10 risk grades for defaulted customers.  Non-defaulted CRGs are mapped to Moody’s and Standard and Poor’s (S&P) external senior ranking unsecured ratings.  Customers that are not transaction-managed (referred to as the program-managed portfolio) are segmented into pools of similar risk.  Segments are created by analysing characteristics that have historically proven predictive in determining if an account is likely to go into default.  Customers are then grouped according to these predictive characteristics and each segment assigned a PD and LGD.

 

The table below shows the current alignment between Westpac’s CRGs and the corresponding external rating.  Note that only high-level CRG groupings are shown and each segment is assigned a PD and LGD.

 

Financial Statement Disclosure

 

Westpac CRG

 

Moody’s Rating

 

S&P Rating

 

Strong

 

A

 

Aaa – Aa3

 

AAA – AA–

 

 

 

B

 

A1 – A3

 

A+ – A–

 

 

 

C

 

Baa1 – Baa3

 

BBB+ – BBB–

 

Good/Satisfactory

 

D

 

Ba1 – B1

 

BB+ – B+

 

 

Financial Statement Disclosure

 

Westpac CRG

 

Definitions

 

Weak

 

E

 

Watchlist

 

 

 

F

 

Special Mention

 

Weak/Default

 

G – H

 

Substandard/Default

 

 

Control mechanisms for the credit risk rating system

 

Westpac’s credit risk rating system is reviewed annually to ensure the rating criteria and procedures are applicable to the current portfolio and external conditions.  The Board Risk Management committee monitors the risk profile, performance and management of Westpac’s credit portfolio and development and review of credit risk policies.  All models materially impacting the risk rating process are validated in accordance with Westpac’s model risk validation policy.  Specific credit risk estimates (including PD, LGD and exposure at default (EAD) levels) are overseen and approved by a subcommittee of the Group Credit Risk Committee.  These estimates are reviewed annually.

 

28.2.4 Credit risk mitigation, collateral and other credit enhancements

 

Westpac uses a wide variety of techniques to reduce the credit risk arising from its lending activities.  The Group commonly obtains security for the funds advanced.  Westpac ensures that enforceable legal documentation is held which establishes Westpac’s direct, irrevocable and unconditional recourse to any collateral, security and other credit enhancements provided.

 

193



 

Note 28.  Financial risk (continued)

 

The table below describes the nature of collateral held for financial asset classes:

 

Cash and balances with central banks, including regulatory deposits

 

These exposures are generally considered to be low risk due to the nature of the counterparties. Collateral is generally not sought on these balances.

 

 

 

Due from other financial institutions

 

These exposures are generally considered to be low risk due to the credit risk grade of the counterparties. Collateral is generally not sought on these balances.

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

Where possible, credit risk is minimised through the use of netting agreements enabling derivative assets and liabilities with the same counterparty to be offset. Collateral may also be sought where this is deemed prudent, depending upon the nature of the transaction and the credit worthiness of the counterparty.

 

 

 

Trading assets

 

These exposures are carried at fair value which reflects the credit risk. No collateral is sought directly from the issuer or counterparty; however this may be implicit in the terms of the instrument.

 

 

 

Other financial assets designated at fair value

 

These exposures are carried at fair value which reflects the credit risk. The terms of debt securities may include collateralisation. Loans and advances may be collateralised.

 

 

 

Available for sale securities

 

Collateral is not sought directly with respect to these exposures; however collateralisation may be implicit in the structure of the asset.

 

 

 

Loans for consumer purposes(1)

 

Loans for retail purposes may be secured, partially secured or unsecured depending on the product. Security is typically taken by a fixed and/or floating charge over property or other assets.

 

 

 

Loans for business purposes(1)

 

Loans for business purposes may be secured, partially secured or unsecured. Security is typically taken by a fixed and/or floating charge over property, business assets, or other assets. Other forms of credit protection may also be sought or taken out if warranted.

 

 

 

Life insurance assets

 

No collateral is held or provided on these assets other than a fixed charge over the properties backing Australian mortgage investments. These properties are valued on origination of the loan or during enforcement actions only.

 

 

 

Due from subsidiaries

 

These exposures are generally considered to be low risk due to the nature of the counterparties. Collateral is generally not sought on these balances.

 


(1)   This includes collateral held in relation to associated credit commitments.

 

Westpac recognises financial collateral in the form of:

 

·                   cash (primarily in Australian, New Zealand and US dollars);

·                   bonds as issued by Australian Commonwealth, State and Territory government or their Public Sector Enterprises;

·                   securities issued by other specified AAA-rated sovereign governments; and

·                   credit–linked notes (provided the proceeds are invested in cash or other collateral described above as eligible collateral for credit risk mitigation by way of risk reduction).

 

Westpac facilitates the management of its credit exposures through:

 

·                   collateral valuation and management;

·                   credit portfolio management; and

·                   balance sheet netting.

 

Collateral valuation and management

 

Westpac revalues collateral related to financial markets positions on a daily basis to monitor the net risk position, and has formal processes in place to ensure calls for collateral top-up or exposure reduction are made promptly.  An independent operational unit has responsibility for monitoring these positions.  The collaterisation arrangements are documented via the Support Annex of the International Swaps and Derivatives Association (ISDA) dealing agreement.

 

194



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 28.  Financial risk (continued)

 

Credit Portfolio Management

 

Credit Portfolio Management (CPM) is a business unit that manages the overall risk in Westpac’s corporate, sovereign and bank credit portfolios.  CPM includes a dedicated portfolio trading desk with the specific mandate of actively monitoring the underlying exposure and any offsetting hedge positions.  Specific reporting is maintained and monitored on the matching of hedges with underlying facilities, with any adjustments to hedges (e.g. unwinds or extensions) managed dynamically.  CPM ensures that credit protection is acquired from sovereign entities, public sector entities, banks or securities firms and other entities with a minimum risk grade equivalent of A3/A–.

 

Balance sheet netting

 

Risk reduction by way of current account set-offs is recognised for exposures to creditworthy customers domiciled in Australia and New Zealand only.  Customers are required to enter into formal agreements giving Westpac the unfettered right to set-off gross credit and debit balances in their nominated accounts to determine Westpac’s net exposure within each of these two jurisdictions.  Cross-border set-offs are not permitted.

 

Close-out netting is undertaken for off-balance sheet financial market transactions with counterparties with whom Westpac has entered into master dealing agreements which allow such netting in specified jurisdictions.  Close-out netting effectively aggregates pre-settlement risk exposure at time of default, thus reducing overall exposure.

 

28.2.5 Credit risk concentrations

 

A concentration of credit risk exists when a number of counterparties are engaged in similar activities and have similar economic characteristics that would cause their ability to meet contractual obligations to be similarly affected by changes in economic or other conditions.

 

Credit risk concentrations by industry

 

Westpac monitors its credit portfolio to manage risk concentrations.  Exposures to businesses, government and other financial institutions are classified into a number of industry clusters based on groupings of related ANZSIC codes and are monitored against industry exposure boundaries.  The level of industry risk is measured on a dynamic basis.  Exposures are actively managed from a portfolio perspective, with risk mitigation techniques used to re-balance the portfolio.

 

195



 

Note 28.  Financial risk (continued)

 

During the current year we have modified the presentation of financial assets by industry to align external reporting with the basis of internal reporting.  The industry clusters presented below are based on ANZSIC codes.  The revised industry classifications impact Note 11, Note 12 and Note 28.

 

The table below sets out the maximum exposure to credit risk (excluding any collateral received) and the credit risk concentrations to which the Group is exposed.  The total (on balance sheet) will not reconcile to Westpac and the Group’s total assets as cash, deferred taxes, non-financial assets and other financial assets have been excluded from the table below.  Investments in subsidiaries and due from subsidiaries have also been excluded from Westpac parent entity reporting.

 

 

 

Consolidated 2008

 

 

 

Trading
Assets

 

Other
Financial
Assets
Designated
at Fair
Value

 

Available-
For-Sale
Securities

 

Loans for
Consumer
Purposes

 

Loans for
Business
Purposes

 

Derivatives

 

Life
Insurance
Assets

 

Total
(on
balance
sheet)

 

Credit
Commitments

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accommodation, cafes and restaurants

 

 

 

 

83

 

3,779

 

1

 

 

3,863

 

944

 

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

 

 

 

 

84

 

5,541

 

106

 

 

5,731

 

1,149

 

Construction

 

 

 

 

174

 

4,027

 

77

 

 

4,278

 

8,591

 

Finance and insurance

 

21,347

 

1,815

 

81

 

990

 

17,580

 

28,279

 

12,301

 

82,393

 

18,302

 

Government, administration and defence

 

8,088

 

 

14

 

 

451

 

187

 

 

8,740

 

1,341

 

Manufacturing

 

71

 

12

 

 

103

 

10,120

 

353

 

 

10,659

 

8,004

 

Mining

 

 

 

 

11

 

1,853

 

320

 

 

2,184

 

4,718

 

Property

 

141

 

 

21

 

1,590

 

27,604

 

285

 

 

29,641

 

 

Property services and business services

 

135

 

 

100

 

371

 

6,410

 

89

 

 

7,105

 

19,652

 

Services

 

25

 

 

38

 

307

 

6,546

 

1

 

 

6,917

 

811

 

Trade

 

20

 

 

 

267

 

10,501

 

96

 

 

10,884

 

4,033

 

Transport and storage

 

78

 

 

 

32

 

5,453

 

68

 

 

5,631

 

1,259

 

Utilities

 

172

 

 

 

10

 

2,337

 

237

 

 

2,756

 

2,822

 

Retail Lending

 

 

664

 

 

154,985

 

 

163

 

178

 

155,990

 

16,578

 

Other

 

 

 

58

 

190

 

1,473

 

31

 

 

1,752

 

14

 

Total Australia

 

30,077

 

2,491

 

312

 

159,197

 

103,675

 

30,293

 

12,479

 

338,524

 

88,218

 

New Zealand

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accommodation, cafes and restaurants

 

 

 

 

100

 

70

 

 

 

170

 

63

 

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

 

 

 

 

2,479

 

1,747

 

234

 

 

4,460

 

552

 

Construction

 

 

 

 

207

 

146

 

9

 

 

362

 

894

 

Finance and insurance

 

2,727

 

56

 

 

1,456

 

1,026

 

3,696

 

68

 

9,029

 

1,196

 

Government, administration and defence

 

130

 

 

 

160

 

112

 

52

 

 

454

 

765

 

Manufacturing

 

85

 

 

 

742

 

523

 

11

 

 

1,361

 

1,432

 

Mining

 

 

 

 

140

 

98

 

 

 

238

 

249

 

Property

 

 

 

 

2,774

 

1,953

 

 

 

4,727

 

 

Property services and business services

 

 

 

 

 

 

282

 

 

282

 

 

Services

 

 

 

69

 

1,067

 

752

 

 

 

1,888

 

 

Trade

 

 

 

 

1,204

 

848

 

8

 

 

2,060

 

1,138

 

Transport and storage

 

13

 

 

 

486

 

343

 

 

 

842

 

372

 

Utilities

 

 

 

 

399

 

281

 

10

 

 

690

 

889

 

Retail Lending

 

 

 

 

16,269

 

11,456

 

1

 

 

27,726

 

7,489

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

48

 

 

48

 

119

 

Total New Zealand

 

2,955

 

56

 

69

 

27,483

 

19,355

 

4,351

 

68

 

54,337

 

15,158

 

 

Loan products that have both a mortgage and deposit facility have been presented on a gross basis in the balance sheet.  The change in presentation in the current year has resulted in an adjustment to the loans and deposit balance of $4.0 billion at 30 September 2008 (2007 $2.8 billion).

 

196



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 28.  Financial risk (continued)

 

 

 

Consolidated 2008

 

 

 

Trading
Assets

 

Other
Financial
Assets
Designated
at Fair
Value

 

Available-For-Sale
Securities

 

Loans for
Consumer
Purposes

 

Loans for
Business
Purposes

 

Derivatives

 

Life
Insurance
Assets

 

Total
(on
balance
sheet)

 

Credit
Commitments

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Other Overseas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accommodation, cafes and restaurants

 

 

 

 

24

 

189

 

 

 

213

 

61

 

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

 

 

 

 

2

 

63

 

 

 

65

 

7

 

Construction

 

 

 

 

13

 

185

 

 

 

198

 

163

 

Finance and insurance

 

6,502

 

 

737

 

 

1,041

 

98

 

 

8,378

 

4,297

 

Government, administration and defence

 

 

 

495

 

2

 

11

 

 

 

508

 

96

 

Manufacturing

 

 

 

 

20

 

879

 

51

 

 

950

 

1,433

 

Mining

 

 

 

 

 

41

 

 

 

41

 

244

 

Property

 

 

 

 

73

 

24

 

 

 

97

 

 

Property services and business services

 

 

 

 

40

 

243

 

 

 

283

 

 

Services

 

 

 

 

51

 

294

 

 

 

345

 

 

Trade

 

 

 

 

76

 

247

 

 

 

323

 

366

 

Transport and storage

 

 

 

 

59

 

553

 

 

 

612

 

253

 

Utilities

 

 

 

 

1

 

423

 

 

 

424

 

161

 

Retail Lending

 

 

 

 

44

 

29

 

 

 

73

 

1,125

 

Other

 

 

 

 

836

 

317

 

17

 

 

1,170

 

8

 

Total Other Overseas

 

6,502

 

 

1,232

 

1,241

 

4,539

 

166

 

 

13,680

 

8,214

 

Other risk concentrations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts due from financial institutions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21,345

 

 

 

Regulatory deposits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

927

 

 

 

Total gross credit risk

 

39,534

 

2,547

 

1,613

 

187,921

 

127,569

 

34,810

 

12,547

 

428,813

 

111,590

 

 

197



 

Note 28.  Financial risk (continued)

 

 

 

Consolidated 2007

 

 

 

Trading
Assets

 

Other
Financial
Assets
Designated
at Fair
Value

 

Available-
For-Sale
Securities

 

Loans for
Consumer
Purposes

 

Loans for
Business
Purposes

 

Derivatives

 

Life
Insurance
Assets

 

Total
(on
balance
sheet)

 

Credit
Commitments

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accommodation, cafes and restaurants

 

 

 

 

70

 

3,215

 

3

 

 

3,288

 

644

 

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

 

 

 

 

65

 

4,770

 

156

 

 

4,991

 

1,106

 

Construction

 

 

 

 

131

 

3,410

 

110

 

 

3,651

 

6,731

 

Finance and insurance

 

7,414

 

420

 

408

 

927

 

11,406

 

17,826

 

15,182

 

53,583

 

19,748

 

Government, administration and defence

 

8,829

 

 

 

 

564

 

434

 

 

9,827

 

1,327

 

Manufacturing

 

111

 

 

 

80

 

8,874

 

383

 

 

9,448

 

7,059

 

Mining

 

 

 

 

1

 

8

 

1,116

 

88

 

 

1,213

 

3,933

 

Property

 

33

 

 

19

 

1,024

 

21,951

 

 

 

23,027

 

 

Property services and business services

 

218

 

 

100

 

285

 

4,873

 

843

 

 

6,319

 

20,509

 

Services

 

5

 

 

4

 

267

 

6,143

 

109

 

 

6,529

 

544

 

Trade

 

 

 

 

196

 

8,544

 

224

 

 

8,964

 

3,805

 

Transport and storage

 

28

 

 

 

27

 

3,993

 

101

 

 

4,149

 

786

 

Utilities

 

226

 

 

 

 

2,069

 

1,470

 

 

3,765

 

1,801

 

Retail Lending

 

245

 

759

 

 

139,202

 

 

 

206

 

140,412

 

9,650

 

Other

 

4

 

 

24

 

497

 

5,323

 

 

 

5,848

 

9

 

Total Australia

 

17,113

 

1,179

 

556

 

142,779

 

86,251

 

21,748

 

15,388

 

285,015

 

77,650

 

New Zealand

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accommodation, cafes and restaurants

 

 

 

 

114

 

75

 

 

 

189

 

47

 

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

 

2

 

 

 

2,224

 

1,457

 

 

 

3,683

 

452

 

Construction

 

 

 

 

222

 

145

 

 

 

367

 

1,143

 

Finance and insurance

 

2,276

 

 

201

 

1,598

 

1,047

 

2,522

 

68

 

7,712

 

507

 

Government, administration and defence

 

158

 

 

 

134

 

88

 

 

 

380

 

596

 

Manufacturing

 

634

 

 

 

728

 

477

 

 

 

1,839

 

1,232

 

Mining

 

 

 

 

151

 

99

 

 

 

250

 

272

 

Property

 

272

 

 

 

2,571

 

1,684

 

 

 

4,527

 

 

Property services and business services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,282

 

Services

 

 

 

 

755

 

495

 

 

 

1,250

 

 

Trade

 

 

 

 

1,117

 

732

 

 

 

1,849

 

1,141

 

Transport and storage

 

 

 

 

406

 

266

 

 

 

672

 

354

 

Utilities

 

6

 

 

 

331

 

217

 

 

 

554

 

795

 

Retail Lending

 

 

 

 

15,826

 

10,368

 

 

 

26,194

 

3

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

272

 

Total New Zealand

 

3,348

 

 

201

 

26,177

 

17,150

 

2,522

 

68

 

49,466

 

14,097

 

 

198



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 28.  Financial risk (continued)

 

 

 

Consolidated 2007

 

 

 

Trading
Assets

 

Other
Financial
Assets
Designated
at Fair
Value

 

Available-
For-Sale
Securities

 

Loans for
Consumer
Purposes

 

Loans for
Business
Purposes

 

Derivatives

 

Life
Insurance
Assets

 

Total
(on
balance
sheet)

 

Credit
Commitments

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Other Overseas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accommodation, cafes and restaurants

 

 

 

 

 

337

 

 

 

337

 

50

 

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

 

 

 

 

13

 

46

 

 

 

59

 

9

 

Construction

 

 

 

 

 

53

 

 

 

53

 

146

 

Finance and insurance

 

1,776

 

 

44

 

 

1,055

 

38

 

 

2,913

 

4,542

 

Government, administration and defence

 

 

 

288

 

 

9

 

 

 

297

 

73

 

Manufacturing

 

 

 

 

 

552

 

 

 

552

 

1,375

 

Mining

 

 

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

15

 

164

 

Property

 

 

 

 

 

69

 

 

 

69

 

 

Property services and business services

 

 

 

 

2

 

210

 

 

 

212

 

698

 

Services

 

 

 

 

17

 

369

 

 

 

386

 

 

Trade

 

 

 

 

8

 

574

 

 

 

582

 

344

 

Transport and storage

 

 

 

 

 

153

 

 

 

153

 

101

 

Utilities

 

 

 

 

1

 

135

 

 

 

135

 

90

 

Retail Lending

 

 

 

 

271

 

 

 

 

271

 

42

 

Other

 

 

 

 

454

 

44

 

 

 

498

 

84

 

Total Other Overseas

 

1,776

 

 

332

 

766

 

3,621

 

38

 

 

6,532

 

7,717

 

Other risk concentrations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts due from financial institutions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

28,379

 

 

 

Regulatory deposits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

753

 

 

 

Total gross credit risk

 

22,237

 

1,179

 

1,089

 

169,722

 

107,022

 

24,308

 

15,456

 

370,145

 

99,464

 

 

199



 

Note 28.  Financial risk (continued)

 

 

 

Parent Entity 2008

 

 

 

Trading
Assets

 

Other
Financial
Assets
Designated
at Fair
Value

 

Available-
For-Sale
Securities

 

Loans for
Consumer
Purposes

 

Loans for
Business
Purposes

 

Derivatives

 

Life
Insurance
Assets

 

Total
(on
balance
sheet)

 

Credit
Commitments

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accommodation, cafes and restaurants

 

 

 

 

88

 

3,772

 

1

 

 

3,861

 

944

 

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

 

 

 

 

89

 

5,534

 

106

 

 

5,729

 

1,149

 

Construction

 

 

 

 

183

 

4,022

 

77

 

 

4,282

 

8,591

 

Finance and insurance

 

21,270

 

804

 

41

 

1,042

 

18,078

 

28,153

 

 

69,388

 

18,302

 

Government, administration and defence

 

8,088

 

 

7

 

 

451

 

187

 

 

8,733

 

1,341

 

Manufacturing

 

71

 

12

 

 

108

 

10,086

 

353

 

 

10,630

 

8,004

 

Mining

 

 

 

 

12

 

1,852

 

320

 

 

2,184

 

4,718

 

Property

 

93

 

 

11

 

1,949

 

27,243

 

285

 

 

29,581

 

 

Property services and business services

 

92

 

 

51

 

391

 

6,403

 

89

 

 

7,026

 

18,164

 

Services

 

29

 

 

101

 

323

 

6,437

 

1

 

 

6,891

 

811

 

Trade

 

20

 

 

 

281

 

10,488

 

96

 

 

10,885

 

4,033

 

Transport and storage

 

55

 

 

 

34

 

5,449

 

68

 

 

5,606

 

1,259

 

Utilities

 

173

 

 

 

11

 

2,338

 

237

 

 

2,759

 

2,822

 

Retail Lending

 

 

664

 

 

154,183

 

 

164

 

 

155,011

 

16,578

 

Other

 

 

 

29

 

200

 

1,471

 

31

 

 

1,731

 

14

 

Total Australia

 

29,891

 

1,480

 

240

 

158,894

 

103,624

 

30,168

 

 

324,297

 

86,730

 

New Zealand

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accommodation, cafes and restaurants

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

5

 

19

 

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

 

 

 

 

 

681

 

234

 

 

915

 

142

 

Construction

 

 

 

 

 

93

 

9

 

 

102

 

84

 

Finance and insurance

 

1,074

 

 

 

 

1,817

 

3,687

 

 

6,578

 

818

 

Government, administration and defence

 

130

 

 

 

 

132

 

52

 

 

314

 

591

 

Manufacturing

 

85

 

 

 

 

576

 

11

 

 

672

 

961

 

Mining

 

 

 

 

 

173

 

 

 

173

 

234

 

Property

 

 

 

 

 

545

 

 

 

545

 

 

Property services and business services

 

 

 

 

 

 

282

 

 

282

 

574

 

Services

 

 

 

 

 

1,096

 

 

 

1,096

 

 

Trade

 

 

 

 

 

1,129

 

8

 

 

1,137

 

476

 

Transport and storage

 

 

 

 

 

385

 

 

 

385

 

287

 

Utilities

 

13

 

 

 

 

499

 

10

 

 

522

 

868

 

Retail Lending

 

 

 

 

 

219

 

1

 

 

220

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

123

 

48

 

 

171

 

119

 

Total New Zealand

 

1,302

 

 

 

 

7,473

 

4,342

 

 

13,117

 

5,173

 

 

200



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 28.  Financial risk (continued)

 

 

 

Parent Entity 2008

 

 

 

Trading
Assets

 

Other
Financial
Assets
Designated
at Fair
Value

 

Available-For-Sale
Securities

 

Loans for
Consumer
Purposes

 

Loans for
Business
Purposes

 

Derivatives

 

Life
Insurance
Assets

 

Total
(on
balance
sheet)

 

Credit
Commitments

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Other Overseas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accommodation, cafes and restaurants

 

 

 

 

23

 

180

 

 

 

203

 

59

 

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

 

 

 

 

1

 

23

 

 

 

24

 

4

 

Construction

 

 

 

 

12

 

62

 

 

 

74

 

161

 

Finance and insurance

 

5,145

 

 

240

 

 

938

 

77

 

 

6,400

 

4,175

 

Government, administration and defence

 

 

 

60

 

2

 

6

 

 

 

68

 

96

 

Manufacturing

 

 

 

 

18

 

841

 

51

 

 

910

 

1,427

 

Mining

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

244

 

Property

 

 

 

 

8

 

23

 

 

 

31

 

 

Property services and business services

 

 

 

 

37

 

192

 

 

 

229

 

 

Services

 

 

 

 

49

 

236

 

 

 

285

 

1,039

 

Trade

 

 

 

 

70

 

141

 

 

 

211

 

341

 

Transport and storage

 

 

 

 

57

 

465

 

 

 

522

 

246

 

Utilities

 

 

 

 

1

 

389

 

 

 

390

 

159

 

Retail Lending

 

 

 

 

43

 

17

 

 

 

60

 

64

 

Other

 

 

 

 

433

 

209

 

16

 

 

658

 

8

 

Total Other Overseas

 

5,145

 

 

300

 

754

 

3,722

 

144

 

 

10,065

 

8,023

 

Other risk concentrations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts due from financial institutions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16,319

 

 

Regulatory deposits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

885

 

 

Total gross credit risk

 

36,338

 

1,480

 

540

 

159,648

 

114,819

 

34,654

 

 

364,683

 

99,926

 

 

 

201



 

Note 28.  Financial risk (continued)

 

 

 

Parent Entity 2007

 

 

 

Trading
Assets

 

Other
Financial
Assets
Designated
at Fair
Value

 

Available-
For-Sale
Securities

 

Loans for
Consumer
Purposes

 

Loans for
Business
Purposes

 

Derivatives

 

Life
Insurance
Assets

 

Total
(on
balance
sheet)

 

Credit
Commitments

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accommodation, cafes and restaurants

 

 

 

 

71

 

3,213

 

3

 

 

3,287

 

644

 

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

 

 

 

 

67

 

4,770

 

156

 

 

4,993

 

1,106

 

Construction

 

 

 

 

133

 

3,410

 

110

 

 

3,654

 

6,731

 

Finance and insurance

 

7,378

 

299

 

99

 

925

 

11,709

 

17,730

 

 

38,140

 

19,748

 

Government, administration and defence

 

8,927

 

 

 

 

484

 

433

 

 

9,844

 

1,327

 

Manufacturing

 

111

 

 

 

81

 

8,873

 

383

 

 

9,449

 

7,059

 

Mining

 

 

 

 

8

 

1,116

 

88

 

 

1,212

 

3,933

 

Property

 

 

 

5

 

1,041

 

21,641

 

 

 

22,687

 

 

Property services and business services

 

158

 

 

24

 

291

 

4,873

 

843

 

 

6,189

 

20,509

 

Services

 

5

 

 

 

254

 

6,031

 

109

 

 

6,399

 

544

 

Trade

 

 

 

 

199

 

8,503

 

224

 

 

8,927

 

3,805

 

Transport and storage

 

3

 

 

 

28

 

3,993

 

101

 

 

4,125

 

786

 

Utilities

 

226

 

 

 

 

2,069

 

1,470

 

 

3,765

 

1,801

 

Retail Lending

 

108

 

531

 

 

139,388

 

 

 

 

140,027

 

9,650

 

Other

 

4

 

 

6

 

206

 

5,525

 

 

 

5,741

 

9

 

Total Australia

 

16,920

 

830

 

134

 

142,692

 

86,210

 

21,652

 

 

268,437

 

77,650

 

New Zealand

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accommodation, cafes and restaurants

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

7

 

 

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

 

2

 

 

 

 

811

 

 

 

813

 

205

 

Construction

 

 

 

 

 

93

 

 

 

93

 

222

 

Finance and insurance

 

257

 

 

 

 

1,754

 

2,524

 

 

4,535

 

748

 

Government, administration and defence

 

137

 

 

 

 

99

 

 

 

236

 

477

 

Manufacturing

 

634

 

 

 

 

531

 

 

 

1,165

 

808

 

Mining

 

 

 

 

 

181

 

 

 

181

 

261

 

Property

 

272

 

 

 

 

400

 

 

 

672

 

 

Property services and business services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

497

 

Services

 

 

 

 

 

702

 

 

 

702

 

 

Trade

 

 

 

 

 

1,001

 

 

 

1,001

 

518

 

Transport and storage

 

 

 

 

 

318

 

 

 

318

 

291

 

Utilities

 

6

 

 

 

 

396

 

 

 

402

 

780

 

Retail Lending

 

 

 

 

 

215

 

 

 

215

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

272

 

Total New Zealand

 

1,308

 

 

 

 

6,508

 

2,524

 

 

10,340

 

5,080

 

 

202



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 28.  Financial risk (continued)

 

 

 

Parent Entity 2007

 

 

 

Trading
Assets

 

Other
Financial
Assets
Designated
at Fair
Value

 

Available-
For-Sale
Securities

 

Loans for
Consumer
Purposes

 

Loans for
Business
Purposes

 

Derivatives

 

Life
Insurance
Assets

 

Total
(on
balance
sheet)

 

Credit
Commitments

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Other Overseas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accommodation, cafes and restaurants

 

 

 

 

 

329

 

 

 

329

 

48

 

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

 

 

 

 

13

 

42

 

 

 

54

 

3

 

Construction

 

 

 

 

 

47

 

 

 

47

 

144

 

Finance and insurance

 

354

 

 

355

 

 

1,015

 

26

 

 

1,750

 

4,537

 

Government, administration and defence

 

 

 

118

 

 

7

 

 

 

125

 

73

 

Manufacturing

 

 

 

 

 

519

 

 

 

519

 

1,371

 

Mining

 

 

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

15

 

164

 

Property

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property services and business services

 

 

 

 

2

 

152

 

 

 

154

 

693

 

Services

 

 

 

 

17

 

266

 

 

 

283

 

0

 

Trade

 

 

 

 

8

 

475

 

 

 

483

 

326

 

Transport and storage

 

 

 

 

 

96

 

 

 

96

 

99

 

Utilities

 

 

 

 

1

 

204

 

 

 

205

 

90

 

Retail Lending

 

 

 

 

168

 

 

 

 

168

 

37

 

Other

 

 

 

 

184

 

25

 

 

 

209

 

6

 

Total Other Overseas

 

354

 

 

473

 

392

 

3,192

 

26

 

 

4,437

 

7,590

 

Other risk concentrations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts due from financial institutions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Regulatory deposits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total gross credit risk

 

18,582

 

830

 

607

 

143,084

 

95,910

 

24,202

 

 

283,215

 

90,320

 

 

203



 

Note 28.  Financial risk (continued)

 

28.2.6 Credit quality of financial assets

 

The tables below segregate the financial assets of the Group and Westpac between financial assets that are neither past due nor impaired, past due but not impaired and impaired.

 

An asset is considered to be past due when any payment under the strict contractual terms have been missed or received late.  The amount included as past due is the entire contractual balance, rather than the overdue portion.  The split in the tables below does not reflect the basis by which credit risk is managed within Westpac.

 

Westpac considers loans for business purposes to be delinquent after considering all relevant circumstances surrounding the customer.  Loans for consumer purposes that are more than 5 days past due and evaluated to be high risk based on relevant customer behaviours are considered to be delinquent.

 

The recognised financial assets of the Group at 30 September 2008 and 2007 can be disaggregated as follows:

 

 

 

Consolidated 2008

 

 

 

Neither Past
Due Nor
Impaired

 

Past Due But
Not Impaired

 

Impaired

 

Total

 

Impairment
Provision

 

Total
Carrying
Value

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Cash and balances with central banks

 

4,809

 

 

 

4,809

 

 

4,809

 

Due from other financial institutions

 

21,345

 

 

 

21,345

 

 

21,345

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

34,810

 

 

 

34,810

 

 

34,810

 

Trading assets

 

39,532

 

 

12

 

39,544

 

10

 

39,534

 

Other financial assets designated at fair value

 

2,547

 

 

 

2,547

 

 

2,547

 

Available-for-sale securities

 

1,618

 

 

 

1,618

 

5

 

1,613

 

Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans for consumer purposes

 

177,720

 

9,900

 

301

 

187,921

 

676

 

187,245

 

Loans for business purposes

 

122,681

 

4,012

 

876

 

127,569

 

1,269

 

126,300

 

Life insurance assets

 

12,536

 

11

 

 

12,547

 

 

12,547

 

Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

 

927

 

 

 

927

 

 

927

 

Other financial assets

 

2,140

 

54

 

5

 

2,199

 

7

 

2,192

 

Total

 

420,665

 

13,977

 

1,194

 

435,836

 

1,967

 

433,869

 

 

 

 

Consolidated 2007

 

 

 

Neither Past
Due Nor
Impaired

 

Past Due But
Not Impaired

 

Impaired

 

Total

 

Impairment
Provision

 

Total
Carrying
Value

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Cash and balances with central banks

 

2,243

 

 

 

2,243

 

 

2,243

 

Due from other financial institutions

 

28,379

 

 

 

28,379

 

 

28,379

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

24,308

 

 

 

24,308

 

 

24,308

 

Trading assets

 

22,237

 

 

 

22,237

 

 

22,237

 

Other financial assets designated at fair value

 

1,179

 

 

 

1,179

 

 

1,179

 

Available-for-sale securities

 

1,089

 

 

 

1,089

 

 

1,089

 

Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans for consumer purposes

 

161,264

 

8,259

 

199

 

169,722

 

592

 

169,130

 

Loans for business purposes

 

103,636

 

3,047

 

340

 

107,023

 

777

 

106,246

 

Life insurance assets

 

15,447

 

9

 

 

15,456

 

 

15,456

 

Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

 

753

 

 

 

753

 

 

753

 

Other financial assets

 

1,763

 

 

 

1,763

 

 

1,763

 

Total

 

362,297

 

11,315

 

539

 

374,151

 

1,369

 

372,782

 

 

204



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 28.  Financial risk (continued)

 

The recognised financial assets of Westpac Parent entity at 30 September 2008 and 2007 can be disaggregated as follows:

 

 

 

Parent Entity 2008

 

 

 

Neither Past
Due Nor
Impaired

 

Past Due But
Not Impaired

 

Impaired

 

Total

 

Impairment
Provision

 

Total
Carrying
Value

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Cash and balances with central banks

 

4,502

 

 

 

4,502

 

 

4,502

 

Due from other financial institutions

 

16,319

 

 

 

16,319

 

 

16,319

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

34,654

 

 

 

34,654

 

 

34,654

 

Trading assets

 

36,336

 

 

12

 

36,348

 

10

 

36,338

 

Other financial assets designated at fair value

 

1,480

 

 

 

1,480

 

 

1,480

 

Available-for-sale securities

 

540

 

 

 

540

 

 

540

 

Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans for consumer purposes

 

151,039

 

8,489

 

120

 

159,648

 

568

 

159,080

 

Loans for business purposes

 

110,646

 

3,404

 

769

 

114,819

 

1,102

 

113,717

 

Life insurance assets( 2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

 

885

 

 

 

885

 

 

885

 

Due from subsidiaries

 

22,789

 

 

 

22,789

 

 

22,789

 

Other financial assets

 

1,635

 

42

 

3

 

1,680

 

6

 

1,674

 

Total

 

380,825

 

11,935

 

904

 

393,664

 

1,686

 

391,978

 

 

 

 

Parent Entity 2007

 

 

 

Neither Past
Due Nor
Impaired

 

Past Due But
Not Impaired

 

Impaired

 

Total

 

Impairment
Provision

 

Total
Carrying
Value

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Cash and balances with central banks

 

2,629

 

 

 

2,629

 

 

2,629

 

Due from other financial institutions

 

21,759

 

 

 

21,759

 

 

21,759

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

24,202

 

 

 

24,202

 

 

24,202

 

Trading assets

 

18,582

 

 

 

18,582

 

 

18,582

 

Other financial assets designated at fair value

 

830

 

 

 

830

 

 

830

 

Available-for-sale securities

 

610

 

 

 

610

 

3

 

607

 

Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans for consumer purposes

 

137,114

 

5,854

 

117

 

143,085

 

518

 

142,567

 

Loans for business purposes

 

93,138

 

2,474

 

298

 

95,910

 

669

 

95,241

 

Life insurance assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

 

729

 

 

 

729

 

 

729

 

Due from subsidiaries

 

1,223

 

 

 

1,223

 

 

1,223

 

Other financial assets

 

1,237

 

 

21

 

1,258

 

7

 

1,251

 

Total

 

302,053

 

8,328

 

436

 

310,817

 

1,197

 

309,620

 

 

205



 

Note 28.  Financial risk (continued)

 

28.2.7 Credit quality of financial assets that are neither past due nor individually impaired

 

The credit quality of financial assets of the Group that are neither past due nor impaired, have been assessed by reference to the credit risk rating system adopted internally:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

Strong

 

Good/
Satisfactory

 

Weak

 

Total

 

Strong

 

Good/
Satisfactory

 

Weak

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Cash and balances with central banks

 

4,809

 

 

 

4,809

 

2,243

 

 

 

2,243

 

Due from other financial institutions

 

21,345

 

 

 

21,345

 

28,379

 

 

 

28,379

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

31,934

 

2,837

 

39

 

34,810

 

23,042

 

1,233

 

33

 

24,308

 

Trading assets

 

39,168

 

362

 

2

 

39,532

 

22,237

 

 

 

22,237

 

Other financial assets designated at fair value

 

1,892

 

655

 

 

2,547

 

420

 

759

 

 

1,179

 

Available-for-sale securities

 

1,271

 

344

 

3

 

1,618

 

1,070

 

19

 

 

1,089

 

Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans for consumer purposes

 

n/a

(1)

177,720

 

n/a

(1)

177,720

 

n/a

(1)

161,264

 

n/a

(1)

161,264

 

Loans for business purposes

 

58,158

 

60,898

 

3,625

 

122,681

 

48,254

 

53,173

 

2,209

 

103,636

 

Life insurance assets(2)

 

12,536

 

 

 

12,536

 

15,447

 

 

 

15,447

 

Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

 

917

 

10

 

 

927

 

683

 

70

 

 

753

 

Other financial assets

 

1,208

 

918

 

14

 

2,140

 

1,732

 

29

 

2

 

1,763

 

Total financial assets

 

173,238

 

243,744

 

3,683

 

420,665

 

143,507

 

216,547

 

2,244

 

362,297

 

 


(1)

Loans for consumer purposes does not qualify as strong credit quality based on the Westpac’s CRG’s. This class of loans does not qualify as weak CRG as these balances would be deemed to be past due or impaired.

 

 

(2)

Investments that do not have an assigned credit rating have been included as strong credit rating.

 

The credit quality of financial assets of the Parent entity that are neither past due nor impaired, have been assessed by reference to the credit risk rating system adopted internally:

 

 

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

Strong

 

Good/
Satisfactory

 

Weak

 

Total

 

Strong

 

Good/
Satisfactory

 

Weak

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Cash and balances with central banks

 

4,502

 

 

 

4,502

 

2,629

 

 

 

2,629

 

Due from other financial institutions

 

16,319

 

 

 

16,319

 

21,759

 

 

 

21,759

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

33,785

 

849

 

20

 

34,654

 

22,936

 

1,233

 

33

 

24,202

 

Trading assets

 

36,117

 

217

 

2

 

36,336

 

18,582

 

 

 

18,582

 

Other financial assets designated at fair value

 

824

 

656

 

 

1,480

 

70

 

760

 

 

830

 

Available-for-sale securities

 

289

 

248

 

3

 

540

 

601

 

9

 

 

610

 

Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans for consumer purposes

 

n/a

(1)

151,039

 

n/a

(1)

151,039

 

n/a

(1)

137,114

 

n/a

(1)

137,114

 

Loans for business purposes

 

56,610

 

50,963

 

3,073

 

110,646

 

46,077

 

45,154

 

1,907

 

93,138

 

Life insurance assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

 

885

 

 

 

885

 

682

 

47

 

 

729

 

Due from subsidiaries

 

22,789

 

 

 

22,789

 

 

1,223

 

 

1,223

 

Other financial assets

 

909

 

715

 

11

 

1,635

 

1,205

 

30

 

2

 

1,237

 

Total financial assets

 

173,029

 

204,687

 

3,109

 

380,825

 

114,541

 

185,570

 

1,942

 

302,053

 

 


(1)

Loans for consumer purposes does not qualify as strong credit quality based on the Westpac’s CRG’s. This class of loans does not qualify as weak CRG as these balances would be deemed to be past due or impaired.

 

206



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 28.  Financial risk (continued)

 

28.2.8 Financial assets that are past due but not individually impaired

 

An age analysis of financial assets that are past due but not individually impaired is set out in the table below.  For the purposes of this analysis an asset is considered to be past due when any payment under the strict contractual terms has been missed or received late.  The amount included is the entire contractual amount, rather than the overdue amount.

 

The Group expends considerable effort in monitoring overdue assets.  Assets may be overdue for a number of reasons, including late payments or incomplete documentation.  Late payment is often influenced by factors such as the holiday periods and the timing of weekends.

 

Financial assets that were past due, but not impaired can be disaggregated based on days overdue at 30 September 2008 as follows:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

1-5 days

 

6-89 days

 

90+ days

 

Total

 

1-5 days

 

6-89 days

 

90+ days

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans for consumer purposes

 

3,136

 

6,188

 

576

 

9,900

 

3,065

 

4,903

 

521

 

8,489

 

Loans for business purposes

 

2,326

 

1,381

 

305

 

4,012

 

2,113

 

1,098

 

193

 

3,404

 

Life insurance assets

 

11

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

5,473

 

7,569

 

881

 

13,923

 

5,178

 

6,001

 

714

 

11,893

 

 

Financial assets that were past due, but not impaired can be disaggregated based on days overdue at 30 September 2007 as follows:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

1-5 days

 

6-89 days

 

90+ days

 

Total

 

1-5 days

 

6-89 days

 

90+ days

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans for consumer purposes

 

2,169

 

5,632

 

458

 

8,259

 

1,770

 

3,680

 

404

 

5,854

 

Loans for business purposes

 

999

 

1,820

 

228

 

3,047

 

797

 

1,530

 

147

 

2,474

 

Life insurance assets

 

9

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

3,177

 

7,452

 

686

 

11,315

 

2,567

 

5,210

 

551

 

8,328

 

 

It has not been practicable to determine the fair value of collateral held against past due loans for consumer and business purposes.  The following analysis shows the collateral held in support of past due, but not impaired financial assets, determined based on the value of collateral on the date of origination.  A financial asset is deemed to be fully secured where the loan to value ratio (LVR) is less than 100%, partially secured financial assets have a LVR more than 115%.  Unsecured financial assets primarily include highly rated corporate loans, credit cards and personal loans.  At 30 September 2008 financial assets that were past due, but not impaired can be disaggregated based on the level of collateral held:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

Loans for
Consumer
Purposes

 

Loans for
Business
Purposes

 

Total

 

Loans for
Consumer
Purposes

 

Loans for
Business
Purposes

 

Total

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

Fully secured

 

92.1

 

47.8

 

79.3

 

92.3

 

46.7

 

79.2

 

Partially secured

 

0.5

 

18.0

 

5.5

 

0.6

 

16.3

 

5.1

 

Unsecured

 

7.4

 

34.2

 

15.2

 

7.1

 

37.0

 

15.7

 

Total

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

 

Financial assets that were past due, but not impaired can be disaggregated based on the level of collateral held at 30 September 2007 as follows:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

Loans for
Consumer
Purposes

 

Loans for
Business
Purposes

 

Total

 

Loans for
Consumer
Purposes

 

Loans for
Business
Purposes

 

Total

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

Fully secured

 

90.5

 

37.3

 

76.2

 

88.9

 

32.9

 

72.3

 

Partially secured

 

0.3

 

19.8

 

5.5

 

0.4

 

19.0

 

5.9

 

Unsecured

 

9.2

 

42.9

 

18.3

 

10.7

 

48.1

 

21.8

 

Total

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

 

207



 

Note 28.  Financial risk (continued)

 

28.2.9 Impaired financial assets

 

Financial assets assessed as impaired

 

The gross amount of impaired loans, along with the provision for impairment, by class at 30 September 2008 was:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

Loans for
Consumer
Purposes

 

Loans for
Business
Purposes

 

Total

 

Loans for
Consumer
Purposes

 

Loans for
Business
Purposes

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Individually impaired

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross amount

 

91

 

782

 

873

 

25

 

698

 

723

 

Impairment provision

 

(40

)

(373

)

(413

)

(11

)

(288

)

(299

)

Carrying amount

 

51

 

409

 

460

 

14

 

410

 

424

 

Collectively impaired

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross amount

 

210

 

94

 

304

 

95

 

71

 

166

 

Impairment provision

 

(105

)

(17

)

(122

)

(85

)

(8

)

(93

)

Carrying amount

 

105

 

77

 

182

 

10

 

63

 

73

 

Total gross amount

 

301

 

876

 

1,177

 

120

 

769

 

889

 

Total impairment provision

 

(145

)

(390

)

(535

)

(96

)

(296

)

(392

)

Total carrying amount

 

156

 

486

 

642

 

24

 

473

 

497

 

 

The gross amount of impaired loans, along with the provision for impairment, by class at 30 September 2007 was:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

Loans for
Consumer
Purposes

 

Loans for
Business
Purposes

 

Total

 

Loans for
Consumer
Purposes

 

Loans for
Business
Purposes

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Individually impaired

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross amount

 

59

 

309

 

368

 

18

 

278

 

296

 

Impairment provision

 

(17

)

(131

)

(148

)

(5

)

(121

)

(126

)

Carrying amount

 

42

 

178

 

220

 

13

 

157

 

170

 

Collectively impaired

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross amount

 

141

 

31

 

172

 

99

 

20

 

119

 

Impairment provision

 

(105

)

(13

)

(118

)

(96

)

(10

)

(106

)

Carrying amount

 

36

 

18

 

54

 

3

 

10

 

13

 

Total gross amount

 

200

 

340

 

540

 

117

 

298

 

415

 

Total impairment provision

 

(122

)

(144

)

(266

)

(101

)

(131

)

(232

)

Total carrying amount

 

78

 

196

 

274

 

16

 

167

 

183

 

 

208



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 28.  Financial risk (continued)

 

It has not been practicable to determine the fair value of collateral held against past due loans for consumer and business purposes.  The following analysis shows the collateral held in support of impaired financial assets, determined based on the value of collateral on the date of origination.  A financial asset is deemed to be fully secured where the loan to value ratio (LVR) is less than 100%, partially secured financial assets have a LVR of more than 115%.  Unsecured financial assets primarily include highly rated corporate loans, credit cards and personal loans.  At 30 September 2008 financial assets that were deemed to be impaired can be disaggregated based on the level of collateral held:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

Loans for
Consumer
Purposes

 

Loans for
Business
Purposes

 

Total

 

Loans for
Consumer
Purposes

 

Loans for
Business
Purposes

 

Total

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

Fully secured

 

63.0

 

9.0

 

22.8

 

25.3

 

9.9

 

12.0

 

Partially secured

 

0.7

 

39.5

 

29.6

 

1.9

 

38.3

 

33.4

 

Unsecured

 

36.3

 

51.5

 

47.6

 

72.8

 

51.8

 

54.6

 

Total

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

 

At 30 September 2007 financial assets that were deemed to be impaired can be disaggregated based on the level of collateral held:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

Loans for
Consumer
Purposes

 

Loans for
Business
Purposes

 

Total

 

Loans for
Consumer
Purposes

 

Loans for
Business
Purposes

 

Total

 

 

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

%

 

Fully secured

 

44.3

 

17.1

 

27.1

 

17.6

 

17.8

 

17.8

 

Partially secured

 

0.7

 

18.8

 

12.1

 

1.2

 

19.8

 

14.6

 

Unsecured

 

55.0

 

64.1

 

60.8

 

81.2

 

62.4

 

67.6

 

Total

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

 

28.2.10 Non-performing loans

 

Non-performing loans comprise of non-accrual assets (1) , overdrafts and revolving credit greater than 90 days past due and restructured loans.

 

Non-accrual assets

 

Non-accrual assets of the Group were attributed to the following geographical segments:

 

 

 

Australia

 

New Zealand

 

Other Overseas

 

Total

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Gross amount

 

758

 

251

 

284

 

234

 

99

 

58

 

67

 

73

 

69

 

1,059

 

423

 

411

 

Impairment provision

 

(338

)

(95

)

(121

)

(67

)

(25

)

(16

)

(33

)

(39

)

(30

)

(438

)

(159

)

(167

)

Net

 

420

 

156

 

163

 

167

 

74

 

42

 

34

 

34

 

39

 

621

 

264

 

244

 

 

Overdrafts and revolving credit greater than 90 days past due

 

Overdrafts and revolving credit facilities greater than 90 days past due for the Group were attributed to the following geographical segments:

 

 

 

Australia

 

New Zealand

 

Other Overseas

 

Total

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Gross amount

 

90

 

98

 

78

 

21

 

13

 

9

 

1

 

2

 

1

 

112

 

113

 

88

 

Impairment provision

 

(85

)

(98

)

(74

)

(11

)

(7

)

(5

)

(1

)

(2

)

(1

)

(97

)

(107

)

(80

)

Net

 

5

 

 

4

 

10

 

6

 

4

 

 

 

 

15

 

6

 

8

 

 


(1)

Loans with individually assessed impairment provisions held against them, excluding restructured loans, are classified as non-accrual for US Securities and Exchange Commission reporting. Under A-IFRS, interest income is recognised at the effective interest rate on the net balance.

 

209



 

Note 28.  Financial risk (continued)

 

Restructured financial assets

 

Assets are deemed to be restructured financial assets when the original contractual terms have been formally modified to provide for concessions of interest or principal for reasons related to the financial difficulties of the customer.

 

Restructured financial assets for the Group were attributed to the following geographical segments:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

Australia

 

New Zealand

 

Other Overseas

 

Total

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Gross amount

 

 

1

 

21

 

 

2

 

 

6

 

1

 

1

 

6

 

4

 

22

 

Impairment provision

 

 

 

(10

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(10

)

Net

 

 

1

 

11

 

 

2

 

 

6

 

1

 

1

 

6

 

4

 

12

 

 

Restructured financial assets of the parent entity were:

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

Gross amount

 

1

 

1

 

Impairment provision

 

 

 

Net

 

1

 

1

 

 

Financial assets that were 90 days past due (with adequate security) were attributed to the following geographical segments:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

Australia

 

New Zealand

 

Other Overseas

 

Total

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Gross amount

 

664

 

491

 

457

 

74

 

42

 

30

 

25

 

29

 

9

 

763

 

562

 

496

 

 

The following table summarises the interest received and foregone on impaired and restructured financial assets:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

Australia

 

New Zealand

 

Other Overseas

 

Total

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Interest received

 

1

 

 

 

3

 

4

 

3

 

 

 

1

 

4

 

4

 

4

 

Interest forgone

 

21

 

15

 

9

 

3

 

2

 

2

 

1

 

2

 

3

 

25

 

19

 

14

 

 

210



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 28.  Financial risk (continued)

 

28.3 Funding and liquidity risk management

 

Liquidity risk is the potential inability to meet our payment obligations, which could potentially arise as a result of mismatched cash flows generated by our business.  This risk is managed through our BRMC approved liquidity framework.

 

Responsibility for liquidity management is delegated to Group Treasury, under oversight of the MARCO.  Group Treasury manage liquidity on a daily basis and submit monthly reports to MARCO and quarterly reports to the BRMC.  Monthly reports are provided to APRA.  Group Treasury is also responsible for monitoring our funding base and ensuring that it is prudently maintained and adequately diversified.

 

Our liquidity risk management framework models our ability to fund under both normal conditions and during a crisis situation (with models run globally and for specific geographical regions – Australia, New Zealand and offshore).  This approach is designed to ensure that our funding framework is sufficiently flexible to ensure liquidity under a wide range of market conditions.  The global liquidity management framework is reviewed annually to ensure it is appropriate for our current and planned activities.  The annual review encompasses the funding scenarios modelled, the modelling approach, wholesale funding capacity, limit determination and minimum holdings of liquid assets.  The liquidity framework is reviewed by the MARCO and GRRC prior to approval by the BRMC.

 

Group Treasury also undertakes an annual funding review that outlines the current funding strategy for the coming year.  This review encompasses trends in global debt markets, peer analysis, wholesale funding capacity, estimation of our upcoming funding requirements, and a funding risk analysis.  The annual funding plan is reviewed by the MARCO and the GRRC, prior to approval by the BRMC.

 

We maintain a contingency funding plan that details the broad actions to be taken in response to severe disruptions in Westpac’s ability to fund some or all of its activities in a timely manner and at a reasonable cost.  This document is reviewed annually and defines a committee of senior executives to manage a crisis and allocates responsibility to individuals for key tasks.  A media relations strategy, and detailed contact lists are also incorporated into this document.

 

28.3.1 Sources of liquidity

 

Sources of liquidity are regularly renewed to maintain a wide diversification by currency, geography, product and term.  Sources include, but are not limited to:

 

·       deposits;

 

·       debt issues;

 

·       proceeds from sale of marketable securities;

 

·       principal repayments on loans;

 

·       interest income;

 

·       fee income; and

 

·       interbank deposit agreement (IDA).

 

The Group does not rely on committed funding lines as a source of liquidity.

 

In management’s opinion, liquidity is sufficient to meet our present requirements.

 

Wholesale funding

 

The wholesale funding base is diversified with respect to term, investor base, currency and funding instrument.  Facilitating this issuance is an extensive funding infrastructure, covering short and long term debt issuance programmes in a range of key jurisdictions (US market, Euro market, Australian and New Zealand domestic markets) and niche markets (Japanese retail).  The risk that a market becomes unavailable (or market pricing increases) is mitigated by our infrastructure and diversification which reduces our reliance on any one funding source and allows us to replace liquidity from a range of other sources/markets.  Our wholesale debt issuance capability is enhanced through regular investor presentations (domestically and internationally), internet pages, and a dedicated page on Bloomberg screen service.

 

We have continued to experience good funding access across our wholesale funding markets over the last year.  While conditions over the year were challenging due to global market dislocation, demand for our debt issuance continued to be strong albeit at more expensive funding spreads.

 

At 30 September 2008, approximately 52% of the Group’s funding was provided by retail sources and 48% was provided by wholesale sources.

 

More detailed analysis of our borrowings and outstandings from existing debt programs and issuing shelves can be found in other notes to the financial statements including Note 17, Note 18, Note 22 and Note 23.

 

211



 

Note 28.  Financial risk (continued)

 

Credit ratings

 

As at 30 September 2008 the Group’s credit ratings were:

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

Short Term

 

Long Term

 

Outlook

 

Short Term

 

Long Term

 

Outlook

 

Standard & Poor’s

 

A-1+

 

AA

 

Stable

 

A-1+

 

AA

 

Stable

 

Moody’s Investors Services

 

P-1

 

Aa1

 

Stable

 

P-1

 

Aa1

 

Stable

 

Fitch Ratings

 

F1+

 

AA-

 

Rating watch positive

 

F1+

 

AA-

 

Stable

 

 

A credit rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold our securities.  Such ratings are subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the assigning rating agency.  Investors are cautioned to evaluate each rating independently of any other rating.

 

Liquid assets

 

Group Treasury holds a portfolio of high quality liquid assets as a buffer against unforeseen funding requirements.  These assets are typically held either in cash, government, semi-government, or highly rated investment grade paper, and are typically eligible for repurchase with a central bank.  The majority of these assets are held domestically in Australia and New Zealand, and to a lesser extent in the United States.  Determination of holding levels takes account of the liquidity requirements of our balance sheet as well as our wholesale funding capacity.  The level of these holdings is reviewed at least annually and more frequently if required.

 

As a direct response to the credit crisis, Group Treasury has undertaken the following measures to increase liquidity:

 

·                   throughout the year the Group held increased levels of liquid assets, exceeding on average $33 billion (not including our internal securitisation transactions) and totalling $36.9 billion as at 30 September 2008;

 

·                   the Group executed a $10 billion internal mortgage backed securitisation in February 2008.  These securities are available for external issuance and also qualify as eligible collateral for repurchase agreements with the RBA; and

 

·                   since 30 September 2008, the Group has increased the February 2008 internal mortgage backed securitisation by $9.7 billion and executed a $4.0 billion (NZ$4.75 billion) internal mortgage backed securitisation in New Zealand which is eligible collateral for repurchase agreements with the RBNZ.

 

Westpac Institutional Bank (WIB) also has holdings of trading securities which arise from its daily business operations.  These assets are typically high quality investment grade names, and stock is generally very liquid.  While these assets are excluded from the Group’s prudential liquidity portfolio, we do consider them as a source of funds in our crisis scenario analysis.

 

212



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 28.  Financial risk (continued)

 

28.3.2 Liquidity reporting

 

Scenario analysis

 

In fulfilling our obligations under APRA’s liquidity prudential standard, the Group performs scenario analysis on a daily basis.  The ‘going concern’ and ‘crisis’ scenarios take the form of maturity profiles of cash flows, based on assumptions agreed with APRA.

 

The ‘going concern’ model measures our liquidity requirements under normal business conditions.  Wholesale debt maturities are added to planned net asset growth to provide an estimate of funding task across a range of time horizons.  The cumulative liquidity mismatch is managed within a Board approved limit structure; with limits set at intervals from one week, to six months.

 

The ‘crisis’ scenario measures liquidity requirements during the first week of a bank-specific or systemic crisis.  The crisis model reflects normal model flows plus expected sources and applications of funds under crisis conditions.  Under a crisis scenario Westpac is expected to experience a large net outflow against which liquid assets are held to ensure continued solvency.  In this scenario, the cumulative mismatch must be positive out to five business days.

 

Liquidity review

 

The table below outlines the review performed in managing our liquidity:

 

Frequency

 

Liquidity report

 

 

 

Daily

 

·    Produced by Middle Office

 

 

 

 

 

·    Reviewed by Market Risk Management

 

 

 

 

 

·    Monitored within Group Treasury

 

 

 

Monthly

 

·    Submitted to the BBRC(1)

 

 

 

 

 

·    Submitted to the MARCO

 

 

 

 

 

·    Submitted to APRA

 

 

 

Quarterly

 

·    Submitted to the GRRC

 

 

 

 

 

·    Submitted to the BRMC

 


(1) BBRC is the Banking Book Risk Committee, a sub-committee of MARCO, responsible for oversight of interest rate risk mismatches in the banking book.

 

213



 

Note 28.  Financial risk (continued)

 

28.3.3 Contractual maturity on an undiscounted basis

 

The tables below present cash flows associated with financial liabilities and derivatives, payable by the Group and Westpac at the balance sheet date, by remaining contractual maturity.  The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows, whereas the Group manages inherent liquidity risk based on expected cash inflows.

 

Cash flows associated with liabilities include both principal payments as well as fixed or variable interest payments incorporated into the relevant coupon period.  Principal payments reflect the earliest contractual maturity date, being the first call date on the instrument.  Derivative liabilities that will be held for their remaining contractual life, reflect gross cash flows derived as the fixed rate and/or the expected variable rate applied to the notional principal over the remaining contractual term.

 

Foreign exchange obligations have been translated to AUD using the closing spot rate at the end of the reporting period.

 

The balances in the tables below will not agree to the balance sheet as the table incorporates all cash flows on an undiscounted basis, including both principal and associated future coupon payments.

 

Financial liabilities that are designated at fair value are not necessarily all managed for liquidity purposes on the basis of contractual maturity.  These liabilities have not been analysed on a contractual undiscounted basis.

 

 

 

Consolidated 2008

 

 

 

Overnight

 

Less
Than 1
Month

 

Over 1
Month to
3 Months

 

Over 3
Months
to 1 Year

 

1 Year to
5 Years

 

Over 5
Years

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to other financial institutions

 

6,395

 

7,608

 

645

 

252

 

1,464

 

164

 

16,528

 

Deposits at fair value

 

60,011

 

 

 

 

 

 

60,011

 

Deposits at amortised cost

 

106,770

 

22,972

 

15,708

 

25,031

 

4,015

 

1,825

 

176,321

 

Debt issues and acceptances

 

613

 

17,867

 

19,288

 

27,261

 

42,931

 

859

 

108,819

 

All other liabilities

 

 

3,494

 

3,673

 

571

 

103

 

252

 

8,093

 

Trading liabilities and other financial liabilities designated at fair value

 

16,689

 

 

 

 

 

 

16,689

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Held for trading

 

23,810

 

 

 

 

 

 

23,810

 

Held for hedging purposes (net settled)

 

1

 

23

 

69

 

110

 

445

 

33

 

681

 

Held for hedging purposes (gross settled)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash outflow

 

 

217

 

2,857

 

2,249

 

2,965

 

1,657

 

9,945

 

Cash inflow

 

 

(183

)

(2,826

)

(2,049

)

(2,476

)

(1,295

)

(8,829

)

Total liabilities excluding loan capital

 

214,289

 

51,998

 

39,414

 

53,425

 

49,447

 

3,495

 

412,068

 

Loan capital(1)

 

1,020

 

39

 

572

 

283

 

6,484

 

1,852

 

10,250

 

Total undiscounted financial liabilities

 

215,309

 

52,037

 

39,986

 

53,708

 

55,931

 

5,347

 

422,318

 

Total contingent liabilities and commitments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments to extend credit

 

95,944

 

 

 

 

 

 

95,944

 

Other commitments

 

1,746

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,746

 

Total undiscounted contingent liabilities and commitments

 

97,690

 

 

 

 

 

 

97,690

 

 


(1) Where the terms of loan capital instruments include contingent settlement clauses, the amount due has been disclosed in the overnight bucket.

 

214



 

Notes to the financial statements

Note 28.  Financial risk (continued)

 

 

 

Consolidated 2007

 

 

 

Overnight

 

Less
Than 1
Month

 

Over 1
Month to
3 Months

 

Over 3
Months
to 1 Year

 

1 Year to
5 Years

 

Over 5
Years

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to other financial institutions

 

3,472

 

2,426

 

3,363

 

258

 

28

 

133

 

9,680

 

Deposits at fair value

 

48,603

 

 

 

 

 

 

48,603

 

Deposits at amortised cost

 

111,160

 

23,765

 

13,677

 

4,438

 

395

 

16

 

153,451

 

Debt issues and acceptances

 

453

 

19,577

 

28,457

 

14,696

 

33,894

 

1,804

 

98,881

 

All other liabilities

 

 

2,431

 

2,551

 

494

 

281

 

241

 

5,998

 

Trading liabilities and other financial liabilities designated at fair value

 

8,223

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,223

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Held for trading

 

22,784

 

 

 

 

 

 

22,784

 

Held for hedging purposes (net settled)

 

1

 

31

 

139

 

107

 

393

 

(14

)

657

 

Held for hedging purposes (gross settled)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash outflow

 

 

333

 

3,182

 

4,771

 

12,546

 

3,108

 

23,940

 

Cash inflow

 

 

(287

)

(2,996

)

(4,132

)

(10,554

)

(2,319

)

(20,288

)

Total liabilities excluding loan capital

 

194,696

 

48,276

 

48,373

 

20,632

 

36,984

 

2,969

 

351,929

 

Loan capital(1)

 

667

 

30

 

76

 

677

 

5,824

 

2,231

 

9,505

 

Total undiscounted financial liabilities

 

195,363

 

48,306

 

48,449

 

21,309

 

42,807

 

5,200

 

361,434

 

Total contingent liabilities and commitments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments to extend credit

 

83,106

 

 

 

 

 

 

83,106

 

Other commitments

 

1,701

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,701

 

Total undiscounted contingent liabilities and commitments

 

84,807

 

 

 

 

 

 

84,807

 

 


(1) Where the terms of loan capital instruments include contingent settlement clauses, the amount due has been disclosed in the overnight bucket.

 

215



 

Note 28.  Financial risk (continued)

 

 

 

Parent Entity 2008

 

 

 

Overnight

 

Less
Than 1
Month

 

Over 1
Month to
3 Months

 

Over 3
Months
to 1 Year

 

1 Year to
5 Years

 

Over 5
Years

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to other financial institutions

 

6,544

 

7,582

 

621

 

178

 

 

164

 

15,089

 

Deposits at fair value

 

56,523

 

 

 

 

 

 

56,523

 

Deposits at amortised cost

 

97,856

 

18,747

 

10,754

 

20,025

 

3,018

 

911

 

151,311

 

Debt issues and acceptances

 

 

13,764

 

15,205

 

19,097

 

40,338

 

811

 

89,215

 

All other liabilities

 

 

2,474

 

2,559

 

506

 

73

 

 

5,612

 

Net intragroup payable

 

24,255

 

 

 

 

 

 

24,255

 

Trading liabilities and other financial liabilities designated at fair value

 

16,628

 

 

 

 

 

 

16,628

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Held for trading

 

23,801

 

 

 

 

 

 

23,801

 

Held for hedging purposes (net settled)

 

1

 

23

 

68

 

110

 

445

 

33

 

680

 

Held for hedging purposes (gross settled)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash outflow

 

 

217

 

2,857

 

2,249

 

2,965

 

1,657

 

9,945

 

Cash inflow

 

 

(183

)

(2,826

)

(2,049

)

(2,476

)

(1,295

)

(8,829

)

Total liabilities excluding loan capital

 

225,608

 

42,624

 

29,238

 

40,116

 

44,363

 

2,281

 

384,230

 

Loan capital(1)

 

1,020

 

39

 

572

 

283

 

6,484

 

1,852

 

10,250

 

Total undiscounted financial liabilities

 

226,628

 

42,663

 

29,810

 

40,399

 

50,847

 

4,133

 

394,480

 

Total contingent liabilities and commitments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments to extend credit

 

85,491

 

 

 

 

 

 

85,491

 

Other commitments

 

1,594

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,594

 

Total undiscounted contingent liabilities and commitments

 

87,085

 

 

 

 

 

 

87,085

 

 


(1) Where the terms of loan capital instruments include contingent settlement clauses, the amount due has been disclosed in the overnight bucket.

 

216



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 28.  Financial risk (continued)

 

 

 

Parent Entity 2007

 

 

 

Overnight

 

Less
Than 1
Month

 

Over 1
Month to
3 Months

 

Over 3
Months
to 1 Year

 

1 Year to
5 Years

 

Over 5
Years

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to other financial institutions

 

3,461

 

1,075

 

3,368

 

258

 

28

 

133

 

8,323

 

Deposits at fair value

 

45,575

 

 

 

 

 

 

45,575

 

Deposits at amortised cost

 

101,231

 

18,686

 

9,827

 

396

 

66

 

15

 

130,221

 

Debt issues and acceptances

 

 

10,314

 

16,362

 

12,972

 

22,493

 

1,580

 

63,721

 

All other liabilities

 

 

1,675

 

1,846

 

440

 

251

 

 

4,212

 

Net intragroup payable

 

8,453

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,453

 

Trading liabilities and other financial liabilities designated at fair value

 

8,238

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,238

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Held for trading

 

22,762

 

 

 

 

 

 

22,762

 

Held for hedging purposes (net settled)

 

 

31

 

139

 

(113

)

393

 

(14

)

435

 

Held for hedging purposes (gross settled)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash outflow

 

 

333

 

3,182

 

4,771

 

12,546

 

3,108

 

23,940

 

Cash inflow

 

 

 

(287

)

(2,996

)

(4,132

)

(10,554

)

(2,319

)

(20,288

)

Total liabilities excluding loan capital

 

189,720

 

31,827

 

31,728

 

14,592

 

25,223

 

2,503

 

295,592

 

Loan capital(1)

 

 

30

 

76

 

677

 

5,824

 

1,636

 

8,243

 

Total undiscounted financial liabilities

 

189,720

 

31,857

 

31,804

 

15,269

 

31,047

 

4,139

 

303,835

 

Total contingent liabilities and commitments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments to extend credit

 

75,085

 

 

 

 

 

 

75,085

 

Other commitments

 

1,542

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,542

 

Total undiscounted contingent liabilities and commitments

 

76,627

 

 

 

 

 

 

76,627

 

 


(1) Where the terms of loan capital instruments include contingent settlement clauses, the amount due has been disclosed in the overnight bucket.

 

28.3.4 Contractual maturity on a discounted basis

 

The following maturity analysis of assets and liabilities is based on the remaining period at balance sheet date to the contractual maturity date.  The majority of the longer-term maturity assets are variable rate products.  When managing interest rate and liquidity risks, the Group adjusts this contractual profile for expected customer behaviour.  The liability balances in these tables will not agree to the contractual maturity on an undiscounted basis due to the impact of discounting and the exclusion of interest accruals over the contractual life of liabilities.

 

217



 

Note 28.  Financial risk (continued)

 

 

 

Consolidated 2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Over

 

Over

 

 

 

No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1 Day to

 

3 Months

 

1 Year

 

Over

 

Specific

 

 

 

 

 

At Call

 

Overdrafts

 

3 Months

 

to 1 Year

 

to 5 Years

 

5 Years

 

Maturity

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and balances with central banks

 

3,431

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,431

 

Due from other financial institutions

 

429

 

 

12,010

 

4,945

 

 

 

 

17,384

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

10,492

 

6,060

 

10,468

 

3,273

 

 

30,293

 

Trading securities

 

 

 

8,864

 

6,302

 

10,464

 

4,244

 

203

 

30,077

 

Other financial assets designated at fair value

 

495

 

 

40

 

293

 

1,011

 

113

 

539

 

2,491

 

Available-for-sale securities

 

 

 

8

 

 

67

 

235

 

2

 

312

 

Loans (net of provisions)

 

 

6,457

 

25,165

 

17,896

 

71,067

 

140,664

 

 

261,249

 

Life insurance assets

 

 

 

305

 

27

 

90

 

51

 

12,006

 

12,479

 

All other assets

 

 

 

2,125

 

1,140

 

589

 

778

 

1,700

 

6,332

 

Total assets

 

4,355

 

6,457

 

59,009

 

36,663

 

93,756

 

149,358

 

14,450

 

364,048

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to other financial institutions

 

3,408

 

 

3,389

 

8

 

1,131

 

100

 

 

8,036

 

Deposits

 

141,727

 

 

22,349

 

16,379

 

1,617

 

 

 

182,072

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

8,901

 

3,852

 

5,979

 

2,136

 

 

20,868

 

Trading liabilities and other financial liabilities designated at fair value

 

 

 

5,593

 

4,999

 

3,552

 

1,319

 

304

 

15,767

 

Debt issues and acceptances

 

 

 

32,274

 

17,175

 

35,000

 

5,578

 

 

90,027

 

Life insurance policy liabilities

 

 

 

47

 

123

 

197

 

94

 

11,499

 

11,960

 

All other liabilities

 

 

 

2,472

 

3,189

 

527

 

52

 

260

 

6,500

 

Net intragroup payable

 

4,042

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,042

 

Total liabilities excluding loan capital

 

149,177

 

 

75,025

 

45,725

 

48,003

 

9,279

 

12,063

 

339,272

 

Loan capital

 

 

 

 

 

75

 

6,940

 

 

7,015

 

Total liabilities

 

149,177

 

 

75,025

 

45,725

 

48,078

 

16,219

 

12,063

 

346,287

 

Net assets Australia

 

(144,822

)

6,457

 

(16,016

)

(9,062

)

45,678

 

133,139

 

2,387

 

17,761

 

Overseas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and balances with central banks

 

1,378

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,378

 

Due from other financial institutions

 

6

 

 

3,884

 

61

 

 

 

10

 

3,961

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

1,026

 

795

 

2,090

 

606

 

 

4,517

 

Trading securities

 

 

 

3,448

 

3,969

 

2,036

 

4

 

 

9,457

 

Other financial assets designated at fair value

 

 

 

 

 

56

 

 

 

56

 

Available-for-sale securities

 

 

 

768

 

90

 

207

 

35

 

201

 

1,301

 

Loans (net of provisions)

 

 

1,390

 

9,453

 

2,888

 

8,051

 

30,514

 

 

52,296

 

Life insurance assets

 

54

 

 

13

 

 

1

 

 

 

68

 

Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

 

 

 

849

 

10

 

 

 

68

 

927

 

All other assets

 

 

 

374

 

410

 

18

 

297

 

440

 

1,539

 

Net intragroup receivable

 

4,042

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,042

 

Total assets

 

5,480

 

1,390

 

19,815

 

8,223

 

12,459

 

31,456

 

719

 

79,542

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to other financial institutions

 

188

 

 

7,637

 

 

 

 

 

7,825

 

Deposits

 

12,923

 

 

26,207

 

9,822

 

1,746

 

960

 

 

51,658

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

761

 

950

 

1,842

 

549

 

 

4,102

 

Trading liabilities and other financial liabilities designated at fair value

 

 

 

922

 

 

 

 

 

922

 

Debt issues and acceptances

 

 

 

2,831

 

4,674

 

2,795

 

42

 

 

10,342

 

Life insurance policy liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

(7

)

 

(7

)

All other liabilities

 

 

 

715

 

178

 

43

 

51

 

(1

)

986

 

Total liabilities excluding loan capital

 

13,111

 

 

39,073

 

15,624

 

6,426

 

1,595

 

(1

)

75,828

 

Loan capital

 

 

 

 

 

1,037

 

666

 

 

1,703

 

Total liabilities

 

13,111

 

 

39,073

 

15,624

 

7,463

 

2,261

 

(1

)

77,531

 

Net assets Overseas

 

(7,631

)

1,390

 

(19,258

)

(7,401

)

4,996

 

29,195

 

720

 

2,011

 

Total net assets

 

(152,453

)

7,847

 

(35,274

)

(16,463

)

50,674

 

162,334

 

3,107

 

19,772

 

 

218



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 28.  Financial risk (continued)

 

 

 

Consolidated 2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Over

 

Over

 

 

 

No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1 Day to

 

3 Months

 

1 Year

 

Over

 

Specific

 

 

 

 

 

At Call

 

Overdrafts

 

3 Months

 

to 1 Year

 

to 5 Years

 

5 Years

 

Maturity

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and balances with central banks

 

1,024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,024

 

Due from other financial institutions

 

89

 

 

23,329

 

1,855

 

 

 

 

25,273

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

7,966

 

3,598

 

7,405

 

2,779

 

 

21,748

 

Trading securities

 

 

 

4,168

 

1,960

 

6,799

 

4,187

 

 

17,114

 

Other financial assets designated at fair value

 

 

 

53

 

242

 

534

 

 

350

 

1,179

 

Available-for-sale securities

 

 

 

369

 

17

 

19

 

100

 

51

 

556

 

Loans (net of provisions)

 

 

8,137

 

37,954

 

14,074

 

60,455

 

108,411

 

(1,123

)

227,908

 

Life insurance assets

 

 

 

1,991

 

32

 

103

 

59

 

13,203

 

15,388

 

All other assets

 

 

 

1,082

 

774

 

664

 

644

 

1,948

 

5,112

 

Total assets

 

1,113

 

8,137

 

76,912

 

22,552

 

75,979

 

113,348

 

14,429

 

315,302

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to other financial institutions

 

1,767

 

 

3,041

 

229

 

 

100

 

 

5,137

 

Deposits

 

90,543

 

 

40,866

 

22,318

 

202

 

 

 

153,929

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

8,026

 

4,342

 

6,832

 

2,817

 

 

22,017

 

Trading liabilities and other liabilities designated at fair value

 

 

 

1,300

 

1,728

 

3,763

 

1,334

 

 

8,125

 

Debt issues and acceptances

 

 

 

31,812

 

16,527

 

19,275

 

7,867

 

 

75,481

 

Life insurance policy liabilities

 

 

 

58

 

163

 

208

 

129

 

13,835

 

14,393

 

All other liabilities

 

 

 

1,797

 

2,385

 

460

 

216

 

241

 

5,099

 

Net intragroup payable

 

8,631

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,631

 

Total liabilities excluding loan capital

 

98,109

 

 

86,900

 

47,692

 

30,740

 

12,463

 

14,076

 

292,812

 

Loan capital

 

 

 

 

 

81

 

5,961

 

1,095

 

7,137

 

Total liabilities

 

98,109

 

 

86,900

 

47,692

 

30,821

 

18,424

 

15,171

 

299,949

 

Net assets Australia

 

(96,996

)

8,137

 

(9,988

)

(25,140

)

45,158

 

94,924

 

(742

)

15,353

 

Overseas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and balances with central banks

 

1,219

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,219

 

Due from other financial institutions

 

59

 

 

3,035

 

 

 

 

12

 

3,106

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

655

 

315

 

1,140

 

450

 

 

2,560

 

Trading securities

 

 

 

2,584

 

880

 

808

 

851

 

 

5,123

 

Other financial assets designated at fair value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available-for-sale securities

 

 

 

412

 

65

 

48

 

 

8

 

533

 

Loans (net of provisions)

 

 

114

 

11,619

 

2,761

 

6,491

 

26,730

 

(246

)

47,469

 

Life insurance assets

 

 

 

68

 

 

 

 

 

68

 

Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

 

13

 

 

250

 

255

 

170

 

 

65

 

753

 

All other assets

 

 

 

381

 

402

 

138

 

140

 

459

 

1,520

 

Net intragroup receivable

 

8,631

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,631

 

Total assets

 

9,922

 

114

 

19,004

 

4,678

 

8,795

 

28,171

 

298

 

70,982

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to other financial institutions

 

740

 

 

3,244

 

10

 

 

 

2

 

3,996

 

Deposits

 

13,998

 

 

22,734

 

7,818

 

2,684

 

891

 

 

48,125

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

740

 

352

 

1,424

 

659

 

 

3,175

 

Trading liabilities and other financial liabilities designated at fair value

 

 

 

98

 

 

 

 

 

98

 

Debt issues and acceptances

 

 

 

7,943

 

690

 

2,012

 

1,000

 

 

11,645

 

Life insurance policy liabilities

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

(1

)

All other liabilities

 

 

 

634

 

166

 

34

 

65

 

 

899

 

Total liabilities excluding loan capital

 

14,738

 

 

35,392

 

9,036

 

6,154

 

2,615

 

2

 

67,937

 

Loan capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

567

 

 

567

 

Total liabilities

 

14,738

 

 

35,392

 

9,036

 

6,154

 

3,182

 

2

 

68,504

 

Net assets Overseas

 

(4,816

)

114

 

(16,388

)

(4,358

)

2,641

 

24,989

 

296

 

2,478

 

Total net assets

 

(101,812

)

8,251

 

(26,376

)

(29,498

)

47,799

 

119,913

 

(446

)

17,831

 

 

219



 

Note 28.  Financial risk (continued)

 

 

 

Parent Entity 2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Over

 

Over

 

 

 

No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1 Day to

 

3 Months

 

1 Year

 

Over

 

Specific

 

 

 

 

 

At Call

 

Overdrafts

 

3 Months

 

to 1 Year

 

to 5 Years

 

5 Years

 

Maturity

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and balances with central banks

 

3,299

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,299

 

Due from other financial institutions

 

82

 

 

7,958

 

4,945

 

 

 

 

12,985

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

10,487

 

6,060

 

10,405

 

3,216

 

 

30,168

 

Trading securities

 

 

 

8,862

 

6,256

 

10,348

 

4,221

 

204

 

29,891

 

Other financial assets designated at fair value

 

 

 

40

 

293

 

1,012

 

114

 

21

 

1,480

 

Available-for-sale securities

 

 

 

 

 

67

 

172

 

1

 

240

 

Loans (net of provisions)

 

 

6,455

 

25,044

 

18,259

 

70,962

 

140,176

 

 

260,896

 

Due from subsidiaries

 

22,789

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22,789

 

Investment in subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,258

 

4,258

 

All other assets

 

 

 

1,333

 

1,151

 

254

 

773

 

784

 

4,295

 

Total assets

 

26,170

 

6,455

 

53,724

 

36,964

 

93,048

 

148,672

 

5,268

 

370,301

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to other financial institutions

 

3,557

 

 

3,390

 

8

 

 

101

 

 

7,056

 

Deposits

 

141,737

 

 

22,349

 

16,379

 

1,617

 

 

 

182,082

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

8,955

 

3,852

 

5,979

 

2,099

 

 

20,885

 

Trading liabilities and other liabilities designated at fair value

 

 

 

5,594

 

4,999

 

3,490

 

1,319

 

304

 

15,706

 

Debt issues

 

 

 

27,875

 

17,125

 

34,371

 

1,347

 

 

80,718

 

Due to subsidiaries

 

24,255

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

24,255

 

All other liabilities

 

 

 

2,266

 

2,513

 

495

 

47

 

 

5,321

 

Total liabilities excluding loan capital

 

169,549

 

 

70,429

 

44,876

 

45,952

 

4,913

 

304

 

336,023

 

Loan capital

 

 

 

 

 

75

 

7,606

 

 

7,681

 

Total liabilities

 

169,549

 

 

70,429

 

44,876

 

46,027

 

12,519

 

304

 

343,704

 

Net assets Australia

 

(143,379

)

6,455

 

(16,705

)

(7,912

)

47,021

 

136,153

 

4,964

 

26,597

 

Overseas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and balances with central banks

 

1,203

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,203

 

Due from other financial institutions

 

 

 

3,334

 

 

 

 

 

3,334

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

995

 

795

 

2,090

 

606

 

 

4,486

 

Trading securities

 

 

 

899

 

1,790

 

2,447

 

1,311

 

 

6,447

 

Other financial assets designated at fair value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available-for-sale securities

 

 

 

46

 

53

 

38

 

 

163

 

300

 

Loans (net of provisions)

 

 

347

 

7,223

 

1,132

 

2,109

 

1,090

 

 

11,901

 

Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

 

 

 

811

 

10

 

 

 

65

 

886

 

All other assets

 

 

 

218

 

376

 

11

 

(1

)

 

604

 

Total assets

 

1,203

 

347

 

13,526

 

4,156

 

6,695

 

3,006

 

228

 

29,161

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to other financial institutions

 

188

 

 

7,636

 

 

 

 

 

7,824

 

Deposits

 

2,499

 

 

14,118

 

4,527

 

1,411

 

952

 

2

 

23,509

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

754

 

950

 

1,842

 

549

 

 

4,095

 

Trading liabilities and other financial liabilities designated at fair value

 

 

 

922

 

 

 

 

 

922

 

Debt issues

 

 

 

 

 

1,000

 

 

 

1,000

 

All other liabilities

 

 

 

209

 

46

 

11

 

26

 

 

292

 

Total liabilities excluding loan capital

 

2,687

 

 

23,639

 

5,523

 

4,264

 

1,527

 

2

 

37,642

 

Loan capital

 

 

 

 

 

1,036

 

1

 

 

1,037

 

Total liabilities

 

2,687

 

 

23,639

 

5,523

 

5,300

 

1,528

 

2

 

38,679

 

Net assets Overseas

 

(1,484

)

347

 

(10,113

)

(1,367

)

1,395

 

1,478

 

226

 

(9,518

)

Total net assets

 

(144,863

)

6,802

 

(26,818

)

(9,279

)

48,416

 

137,631

 

5,190

 

17,079

 

 

 

220



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 28.  Financial risk (continued)

 

 

 

Parent Entity 2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Over

 

Over

 

 

 

No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1 Day to

 

3 Months

 

1 Year

 

Over

 

Specific

 

 

 

 

 

At Call

 

Overdrafts

 

3 Months

 

to 1 Year

 

to 5 Years

 

5 Years

 

Maturity

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and balances with central banks

 

1,554

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,554

 

Due from other financial institutions

 

89

 

 

17,200

 

1,855

 

 

 

 

19,144

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

7,963

 

3,598

 

7,402

 

2,689

 

 

21,652

 

Trading securities

 

 

 

4,066

 

1,847

 

6,737

 

4,271

 

 

16,921

 

Other financial assets designated at fair value

 

 

 

53

 

242

 

535

 

 

 

830

 

Available-for-sale securities

 

 

 

369

 

17

 

19

 

100

 

17

 

522

 

Loans (net of provisions)

 

 

8,137

 

37,819

 

14,013

 

60,394

 

108,537

 

(1,123

)

227,777

 

Due from subsidiaries

 

1,223

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,223

 

Investment in subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,072

 

4,072

 

All other assets

 

 

 

432

 

731

 

304

 

1,029

 

784

 

3,280

 

Total assets

 

2,866

 

8,137

 

67,902

 

22,303

 

75,391

 

113,794

 

3,750

 

296,975

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to other financial institutions

 

1,192

 

 

1,691

 

229

 

 

100

 

 

3,212

 

Deposits

 

90,090

 

 

40,866

 

22,318

 

202

 

 

 

153,476

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

8,041

 

4,343

 

6,833

 

2,819

 

 

22,036

 

Trading liabilities and other liabilities designated at fair value

 

 

 

1,300

 

1,728

 

3,699

 

1,413

 

 

8,140

 

Debt issues

 

 

 

25,979

 

16,471

 

19,137

 

965

 

 

62,552

 

Due to subsidiaries

 

8,453

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,453

 

All other liabilities

 

 

 

1,439

 

1,809

 

431

 

216

 

 

3,895

 

Total liabilities excluding loan capital

 

96,903

 

 

79,316

 

46,898

 

30,302

 

5,513

 

 

261,764

 

Loan capital

 

 

 

 

 

81

 

6,528

 

1,095

 

7,704

 

Total liabilities

 

96,903

 

 

79,316

 

46,898

 

30,383

 

12,041

 

1,095

 

269,468

 

Net assets Australia

 

(94,037

)

8,137

 

(11,414

)

(24,595

)

45,008

 

101,753

 

2,655

 

27,507

 

Overseas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and balances with central banks

 

1,075

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,075

 

Due from other financial institutions

 

51

 

 

2,562

 

 

 

 

2

 

2,615

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

645

 

314

 

1,141

 

450

 

 

2,550

 

Trading securities

 

 

38

 

1,167

 

256

 

141

 

59

 

 

1,661

 

Other financial assets designated at fair value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available-for-sale securities

 

 

 

72

 

13

 

3

 

(3

)

 

85

 

Loans (net of provisions)

 

 

1,643

 

4,851

 

1,101

 

1,467

 

1,033

 

(64

)

10,031

 

Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

 

 

 

250

 

255

 

170

 

 

54

 

729

 

All other assets

 

 

 

198

 

373

 

9

 

2

 

 

582

 

Total assets

 

1,126

 

1,681

 

9,745

 

2,312

 

2,931

 

1,541

 

(8

)

19,328

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to other financial institutions

 

740

 

 

3,798

 

3

 

 

 

3

 

4,544

 

Deposits

 

2,986

 

 

12,068

 

4,034

 

2,395

 

837

 

 

22,320

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

706

 

352

 

1,421

 

658

 

 

3,137

 

Trading liabilities and other financial liabilities designated at fair value

 

 

 

98

 

 

 

 

 

98

 

Debt issues

 

 

 

 

 

 

998

 

 

998

 

All other liabilities

 

 

 

236

 

37

 

9

 

35

 

 

317

 

Total liabilities excluding loan capital

 

3,726

 

 

16,906

 

4,426

 

3,825

 

2,528

 

3

 

31,414

 

Loan capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

3,726

 

 

16,906

 

4,426

 

3,825

 

2,528

 

3

 

31,414

 

Net assets Overseas

 

(2,600

)

1,681

 

(7,161

)

(2,114

)

(894

)

(987

)

(11

)

(12,086

)

Total net assets

 

(96,637

)

9,818

 

(18,575

)

(26,709

)

44,114

 

100,766

 

2,644

 

15,421

 

 

221



 

Note 28.  Financial risk (continued)

 

28.4 Market risk

 

Market risk is the potential for loss arising from adverse movements in the level and volatility of market factors such as foreign exchange rates, interest rates, commodity prices and equity prices.  Westpac’s exposure to market risk arises out of its Financial Markets and Treasury activities.

 

28.4.1 Trading Value at Risk

 

Approach

 

Westpac’s exposure to traded market risk arises out of the trading activities of Financial Markets and Group Treasury.  These activities are controlled by a Board-approved market risk framework that incorporates Board-approved Value at Risk (VaR) limits.  VaR is the primary mechanism for measuring and controlling market risk.  Market risk is managed using VaR and structural risk limits (including volume limits and basis point value limits) in conjunction with scenario analysis and stress testing.  Market risk limits are allocated to business management based upon business strategies and experience, in addition to market liquidity and concentration risks.  All trades are fair valued daily, using independently sourced or reviewed rates.  Rates that have limited independent sources are reviewed at least on a monthly basis.

 

Financial Markets (FM) trading book activity represents dealings that encompass book running and distribution activity.  The types of market risk arising from trading activity include interest rate risk, foreign exchange risk, commodity risk, equity price risk, credit spread risk and volatility risk.

 

Group Treasury’s trading activity represents dealings that include the management of interest rate, foreign exchange and credit spread risks associated with the wholesale funding task, liquid asset portfolios and foreign exchange repatriations.

 

VaR limits

 

Market risks arising from trading book activities are primarily measured using VaR based on historical simulation methodology.  VaR is the potential loss in earnings from an adverse market movement calculated using a 99% confidence level, with a minimum of one year of historical rate data and a one-day time horizon.  VaR takes account of all material market variables that may cause a change in the value of the trading portfolio, including interest rates, foreign exchange rates, price change, volatility and the correlations between these variables.

 

The BRMC has approved separate market risk VaR limits for the trading activities of FM and Group Treasury.

 

Backtesting

 

Daily backtesting of VaR results is performed to ensure that model integrity is maintained.  A review of both the potential profit and loss outcomes is also undertaken to monitor any skew created by the historical data.

 

Stress testing

 

Daily stress testing against pre-determined scenarios is carried out to analyse potential losses beyond the 99% confidence level.  An escalation framework around selective stress tests is approved by the Market Risk Committee (MARCO).

 

Profit and loss notification framework

 

The BRMC has approved a profit and loss notification framework.  Included in this framework are levels of escalation in accordance with the size of the profit or loss.  Triggers are applied to both a 1-day and a rolling 20-day cumulative total.

 

Structure and organisation

 

An independent Market Risk Management unit is responsible for the daily measurement and monitoring of market risk exposures.  This unit performs daily stress and scenario tests on the trading portfolios to quantify the impact of extreme or unexpected movements in market factors.  Stress and scenario tests include historical market movements, tests defined by one of the market risk committees or management and independent scenarios developed by Westpac’s economics department (refer to ‘Stress testing’ section above).

 

Risk reporting

 

Daily monitoring of current exposure and limit utilisation is conducted independently by the Market Risk Management unit, which monitors market risk exposures against VaR and structural limits.  Daily VaR position reports are produced by risk type, by product lines and by geographic region.  These are supplemented by structural risk reporting, advice of profit and loss trigger levels and stress test escalation trigger points.  Model accreditation has been granted by APRA for the use of the internal model for the determination of regulatory capital for the key classes of interest rate (general market), foreign exchange, commodity and equity (including specific risk) risks.  Specific risk refers to the variations in individual security prices that cannot be explained by general market movements and event and default risk.

 

Risk mitigation

 

Market risk positions are managed by the trading desks consistent with delegated trading and product authorities.  Risks are consolidated into portfolios based on product and risk type.  Risk management is carried out by suitably qualified personnel with varying levels of seniority commensurate with the nature and scale of market risks under management.

 

Determination of fair value

 

Refer to Note 29 for the basis for determining fair value.

 

222



 

Notes to the financial statements

Note 28.  Financial risk (continued)

 

The following controls allow for continuous monitoring by management:

 

·                   trading authorities and responsibilities are clearly delineated at all levels to ensure accountability;

 

·                   a structured system of limits and reporting of exposures;

 

·                   all new products and significant product variations undergo a rigorous approval process to ensure business risks have been identified prior to launch;

 

·                   models that are used to determine risk or profit and loss for Westpac’s accounts are independently reviewed;

 

·                   duties are segregated to ensure that employees involved in the origination, processing and valuation of transactions operate under separate reporting lines, minimising the opportunity for collusion;

 

·                   legal counsel approves documentation to ensure it complies with relevant laws and regulations; and

 

·                   internal audit reviews compliance with policies, procedures and limits.

 

Segregation of duties is a significant feature of Westpac’s internal controls.  Separation of persons executing transactions from those responsible for processing contracts, confirming transactions, settling transactions, approving the accounting methodology or entries and performing revaluations minimises opportunities for fraud or embezzlement.

 

The table below depicts the aggregate VaR, by risk type, for the Group and Parent entity for the six months ended 30 September 2008, 31 March 2008 and 30 September 2007:

 

 

 

Consolidated and Parent Entity

 

 

 

30 September 2008

 

31 March 2008

 

30 September 2007

 

 

 

High

 

Low

 

Average

 

High

 

Low

 

Average

 

High

 

Low

 

Average

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Interest rate risk

 

29.3

 

8.2

 

20.4

 

12.5

 

2.3

 

7.7

 

4.9

 

0.6

 

2.5

 

Foreign exchange risk

 

20.1

 

1.9

 

9.4

 

22.7

 

1.7

 

9.6

 

7.2

 

2.0

 

3.5

 

Equity risk

 

4.5

 

1.6

 

2.9

 

4.5

 

0.9

 

2.9

 

3.5

 

0.7

 

1.8

 

Commodity risk(1)

 

4.1

 

1.2

 

2.5

 

5.5

 

1.2

 

2.3

 

5.0

 

1.1

 

3.1

 

Other market risks(2)

 

30.2

 

7.8

 

17.8

 

15.0

 

5.3

 

6.8

 

2.4

 

0.7

 

1.0

 

Diversification effect

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

(26.9

)

n/a

 

n/a

 

(15.0

)

n/a

 

n/a

 

(6.6

)

Net market risk

 

38.3

 

19.1

 

26.0

 

28.5

 

7.1

 

14.3

 

9.2

 

3.2

 

5.3

 

 


(1) Includes Electricity risk.

 

(2) Includes prepayment risk and credit spread risk (exposure to movements in generic credit rating bands).

 

Group Treasury’s dealing room activities have been included in the trading book from 1 January 2008.  This change, which has been presented with effect from 1 October 2007, has added to the overall trading risk levels with a commensurate decrease in the level of non-traded risk.

 

28.4.2 Non-traded risk (Interest Rate Risk in the Banking Book – IRRBB)

 

Approach

 

The banking book activities that give rise to market risk include lending activities, balance sheet funding and capital management.  Interest rate risk, currency risk and funding and liquidity risk are inherent in these activities.  Group Treasury’s ALM unit is responsible for managing the interest rate risk arising from these activities

 

All material regions, business lines and legal entities are included in Westpac’s IRRBB framework.

 

Asset and liability management

 

ALM manages the structural interest rate mismatch associated with the transfer priced balance sheet, including the investment of Westpac’s capital to its agreed benchmark duration.  A key risk management objective is to help ensure the reasonable stability of net interest income (NII) over time.  These activities are performed under the direction of MARCO with oversight by the independent Market Risk Management unit.  These activities are conducted within a risk framework and appetite set down by the BRMC.

 

Material non-traded interest rate risk is managed in three centres.  Sydney manages non-traded interest rate risk associated with the Australian balance sheet.  The Wellington office manages non-traded interest rate risk associated with the New Zealand balance sheet. The London centre manages non-traded interest rate risk associated with all other locations.  The risk from these three centres is monitored both at a local and aggregate level.

 

223



 

Note 28.  Financial risk (continued)

 

NII sensitivity

 

NII sensitivity is managed in terms of the net interest income-at-risk (NaR) modelled over a three year time horizon using a 99% confidence interval for movements in wholesale market interest rates.  The position managed covers the Australian and New Zealand banking books, where the banking book is defined as the entire banking balance sheet less the trading book.  A simulation model is used to calculate Westpac’s potential NaR.  The NII simulation framework combines the underlying balance sheet data with assumptions about run off and new business, expected repricing behaviour and changes in wholesale market interest rates.  Simulations using a range of interest rate scenarios are used to provide a series of potential future NII outcomes.  The interest rate scenarios modelled include those projected using historical market interest rate volatility as well as 100 and 200 basis point shifts up and down from the current market yield curves in Australia and New Zealand.  Additional stressed interest rate scenarios are also considered and modelled.

 

A comparison between the NII outcomes from these modelled scenarios indicates the sensitivity to interest rate changes.

 

NaR limit

 

The BRMC has approved a NaR limit.  This limit is managed by the Group Treasurer and is expressed as a deviation from benchmark hedge levels over a one-year rolling time frame, at a 99% level of confidence.  This limit is monitored by Market Risk Management.

 

VaR limit

 

The BRMC has also approved an overall VaR limit for ALM.  This limit is managed by the Group Treasurer and monitored by Market Risk Management.

 

Structural foreign exchange risk

 

Structural foreign exchange rate risk results from the generation of foreign currency denominated earnings and from the foreign currency capital that we have deployed in offshore branches and subsidiaries with functional currencies other than Australian dollars.

 

As a result of the requirement to translate earnings and net assets of the foreign operations into our Australian dollar consolidated financial statements, movements in exchange rates could lead to changes in the Australian dollar equivalent of offshore earnings and capital which could introduce variability to our reported financial results.  This is referred to as translation risk.  In order to minimise this exposure, we manage the foreign exchange rate risk associated with offshore earnings and capital as follows:

 

·                   foreign currency denominated earnings that are generated during the current financial year and form part of capital that is defined to be available for repatriation at our option at any time is hedged.  This hedging removes the impact of changes in exchange rates on the cash flows that result from the repatriation of our profits or capital;

 

·                   capital that is defined to be permanently employed in an offshore jurisdiction (for example to meet regulatory or prudential requirements) and which has no fixed term and is not anticipated to be repatriated in the foreseeable future, remains unhedged;

 

·                   capital or profits that are denominated in minor currencies are not hedged; and

 

·                   the economic risk of New Zealand dollar future earnings are managed where the bank believes there is a strong likelihood of significant adverse moves in the AUD/NZD exchange rate.  Westpac manages these flows over a time horizon under which up to 100% of the expected earnings for the following financial year and 50% of the expected earnings for the subsequent financial year can be hedged.

 

MARCO determines the appropriateness of the foreign exchange earnings hedges and associated limits.  The identification and management of structural foreign exchange risk is reported to MARCO monthly.

 

Risk reporting

 

Interest rate risk in the banking book risk measurement systems and personnel are centralised in Sydney.  These include front office product systems which capture all treasury funding and derivative transactions, the transfer pricing system which captures all retail transactions in Australia and New Zealand, traded and non-traded VaR systems which calculate Group Treasury VaR and the NII system which calculates NII and NAR for the Australian and New Zealand balance sheets.

 

Daily monitoring of current exposure and limit utilisation is conducted independently by Market Risk Management, which monitors market risk exposures against VaR and NaR limits.  Management reports detailing structural positions and VaR are produced and distributed daily for use by dealers and management across all stakeholder groups.  Monthly and quarterly reports are produced for the senior management market risk forums of MARCO and BRMC respectively to ensure transparency of material market risks and issues.

 

224



 

Notes to the financial statements

Note 28.  Financial risk (continued)

 

Risk mitigation

 

Market risk arising in the banking book stems from the ordinary course of banking activities, including structural interest rate risk (the mismatch between the duration of assets and liabilities) and capital management.  Hedging Westpac’s exposure to interest rate risk is undertaken using derivatives.  The hedge accounting strategy adopted is to utilise a combination of the cash flow, fair value and net investment hedge approaches.  Some derivatives held for economic hedging purposes do not meet the criteria for hedge accounting as defined under AASB 139 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement, and therefore are accounted for in the same way as derivatives held for trading.

 

The same controls as used to monitor traded market risk allow for continuous monitoring by management.

 

The table below depicts the aggregate VaR for non-traded market rate risk for the six months ended 30 September 2008, 31 March 2008 and 30 September 2007:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

30 September 2008

 

31 March 2008

 

30 September 2007

 

 

 

High

 

Low

 

Average

 

High

 

Low

 

Average

 

High

 

Low

 

Average

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Half year ended

 

9.8

 

1.1

 

3.8

 

4.6

 

0.8

 

2.1

 

14.4

 

4.0

 

7.2

 

 

From 1 January 2008 Group Treasury’s dealing room activities have been included in the trading book.  This has added to the overall trading risk levels with a commensurate decrease in the level of non-traded risk.  To facilitate comparisons, this change has been reflected in the trading and non-traded VaR data from 1 October 2007.

 

The non-traded VaR for Westpac was $3.1 million at 30 September 2008 ($1.4 million at 31 March 2008, $1.3 million at 30 September 2007).

 

225



 

Note 28.  Financial risk (continued)

 

28.4.3 Interest rate mismatch

 

The following table represents a breakdown of the earlier of the contractual repricing or maturity dates of the Group’s net asset position as at 30 September 2008.  The Group uses this contractual repricing information as a base, which is then altered to take account of consumer behaviour, to manage its interest rate risk.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

Over 3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

Less

 

Months

 

1 Year

 

2 Years

 

3 Years

 

4 Years

 

 

 

Non-

 

 

 

Effective

 

 

 

Than

 

to 1

 

to 2

 

to 3

 

to 4

 

to 5

 

Over

 

Interest

 

 

 

Interest

 

 

 

3 Months

 

Year

 

Years

 

Years

 

Years

 

Years

 

5 Years

 

Bearing(2)

 

Total

 

Rate(1)

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and balances with central banks

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,431

 

3,431

 

 

Due from other financial institutions

 

12,435

 

4,945

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

17,384

 

7.5

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30,293

 

30,293

 

 

Trading securities

 

17,621

 

6,445

 

412

 

1,569

 

989

 

1,857

 

985

 

199

 

30,077

 

7.0

 

Other financial assets designated at fair value

 

841

 

96

 

78

 

82

 

230

 

54

 

114

 

996

 

2,491

 

7.4

 

Available-for-sale securities

 

175

 

 

 

 

 

 

136

 

1

 

312

 

15.4

 

Loans(2)

 

209,154

 

15,447

 

14,299

 

11,812

 

5,094

 

4,727

 

2,339

 

(1,623

)

261,249

 

8.3

 

Life insurance assets(3)

 

2,073

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,406

 

12,479

 

7.7

 

All other assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,332

 

6,332

 

 

Total assets

 

242,299

 

26,933

 

14,789

 

13,463

 

6,313

 

6,638

 

3,574

 

50,039

 

364,048

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to other financial institutions

 

5,654

 

8

 

6

 

 

 

1,131

 

 

1,237

 

8,036

 

6.2

 

Deposits

 

144,777

 

30,120

 

1,368

 

75

 

56

 

239

 

47

 

5,390

 

182,072

 

6.2

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20,868

 

20,868

 

 

Trading liabilities and other liabilities designated at fair value

 

9,111

 

5,887

 

50

 

 

406

 

9

 

 

304

 

15,767

 

6.3

 

Debt issues

 

69,962

 

2,204

 

2,781

 

6,738

 

5,420

 

1,654

 

1,250

 

18

 

90,027

 

4.6

 

Life insurance policy liabilities(3)

 

47

 

123

 

97

 

41

 

33

 

27

 

94

 

11,498

 

11,960

 

7.7

 

All other liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,500

 

6,500

 

 

Net intragroup payable

 

4,042

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,042

 

 

Total liabilities excluding loan capital

 

233,593

 

38,342

 

4,302

 

6,854

 

5,915

 

3,060

 

1,391

 

45,815

 

339,272

 

 

 

Loan capital

 

4,626

 

 

91

 

 

 

 

2,314

 

(16

)

7,015

 

5.6

 

Total liabilities

 

238,219

 

38,342

 

4,393

 

6,854

 

5,915

 

3,060

 

3,705

 

45,799

 

346,287

 

 

 

Net assets

 

4,080

 

(11,409

)

10,396

 

6,609

 

398

 

3,578

 

(131

)

4,240

 

17,761

 

 

 

Total equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17,761

 

17,761

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments (notional)

 

(12,786

1,888

 

242

 

8,747

 

1,691

 

(478

)

696

 

 

 

 

 

Net mismatch – Australia

 

(8,706

(9,521

10,638

 

15,356

 

2,089

 

3,100

 

565

 

(13,521

)

 

 

 

 


(1) The weighted average effective interest rate is calculated excluding non-interest bearing assets and liabilities.

 

(2) The non-interest bearing category for loans includes the provisions for impairment on loans.

 

(3) The investment earnings on life insurance assets support the life insurance policy liabilities and do not contribute to interest rate risk on the Group’s banking operations.

 

226



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 28.  Financial risk (continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

Over 3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

Less

 

Months

 

1 Year

 

2 Years

 

3 Years

 

4 Years

 

 

 

Non-

 

 

 

Effective

 

 

 

Than

 

to 1

 

to 2

 

to 3

 

to 4

 

to 5

 

Over

 

Interest

 

 

 

Interest

 

 

 

3 Months

 

Year

 

Years

 

Years

 

Years

 

Years

 

5 Years

 

Bearing(2)

 

Total

 

Rate(1)

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

New Zealand

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and balances with central banks

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,078

 

1,078

 

 

Due from other financial institutions

 

861

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

861

 

7.5

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,352

 

4,352

 

 

Trading securities

 

2,955

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,955

 

7.7

 

Other financial assets designated at fair value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available-for-sale securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

41

 

41

 

 

Loans(2)

 

25,064

 

8,195

 

6,963

 

3,458

 

2,319

 

804

 

36

 

(273

)

46,566

 

9.4

 

Life insurance assets(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

68

 

68

 

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

65

 

65

 

 

All other assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,296

 

1,296

 

 

Total assets

 

28,880

 

8,195

 

6,963

 

3,458

 

2,319

 

804

 

36

 

6,627

 

57,282

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to other financial institutions

 

368

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

369

 

7.5

 

Deposits

 

22,796

 

5,399

 

243

 

66

 

20

 

16

 

1

 

1,796

 

30,337

 

6.8

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,905

 

3,905

 

 

Trading liabilities and other liabilities designated at fair value

 

922

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

922

 

7.5

 

Debt issues

 

7,530

 

715

 

452

 

303

 

300

 

 

42

 

 

9,342

 

4.4

 

Life insurance policy liabilities(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(7

)

(7

)

 

All other liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

658

 

658

 

 

Net intragroup payable

 

16,274

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16,274

 

 

Total liabilities excluding loan capital

 

47,890

 

6,114

 

695

 

369

 

320

 

16

 

43

 

6,353

 

61,800

 

 

 

Loan capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17

 

 

17

 

5.3

 

Total liabilities

 

47,890

 

6,114

 

695

 

369

 

320

 

16

 

60

 

6,353

 

61,817

 

 

 

Net assets

 

(19,010

)

2,081

 

6,268

 

3,089

 

1,999

 

788

 

(24

)

274

 

(4,535

)

 

 

Total equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,535

 

4,535

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments (notional)

 

12,027

 

(3,519

)

(3,982

)

(1,673

)

(1,796

)

(1,044

)

(13

)

 

 

 

 

Net mismatch – New Zealand

 

(6,983

)

(1,438

)

2,286

 

1,416

 

203

 

(256

)

(37

)

(4,261

)

(9,070

)

 

 

Other Overseas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

30,159

 

4,768

 

826

 

97

 

62

 

91

 

747

 

1,783

 

38,533

 

6.7

 

Total liabilities

 

25,108

 

4,556

 

126

 

 

1,013

 

 

661

 

525

 

31,989

 

3.4

 

Net Assets

 

5,051

 

212

 

700

 

97

 

(951

)

91

 

86

 

1,258

 

6,544

 

 

 

Total equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,544

 

6,544

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments (notional)

 

(1,234

)

(162

)

 

378

 

263

 

36

 

719

 

 

 

 

 

Net mismatch – other Overseas

 

3,817

 

50

 

700

 

475

 

(688

)

127

 

805

 

(5,286

)

 

 

 

 


(1) The weighted average effective interest rate is calculated excluding non-interest bearing assets and liabilities.

 

(2) The non-interest bearing category for loans includes the provisions for impairment on loans.

 

(3) The investment earnings on life insurance assets support the life insurance policy liabilities and do not contribute to interest rate risk on the Group’s banking operations.

 

227



 

Note 28.  Financial risk (continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

Over 3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

Less

 

Months

 

1 Year

 

2 Years

 

3 Years

 

4 Years

 

 

 

Non-

 

 

 

Effective

 

 

 

Than

 

to 1

 

to 2

 

to 3

 

to 4

 

to 5

 

Over

 

Interest

 

 

 

Interest

 

 

 

3 Months

 

Year

 

Years

 

Years

 

Years

 

Years

 

5 Years

 

Bearing(2)

 

Total

 

Rate(1)

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and balances with central banks

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,024

 

1,024

 

 

Due from other financial institutions

 

23,418

 

1,855

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

25,273

 

6.8

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21,748

 

21,748

 

 

Trading securities

 

7,368

 

5,017

 

61

 

380

 

1,429

 

488

 

2,371

 

 

17,114

 

6.3

 

Other financial assets designated at fair value

 

107

 

179

 

96

 

109

 

83

 

187

 

 

418

 

1,179

 

9.0

 

Available-for-sale securities

 

506

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

50

 

556

 

6.0

 

Loans(2)

 

187,234

 

14,109

 

12,190

 

9,458

 

2,237

 

2,883

 

920

 

(1,123

)

227,908

 

6.6

 

Life insurance assets(3)

 

1,991

 

32

 

35

 

28

 

22

 

18

 

59

 

13,203

 

15,388

 

6.8

 

All other assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,112

 

5,112

 

 

Total assets

 

220,624

 

21,192

 

12,382

 

9,975

 

3,771

 

3,576

 

3,350

 

40,432

 

315,302

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to other financial institutions

 

3,648

 

229

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,260

 

5,137

 

4.2

 

Deposits

 

127,249

 

23,161

 

159

 

2

 

 

 

44

 

3,314

 

153,929

 

6.8

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22,017

 

22,017

 

 

Trading liabilities and other liabilities designated at fair value

 

2,927

 

4,563

 

 

 

 

 

532

 

103

 

8,125

 

6.3

 

Debt issues

 

61,225

 

5,988

 

1,121

 

1,789

 

1,027

 

1,283

 

3,042

 

6

 

75,481

 

5.5

 

Life insurance policy liabilities(3)

 

58

 

163

 

90

 

52

 

33

 

33

 

129

 

13,835

 

14,393

 

6.8

 

All other liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,099

 

5,099

 

 

Net intragroup payable

 

8,631

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,631

 

 

Total liabilities excluding loan capital

 

203,738

 

34,104

 

1,370

 

1,843

 

1,060

 

1,316

 

3,747

 

45,634

 

292,812

 

 

 

Loan capital

 

4,950

 

 

321

 

330

 

250

 

397

 

889

 

 

7,137

 

5.8

 

Total liabilities

 

208,688

 

34,104

 

1,691

 

2,173

 

1,310

 

1,713

 

4,636

 

45,634

 

299,949

 

 

 

Net assets

 

11,936

 

(12,912

)

10,691

 

7,802

 

2,461

 

1,863

 

(1,286

)

(5,202

)

15,353

 

 

 

Total equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,353

 

15,353

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments (notional)

 

11,186

 

(7,541

)

(3,385

)

(446

)

(1,755

)

2,209

 

(268

)

 

 

 

 

Net mismatch – Australia

 

23,122

 

(20,453

)

7,306

 

7,356

 

706

 

4,072

 

(1,554

)

(20,555

)

 

 

 

 


(1) The weighted average rate is calculated excluding non-interest bearing assets and liabilities.

 

(2) The non-interest bearing category for loans includes the provisions for impairment on loans.

 

(3) The investment earnings on life insurance assets support the life insurance policy liabilities and do not contribute to interest rate risk on the Group’s banking operations.

 

228



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 28.  Financial risk (continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

Over 3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

Less

 

Months

 

1 Year

 

2 Years

 

3 Years

 

4 Years

 

 

 

Non-

 

 

 

Effective

 

 

 

Than

 

to 1

 

to 2

 

to 3

 

to 4

 

to 5

 

Over

 

Interest

 

 

 

Interest

 

 

 

3 Months

 

Year

 

Years

 

Years

 

Years

 

Years

 

5 Years

 

Bearing( 2)

 

Total

 

Rate( 1)

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

%

 

New Zealand

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and balances with central banks

 

1,101

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

88

 

1,189

 

8.3

 

Due from other financial institutions

 

457

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

50

 

507

 

8.3

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,522

 

2,522

 

 

Trading securities

 

3,348

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,348

 

8.5

 

Other financial assets designated at fair value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available-for-sale securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans(2)

 

21,062

 

6,151

 

8,397

 

3,628

 

1,730

 

2,309

 

51

 

(183

)

43,145

 

9.2

 

Life insurance assets(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

68

 

68

 

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

76

 

76

 

 

All other assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,334

 

1,334

 

 

Total assets

 

25,968

 

6,151

 

8,397

 

3,628

 

1,730

 

2,309

 

51

 

3,955

 

52,189

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to other financial institutions

 

756

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

756

 

8.3

 

Deposits

 

20,946

 

5,537

 

211

 

78

 

13

 

19

 

2

 

1,952

 

28,758

 

8.7

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,839

 

2,839

 

6.6

 

Trading liabilities and other liabilities designated at fair value

 

98

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

98

 

7.6

 

Debt issues

 

3,602

 

313

 

453

 

340

 

 

120

 

 

 

4,828

 

6.1

 

Life insurance policy liabilities(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

(1

)

 

All other liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

550

 

550

 

 

Net intragroup payable

 

12,567

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,567

 

 

Total liabilities excluding loan capital

 

37,969

 

5,850

 

664

 

418

 

13

 

139

 

2

 

5,340

 

50,395

 

 

 

Loan capital

 

(23

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(23

)

 

Total liabilities

 

37,946

 

5,850

 

664

 

418

 

13

 

139

 

2

 

5,340

 

50,372

 

 

 

Net assets

 

(11,978

)

301

 

7,733

 

3,210

 

1,717

 

2,170

 

49

 

(1,385

)

1,817

 

 

 

Total equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,817

 

1,817

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments (notional)

 

11,594

 

(1,975

)

(5,997

)

(1,965

)

(308

)

(1,337

)

(12

)

 

 

 

 

Net mismatch – New Zealand

 

(384

)

(1,674

)

1,736

 

1,245

 

1,409

 

833

 

37

 

(3,202

)

 

 

 

Other Overseas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

28,333

 

486

 

65

 

565

 

278

 

93

 

1,366

 

174

 

31,360

 

6.2

 

Total liabilities

 

21,248

 

3,619

 

2,651

 

505

 

5

 

175

 

1,761

 

735

 

30,699

 

5.3

 

Net Assets

 

7,085

 

(3,133

)

(2,586

)

60

 

273

 

(82

)

(395

)

(561

)

661

 

 

 

Total equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

661

 

661

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments (notional)

 

(1,035

)

(549

)

349

 

 

322

 

285

 

628

 

 

 

 

 

Net mismatch – other

 

6,050

 

(3,682

)

(2,237

)

60

 

595

 

203

 

233

 

(1,222

)

 

 

 

 


(1)         The weighted average rate is calculated excluding non-interest bearing assets and liabilities.

(2)         The non-interest bearing category for loans includes the provisions for impairment charges.

(3)         The investment earnings on life insurance assets support the life insurance policy liabilities and do not contribute to interest rate risk on the Group’s banking operations.

 

229



 

Note 29.  Fair values of financial assets and liabilities

 

The fair value is the amount for which an asset could be exchanged, or a liability settled, in an arm’s-length transaction between knowledgeable, willing parties.  The types of financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value comprise of derivatives, all trading assets and liabilities, available-for-sale assets and financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss.  The basis for determining fair value for these assets and liabilities is outlined in Note 1(f)(i) and 1(g)(i).

 

Determination of fair value

 

Fair values are subject to a control framework that is independent of the risk taker.  This control framework, which is comprised of accounting policies and procedures governing the valuation process, was established and is currently monitored by the Middle Office function.  There are three primary methods of determining fair value according to the following hierarchy:

 

(i)                   Quoted market price (Level 1)

(ii)                Valuation technique using observable inputs (Level 2)
A model where all significant inputs are observable.

(iii)             Valuation technique with significant non-observable inputs (Level 3)
A model where one or more significant inputs are not observable.

 

The values derived from applying valuation techniques are significantly affected by the choice of valuation model used and the underlying assumptions made regarding inputs such as timing and amounts of future cash flows, discount rates, credit risk, volatility and correlation.

 

For financial instruments valued using valuation techniques the expected cash flows for each instrument is determined either directly by reference to actual cash flows implicit in observable market prices or through modelling cash flows using appropriate financial market’s pricing models.  Wherever possible these models use as their basis observable market prices and rates including, for example, interest rate yield curves, equities and commodity prices, option volatilities and currency rates.  The process of calculating fair value on illiquid instruments or from a valuation model may require estimation of certain pricing parameters, assumptions or model characteristics.  These estimates are calibrated against industry standards, economic models and observable transaction prices where possible.

 

Independent price determination or validation is employed where fair value is established without quoted market prices.  The results of independent validation processes are reported to the Revaluation Committee, and adjustments to the fair values are made as appropriate.

 

All long positions are marked at bid prices; short positions are marked at offer prices.  The fair values of large holdings of financial instruments are based on a multiple of the value of a single instrument, and do not include block adjustments for the size of the holding.

 

The table below summarises the basis for the determination of the fair value of financial instruments at 30 September 2008:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

 

 

Valuation

 

Valuation

 

 

 

 

 

Valuation

 

Valuation

 

 

 

 

 

Quoted

 

Techniques

 

Techniques

 

 

 

Quoted

 

Techniques

 

Techniques

 

 

 

 

 

Market

 

(Market

 

(Non-Market

 

 

 

Market

 

(Market

 

(Non-Market

 

 

 

 

 

Prices

 

Observable)

 

Observable)

 

Total

 

Prices

 

Observable)

 

Observable)

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

13,367

 

21,332

 

111

 

34,810

 

13,335

 

21,214

 

105

 

34,654

 

Trading securities

 

202

 

39,277

 

55

 

39,534

 

202

 

36,081

 

55

 

36,338

 

Other financial assets designated at fair value

 

1,041

 

1,233

 

273

 

2,547

 

30

 

1,177

 

273

 

1,480

 

Available-for-sale securities

 

506

 

1,104

 

3

 

1,613

 

 

537

 

3

 

540

 

Life insurance assets

 

10,724

 

1,823

 

 

12,547

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

25,840

 

64,769

 

442

 

91,051

 

13,567

 

59,009

 

436

 

73,012

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits at fair value

 

 

60,011

 

 

60,011

 

 

56,523

 

 

56,523

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

11,950

 

12,962

 

58

 

24,970

 

11,945

 

12,977

 

58

 

24,980

 

Trading liabilities and other financial liabilities designated at fair value

 

304

 

16,385

 

 

16,689

 

304

 

16,324

 

 

16,628

 

Total liabilities excluding loan capital

 

12,254

 

89,358

 

58

 

101,670

 

12,249

 

85,824

 

58

 

98,131

 

 

230



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 29.  Fair values of financial assets and liabilities (continued)

 

The table below summarises the basis for the determination of the fair value of financial instruments at 30 September 2007:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

 

 

Valuation

 

Valuation

 

 

 

 

 

Valuation

 

Valuation

 

 

 

 

 

Quoted

 

Techniques

 

Techniques

 

 

 

Quoted

 

Techniques

 

Techniques

 

 

 

 

 

Market

 

(Market

 

(Non-Market

 

 

 

Market

 

(Market

 

(Non-Market

 

 

 

 

 

Prices

 

Observable)

 

Observable)

 

Total

 

Prices

 

Observable)

 

Observable)

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

8,959

 

15,348

 

 

24,308

 

8,952

 

15,250

 

 

24,202

 

Trading securities

 

2,910

 

19,257

 

70

 

22,237

 

882

 

17,630

 

70

 

18,582

 

Other financial assets designated at fair value

 

350

 

393

 

436

 

1,179

 

1

 

393

 

436

 

830

 

Available-for-sale securities

 

314

 

775

 

 

1,089

 

49

 

558

 

 

607

 

Life insurance assets

 

13,606

 

1,850

 

 

15,456

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

26,139

 

37,624

 

506

 

64,269

 

9,884

 

33,831

 

506

 

44,221

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits at fair value

 

 

48,603

 

 

48,603

 

 

45,575

 

 

45,575

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

9,094

 

16,096

 

1

 

25,192

 

9,054

 

16,117

 

1

 

25,173

 

Trading liabilities and other financial liabilities designated at fair value

 

 

8,151

 

72

 

8,223

 

 

8,166

 

72

 

8,238

 

Total liabilities excluding loan capital

 

9,094

 

72,850

 

73

 

82,018

 

9,054

 

69,858

 

73

 

78,986

 

 

Sensitivities to reasonably possible changes in non-market observable valuation assumptions would not have a material impact on the Group or Westpac’s reported results.

 

When the transaction price in a non-active market is different to the fair value from other observable current market transactions in the same instrument or based on valuation technique whose variable include only data from observable markets, Westpac recognises the difference between the transaction price and the fair value (a ‘Day 1’ profit or loss) in the income statements and in ‘Non-interest income’.  In cases where use is made of data which is not observable, the difference between the transaction price and model value is only recognised in the income statement when the inputs become observable, or over the life of the instrument.

 

The following table summarises the deferral and recognition of day 1 profit/(loss) for the Group and Westpac, where a valuation technique has been applied for which not all the inputs are observable in the market.

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Balance at the beginning of the period

 

38

 

30

 

38

 

30

 

Deferral on new transactions

 

11

 

24

 

11

 

24

 

Recognised in the income statement during the period

 

(27

)

(16

)

(27

)

(16

)

Subsequent to observability

 

 

 

 

 

Derecognition of the instruments

 

 

 

 

 

Exchange differences

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at the end of the period

 

22

 

38

 

22

 

38

 

 

231



 

Note 29.  Fair values of financial assets and liabilities (continued)

 

The table below summarises the carrying value and fair value of all financial instruments of the Group and Westpac as at 30 September 2008:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

Amount

 

Fair
Value

 

Amount

 

Fair
Value

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Financial assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and balances with central banks

 

4,809

 

4,809

 

4,502

 

4,502

 

Due from other financial institutions

 

21,345

 

21,345

 

16,319

 

16,319

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

34,810

 

34,810

 

34,654

 

34,654

 

Trading securities

 

39,534

 

39,534

 

36,338

 

36,338

 

Other financial assets designated at fair value

 

2,547

 

2,547

 

1,480

 

1,480

 

Available-for-sale securities

 

1,613

 

1,613

 

540

 

540

 

Loans (net of impairment provision):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans for consumer purposes

 

187,245

 

186,861

 

159,080

 

158,772

 

Loans for business purposes

 

126,300

 

126,160

 

113,717

 

113,577

 

Life insurance assets

 

12,547

 

12,547

 

 

 

Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

 

927

 

927

 

885

 

885

 

Due from subsidiaries

 

 

 

22,789

 

22,789

 

Other financial assets

 

2,191

 

2,191

 

1,674

 

1,674

 

Total financial assets

 

433,868

 

433,344

 

391,978

 

391,530

 

Financial liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to other financial institutions

 

15,861

 

15,861

 

14,880

 

14,880

 

Deposit at fair value

 

60,011

 

60,011

 

56,523

 

56,523

 

Deposits at amortised cost

 

173,719

 

174,092

 

149,069

 

149,416

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

24,970

 

24,970

 

24,980

 

24,980

 

Trading liabilities and other financial liabilities designated at fair value

 

16,689

 

16,689

 

16,628

 

16,628

 

Due to subsidiaries

 

 

 

24,255

 

24,255

 

Debt issues and acceptances

 

100,369

 

99,933

 

81,718

 

81,418

 

Subordinated bonds, loans and debentures

 

6,545

 

5,961

 

7,211

 

6,701

 

Subordinated perpetual notes

 

486

 

435

 

486

 

435

 

Trust preferred securities

 

666

 

740

 

 

 

Stapled preferred securities

 

1,021

 

1,057

 

1,021

 

1,057

 

Total financial liabilities

 

400,337

 

399,749

 

376,771

 

376,293

 

 

232



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 29.  Fair values of financial assets and liabilities (continued)

 

The table below summarises the carrying value and fair value of financial instruments of the Group and Westpac as at 30 September 2007:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

Amount

 

Fair
Value

 

Amount

 

Fair
Value

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Financial assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and balances with central banks

 

2,243

 

2,243

 

2,629

 

2,629

 

Due from other financial institutions

 

28,379

 

28,379

 

21,759

 

21,759

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

24,308

 

24,308

 

24,202

 

24,202

 

Trading securities

 

22,237

 

22,237

 

18,582

 

18,582

 

Other financial assets designated at fair value

 

1,179

 

1,179

 

830

 

830

 

Available-for-sale securities

 

1,089

 

1,089

 

607

 

607

 

Loans (net of impairment provision):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans for consumer purposes

 

169,130

 

168,479

 

142,567

 

142,214

 

Loans for business purposes

 

106,247

 

105,697

 

95,241

 

94,684

 

Life insurance assets

 

15,456

 

15,456

 

 

 

Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

 

753

 

753

 

729

 

729

 

Due from subsidiaries

 

 

 

1,223

 

1,223

 

Other financial assets

 

1,763

 

1,763

 

1,251

 

1,251

 

Total financial assets

 

372,784

 

371,582

 

309,620

 

308,710

 

Financial liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to other financial institutions

 

9,133

 

9,133

 

7,756

 

7,756

 

Deposit at fair value

 

48,603

 

48,603

 

45,575

 

45,575

 

Deposits at amortised cost

 

153,451

 

153,201

 

130,221

 

130,055

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

25,192

 

25,192

 

25,173

 

25,173

 

Trading liabilities and other financial liabilities designated at fair value

 

8,223

 

8,223

 

8,238

 

8,238

 

Due to subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

Debt issues and acceptances

 

87,126

 

87,227

 

63,550

 

63,772

 

Subordinated bonds, loans and debentures

 

6,042

 

6,085

 

7,275

 

6,085

 

Subordinated perpetual notes

 

429

 

442

 

429

 

442

 

Trust preferred securities

 

1,233

 

1,207

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities

 

339,432

 

339,313

 

288,217

 

287,096

 

 

For financial instruments not carried at fair value in the balance sheet, fair value has been derived as follows:

 

Loans

 

The fair value of loans is determined by discounting all future cash flows, including interest accruals.  For variable rate loans, the discount rate used is the current effective interest rate.  The discount rate applied for fixed rate loans reflects the market rate for the maturity of the loan and the credit worthiness of the borrower.

 

Deposits

 

Deposits by customers accounts are grouped by maturity.  Fair values of deposit liabilities payable on demand (interest free, interest bearing and savings deposits) approximate their carrying value.  Fair values for term deposits are estimated using discounted cash flows, applying either market rates, where applicable or current rates offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

 

Debt issues

 

The estimated fair value of debt issues is based on market quoted prices, where available.  The fair value of debt issues where a market quote is not available is based on discounted cash flows, using a rate appropriate to the instrument and the term of the issue.

 

Subordinated bonds, loans and debentures

 

The fair value of subordinated debt is determined using quoted market prices at balance sheet date.  For debt issues where quoted prices are not available, the fair value is calculated using suitable discounted cash flow and option pricing models.  The interest rates applied in the valuation models are appropriate to the remaining term of the debt issues.

 

233



 

Note 29.  Fair values of financial assets and liabilities (continued)

 

Subordinated perpetual notes

 

The fair value is calculated using suitable discounted cash flow and option pricing models.  The interest rates applied in the valuation models are appropriate to the remaining term of the debt issue.

 

Trust preferred securities and stapled preferred securities

 

The fair value of the trust preferred securities and stapled preferred securities is determined by using the listed price at 30 September 2008, where available.  Where a listed price is not available, the fair value is determined using a discounted cash flow model.  The discount rate applied reflects the term of the instrument and the credit quality of the issuer.

 

Other financial assets and liabilities

 

The carrying amount is a reasonable approximation of fair value of the following assets and liabilities, as they are either short term in nature, reprice frequently or are of a high credit rating.

 

Assets

 

Liabilities

Cash and balances with central banks

 

 

Regulatory deposits with central banks overseas

 

 

Due from other financial institutions

 

Due to other financial institutions

Accrued interest receivable

 

Accrued interest payable

Securities sold not delivered

 

Securities purchased and not delivered

 

234



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 30.  Derivative financial instruments

 

Derivative contracts include forwards, futures, swaps and options, all of which are bilateral contracts or payment exchange agreements, whose values derive from the value of an underlying asset, reference rate or index.  Derivatives are flexible and cost-effective tools for assisting in the management of interest rate, exchange rate, commodity, credit and equity exposures.

 

A forward contract obliges one party to buy and the other to sell, a specific underlying product or instrument at a specific price, amount, and date in the future.  A forward rate agreement (FRA) is an agreement between two parties establishing a contract interest rate on a notional principal over a specified period commencing at a specific future date.

 

A futures contract is similar to a forward contract.  A futures contract obliges its owner to buy a specific underlying commodity or financial instrument at a specified price on the contract maturity date (or to settle the value for cash).  Futures are exchange traded.

 

A swap transaction obliges the two parties to the contract to exchange a series of cash flows at specified intervals known as payment or settlement dates.

 

An option contract gives the option holder the right, but not the obligation, to buy or sell a specified amount of a given commodity or financial instrument at a specified price during a certain period or on a specific date.  The writer of the option contract is obliged to perform if the holder exercises the right contained therein.

 

The following terms are used in the remainder of this note to describe the Group’s exposure to derivatives.

 

The ‘notional amount’ is a measure of the volume which may be used for examining changes in derivative activity over time.  The notional amount is the face value of the contract and does not reflect the amount at risk which is generally only a small fraction of this value.

 

The notional amounts of certain types of financial instruments provide a basis for comparison with instruments recognised on the balance sheet but do not necessarily indicate the amounts of future cash flows involved or the current fair value of the instruments and, therefore, do not indicate the Group’s exposure to credit or price risks.

 

Certain leveraged derivatives include an explicit leverage factor in the payment formula.  The leverage factor has the effect of multiplying the notional amount such that the impact of changes in the underlying price or prices may be greater than that indicated by the notional amount alone.  The Group has no significant exposure to those types of transactions.

 

The fair value asset (replacement cost) is the cost of replacing all transactions in a gain position to the Group.

 

The fair value liability represents the cost to the Group’s counterparties of replacing all transactions in a loss position to the Group.

 

The derivative instruments become favourable (assets) or unfavourable (liabilities) as a result of fluctuations in the reference rate or index relative to their terms.  The aggregate contractual or notional amount of derivative financial instruments on hand, the extent to which instruments are favourable or unfavourable and, thus the aggregate fair values of derivative financial assets and liabilities can fluctuate significantly from time to time.

 

The Group uses derivatives in two distinct capacities; as a trader and as an end-user as part of its asset and liability management activities.

 

Trading

 

As a trader, the Group’s primary objective is to derive income from the sale of derivatives to meet Westpac’s customers needs.  In addition to the sale of derivatives to customers, the Group also undertakes market making and discretionary trading activities.  Market making involves providing quotes to other dealers who reciprocate by providing the Group with their own quotes.  This process ensures liquidity in the key markets in which the Group operates.  The Group also trades on its own account to exploit arbitrage opportunities and market anomalies, as well as to take outright views on market direction.  These activities, known as proprietary trading, represent a limited part of the Group’s derivative activities.

 

Hedging

 

Hedging the Group’s exposures to interest rate and foreign exchange rate risk is undertaken in the normal course of business by using derivatives.  This activity is principally carried out in Group Treasury within a risk management framework of limits, practices and procedures set and overseen by the Westpac MARCO.

 

The hedge accounting strategy adopted by Westpac is to utilise a combination of the cash flow, fair value and net investment hedge approaches.  Some derivatives held for economic hedging purposes do not meet the criteria for hedge accounting as defined under AASB 139 and therefore are accounted for in the same way as derivatives held for trading.  This includes the management of risks associated with future New Zealand dollar earnings and the management of credit risk exposures in Westpac’s lending portfolio.

 

a.                     Fair value hedges

 

The Group and Westpac hedges a proportion of its interest rate risk in medium term debt issuances through fair value hedges in the form of single currency and cross-currency interest rate derivatives.  The Group and Westpac also hedges part of its interest rate risk in the fair value of fixed rate assets and liabilities denominated both in local and foreign currencies through the use of interest rate derivatives.

 

For the Group, the change in the fair value of hedging instruments designated in fair value hedges was $136 million loss (30 September 2007 $75 million gain) while the change in the fair value of hedged items, attributed to the hedge risk was $133 gain (30 September 2007 $68 million loss).

 

235



 

Note 30.  Derivative financial instruments (continued)

 

For the Westpac parent entity, the change in the fair value of hedging instruments designated in fair value hedges was $80 million gain (30 September 2007 $9 million loss) while the change in the fair value of hedged items, attributed to the hedge risk was $80 million loss (30 September 2007 $15 million gain).

 

b.                     Cash flow hedges

 

The Group and Westpac hedges its exposure to volatility of interest cash flows from floating-rate customer deposits and loans through the use of interest rate derivatives.

 

c.                      Dual fair value and cash flow hedges

 

The Group and Westpac hedges foreign currency denominated medium term debt using cross-currency interest rate derivatives, designated as fair value hedges of foreign interest rates and cash flow hedges of foreign exchange rates.

 

d.                     Net investment hedges

 

The Group hedges the majority of the currency translation risk of net investments in foreign operations through foreign exchange forward transactions.  There were no significant changes to level of hedging during the current year.

 

The notional amount and fair values of derivative instruments held for trading and designated as hedges are set out in the following tables:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

30 September 2008

 

30 September 2007

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

Notional

 

Asset

 

Liability

 

Notional

 

Asset

 

Liability

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Held for trading

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Futures

 

98,749

 

79

 

 

54,619

 

139

 

 

Forwards

 

81,462

 

58

 

(59

)

63,217

 

18

 

(23

)

Swaps

 

728,775

 

7,412

 

(6,202

)

572,630

 

4,906

 

(4,342

)

Options

 

32,638

 

115

 

(90

)

23,574

 

66

 

(66

)

Foreign exchange

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forwards

 

422,936

 

13,421

 

(12,011

)

487,407

 

9,045

 

(9,483

)

Swaps

 

172,999

 

10,568

 

(4,571

)

174,402

 

7,894

 

(8,042

)

Options

 

26,689

 

626

 

(448

)

41,242

 

759

 

(558

)

Commodities

 

6,824

 

169

 

(168

)

9,980

 

604

 

(157

)

Equities and credit

 

21,633

 

396

 

(261

)

21,922

 

173

 

(113

)

Total held for trading derivatives

 

1,592,705

 

32,844

 

(23,810

)

1,448,993

 

23,604

 

(22,784

)

Fair value hedges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Swaps

 

13,317

 

73

 

(128

)

13,207

 

140

 

(73

)

Foreign exchange

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forwards

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Swaps(1)

 

15,817

 

1,048

 

(504

)

15,028

 

40

 

(1,984

)

Total fair value hedging derivatives

 

29,134

 

1,121

 

(632

)

28,235

 

180

 

(2,057

)

Cash flow hedges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Futures(2)

 

1,886

 

(3

)

 

1,183

 

12

 

 

Swaps

 

46,184

 

347

 

(352

)

45,208

 

485

 

(349

)

Foreign exchange

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forwards

 

 

 

 

463

 

16

 

 

Swaps

 

9,797

 

500

 

(134

)

 

 

 

Total cash flow hedging derivatives

 

57,867

 

844

 

(486

)

46,854

 

513

 

(349

)

Net investment hedges

 

2,727

 

1

 

(42

)

2,542

 

11

 

(2

)

Total net investment hedges

 

2,727

 

1

 

(42

)

2,542

 

11

 

(2

)

Total Derivatives

 

1,682,433

 

34,810

 

(24,970

)

1,526,624

 

24,308

 

(25,192

)

 


(1)        Included with foreign exchange swaps are derivatives designated in both cash flow and fair value hedge relationships under the dual designation strategy.

 

(2)        Futures contract fair value is settled daily with the exchange.

 

236



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 30.  Derivative financial instruments (continued)

 

 

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

30 September 2008

 

30 September 2007

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

Notional

 

Asset

 

Liability

 

Notional

 

Asset

 

Liability

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Held for trading

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Futures

 

98,750

 

79

 

 

54,619

 

139

 

 

Forwards

 

81,462

 

58

 

(59

)

63,200

 

18

 

(23

)

Swaps

 

728,272

 

7,460

 

(6,254

)

572,067

 

4,908

 

(4,385

)

Options

 

32,638

 

115

 

(90

)

23,574

 

66

 

(66

)

Foreign exchange

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forwards

 

421,652

 

13,390

 

(12,007

)

484,995

 

9,035

 

(9,415

)

Swaps

 

172,310

 

10,511

 

(4,533

)

174,103

 

7,851

 

(8,045

)

Options

 

26,689

 

626

 

(448

)

41,242

 

759

 

(558

)

Commodities

 

6,824

 

169

 

(168

)

9,980

 

546

 

(157

)

Equities and credit

 

21,528

 

401

 

(260

)

21,922

 

178

 

(113

)

Total held for trading derivatives

 

1,590,125

 

32,809

 

(23,819

)

1,445,701

 

23,500

 

(22,762

)

Fair value hedges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Swaps

 

13,286

 

73

 

(129

)

13,077

 

139

 

(76

)

Foreign exchange

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forwards

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Swaps( 1)

 

15,817

 

926

 

(504

)

15,028

 

40

 

(1,984

)

Total fair value hedging derivatives

 

29,103

 

999

 

(633

)

28,106

 

179

 

(2,060

)

Cash flow hedges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Futures( 2)

 

1,886

 

(2

)

 

1,183

 

12

 

 

Forwards

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Swaps

 

46,184

 

347

 

(352

)

45,208

 

485

 

(349

)

Foreign exchange

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Futures

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forwards

 

 

 

 

463

 

16

 

 

Swaps

 

9,797

 

500

 

(134

)

 

 

 

Total cash flow hedging derivatives

 

57,867

 

845

 

(486

)

46,853

 

512

 

(349

)

Net investment hedges

 

2,727

 

1

 

(42

)

2,542

 

11

 

(2

)

Total net investment hedges

 

2,727

 

1

 

(42

)

2,542

 

11

 

(2

)

Total Derivatives

 

1,679,822

 

34,654

 

(24,980

)

1,523,202

 

24,202

 

(25,173

)

 


(1)        Included with foreign exchange swaps are derivatives designated in both cash flow and fair value hedge relationships under the dual designation strategy.

(2)        Futures contract fair value is settled daily with the exchange.

 

Amounts accumulated in equity in respect of cash flow hedges are recycled to the income statement when the forecast transaction occurs.

 

Underlying cash flows from cash flow hedges are, as a proportion of total cash flows, expected to occur in the following periods:

 

 

 

Less Than

 

1 Month to

 

3 Months

 

1 Year to

 

2 to

 

3 to

 

4 to

 

Over

 

 

 

1 Month

 

3 Months

 

to 1 Year

 

2 Years

 

3 Years

 

4 Years

 

5 Years

 

5 Years

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash inflows (assets)

 

2.0

%

4.0

%

24.0

%

35.0

%

23.0

%

5.0

%

6.0

%

1.0

%

Cash outflows (liabilities)

 

2.0

%

3.0

%

23.0

%

37.0

%

23.0

%

5.0

%

6.0

%

1.0

%

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash inflows (assets)

 

2.5

%

7.7

%

27.8

%

24.4

%

13.6

%

8.8

%

5.3

%

9.9

%

Cash outflows (liabilities)

 

2.1

%

8.0

%

27.3

%

24.5

%

13.8

%

9.1

%

5.5

%

9.7

%

 

For the year ended 30 September 2008 a gain on cashflow hedges of $2 million was recognised due to hedge ineffectiveness (30 September 2007 $12 million gain).  In the parent entity, a gain on cashflow hedges of $5 million was recognised due to hedge ineffectiveness for the year ended 30 September 2008 (30 September 2007 $13 million loss).

 

237



 

Note 31.  Capital adequacy

 

APRA has responsibility for the prudential supervision of ADIs, life and general insurance companies and superannuation funds in Australia.  Westpac is an ADI.

 

Australia’s risk-based capital adequacy guidelines are generally consistent with the approach agreed upon by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision. APRA has exercised its discretion in applying the Basel framework to Australian ADIs.  On balance, the applications of these discretions act to reduce reported capital ratios relative to those reported in other jurisdictions.

 

Australian banks are required to maintain a minimum ratio of capital to risk-adjusted assets of at least 8%.  At least half of this capital must be in the form of ‘tier 1’ capital.  Subject to certain limitations, tier 1 capital consists of paid-up share capital, retained profits, certain reserves, other equity instruments, less the deduction of certain intangible assets and retained earnings in insurance and funds management subsidiaries that are not consolidated for capital adequacy purposes.  The balance of eligible capital is defined as ‘supplementary’ or ‘tier 2’ capital.  Supplementary capital includes, subject to limitations, mandatory convertible notes, perpetual floating rate notes and like instruments, and term subordinated debt provided such term debt is not in excess of 50% of tier 1 capital.  Certain deductions are made for holdings of other banks’ capital instruments and the balance of capital invested in insurance and funds management controlled entities not already deducted at the tier 1 level.  Deductions are made for any capital invested or guarantees or similar support provided to entities involved in securitisation.

 

Capital management strategy

 

Capital management strategy seeks to balance the fact that capital is an expensive form of funding with the need to be adequately capitalised as an authorised deposit-taking institution. In Westpac, the tension between efficiency and flexibility has given rise to five long-term operating principles for the prudent management of Westpac’s balance sheet:

 

·                 absolute minimum capital requirements are determined and the specific consequences of breaching these requirements (e.g. debt rating downgrade, prudential intervention, hybrid conversion) identified;

 

·                 capital is managed within a target range whose mid point is defined by the addition of a contingency buffer and a cyclical buffer to the internally or externally determined minimum;

 

·                 the top end of the target range represents a trigger for capital that is surplus to business requirements to be returned to shareholders, although we retain the tactical flexibility to build a surplus over the top of the target range if appropriate;

 

·                 the target structure incorporates trigger points that are designed to minimise the risk of breaching the bottom end of the target range in the normal course of business; and

 

·                 Westpac accepts that the target range and cyclical buffer absorbs some but not all potential volatility and, as a consequence, it is committed to maintaining a robust capacity to access contingent capital to restore its capital position in response to unexpected losses or volatility in capital required by faster than expected business growth.

 

Our target ratios are summarised in the table below

 

Capital measure

 

Target ratio

Group tier 1 ratio

 

6.75 – 7.75%

Group total regulatory capital ratio

 

9.75 – 10.75%

 

Note 32.  Securitisation

 

Westpac derives rewards and has exposure to risks from two forms of securitisation structures:

 

·                   own asset securitisation; and

 

·                   customer funding conduits.

 

Own asset securitised

 

Securitisation is a tool of funding, liquidity and capital management.  Securitisation gives Westpac the ability to liquefy a pool of assets and increase its wholesale funding capacity.  Westpac may provide arm’s length facilities to the securitisation vehicles.  The facilities entered into typically include the provision of liquidity, funding, underwriting and derivative contracts.

 

Where Westpac and the Group have continuing involvement with the securitisation vehicle, through on-going exposure to the risks and rewards associated with the assets, the provision of derivatives, liquidity facilities and trust management and operational services, the originated assets remain recognised on the balance sheet for accounting purposes and Westpac consolidates the securitisation vehicles.

 

Customer funding conduits

 

The Group arranges funding for certain customer transactions through a securitisation conduit (Waratah Receivables Corporation Limited and other related SPVs) that provides customers with access to funding from commercial paper markets.  Given that Westpac provides liquidity, credit enhancements, foreign exchange facilities and management and operational services, it is deemed to have exposure to the associated risks and rewards and is required to consolidate the vehicles.

 

Fee income

 

Westpac receives a market-based fee or margin in return for its services as trust manager, servicer, foreign exchange counterparty and facilities provider.

 

238



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 32.  Securitisation (continued)

 

Securitisation risk management

 

Credit exposure

 

Where relevant, counterparty exposure arising from funding, liquidity, credit support redraw facilities, foreign exchange and swap arrangements for both own asset securitisation and customer funding conduits are approved within the Group’s normal credit process and are captured and monitored in key source systems along with other facilities and derivatives entered into by Westpac.

 

Market risk

 

Exposures arising from transactions with securitisation conduits and other counterparties are captured as part of Westpac’s traded and non-traded market risk reporting and limit management framework.

 

The interest rate and basis risks generated by Westpac’s provision of hedge arrangements to securitisation vehicles are captured and managed in Westpac’s Asset & Liability Management framework.  The risk generated by Westpac’s provision of liquidity and redraw facilities to own asset vehicles is captured and managed within Treasury’s liquidity management policies (LRM) along with all other contingent liquidity facilities.

 

Funding and liquidity management

 

Exposure to and the impact of securitisation transactions are managed under the Market and Liquidity Risk Management Framework and are integrated into routine reporting for capital and liquidity positions, net interest margin analysis, balance sheet forecasting and funding scenario testing.  The annual funding plan incorporates consideration of overall liquidity risk limits and the level of securitisation of Westpac originated assets.  Westpac provided undrawn funding and liquidity facilities to the customer funding conduit of $4.0 billion at 30 September 2008 (30 September 2007 $6 billion).  Similarly undrawn funding and liquidity facilities of $510 million were provided by Westpac (30 September 2007 $313 million) for the securitisation of its own assets.

 

The table below presents assets securitised by the Group and Westpac:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

Own
assets( 1)

 

Customer
conduits

 

Own
assets (1)

 

Customer
conduits

 

Own
assets (1)

 

Customer
conduits

 

Own
assets (1)

 

Customer
conduits

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Residential mortgage

 

4,708

 

3,200

 

8,386

 

3,584

 

13,900

 

 

8,106

 

 

 

Auto and equipment finance

 

 

 

 

41

 

 

 

 

 

Other assets securitised

 

 

940

 

 

2,424

 

 

 

 

 

Other(2)

 

203

 

 

625

 

 

812

 

 

481

 

 

Total

 

4,911

 

4,140

 

9,011

 

6,049

 

14,712

 

 

8,587

 

 

 


(1)        The difference between own assets securitised by Westpac and the Group reflects an internal mortgage backed securitisation, which is available for external issuance and qualifies for repurchase with the RBA.

 

(2)        This reflects cash and accrued income held by the own asset securitisation vehicles, which have not yet been distributed to noteholders.

 

The table below presents the underlying liabilities of the Group and Westpac as a result of the securitisation of assets:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

Own
assets

 

Customer
conduits

 

Own
assets

 

Customer
conduits

 

Own
assets

 

Customer
conduits

 

Own
assets

 

Customer
conduits

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Notes issued

 

4,921

 

4,151

 

8,561

 

6,022

 

14,734

 

 

8,290

 

 

 

Certain own asset securitisation and customer funding conduit notes have been issued in foreign currencies and have been translated to AUD using the spot foreign exchange rate on the balance sheet date.  These foreign exchange exposures are fully hedged with foreign exchange derivatives.  Associated derivatives are not presented in the tables above and explain the mismatch between assets securitised and notes issued.

 

239



 

Note 33.  Group segment information

 

The following segmental information is based on the historical structure of the organisation.  The new structure announced on 17 July 2008 is explained in Section 1 and Section 2 and will be reflected in Westpac’s segment reporting from 31 March 2009.

 

The basis of segment reporting reflects the management of the business within the Group, rather than the legal structure of the Group.  The business segment results have been presented on a management reporting basis and consequently internal charges and transfer pricing adjustments have been reflected in the performance of each business segment.  Inter-segment pricing is determined on an arms length basis.

 

Primary reporting – business segments

 

The business segments are defined by the customers they service and the services they provide.  Business Financial Services is responsible for sales, service and product development for smaller to medium-sized business customers within Australia.  Consumer Financial Services is responsible for sales, service and product development for consumers within Australia.  BT Financial Group Australia designs, produces, provides advice and services wealth management products to consumer and business customers in Australia.  Institutional Banking is responsible for sales, service and product development for corporations and institutional customers either based in, or with interests in, Australia and New Zealand.  New Zealand Retail provides banking and wealth management sales and service to consumer and business customers in New Zealand.  Other includes the results of Business Technology Solutions and Services, Group Treasury, Structured Finance, Pacific Banking and Head Office functions.  The majority of the direct operating expenses of Other are recharged back to the business segments as indicated in the internal charges line within operating expenses.

 

 

 

Consolidated 2008

 

 

 

Business

 

Consumer

 

BT Financial

 

 

 

New

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial

 

Financial

 

Group

 

Institutional

 

Zealand

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Services

 

Services

 

Australia

 

Banking

 

Retail

 

Other

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Revenue from external
customers(1)

 

4,160

 

12,929

 

1,104

 

4,839

 

4,040

 

6,207

 

33,279

 

Internal revenue

 

284

 

119

 

55

 

1,436

 

(181

)

(1,713

)

 

Total segment revenue

 

4,444

 

13,048

 

1,159

 

6,275

 

3,859

 

4,494

 

33,279

 

Interest income

 

3,479

 

12,260

 

16

 

4,855

 

3,675

 

4,796

 

29,081

 

Interest expense

 

(2,616

)

(3,460

)

(75

)

(1,511

)

(1,501

)

(12,696

)

(21,859

)

Internal charges(2)

 

1,241

 

(5,924

)

23

 

(2,624

)

(1,204

)

8,488

 

 

Net interest income

 

2,104

 

2,876

 

(36

)

720

 

970

 

588

 

7,222

 

Net non-interest income

 

681

 

669

 

1,088

 

(16

)

365

 

1,411

 

4,198

 

Internal charges(2)

 

(125

)

(108

)

159

 

1,029

 

(10

)

(945

)

 

Total operating income

 

2,660

 

3,437

 

1,211

 

1,733

 

1,325

 

1,054

 

11,420

 

Depreciation, amortisation and impairment charges

 

(33

)

(43

)

(24

)

(28

)

(63

)

(335

)

(526

)

Other non-cash expenses

 

(41

)

(75

)

(33

)

(19

)

(3

)

(44

)

(215

)

Other operating expenses

 

(558

)

(1,269

)

(529

)

(559

)

(536

)

(1,078

)

(4,529

)

Internal charges(2)

 

(281

)

(492

)

(78

)

(96

)

17

 

930

 

 

Total operating expenses

 

(913

)

(1,879

)

(664

)

(702

)

(585

)

(527

)

(5,270

)

Impairment charges

 

(198

)

(251

)

(4

)

(244

)

(143

)

(91

)

(931

)

Reversals of impairment charges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit before income tax

 

1,549

 

1,307

 

543

 

787

 

597

 

436

 

5,219

 

Income tax expense

 

(464

)

(394

)

(150

)

(221

)

(189

)

131

 

(1,287

)

Minority interest

 

 

 

(4

)

 

(3

)

(66

)

(73

)

Net profit attributable to equity holders of Westpac Banking Corporation

 

1,085

 

913

 

389

 

566

 

405

 

501

 

3,859

 

Total assets

 

63,892

 

158,281

 

14,724

 

96,545

 

39,939

 

66,167

 

439,548

 

Total liabilities

 

74,878

 

76,761

 

12,768

 

47,623

 

23,534

 

184,212

 

419,776

 

Acquisition of property, plant and equipment, goodwill and other intangible assets

 

42

 

219

 

37

 

56

 

71

 

250

 

674

 

 


(1)        Revenue from external customers comprised of interest income and non-interest income.

(2)        Internal charges are eliminated on consolidation.

 

240



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 33. Group segment information (continued)

 

Changes in the carrying value of goodwill and other intangible assets related to each business segment for the year ended 30 September 2008 are presented in the table below:

 

 

 

Consolidated 2008

 

 

 

Business

 

Consumer

 

BT Financial

 

 

 

New

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial

 

Financial

 

Group

 

Institutional

 

Zealand

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Services

 

Services

 

Australia

 

Banking

 

Retail

 

Other

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as at beginning of the year

 

213

 

392

 

1,217

 

110

 

460

 

6

 

2,398

 

Goodwill acquired during the year

 

 

131

 

 

 

 

7

 

138

 

Goodwill disposal during the year

 

 

 

(85

)

 

 

 

(85

)

Impairment charges

 

 

 

 

 

(18

)

 

(18

)

Foreign exchange adjustments/other adjustments

 

(14

)

1

 

(57

)

70

 

(8

)

 

(8

)

Balance as at year end

 

199

 

524

 

1,075

 

180

 

434

 

13

 

2,425

 

Other intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as at beginning of the year

 

 

 

92

 

 

108

 

391

 

591

 

Other intangibles acquired during the year

 

42

 

85

 

29

 

46

 

55

 

83

 

340

 

Other intangible disposed of during the year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other intangible amortisation, impairment, foreign exchange movements/other adjustments

 

(42

)

(49

)

(21

)

(29

)

(79

)

(148

)

(367

)

Balance as at year end

 

 

36

 

100

 

17

 

84

 

326

 

564

 

 

 

 

Consolidated 2007

 

 

 

Business

 

Consumer

 

BT Financial

 

 

 

New

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial

 

Financial

 

Group

 

Institutional

 

Zealand

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Services

 

Services

 

Australia

 

Banking

 

Retail

 

Other

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Revenue from external customers( 1)

 

3,482

 

10,512

 

1,378

 

4,530

 

3,170

 

2,863

 

25,935

 

Internal revenue

 

214

 

136

 

(2

)

1,414

 

(27

)

(1,735

)

 

Total segment revenue

 

3,696

 

10,648

 

1,376

 

5,944

 

3,143

 

1,128

 

25,935

 

Interest income

 

2,811

 

9,861

 

4

 

3,883

 

2,834

 

2,682

 

22,075

 

Interest expense

 

(1,929

)

(2,596

)

1

 

(1,453

)

(1,097

)

(8,688

)

(15,762

)

Internal charges( 2)

 

914

 

(4,602

)

(15

)

(1,878

)

(834

)

6,415

 

 

Net interest income

 

1,796

 

2,663

 

(10

)

552

 

903

 

409

 

6,313

 

Net non-interest income

 

671

 

651

 

1,374

 

647

 

336

 

181

 

3,860

 

Internal charges( 2)

 

(121

)

(114

)

(129

)

331

 

28

 

5

 

 

 

Total operating income

 

2,346

 

3,200

 

1,235

 

1,530

 

1,267

 

595

 

10,173

 

Depreciation, amortisation and impairment charges

 

(31

)

(45

)

(10

)

(1

)

(53

)

(181

)

(321

)

Other non-cash expenses

 

(36

)

(69

)

(28

)

(30

)

(4

)

(51

)

(218

)

Other operating expenses

 

(502

)

(1,201

)

(502

)

(485

)

(483

)

(831

)

(4,004

)

Internal charges( 2)

 

(271

)

(472

)

(75

)

(140

)

(61

)

1,019

 

 

Total operating expenses

 

(840

)

(1,787

)

(615

)

(656

)

(601

)

(44

)

(4,543

)

Impairment charges

 

(106

)

(220

)

(3

)

(43

)

(71

)

(39

)

(482

)

Profit before income tax

 

1,400

 

1,193

 

617

 

831

 

595

 

512

 

5,148

 

Income tax expense

 

(421

)

(354

)

(176

)

(243

)

(189

)

(247

)

(1,630

)

Minority interest

 

 

 

1

 

 

(3

)

(65

)

(67

)

Net profit attributable to equity holders of Westpac Banking Corporation

 

979

 

839

 

442

 

588

 

403

 

200

 

3,451

 

Total assets

 

54,162

 

138,387

 

16,989

 

79,429

 

37,618

 

51,068

 

377,653

 

Total liabilities

 

68,573

 

62,689

 

14,312

 

41,766

 

21,859

 

150,623

 

359,822

 

Acquisition of property, plant and equipment, goodwill and other intangible assets

 

51

 

64

 

27

 

39

 

46

 

171

 

398

 

 


(1)   Revenue from external customers comprised of interest income and non-interest income.

(2)   Internal charges are eliminated on consolidation.

 

241



 

Note 33. Group segment information (continued)

 

Changes in the carrying value of goodwill and other intangible assets related to each business segment for the year ended 30 September 2007 are presented in the table below:

 

 

 

Consolidated 2007

 

 

 

Business

 

Consumer

 

BT Financial

 

 

 

New

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial

 

Financial

 

Group

 

Institutional

 

Zealand

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Services

 

Services

 

Australia

 

Banking

 

Retail

 

Other

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as at beginning of the year

 

213

 

392

 

1,217

 

110

 

465

 

6

 

2,403

 

Goodwill acquired during the year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill disposal during the year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange adjustments/other adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

(5

)

 

(5

)

Balance as at year end

 

213

 

392

 

1,217

 

110

 

460

 

6

 

2,398

 

Other intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as at beginning of the year

 

 

 

110

 

3

 

113

 

323

 

549

 

Other intangibles acquired during the year

 

 

 

22

 

37

 

30

 

162

 

251

 

Other intangible disposed of during the year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other intangible amortisation, impairment, foreign exchange movements/other adjustments

 

 

 

(40

)

(40

)

(35

)

(94

)

(209

)

Balance as at year end

 

 

 

92

 

 

108

 

391

 

591

 

 

 

 

Consolidated 2006

 

 

 

Business

 

Consumer

 

BT Financial

 

 

 

New

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial

 

Financial

 

Group

 

Institutional

 

Zealand

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Services

 

Services

 

Australia

 

Banking

 

Retail

 

Other

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Revenue from external customers( 1)

 

3,033

 

8,538

 

1,164

 

3,706

 

2,651

 

2,574

 

21,666

 

Internal revenue

 

172

 

125

 

28

 

1,192

 

139

 

(1,656

)

 

Total segment revenue

 

3,205

 

8,663

 

1,192

 

4,898

 

2,790

 

918

 

21,666

 

Interest income

 

2,317

 

8,148

 

(1

)

2,976

 

2,293

 

2,358

 

18,091

 

Interest expense

 

(1,408

)

(2,186

)

1

 

(1,290

)

(906

)

(6,660

)

(12,449

)

Internal charges( 2)

 

680

 

(3,521

)

16

 

(1,265

)

(524

)

4,614

 

 

Net interest income

 

1,589

 

2,441

 

16

 

421

 

863

 

312

 

5,642

 

Net non-interest income

 

716

 

390

 

1,165

 

738

 

349

 

217

 

3,575

 

Internal charges( 2)

 

(196

)

92

 

(94

)

159

 

21

 

18

 

 

Total operating income

 

2,109

 

2,923

 

1,087

 

1,318

 

1,233

 

547

 

9,217

 

Depreciation, amortisation and impairment charges

 

 

(2

)

(26

)

(9

)

(46

)

(209

)

(292

)

Other non-cash expenses

 

(31

)

(85

)

(26

)

(17

)

(6

)

(44

)

(209

)

Other operating expenses

 

(458

)

(1,118

)

(461

)

(521

)

(492

)

(744

)

(3,794

)

Internal charges( 2)

 

(284

)

(519

)

(51

)

(31

)

(56

)

941

 

 

Total operating expenses

 

(773

)

(1,724

)

(564

)

(578

)

(600

)

(56

)

(4,295

)

Impairment charges

 

(69

)

(220

)

 

(39

)

(29

)

(18

)

(375

)

Profit before income tax

 

1,267

 

979

 

523

 

701

 

604

 

473

 

4,547

 

Income tax expense

 

(382

)

(290

)

(156

)

(202

)

(193

)

(199

)

(1,422

)

Minority interest

 

 

 

 

 

(3

)

(51

)

(54

)

Net profit attributable to equity holders of Westpac Banking Corporation

 

885

 

689

 

367

 

499

 

408

 

223

 

3,071

 

Total assets

 

46,585

 

123,458

 

13,748

 

55,941

 

33,765

 

27,977

 

301,474

 

Total liabilities

 

58,479

 

56,211

 

14,660

 

26,117

 

19,176

 

110,733

 

285,376

 

Acquisition of property, plant and equipment, goodwill and other intangible assets

 

3

 

4

 

43

 

5

 

48

 

342

 

445

 

 


(1)   Revenue from external customers comprised of interest income and non-interest income.

(2)   Internal charges are eliminated on consolidation.

 

242



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 33. Group segment information (continued)

 

Changes in the carrying value of goodwill and other intangible assets related to each business segment for the year ended 30 September 2006 are presented in the table below:

 

 

 

Consolidated 2006

 

 

 

Business

 

Consumer

 

BT Financial

 

 

 

New

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial

 

Financial

 

Group

 

Institutional

 

Zealand

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Services

 

Services

 

Australia

 

Banking

 

Retail

 

Other

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as at beginning of the year

 

213

 

392

 

1,230

 

110

 

485

 

6

 

2,436

 

Goodwill acquired during the year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill disposal during the year

 

 

 

(15

)

 

 

 

(15

)

Foreign exchange adjustments/other adjustments

 

 

 

2

 

 

(20

)

 

(18

)

Balance as at year end

 

213

 

392

 

1,217

 

110

 

465

 

6

 

2,403

 

Other intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as at beginning of the year

 

 

 

77

 

 

97

 

347

 

521

 

Other intangibles acquired during the year

 

 

 

39

 

3

 

43

 

135

 

220

 

Other intangible disposed of during the year

 

 

 

 

 

 

(10

)

(10

)

Other intangible amortisation

 

 

 

(6

)

 

(27

)

(149

)

(182

)

Balance as at year end

 

 

 

110

 

3

 

113

 

323

 

549

 

 

Secondary reporting – Geographic segments

 

Geographic segmentation of assets, revenue and profit is based on the location of the office in which these items are booked.  Intersegment pricing is determined on an arm’s length basis.

 

 

 

2008

 

 

 

2007

 

 

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

%

 

$m

 

%

 

Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

28,000

 

84.1

 

20,820

 

80.2

 

17,496

 

80.8

 

New Zealand

 

4,529

 

13.6

 

4,527

 

17.5

 

3,477

 

16.0

 

Other( 1)

 

750

 

2.3

 

588

 

2.3

 

693

 

3.2

 

Total

 

33,279

 

100.0

 

25,935

 

100.0

 

21,666

 

100.0

 

Profit before income tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

4,266

 

81.7

 

3,931

 

76.4

 

3,320

 

73.0

 

New Zealand

 

567

 

10.9

 

931

 

18.1

 

914

 

16.4

 

Other(1)

 

386

 

7.4

 

286

 

5.5

 

313

 

10.6

 

Total

 

5,219

 

100.0

 

5,148

 

100.0

 

4,547

 

100.0

 

Net profit attributable to equity holders of Westpac Banking Corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

3,245

 

84.1

 

2,631

 

76.2

 

2,186

 

71.2

 

New Zealand

 

353

 

9.1

 

671

 

19.4

 

619

 

16.0

 

Other( 1)

 

261

 

6.8

 

149

 

4.4

 

266

 

12.8

 

Total

 

3,859

 

100.0

 

3,451

 

100.0

 

3,071

 

100.0

 

Total assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

364,214

 

82.9

 

315,303

 

83.4

 

248,801

 

82.4

 

New Zealand

 

57,309

 

13.0

 

52,187

 

13.9

 

44,215

 

14.8

 

Other( 1)

 

18,025

 

4.1

 

10,163

 

2.7

 

8,458

 

2.8

 

Total

 

439,548

 

100.0

 

377,653

 

100.0

 

301,474

 

100.0

 

Acquisition of fixed assets and intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australia

 

353

 

52.4

 

339

 

85.1

 

379

 

85.2

 

New Zealand

 

71

 

10.5

 

46

 

11.6

 

65

 

14.6

 

Other( 1)

 

250

 

37.1

 

13

 

3.3

 

1

 

0.2

 

Total

 

674

 

100.0

 

398

 

100.0

 

445

 

100.0

 

 


(1)   Other includes Pacific Islands, Asia, Americas and Europe.

 

243



 

Note 34.  Auditors’ remuneration

 

During the financial year, the auditor of the Group and Parent entity, PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC), and its related practices earned the following remuneration:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

$’000

 

$’000

 

$’000

 

$’000

 

PwC - Australian firm

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Audit and review of financial reports of Westpac Banking Corporation or any entity in the Group

 

11,859

 

11,089

 

11,127

 

9,935

 

Other audit-related work

 

1,218

 

1,767

 

1,218

 

1,212

 

Total audit and other assurance services

 

13,077

 

12,856

 

12,345

 

11,147

 

Taxation

 

40

 

25

 

7

 

6

 

Advisory services

 

737

 

560

 

737

 

531

 

Total remuneration paid to PwC - Australian firm

 

13,854

 

13,441

 

13,089

 

11,684

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Related practices of PwC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Audit and review of financial reports of Westpac Banking Corporation or any entity in the Group

 

1,627

 

1,521

 

749

 

263

 

Other audit-related work

 

188

 

118

 

 

32

 

Total audit and other assurance services

 

1,815

 

1,639

 

749

 

295

 

Taxation

 

110

 

142

 

59

 

132

 

Advisory services

 

70

 

5

 

67

 

5

 

Total remuneration paid to related practices of PwC

 

1,995

 

1,786

 

875

 

432

 

Total remuneration paid to PwC

 

15,849

 

15,227

 

13,964

 

12,116

 

 

It is Westpac’s policy to employ the external auditors on assignments additional to their statutory audit duties, only if their independence is not impaired or seen to be impaired, and where their expertise and experience with Westpac is important.  Audit services include review of the year end and half year end statutory reports and comfort letters associated with debt issues and capital raisings for Westpac, its controlled entities and the consolidated Group.

 

Audit-related services include consultations regarding accounting standards and reporting requirements and regulatory compliance reviews.

 

Taxation services include compliance and advisory services.

 

Advisory services include a review of US transactions for compliance with sanction regulation, and a review and benchmarking of the complaints handling processes.

 

The external auditor, PricewaterhouseCoopers, also provides audit and non-audit services to non-consolidated entities including non-consolidated trusts of which a Westpac Group entity is trustee, manager or responsible entity and non-consolidated superannuation funds or pension funds.  The fees in respect of their services were approximately $5.0 million in total (2007 $4.9 million, 2006 $4.5 million).  PricewaterhouseCoopers may also provide audit and non-audit services to other entities in which Westpac holds a minority interest, and which are not consolidated.  Westpac is not aware of the amount of any fees paid by those entities.

 

244



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 35.  Expenditure commitments

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Commitments for capital expenditure not provided for in the financial statements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payable within one year

 

47

 

94

 

 

4

 

Payable later than one year but not later than five years

 

 

39

 

 

1

 

Payable after five years

 

 

 

 

 

Total commitments for capital expenditure not provided for in the financial statements

 

47

 

133

 

 

5

 

Lease commitments (all leases are classified as operating leases)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Premises and sites

 

1,528

 

1,585

 

1,327

 

1,392

 

Furniture and equipment

 

6

 

6

 

3

 

2

 

Total lease commitments

 

1,534

 

1,591

 

1,330

 

1,394

 

Due within one year

 

287

 

267

 

246

 

229

 

Due after one year but not later than five years

 

712

 

694

 

626

 

599

 

Due after five years

 

535

 

630

 

457

 

566

 

Total lease commitments

 

1,534

 

1,591

 

1,329

 

1,394

 

Other expenditure commitments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payable within one year

 

436

 

361

 

380

 

307

 

Payable later than one year but not later than five years

 

892

 

929

 

836

 

796

 

Payable after five years

 

54

 

450

 

54

 

78

 

Total other expenditure commitments

 

1,382

 

1,740

 

1,270

 

1,181

 

 

As at 30 September 2008, the total future minimum lease payments expected to be received by Group and the Parent Entity from non-cancellable sub-leases were $39 million (2007 $40 million) and $35 million (2007 $38 million) respectively.

 

Operating lease arrangements

 

Operating leases are entered into to meet the business needs of the Group.  Leases are primarily over commercial and retail premises and plant and equipment.  Lease rentals are determined in accordance with market conditions when leases are entered into or on rental review dates.  Leased premises that have become excess to the Group’s business needs have been sublet where possible and any expected rental shortfalls fully provided for.  There are no restrictions imposed on the Group by lease arrangements other than in respect of the specific premises being leased.

 

The Group has lease commitments resulting from the sale and lease back of various premises.  These leases are generally for a term of five years with an option to extend for another five years.  In most instances, other than the lease arrangements, the Group has no ongoing interests in the premises.  In a small number of earlier sale and lease back arrangements the Group retained the right of first refusal to purchase the property.

 

On 7 March 2003, we executed an agreement to lease 74,000m(2) of office space with Leighton Properties Pty Limited in relation to new premises being developed at the northern end of Darling Harbour near King Street in Sydney, Australia.  Construction of the new premises was completed in 2006.  The project resulted in the consolidation of our existing ten Sydney Central Business District offices into just two primary locations, being Westpac Place and our existing office at 60 Martin Place.  We have signed a 12 year lease on the building with three six year options to extend.  The initial 12 year lease commitment commenced on completion of the licence period in November 2006 and is included in the lease commitment table above.

 

Service agreements

 

The maximum contingent liability for termination benefits in respect of service agreements with the Chief Executive Officer and other Group Key Management Personnel at 30 September 2008 was $9.2 million (2007 $9.0 million).

 

Significant long term contracts

 

On 1 Jan 2008 Westpac entered into a three year Enterprise Master Services Agreement with HCL Australia Services, for the provision of IT related services.

 

On 3 November 2006 Westpac entered into a five year Master Relationship agreement with Genpact U.S. LLC for the provision of back office administrative support services.

 

On 17 September 2006, Westpac renewed its agreement with CSA for a term of five years nine months.  CSA will continue to provide key operational services as well as commercial and operational governance of cash-in-transit providers.

 

On 3 September 2006, Westpac entered into a three year agreement with Stream Solution (Holdings Pty Ltd) to provide Westpac’s end to end print management services.

 

245



 

Note 35.  Expenditure commitments (continued)

 

On 1 December 2005, Westpac renewed its Managed Network Service agreement with Telstra Corporation for a further five year term.  Under this agreement Telstra will provide voice, data and video services for corporate and retail banking in Australia and the Pacific Region.

 

On 4 February 2005, Westpac, in conjunction with the National Australia Bank and the Commonwealth Bank of Australia, entered into a 12 year arrangement with Fiserv Solutions Australia Pty Limited for the provision of voucher (cheque) processing services.  As a result of this ‘utility’ style agreement, Westpac’s existing agreement with Unisys Payment Services Limited for cheque processing will be terminated progressively as services are transitioned to the new provider.

 

On 10 May 2004, Westpac entered into a five year agreement with Keycorp Payment Services for EFTPoS terminals in Australia.  Keycorp assumed responsibility for fleet services (including the provision of support and maintenance) of the EFTPoS terminals as well as all asset management functions.  Keycorp is also responsible for the supply and management of the EFTPoS terminals and the Terminal Operating System and the integration with a new Terminal Application Management system.  Westpac retains control over the merchant base (including contractual terms, fees and direct contact by Keycorp) as well as the decision as to what software applications are to be loaded on the EFTPoS fleet.

 

On 30 September 2002, Westpac entered into a ten year agreement with FDR Australia Limited to provide a managed service for our cards processing.  This involves managing the application within the Westpac/IBM environment.  FDR assumed responsibility for the Group’s Australasian cards processing in phases from October 2002.  Westpac retains control of its cards sales, credit, collections and customer service functions.

 

On 1 October 2001, Westpac entered into a ten year agreement with EDS (Business Process Administration) Pty Limited whereby they will provide mortgage and other processing services in connection with the mortgage loan portfolio.

 

On 3 December 2000, Westpac entered into a ten year contract with IBM Global Services Australia relating to the management of the core banking technology operations in Australia, New Zealand and the Pacific Bank.  The exact amount of the contract commitment is unable to be reliably measured as Westpac’s obligations are dependent upon business volumes over the period of the contract.

 

Commitments in relation to long term contracts are included in other expenditure commitments above.

 

Note 36.  Superannuation commitments

 

Westpac had the following defined benefit plans at 30 September 2008:

 

Name of Plan

 

Type

 

Form of benefit

 

Date of last actuarial
assessment of the
funding status

Westpac Staff Superannuation Plan (WSSP)

 

Defined benefit and accumulation

 

Indexed pension and lump sum

 

30 June 2006

Westpac New Zealand Superannuation Scheme (WNZS)(1)

 

Defined benefit and accumulation

 

Indexed pension and lump sum

 

30 June 2008

Westpac Banking Corporation UK Staff Superannuation Scheme (UKSS)

 

Defined benefit

 

Indexed pension and lump sum

 

30 June 2006

Westpac UK Medical Benefits Scheme

 

Defined benefit

 

Medical benefits

 

5 April 2006

 


(1)                                  Effective from 1 November 2006, Westpac New Zealand retail bank employees were no longer employed by Westpac Banking Corporation but instead were employed by Westpac New Zealand Limited.

 

All of the defined benefit sections of the schemes are closed to new members.

 

Contributions

 

Funding recommendations are made based on the ‘Attained Age Method,’ a method which impacts the timing of contribution requirements and assumes that the plans will not be discontinued.

 

The specific contributions for each of the plans are set-out below.

 

WSSP

 

Ongoing volatility in capital markets reduced the value of WSSP’s assets during 2008 and resulted in the cessation of Westpac’s contribution holiday, effective from 31 March 2008.  Following the receipt of actuarial advice, from 1 April 2008 to 30 September 2008, Westpac contributed monthly payments at a rate of 11.6% (annualised) of members’ salaries.  During September 2008 Westpac made a lump sum payment to the Plan of $200 million to reduce the funding deficit.  As a consequence of this, Westpac will cease its monthly contributions until further notice from the Plan’s actuaries.  The Plan actuaries will next review the funding requirements in October 2009, or sooner if required.

 

WNZS

 

Contributions are made to the WNZS at the rate of 12% of members’ salaries.

 

UKSS

 

Contributions are being made at the rate of GBP2.2 million per annum.

 

246



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 36.  Superannuation commitments (continued)

 

The table below summarises the calculation of the surplus/(deficit) used to make funding recommendations, based on the guidance in Australian Accounting Standard AAS 25 Financial Reporting by Superannuation Plans:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2008(1)

 

2007(2)

 

2008(1)

 

2007(2)

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Market value of assets

 

1,979

 

2,012

 

1,911

 

1,915

 

Present value of accrued benefits

 

1,767

 

1,787

 

1,688

 

1,692

 

Surplus/(deficit)

 

212

 

225

 

223

 

223

 

 


(1)

 

Calculated as at 30 June 2006 (WSSP), 5 April 2006 (UKSS) and 30 June 2008 (WNZS).

(2)

 

Calculated as at 30 June 2006 (WSSP), 5 April 2006 (UKSS) and 30 June 2007 (WNZS).

 

Economic assumptions

 

The economic assumptions applied for the funding calculations differ to assumptions used in the accounting calculations below due to timing differences between valuation dates, discount rate and assumptions linked to expected returns on assets.

 

 

 

WSSP

 

WNZS

 

UKSS

 

Discount rate

 

7.8

%

5.0

%

6.7

%

Expected return on plan assets

 

7.8

%

5.0

%

6.7

%

Expected increase in average salary of plan members

 

4.0

%

3.5

%

4.1

%

 

Retirement benefit deficit

 

The retirement benefit deficit amount reported in the balance sheet, based on the AASB 119 accounting calculations can be reconciled as follows:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Present value of funded obligations

 

2,139

 

2,025

 

2,132

 

2,041

 

1,931

 

2,132

 

Fair value of plan assets

 

1,666

 

1,909

 

2,022

 

1,604

 

1,825

 

2,022

 

Net obligations

 

(473

)

(116

)

(110

)

(437

)

(106

)

(110

)

Unrecognised actuarial losses/(gains)

 

378

 

(158

)

(89

)

361

 

(147

)

(89

)

Net recognised liabilities

 

(95

)

(274

)

(199

)

(76

)

(253

)

(199

)

 

Superannuation expense

 

The amounts recognised in the income statement is as follows:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Current service cost

 

42

 

46

 

41

 

45

 

Interest cost

 

117

 

104

 

113

 

100

 

Expected return of fund assets

 

(153

)

(144

)

(148

)

(139

)

Curtailments or settlements(1)

 

 

(3

)

 

 

Net defined benefit superannuation expense

 

6

 

3

 

6

 

6

 

 


(1)

 

Effective 28 September 2007, Westpac reduced the numbers of employees entitled to the Westpac New Zealand Superannuation Scheme.

 

247



 

Note 36.  Superannuation commitments (continued)

 

Change in benefit obligation

 

Change in present value of defined benefit obligation is as follows:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Benefit obligation at the beginning of the period

 

2,025

 

2,132

 

1,931

 

2,132

 

Current service cost

 

42

 

46

 

41

 

45

 

Interest cost

 

117

 

104

 

113

 

100

 

Curtailments or settlements(1)

 

 

(16

)

 

 

Transfer to subsidary(2)

 

 

 

 

(114

)

Actuarial loss

 

64

 

56

 

56

 

57

 

Contributions by members

 

19

 

19

 

19

 

19

 

Benefits paid

 

(122

)

(142

)

(115

)

(135

)

Transfer to defined contribution plan(3)

 

 

(149

)

 

(149

)

Exchange and other adjustments

 

(6

)

(25

)

(4

)

(24

)

Benefit obligation at the end of the period

 

2,139

 

2,025

 

2,041

 

1,931

 

 


(1)

 

Effective 28 September 2007, Westpac reduced the numbers of employees entitled to the Westpac New Zealand Superannuation Scheme.

 

 

 

(2)

 

Effective 1 November 2006, Westpac transferred its retail banking operation in New Zealand to a separate legal entity in the Group, Westpac New Zealand Limited. As part of this it transferred the Westpac New Zealand Superannuation Scheme to Westpac New Zealand Limited.

 

 

 

(3)

 

Certain benefits under the Westpac Staff Superannuation Plan were transferred to a Defined Contribution Plan during the financial year.

 

 

 

Change in plan assets

 

Change in fair value of plan assets is as follows:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of the year

 

1,909

 

2,022

 

1,825

 

2,022

 

Expected returns on plan assets

 

153

 

144

 

148

 

139

 

Actuarial losses/(gains)

 

(473

)

125

 

(454

)

124

 

Actual returns on plan assets

 

(320

)

269

 

(306

)

263

 

Employer contributions

 

278

 

6

 

277

 

5

 

Settlements(1)

 

 

(14

)

 

 

Transfer to subsidary(2)

 

 

 

 

(99

)

Contributions by members

 

19

 

19

 

19

 

19

 

Benefits paid

 

(122

)

(142

)

(115

)

(135

)

Contributions to the accumulation plan

 

(94

)

(81

)

(94

)

(81

)

Transfer to defined contribution plan(3)

 

 

(149

)

 

(149

)

Exchange and other adjustments

 

(4

)

(21

)

(2

)

(20

)

Fair value of plan assets at end of the year

 

1,666

 

1,909

 

1,604

 

1,825

 

 


(1)

 

Effective 28 September 2007, Westpac reduced the numbers of employees entitled to the Westpac New Zealand Superannuation Scheme.

 

 

 

(2)

 

Effective 1 November 2006, Westpac transferred its retail banking operation in New Zealand to a separate legal entity in the Group. As part of this it transferred the Westpac New Zealand Superannuation Scheme to Westpac New Zealand Limited.

 

 

 

(3)

 

Certain benefits under the Westpac Staff Superannuation Plan were transferred to a Defined Contribution Plan during the financial year.

 

Funded status of plans

 

The benefit obligation arises from plans that are wholly unfunded and wholly or partly funded as follows:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Unfunded obligations(1)

 

25

 

25

 

25

 

25

 

Wholly or partly funded obligations

 

2,114

 

2,000

 

2,016

 

1,906

 

 

 

2,139

 

2,025

 

2,041

 

1,931

 

 


(1)

 

Unfunded obligations relates to UK medical benefits.

 

248



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 36.  Superannuation commitments (continued)

Assumptions used in actuarial valuations

 

 

 

Consolidated and Parent Entity

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

Australian

 

Overseas

 

Australian

 

Overseas

 

 

 

Fund

 

Funds

 

Fund

 

Funds

 

Discount rate

 

5.3

%

4.0 - 7.3

%

6.2

%

4.4 - 5.8

%

Expected return on plan assets – active members

 

7.4

%

6.2 - 6.3

%

7.8

%

6.1 - 6.4

%

Expected return on plan assets – pensioners

 

8.3

%

6.2 - 6.3

%

8.9

%

6.1 - 6.4

%

Expected increase in average salary of plan members

 

4.2

%

3.5 - 5.0

%

4.2

%

3.5 - 4.6

%

Rate of increase for pensions

 

3.2

%

2.5 - 3.5

%

3.2

%

2.5 - 3.1

%

Initial health care inflation

 

n/a

 

6.0

%

n/a

 

6.0

%

Long term health care inflation

 

n/a

 

6.0

%

n/a

 

6.0

%

 

In addition to the financial assumptions presented above, the pension mortality assumptions may also have a significant impact on measuring the net obligation.  The average mortality assumptions are age related and allowances are made for future mortality improvements.  The assumptions for our principle fund the WSSP for 2008 are that a 60 year old male pensioner is assumed to have a remaining life expectancy of 29.8 and a 60 year old female pensioner is assumed to have an average life expectancy of 34.1.

 

Expected rate of return on assets assumptions

 

The assumed return on assets reflects the average rate of earnings expected in the long term on the plan’s assets.  Accordingly this rate reflects the taxation on earnings, imputation credits from investments in Australian shares and also the need for reinvestment.

 

The expected returns on assets were calculated as the weighted average return based on the benchmark asset allocation and estimates of the expected future return in each sector in each asset class (consistent with the inflation assumption).  The expected return on assets for active members is net of tax and the expected return on pensioner assets is gross of tax.

 

Experience adjustments

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Experience adjustments on plan assets

 

(473

)

125

 

134

 

(454

)

124

 

134

 

Experience adjustments on plan liabilities

 

(64

)

(56

)

(145

)

(56

)

(57

)

(145

)

 

Asset allocation

 

The actual asset allocation at 30 September was:

 

 

 

Consolidated and Parent Entity

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

Australian

 

Overseas

 

Australian

 

Overseas

 

 

 

Fund

 

Funds

 

Fund

 

Funds

 

Cash

 

15

%

1

%

2

%

0-2

%

Equity instruments

 

53

%

47% - 56

%

67

%

50 - 55

%

Debt instruments

 

17

%

43% - 52

%

23

%

43 - 50

%

Property

 

8

%

 

8

%

 

Other assets

 

7

%

 

 

 

 

 

100

%

100

%

100

%

100

%

 

Investments held in Westpac and related entities

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Value of plan assets invested in debt and equity securities

 

50

 

117

 

44

 

101

 

Value of plan assets invested in related parties of Westpac

 

11

 

 

11

 

 

Total

 

61

 

117

 

55

 

101

 

 

249



 

Note 36.  Superannuation commitments (continued)

 

Post retirement health care

 

A one percentage point change in assumed health care trend rates, assuming all other assumptions remain constant would affect current service costs and accumulated benefit obligation by:

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Post-employment benefit obligation – increase

 

3

 

3

 

3

 

3

 

Post-employment benefit obligation – decrease

 

(2

)

(3

)

(2

)

(3

)

 

Note 37.  Contingent liabilities, contingent assets and credit commitments

 

The Group is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet credit risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers and in managing its own risk profile.  These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, bill endorsements, financial guarantees, standby letters of credit and underwriting facilities.

 

The Group’s exposure to credit loss in the event of non-performance by the other party to such financial instruments is represented by the contract or notional amount of those instruments.  However, some commitments to extend credit and provide underwriting facilities can be cancelled or revoked at any time at the Group’s option.

 

The Group uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet instruments.

 

The Group takes collateral where it is considered necessary to support, both on and off-balance sheet, financial instruments with credit risk.  The Group evaluates each customer’s credit-worthiness on a case-by-case basis.  The amount of collateral taken, if deemed necessary, on the provision of a financial facility is based on management’s credit evaluation of the counterparty.

 

Off-balance sheet credit-risk related financial instruments are as follows:

 

 

 

Contract or Notional Amount

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Credit-risk related instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Standby letters of credit and financial guarantees(1)

 

5,167

 

5,189

 

5,014

 

5,063

 

Trade letters of credit(2)

 

1,322

 

2,507

 

649

 

1,910

 

Non-financial guarantees(3)

 

7,410

 

6,961

 

7,175

 

6,720

 

Commitments to extend credit:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residual maturity less than one year

 

38,738

 

41,946

 

33,606

 

38,023

 

Residual maturity one year or more

 

57,206

 

41,160

 

51,885

 

37,062

 

Other commitments(4)

 

1,746

 

1,701

 

1,594

 

1,542

 

Total credit-risk related instruments

 

111,589

 

99,464

 

99,923

 

90,320

 

 


(1)

 

This included $2.9 billion (2007 $2.5 billion) cash collateralised guarantees.

 

 

 

(2)

 

Trade letters of credit are secured against an underlying shipment of goods or backed by a confirmatory letter from another bank.

 

 

 

(3)

 

Non-financial guarantees include other trade related letters of credit and obligations backing the performance of commercial contracts.

 

 

 

(4)

 

Other commitments include underwriter facilities and commitments with certain drawdowns.

 

250



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 37.  Contingent liabilities, contingent assets and credit commitments (continued)

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

Less Than

 

Between 1

 

Between 3

 

Over

 

 

 

 

 

1 Year

 

and 3 Years

 

and 5 Years

 

5 Years

 

Total

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Standby letters of credit and financial guarantees

 

1,130

 

1,642

 

643

 

1,752

 

5,167

 

Trade letters of credit

 

102

 

813

 

 

407

 

1,322

 

Non-financial guarantees

 

837

 

4,018

 

348

 

2,207

 

7,410

 

Commitments to extend credit

 

38,738

 

19,932

 

6,210

 

31,064

 

95,944

 

Other commitments

 

15

 

14

 

226

 

1,491

 

1,746

 

Total commercial commitments

 

40,822

 

26,419

 

7,427

 

36,921

 

111,589

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Standby letters of credit and financial guarantees

 

1,366

 

1,169

 

1,105

 

1,549

 

5,188

 

Trade letters of credit

 

37

 

1,525

 

6

 

939

 

2,507

 

Non-financial guarantees

 

837

 

3,785

 

378

 

1,962

 

6,961

 

Commitments to extend credit

 

19,065

 

12,808

 

5,833

 

45,401

 

83,107

 

Other commitments

 

264

 

124

 

 

1,311

 

1,699

 

Total commercial commitments

 

21,570

 

19,411

 

7,321

 

51,162

 

99,464

 

 

Contingent assets

 

The credit commitments shown in the above table also constitute assets.  These commitments would be classified as loans and other assets in the balance sheet on the contingent event eventuating.

 

Additional liabilities and commitments

 

Legislative liabilities

 

The Group had the following assessed liabilities as at 30 September 2008:

 

·

 

$16 million (2007 $17 million) based on an actuarial assessment as a self-insurer under the Workers’ Compensation Act, 1987 and the Workplace Injury Management and Workers’ Compensation Act, 1998 (New South Wales);

 

 

 

·

 

$8 million (2007 $6 million) based on actuarial assessment as a self-insurer under the Accident Compensation Act, 1985 (Victoria); and

 

 

 

·

 

$2 million (2007 $2 million) based on an actuarial assessment as a self-insurer under the Workers’ Compensation and Rehabilitation Act, 2003 (Queensland).

 

Adequate provision has been made for these liabilities in the provision for annual leave and other staff benefits (refer to Note 20).

 

Litigation

 

Contingent liabilities exist in respect of actual and potential claims and proceedings.  An assessment of the Group’s likely loss has been made on a case-by-case basis for the purpose of the financial statements and specific provisions have been made where appropriate within the credit litigation provision.

 

Westpac is one of 20 defendant banks named in proceedings concerning the Bell Group of companies.  The proceedings have been brought by the liquidators of several Bell Group companies and seek to challenge the defendant banks’ entitlement to receive the proceeds of realisation of Bell Group assets in the early 1990s.  A lengthy judgement was delivered on 28 October 2008 in which it has been found that each of the liquidators and the banks have been partially successful.  The ultimate financial impact for Westpac will depend on further analysis of the judgement and on its implications for a range of creditors, including the banks and the actual Court orders, when they are made.

 

The NZCC’s proceedings against Westpac New Zealand Limited and The Warehouse Financial Services Limited (members of the Westpac Group) are ongoing.  Visa International, Cards NZ Limited, MasterCard International and all New Zealand issuers of Visa and MasterCard credit cards are also defendants.  The proceedings allege that the setting of interchange rates and rules (relating to honour all cards, no surcharge, access and no discrimination) amount to price fixing or alternatively have the effect of substantially lessening competition in the New Zealand market in breach of the Commerce Act 1986.  The proceedings seek to declare the conduct illegal and impose unspecified monetary penalties.

 

In addition, similar proceedings issued by a number of New Zealand retailers against the same defendants are also ongoing.  These proceedings also seek to declare the conduct illegal and an enquiry into damages.  Damages awarded, if any, would be in addition to any penalties imposed under the Commerce Act 1986 in the event the Commerce Commission is successful in the proceedings described above.  We are considering our position in relation to both proceedings and at this stage do not consider it necessary to raise a provision in relation to this matter.

 

The NZIRD has reviewed a number of structured finance transactions undertaken in New Zealand.  Following the review, the NZIRD issued amended assessments for the 1999 to 2005 tax years in relation to nine transactions undertaken between 1999 and 2002.  The overall primary tax in dispute is approximately NZ$588 million (A$493 million).  With interest (net of tax) this increases to approximately NZ$882 million (A$739 million), (calculated to 30 September 2008).

 

251



 

Note 37.  Contingent liabilities, contingent assets and credit commitments (continued)

 

Proceedings disputing all amended assessments have been commenced. Westpac is confident that the tax treatment applied in all cases is correct.  A ruling was sought from the NZIRD on an early transaction in 1999.  Following extensive review by the NZIRD, the ruling was issued in 2001.  The principles underlying that ruling are applicable to, and have been followed in, all other transactions.

 

There are no further transactions or tax years subject to the review (other than the transaction in relation to which Westpac received the binding ruling).

 

Liquidity support

 

Westpac is a participant to the Interbank Deposit Agreement along with three other Australian banks.  In accordance with the Interbank Deposit Agreement, a deposit notice may be served upon the other participants by a bank which is experiencing liquidity problems.  The other participants are then required to deposit equal amounts of up to $2 billion each for a period of 30 days.  At the end of 30 days the deposit holder has the option to repay the deposit in cash or by way of assignment of mortgages to the value of the deposit.

 

Assets pledged

 

As part of standard terms of transaction with other banks, the Group has provided collateral to secure liabilities.  The carrying value of financial assets pledged as collateral is:

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

Cash to secure liabilities

 

2,176

 

145

 

Cash deposit on stock borrowed

 

355

 

407

 

Securities and certificates of deposit to secure borrowings

 

10,728

 

7,150

 

Pledged to secure liabilities

 

13,259

 

7,702

 

 

Collateral received

 

All collateral received from counterparties to secure liabilities, besides residential mortgages, is received in the form of cash or securities.  Cash collateral held at 30 September 2008 was $10,698 million (2007 $2,233 million).

 

Parent Entity guarantees and undertakings

 

Excluded from the consolidated amounts disclosed above are the following guarantees and undertakings extended to entities in the Group by Westpac:

 

(i)

 

Guarantees of medium term notes and other debt securities issued by WestpacTrust Securities NZ Limited the proceeds of which are immediately on lent to Westpac. This company is an 100% owned finance subsidiary of Westpac and the guarantee provided by Westpac is in respect of securities issued pursuant to an exemption from registration under the US Securities Act of 1933. As of June 2008, WestpacTrust Securities NZ Limited had repaid all outstanding debt securities and ceased issuing debt securities. Accordingly, Westpac’s liability under its guarantee has ended;

 

 

 

(ii)

 

Issue of letters of comfort in respect of certain subsidiaries in the normal course of business. The letters recognise that Westpac has a responsibility to ensure that those subsidiaries continue to meet their obligations; and

 

 

 

(iii)

 

Guarantee of the repayment of loans made by Westpac Bank-PNG-Limited and Westpac Bank Samoa Limited to the extent that they exceed a prescribed limit.

 

Note 38.  Trust activities

 

Certain controlled entities within the Group conduct investment management and other fiduciary activities as responsible entity, trustee or manager on behalf of individuals, trusts, retirement benefit plans and other institutions.  These activities involve the management of assets in investment schemes and superannuation funds, and the holding or placing of assets on behalf of third parties.

 

Where controlled entities, as responsible entities or trustees, incur liabilities in respect of these activities, a right of indemnity exists against the assets of the applicable trusts.  As these assets are sufficient to cover liabilities, and it is not probable that the controlled entities will be required to settle them, the liabilities are not included in the consolidated financial statements.

 

The Group also manages life insurance statutory fund assets that are included in the consolidated financial statements.

 

The aggregate value of funds at 30 September, managed as part of the BT Financial Group and the Institutional Bank, for each fiduciary activity is shown below:

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

$bn

 

$bn

 

Fiduciary activity

 

 

 

 

 

Trustee

 

41.6

 

46.2

 

Investment Manager

 

41.5

 

47.1

 

 

252



 

Note 39.  Group entities

 

The consolidated financial statements as at 30 September 2008 include the following controlled entities:

 

Name

 

Country of Incorporation

 

Westpac Banking Corporation

 

Australia

 

1925 Advances Pty Limited(4)

 

Australia

 

General Credit Holdings Pty Limited(4)

 

Australia

 

General Credits Limited

 

Australia

 

G.C.L. Investments Limited

 

Australia

 

Acacia Securities Limited

 

Australia

 

Australian Loan Processing Security Company Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

Australian Loan Processing Security Trust

 

Australia

 

Beech Trust

 

Australia

 

Bill Acceptance Corporation Limited

 

Australia

 

Mortgage Management Limited

 

Australia

 

BLE Capital Limited

 

Australia

 

BLE Capital Investments Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

BLE Development Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

BLE Holdings Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

BLE Capital (NZ) Limited

 

New Zealand

 

Brenmar Holdings Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

Castlereagh Trust

 

Australia

 

CBA Limited

 

Australia

 

Belliston Pty Limited(17)

 

Australia

 

Westpac Properties-Vic-Limited

 

Australia

 

Westpac Properties-NSW-Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

Challenge Limited

 

Australia

 

Challenge Pty Limited(4)

 

Australia

 

Challenge Funds Management Limited

 

Australia

 

Challenge Information Technology Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

FAI No. 2 Trust

 

Australia

 

Fairlawn Holding Trust

 

Australia

 

Gemini Trust

 

Australia

 

Hickory Trust

 

Australia

 

Jacaranda Trust

 

Australia

 

Orion Trust

 

Australia

 

Partnership Pacific Limited

 

Australia

 

Partnership Pacific Securities Limited

 

Australia

 

Phoenix Trust

 

Australia

 

RESI Statewide Corporation Pty Limited(4)

 

Australia

 

RESI-Statewide Mortgage Corporation Pty Limited(4)

 

Australia

 

RMS Warehouse Trust 2007-1(2)

 

Australia

 

Series 2002-1G WST Trust

 

Australia

 

Series 2005-1G WST Trust

 

Australia

 

Series 2006-1D WST Trust

 

Australia

 

Series 2007-1G WST Trust

 

Australia

 

Series 2007-1M WST Trust(2)

 

Australia

 

Sixty Martin Place (Holdings) Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

1925 (Commercial) Limited

 

Australia

 

1925 (Industrial) Pty Limited(4)

 

Australia

 

A.C.N. 001 231 027 Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

1925 (Insurance Premium Funding) Pty Limited(4)

 

Australia

 

1925 (Properties) Pty Limited(4)

 

Australia

 

1925 House Limited

 

Australia

 

Athena Finance Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

Colmso Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

Colmtea Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

Sallmoor Pty Limited(3)

 

Australia

 

Como Properties Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

Comserv (No 3011) Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

Enfield Downs Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

Halcyon Securities Limited

 

Australia

 

Infrastructure Australia (No.1) Limited

 

Australia

 

Tasman Funding No.1 Limited

 

New Zealand

 

Tasman Funding No.2 Limited

 

New Zealand

 

PF No. 2(8)

 

New Zealand

 

Westpac NZ Funding Limited

 

New Zealand

 

Infrastructure Australia (No.3) Limited

 

Australia

 

Infrastructure Australia (No.4) Limited

 

Australia

 

Oakjet Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

Diversified Security Investments LLC(6), (11)

 

USA

 

Segregated Asset Management LLC

 

USA

 

Packaging Properties 1 Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

Packaging Properties 2 Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

Packaging Properties 3 Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

Pashley Investments Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

Sarnia Pty Limited(12)

 

Australia

 

The Swan Trust(12)

 

Australia

 

The Exchange Plaza Trust

 

Australia

 

Teuton Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

Victor Funding Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

Victor Finance Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

Minami Investments Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

Westpac Administration Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

Westpac Asian Lending Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

Westpac Debt Securities Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

Westpac Direct Equity Investments Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

Westpac Equipment Finance Limited

 

Australia

 

Westpac Equipment Finance (No.1) Pty Limited(13)

 

Australia

 

Westpac Group Investments Australia Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

Westpac Investment Vehicle Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

Westpac Investment Vehicle No.2 Pty Limited(15)

 

Australia

 

Westpac Funds Financing HoldCo Pty Limited(2), (7)

 

Australia

 

Westpac Funds Financing Pty Limited(2)

 

Australia

 

Westpac Cook Cove Trust I(2)

 

Australia

 

Westpac Cook Cove Trust II(2)

 

Australia

 

Westpac Real Estate Investment Trust I

 

Australia

 

Westpac Real Estate Investment Trust II

 

Australia

 

Real Estate Investment Trust A

 

Australia

 

Real Estate Investment Trust B(2)

 

Australia

 

Westpac Residential Property Trust

 

Australia

 

First Residential Property Trust

 

Australia

 

Westpac Pacific Limited Partnership(2)

 

Australia

 

Westpac Resources and Infrastructure Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

Westpac Syndications Management Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

Westpac Unit Trust

 

Australia

 

Sydney Capital Corp Inc

 

USA

 

Tasman Pacific Investments Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

Tavarua Funding Trust IV

 

USA

 

The Mortgage Company Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

Waratah Receivables Corp (NZ) Limited

 

New Zealand

 

Waratah Receivables Corp Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

 

253



 

Note 39.  Group entities (continued)

 

Name

 

Country of Incorporation

 

Waratah Securities Australia Limited

 

Australia

 

Westpac Bank-PNG-Limited( 6)

 

Papua New Guinea

 

Westpac Bank of Tonga( 3)

 

Tonga

 

Westpac Bank Samoa Limited( 6)

 

Samoa

 

Westpac Capital Corporation

 

USA

 

Westpac Capital Holdings Inc.

 

USA

 

Westpac Capital Trust III

 

USA

 

Westpac Capital Trust IV

 

USA

 

Westpac Delta LLC(2)

 

USA

 

Westpac Equity Holdings Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

Altitude Administration Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

Westpac Altitude Rewards Trust

 

Australia

 

Altitude Rewards Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

Autodirect Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

Pacific Structured Funding Limited

 

Australia

 

PersonalDirect Limited

 

Australia

 

Qvalent Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

RAMS Financial Group Pty Limited(2), (5)

 

Australia

 

Westpac Financial Consultants Limited

 

Australia

 

Westpac Financial Services Group Limited

 

Australia

 

BT Financial Group Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

BT Australia Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

BT Australia Corporate Services Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

BT Finance Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

BT Nominees Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

Chifley Services Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

BT Funds Management Limited

 

Australia

 

BT Finance & Investments Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

Oniston Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

BT Life Limited

 

Australia

 

BT Portfolio Services Limited

 

Australia

 

Magnitude Group Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

BT Financial Group (NZ) Limited

 

New Zealand

 

Agri Private Capital Management Limited

 

New Zealand

 

BT Funds Management (NZ) Limited

 

New Zealand

 

BT Funds Management No.2 Limited

 

Australia

 

BT Investment Management No.2 Limited

 

Australia

 

Hargrave Investments Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

BT Investment Management No.3 Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

BT Investment Management Limited(5), (6)

 

Australia

 

BT Investment Management (RE) Limited(5)

 

Australia

 

Voyager Funds Management Pty Limited(6), (18)

 

Australia

 

Westpac Custodian Nominees Limited

 

Australia

 

Westpac Financial Services Group-NZ-Limited

 

New Zealand

 

Westpac Life-NZ-Limited

 

New Zealand

 

Westpac Nominees-NZ-Limited

 

New Zealand

 

Westpac Superannuation Nominees-NZ-Limited

 

New Zealand

 

Westpac Financial Services Limited

 

Australia

 

Westpac Funds Management Limited

 

Australia

 

Westpac Funds Management Administration Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

Westpac Life Insurance Services Limited

 

Australia

 

Westpac Securities Administration Limited

 

Australia

 

Westpac General Insurance Services Limited

 

Australia

 

Westpac Equity Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

A.F.G. Insurances Limited(9)

 

Australia

 

Westpac General Insurance Limited

 

Australia

 

Westpac Lenders Mortgage Insurance Limited

 

Australia

 

Westpac Information Technology Services Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

Westpac Private Equity Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

Westpac Securities Limited

 

Australia

 

Net Nominees Limited

 

Australia

 

Westpac Securitisation Management Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

Westpac Structured Management Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

Westpac Training Services Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

Westpac Europe Limited

 

UK

 

Westpac Financial Holdings Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

BT Securities Limited

 

Australia

 

BT (Queensland) Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

Westpac Funding Holdings Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

Tavarua Funding Trust III

 

USA

 

Westpac Institutional Holdings Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

Hastings Funds Management Limited

 

Australia

 

Australian Infrastructure Fund International 1Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

Hastings Forestry Investments Limited

 

New Zealand

 

Hastings Forests Australia Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

Hastings Funds Management (UK) Limited

 

UK

 

Hastings Funds Management (USA) Inc.

 

USA

 

Hastings Advisers LLC(2)

 

USA

 

Hastings Private Equity Fund IIA Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

Hastings Private Equity Fund IIB Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

TIF Energy Holdings Pty Limited(2)

 

Australia

 

TIF Energy Pty Limited(2)

 

Australia

 

TIF International 1 Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

Westpac Asset Services Pty Limited(3), (5)

 

Australia

 

Westpac Investments U.K. Limited

 

UK

 

Codrington S.a.r.l.

 

Luxembourg

 

Westpac Leasing Nominees Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

Westpac Leasing Nominees-Vic.-Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

Westpac Leasing Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

Castlereagh Pacific Investments Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

Westpac Matching Gifts Limited

 

Australia

 

Westpac Overseas Holdings No. 2 Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

Westpac New Zealand Group Limited

 

New Zealand

 

Westpac New Zealand Limited

 

New Zealand

 

Westpac NZ Operations Limited

 

New Zealand

 

The Home Mortgage Company Limited

 

New Zealand

 

The Warehouse Financial Services Limited(6)

 

New Zealand

 

Westpac (NZ) Investments Limited

 

New Zealand

 

Westpac Securities NZ Limited

 

New Zealand

 

Westpac Overseas Holdings Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

A.G.C. (Pacific) Limited

 

Papua New Guinea

 

Westpac Americas Inc.

 

USA

 

Westpac Investment Capital Corporation

 

USA

 

Westpac USA Inc.

 

USA

 

Southern Cross Inc.

 

USA

 

Westpac Finance (HK) Limited

 

Hong Kong

 

WFAL No.1 Loan Trust

 

Hong Kong

 

Westpac Group Investment-NZ-Limited

 

New Zealand

 

Westpac Holdings-NZ-Limited

 

New Zealand

 

Augusta (1962) Limited

 

New Zealand

 

TBNZ Limited

 

New Zealand

 

TBNZ Capital Limited

 

New Zealand

 

TBNZ Developments Limited

 

New Zealand

 

TBNZ Investments Limited

 

New Zealand

 

TBNZ Equity Limited

 

New Zealand

 

TBNZ Investments (UK) Limited

 

UK

 

 

254



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 39.  Group entities (continued)

 

Name

 

Country of Incorporation

 

Westpac Capital-NZ-Limited

 

New Zealand

 

Aotearoa Financial Services Limited

 

New Zealand

 

Westpac Lease Discounting-NZ-Limited

 

New Zealand

 

Westpac Operations Integrated Limited

 

New Zealand

 

Westpac Financial Synergy Limited

 

New Zealand

 

Westpac Overseas Investments Limited

 

New Zealand

 

Westpac Equity Investments NZ Limited

 

New Zealand

 

Westpac Finance Limited

 

New Zealand

 

WestpacTrust Securities-NZ-Limited(10)

 

New Zealand

 

Westpac Securities Inc.

 

USA

 

Westpac Singapore Limited

 

Singapore

 

Westpac Properties Limited

 

Australia

 

Collins Wales Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

Westpac Property Investments Pty Limited ( 14)

 

Australia

 

Westpac Securitisation Holdings Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

Westpac Structured Products Limited

 

Australia

 

Westpac TPS Trust

 

Australia

 

Wollemi Trust

 

Australia

 

Wollemi Trust 2005 – 1

 

Australia

 

WST Funding Trust New Zealand

 

New Zealand

 

WST Funding Trust New Zealand - NZ branch

 

New Zealand

 

WST Warehouse Trust #1

 

Australia

 

WST-NZ Warehouse Trust #1

 

New Zealand

 

WST-NZ Series WLIS#6 Trust

 

New Zealand

 

 


Notes

 

(1)

Controlled entities shown in bold type are owned directly by Westpac Banking Corporation.

 

 

(2)

The following controlled entities were incorporated, formed or acquired during the year ended 30 September 2008:

 

·

AAHC1 Pty Limited

 

Incorporated

 

29 October 2007

 

·

Bluewater Funds Management SPC

 

Acquired

 

30 June 2008

 

·

Hastings Advisers LLC

 

Acquired

 

10 April 2008

 

·

RAMS Financial Group Pty Limited (formerly known as RAMS Franchising Pty Limited)

 

Acquired

 

4 January 2008

 

·

Real Estate Investment Trust B

 

Formed

 

6 December 2007

 

·

RMS Warehouse Trust 2007-1

 

Acquired

 

14 November 2007

 

·

Series 2007-1M WST Trust

 

Formed

 

18 December 2007

 

·

TIF Energy Holdings Pty Ltd

 

Incorporated

 

14 March 2008

 

·

TIF Energy Pty Limited

 

Incorporated

 

14 March 2008

 

·

Westpac Cook Cove Trust I

 

Formed

 

11 March 2008

 

·

Westpac Cook Cove Trust II

 

Formed

 

11 March 2008

 

·

Westpac Delta LLC

 

Formed

 

18 June 2008

 

·

Westpac Funds Financing Holdco Pty Limited

 

Incorporated

 

10 September 2008

 

·

Westpac Funds Financing Pty Limited

 

Incorporated

 

10 September 2008

 

·

Westpac Pacific Limited Partnership

 

Formed

 

18 December 2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3)

During the financial year, the following companies changed their ownership:

 

·

BT Investment Management (RE) Limited

 

 

 

19 October 2007

 

·

Sallmoor Pty Limited

 

 

 

30 November 2007

 

·

Westpac Asset Services Pty Limited

 

 

 

3 March 2008

 

In addition, Westpac acquired the remaining 40% in Westpac Bank of Tonga on 14 July 2008.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4)

The following controlled entities have changed their status to a proprietary company during the financial year ended 30 September 2008:

 

·

1925 Advances Limited

 

1925 Advances Pty Limited

 

25 October 2007

 

·

1925 (Industrial) Limited

 

1925 (Industrial) Pty Limited

 

11 October 2007

 

·

1925 (Insurance Premium Funding) Limited

 

1925 (Insurance Premium Funding) Pty Limited

 

11 October 2007

 

·

1925 (Properties) Limited

 

1925 (Properties) Pty Limited

 

4 October 2007

 

·

Challenge Finance Limited

 

Challenge Finance Pty Limited

 

4 October 2007

 

·

General Credit Holdings Limited

 

General Credit Holdings Pty Limited

 

4 October 2007

 

·

RESI Statewide Corporation Limited

 

RESI Statewide Corporation Pty Limited

 

4 October 2007

 

·

RESI Statewide Mortgage Corporation Limited

 

RESI Statewide Mortgage Corporation Pty Limited

 

4 October 2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5)

The following controlled entities changed their name during the financial year ended 30 September 2008:

 

·

NC1 Limited

 

BT Investment Management Limited

 

11 October 2007

 

·

NRE1 Limited

 

BT Investment Management (RE) Limited

 

11 October 2007

 

·

RAMS Franchising Pty Limited

 

RAMS Financial Group Pty Limited

 

10 March 2008

 

·

Westpac Securitisation Holdings No.2 Pty Limited

 

Westpac Asset Services Pty Limited

 

29 February 2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6)

All entities listed in this note are wholly owned controlled entities except the following:

 

 

 

Percentage Owned

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

BT Investment Management Limited

 

60.0

%

100.0

%

Diversified Security Investments LLC

 

99.9

%

99.9

%

The Warehouse Financial Services Limited

 

51.0

%

51.0

%

Voyager Funds Management Pty Limited (in voluntary liquidation)

 

50.0

%

50.0

%

Westpac Bank-PNG-Limited

 

89.9

%

89.9

%

Westpac Bank Samoa Limited

 

93.5

%

93.5

%

 

(7)

50.0% of the equity in Westpac Funds Financing HoldCo Pty Limited is owned by Westpac Investment Vehicle Pty Ltd. The remaining 50.0% is owned by Westpac Investment Vehicle No.2 Pty Ltd.

 

 

 

(8)

50.0% of the equity in PF No. 2 is owned by Tasman Funding No. 1 Limited. The remaining 50.0% is owned by Tasman Funding No. 2 Limited.

 

 

 

(9)

A.F.G. Insurances Limited is under voluntary administration.

 

255



 

Note 39.  Group entities (continued)

 

(10)

Overseas companies predominantly carry on business in the country of incorporation, except for Westpac Securities NZ Limited, which predominantly operates through its London Branch. For unincorporated entities, ‘Country of Incorporation’ refers to the country where business is carried on. The financial years of all controlled entities are the same as that of Westpac.

 

 

 

 

 

(11)

24.9% of the equity in Diversified Security Investments LLC is held directly by Enfield Downs Pty Limited. 75.0% of the equity is held directly by Oakjet Pty Limited.

 

 

 

 

 

(12)

50.0% of the equity in Sarnia Pty Limited and The Swan Trust is held directly by Sixty Martin Place (Holdings) Pty Limited. The other 50.0% interests are held directly by Westpac.

 

 

 

 

 

(13)

5.0% of the equity in Westpac Equipment Finance (No.1) Pty Limited is held directly by Teuton Pty Limited.

 

 

 

 

 

(14)

Less than 1.0% of equity in Westpac Property Investments Pty Limited is held directly by Westpac Properties Limited.

 

 

 

 

 

(15)

0.1% of the equity in Westpac Investment Vehicle No. 2 Pty Limited is held directly by Westpac Holdings-NZ-Limited.

 

 

 

 

 

(16)

The following unit trusts have been consolidated where ownership has exceeded 50.0%. These unit trusts have a balance date of 30 June.

 

 

 

Percentage Owned

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

BT Enhanced Fixed Interest Sector Trust

 

100.0

%

100.0

%

BT Ethical Share Fund

 

82.6

%

 

~

BT Institutional Conservative Growth PST

 

100.0

%

100.0

%

BT Institutional Enhanced Australian Shares Fund

 

100.0

%

100.0

%

BT Institutional Enhanced Fixed Interest Fund

 

90.4

%

89.5

%

BT Institutional Enhanced Global Fixed Interest Fund

 

62.9

%

60.7

%

BT Institutional Enhanced Property Securities Fund

 

76.6

%

72.2

%

BT Institutional Global Share Fund

 

97.8

%

98.1

%

BT Institutional Stable Growth PST

 

100.0

%

100.0

%

BT Wholesale Active Balanced Fund

 

50.8

%

 

~

BT Wholesale Focus Australian Share Fund

 

 

~

78.6

%

Multi-Manager Balanced Fund

 

56.0

%

56.4

%

 


 

~ Not consolidated for the respective financial year.

 

(17)

54.1% of the equity of Belliston Pty Limited is held directly by CBA Limited. 45.9% of the eq uity is held directly by Westpac Equity Holdings Pty Limited.

 

 

(18)

Voyager Funds Management Pty Limited was placed in liquidation on the 13 February 2008.

 

 

(19)

The following controlled entities were disposed of or deregistered during the financial year:

 

 

 

 

·

AAHC1 Pty Limited

 

Sold

 

5 November 2007

 

·

Bluewater Funds Management SPC

 

Compulsory redemption of shares

 

18 September 2008

 

·

Hume Funding Pty Limited

 

Deregistered

 

16 January 2008

 

·

Utilities of Australia International Pty Limited

 

Sold

 

18 December 2007

 

·

Victor Investments Pty Limited

 

Deregistered

 

2 July 2008

 

·

Westpac Alpha Pty Limited

 

Deregistered

 

9 July 2008

 

·

Westpac Essential Services Trust and its controlled entities

 

Controlling interest sold

 

17 January 2008

 

·

Westpac First Trust

 

Deregistered

 

8 June 2008

 

·

Westpac Second Trust

 

Deregistered

 

20 July 2008

 

256



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 40.  Other group investments

 

The Group had a significant non-controlling shareholding in the following entities as at 30 September 2008:

 

 

 

Country where

 

Beneficial

 

Carrying

 

 

 

 

 

Business is

 

Interest

 

Amount

 

 

 

 

 

Carried on

 

%

 

$m

 

Nature of Business

 

Angusknight Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

27.8

 

6

 

Employment and training

 

Boyd Cook Cove Unit Trust

 

Australia

 

50.0

 

50

 

Investment company

 

Cardlink Services Limited

 

Australia

 

16.7

 

1

 

Card clearing system

 

Cards NZ Limited

 

New Zealand

 

15.4

 

 

Credit card provider

 

Cash Services Australia Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

25.0

 

1

 

Cash logistics

 

Cook Cove Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

50.0

 

 

Investment company

 

Cook Cove Investment Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

50.0

 

 

Investment company

 

Cook Cove Investment Trust

 

Australia

 

50.0

 

 

Investment company

 

CV Services Group Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

26.9

 

5

 

Electrical services contractor

 

Electronic Transaction Services Limited

 

New Zealand

 

25.0

 

 

Credit card processing

 

Franklyn Scholar Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

20.0

 

1

 

Vocational education and training

 

Isomer Structured Investment Vehicle I

 

Australia

 

20.0

 

1

 

Investment company

 

Ivaness Pty Limited (in voluntary liquidation)

 

Australia

 

50.0

 

 

Corporate trustee

 

Mondex Australia Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

25.0

 

 

Smart card operations

 

Mondex New Zealand Limited

 

New Zealand

 

20.0

 

 

Smart card operations

 

Quadrant Capital Fund

 

Australia

 

50.0

 

1

 

Investment company

 

Quadrant Capital Fund No. 2

 

Australia

 

26.7

 

6

 

Investment company

 

ResCo Services Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

28.0

 

5

 

Services to mining

 

Rhodes Contracting Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

17.2

 

15

 

Services to mining

 

Ronin Consolidated Holdings Pty Limited (in voluntary liquidation)

 

Australia

 

25.0

 

 

Property funds management

 

St Hilliers Enhanced Property Fund No.1

 

Australia

 

19.9

 

3

 

Property funds management

 

St Hilliers Enhanced Property Fund No.2

 

Australia

 

15.0

 

3

 

Property funds management

 

Sydney Harbour Bridge Holdings Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

49.0

 

 

Intellectual property

 

Vipro Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

33.3

 

 

Voucher processing

 

Westpac Employee Assistance Foundation Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

50.0

 

 

Corporate trustee

 

Westpac Staff Superannuation Plan Pty Limited

 

Australia

 

50.0

 

 

Corporate trustee

 

Westpac Essential Service Trust I and II and their controlled and non-controlled entities

 

Australia

 

36.8

 

25

 

Asset management

 

 

During the 2008 financial year the Group acquired a non-controlling interest in the following entities:

·                   27.8% interest in Angusknight Pty Limited;

·                   50.0% interest in Boyd Cook Cove Unit Trust;

·                   50.0% interest in Cook Cove Pty Limited;

·                   50.0% interest in Cook Cove Investment Pty Limited;

·                   50.0% interest in Cook Cove Investment Trust;

·                   26.9% interest in CV Services Pty Limited;

·                   20.0% interest in Franklyn Scholar Pty Limited; and

·                   17.2% interest in Rhodes Contracting Pty Limited

 

During the 2008 financial year the Group acquired a controlling interest in Bluewater Funds Management SPC.  The Group was previously a significant non-controlling shareholder in this entity.

 

During the 2008 financial year the Group’s interests in the following investments ceased to be significant:

·                   16.7% interest in REGNAN-Governance Research and Engagement Pty Limited ceased to be significant; and

·                   29.4% interest in Westpac Diversified Property Fund ceased to be significant.

 

In terms of the contribution to the results of the Group, the above investments are not material either individually or in aggregate.

 

257



 

Note 40.  Other group investments (continued)

 

During the 2008 financial year the Group reduced its controlling interests in Westpac Essential Service Trust I and II and their controlled entities (WEST) from 100% to 36.8%.  The Group also reduced its beneficial investments in the following non-controlled entities of WEST:

 

·                   Airport Link Holdings Pty Limited;

·                   Airport Link Unit Trust;

·                   ALU Holdings Pty Limited; and

·                   Bonnyrigg Partnerships Nominee Pty Limited.

 

These are now included as non-controlled entities of WEST in the table above.

 

Note 41.  Related party disclosures

 

Directors’ interests in contracts

 

As required by the Corporations Act, some Directors have given notice that they hold office in specified companies and as such are to be regarded as having an interest in any contract or proposed contract which may be made between Westpac and those companies.

 

All other transactions with Directors, Director-related entities and other related parties are conducted on an arm’s length basis in the normal course of business and on commercial terms and conditions.  These transactions were trivial or domestic in nature and principally involve the provision of financial and investment services.

 

Ultimate parent

 

Westpac Banking Corporation is the ultimate parent company of the Group.

 

Subsidiaries

 

Transactions between Westpac and its subsidiaries during the 2008 financial year have included the provision of a wide range of banking and other financial facilities, some of which have been on commercial terms and conditions, others have been on terms and conditions which represented a concession to the subsidiaries.  Details of amounts paid to or received from related parties, in the form of dividends or interest, are set out in Notes 2 and 3.

 

Other intragroup transactions, which may or may not be on commercial terms, include the provision of management and administration services, staff training, data processing facilities, transfer of tax losses and leasing of properties, plant and equipment.  Similar transactions between Group entities and other related parties have been almost invariably on commercial terms and conditions as agreed between the parties.  Such transactions are not considered to be material, either individually or in aggregate.

 

Note 42.  Director and other key management personnel disclosures

 

Directors of Westpac during the financial year ended 30 September 2008 were:

 

Ted Evans

 

Chairman

 

 

 

Gail Kelly

 

Managing Director and CEO from 1 February 2008

 

 

 

David Morgan

 

Managing Director and CEO retired 31 January 2008

 

 

 

Elizabeth Bryan

 

 

 

 

 

Gordon Cairns

 

 

 

 

 

David Crawford

 

Retired on 13 December 2007

 

 

 

Carolyn Hewson

 

 

 

 

 

Lindsay Maxsted

 

Director since 1 March 2008

 

 

 

Peter Wilson

 

 

 

258



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 42.  Director and other key management personnel disclosures (continued)

 

Other key management personnel with the greatest authority for strategic direction and management during the year ended 30 September 2008 were:

 

Ilana Atlas

 

Group Executive, People and Performance

 

 

 

Andrew Carriline

 

Acting Chief Risk Officer

 

 

 

Philip Chronican

 

Group Executive, Westpac Institutional Bank

 

 

 

Peter Clare

 

Group Executive, Product and Operations (from 27 March 2008)

 

 

 

Philip Coffey

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

Rob Coombe

 

Chief Executive Officer, BT Financial Group

 

 

 

Brad Cooper

 

Group Executive, New Zealand (until 8 June 2008)
Group Chief Transformation Officer (from 9 June 2008)

 

 

 

Peter Hanlon

 

Group Executive, Retail and Business Banking

 

 

 

Bob McKinnon

 

Group Executive, Technology (from 18 August 2008)

 

 

 

Bruce McLachlan

 

Acting Chief Executive Officer, New Zealand (from 9 June 2008)

 

 

 

Michael Pratt

 

Group Executive, Consumer Financial Services (until 31 January 2008)

 

 

 

Diane Sias

 

Group Executive, Business and Technology Solutions and Services (until 30 September 2008)

 

 

 

Rob Whitfield

 

Group Executive (rejoined from 17 January 2008)

 

All other key management personnel were employed by Westpac Banking Corporation during the year ended 30 September 2008 except for Brad Cooper (from 1 October 2007 until 8 June 2008) and Bruce McLachlan who were employed by Westpac New Zealand Limited.

 

Total compensation of all key management personnel, including Non-executive Directors, CEO and other key management personnel:

 

 

 

Short Term Benefits

 

Post Employment
Benefits

 

Share-based
Payments

 

Total

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

31,767,183

 

1,299,073

 

15,989,235

 

49,055,491

 

2007

 

25,086,396

 

2,455,400

 

12,023,962

 

39,565,758

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Entity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

33,696,270

 

1,397,228

 

16,322,465

 

51,415,963

 

2007

 

29,178,709

 

2,680,443

 

13,026,530

 

44,885,682

 

 

Detailed remuneration disclosures of Non-executive Directors, CEOs and other key management personnel are in the remuneration report.

 

259



 

Note 42.  Director and other key management personnel disclosures (continued)

 

Options and share rights holdings

 

The following table sets out details of performance options and performance share rights held by the CEO and other key management personnel for the year ended 30 September 2008:

 

 

 

Type of
Equity-Based
Instrument

 

Number
Held at
Start of Year

 

Number
Granted
During the
Year as
Remuneration

 

Number
Exercised
During
the Year

 

Number
Lapsed
During
the Year

 

Number
Held at
End of Year

 

Number
Vested and
Exercisable
at End of
Year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gail Kelly

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performance option

 

 

364,431

 

 

 

364,431

 

 

 

 

Performance share right

 

 

82,290

 

 

 

82,290

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

David Morgan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performance option

 

2,020,167

 

 

 

99,820

 

 

 

 

 

Performance share right

 

617,667

 

 

187,480

 

30,520

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ilana Atlas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performance option

 

521,854

 

76,691

 

 

55,836

 

542,709

 

225,254

 

 

 

Performance share right

 

129,654

 

 

 

21,074

 

108,580

 

87,240

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Andrew Carriline

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performance option

 

181,704

 

27,568

 

 

18,792

 

190,480

 

84,040

 

 

 

Performance share right

 

44,853

 

 

 

6,636

 

38,217

 

29,471

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Philip Chronican

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performance option

 

1,121,253

 

218,045

 

 

108,071

 

1,231,227

 

436,241

 

 

 

Performance share right

 

276,348

 

 

182,195

 

43,703

 

50,450

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Philip Coffey

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performance option

 

895,889

 

114,786

 

 

84,030

 

926,645

 

462,959

 

 

 

Performance share right

 

191,174

 

 

 

31,182

 

159,992

 

127,980

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rob Coombe

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performance option

 

490,493

 

118,796

 

 

36,121

 

573,168

 

185,336

 

 

 

Performance share right

 

144,086

 

 

 

 

15,450

 

128,636

 

100,123

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brad Cooper

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performance option

 

 

104,761

 

 

 

104,761

 

 

 

 

Performance share right

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share right

 

22,045

 

 

 

 

22,045

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Peter Hanlon

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performance option

 

403,235

 

68,922

 

 

47,723

 

424,434

 

199,752

 

 

 

Performance share right

 

101,311

 

 

72,378

 

17,109

 

11,824

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bob McKinnon

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performance option

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performance share right

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bruce Mclachlan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performance option

 

126,342

 

18,606

 

 

13,182

 

131,766

 

49,580

 

 

 

Performance share right

 

41,273

 

3,397

 

 

5,381

 

39,289

 

24,664

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Michael Pratt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performance option

 

1,153,054

 

25,062

 

486,536

 

691,580

 

 

 

 

 

Performance share right

 

285,791

 

 

190,891

 

94,900

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diane Sias

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performance option

 

 

93,984

 

 

69,288

 

 

 

 

 

Performance share right

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rob Whitfield

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performance option

 

446,288

 

93,984

 

 

40,766

 

499,506

 

156,232

 

 

 

Performance share right

 

109,048

 

 

24,658

 

16,452

 

67,938

 

41,699

 

 

260



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 42.  Director and other key management personnel disclosures (continued)

 

The following table sets out details of performance options and performance share rights held by the CEO and other key management personnel for the year ended 30 September 2007:

 

 

 

Type of
Equity-Based
Instrument

 

Number
Held at
Start of Year

 

Number
Granted
During the
Year as
Remuneration

 

Number
Exercised
During
the Year

 

Number
Lapsed
During
the Year

 

Number
Held at
End of Year

 

Number
Vested and
Exercisable
at End of
Year

 

David Morgan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performance option

 

2,139,000

 

594,167

 

 

713,000

 

2,020,167

 

 

 

 

Performance share right

 

654,000

 

181,667

 

 

218,000

 

617,667

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ilana Atlas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performance option

 

851,720

 

99,711

 

429,577

 

 

521,854

 

 

 

 

Performance share right

 

127,258

 

21,340

 

18,944

 

 

129,654

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Andrew Carriline

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performance option

 

204,025

 

40,865

 

63,186

 

 

181,704

 

 

 

 

Performance share right

 

36,107

 

8,746

 

 

 

44,853

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Philip Chronican

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performance option

 

1,049,224

 

235,710

 

163,681

 

 

1,121,253

 

 

 

 

Performance share right

 

225,898

 

50,450

 

 

 

276,348

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Philip Coffey

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performance option

 

922,386

 

149,567

 

176,064

 

 

895,889

 

127,308

 

 

 

Performance share right

 

159,162

 

32,012

 

 

 

191,174

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rob Coombe

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performance option

 

452,273

 

133,220

 

95,000

 

 

490,493

 

26,246

 

 

 

Performance share right

 

115,573

 

28,513

 

 

 

144,086

 

31,839

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Michael Coomer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performance option

 

728,420

 

187,980

 

 

593,599

 

 

 

 

 

Performance share right

 

156,538

 

40,234

 

 

150,337

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brad Cooper

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share right

 

 

22,045

 

 

 

22,045

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Peter Hanlon

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performance option

 

347,986

 

55,249

 

 

 

403,235

 

 

 

 

Performance share right

 

89,487

 

11,824

 

 

 

101,311

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Michael Pratt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performance option

 

924,209

 

228,845

 

 

 

1,153,054

 

 

 

 

Performance share right

 

236,811

 

48,980

 

 

 

285,791

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ann Sherry

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performance option

 

555,762

 

140,576

 

 

672,483

 

 

 

 

 

Performance share right

 

142,392

 

30,088

 

 

163,914

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rob Whitfield

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performance option

 

323,692

 

122,596

 

 

 

446,288

 

 

 

 

Performance share right

 

82,809

 

26,239

 

 

 

109,048

 

 

 

261



 

Note 42.  Director and other key management personnel disclosures (continued)

 

Shareholdings

 

The following table sets out details of Westpac ordinary shares held by the Non-executive Directors during the year ended 30 September 2008:

 

 

 

Notes

 

Number Held
at Start of Year

 

Other Changes
During the
Year

 

Number Held
at End of Year

 

Non-
Beneficially at
Start of Year

 

Non-
Beneficially at
End of Year

 

Ted Evans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

 

 

9,506

 

4,269

 

13,775

 

 

 

2007

 

 

 

7,777

 

1,729

 

9,506

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Elizabeth Bryan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

 

 

1,677

 

8,781

 

10,458

 

 

 

2007

 

 

 

 

1,677

 

1,677

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leon Davis

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2007

 

1,2

 

57,435

 

8,508

 

 

84,608

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gordon Cairns

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

 

 

8,506

 

 

8,506

 

 

 

2007

 

 

 

8,506

 

 

8,506

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

David Crawford

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

 

 

20,299

 

4,571

 

 

 

 

2007

 

 

 

15,532

 

4,767

 

20,299

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carolyn Hewson

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

 

 

10,874

 

2,574

 

13,448

 

 

 

2007

 

 

 

9,075

 

1,799

 

10,874

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Helen Lynch

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2007

 

1,2

 

25,109

 

661

 

 

84,603

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lindsay Maxsted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

 

 

 

1,636

 

1,636

 

 

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Peter Wilson

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

 

 

11,360

 

643

 

12,003

 

 

 

2007

 

 

 

10,822

 

538

 

11,360

 

 

 

 


(1)

 

These Directors had relevant interests (non-beneficial) in shares and shares subject to warrants, held beneficially by a staff/community related fund of which those Directors were trustees.

(2)

 

The above information relates to the period that these Directors were Directors of Westpac during the year.

 

262



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 42.  Director and other key management personnel disclosures (continued)

 

The following table sets out details of Westpac ordinary shares held by the CEO and other key management personnel for the year ended 30 September 2008:

 

 

 

Total Number
Held at Start of
Year

 

Restricted Shares
Granted as
Compensation

 

Number Received
on Exercise of
Equity
Instruments

 

Other Changes
During the Year

 

Restricted Shares
Held at End of
Year

 

Total Number
Held at End of
Year(1)

 

Gail Kelly

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

 

277,639

 

 

 

277,639

 

277,639

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

David Morgan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

1,158,186

 

 

 

 

 

 

2007

 

1,958,186

 

 

 

(800,000

)

 

1,158,186

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ilana Atlas(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

462,257

 

11,506

 

 

(274,223

)

11,506

 

199,540

 

2007

 

13,089

 

 

448,521

 

647

 

 

462,257

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Andrew Carriline

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

14,855

 

6,392

 

 

 

6,392

 

21,247

 

2007

 

14,855

 

 

63,186

 

(63,186

)

 

14,855

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Philip Chronican

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

623,681

 

22,022

 

182,195

 

(123,681

)

22,022

 

704,217

 

2007

 

460,000

 

 

163,681

 

 

 

623,681

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Peter Clare

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Philip Coffey

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

283,622

 

15,140

 

 

(73,341

)

15,140

 

225,421

 

2007

 

222,285

 

 

176,064

 

(114,727

)

 

283,622

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rob Coombe

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

158,041

 

21,926

 

 

 

21,926

 

179,967

 

2007

 

37,493

 

 

95,000

 

25,548

 

 

158,041

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brad Cooper

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Peter Hanlon

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

27,361

 

8,791

 

72,378

 

(72,064

)

8,791

 

36,466

 

2007

 

28,758

 

 

 

(1,397

)

 

27,361

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bob McKinnon

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bruce McLachlan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

67

 

 

 

 

 

67

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Michael Pratt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

11,529

 

18,204

 

 

 

 

 

2007

 

9,708

 

 

 

1,821

 

 

11,529

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ann Sherry(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2007

 

286,025

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diane Sias

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

 

 

 

95,984

 

 

95,984

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rob Whitfield(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

269,225

 

11,471

 

24,658

 

 

11,471

 

305,354

 

2007

 

269,225

 

 

 

 

 

269,225

 

 


(1)

 

The highest number of shares held by an individual in the above tables is 0.06% of total Westpac ordinary shares outstanding at 30 September 2007.

(2)

 

Ilana Atlas held 2,000 shares non-beneficially at the year end (2007 2,000).

(3)

 

The above information relates to the period that these executives were other key management personnel during the year.

 

263



 

Note 42.  Director and other key management personnel disclosures (continued)

 

The following table sets out the details of the options and performance share rights held at 30 September 2008 by the CEO and other key management personnel:

 

 

 

Number of

 

Number of

 

Exercise Price

 

Latest Date

 

 

 

Options

 

Share Rights

 

of Options

 

for Exercise

 

Gail Kelly

 

364,431

 

82,290

 

$

25.89

 

1 Feb 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ilana Atlas

 

101,648

 

28,173

 

$

16.34

 

21 Jan 2014

 

 

 

123,606

 

31,617

 

$

18.98

 

20 Jan 2015

 

 

 

141,053

 

27,450

 

$

20.53

 

20 Dec 2015

 

 

 

99,711

 

21,340

 

$

23.98

 

15 Dec 2016

 

 

 

76,691

 

 

$

30.10

 

17 Dec 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Andrew Carriline

 

27,106

 

7,512

 

$

16.34

 

21 Jan 2014

 

 

 

56,934

 

14,563

 

$

18.98

 

20 Jan 2015

 

 

 

38,007

 

7,396

 

$

20.53

 

20 Dec 2015

 

 

 

40,865

 

8,746

 

$

23.98

 

15 Dec 2016

 

 

 

27,568

 

 

$

30.10

 

17 Dec 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Philip Chronican

 

196,520

 

 

$

16.34

 

21 Jan 2014

 

 

 

239,721

 

 

$

18.98

 

20 Jan 2015

 

 

 

341,231

 

 

$

20.53

 

20 Dec 2015

 

 

 

235,710

 

50,450

 

$

23.98

 

15 Dec 2016

 

 

 

218,045

 

 

$

30.10

 

17 Dec 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Peter Clare

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Philip Coffey

 

127,308

 

 

$

13.59

 

20 Jan 2013

 

 

 

155,860

 

43,198

 

$

16.34

 

21 Jan 2014

 

 

 

179,791

 

45,989

 

$

18.98

 

20 Jan 2015

 

 

 

199,333

 

38,793

 

$

20.53

 

20 Dec 2015

 

 

 

149,567

 

32,012

 

$

23.98

 

15 Dec 2016

 

 

 

114,786

 

 

$

30.10

 

17 Dec 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rob Coombe

 

26,246

 

31,839

 

$

13.59

 

20 Jan 2013

 

 

 

54,212

 

15,025

 

$

16.34

 

21 Jan 2014

 

 

 

104,878

 

26,827

 

$

18.98

 

20 Jan 2015

 

 

 

135,816

 

26,432

 

$

20.53

 

20 Dec 2015

 

 

 

133,220

 

28,513

 

$

23.98

 

15 Dec 2016

 

 

 

118,796

 

 

$

30.10

 

17 Dec 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brad Cooper

 

 

22,045

 

 

1 May 2017

 

 

 

104,761

 

 

$

30.10

 

17 Dec 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Peter Hanlon

 

80,641

 

 

$

16.34

 

21 Jan 2014

 

 

 

119,111

 

 

$

18.98

 

20 Jan 2015

 

 

 

100,511

 

 

$

20.53

 

20 Dec 2015

 

 

 

55,249

 

11,824

 

$

23.98

 

15 Dec 2016

 

 

 

68,922

 

 

$

30.10

 

17 Dec 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bob McKinnon

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bruce McLachlan

 

 

3,185

 

 

20 Jan 2013

 

 

 

27,106

 

7,512

 

$

16.34

 

21 Jan 2014

 

 

 

22,474

 

5,748

 

$

18.98

 

20 Jan 2015

 

 

 

42,231

 

8,219

 

$

20.53

 

20 Dec 2015

 

 

 

21,349

 

4,568

 

$

23.98

 

15 Dec 2016

 

 

 

 

6,660

 

 

3 Sep 2017

 

 

 

18,606

 

3,397

 

$

30.10

 

17 Dec 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Peter Hanlon

 

81,319

 

22,537

 

$

16.34

 

21 Jan 2014

 

 

 

74,913

 

19,162

 

$

18.98

 

20 Jan 2015

 

 

 

126,694

 

 

$

20.53

 

20 Dec 2015

 

 

 

122,596

 

26,239

 

$

23.98

 

15 Dec 2016

 

 

 

93,984

 

 

$

30.10

 

17 Dec 2017

 

 

264



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 42.  Director and other key management personnel disclosures (continued)

 

Loans to Directors and other key management personnel disclosures

 

All financial instrument transactions that have occurred during the financial year between the directors and Westpac were conducted on an arm’s length basis in the ordinary course of business and on commercial terms and conditions.  These transactions were trivial or domestic in nature and consisted principally of normal personal banking and financial investment services.

 

Details of loans to Directors and other key management personnel (including their related parties) of the Westpac Group are:

 

2008

 

 

 

Balance at
Start of Year

 

Interest Paid
and Payable
for the Year

 

Interest Not
Charged

 

Balance at
End of Year

 

Number in
Group at

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

End of Year

 

Directors

 

146,182

 

154,698

 

 

1,665,705

 

2

 

Other key management personnel

 

6,837,676

 

473,399

 

 

5,798,120

 

6

 

 

 

6,983,858

 

628,097

 

 

7,463,825

 

8

 

 

Individuals with loans above $100,000 during the financial year:

 

 

 

Balance at
Start of Year

 

Interest Paid
and Payable
for the Year

 

Interest Not
Charged

 

Balance at
End of Year

 

Highest
Indebtedness
During the
Year

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ted Evans

 

140,532

 

8,724

 

 

165,705

 

245,880

 

Lindsay Maxsted

 

 

145,400

 

 

1,500,000

 

1,904,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other key management personnel

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Andrew Carriline

 

296,220

 

27,008

 

 

319,152

 

1,009,366

 

Philip Chronican

 

 

709

 

 

 

350,000

 

Philip Coffey

 

250,000

 

23,369

 

 

607,474

 

609,325

 

Brad Cooper

 

4,038,585

 

258,261

 

 

3,350,000

 

4,038,585

 

Peter Hanlon

 

886,898

 

53,764

 

 

139,806

 

1,201,654

 

Michael Pratt

 

208,138

 

5,108

 

 

 

208,138

 

Diane Sias

 

367,772

 

43,415

 

 

602,863

 

644,493

 

Rob Whitfield

 

787,943

 

61,534

 

 

778,825

 

787,943

 

 

265



 

Note 42.  Director and other key management personnel disclosures (continued)

 

Details of loans to Directors and other key management personnel (including their related parties) of the Westpac Group are:

 

2007

 

 

 

Balance at
Start of Year

 

Interest Paid
and Payable
for the Year

 

Interest Not
Charged

 

Balance at
End of Year

 

Number in
Group at

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

End of Year

 

Directors

 

601,062

 

21,652

 

 

146,182

 

2

 

Other key management personnel

 

2,889,806

 

450,128

 

 

6,047,613

 

6

 

 

 

3,490,868

 

471,780

 

 

6,193,795

 

8

 

 

Individuals with loans above $100,000 during the financial year:

 

 

 

Balance at
Start of Year

 

Interest Paid
and Payable
for the Year

 

Interest Not
Charged

 

Balance at
End of Year

 

Highest
Indebtedness
During the
Year

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ted Evans

 

244,662

 

15,658

 

 

140,532

 

253,345

 

Helen Lynch

 

350,000

 

5,341

 

 

 

350,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other key management personnel

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Andrew Carriline

 

 

80,159

 

 

296,220

 

1,355,500

 

Philip Chronican

 

111,481

 

3,432

 

 

 

217,907

 

Philip Coffey

 

250,000

 

18,708

 

 

250,000

 

250,000

 

Brad Cooper

 

 

84,411

 

 

4,038,585

 

4,290,000

 

Peter Hanlon

 

 

59,627

 

 

886,898

 

890,898

 

Michael Pratt

 

203,241

 

15,358

 

 

208,138

 

208,138

 

Ann Sherry

 

610,637

 

27,440

 

 

 

610,637

 

Diane Sias

 

 

34,232

 

 

367,772

 

649,769

 

Rob Whitfield

 

1,714,448

 

126,761

 

 

 

1,714,448

 

 

Other transactions with Directors and key management personnel

 

Certain Directors and other key management personnel have invested in Infrastructure Notes issued by subsidiaries which have been financed with limited recourse loans and are subject to forward sale arrangements.  The loan repayments and proceeds arising from the forward sale arrangements are subject to legal right of set-off and are presented on net basis in the financial statements.  The net amount recognised by the Group in respect of these transactions is the annual contribution paid by the investor in the Infrastructure Notes.  These transactions have been undertaken on the same terms and conditions as transactions with customers.

 

The total annual contributions received in respect of Infrastructure Notes for the year ended 30 September 2008 was $1,306,332 (2007 $501,670).  The contributions were made by Elizabeth Bryan, Philip Coffey, Rob Coombe and Rob Whitfield.

 

266



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

Note 43.  Notes to the cash flow statements

 

Cash and balances with central banks

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Cash on hand

 

3,906

 

1,341

 

2,444

 

3,599

 

1,745

 

Balance with central banks

 

903

 

902

 

688

 

903

 

884

 

Total cash and balances with central banks

 

4,809

 

2,243

 

3,132

 

4,502

 

2,629

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

Reconciliation of net cash (used in)/provided by operating activities to net profit attributable to equity holders of Westpac Banking Corporation.

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

$m

 

Reconciliation of net cash (used in)/provided by operating activities to net profit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net profit

 

3,932

 

3,518

 

3,125

 

3,644

 

2,864

 

Adjustments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortisation

 

328

 

311

 

280

 

277

 

271

 

Increase/(decrease) in sundry provisions and other non-cash items

 

(32

)

1

 

58

 

(96

)

64

 

Impairment charges

 

963

 

504

 

350

 

806

 

426

 

Decrease in derivative financial instruments

 

(6,214

)

(5,591

)

(2,488

)

(5,377

)

(5,704

)

(Increase)/decrease in trading assets

 

(17,997

)

(5,735

)

(3,268

)

(17,825

)

(5,389

)

Increase/(decrease) in trading liabilities

 

8,470

 

5,562

 

(360

)

8,395

 

5,416

 

(Increase)/decrease in accrued interest receivable

 

(280

)

(174

)

(90

)

(248

)

(49

)

Increase in accrued interest payable

 

470

 

269

 

37

 

526

 

49

 

Increase/(decrease) in current and deferred tax

 

(367

)

60

 

25

 

(337

)

(262

)

Net cash (used in)/provided by operating activities

 

(10,727

)

(1,275

)

(2,331

)

(10,234

)

(2,314

)

Details of assets and liabilities of controlled entities and businesses disposed

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash at bank

 

12

 

 

 

 

(106

)

Loans

 

 

 

 

 

(31,774

)

Fixed assets

 

 

 

 

 

(20

)

Other assets

 

208

 

 

18

 

 

(692

)

Deposits

 

 

 

 

 

23,810

 

Other liabilities

 

(155

)

 

 

 

8,782

 

Net assets of entities and businesses disposed

 

65

 

 

18

 

 

 

Liabilities assumed on disposal

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

Gain on disposal

 

17

 

 

72

 

 

 

Cash consideration (net of sale costs)

 

82

 

 

120

 

 

 

Less: cash deconsolidated

 

(12

)

 

 

 

(106

)

Cash consideration (net of sale costs and cash held)

 

70

 

 

120

 

 

(106

)

Details of assets and liabilities of controlled entities and businesses acquired:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans

 

20

 

 

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

 

22

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

Identifiable intangible assets

 

38

 

 

 

 

 

Other assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provisions

 

(74

)

 

 

 

 

Net assets of entities and businesses acquired

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

131

 

 

 

 

 

Cash consideration (net of sale costs)

 

137

 

 

 

 

 

Less: cash deconsolidated

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash consideration (net cash acquired)

 

137

 

 

 

 

 

 

267



 

Note 43.  Notes to the cash flow statements (continued)

 

Business acquired

 

On 4 January 2008, the Group acquired 100% of the share capital of RAMS Franchising Pty. Limited., a franchise distribution business offering mortgage origination services.

 

Business disposed

 

During the 2007 financial year, Westpac disposed of its New Zealand retail banking operation to a subsidiary entity in the Group, Westpac New Zealand Limited.

 

During the 2008 financial year Westpac disposed of operations that were warehoused as part of its specialised capital group.

 

Equity transactions

 

Shares issued under the dividend reinvestment plan amounted to $704 million in the year ended 30 September 2008 (2007 $635 million, 2006 $349 million).

 

Note 44.  Subsequent Events

 

Proposed merger with St.George Bank Limited

 

On 23 October 2008 the Australian Federal Treasurer announced his approval of the proposed merger of Westpac and St.George Bank Limited (St.George).  The merger is still subject to a vote by the shareholders of St.George, which is scheduled to occur on 13 November 2008, and subsequent Federal Court approval.  The merger is also subject to the satisfaction of other conditions under the amended and restated merger implementation agreement between Westpac and St. George dated 8 September 2008.

 

Bell Group of companies

 

A lengthy judgement was delivered on 28 October 2008 in relation to the proceedings concerning the Bell Group of companies, in which it has been found that each of the liquidators and the banks have been partially successful.  The ultimate financial impact for Westpac will depend on further analysis of the judgement and on its implications for a range of creditors, including the banks and the actual Court orders, when they are made.    Refer to Note 37 “Contingent liabilities, contingent assets and credit commitments’ for details of the proceedings.

 

Government guarantee schemes in Australia and New Zealand

 

The Australian Government announced on 12 October 2008 that it will guarantee the deposits in eligible Australian ADIs (including Westpac) for a period of three years from 12 October 2008.  The deposit guarantee applies to deposits held in eligible ADIs (including foreign branches of eligible ADIs) by all types of legal entities, regardless of where the depositor resides.  It will apply to deposits held in any currency.

 

For deposits of or under $1 million, the deposit guarantee will be free.  From 28 November 2008, for deposits over $1 million, the first $1 million would be guaranteed for free and an eligible ADI will be able to obtain coverage under the deposit guarantee for amounts over $1 million, in return for a fee.  The $1 million threshold applies to the total amount of funds held by a depositor in (separate) deposit accounts with an eligible ADI.

 

The Financial System Legislation Amendment (Financial Claims Scheme and other Measures) Act 2008 has been enacted to facilitate the deposit guarantee.  The Financial Claims Scheme (ADIs) Levy Act 2008 provides for the imposition of a levy to fund the excess of the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority’s (APRA) financial claims scheme costs.  The levy is imposed on liabilities of ADIs to their depositors and cannot be more than 0.5% of the amount of those liabilities.

 

The Australian Government has also announced that it will guarantee the wholesale term funding of eligible ADIs.  The wholesale funding guarantee facility will be extended, by application, on an issue by issue basis for senior unsecured debt instruments in all major currencies with a term of up to 60 months issued domestically or off-shore.  The Australian Government has announced that it will withdraw the facility once market conditions have normalised.

 

Fees will apply to the wholesale term funding guarantee and the guarantee for deposits above the $1 million threshold.  A different fee will apply to eligible ADIs based on their credit rating.  The fee which will apply to Westpac, based on its current rating by Standard and Poor’s of AA, is 70 basis points (or 0.70%) per annum.  The fees will be levied on a monthly or quarterly basis depending on the liability.

 

The Australian Government has announced that the deposit and wholesale funding guarantee scheme will be reviewed on an ongoing basis and revised if necessary.

 

The New Zealand Government announced on 12 October 2008 an opt-in deposit guarantee scheme under which it will guarantee deposits with participating New Zealand registered banks and non-bank deposit taking entities, with effect from 12 October 2008.  The guarantee will be for a period of two years from the announcement date.

 

The guarantee extends to all debt securities issued by participating entities in any currency (which includes deposits and other amounts lent to participating entities), other than debt securities issued to related parties of a participating entity or to financial institutions.  It also does not extend to subordinated debt obligations.  Financial institutions include persons who carry on the business of borrowing and lending money, or providing financial services (and extends to registered banks).  There is a limit on the amount of the debt securities covered by the guarantee of NZ$1 million per creditor per participating entity.

 

In addition, in relation to registered banks incorporated outside New Zealand (as is the case with Westpac) the guarantee extends to debt securities issued by the New Zealand branch of the registered bank only, and there is a separate overall limit on the amount guaranteed for creditors of the branch that are not New Zealand citizens or New Zealand tax residents.

 

Participating New Zealand registered banks with debt security amounts owing to qualifying creditors exceeding NZ$5 billion as of 12 October 2008 (which would include WNZL if it opted into the scheme) are required to pay a fee of 10 basis points (or 0.1%) on

 

268



 

Notes to the financial statements

 

the amounts owing to qualifying creditors to the extent that the amount owing exceeds NZ$5 billion as of that date.  A similar additional fee is payable in respect of the position as of 12 October 2009.

 

For participating New Zealand registered banks with debt security amounts owing to qualifying creditors below NZ$5 billion (which would include Westpac if it opts into the scheme), there is a fee on the growth in the amounts owing to qualifying creditors after 12 October 2008 (with a 10% allowance per year on the amount of that growth).  The fee depends on the credit rating of the relevant entity and would be 10 basis points (or 0.1%) for Westpac, based on its current credit rating.  The fee is calculated and levied monthly.

 

The New Zealand Government has also announced that it is considering a guarantee arrangement in respect of the wholesale term funding of registered banks.  Details of this are yet to be finalised.

 

Westpac is currently assessing the implications of both the Australian and New Zealand deposit guarantee schemes, along with the Australian wholesale funding guarantee scheme.

 

269



 

DIRECTORS’ DECLARATION

 

In the Directors’ opinion:

 

a.                      the financial statements and notes set out on pages 119 to 269 are in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001 , including:

 

(i)                    complying with Australian Accounting Standards, the Corporations Regulations 2001 and other mandatory professional reporting requirements; and

 

(ii)                 giving a true and fair view of Westpac’s and the Group’s financial position as at 30 September 2008 and of their performance, as represented by the results of their operations, changes in equity and their cash flows, for the financial year ended on that date; and

 

b.                     there are reasonable grounds to believe that Westpac will be able to pay its debts as and when they become due and payable.

 

The Directors have been given the declaration by the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer required by section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001 .

 

This declaration is made in accordance with a resolution of the Directors.

 

For and on behalf of the Board.

 

 

E.A. Evans
Chairman

 

G.P. Kelly
Managing Director and
Chief Executive Officer

 

Sydney
30 October 2008

 

270



 

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

 

The management of Westpac is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for Westpac as defined in Rule 13a – 15 (f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.  Westpac’s internal control system is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with applicable accounting standards.

 

Westpac’s internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures that: pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of Westpac and its consolidated entities; provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with applicable accounting standards, and that receipts and expenditures of Westpac are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of Westpac and its consolidated entities; and provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the assets of Westpac and its consolidated entities that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

Westpac management, with the participation of the CEO and CFO, assessed the effectiveness of Westpac’s internal control over financial reporting as of 30 September 2008 based on the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organisations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework.

 

Based on this assessment, management concluded that Westpac’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of 30 September 2008.

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers, Westpac’s independent registered public accounting firm, has issued their audit report on Westpac’s internal control over financial reporting.  Their report appears on page 274.

 

271



 

 

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

TO THE MEMBERS OF WESTPAC BANKING CORPORATION

 

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers

 

ABN 52 780 433 757

 

 

 

Darling Park Tower 2

 

201 Sussex Street

 

GPO BOX 2650

 

SYDNEY NSW 1171

 

DX 77 Sydney

 

Australia

 

Telephone+61 2 8266 0000

 

Facsimile+61 2 8266 9999

 

www.pwc.com/au

 

Report on the financial report

 

We have audited the accompanying financial report of Westpac Banking Corporation, which comprises the balance sheet as at 30 September 2008, and the income statement, statement of recognised income and expense and cash flow statement for the year ended on that date, a summary of significant accounting policies, other explanatory notes and the directors’ declaration for both Westpac Banking Corporation (Westpac) and Westpac Banking Corporation Group (the consolidated entity).  The consolidated entity comprises Westpac and the entities it controlled at the year’s end or from time to time during the financial year.

 

Directors’ responsibility for the financial report

 

The directors of Westpac are responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the financial report in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards (including the Australian Accounting Interpretations) and the Corporations Act 2001.  This responsibility includes establishing and maintaining internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of the financial report that is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error; selecting and applying appropriate accounting policies; and making accounting estimates that are reasonable in the circumstances.  In Note 1, the directors also state, in accordance with Accounting Standard AASB 101 Presentation of Financial Statements , that compliance with the Australian equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards ensures that the financial report, comprising the financial statements and notes, complies with International Financial Reporting Standards.

 

Auditor’s responsibility

 

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial report based on our audit.  We conducted our audit in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. These Auditing Standards require that we comply with relevant ethical requirements relating to audit engagements and plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance whether the financial report is free from material misstatement.

 

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial report.  The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgement, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial report, whether due to fraud or error.  In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the financial report in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control.  An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates made by the directors, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial report.

 

Our procedures include reading the other information in the Annual Report to determine whether it contains any material inconsistencies with the financial report.

 

For further explanation of an audit, visit our website http://www.pwc.com/au/financialstatementaudit.

 

Our audit did not involve an analysis of the prudence of business decisions made by directors or management.

 

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinions.

 

Independence

 

In conducting our audit, we have complied with the independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001.

 

Auditor’s opinion

 

In our opinion:

 

a.                      the financial report of Westpac Banking Corporation is in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including:

 

(i)                    giving a true and fair view of Westpac Banking Corporation and the consolidated entity’s financial position as at 30 September 2008 and of their performance for the year ended on that date; and

 

(ii)                 complying with Australian Accounting Standards (including the Australian Accounting Interpretations) and the Corporations Regulations 2001; and

 

b.                     the financial report and notes also comply with International Financial Reporting Standards as disclosed in Note 1.

 

Report on the Remuneration Report

 

We have audited the Remuneration Report included in pages 44 to 60 of the directors’ report for the period ended 30 September 2008.  The directors of Westpac are responsible for the preparation and presentation of the Remuneration Report in accordance with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001 .  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Remuneration Report, based on our audit conducted in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards.

 

272



 

Statutory statements

 

Auditor’s opinion

 

In our opinion, the Remuneration Report of Westpac Banking Corporation for the year ended 30 September 2008, complies with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001 .

 

 

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers

 

I.L. Hammond
Partner

 

Sydney, Australia

30 October 2008

 

273



 

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

 

To the Board of Directors and the Shareholders of Westpac Banking Corporation:

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers

 

 

ABN 52 780 433 757

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated income statements, consolidated statements of recognized income and expense and consolidated cash flow statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Westpac Banking Corporation and its subsidiaries at 30 September 2008 and 2007, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended 30 September 2008 in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

 

 

Darling Park Tower 2
201 Sussex Street
GPO BOX 2650
SYDNEY NSW 1171
DX 77 Sydney
Australia

 

Also in our opinion, Westpac Banking Corporation maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of 30 September 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of

 

www.pwc.com/au
Telephone+61 2 8266 0000
Facsimile+61 2 8266 9999

the Treadway Commission (COSO).  Westpac Banking Corporation’s management is responsible

 

 

for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included under the heading ‘Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting’ in the accompanying Annual Report.  Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits.  We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.  Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk.  Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

 

Our audit of the consolidated financial statements of Westpac Banking Corporation and its subsidiaries was conducted for the purpose of forming an opinion on the consolidated financial statements taken as a whole.  Westpac has included parent entity only information on the face of the consolidated financial statements and other parent entity only disclosures in the notes to the financial statements.  Such parent entity only information is presented for purposes of additional analysis and is not a required part of the consolidated financial statements presented in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.  Such information has been subjected to the auditing procedures applied in the audit of the consolidated financial statements, and, in our opinion, is fairly stated in all material respects in relation to the consolidated financial statements taken as a whole.

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers
Sydney, Australia
30 October 2008

 

274



 

Statutory statements

 

Limitation on Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm’s Liability

 

The liability of PricewaterhouseCoopers (an Australian partnership which we refer to as PwC Australia), with respect to claims arising out of its audit reports included in this annual report, is subject to the limitations set forth in the Professional Standards Act 1994 of New South Wales, Australia (the ‘Professional Standards Act’) and the The Institute of Chartered Accountants in Australia (NSW) Scheme adopted by The Institute of Chartered Accountants in Australia (ICAA) and approved by the New South Wales Professional Standards Council pursuant to the Professional Standards Act (the ‘NSW Accountants Scheme’).  The Professional Standards Act and the NSW Accountants Scheme limit the liability of PwC Australia for damages with respect to certain civil claims arising in, or governed by the laws of, New South Wales directly or vicariously from anything done or omitted in the performance of its professional services for us, including, without limitation, its audits of our financial statements, to the lesser of (in the case of audit services) ten times the reasonable charge for the service provided and a maximum liability for audit work of $75 million.  The limit does not apply to claims for breach of trust, fraud or dishonesty.

 

In addition there is equivalent professional standards legislation in place in each state and territory in Australia and amendments have been made to a number of Australian federal statutes to limit liability under those statutes to the same extent as liability is limited under state and territory laws by professional standards legislation.

 

These limitations of liability may limit recovery upon the enforcement in Australian courts of any judgment under US or other foreign laws rendered against PwC Australia based on or related to its audit report on our financial statements.  Substantially all of PwC Australia’s assets are located in Australia.  However, the Professional Standards Act and the NSW Accountants Scheme have not been subject to judicial consideration and therefore how the limitation will be applied by the courts and the effect of the limitation on the enforcement of foreign judgments are untested.

 

275



 

(This page intentionally blank)

 

276



 

Section 4

 

Shareholder information

 

Additional information

 

277



 

SHAREHOLDING INFORMATION

 

Top twenty ordinary shareholders at 1 October 2008

 

 

 

Number of Fully
Paid Ordinary

 

% Held

 

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited

 

240,531,996

 

12.70

 

J P Morgan Nominees Australia Limited

 

215,891,819

 

11.40

 

National Nominees Limited

 

201,167,609

 

10.62

 

Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited

 

114,976,609

 

6.07

 

RBC Global Services Australia Nominees Pty Limited

 

59,546,472

 

3.14

 

ANZ Nominees Limited

 

53,396,688

 

2.82

 

Cogent Nominees Pty Limited

 

40,947,435

 

2.16

 

Queensland Investment Corporation

 

18,934,438

 

1.00

 

AMP Life Limited

 

18,918,738

 

1.00

 

UBS Nominees Pty Limited

 

14,880,758

 

0.79

 

Australian Foundation Investment Company Limited

 

12,556,616

 

0.66

 

UBS Private Clients Australia Nominees Pty Limited

 

10,862,267

 

0.57

 

Bond Street Custodians Limited

 

10,059,032

 

0.53

 

Australian Reward Investment Alliance

 

9,779,027

 

0.52

 

Milton Corporation Limited

 

5,837,474

 

0.31

 

Invia Custodian Pty Limited

 

5,538,317

 

0.29

 

Perpetual Trustee Company Limited

 

5,457,408

 

0.29

 

Argo Investments Limited

 

4,817,612

 

0.25

 

Pan Australian Nominees Pty Limited

 

3,525,979

 

0.19

 

Tasman Asset Management Limited

 

3,341,760

 

0.17

 

 

 

1,050,968,054

 

55.48

 

 

As of 1 October 2008, the top twenty shareholders held 55.48% of total ordinary shares issued.

 

Top twenty holders of Westpac SPS at 1 October 2008

 

 

 

Number of
Westpac SPS

 

% Held

 

UBS Private Clients Australia Nominees Pty Limited

 

398,146

 

3.84

 

BT Portfolio Services Limited

 

313,431

 

3.03

 

RF Thompson (Qld) Pty Limited

 

242,000

 

2.34

 

RBC Global Services Australia Nominees Pty Limited

 

215,843

 

2.08

 

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited

 

206,074

 

1.99

 

J P Morgan Nominees Australia Limited

 

127,960

 

1.23

 

Invia Custodian Pty Limited

 

84,934

 

0.82

 

Eastcote Pty Limited

 

80,000

 

0.77

 

Wiser Equity Pty Limited

 

80,000

 

0.77

 

Hayson Super Investment Pty Limited

 

70,000

 

0.68

 

JMB Pty Limited

 

70,000

 

0.68

 

UBS Nominees Pty Limited

 

70,000

 

0.68

 

Namrog Investments Pty Limited

 

60,000

 

0.58

 

Bond Street Custodians Limited

 

54,868

 

0.53

 

Burrawong Investments Pty Limited

 

50,000

 

0.48

 

Country Employment Services Pty Limited

 

50,000

 

0.48

 

Domer Mining Company Pty Limited

 

50,000

 

0.48

 

Pandana Pty Limited

 

50,000

 

0.48

 

Roaring Lion Pty Limited

 

50,000

 

0.48

 

UCA Cash Management Fund Limited

 

40,000

 

0.39

 

 

 

2,363,256

 

22.81

 

 

Substantial shareholders as at 1 October 2008

 

There were no substantial shareholders with 5% or more of Westpac’s fully paid ordinary shares as at 1 October 2008.

 

278



 

Shareholding information

 

Significant changes in ordinary share ownership

 

On 22 September 2006, the Commonwealth Bank of Australia and its subsidiaries became a substantial shareholder holding 91,977,151 shares (5.00%).  They ceased to be a substantial shareholder on 28 February 2007.  There have been no significant changes in ordinary share ownership in 2008.

 

Control of registrant

 

We are not directly or indirectly owned or controlled by any other corporation(s) or by any foreign government.

 

Refer to the Exchange controls and other limitations affecting security holders – Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975, Corporations Act and Financial Sector (Shareholdings) Act 1998 which impose limits on equity holdings.

 

To our knowledge, at 30 September 2008, no person owned beneficially, directly or indirectly, more than 5% of our outstanding ordinary shares.

 

At 30 September 2008, our Directors and Executive Officers owned beneficially, directly or indirectly, an aggregate of 2,107,728 (0.11%) of the fully paid ordinary shares outstanding.

 

Analysis of holdings of ordinary shares as at 1 October 2008

 

By range

 

Number of Shares

 

Number of Holders of
Fully Ordinary Paid Shares

 

%

 

Number of
Fully Paid
Ordinary Shares

 

%

 

Options and Rights
to Subscribe for
Fully Paid
Ordinary Shares(1)

 

1

1,000

 

 

222,526

 

59.05

 

99,202,523

 

5.24

 

152

 

1,001

5,000

 

 

124,588

 

33.06

 

280,634,086

 

14.81

 

374

 

5,001

10,000

 

 

18,200

 

4.83

 

129,658,136

 

6.84

 

103

 

10,001

100,000

 

 

11,034

 

2.93

 

234,055,486

 

12.36

 

155

 

100,001 and over

 

465

 

0.12

 

1,150,735,753

 

60.75

 

36

 

Totals

 

376,813

 

100.00

 

1,894,285,984

 

100.00

 

820

 

Percentage of total securities held by Top 20 holders in each class

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

55.48

 

56.53

 

 


(1)      Issued under Senior Officers’ Share Purchase Scheme, General Management Share Option Plan, Chief Executive Share Option Agreement and Westpac Performance Plan.

 

By domicile

 

 

 

Number 
of Holders(1)

 

% of Holdings

 

Number of
Issued Shares
and Options

 

% of
Issued Shares
and Options

 

Australia

 

346,266

 

91.86

 

1,852,428,793

 

97.07

 

New Zealand

 

26,923

 

7.14

 

42,322,078

 

2.22

 

United Kingdom

 

1,584

 

0.42

 

4,001,111

 

0.21

 

United States

 

467

 

0.13

 

1,945,918

 

0.10

 

Other Overseas

 

1,707

 

0.45

 

7,621,226

 

0.40

 

Totals

 

376,947

 

100.00

 

1,908,319,126

 

100.00

 

 


(1)           Some registered holders own more than one class of security

 

Analysis of holdings of Westpac SPS as at 1 October 2008

 

By range

 

 

 

Number of Holders of

 

 

 

Number of

 

 

 

Number of Securities

 

Westpac SPS

 

%

 

Westpac SPS

 

%

 

1

1,000

 

 

11,450

 

90.47

 

3,759,751

 

36.28

 

1,001

5,000

 

 

1,027

 

8.11

 

2,500,262

 

24.13

 

5,001

10,000

 

 

104

 

0.82

 

885,908

 

8.55

 

10,001

100,000

 

 

69

 

0.55

 

1,863,376

 

17.98

 

100,001 and over

 

6

 

0.05

 

1,353,373

 

13.06

 

Totals

 

12,656

 

100.00

 

10,362,670

 

100.00

 

Percentage of total securities held by Top 20 holders in each class

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

279



 

By domicile

 

 

 

Number
of Holders

 

% of Holdings

 

Number of
Issued Shares
and Options

 

% of
Issued Shares
and Options

 

Australia

 

12,652

 

99.97

 

10,357,470

 

99.94

 

United Kingdom

 

2

 

0.02

 

700

 

0.01

 

Singapore

 

1

 

0.01

 

500

 

0.01

 

United States

 

1

 

0.01

 

4,000

 

0.04

 

Total

 

12,656

 

100.00

 

10,362,670

 

100.00

 

 

Voting rights of Westpac SPS

 

Holders of Westpac SPS have no right to vote at any general meeting of Westpac except in the following circumstances:

 

(i)                   on a proposal:

 

·                   to reduce the share capital of Westpac;

·                   that affect rights attached to Westpac preference shares;

·                   to wind up Westpac; or

·                   for the disposal of the whole of the property, business and undertaking of Westpac.

 

(ii)                on a resolution to approve the terms of a share buy back agreement, other than a buy back agreement relating to Westpac preference shares;

 

(iii)             during a period in which a dividend (or part of a dividend) in respect of the Westpac preference shares is in arrears; and

 

(iv)            during the winding up of Westpac.

 

When entitled to vote at a general meeting of Westpac in respect of the matters listed above, Westpac preference shareholders are entitled, on a show of hands, to exercise one vote; and on a poll, to one vote for each Westpac preference share.

 

Holders of Westpac SPS will be entitled to the same rights as the holders of Westpac’s ordinary shares in relation to receiving notices, reports and financial statements and attending and being heard at all general meetings of the bank.

 

280



 

Market price information

 

The principal listing of our ordinary shares is on the ASX.  American Depositary Shares (ADS), each representing five ordinary shares, are listed on the NYSE.

 

On 11 July 2005, ordinary Westpac shares were issued upon exchange of NZ Class shares.

 

The tables below set forth, for the calendar periods indicated, the reported high and low market quotations for our ordinary shares on the ASX based on its daily official list and for our ADS on the NYSE.

 

 

 

Per Ordinary Share in A$(1)

 

Per American Depositary Share in US$(2)

 

Financial year ending

 

High

 

Low

 

High

 

Low

 

September 2008

 

31.32

 

18.36

 

141.98

 

85.28

 

September 2007

 

28.69

 

22.53

 

125.80

 

84.74

 

September 2006

 

25.35

 

21.31

 

96.60

 

76.46

 

September 2005

 

21.40

 

17.52

 

81.03

 

64.12

 

September 2004

 

18.28

 

15.00

 

69.05

 

55.19

 

 

 

 

Per Ordinary Share in A$ 

 

Per American Depositary Share in US$

 

Quarter ending

 

High

 

Low

 

High

 

Low

 

2008:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

March

 

28.19

 

20.34

 

122.50

 

94.45

 

June

 

26.25

 

19.92

 

122.19

 

95.29

 

September

 

24.82

 

18.36

 

108.35

 

85.28

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2007:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

March

 

26.49

 

23.37

 

106.75

 

92.04

 

June

 

27.85

 

25.17

 

115.19

 

106.40

 

September

 

28.69

 

23.35

 

125.80

 

97.83

 

December

 

31.32

 

26.70

 

141.98

 

115.77

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

March

 

24.24

 

22.40

 

89.35

 

83.34

 

June

 

25.35

 

21.56

 

96.60

 

76.46

 

September

 

23.53

 

21.31

 

90.35

 

79.90

 

December

 

25.27

 

22.53

 

96.30

 

84.74

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2005:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

March

 

20.13

 

18.68

 

79.35

 

71.58

 

June

 

20.08

 

18.42

 

77.80

 

71.40

 

September

 

21.40

 

19.17

 

81.03

 

71.60

 

December

 

23.10

 

20.14

 

84.85

 

80.90

 

 

 

 

Per Ordinary Share in A$ 

 

Per American Depositary Share in US$

 

Month ending – 2008

 

High

 

Low

 

High

 

Low

 

September

 

24.79

 

21.42

 

102.59

 

85.28

 

August

 

24.82

 

20.55

 

108.35

 

94.49

 

July

 

22.80

 

18.36

 

106.65

 

89.99

 

June

 

23.35

 

19.92

 

109.00

 

95.29

 

May

 

26.25

 

22.14

 

122.19

 

107.01

 

April

 

25.85

 

21.86

 

118.34

 

103.17

 

 


(1)           A$ market price information is intraday high and low trading prices.

(2)           JPMorgan Chase Bank of New York acts as Depository for our American Depository Shares.

 

As at 1 October 2008 there were 376,813 holders of our ordinary shares compared to 326,309 in 2007 and 291,555 in 2006.  Ordinary shareholders with a registered address in Australia held approximately 97% of our fully paid share capital at 1 October 2008, the same level as in 2007 and 2006.

 

281



 

Exchange controls and other limitations affecting security holders

 

Australian exchange controls

 

Australian laws control and regulate or permit the control and regulation of a broad range of payments and transactions involving non-residents of Australia.  Pursuant to a number of exemptions, authorities and approvals, there are no general restrictions from transferring funds from Australia or placing funds to the credit of non-residents of Australia.  However, Australian foreign exchange controls are implemented from time to time against proscribed countries, entities and persons.  At the present time, these are:

 

a.        withholding taxes in relation to remittances or dividends (to the extent they are unfranked) and interest payments.

 

b.        the sanctions administered by the RBA in accordance with the Banking (Foreign Exchange) Regulations 1959:

 

(i)       transactions involving the transfer of funds or payments to, by the order of, or on behalf of:

 

·       specified supporters of the former government of the Federal Republic of Yugoslavia (the Milosevic regime);

 

·       ministers and senior officials of the Government of Zimbabwe;

 

·       certain entities and an individual associated with the Democratic People’s Republic of Korea; and

 

·       individuals associated with  the Burmese regime;

 

are prohibited without the specific approval of the RBA.

 

c.                      the restrictions administered by the Department of Foreign Affairs and Trade (DFAT) in regard to:

 

(i)                    Charter of the United Nations

 

In terms of Part 4 of the Charter of the United Nations Act 1945, and the Charter of the United Nations (Dealings with Assets) Regulations 2008, anybody holding financial or other assets of persons or entities listed by the Minister for Foreign Affairs in the Commonwealth of Australia Gazette is prohibited from using or dealing with those assets.  It is also a criminal offence to make assets available to such persons or entities.

 

In terms of Part 5 of the Charter of the United Nations Act 1945, and Regulations made under that Act to give effect to UN Security Council sanctions, it is an offence to engage in conduct which contravenes a UN sanction enforcement law.

 

(ii)                 The former Iraqi regime

 

The Iraq (Reconstruction and Repeal of Sanctions) Regulations 2003 impose a freeze on the financial resources of the previous Government of Iraq, Saddam Hussein, other senior officials of his regime, and their immediate families, and provide for such resources to be transferred to Iraq and used in that country’s reconstructions and rehabilitation.

 

Limitations affecting security holders

 

The following Australian laws impose limitations on the right of non-residents or non-citizens of Australia to hold, own or vote on shares in our company.  All these limitations apply to the holders of the American Depositary Receipts (ADR) evidencing ADS, issued by our Depository in the United States.

 

Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975

 

Acquisitions of interests in shares in Australian companies by foreign interests are subject to review and approval by the Treasurer of Australia under the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975.  That legislation applies to any acquisition by a foreign person, including a corporation or group of associated foreign persons, which results in ownership of 15% or more of the issued shares of an Australian company or control of 15% or more of the total voting power.  In addition, the legislation applies to any acquisition by non-associated foreign persons resulting in foreign persons controlling, together with any associate or associates of any of them, in the aggregate, 40% or more of total voting power or ownership.  The legislation requires any persons proposing to make any such acquisition to first notify the Treasurer of their intention to do so.  Where such an acquisition has already occurred, the Treasurer has the power to order divestment.

 

Financial Sector (Shareholdings) Act 1998

 

The Financial Sector (Shareholdings) Act 1998 imposes restrictions on shareholdings in Australian financial sector companies (which includes us).  Under that legislation a person (including a corporation) may not hold more than a 15% ‘stake’ in a financial sector company without prior approval from the Treasurer of Australia.  A person’s stake in a financial sector company is equal to the aggregate of the person’s voting power in the company and the voting power of the person’s associates.  The concept of voting power is very broadly defined.  The Treasurer may approve a higher percentage shareholding limit if the Treasurer is satisfied that it is in the national interest to do so.

 

In addition, even if a person does not exceed the 15% shareholding limit in a financial sector company, the Treasurer has the power to declare that a person has ‘practical control’ of a financial sector company and require the person to relinquish that control or reduce their stake in that company.

 

Corporations Act 2001

 

The Corporations Act prohibits any person (including a corporation) from acquiring a relevant interest in our voting shares if, after the acquisition, that person or any other person would be entitled to exercise more than 20% of the voting power in us.  The prohibition is subject to certain limited exceptions, which must strictly be complied with to be applicable.  In addition, under the Corporations Act, any person who begins to have, or ceases to have, a substantial holding in us, or if any person already has a substantial holding and there is a movement of at least 1% in their holding, is required to give a notice to us and to the ASX Limited providing certain prescribed information, including their name and address and details of their relevant interests in our voting shares.  Such notice must, generally, be provided within two business days.

 

282



 

A person will have a substantial holding if the total votes attached to our voting shares in which they or their associates have relevant interests is 5% or more of the total number of votes attached to all our voting shares.  The concepts of ‘associate’ and ‘relevant interests’ are broadly defined in the Corporations Act and investors are advised to seek their own advice on their scope.  In general terms, a person will have a relevant interest in a share if they:

 

a.                     are the holder of that share;

 

b.                     have power to exercise, or control the exercise of, a right to vote attached to that share; or

 

c.                      have power to dispose of, or control the exercise of a power to dispose of, that share.

 

It does not matter how remote the relevant interest is or how it arises.  If two or more persons can jointly exercise any one of these powers, each of them is taken to have that power.  Nor does it matter that the power or control is express or implied, formal or informal, exercisable either alone or jointly with someone else.

 

The American Depositary Receipts agreement

 

Pursuant to the Deposit Agreement among JPMorgan Chase Bank of New York as Depository, and us, and the record holders from time to time of all ADRs issued thereunder, record holders of ADRs must comply with our requests for information as to the capacity in which such holders own ADRs and related ordinary shares as well as to the identity of any other person interested in such ADRs and related ordinary shares and the nature of such interest.  In addition, the Deposit Agreement applies all of the provisions of our Constitution to American Depositary Receipts holders.

 

Enforceability of foreign judgments in Australia

 

We are an Australian public corporation having limited liability.  All of our Directors and Executive Officers reside outside the US.  Substantially all or a substantial portion of the assets of those persons are located outside the US.  As a result, it may not be possible for investors to effect service of process within the US upon such persons or to enforce against them judgments obtained in US courts predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the Federal securities laws of the US.  There may be doubt as to the enforceability in Australia, or in actions for enforcement of judgments of US courts, of civil liabilities predicated upon the Federal securities laws of the US.  We have expressly submitted to the jurisdiction of New York State and US Federal courts sitting in the City of New York for the purpose of any suit, action or proceedings arising out of the offering of securities in the US.  We have appointed our legal counsel c/o Westpac Banking Corporation, 39th Floor, 575 Fifth Avenue, New York, New York 10017, USA as our agent upon whom process may be served in any such action.

 

Australian taxation

 

The following discussion is a summary of certain Australian taxation implications of the ownership and disposition of ordinary equity (including American Depositary Shares).  This discussion is based on the laws in force at the date of the Annual Report and the Convention between the Government of Australia and the Government of the United States of America for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and The Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with respect to Taxes on Income (the Tax Treaty), and is subject to any changes in Australian law and any change in the Tax Treaty occurring after that date.

 

The Australian government has recently conducted a review of Australia’s international tax arrangements.  The legislative changes resulting from the review to date do not adversely affect us.  At this stage there is no indication that further proposed changes which may result from the review will adversely affect us.

 

This discussion is intended only as a descriptive summary and does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential Australian tax implications of owning and disposing of ordinary shares.  The specific tax position of each investor will determine the applicable Australian income tax implications for that investor and we recommend each investor consult their own tax advisers concerning the implications of owning and disposing of ordinary shares.

 

Taxation of dividends

 

Under the Australian dividend imputation system, Australian tax paid at the company level is imputed (or allocated) to shareholders by means of imputation credits which attach to dividends paid by the company to the shareholder.  Such dividends are termed ‘franked dividends’.

 

When an Australian resident individual shareholder receives a franked dividend, the shareholder receives a tax offset to the extent of the franking credits which can be offset against the Australian income tax payable by the shareholder.  An Australian resident shareholder may, in certain circumstances, be entitled to a refund of excess franking.

 

While a company may only declare a dividend out of profits, the extent to which a dividend is franked typically depends upon a company’s available franking credits at the time of payment of the dividend.  Accordingly, a dividend paid to a shareholder may be wholly or partly franked or wholly unfranked.

 

Fully franked dividends paid to non-resident shareholders are exempt from Australian dividend withholding tax.  Dividends paid to a non-resident shareholder which are not fully franked are subject to dividend withholding tax at the rate of 30% (unless reduced by a double tax treaty) to the extent they are unfranked.  In the case of residents of the US, the rate is reduced to 15% under the Tax Treaty, provided the shares are not effectively connected with a permanent establishment or a fixed base of a non-resident in Australia through which the non-resident carries on business in Australia or provides independent personal services.  In the case of residents of the US that have a permanent establishment or fixed base in Australia where the shares in respect of which the dividends are paid are attributable to that permanent establishment or fixed base, there is no dividend withholding tax.  Rather, such dividends will be taxed on a net assessment basis and, where the dividends are franked, entitlement to a tax offset may arise.

 

Fully franked dividends paid to non-resident shareholders and dividends that have been subject to dividend withholding tax should not be subject to any further Australian income tax.

 

283



 

There are circumstances where a shareholder may not be entitled to the benefit of franking credits.  The application of these rules depend upon the shareholder’s own circumstances, including the period which the shares are held and the extent to which the shareholder is ‘at risk’ in relation to their shareholding.

 

Gain or loss on disposition of shares

 

Generally, subject to two exceptions, a non-resident disposing of shares in an Australian public company will be free from income tax in Australia.  The exceptions are as follows:

 

·                   shares held as part of a trade or business conducted through a permanent establishment in Australia.  In such a case, any profit on disposal would be assessable to ordinary income tax.  Losses would constitute an allowable deduction; and

 

·                   shares held in public companies where the shareholder and its associates have held (for at least 12 months in the 24 months prior to disposal) a holding of 10% or more in the company and more than 50% of the company’s assets are represented by interests in Australian real property.  In such a case, capital gains tax would apply.

 

Capital gains tax in Australia is payable on 50% of any capital gains (without adjustment for inflation indexation) on the disposal of assets acquired on or after 1 October 1999 and held for more than 12 months by individuals.  For the assets acquired prior to 1 October 1999, individuals will be able to choose between the following alternatives:

 

·                   taxed on any capital gain after allowing for indexation of the cost, where indexation is frozen at 30 September 1999 for all taxpayers, including non-residents; and

 

·                   taxed on 50% of the actual capital gain (without adjustment for inflation indexation).

 

Normal rates of income tax would apply to capital gains so calculated.  Capital losses are not subject to indexation but are available to offset other capital gains.  Excess capital losses can be carried forward for offset against future capital gains.

 

United States taxation

 

The following is a summary of certain United States federal income tax implications of the ownership and dispositions of ordinary equity (including American Depositary Shares) by US holders (as defined below) that hold the ordinary equity as a capital asset.  This discussion is based on the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), its legislative history, existing and proposed regulations, published rulings and court decisions, and the Tax Treaty, all as currently in effect and all of which are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis.

 

This discussion is intended only as a descriptive summary and does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential United States federal income tax consequences of owning and disposing of ordinary shares and does not address United States federal income tax considerations that may be relevant to US holders subject to special treatment under United States federal income tax law (such as banks, insurance companies, real estate investment trusts, regulated investment companies, dealers in securities, tax-exempt entities, retirement plans, certain former citizens or residents of the United States, persons holding ordinary shares as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction or other integrated investment, persons that have a ‘functional currency’ other than the US dollar, persons that own 10% or more (by voting power) of our stock or persons that generally mark their securities to market for United States tax purposes).  We recommend each investor consult their own tax advisers concerning the implications of owning and disposing of ordinary shares.

 

For purposes of this discussion you are a US holder if you are a beneficial owner of ordinary shares and you are for United States federal income tax purposes:

 

·                   a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

·                   a domestic corporation;

 

·                   an estate whose income is subject to United States federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

·                   a trust if a United States court can exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more United States persons are authorised to control all substantial decisions of the trust.

 

Taxation of dividends

 

Under the United States federal income tax laws, if you are a US holder, you must include in your gross income the gross amount of any dividend paid by us out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for United States federal income tax purposes).  If you are a non-corporate US holder, dividends paid to you in taxable years beginning before 1 January 2011 that constitute qualified dividend income will be taxable to you at a maximum tax rate of 15%, provided that you hold the ordinary shares for more than 60 days during the 121 day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date and meet other holding period requirements.  Dividends we pay with respect to the ordinary shares generally will be qualified dividend income.

 

You must include any Australian tax withheld from the dividend payment in this gross amount even though you do not in fact receive it.  The dividend is ordinary income that you must include in income when you receive the dividend, actually or constructively.  The dividend will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed to United States corporations in respect of dividends received from other United States corporations.  The amount of the dividend distribution that you must include in your income as a US holder will be the US dollar value of the Australian dollar payments made, determined at the spot Australian dollar/US dollar rate on the date the dividend distribution is included in your income, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into US dollars.  Generally, any gain or loss resulting from currency exchange fluctuations during the period from the date you include the dividend payment in income to the date you convert the payment into US dollars will be treated as ordinary income or loss and will not be eligible for the special tax rate applicable to qualified dividend income.  The gain or loss generally will be income from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.  Distributions in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for United States federal income tax

 

284



 

purposes, will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of your basis in your ordinary shares and thereafter as capital gain.

 

Subject to certain limitations, the Australian tax withheld in accordance with the Tax Treaty and paid over to Australia will be creditable against your United States federal income tax liability.  Special rules apply in determining the foreign tax credit limitation with respect to dividends that are subject to the maximum 15% rate.

 

Dividends generally will be income from sources outside the United States.  Under the foreign tax credit rules, dividends will, depending on your circumstances, be ‘passive category’ or ‘general category’ income which, in either case, is treated separately from other types of income for purposes of computing the foreign tax credit.

 

Taxation of capital gains

 

If you are a US holder and you sell or otherwise dispose of your ordinary shares or American Depositary Shares, you will recognise capital gain or loss for United States federal income tax purposes equal to the difference between the US dollar value of the amount that you realise and your tax basis, determined in US dollars, in your ordinary shares or American Depositary Shares.  Capital gain of a non-corporate US holder that is recognised before 1 January 2011 is generally taxed at a maximum rate of 15% where the holder has a holding period greater than one year.  The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.

 

Passive foreign investment company considerations

 

We do not believe that we will be treated as a passive foreign investment company (PFIC) for United States federal income tax purposes, and this discussion so assumes, but that is a factual determination made annually and therefore, may be subject to change.  If we were to be treated as a PFIC, a US holder of ordinary shares or American Depositary Shares would be subject to certain adverse tax consequences.

 

285



 

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

Our constitution

 

Overview

 

We were incorporated in 1850 under the Bank of New South Wales Act, a special piece of legislation passed by the New South Wales Parliament at a time when there was no general companies’ legislation in Australia.  On 23 August 2002, for the first time in our history, we became registered under the Corporations Act as a public company limited by shares.

 

As part of the process of becoming a company regulated under the Corporations Act, shareholders adopted a new constitution at the AGM on 15 December 2000, which came into operation on 23 August 2002 and was subsequently amended by shareholders on 15 December 2005 and 13 December 2007.

 

Our objects and purposes

 

Our constitution does not contain a statement of our objects and purposes.  These were originally contained in the Bank of New South Wales Act of 1850, as amended.  Now, as a company regulated by the Corporations Act we have the legal capacity and powers of an individual both within and outside Australia, and all the powers of a body corporate, including the power to issue and cancel shares and debentures, to distribute our property among our equity holders (either in kind or otherwise), to give security by charging our uncalled capital, to grant a floating charge over our property and to do any other act permitted by any law.

 

All corporate entities in Australia have a unique nine-digit identifier, which must be included on public documents, eligible negotiable instruments and the company’s common seal.  Australian companies have what is known as an Australian Company Number (ACN) and foreign companies and Australian entities, other than companies incorporated under the Corporations Act, have an Australian Registered Business Number (ARBN).  In addition, entities can also apply for registration on the Australian Business Register so they can be allocated a unique eleven-digit identifier known as an Australian Business Number (ABN).  For corporate entities, the last nine digits of their ABN are identical to their ACN or ARBN.  The ABN may be quoted on documents in lieu of the ACN or ARBN.

 

Our ACN is 007 457 141 and our ABN is 33 007 457 141.

 

Directors’ interest and powers regarding compensation, borrowing powers, etc

 

a.

Under article 9.11(a) of our constitution, subject to complying with the Corporations Act regarding disclosure of and voting on matters involving material personal interests, our Directors may:

 

 

(i)

hold any office or place of profit in our company, except that of auditor;

 

 

(ii)

hold any office or place of profit in any other company, body corporate, trust or entity promoted by our company or in which it has an interest of any kind;

 

 

(iii)

enter into any contract or arrangement with our company;

 

 

(iv)

participate in any association, institution, fund, trust or scheme for past or present employees or Directors of our company or persons dependent on or connected with them;

 

 

(v)

act in a professional capacity (or be a member of a firm which acts in a professional capacity) for our company, except as auditor; and

 

 

(vi)

participate in, vote on and be counted in a quorum for any meeting, resolution or decision of the Directors and may be present at any meeting where any matter is being considered by the Directors.

 

Under clause 9.11(b) of the constitution, a Director may do any of the above despite the fiduciary relationship of the Director’s office:

 

(i)

without any liability to account to our company for any direct or indirect benefit accruing to the Director; and

 

 

(ii)

without affecting the validity of any contract or arrangement.

 

286



 

Under the Corporations Act, however, a director who has a material personal interest in any matter to be considered at any board meeting must not be present while the matter is being considered or vote on the matter, unless the other directors resolve to allow that director to be present and vote or a declaration is made by the ASIC permitting that director to participate and vote.  These restrictions do not apply to a limited range of matters set out in section 191 of the Corporations Act where the director’s interest:

 

(i)

arises because the director is a shareholder of the company in common with other shareholders;

 

 

(ii)

arises in relation to the director’s remuneration as a director of the company;

 

 

(iii)

relates to a contract the company is proposing to enter into that is subject to shareholder approval and will not impose obligations on the company if not approved by shareholders;

 

 

(iv)

arises merely because the director is a guarantor or has given an indemnity or security for all or part of a loan (or proposed loan) to the company;

 

 

(v)

arises merely because the director has a right of subrogation in relation to a guarantee or indemnity referred to in (iv);

 

 

(vi)

relates to a contract that insures, or would insure, the director against liabilities the director incurs as an officer of the company (but only if the contract does not make the company or related body corporate the insurer);

 

 

(vii)

relates to any payment by the company or a related body corporate in respect of certain indemnities permitted by the Corporations Act or any contract relating to such an indemnity; or

 

 

(viii)

is in a contract or proposed contract with, or for the benefit of, or on behalf of, a related body corporate and arises merely because the director is a director of that related body corporate.

 

If there are not enough directors to form a quorum for the board meeting because of the interest of directors in a particular matter, a general meeting for shareholders may be called to consider the matter and interested directors are entitled to vote on any proposal to requisition such a meeting.

 

b.                     Under article 9.7 of our constitution, the aggregate annual amount to be paid to our Non-executive Directors must be approved by our shareholders.  Once approved, that aggregate amount is paid to those Directors in such manner as the Board from time to time determines.

 

As described in paragraph (a), directors’ remuneration is one of the exceptions under section 191 of the Corporations Act to the prohibitions against being present and voting on any matter in which a director has a material personal interest.

 

c.                      Article 10.2 of our constitution empowers our Directors, as a Board, to exercise all the powers of our company to borrow or raise money, to charge any property or business of our company or all or any of its uncalled capital and to issue debentures or give any other security for a debt, liability or obligation of our company or of any other person.  Such powers may only be changed by amending the constitution, which requires a special resolution (i.e. a resolution passed by at least 75% of the votes cast by members entitled to vote on the resolution and notice of which has been given in accordance with the Corporations Act).

 

Minimum number of directors

 

At the Annual General Meeting of Westpac on 15 December 2005, our shareholders passed a special resolution to amend our constitution in order to remove the requirement to have a minimum number of seven directors and instead to be able to rely upon the provisions of the Corporations Act and applicable regulations from time to time.  Currently the Corporations Act prescribes three as a minimum number of directors and APRA governance standards specify five as the minimum number of directors for APRA related entities.  Westpac’s current number of directors is above these prescribed minimums.

 

Share rights

 

The rights attaching to our ordinary shares are set out in the Corporations Act and in our constitution, and may be summarised as follows:

 

a.                     Profits and dividends

 

Holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive such dividends on those shares as may be declared by our Directors from time to time.  Dividends that are paid, but not claimed may be invested by our Directors for the benefit of the company until required to be dealt with in accordance with any law relating to unclaimed monies.

 

Dividends are only payable out of our net profit.  Subject to the Corporations Act, the constitution, the rights of persons (if any) entitled to shares with special rights to dividend and any contrary terms of issue of or applying to any shares, our Directors may determine that a dividend is payable, fix the amount and the time for payment and authorise the payment or crediting by our company to, or at the direction of, each shareholder entitled to that dividend.

 

If any dividends are returned unclaimed, we are generally obliged, under the Unclaimed Money Act 1995, to hold those amounts as unclaimed monies for a period of six years.  If at the end of that period the monies remain unclaimed by the shareholder concerned, we must remit by 31 October in each year those monies to the Office of State Revenue.  Upon such payment being made, we are discharged from further liability in respect of that amount.

 

Our Directors may, before paying any dividend, set aside out of our profits such sums as they think proper as reserves, to be applied, at the discretion of our Directors, for any purpose for which the profits of the company may be properly applied.  Our Directors may carry forward so much of the profits remaining as they consider ought not to be distributed as dividends without transferring those profits to a reserve.

 

287



 

The following restrictions apply to our ability to declare and/or pay dividends:

 

(i)                    if the payment of the dividend would breach or cause a breach by us of applicable capital adequacy or other supervisory requirements of the APRA.  Currently, one such requirement is that a dividend should not be paid without APRA’s prior consent if payment of that dividend, after taking into account all other dividends (if any) paid on our shares and payments on more minor capital instruments, in the financial year to which they relate, would cause the aggregate of such dividend payments to exceed our after tax earnings for the financial year, as reflected in our relevant audited consolidated financial statements; and

 

(ii)                 if, under the Banking Act 1959, we are directed by APRA not to pay a dividend; and

 

(iii)              if the declaration or payment of the dividend would result in our becoming insolvent.

 

b.                     Voting rights

 

Holders of our fully paid ordinary shares have, at general meetings (including special general meetings) one vote on a show of hands and, upon a poll, one vote for each fully paid share held by them.

 

c.                      Voting and re-election of Directors

 

Under our constitution, at each AGM one-third of our Directors (or if their number is not a multiple of three, the number nearest to one-third) and any other Director who has held office for three years or more since the Director’s last election, must retire from office.  In determining the number of Directors to retire, no account is to be taken of a Director who holds office in order to fill a casual vacancy or the Managing Director.  A retiring Director holds office until the conclusion of the meeting at which that Director retires but is eligible for re-election at the meeting.

 

Under the listing rules of the ASX Limited, no executive or non-executive director of a listed entity, apart from the managing director, may continue to hold office, without offering himself or herself for re-election, past the third AGM following their appointment or three years, whichever is the longer.

 

Under the Corporations Act, the election or re-election of each director by shareholders at a general meeting of a public company must proceed as a separate item, unless the shareholders first resolve that the elections or re-elections may be voted on collectively.  Such a resolution is effective only if no votes are cast against that resolution.  Any resolution electing or re-electing two or more Directors in contravention of this requirement is void.

 

d.                     Winding up

 

Subject to the preferential entitlement (if any) of holders of preference shares on issue at the relevant time, holders of our ordinary shares are entitled to share equally in any surplus assets if we are wound up.

 

e.                      Sinking fund provisions

 

We do not have any class of shares on issue that is subject to any sinking fund provisions.

 

Variation of rights attaching to our shares

 

Under the Corporations Act, unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of a class of shares, the terms of issue of a class of shares in the company can only be varied or cancelled in any way by a special resolution of our company and with either the written consent of our shareholders holding at least three quarters of the votes in that class of shares or with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate meeting of the holders of that class of shares.

 

Convening general meetings

 

Under our constitution, our Directors may convene and arrange to hold a general meeting of our company whenever they think fit and must do so if required to do so under the Corporations Act and Listing Rules.  Under the Corporations Act, our Directors must call and arrange to hold a general meeting of the company if requested to do so by our shareholders who hold at least 5% of the votes that may be cast at the special general meeting or 100 shareholders entitled to vote at the meeting.  Shareholders who hold at least 5% of the votes that may be cast at a general meeting may also call and arrange to hold a general meeting of our company at their own expense.

 

At least 28 days notice must be given of a meeting of our shareholders.  Written notice must be given to all shareholders entitled to attend and vote at the meeting.  All ordinary shareholders are entitled to attend and, subject to the constitution and the Corporations Act, to vote at general meetings of our company.

 

Limitations on securities ownership

 

A number of limitations apply in relation to the ownership of our shares, and these are more fully described in the section of this Annual Report ‘Limitations affecting security holders’.

 

Change in control restrictions

 

Restrictions apply under the Corporations Act, the Financial Sector (Shareholdings) Act 1998 and the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975.

 

For more detailed descriptions of these restrictions, refer to the sections on ‘Limitations affecting security holders’, ‘Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975’, ‘Financial Sector (Shareholdings) Act 1998’, and ‘Corporations Act 2001’.

 

Substantial shareholder disclosure

 

There is no provision in our constitution that requires a shareholder to disclose the extent of their ownership of our shares.

 

Under the Corporations Act, however, any person who begins or ceases to have a substantial holding of our shares must, within two business days, give us notice after they become aware of that information.  A further notice must be given to us by a substantial shareholder within two business days if at any time there is an increase or decrease of 1% in their holding.  Copies of

 

288



 

these notices must also be given to the ASX Limited.  A person will have a substantial holding of our shares if the voting rights attaching to our shares in which that person and their associates have relevant interests is 5% or more of the total number of votes attached to all our voting shares.  For more details, refer to the section ‘Corporations Act 2001’.

 

We have a statutory right under the Corporations Act to trace the beneficial ownership of shares held by any shareholder, by giving a direction to that shareholder requiring disclosure to us of, among other things, the name and address of each other person who has a relevant interest in those shares, the nature and extent of that interest and the circumstances that gave rise to that other person’s interest.  Such disclosure must, except in certain limited circumstances, be provided within two business days after the direction is received.

 

Documents on display

 

We are subject to the disclosure requirements of the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.  In accordance with these requirements, we file Annual Reports and furnish other information to the United States SEC.  These materials and other information furnished by us, may be inspected and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549 at prescribed rates.  The public may obtain information on the operation of the SEC’s Public Reference Room by calling the SEC in the United States at 1-800-SEC-0330.  The SEC also maintains a web site at ‘www.sec.gov’ that contains reports, proxy statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC.  Since April 2002, we have filed our reports on Form 20-F and have furnished other information to the SEC in electronic format which may be accessed through this web site.

 

289



 

Signatures

 

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorised the undersigned to sign this Annual Report on its behalf.

 

WESTPAC BANKING CORPORATION

 

By: Manuela Adl

 

 

Authorised Representative
Dated 30 October 2008

 

290



 

INFORMATION FOR SHAREHOLDERS

 

Financial Calendar

 

Record Date for final ordinary share dividend

 

11 November 2008

(1)

 

 

 

 

Annual General Meeting

 

11 December 2008

 

 

 

 

 

Final ordinary share dividend payable

 

17 December 2008

 

 

 

 

 

Record date for Westpac SPS quarterly distribution

 

24 December 2008

 

 

 

 

 

Payment date for Westpac SPS quarterly distribution

 

31 December 2008

 

 

 

 

 

Record date for Westpac SPS quarterly distribution

 

24 March 2009

 

 

 

 

 

Half Year end

 

31 March 2009

 

 

 

 

 

Payment date for Westpac SPS quarterly distribution

 

31 March 2009

 

 

 

 

 

Interim results and ordinary share dividend announcement

 

6 May 2009

 

 

 

 

 

Record Date for interim ordinary share dividend

 

22 May 2009

(2),(3)

 

 

 

 

Record date for Westpac SPS quarterly distribution

 

23 June 2009

 

 

 

 

 

Payment date for Westpac SPS quarterly distribution

 

30 June 2009

 

 

 

 

 

Interim ordinary share dividend payable

 

2 July 2009

(3)

 

 

 

 

Record date for Westpac SPS quarterly distribution

 

23 September 2009

 

 

 

 

 

Year end

 

30 September 2009

 

 

 

 

 

Payment date for Westpac SPS quarterly distribution

 

30 September 2009

 

 

 

 

 

Final results and ordinary share dividend announcement

 

4 November 2009

 

 

 

 

 

Record Date for final ordinary share dividend

 

13 November 2009

(4),(5)

 

 

 

 

Annual General Meeting

 

16 December 2009

(6)

 

 

 

 

Final dividend payable

 

21 December 2009

(4)

 


(1)    Record Date for 2008 final ordinary share dividend in New York – 10 November 2008.

 

(2)    Record Date for 2009 interim ordinary share dividend in New York – 21 May 2009.

 

(3)    Dates will be confirmed at the time of announcing the 2009 interim results.

 

(4)    Dates will be confirmed at the time of announcing the 2009 final results.

 

(5)    Record Date for 2009 final ordinary share dividend in New York – 12 November 2009

 

(6)    Details regarding the date of this meeting and the business to be dealt with, will be contained in the separate Notice of Meeting sent to shareholders in November 2009.

 

Annual General Meeting

 

The Westpac Annual General Meeting (AGM) will be held in the Parkside Auditorium, Level 1, Sydney Convention & Exhibition Centre, Darling Drive, Darling Harbour, Sydney, on Thursday, 11 December 2008, commencing at 10:30am.

 

The AGM will be webcast live on the internet at ‘www.westpac.com.au/investorcentre’ and an archive version of the webcast will be placed on the website to enable the AGM proceedings to be viewed at a later time.

 

The AGM will be transmitted live to an information meeting to be held in The Grand Ballroom at the Sofitel Melbourne on Collins, Level 1, 25 Collins Street, Melbourne, commencing at 10:30am.  Shareholders attending the information meeting will be able to ask questions at the AGM via a video link between the two venues, but will be unable to vote.

 

291



 

USEFUL INFORMATION

 

Key sources of information for shareholders

 

We report to shareholders each year, in late October or early November, in two forms: an Annual Review and an Annual Report.  We also report half-yearly to shareholders via a newsletter, in conjunction with the dividend payments in July and December.  In addition, we produce an annual Stakeholder Impact Report, which is available yearly in December.

 

Electronic communications

 

Shareholders can elect to receive the following communications electronically:

 

·       Annual Review and Annual Report;

 

·       Dividend statements when paid by direct credit or via Westpac’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP);

 

·       Notices of Meetings and proxy forms; and

 

·       Shareholder Newsletters and major company announcements.

 

Shareholders who wish to register their email address should go to ‘www.westpac.com.au/investorcentre’ and click on ‘Register your email’ under ‘Shareholder News’, or contact the Westpac share registry.  For registry contact details see opposite.

 

Online information

 

Australia

 

Westpac’s internet site ‘www.westpac.com.au’ provides information for shareholders and customers, including:

 

·       Access to internet banking and broking services;

 

·       Details on Westpac’s products and services;

 

·       Company history, results, economic updates, market releases and news; and

 

·       Corporate responsibility and Westpac in the community activities.

 

Investors can short cut to the Investor Centre at ‘www.westpac.com.au/investorcentre’.  The Centre includes the current Westpac share price and charting, and links to the latest ASX announcements and the Westpac’s share registries.

 

New Zealand

 

Westpac’s New Zealand internet site ‘www.westpac.co.nz’ provides:

 

·       Access to internet banking services;

 

·       Details on products and services, including a comprehensive home buying guide;

 

·       Economic updates, news and information, key financial results; and

 

·       Sponsorships and other community activities.

 

Stock exchange listings

 

Westpac Ordinary Shares are listed on:

 

·       Australian Securities Exchange, (code WBC);

 

·       New York Stock Exchange (NYSE), as American Depositary Shares, (code WBK); and

 

·       New Zealand Exchange Limited, (code WBC).

 

Westpac Investor Relations

 

Information other than that relating to your shareholding can be obtained from:

 

Westpac Investor Relations
Level 20, 275 Kent Street
Sydney NSW 2000 Australia
Telephone: +61 2 8253 3143
Facsimile: +61 2 8253 1207
Email: investorrelations@westpac.com.au

 

Share registries

 

For information about your shareholding or to notify a change of address etc., you should contact the appropriate share registry.  Please note that in Australia, broker sponsored holders are required to contact their broker to amend their address.

 

Australia – Ordinary shares on the main register and Westpac SPS

 

Link Market Services Limited
Level 12, 680 George Street
Sydney NSW 2000
Postal address: Locked Bag A6015, Sydney South NSW 1235
Website: www.linkmarketservices.com.au

 

Shareholder Enquiries:
Telephone: 1800 804 255 (toll free in Australia)
International: +61 2 8280 7070
Facsimile: +61 2 9287 0303
Email: westpac@linkmarketservices.com.au

 

New Zealand – Ordinary Shares on the New Zealand branch register

 

Link Market Services Limited
Level 12, 120 Albert Street
Auckland, New Zealand
Postal address: P.O. Box 91976, Auckland 1030,

New Zealand
Website: www.linkmarketservices.com

 

Shareholder Enquiries:
Telephone: 0800 002 727 (toll free in New Zealand)
International: +64 9 375 5998
Facsimile: +64 9 375 5990
Email: lmsenquiries@linkmarketservices.com

 

Depositary in USA for American Depositary Shares (ADS)(1)

 

Listed on New York Stock Exchange

(code WBK - CUSIP 961214301)

 

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
PO Box 64504, St Paul
MN 55164-0504, USA

 

Shareholder Enquiries:
Telephone: 1 800 990 1135
(toll free: non-US callers will be charged IDD)
Telephone: +1 651 453 2128
(Hearing impaired: +1 866 700 1652)
Email: jpmorgan.adr@wellsfargo.com
Website: www.adr.com

 


(1)    Each ADS is comprised of five, fully paid ordinary shares.

 

292



 

Glossary of abbreviations

 

AASB

 

Australian Accounting Standards Board

AASB 3

 

Australian Accounting Standards AASB Business Combinations

AASB 7

 

Australian Accounting Standards AASB Financial Instruments Disclosures

AASB 8

 

Australian Accounting Standards AASB Operating Segments

AASB 101

 

Australian Accounting Standards AASB Presentation of Financial Statements

AASB 114

 

Australian Accounting Standards AASB Segment Reporting

AASB 119

 

Australian Accounting Standards AASB Employee Benefits

AASB 124

 

Australian Accounting Standards AASB Related Parties

AASB 127

 

Australian Accounting Standards AASB Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements

AASB 132

 

Australian Accounting Standards AASB Financial Instruments: Presentation and Disclosure

AASB 139

 

Australian Accounting Standards AASB Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement

AASB 1038

 

Australian Accounting Standards AASB Life Insurance Contracts

ABN

 

Australian Business Number

ACCC

 

Australian Competition and Consumer Commission

ACE

 

Adjusted Common Equity

ACN

 

Australian Company Number

ADI

 

Authorised Deposit-taking Institutions

ADR

 

American Depositary Receipts

ADS

 

American Depositary Shares

AFMA

 

Australian Financial Market Association

AGAAP

 

Australian Generally Accepted Accounting Principles

AGM

 

Annual general meeting

A-IFRS

 

Australia Equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards

AIRB

 

Advanced Internal Ratings Based

AIRC

 

Australian Industrial Relations Commission

AMA

 

Advanced measurement approach

ANZSIC

 

Australian and New Zealand Standard Industrial Classification

APRA

 

Australian Prudential Regulation Authority

ARBN

 

Australian Registered Business Number

ASIC

 

Australian Securities and Investments Commission

ASX

 

Australian Securities Exchange

ASX Limited

 

Operates under the brand name Australian Securities Exchange

ASXCGC

 

ASX Limited’s Corporate Governance Council

ATM

 

Automatic teller machines

BFS

 

Business Financial Services

BRMC

 

Board Risk Management Committee

BTFG

 

BT Financial Group

BTIM

 

BT Investment Management Limited

BTSS

 

Business and Technology Solutions and Services

CALs

 

Credit Approval Limits

Capital Trust III

 

Westpac Capital Trust III

Capital Trust IV

 

Westpac Capital Trust IV

CEA

 

Collective Employment Agreement

CEO

 

Chief Executive Officer

CFO

 

Chief Financial Officer

CFS

 

Consumer Financial Services

CGU

 

Cash-generating unit

CLS

 

Continuous Linked Settlement

Corporations Act

 

Australian Corporations Act 2001

COSO

 

Committee of Sponsoring Organisations of the Treadway Commission

CPM

 

Credit Portfolio Management

CREDCO

 

Westpac Group Credit Risk Committee

CRG

 

Customer Risk Grade

CRO

 

Chief Risk Officer

CSA

 

Cash Services Australia

CTO

 

Chief Technology Officer

DFAT

 

Department of Foreign Affairs and Trade

DRP

 

Dividend Reinvestment Plan

DSP

 

Deferral Share Plan

EAD

 

Exposure at Default

ECI

 

Enterprise Channels and Infrastructure

EFTPoS

 

Electronic Funds Transfer Point of Sale

ESP

 

Employee Share Plan

FASB

 

Financial Accounting Standards Board

FDR

 

First Data Resources Australia Limited

FinSec

 

Finance and Information Union

FIRsTS

 

Fixed Interest Resettable Securities

FM

 

Financial Markets

FRA

 

Forward rate agreement

FTE

 

Full time equivalent

FUA

 

Funds under administration

FUM

 

Funds under management

Funding Trust III

 

Tavarua Funding Trust III

Funding Trust IV

 

Tavarua Funding Trust IV

FX

 

Foreign exchange

GAS

 

Governance Advisory Services

GMSOP

 

General Management Share Option Plan

GRI

 

Global Reporting Initiative

GRRC

 

Group Risk Reward Committee

Hastings

 

Hastings Funds Management Limited

IAPs

 

Individually Assessed Provisions

IASB

 

International Accounting Standards Board

IBA

 

International Banking Act of 1978

ICAA

 

The Institute of Chartered Accountants in Australia

IDA

 

Interbank Deposit Agreement

IEA

 

Individual Employment Agreement

IFRS

 

International Financial Reporting Standards

IPO

 

Initial pubic offering

IRRBB

 

Interest Rate Risk in the Banking Book

ISDA

 

International Swaps and Derivatives

Keycorp

 

Keycorp Payment Services

LGD

 

Loss Given Default

LIASB

 

Life Insurance Actuarial Standard Board

LTI

 

Long term incentive

LVR

 

Loan to Value Ratio

MARCO

 

Market Risk Committee

 

293



 

MTNs

 

Medium term notes

NAR

 

Net Interest Income-at-risk

NII

 

Net Interest Income

NYSE

 

New York Stock Exchange

NZ

 

New Zealand

NZCC

 

New Zealand Commerce Commission

NZIRD

 

New Zealand Inland Revenue Department

NZX

 

New Zealand Stock Exchange

OPCO

 

Westpac Group Operational Risk and Compliance Committee

PD

 

Probability of Default

PFIC

 

Passive foreign investment company

PwC

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers

R&D

 

Research and development

RBA

 

Reserve Bank of Australia

RBNZ

 

Reserve Bank of New Zealand

RSP

 

Restricted Share Plan

RWA

 

Risk weighted assets

S&P

 

Standard & Poor

SCG

 

Specialised Capital Group

SEC

 

US Securities and Exchange Commission

SOSPS

 

Senior Officers’ Share Purchase Scheme

SOX

 

Sarbanes Oxley Act 2002

SPS

 

Stapled Preferred Securities

SPVs

 

Special purpose vehicles

SRAs

 

Settlement Residue Auctions

STI

 

Short term incentive

The Group

 

Westpac Banking Corporation Group

TOPrS

 

Trust Originated Preferred Securities

TPS 2003

 

Trust Preferred Securities 2003

TPS 2004

 

Trust Preferred Securities 2004

TPS 2006

 

Trust Preferred Securities 2006

Trust

 

Westpac Office Trust

TSR

 

Total shareholder return

UKSS

 

UK Staff Superannuation Scheme

US Federal Reserve

 

Federal Reserve System

US GAAP

 

US Generally Accepted Accounting Principles

US

 

United States

VaR

 

Value at Risk

WBC

 

Westpac Banking Corporation

WIB

 

Westpac Institutional Bank

WNZL

 

Westpac New Zealand Limited

WNZS

 

Westpac New Zealand Superannuation Scheme

WPP

 

Westpac Performance Plan

WRBB

 

Westpac Retail and Business Banking

WRP

 

Westpac Reward Plan

WSNZL

 

Westpac Securities NZ Limited

WSSP

 

Westpac Staff Superannuation Plan

WST program

 

Westpac Securitisation Trust program

WTSNZL

 

WestpacTrust Securities NZ Limited

 

294



 

Notes

 



 

Notes

 



 

 

Item 19. Exhibits Index

 

 

1.

Constitution (as amended) incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 1 to our Form 6-K/A filed on 20 December 2007.

 

 

4(a)

Merger Implementation Agreement between Westpac Banking Corporation and St.George Bank Limited, incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 1 to our Form 6-K filed on 8 September 2008.

 

 

4(c).1

Form of Access and Indemnity Deed between Westpac Banking Corporation and Director, incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 30 September 2001.

 

 

4(c).2

Access and Indemnity Deed between Westpac Banking Corporation and Elizabeth Bryan dated 30 November 2006, incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 30 September 2007.

 

 

4(c).3

Form of Access and Indemnity Deed between Westpac Banking Corporation and Director (updated in 2008)

 

 

4(c).4

Westpac General Management Share Option Plan Rules, incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 30 September 2006.

 

 

4(c).5

Westpac Employee Share Plan (WESP) – Stage One Regulations and Rules for Participation amended on 11 December 2002, incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 30 September 2006.

 

 

4(c).6

Senior Officers’ Share Purchase Scheme Rules, incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 30 September 2006.

 

 

4(c).7a

Employment Agreement between Westpac Banking Corporation and Michael Coomer dated 23 July 2002 incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 30 September 2002.

 

 

4(c).7b

Description of amendment to the Employment Agreement between Westpac Banking Corporation and Michael Coomer during 2003/2004 incorporated by reference to our Annual  Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 30 September 2004.

 

 

4(c).8

Employment Agreement between Westpac Banking Corporation and Michael Pratt dated 6 February 2002, incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 30 September 2002.

 

 

4(c).9

Employment Agreement between Westpac Banking Corporation and Ilana Atlas dated 24 October 2002, incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 30 September 2003.

 

 

4(c).10

Employment Agreement between Westpac Banking Corporation and David Morgan dated 14 August 2003, incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 30 September 2003.

 

 

4(c).11

Securities Agreement between Westpac Banking Corporation and David Morgan dated 14 August 2003, incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 30 September 2003.

 

 

4(c).12

Securities Agreement between Westpac Banking Corporation and David Morgan dated 19 December 2001, incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 30 September 2004.

 

 

4(c).13

Employment Agreement between Westpac Banking Corporation and Rob Coombe dated 6 October 2004, incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 30 September 2005.

 



 

4(c).14

Westpac Banking Corporation Performance Plan Rules dated 15 August 2008.

 

 

4(c).15

Westpac Banking Corporation Employee Share Plan Rules dated 15 August 2008.

 

 

4(c).16

Westpac Banking Corporation Westpac Reward Plan Rules dated 15 August 2008.

 

 

4(c).17

Westpac Banking Corporation Restricted Share Plan Rules dated 9 September 2008.

 

 

7.

Computation of ratios of earnings to fixed charges.

 

 

8.

List of controlled entities – refer note 39 to the financial statements in this Annual Report.

 

 

11.

Code of ethics, incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 30 September 2006.

 

 

12.

Certifications pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

 

13.

Certifications pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.

 

 

15.

Auditor consent dated 30 October 2008.

 

 

 

Copies of any instrument relating to the long-term debt of Westpac Banking Corporation that is not being attached as an exhibit to this Annual Report on Form 20-F and which does not exceed 10% of the total consolidated assets of Westpac Banking Corporation will be furnished to the SEC upon request.

 


Exhibit 4(c)3

 

Access and Indemnity Deed

 

[Date]

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

BETWEEN:

 

WESTPAC BANKING CORPORATION ABN 33 007 457 141 of 275 Kent Street, Sydney NSW 2000 (the “company”)

 

 

 

AND:

 

[insert name] (“Director”)

 



 

ACCESS AND INDEMNITY DEED

 

DATED:

 

BETWEEN:

 

WESTPAC BANKING CORPORATION ABN 33 007 457 141 of 275 Kent Street, Sydney NSW 2000 ( the “company” )

 

 

 

AND:

 

[insert name of director] ( “Director” )

 

RECITALS

 

A.

 

The Director is a director of the company.

 

 

 

B.

 

It is a condition of the Director agreeing to act or to continue to act as a director of the company that the company formally indemnify the Director and grant the Director access to Board Papers and to provide other benefits on the terms of this deed.

 

 

 

C.

 

The company considers it reasonable in the circumstances and in the best interests of the Company to so indemnify the Director and to grant the Director access to Board Papers and to provide, as and when necessary, the other benefits under this deed when the necessary conditions set out in this deed are satisfied.

 

OPERATIVE PROVISIONS

 

1.

 

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

 

 

1.1

 

Definitions

 

 

 

 

 

In this deed, unless a contrary intention appears:

 

 

 

 

 

“Access Period” means the period commencing on the date of this deed and ending on the seventh anniversary of the date on which the Director ceases to hold office as a director of the company.

 

 

 

 

 

“Act” means any actual or alleged act, error, statement, misstatement, misleading statement, omission, neglect or breach of duty made, committed or attempted by the Director (either alone or jointly with one or more other persons) relating to, involving, arising out of or in any way connected to the conduct of the Director as a director of the company or any Related Body Corporate of the company.

 

 

 

 

 

“Board Papers” means all information in tangible form provided to the Director during the Director’s period in office including board papers, submissions, minutes, letters, memoranda, board committee and sub-committee papers and other documents, or copies thereof, provided to the Director that are referred to in any of those documents during the time that the Director is a director of the company.

 

 

 

 

 

“Business Day” means any day other than Saturday, Sunday or public holiday on which Australian banks are open for business in Sydney, New South Wales.

 

 

 

 

 

“Business Hours” means the hours between 9.00am and 5.00pm, on a Business Day.

 

2



 

 

 

“Claim” means any legal proceedings (whether civil or criminal), any administrative proceedings, any arbitral proceedings, any mediation or other form of alternative dispute resolution (whether or not held in conjunction with any legal, administrative or arbitral proceedings) or any investigation or inquiry by any Regulatory Authority or External Administrator relating to, involving, arising out of or in any way connected with any Act, or any written or oral threat, complaint or demand that might reasonably result in the Director apprehending that any such proceedings, investigation or inquiry might be initiated.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Constitution” means the constitution of the company in force from time to time.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Director’s Adviser” means a person or firm engaged by the Director to give legal advice to the Director.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“External Administrator” means a liquidator, provisional liquidator or controller or an administrator.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Permitted Purposes” means:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

use in relation to a Claim:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

to which the Director is subject or a party; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

that the Director proposes in good faith to bring; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)

that the Director has reason to believe will be brought against the Director (but not necessarily solely against the Director); or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

such other purpose determined by the board of directors of the company in their discretion as being in the best interests of the company.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Privileged Documents” means any Board Papers in respect of which legal professional privilege applies solely in favour of the company, jointly in favour of the company and the Director or, as the case may be, jointly in favour of the Director and one or more other directors of the company.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Regulatory Authority” means the Australian Securities and Investments Commission, the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority, a department of any Australian government, a public authority, or an instrumentality or agency of the Crown in right of the Commonwealth, in right of a State or in right of a Territory or the equivalent of any of them in any other jurisdiction.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Related Body Corporate” has the meaning given to that expression in section 9 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

 

 

 

 

 

1.2

 

Interpretation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Headings are for convenience only and do not affect interpretation. The following rules of interpretation apply unless the context requires otherwise:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

the singular includes the plural and conversely;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

a gender includes all genders;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

 

where a word or phrase is defined, its other grammatical forms have a corresponding meaning;

 

3



 

 

 

(d)

 

a reference to a person includes a body corporate, an unincorporated body or other entity and conversely and, in the case of a natural person, includes a reference to that person’s personal representatives, executors, administrators and successors;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

 

a reference to a clause, paragraph, schedule or annexure is to a clause of, a paragraph of, a schedule to or an annexure to, this deed and a reference to this deed includes any schedules and annexures;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(f)

 

a reference to any agreement or document is to that agreement or document as amended, novated, supplemented, varied or replaced from time to time, except to the extent prohibited by this deed;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(g)

 

a reference to any legislation or to any provision of any legislation includes any modification or re-enactment of it, any legislative provision substituted for it and all regulations and statutory instruments issued under it;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(h)

 

a reference to a specific time for the performance of an obligation is a reference to that time in the State, Territory or other place where that obligation is to be performed;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

 

a reference to writing includes typewriting, printing, lithography, photography and any other method of representing or reproducing words, figures or symbols in a permanent and visible form;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(j)

 

mentioning anything after include, includes or including does not limit what else might be included;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(k)

 

where the day on or by which any sum is payable under this deed or any act, matter or thing is to be done is a day other than a Business Day such sum shall be paid and such act, matter or thing shall be done on the next succeeding Business Day;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(l)

 

a word or phrase defined in the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) has the same meaning when used in this deed;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(m)

 

a reference to an article of the Constitution is a reference to that article as at the date of this deed and includes any variation of or amendment to that article and any provision in substitution of that article ; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(n)

 

any reference to the Director ceasing to hold office shall be construed as not including any retirement of the Director if, being eligible and offering himself or herself for re-election, the Director is re-elected at the annual general meeting at which the Director retired in accordance with the Constitution.

 

2.

 

ACCESS UNDERTAKING

 

 

 

 

 

2.1

 

The company agrees that:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

it will maintain, at the registered office of the company or at such other place as may be notified in writing to the Director, a copy of a complete set of Board Papers in chronological order, on behalf of all present and future directors of the company, in suitable secure custody;

 

4



 

 

 

(b)

 

subject to this deed, the Director or any Director’s Adviser will, during Business Hours, be entitled to access the Board Papers upon request by the Director and there will be made available to the Director upon request, a copy of any of those Board Papers;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

 

if any Board Paper to which the Director requires access or a copy is a Privileged Document, the company will notify the Director that the privilege exists and of the general nature of acts or omissions that could cause that privilege to be waived, extinguished or otherwise lost;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

 

if, before the end of the Access Period, a Regulatory Authority or External Administrator commences any investigation or inquiry into events that occurred in relation to the company or any Related Body Corporate of the company whilst the Director held office, the company agrees to retain the Board Papers until:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)             the end of the Access Period;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)            the company becomes aware or is notified by the Regulatory Authority or External Administrator that the investigation or inquiry has been concluded;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)           if there is any Claim following, or otherwise relating to, the investigation or inquiry or any subject matter of the investigation, the company is aware or notified of the adjudication, settlement or compromise of that Claim,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

whichever is the latest to occur;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

 

subject to this deed, the Director will be entitled, upon request, to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)             access the Board Papers kept in accordance with this clause 2; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)            have made available to him or her, at no cost, a copy of any such Board Papers;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(f)

 

if:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)             the Director requests in writing, giving reasons for the request, that the company retain the Board Papers for a specified period in excess of the Access Period; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)            the company’s board of directors considers, having regard to the reasons given by the Director, that the request is reasonable and in the best interests of the company to do so,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The company will retain the Board Papers for an additional period in excess of the Access Period (which additional period will be determined by the board of directors of the company in its absolute discretion), whether or not the Director is still a director of the company at the time the request is made;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(g)

 

subject to this deed, if the company accedes to a request under paragraph (f), the Director will be entitled to access the Board Papers retained in accordance with that paragraph upon request and there will be made available to the Director upon request, at no cost, a copy of any of those Board Papers;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(h)

 

the entitlements of the Director referred to in paragraphs (b), (e), (f) and (g):

 

5



 

 

 

 

(i)

 

will exist even if at the time of the request, the Director is no longer a director of the company, but will cease upon expiry of the later of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(A)

the last day of the Access Period; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(B)

the last day of the additional period determined in accordance with paragraph (f); and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

 

are subject to the access and provision of copies to the Director being (or being in the opinion of the board of directors of the company) for Permitted Purposes.

 

 

 

 

 

2.2

 

Nothing in clause 2.1 limits or restricts any other right the Director may have of access to Board Papers or other books and records of the company.

 

 

 

 

 

3.

 

DIRECTOR’S UNDERTAKING

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Director covenants with the company:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)            to observe at all times the same duties of confidentiality to the company in relation to the Board Papers as if the Director remained a director of the company except that the Director may disclose:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)             Board Papers to any Director’s Adviser; and

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)            subject to paragraph (b), Board Papers or those parts of Board Papers relating to or connected with any Claim (including by the company) to third parties connected with or involved with such Claim.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)            in respect of any Board Papers which are Privileged Documents, that the Director will not waive the privilege or do any act or thing or omit to do any act or thing which will cause or result in that privilege being waived, extinguished or otherwise lost without the prior written consent of the company.

 

 

 

 

 

4.

 

INDEMNITY

 

 

 

 

 

4.1

 

Subject to clause 4.6, the company covenants with the Director to indemnify the Director, to the fullest extent permitted by law in accordance in all respects with article 19 of the Constitution (or the equivalent articles in force from time to time) as if the Director remained at all times a director of the company (whether or not this be the case).

 

 

 

 

 

4.2

 

Subject to clause 5.7, if the Director becomes liable to pay any amount for which the Director is or is entitled to be indemnified under this deed, the company must indemnify the Director by paying that amount to the person to which that amount is due within 30 days of the date on which the Director provides evidence satisfactory to the company that the Director is liable to pay that amount and is entitled to be indemnified under this deed.

 

 

 

 

 

4.3

 

It is not necessary for the Director to incur any expense or make any payment before enforcing the right of indemnity under clause 4.1.

 

 

 

 

 

4.4

 

Subject to this deed, the indemnification provided under clause 4.1:

 

6



 

 

 

(i)

 

has effect in respect of Acts prior to the date of this deed and in respect of any liability which has been incurred prior to the date of this deed;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

 

is irrevocable;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)

 

continues in full force and effect irrespective of one or more previous applications of the right to be indemnified;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iv)

 

continues in full force and effect in relation to any Act occurring or arising during the Director’s period in office even if the Director has ceased to be a director of the company before a claim is made by the Director under this deed.

 

 

 

 

 

4.5

 

If the Director is insured or entitled to the benefit of any contract of insurance in respect of any liability, costs or expenses for which the Director is entitled to indemnification under this deed, the Director must make and pursue a claim under that insurance and, if the company has already made a payment under this deed in respect of that liability or those costs or expenses to which that insurance will respond, the Director must, forthwith upon receipt, pay or direct payment to the company of the proceeds of that insurance.

 

 

 

 

 

4.6

 

Nothing in this clause 4 gives rise to an agreement to indemnify the Director in respect of any liability arising out of conduct involving a lack of good faith on the part of the Director or any other Act in respect of which indemnification is proscribed by law.

 

 

 

 

 

5.

 

PROCEEDINGS

 

 

 

 

 

5.1

 

The company may, by written notice to the Director, do any one or more of the following in relation to any Claim :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

 

assume the conduct, or defence of the Claim;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

 

institute a crossclaim or counterclaim to the Claim;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)

 

negotiate a settlement of the Claim;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iv)

 

agree to any form of alternative dispute resolution (including mediation) in relation to the Claim; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(v)

 

subject to clause 5.6, retain lawyers to act on behalf of both the Director and the company in relation to the Claim,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

and if the company does any of the above, the conduct of the Claim will (to that extent) be under the management and control of the company or its insurers.

 

 

 

 

 

5.2

 

In undertaking any of the things permitted under clause 5.1, the company must, subject to any contrary direction from or requirement of its insurers, have regard to the principle that the reputation of the Director should not unnecessarily be injured.

 

 

 

 

 

5.3

 

The Director must:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

 

give notice to the company promptly upon becoming aware of any Claim against the Director that may give rise to a right to be indemnified under this deed;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

 

take such action as the company reasonably requests, including action to avoid, dispute, resist, bring an appeal on, compromise or defend any Claim or any adjudication of any Claim;

 

7



 

 

 

(iii)

 

not make any admission of liability in respect of or settle any Claim without the prior written consent of the company;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iv)

 

upon request by the company, render all reasonable assistance and co-operation to the company in the conduct of any Claim including, without limitation, providing the company with any documents, authorities and directions that Westpac may reasonably require for the prosecution or advancement of any Claim, cross-claim or counterclaim that is, in the opinion of the Director acting reasonably and in good faith, lawful, true and not misleading; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(v)

 

upon request by the company, do anything reasonably necessary or desirable to enable the company (so far as it is possible) to be subrogated to and enjoy the benefits of the Director’s rights in relation to any Claims against any third party and render such assistance as may be reasonably requested by the company for that purpose.

 

 

 

 

 

5.4

 

The Director is entitled to be reimbursed by the company for actual costs and expenses reasonably incurred by the Director in taking action pursuant to clause 5.3(ii) or providing assistance pursuant to clause 5.3 (iv) and (v).

 

 

 

 

 

5.5

 

Before compromising or settling any Claim, the company must give written notice to the Director of its intention to do so and of the proposed terms of that compromise or settlement and if, within such reasonable time as is specified in that notice, the Director objects to the proposed terms and states that the Director wishes to contest or continue the Claim, the company shall immediately relinquish to the Director conduct of the Claim and the company’s liability under this deed in respect of that Claim shall not exceed the amount for which the Claim could have been compromised or settled, at the time the notice was given by the company to the Director, on those proposed terms, inclusive of costs and expenses actually incurred up to that time.

 

 

 

 

 

5.6

 

Nothing in this deed prohibits the Director from engaging separate legal or other representation and participating in any Claim but any expenses incurred by the Director in so doing shall be paid or reimbursed by the company only to the extent that those expenses are:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

 

incurred prior to the company assuming conduct of that Claim;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

 

incurred with the prior written authority of the company; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)

 

reasonable and are incurred in circumstances where the company has refused to authorise separate representation or participation and there is a reasonable likelihood that the interests of the Director and of the company would conflict were the same lawyers to act on behalf of both the Director and the company.

 

 

 

 

 

5.7

 

If the Director fails to perform an obligation referred to in clause 5.3 to the material prejudice of the company in relation to that Claim, the company is relieved from each and every obligation under this deed in respect of that Claim.

 

8



 

6.                                       PAYMENT OF COSTS BEFORE THE OUTCOME OF PROCEEDINGS IS KNOWN

 

6.1                                  Subject to clause 5.7, the company will at the request of the Director pay, or reimburse, the Director for all costs and expenses incurred by the Director in respect of any Claim provided that if it is determined (whether before or after the outcome of any proceedings (including any appeal) is known and whether civil, administrative or criminal) in relation to that Claim that the Director is not entitled to be indemnified under clause 4.1 in respect of those costs and expenses, the Director must, within 30 days of being so notified by the company, pay to the company all amounts previously paid or reimbursed by the company in respect of that Claim. The amount to be paid shall be set out in the notice and, in the absence of manifest error, shall be conclusive evidence of the amount to be paid.

 

6.2                                  Once it has been determined under clause 6.1 that the Director is not entitled to be indemnified under clause 4.1, the company shall have no further obligation to pay, or reimburse, the Director for any further costs, expenses or other liabilities in respect of that Claim, whether or not incurred prior to that determination being made.

 

7.                                       SEVERANCE

 

7.1                                  The parties agree that a construction of this deed that results in all provisions being enforceable is to be preferred to a construction that does not so result.

 

7.2                                  If, despite the application of clause 7.1, a provision of this deed is invalid, illegal or unenforceable:

 

(a)                                   if the provision would not be invalid, illegal or unenforceable if a word or words were omitted, that word or those words are severed; and

 

(b)                                  in any other case, the whole provision is severed,

 

and the remainder of this deed continues in force.

 

7.3                                  Clause 7.1 and clause 7.2 shall not be construed as permitting anything that would be contrary to public policy.

 

8.                                      NOTICES

 

8.1                                 A party giving notice or other communication under this deed must do so in writing:

 

(a)                                    directed to the recipient’s address specified in this clause, as varied from time to time by notice from one party to the other; and

 

(b)                                 hand delivered or sent by prepaid post or facsimile to that address.

 

The parties’ initial addresses and facsimile numbers are:

 

 

The company:

 

Richard Willcock

 

 

 

 

Group Secretary & General Counsel

 

 

 

 

Westpac Banking Corporation

 

 

 

 

Level 21, 275 Kent Street

 

 

 

 

Sydney NSW 2000

 

 

 

 

Ph:

 

(02) 8253 3546

 

 

 

Fax:

 

(02) 8253 3550

 

9



 

 

Director:

 

[               ]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.2                                  A notice given in accordance with clause 8.1 is taken to be received:

 

(a)                                   if hand delivered, on delivery;

 

(b)                                  if sent by prepaid post, three Business Days after the date of posting;

 

(c)                                   if sent by facsimile, when the sender’s facsimile system generates a message confirming successful transmission of the total number of pages of the notice unless, within eight (8) Business Hours after that transmission, the recipient informs the sender that it has not received the entire notice.

 

9.                                      GOVERNING LAW

 

This deed shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law for the time being of New South Wales and the parties hereby submit to the courts of that State (and of all courts competent to hear appeals therefrom) in respect of all matters arising under this deed or relating to it.

 

Executed as a Deed

 

SIGNED SEALED AND DELIVERED
for and on behalf of Director

 

 

 

in the presence of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness (signature)

Director Signature

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name of witness (print)

Director Name

 

 

THE COMMON SEAL of
WESTPAC BANKING CORPORATION
was hereunto affixed by the authority of
the Board of Directors and in the
presence of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Signature of Director

Signature of Director/Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

Name

Name

 

10


Exhibit 4(c)14

 

Rules of the

Westpac Banking Corporation

Performance Plan

 

as adopted at a meeting of the Board of Directors on 30 April 2002 and subsequently amended by:

 

·                                          the Board on 9 August 2002;  and

 

·                                          the Board Remuneration Committee on 28 October 2002, 11 December 2002 and 11 October 2004, 10 October 2005, 10 October 2006, 13 December 2007 and 5 August 2008; and

 

·                                          the Board Remuneration Committee Chairman on 15 August 2008.

 

Allens Arthur Robinson

The Chifley Tower

2 Chifley Square

Sydney  NSW  2000

Australia

Tel  61  2 9230 4000

Fax  61  2 9230 5333

 

© Copyright Allens Arthur Robinson 2008

 



 

Westpac Banking Corporation Performance Plan

 

Table of Contents

 

1.

Purpose

 

1

 

 

 

 

2.

Definitions and interpretations

 

1

 

 

 

 

3.

Interpretation

 

7

 

 

 

 

4.

Invitation to acquire Securities

 

8

 

4.1

Issue

 

8

 

4.2

Form

 

8

 

4.3

Security price

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

5.

Application for Securities

 

9

 

5.1

Application procedure

 

9

 

5.2

Application in whole or in part

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

6.

Grant of Securities

 

9

 

6.1

Creation of Securities

 

9

 

6.2

Non-acceptance of Application

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

7.

Lapse of Securities

 

10

 

7.1

Time of lapse

 

10

 

7.2

Breach, fraud or dishonesty

 

10

 

7.3

Rights following lapse

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

8.

Exercise of Securities

 

11

 

8.1

Vested Securities

 

11

 

8.2

Exercise Period

 

11

 

8.3

Exercise of Securities in part

 

13

 

8.4

Exercise procedure

 

13

 

 

 

 

 

9.

Performance Hurdles and Vested Securities

 

14

 

9.1

Performance criteria

 

14

 

9.2

Performance Hurdles

 

14

 

9.3

Determination of number of Vested Securities

 

15

 

9.4

Performance Election Rights

 

17

 

9.5

Rounding of fractions

 

17

 

 

 

 

 

10.

Allocation of Shares

 

17

 

10.1

Allotment of Shares

 

17

 

10.2

Purchase of Shares

 

17

 

 

 

 

 

11.

Change in Control

 

18

 

 

 

 

12.

Capital Event

 

19

 

 

 

 

13.

New issues

 

20

 

 

 

 

14.

Securities not transferable

 

20

 

 

 

 

15.

Security Interest

 

20

 

 

 

 

16.

Ranking and listing

 

20

 

 

 

 

17.

Issue limitations

 

20

 

i



 

18.

No interest in Shares until exercise

 

21

 

 

 

 

19.

Commencement and termination

 

21

 

19.1

Commencement

 

21

 

19.2

Termination and Suspension

 

21

 

 

 

 

 

20.

Administration of the Plan

 

21

 

 

 

 

21.

Amendment of the Plan

 

22

 

21.1

By the Board

 

22

 

21.2

Listing Rules

 

22

 

 

 

 

 

22.

Law, Listing Rules and the Constitution

 

22

 

 

 

 

23.

Rights of Participants

 

22

 

 

 

 

24.

General

 

23

 

24.1

Advice

 

23

 

24.2

Costs and Expenses

 

23

 

24.3

Dispute

 

23

 

24.4

Notices

 

23

 

24.5

Error Correction

 

24

 

24.6

Governing Law

 

25

 

ii



 

WESTPAC BANKING CORPORATION (ABN 33 007 457 141)

 

PERFORMANCE PLAN

 

RULES

 

1.             Purpose

 

The Westpac Banking Corporation Performance Plan has been established as an initiative for creating a stronger link between employee performance and reward and increasing shareholder value by enabling Participants to have a greater involvement with, and share in the future growth and profitability of the Bank.

 

2.             Definitions and interpretations

 

In this document the following terms have the following meanings:

 

Application means an application on an Application Form by an Eligible Employee to acquire Securities under the Plan or an application made in accordance with any application procedures as the Board may determine from time to time.

 

Application Date means the last possible date as specified in an Invitation on which an Application can be made.

 

Application Form  means the application form (if any) in such form as the Board may approve from time to time.

 

ASIC means the Australian Securities and Investments Commission.

 

ASIC Act means the Australian Securities and Investments Commission Act 2001 (Cth).

 

ASX means Australian Stock Exchange Limited (ABN 98 008 624 691).

 

Award means, in relation to a Participant, the number of Securities created in favour of that Participant pursuant to clause 6, having the same Issue Date and, if those Securities are Performance Securities, the same Performance Period during which the performance criteria applicable to those Performance Securities are to be determined by reference to the same TSR Ranking Group.  If those Securities consist of both Options and Share Rights, the creation of those Options and those Share Rights shall each be taken to be separate awards.

 

Bank means Westpac Banking Corporation (ABN 33 007 457 141) or any company that becomes a holding company of Westpac Banking Corporation.

 

Board means the board of directors of the Bank from time to time.

 

Business Day means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banking institutions in Sydney are authorised or required by law to be closed.

 

Capital Event means any of the following:

 

1



 

(a)            any event affecting the number or type of securities on issue in the capital of the Bank, including a subdivision, consolidation, reduction, redemption or further issue of securities whether by way of rights issue, bonus issue or otherwise; and

 

(b)            any other event which the Board in its discretion reasonably considers should be a Capital Event.

 

Change in Control occurs when a person’s voting power is more than (or will become more than) 35% in relation to the Bank (excluding any voting power held by virtue of acceptances under an off-market bid unless or until the bid is or becomes unconditional).

 

Class Order means an instrument made by ASIC that exempts each person in a class of persons from the Corporations Act, the ASIC Act or any part of either or both, or that modifies the application of the Corporations Act, the ASIC Act or any part of either or both in particular circumstances.

 

Commencement Date means the date that is specified as such in an Invitation to an Eligible Employee, and which, if applicable, is the first day of the Performance Period.

 

Condition means, in respect of any Security, one or more conditions (if any) determined by the Board in its absolute discretion to apply to that Security including, without limitation, Performance Hurdles, First Exercise Date and Last Exercise Date, as specified in an Invitation made to the relevant Eligible Employee under clause 4.

 

Conditionally Vested Securities means, the number of Performance Securities that would become Vested Securities if the only Condition to be satisfied on the Test Date is the Performance Hurdles applicable to those Performance Securities.

 

Constitution means the Bank’s constitution as amended from time to time.

 

Corporations Act means the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

 

Determination Date means the Trading Day immediately preceding the Commencement Date.

 

Dual Listed Company Structure means an arrangement whereby, among other things, two corporations have a unified management structure, but where each of the two corporations retains its separate legal identity and existing stock exchange listing.

 

Eligible Employee means an Employee whom the Board determines is to receive an Invitation under the Plan.  The Board may also determine at any time that an Employee who is located in a jurisdiction where it is, in the opinion of the Board, not reasonably practicable to invite participation in the Plan, is not an Eligible Employee and that, until the Board determines otherwise, such Employee shall not receive an Invitation under the Plan.

 

Employee means any person who is in full-time or part-time employment of a Group Company.

 

Exercisable Security means an Unvested Security which becomes a Vested Security pursuant to a determination made under clause 9.3(b)(iv), such determination to be made on the basis that the Test Date applicable to that Security:

 

(a)            will be the Monthly TSR Test Date immediately preceding the Last Employment Date of the Participant holding that Security; or

 

(b)            if no Monthly TSR Test Date has occurred since the Issue Date of that Security, will be taken to be the Last Employment Date of that Participant.

 

2



 

Exercise Price means the amount payable per Share, if any, on the exercise of a Vested Security or an Exercisable Security calculated as follows:

 

(a)            the Market Price; or

 

(b)            any other amount (which may be nil) specified by the Board in the Invitation,

 

in each case making appropriate adjustment, if any, in respect of Capital Events in accordance with clause 12.

 

First Exercise Date means the earliest date that a Participant may give Notice of Exercise under clause 8.2(a), such date to be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion and, once determined, specified in that Participant’s Invitation.

 

First Peer Group means the 100 entities comprised in the S&P/ASX 200 Index (excluding the Bank, all entities comprising the Second Peer Group, all entities in the property trusts sector of that Index and such other entity or entities as the Board may from time to time determine) at the commencement of a Performance Period, having the highest market capitalisation at that time and ranked in descending order, from highest to lowest, according to their market capitalisation.

 

First Test Date means, in respect of a Performance Security having a Performance Period of:

 

(a)            4 years, the second anniversary (or such other date as may be determined from time to time by the Board and specified in an Invitation made under clause 4); or

 

(b)            5 years, the third anniversary (or such other date as may be determined from time to time by the Board and specified in an Invitation made under clause 4,

 

of the commencement date of that Performance Period.

 

First Test Date Notice means the written notification provided to a Participant under clause 9.3(c) in respect of the Board’s determination made as of the First Test Date.

 

First TSR Ranking means the percentage ranking of the Bank relative to each entity comprising the First TSR Ranking Group.  To obtain the Bank’s percentage ranking at each applicable Test Date:

 

(a)            the TSR of each entity comprising the First TSR Ranking Group and of the Bank shall be ranked in descending order from highest to lowest;

 

(b)            the number of entities in the First TSR Ranking Group with a lower TSR than the Bank shall be calculated (the Numerator); and

 

(c)            the Numerator shall be divided by the number of entities then in the First TSR Ranking Group and the result of that equation, expressed as a percentage, shall be the Bank’s First TSR Ranking.

 

First TSR Ranking Group means, on any Test Date, the first 50 entities (or such other number as the Board may from time to time determine) in the First Peer Group that remain listed on the ASX and which have published sufficient data to enable each entity’s respective TSR to be determined for the purposes of this Plan.

 

Group Company means the Bank and any of its subsidiaries.

 

Invitation means an invitation to apply to acquire either Options, Share Rights or both under the Plan, or such other means as the Board may determine from time to time, subject always to compliance with any Law.

 

3



 

Issue Date means the date on which a Security is created under clause 6.1 by being inscribed on the Register.

 

Last Employment Date means, with respect to a particular Participant, the date on which:

 

(a)            that Participant ceases to be an Employee for whatever reason; or

 

(b)            that Participant’s employer (being a company other than the Bank) ceases to be a Group Company.

 

Last Exercise Date means the day ending at 5.00 pm Sydney time on the date 10 years after the Commencement Date or such other earlier date as is determined by the Board and specified in an Invitation to an Eligible Employee.

 

Law means the applicable law of the jurisdiction in which an Eligible Employee is located at the time of receipt of an Invitation.

 

Listing Rules  means the listing rules of the ASX as amended from time to time.

 

Market Price means the weighted average market price per Share of all Shares traded on the ASX during the five Business Day period up to and including the Determination Date.  The Board may exercise a discretion to include or exclude particular transactions from this calculation (e.g. “specials”) as it thinks fit.  If no Shares are traded on the ASX during that period, the price as determined by the Board.

 

Maximum TSR Ranking means the TSR Ranking equal to 75% or such other percentage as determined by the Board at the time of determination of the Performance Hurdles applicable to the relevant Securities.

 

Minimum Parcel means the minimum number of Shares determined by the Board from time to time, which need not be the same number for all purposes of the Plan.

 

Minimum TSR Ranking means the TSR Ranking equal to 50% or such other percentage as determined by the Board at the time of determination of the Performance Hurdles applicable to the relevant Securities.

 

Monthly TSR Test Date means, in respect of any Performance Security, the last Business Day of each calendar month during the Performance Period applicable to that Performance Security.

 

Notice of Exercise means a duly completed notice of exercise of a Vested Security or an Exercisable Security signed by the Participant, in a form approved by the Board from time to time, and lodged in accordance with clause 8.4.

 

Option means a right to subscribe for one Share under the Plan, or such number of Shares as determined under clause 12, for monetary consideration exceeding $1.00 per Share.

 

Participant means:

 

(a)            an Eligible Employee who acts in accordance with clause 5.1(a) and returns a duly completed Application Form or applies, or is deemed to have applied, in accordance with any application procedure determined by the Board from time to time;

 

(b)            the legal personal representative of that Eligible Employee where that legal personal representative’s name has been entered on the Register as the holder of the Securities; or

 

4



 

(c)            if, because of the Bankruptcy Act 1966 (Cth) or equivalent legislation in any other jurisdiction, Securities (or the rights under those Securities) held under the Plan that form part of the property of an Eligible Employee, vest in the trustee of that Eligible Employee’s estate, that trustee, whether or not the name of that trustee has been entered in the Register.

 

Performance Hurdles means performance criteria as set out or referred to in the relevant Invitation, being the criteria set out in clause 9.2 and clause 9.3 unless the Board determines alternative, additional or modified performance criteria under clause 9.1.

 

Performance Option means an Option that at the time of grant was subject to Performance Hurdles.

 

Performance Period means, in respect of any Performance Security, the period commencing and ending on dates as determined by the Board for the purposes of determining the extent (if any) to which the Performance Hurdles have been satisfied.

 

Performance Security means a Performance Option or a Performance Share Right.

 

Performance Share Right means a Share Right that at the time of grant was subject to Performance Hurdles.

 

Plan means the Westpac Banking Corporation Performance Plan.

 

Register means the register created and maintained by or on behalf of the Bank under and in accordance with section 170 of the Corporations Act.

 

Retirement means the voluntary cessation of employment of a Participant with a Group Company solely by reason of that Participant having notified that Group Company of his or her intention to permanently leave the workforce.

 

Rules  means the rules of the Plan as set out in this document.

 

Satisfaction Date means the date that is specified in an Invitation to an Eligible Employee as the last possible date on which Conditions must be and remain satisfied.

 

Second Peer Group means those entities (being at least 13 in number) as determined by the Board from time to time for the purposes of constituting such a group.

 

Second Test Date means, in respect of a Performance Security having a Performance Period of:

 

(a)            4 years, the third anniversary (or such other date as may be determined from time to time by the Board and specified in an Invitation made under clause 4); or

 

(b)            5 years, the fourth anniversary (or such other date as may be determined from time to time by the Board and specified in an Invitation made under clause 4),

 

of the commencement date of that Performance Period.

 

Second Test Date Notice means the written notification provided to a Participant under clause 9.3(c) in respect of the Board’s determination made as of the Second Test Date.

 

Second TSR Ranking means the percentage ranking of the Bank relative to each entity comprising the Second TSR Ranking Group.  To obtain the Bank’s percentage ranking at each applicable Test Date:

 

(a)            the TSR of each entity comprising the Second TSR Ranking Group and of the Bank shall be ranked in descending order from highest to lowest;

 

5



 

(b)            the number of entities in the Second TSR Ranking Group with a lower TSR than the Bank shall be calculated (the Numerator ); and

 

(c)            the Numerator shall be divided by the number of entities then in the Second TSR Ranking Group and the result of that equation, expressed as a percentage, shall be the Bank’s Second TSR Ranking.

 

Second TSR Ranking Group means, on any Test Date, the first 10 entities (or such other number as the Board may from time to time determine) in the Second Peer Group that remain listed on the ASX and which have published sufficient data to enable each entity’s respective TSR to be determined for the purposes of this Plan.

 

Security means an Option or a Share Right.

 

Security Interest means a mortgage, charge, pledge, lien or other encumbrance of any nature.

 

Share Right means, the right to subscribe for or acquire one Share, or such other number of Shares as determined under clause 12, for either nil or monetary consideration not exceeding $1.00 per Share or such other amount as determined by the Board from time to time.

 

Shares means fully paid ordinary shares in the capital of the Bank.

 

Tax includes any tax, levy, impost, deduction, charge, rate, contribution, duty or withholding which is assessed (or deemed to be assessed), levied, imposed or made by any government or any governmental, semi-governmental or judicial entity or authority together with any interest, penalty, fine, charge, fee or other amount assessed (or deemed to be assessed), levied, imposed or made on or in respect of any or all of the foregoing.

 

Tax Act means the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 (Cth) or the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 (Cth) or both, as the context requires.

 

Test Date means, in respect of each Performance Period, each of:

 

(a)            the First Test Date;

 

(b)            the Second Test Date;

 

(c)            the Third Test Date; and

 

(d)            in any case where a determination of the Board is required under:

 

(i)             clause 8.2(d)(vi) or clause 8.2(e)(iv), the date (being either a Monthly TSR Test Date or the Last Employment Date of the relevant Participant); or

 

(ii)            clause 11, the date (being either a Monthly TSR Test Date, a Test Date or the Notice Date),

 

on or as at which such a determination is required to be made.

 

Third Test Date means, in respect of a Performance Security having a Performance Period of:

 

(a)            4 years, the fourth anniversary (or such other date as may be determined from time to time by the Board and specified in an Invitation made under clause 4; or

 

(b)            5 years, the fifth anniversary (or such other date as may be determined from time to time by the Board and specified in an Invitation made under clause 4),

 

of the commencement date of that Performance Period.

 

6



 

Third Test Date Notice means the written notification provided to a Participant under clause 9.3(c) in respect of the Board’s determination made as of the Third Test Date.

 

Total and Permanent Disablement , in relation to a Participant, means that that Participant has, in the opinion of the Board, after considering such medical and other evidence as it sees fit, become incapacitated to such an extent as to render the Participant unlikely ever to engage in any occupation with the Bank or any other Group Company for which he or she is reasonably qualified by education, training or experience.

 

Total Exercise Price means the number of Vested Securities or Exercisable Securities to be exercised in a particular case multiplied by the Exercise Price.

 

Trading Day means a day on which Shares are traded on the ASX.

 

TSR means, in respect of an entity, the total shareholder return (including dividends) of that entity being the amount calculated on a basis, rounded to not less than 3 decimal places, to be determined from time to time by the Board.

 

TSR Ranking means either the First TSR Ranking or the Second TSR Ranking of the Bank, as the case may be.

 

TSR Ranking Group means either the First TSR Ranking Group or the Second TSR Ranking Group, as the case may be.

 

Unhurdled Security means an Option that is not a Performance Option or a Share Right that is not a Performance Share Right.

 

Unvested Security means an Option or a Share Right that is neither a Vested Security nor a Security that has lapsed under clause 7.

 

Vested Security has the meaning given in clause 8.1, and the expression Vested Securities shall be construed accordingly.

 

Vesting Date means, unless an Invitation to an Eligible Employee specifies otherwise, in respect of each Performance Period, the first to occur:

 

(a)            the date on which a Participant makes an election under clause 9.4(a);

 

(b)            the Third Test Date; and

 

(c)            the Test Date on which the Board is required to make a determination under clause 8.2(d)(vi), clause 8.2(e)(iv) or clause 11.

 

3.             Interpretation

 

In this document unless the contrary intention appears:

 

(a)            a gender includes all genders;

 

(b)            the singular includes the plural and vice versa;

 

(c)            a reference to any legislation or to a provision of any legislation includes any modification or re-enactment of it, any legislative provision substituted for it and all regulations and statutory instruments issued under it;

 

7



 

(d)                                headings are for convenience only and do not affect the interpretation of these Rules;

 

(e)                                 reference to a clause or paragraph is a reference to a clause or paragraph of these Rules, or the corresponding Rule or Rules of this Plan as amended from time to time;

 

(f)                                   where any word or phrase is given a definite meaning in these Rules, any part of speech or other grammatical form of that word or phrase has a corresponding meaning;

 

(g)                                where the time for doing any act, matter or thing under these Rules falls on a day which is not a Business Day, it shall be done on the next succeeding Business Day; and

 

(h)                                terms which are defined in the Corporations Act bear the same meaning when used in this document.

 

4.                                      Invitation to acquire Securities

 

4.1                               Issue

 

In its absolute discretion and subject to these Rules, the Board may from time to time issue or cause to be issued Invitations on behalf of the Bank to Eligible Employees in respect of that number or value of Securities as the Board in its discretion determines.  In determining the number or value of Securities to be the subject of individual Invitations, the Board may determine that those Invitations be made on a differential basis to Eligible Employees, different classes of Eligible Employees or to Eligible Employees within the same class, as the case may be.

 

4.2                               Form

 

An Invitation may take any form determined by the Board from time to time and:

 

(a)                                 will specify or include the following information:

 

(i)                                    the date of the Invitation;

 

(ii)                                 the name of the Eligible Employee to whom the Invitation is made;

 

(iii)                              the maximum number or value of Options, Share Rights or both in respect of which the Eligible Employee is being invited to apply;

 

(iv)                             the Commencement Date;

 

(v)                                the First Exercise Date of the Securities;

 

(vi)                             the Last Exercise Date of the Securities;

 

(vii)                          the Exercise Price;

 

(viii)                       the time period in which an Application shall be made; and

 

(ix)                               any other material terms and conditions required by any Law and any relevant Class Order and any other terms and conditions applicable to the Invitation including the requirement that the Eligible Employee must continue and remain an Eligible Employee on the date that the Securities are to be granted in accordance with clause 6.1, and where Conditions (such as Performance Hurdles to be satisfied) have been determined to apply by the Board, details of those Conditions and any Satisfaction Date; and

 

8



 

(b)                                may be issued with an Application Form and such explanatory or other material in respect of the Plan as the Board considers appropriate, or as is required by Law and any relevant Class Order.

 

4.3                               Security price

 

Securities granted by the Bank under the Plan will be granted free of charge to Participants, unless otherwise determined by the Board.

 

5.                                      Application for Securities

 

5.1                               Application procedure

 

(a)                                 An Eligible Employee who receives an Invitation may only make an Application within the time period and as otherwise specified in the Invitation.

 

(b)                                If, after making an Application in accordance with paragraph (a) of this clause 5.1, the Eligible Employee’s employment or appointment with a Group Company has not ceased, he or she:

 

(i)                                    becomes a Participant;

 

(ii)                                 as appropriate, irrevocably accepts (or is deemed to have accepted) the offer of Securities, or offers to acquire Securities, under the Plan in accordance with the terms of the Invitation; and

 

(iii)                              agrees to be bound by the terms of the Invitation and by these Rules or any modification of these Rules for the purposes of clause 9.1(b) as set out in any relevant schedule to these Rules.

 

5.2                               Application in whole or in part

 

An Eligible Employee who receives an Invitation may make an Application in respect of all or part of the maximum number of Options, Share Rights or both specified in the Invitation.  If an Application is made for only part of the Options or Share Rights, then the Eligible Employee may only do so in respect of that number of Options or Share Rights which, if exercised, would result in the Eligible Employee acquiring a number of Shares that is not less than the Minimum Parcel.  No further Application may be made in respect of that Invitation.

 

6.                                      Grant of Securities

 

6.1                               Creation of Securities

 

(a)                                 Securities granted under the Plan shall be created, and a Participant’s title to those Securities will, subject to clause 24.5, conclusively be evidenced for all purposes of the Plan by being inscribed on the Register.  No certificate or other evidence of title to a Security will be issued unless required under any applicable law or the Board in its sole discretion determines otherwise.

 

9



 

(b)                                Within 28 days after the end of the period for making an Application, as specified in the Invitation, and except as provided in clause 6.2, the Board will, in respect of each Eligible Employee who has become a Participant in accordance with clause 5.1(b):

 

(i)                                    inscribe or cause to be inscribed in the Register the name of that Participant and the number of Securities (with separate entries being made for each Award of Options and Share Rights) applied for by that Participant; and

 

(ii)                                 notify that Participant of the Issue Date and that the Securities have been so inscribed.

 

6.2                               Non-acceptance of Application

 

(a)                                 In the event that the Board does not grant Securities in favour of any Participant under clause 6.1(a), the Board shall:

 

(i)                                    provide notification to that Participant that it does not wish to accept that Participant’s Application;

 

(ii)                                 refund the moneys (if any) provided by that Participant as consideration to apply for Securities under the Plan; and

 

(iii)                              undertake any other action as it sees fit.

 

(b)                                If paragraph (a) of this clause 6.2 applies to a Participant, the Invitation to that Participant, and the Application by that Participant in relation to that Invitation, shall be deemed never to have been made.

 

7.                                      Lapse of Securities

 

7.1                               Time of lapse

 

A Security lapses, to the extent it has not been exercised, on the earlier to occur of:

 

(a)                                 the date of lapse under clause 7.2, clause 9.4(a) or clause 11;

 

(b)                                the last day of any period specified in clauses 8.2(b) to 8.2(f) (inclusive) in which a Participant may exercise a Security;

 

(c)                                 where Conditions have not been satisfied and remain unsatisfied on the Satisfaction Date, the Satisfaction Date; and

 

(d)                                the Last Exercise Date.

 

7.2                               Breach, fraud or dishonesty

 

If in the reasonable opinion of the Board a Participant acts fraudulently or dishonestly or is in material breach of his or her obligations to the Bank or any other Group Company then the Board may in its absolute discretion determine that any Unvested Securities of the Participant have lapsed and the Board’s decision will be final and binding.

 

7.3                               Rights following lapse

 

Upon the lapse of a Security, all rights of the Participant in respect of that Security cease.

 

10



 

8.                                      Exercise of Securities

 

8.1                               Vested Securities

 

(a)                                 A Security granted to a Participant that is a Performance Security will become a Vested Security on a Vesting Date only if all Conditions (including any Performance Hurdles) applicable to that Security have been satisfied on or before that Vesting Date unless, prior to that date, that Security has lapsed under clause 7.

 

(b)                                A Security granted to a Participant that is not a Performance Security becomes a Vested Security on the Satisfaction Date if all Conditions have been satisfied or waived by the Board in its absolute discretion unless, prior to that date, that Security has lapsed under clause 7.

 

(c)                                 A Security granted to a Participant will also be treated for all purposes under these Rules as a Vested Security if a determination is made under clause 8.2(c), clause 8.2(f), clause 9.3(b)(iii) or clause 9.3(b)(iv) that the Security is to become a Vested Security, from the date of the determination.

 

8.2                               Exercise Period

 

(a)                                 Except as provided in clauses 8.2(b) to 8.2(f) (inclusive), a Security that is a Vested Security may only be exercised during the period commencing on the First Exercise Date and ending on the Last Exercise Date.  Except as provided in clauses 8.2(b) to 8.2(f) (inclusive) or clause 11, an Unvested Security may not be exercised.  Notwithstanding any provision in this clause 8, no Security may be exercised after the Last Exercise Date.

 

(b)                                Death or Total and Permanent Disablement

 

If a Participant ceases to be an Employee as a result of his or her death or Total and Permanent Disablement, that Participant may, at any time prior to the first to occur of the Last Exercise Date and the first anniversary of the Last Employment Date, exercise:

 

(i)                                    in the case of Performance Securities and where that Participant’s Last Employment Date occurs on or after the Vesting Date, only those Securities (if any) that are Vested Securities at the Last Employment Date, with all Unvested Securities lapsing on that Participant’s Last Employment Date; and

 

(ii)                                 in any other case, all Securities (whether or not they are Unvested Securities).

 

(c)                                 Resignation

 

If a Participant ceases to be an Employee as a result of his or her resignation, that Participant may, at any time prior to the first to occur of the Last Exercise Date and the date that is 3 months after the Last Employment Date, exercise only those Securities (if any) that are Vested Securities at the Last Employment Date unless the Board in its absolute discretion determines that such Participant is entitled to have some Unvested Securities treated as Vested Securities, in which event those Unvested Securities will become Vested Securities.  All Unvested Securities will lapse on the Last Employment Date.

 

(d)                                Retrenchment or cessation of Participant’s employer as a Group Company

 

If:

 

11



 

(i)                                    a Participant ceases to be an Employee as a result of the retrenchment of that Participant; or

 

(ii)                                 that Participant’s employer (being a company other than the Bank) ceases to be a Group Company,

 

that Participant may:

 

(iii)                              at any time prior to the first to occur of the Last Exercise Date and the first anniversary of the Last Employment Date; or

 

(iv)                             in the case of cessation as a result of retrenchment only, if the Participant, in any jurisdiction approved by the Board from time to time,, has provided notice of their election prior to the Last Employment Date to extend the period in which they may exercise Securities beyond the first anniversary of the Last Employment Date, at any time prior to the Last Exercise Date,

 

exercise:

 

(v)                                in the case of Performance Securities and where that Participant’s Last Employment Date occurs on or after the Vesting Date, only those Securities (if any) that are Vested Securities at the Last Employment Date, with all Unvested Securities lapsing on that Participant’s Last Employment Date; or

 

(vi)                             in the case of Performance Securities and where that Participant’s Last Employment Date occurs prior to the Vesting Date, only that number of Unvested Securities (if any) that have become Vested Securities, pursuant to a determination made under clause 9.3(b)(iii), with all other Unvested Securities lapsing on that Participant’s Last Employment Date; or

 

(vii)                           in the case of Unhurdled Securities and where that Participant’s Last Employment Date occurs:

 

(A)                              on or after the First Exercise Date of those Securities, all Vested Securities; or

 

(B)                                prior to the First Exercise Date of those Securities, only that number of Securities calculated in accordance with the following formula:

 

X = A x B
         C

 

where:

 

X is the number of Securities that will be exercisable;

 

A is the number of Securities comprised in an Award;

 

B is the number of days from and excluding the Commencement Date up to and including the Last Employment Date; and

 

C is the number of days from and excluding the Commencement Date up to and including the First Exercise Date,

 

with all other Securities lapsing on that Participant’s Last Employment Date.

 

12



 

(e)                                 Retirement

 

If a Participant ceases to be an Employee as a result of the Retirement of that Participant, that Participant may:

 

(i)                                    at any time prior to the first to occur of the Last Exercise Date and the first anniversary of the Last Employment Date; or

 

(ii)                                 if the Participant, in any jurisdiction approved by the Board from time to time, has provided notice of their election prior to the Last Employment Date to extend the period in which they may exercise Securities beyond the first anniversary of the Last Employment Date, at any time prior to the Last Exercise Date,

 

exercise:

 

(iii)                              in the case of Performance Securities and where that Participant’s Last Employment Date occurs on or after the Vesting Date, only those Securities (if any) that are Vested Securities at the Last Employment Date, with all Unvested Securities lapsing on that Participant’s Last Employment Date;

 

(iv)                             in the case of Performance Securities and where that Participant’s Last Employment Date occurs prior to the Vesting Date, only that number of Unvested Securities (if any) that become Exercisable Securities, pursuant to a determination made under clause 9.3(b)(iv), with all other Unvested Securities lapsing on that Participant’s Last Employment Date; or

 

(v)                                in any other case, all Securities (whether or not they are Unvested Securities).

 

(f)                                   Other circumstances

 

If a Participant ceases to be an Employee for any reason other than those set out in clauses 8.2(b) to 8.2(e), all of the Participant’s Securities (whether they are Vested Securities that have not been exercised or Unvested Securities) shall lapse on the Last Employment Date unless the Board in its absolute discretion determines that such Participant is entitled to have some Unvested Securities treated as Vested Securities, in which event those Unvested Securities will become Vested Securities and the Participant may, at any time prior to the first to occur of the Last Exercise Date and the date that is 3 months after the Last Employment Date, exercise those Vested Securities.

 

8.3                               Exercise of Securities in part

 

If a Participant elects to exercise part of his or her Securities comprised in an Award, the Notice of Exercise must be in respect of:

 

(a)                                 that number of Shares which is not less than the Minimum Parcel;

 

(b)                                multiples of a Minimum Parcel;  and

 

(c)                                 that number of Shares which will not leave any unexercised Securities comprised in that Award to that Participant totalling less than a Minimum Parcel.

 

8.4                               Exercise procedure

 

A Participant may exercise any of his or her Securities by lodging a Notice of Exercise and a cheque payable to the Bank for the Total Exercise Price (if any) applicable to those Securities, or by such

 

13



 

other means of payment as may be approved by the Board, at the head office of the Bank for the time being or other place nominated by the Board for this purpose.

 

9.                                      Performance Hurdles and Vested Securities

 

9.1                               Performance criteria

 

(a)                                 The performance criteria applicable to any Performance Securities shall be as specified in clause 9.2 and clause 9.3 unless the Board determines otherwise.

 

(b)                                If the Board determines that alternative, additional or modified performance criteria are to apply to any Performance Security in lieu of the performance criteria specified in clause 9.2 and clause 9.3, the Board shall as part of that determination approve a schedule, to be attached to and form part of these Rules, which contains replacement clauses setting out those alternative, additional or modified performance criteria (including any modification, if necessary, to cross referencing within these Rules) applicable to that Performance Security.

 

9.2                               Performance Hurdles

 

Subject to clause 9.1, the Performance Hurdles applicable to any Performance Period relating to any Performance Security comprised in an Award shall be as follows:

 

(a)                                 where as at any Test Date, for Performance Hurdles that are determined by reference to the First TSR Ranking Group, the First TSR Ranking of the Bank is:

 

(i)                                    less than the Minimum TSR Ranking, the number of Securities that shall become Conditionally Vested Securities as at that Test Date shall be zero;

 

(ii)                                 equal to the Minimum TSR Ranking, the number of Securities that shall become Conditionally Vested Securities as at that Test Date is the number equal to 50% of the total number of Securities comprised in that Award;

 

(iii)                              equal to or greater than the Maximum TSR Ranking, the number of Securities that shall become Conditionally Vested Securities as at that Test Date is the number equal to 100% of the total number of Securities comprised in that Award; and

 

(iv)                             greater than the Minimum TSR Ranking and less than the Maximum TSR Ranking, the number of Securities that shall become Conditionally Vested Securities as at that Test Date increases on a straight line basis from 50% to 100% of the total number of Securities comprised in that Award.

 

(b)                                where as at any Test Date, for Performance Hurdles that are determined by reference to the Second TSR Ranking Group, the Second TSR Ranking of the Bank is:

 

(i)                                    less than the Minimum TSR Ranking, the number of Securities that shall become Conditionally Vested Securities as at that Test Date shall be zero;

 

(ii)                                 equal to the Minimum TSR Ranking, the number of Securities that shall become Conditionally Vested Securities as at that Test Date is the number equal to 50% of the total number of Securities comprised in that Award;

 

14



 

(iii)                              equal to or greater than the Maximum TSR Ranking, the number of Securities that shall become Conditionally Vested Securities as at that Test Date is the number equal to 100% of the total number of Securities comprised in that Award; and

 

(iv)                             greater than the Minimum TSR Ranking and less than the Maximum TSR Ranking, the number of Securities that shall become Conditionally Vested Securities as at that Test Date increases on a straight line basis from 50% to 100% of the total number of Securities comprised in that Award.

 

9.3                               Determination of number of Vested Securities

 

(a)                                 As soon as practicable after each Test Date applicable to any Performance Period, the Board shall determine:

 

(i)                                    each TSR Ranking Group; and

 

(ii)                                 the TSR Ranking of the Bank and of each entity comprising that TSR Ranking Group,

 

as at that Test Date.

 

(b)                                As soon as practicable after each Test Date applicable to any Performance Period, the Board shall determine in respect of each Participant as at that Test Date:

 

(i)                                    whether, and to what extent, the Performance Hurdles and all other Conditions (if any) applicable to that Performance Period up to that Test Date have been satisfied;

 

(ii)                                 the number of Conditionally Vested Securities (if any) that will, subject to clause 9.4(a), become Vested Securities;

 

(iii)                              in the case of a determination made for the purposes of clause 8.2(d)(vi), the number of Unvested Securities (if any) that have become Vested Securities, calculated in accordance with the following formula:

 

A = W   [50 + 2 (X – 50)] X  
                        100                  Z

 

where:

 

A is the number of Unvested Securities that will become Vested Securities.  If the Bank’s TSR Ranking as at the Test Date is less than 50%, A shall be taken to be nil;

 

W is the number of Securities comprised in an Award;

 

X is the Bank’s TSR Ranking determined on or as at:

 

(i)                                     the most recent of a Monthly TSR Test Date and a Test Date to have occurred immediately preceding the Last Employment Date of the relevant Participant; or

 

(ii)                                  if no Monthly TSR Test Date or Test Date has occurred since the Issue Date of that Participant’s Securities, the Last Employment Date of that Participant,

 

15



 

PROVIDED THAT if the Bank’s TSR Ranking so determined is greater than 75%, X shall for the purposes of this calculation be taken to be 75% (in each case X will be expressed as a whole number);

 

Y is the number of days from and excluding the date on which the relevant Performance Period commenced up to and including the Last Employment Date but only if that Participant’s Last Employment Date occurs before the First Test Date; and

 

Z is the number of days from and excluding the date on which the relevant Performance Period commenced up to and including the First Test Date but only if that Participant’s Last Employment Date occurs before the First Test Date.

 

(iv)                             in the case of a determination made for the purposes of clause 8.2(e)(iv), the number of Unvested Securities (if any) that have become Exercisable Securities;

 

(v)                                whether any Capital Event has occurred during the Performance Period up to that Vesting Date;

 

(vi)                             the Exercise Price (if any);

 

(vii)                          in the case of the First Test Date and the Second Test Date of an applicable Performance Period, the number of Conditionally Vested Securities that will become Unvested Securities and which will lapse if, under clause 9.4(a), that Participant accepts the Board’s determination; and

 

(viii)                       in the case of the Third Test Date of that Performance Period, the number of Unvested Securities that will automatically lapse on that day.

 

The Board shall be required to make a determination on each of the Second Test Date and the Third Test Date, as the case may be, only if, in relation to the First Test Date Notice or the Second Test Date Notice, as the case may be, a Participant has elected not to accept the Board’s determination made under this paragraph (b) on the First Test Date or the Second Test Date, as the case may be.

 

(c)                                 Following each determination made by the Board under clause 9.3(b), the Board shall provide a written notification to each Participant:

 

(i)                                    as to whether or not the Performance Hurdles and other Conditions (if applicable) have been met;

 

(ii)                                 the number of Conditionally Vested Securities (if any) that will become Vested Securities and which that Participant will, if, under clause 9.4(a), that Participant accepts the Board’s determination, be entitled to exercise;

 

(iii)                              in the case of determinations made under clause 9.3(b)(iii) and (iv), the number of Unvested Securities (if any) that have become Vested Securities or, as the case may be, Exercisable Securities;

 

(iv)                             whether a Capital Event has occurred;

 

(v)                                the Exercise Price; and

 

16



 

(vi)                             in the case of a determination made under clause 9.3(b)(ii), on the First Test Date and the Second Test Date, of that Participant’s rights under clause 9.4, if applicable.

 

9.4                               Performance Election Rights

 

Within 60 days of the date of the First Test Date Notice or the Second Test Date Notice, as the case may be, a Participant may by notice in writing elect:

 

(a)                                 to accept the determination made by the Board under clause 9.3(b), in which case that determination becomes immediately and irrevocably binding and all Unvested Securities the subject of that determination shall immediately lapse; or

 

(b)                                not to accept that determination, in which case that election becomes immediately and irrevocably binding and the Board’s determination will be of no effect in relation to that Participant and no Unvested Securities held by that Participant, the subject of that determination, will become Vested Securities or lapse as a result of that determination.

 

If, by the end of that 60 day period, that Participant has not made an election under paragraph (a) or paragraph (b) of this clause 9.4, that Participant will be taken to have made an election under paragraph (b) of this clause 9.4.

 

9.5                               Rounding of fractions

 

If any determination made under clause 9.2 or clause 9.3, results in there being a fraction of a Vested Security, the aggregate number of Vested Securities shall be rounded, as follows:

 

(a)                                 upwards to the nearest whole number, if the fraction is a value of 0.5 or more; and

 

(b)                                downwards to the nearest whole number, if the fraction is a value less than 0.5.

 

10.                               Allocation of Shares

 

10.1                        Allotment of Shares

 

Subject to clause 10.2, the Bank must within 28 days after receipt of a Notice of Exercise and the Total Exercise Price (if any) in respect of Securities, allot and issue to the Participant that number of Shares nominated by the Participant in the Notice of Exercise under these Rules.

 

10.2                        Purchase of Shares

 

(a)                                 The Bank may, at the Board’s discretion, determine to apply the Total Exercise Price together with, to the extent permitted by Law, moneys provided by the Bank, in purchasing Shares instead of making an allotment and issue of Shares for the purpose of the Notice of Exercise.  The relevant Shares will be purchased in the name of the Participant within 28 days after receipt of the Notice of Exercise and Total Exercise Price (if any).

 

(b)                                If the Board so determines, the Board shall at the time of that determination appoint an entity that is unrelated to any Group Company ( Entity ) for the sole purpose of purchasing the relevant number of Shares and, for that purpose, the Bank shall pay or cause to be paid to that Entity an amount equal to the costs and expenses of the acquisition of those Shares.

 

17



 

(c)                                   The Entity so appointed shall acquire the number of Shares as directed by the Board and immediately allocate and cause those Shares to immediately be registered in the name of the relevant Participant, as directed by the Board.

 

(d)                                  In acquiring those Shares, but not otherwise, the Entity acts as trustee for the relevant Participant until such time as those Shares have been acquired, allocated and registered in the name of that Participant.  All other fiduciary obligations and duties of that Entity to that Participant that might otherwise be implied or imposed by law or equity are expressly excluded to the extent permitted by law, including without limitation any such obligation or duty arising under any statute.

 

(e)                                   The Entity is not an agent or trustee for the Bank or, except as provided by paragraph (d) of this clause 10.2, any Participant.

 

11.                               Change in Control

 

(a)                                   Where there is publicly announced any proposal (whether by takeover bid, scheme of arrangement or otherwise but excluding a proposal for a Dual Listed Company Structure) in relation to the Bank which the Board reasonably believes may lead to a Change in Control, the Board shall, notwithstanding any other provisions of these Rules or the Securities held by each Participant, promptly notify (the date of such notice being the Notice Date ) each Participant in writing that he or she may, within a period specified in the notice (which period must be not less than 14 days from the Notice Date) (the Change in Control Notice Period ), exercise:

 

(i)                                     in the case of Unvested Securities comprised in an Award that are Unhurdled Securities, and where the Notice Date is prior to the Satisfaction Date of those Securities, only that number of Securities (if any) calculated in accordance with the following formula:

 

X = A x B
         C

 

where:

 

X is the number of Securities that will be exercisable by the Participant;

 

A is the number of Unvested Securities comprised in an Award and held by the Participant on the Notice Date ;

 

B is the number of days from and excluding the Commencement Date of those Unvested Securities up to and including the Notice Date; and

 

C is the number of days from and excluding that Commencement Date of those Unvested Securities up to and including the Satisfaction Date.

 

(ii)                                  in the case of Unhurdled Securities comprised in an Award and where the Notice Date is on or after the Satisfaction Date, only those Securities (if any) that are Vested Securities held by the Participant on the Notice Date;

 

(iii)                               in the case of Performance Securities comprised in an Award and where the Notice Date is on or after the Satisfaction Date, only those Securities (if any) that are Vested Securities held by the Participant at the Notice Date; and

 

18



 

(iv)                              in the case of Performance Securities comprised in an Award and where the Notice Date is prior to the Satisfaction Date, only that number of Securities (if any) calculated in accordance with the following formula:

 

A = W   [50 + 2 (X – 50)] X  
                         100                   Z

 

where:

 

A is the number of Unvested Securities that will become Vested Securities.  If the Bank’s TSR Ranking as at the Test Date is less than 50%, A shall be taken to be nil;

 

W is the number of Securities comprised in an Award;

 

X is the Bank’s TSR Ranking determined on or as at:

 

(i)                                     the most recent of a Monthly TSR Test Date and a Test Date to have occurred immediately preceding the Notice Date; or

 

(ii)                                  if no Monthly TSR Test Date or Test Date has occurred since the Issue Date of that Participant’s Securities, the Notice Date,

 

PROVIDED THAT if the Bank’s TSR Ranking so determined is greater than 75%, X shall for the purposes of this calculation be taken to be 75% (in each case X will be expressed as a whole number);

 

Y is the number of days from and excluding the date on which the Performance Period commenced up to and including the Notice Date but only if the Notice Date occurs before the First Test Date,; and

 

Z is the number of days from and excluding the date on which the Performance Period commenced up to and including the First Test Date but only if the Notice Date occurs before the First Test Date.

 

(b)                                  All Securities held by the Participant which:

 

(i)                                     are not the subject of notice under paragraphs (a)(i), (a)(ii), (a)(iii) or (a)(iv); or

 

(ii)                                  are the subject of a notice under paragraphs (a)(i), (a)(ii), (a)(iii) or (a)(iv) and have not been exercised by the Participant by the end of the Change of Control Notice Period,

 

shall lapse.

 

12.                               Capital Event

 

(a)                                   If a Capital Event occurs before the lodgement of a Notice of Exercise, the Board shall determine in respect of each Security:

 

(i)                                     the number of underlying Shares; and

 

(ii)                                  the Exercise Price,

 

by taking into account the Capital Event in a manner which is fair and equitable to the Participants and which is consistent with the relevant provisions of the Listing Rules.

 

19



 

Securities shall be reconstructed in a manner which will not result in any additional benefits being conferred on Participants which are not conferred on persons holding Shares or vice versa.

 

(b)                                  The Board may inform each Participant of these decisions or shall otherwise inform each Participant on request.

 

13.                               New issues

 

A Security does not confer on a Participant the right to participate in new issues of Shares by the Bank, including by way of bonus issue, rights issue or otherwise.

 

14.                               Securities not transferable

 

Securities may not be transferred, assigned or novated without the approval of the Board, except that a legal personal representative of a Participant who has died or whose estate is liable to be dealt with under laws relating to mental health or bankruptcy will be entitled to be registered as the holder of those Securities after the production to the Board of such documents or other evidence as the Board may reasonably require to establish that entitlement.

 

15.                               Security Interest

 

Participants shall not grant any Security Interest in or over or otherwise dispose of or deal with any Securities or any interest therein, and any such Security Interest or disposal or dealing will not be recognised in any manner by the Bank.

 

16.                               Ranking and listing

 

(a)                                   Shares allotted as a consequence of the exercise of Securities will, from the date of allotment, rank equally with all other issued Shares.

 

(b)                                  The Bank will apply for official quotation of those Shares on each stock exchange on which Shares are quoted in accordance with the Listing Rules.

 

(c)                                   The Securities will not be listed for quotation on any stock exchange.

 

17.                               Issue limitations

 

(a)                                   The total number of unissued Shares, the subject of Securities, which may be offered at any time to Eligible Employees under the Plan shall not exceed the maximum permitted under any Class Order providing relief from the prospectus regime of the Corporations Act to ensure compliance with such Class Order.

 

(b)                                  Securities may not be granted under the Plan to an Eligible Employee to the extent that if all of the Securities granted would be immediately exercisable from the Issue Date and are exercised on the Issue Date, the Eligible Employee would, on the Issue Date:

 

(i)                                     hold a legal or beneficial interest in more than five percent (5%) of the Shares; or

 

20



 

(ii)                                  be in a position to cast, or control the casting of, more than five percent (5%) of the maximum number of votes that might be cast at a general meeting of the Bank.

 

18.                               No interest in Shares until exercise

 

A Participant has no interest in any Share unless and until the related Security is exercised and Shares are either allotted and issued to, or purchased in the name of, that Participant as a result of that exercise.

 

19.                               Commencement and termination

 

19.1                        Commencement

 

The Plan takes effect from the date of resolution by the Board adopting the Plan or as such later date as may be specified by the Board in that resolution.

 

19.2                        Termination and Suspension

 

The Board may terminate or suspend the operation of the Plan at any time by resolution of the Board.  For the avoidance of doubt, any termination of the Plan pursuant to this clause will not affect any Securities that are outstanding.

 

20.                               Administration of the Plan

 

(a)                                   The Plan shall be administered by the Board which shall have power to delegate to any one or more persons (including, but not restricted to, a committee of the Board) for such period and on such conditions as the Board may determine the exercise of its powers or discretions arising under the Plan.

 

(b)                                  The Board may at any time and from time to time:

 

(i)                                     give directions to any person or persons appointed under paragraph (a) of this clause 20 as to the manner of the exercise by the Board of any of its discretions under these Rules or the Plan; and

 

(ii)                                  amend any of those directions,

 

and where the Board has given such a direction, the person or persons (as the case may be) must exercise the relevant discretion in accordance with that direction.

 

(c)                                   The Board shall have power to:

 

(i)                                     determine appropriate procedures for administration of the Plan consistent with the provisions of these Rules; and

 

(ii)                                  resolve conclusively all questions of fact or interpretation and all calculations arising in connection with the Plan.

 

(d)                                  The Board may at any time appoint or engage specialist service providers for the operation and administration of the Plan.

 

21



 

(e)                                   The Board shall ensure a complete register of Participants is maintained to facilitate efficient management and administration, and to comply with regulatory reporting requirements.

 

21.                               Amendment of the Plan

 

21.1                        By the Board

 

Subject to clause 21.2, the Board may at any time and from time to time by resolution:

 

(a)                                   amend all or any of these Rules or all or any of the rights or obligations of the Participants or any of them; and

 

(b)                                  formulate (and subsequently amend) special terms and conditions, in addition to those set out in these Rules, to apply to Eligible Employees employed in, resident in, or who are citizens of, countries other than Australia.  Each of such sets of special terms and conditions shall be restricted in its application to those Eligible Employees employed in, resident in, or who are citizens of the foreign country or countries specified by the Board, and may be revoked, added to or varied in accordance with paragraph (a) of this clause 21.1.

 

21.2                        Listing Rules

 

The exercise of any powers under these Rules by the Board is subject to any restrictions or procedural requirements relating to the amendment of the rules of an employee incentive scheme or of issued options imposed by any Law or by the Listing Rules and applicable to the Plan or the Securities, as the case may be, unless those restrictions, conditions or requirements are relaxed or waived by the ASX or any of its delegates either generally or in a particular case or class of cases and either expressly or by implication.

 

22.                               Law, Listing Rules and the Constitution

 

The Rules and all offers and issues of Securities and Shares under the Plan are subject to any Law, the Listing Rules and the Bank’s Constitution, each as in force from time to time.

 

23.                               Rights of Participants

 

Nothing in these Rules:

 

(a)                                   confers on any Eligible Employee or Participant the right to continue as an Employee of any Group Company;

 

(b)                                  confers on any Employee the right to become or remain an Eligible Employee or to participate under the Plan;

 

(c)                                   affects any rights which a Group Company may have to terminate the employment of an Eligible Employee or Participant;

 

(d)                                  may be used to increase damages in any action brought against any Group Company in respect of any such termination and a Participant shall waive any and all rights to

 

22



 

compensation or damages in consequence of any such termination insofar as those rights arise or may arise from that Participant ceasing to have rights under or entitled to exercise any Security under the Plan as a result of such termination; and

 

(e)                                   confers any responsibility or liability on any Group Company or its directors, officers, employees, representatives or agents in respect of any taxation liabilities of the Eligible Employees or Participants.

 

24.                               General

 

24.1                        Advice

 

Eligible Employees should obtain their own independent advice on the financial, taxation and other consequences to them of or relating to participation in the Plan including in relation to exercising Securities and disposing of any or all Shares acquired as a result of exercising Securities.

 

24.2                        Costs and Expenses

 

With the exception of Taxes (excluding any Taxes payable on brokerage) which are payable by a Participant, a Participant will not be liable for any costs associated with the implementation and administration of the Plan unless the Board in its discretion determines otherwise.  If the Board so determines, the Board must inform the Participant prior to allocating any such expense to a Participant.

 

Subject to the preceding paragraph, the Bank will pay all expenses, costs and charges in relation to the establishment, implementation and administration of the Plan, including all costs incurred in or associated with the allotment and issue or purchase of Shares (except for Taxes which are payable by Participants) for the purposes of the Plan.

 

24.3                        Dispute

 

Any disputes or differences of any nature arising under the Plan shall be referred to the Board and its decision shall be final and binding in all respects.

 

24.4                        Notices

 

Any notice, instruction, direction or other communication (a Notice ) given under or pursuant to these Rules:

 

(a)                                   is validly given if it is handed to the addressee, faxed to the addressee at the fax number last notified by that person, emailed to the last email address notified by that person, or posted ordinary prepaid post (first class air-mail if to an overseas address) to the last known address of the addressee;

 

(b)                                  must be signed by the sending or a person duly authorised by the sender and if sent by email:

 

(i)                                     the Notice must be signed by a person clearly authorised by the sender in a manner which complies with the electronic signature guidelines; and

 

(ii)                                  the sender must keep an electronic and a printed copy of the Notice sent;

 

(c)                                   except as provided in paragraph (d), will be taken to have been given:

 

23



 

(i)                                     in the case of personal delivery, when personally received;

 

(ii)                                  in the case of post to a domestic address, three Business Days after posting;

 

(iii)                               in the case of post to an overseas address, seven Business Days after posting; or

 

(iv)                              in the case of a fax, on production of a transmission report by the machine from which the fax was sent that indicates that the fax was transmitted in its entirety to the fax number of the addressee; or

 

(v)                                 in the case of email complying with paragraph (b), on the first to occur of:

 

(A)                              receipt by the sender of an email acknowledgement from the recipient’s information system showing that the Notice has been delivered to the email address stated above;

 

(B)                                the time that the Notice enters an information system which is under the control of the recipient; and

 

(C)                                the time that the Notice is first opened or read by an employee or officer of the recipient,

 

unless it is personally received or faxed after 5.00 pm on the day, in which case it shall be deemed to be received or faxed on the next succeeding Business Day; and

 

(d)                                  in the case of a notice of election under clause 8.2(d), clause 8.2(e) or clause 9.4, an Application Form (if any) or a Notice of Exercise, that election, application or notice will not be taken to have been received by or on behalf of the Bank until it is actually received by the Bank at the address nominated from time to time by the Board or, if the terms of the election, application or notice permit it to be submitted in electronic form, then that election, application or notice will not be taken to have been received by or on behalf of the Bank until all conditions specified by the Board from time to time for the submission of that election, application or notice have been satisfied.

 

24.5                        Error Correction

 

(a)                                   In the event that any error or mistake has been made in relation to the number of  Securities the subject of:

 

(i)                                     an Invitation under clause 4.2;

 

(ii)                                  an inscription in the Register pursuant to clause 6.1; or

 

(iii)                               any notification made under clause 9.3(c),

 

that Invitation, inscription or notification, as the case may be, shall be null and void and of no effect to the extent of any such error or mistake and the Board may in its absolute discretion, correct such error or mistake, without the need to obtain consent from the relevant Eligible Employee or relevant Participant, by notice to the Eligible Employee or that Participant and, where appropriate, may issue an amended Invitation or notification or correct the Register.

 

(b)                                  The Board will notify the relevant Participant within a reasonable period after discovering and correcting the error or mistake.

 

24



 

24.6                        Governing Law

 

This Plan and the rights of Participants under its Rules are governed by the laws in force in New South Wales.

 

25


Exhibit 4(c)15

 

Rules of the

Westpac Banking Corporation

Employee Share Plan

 

as adopted at a meeting of the Board of Directors on 30 April 2002 and subsequently amended by:

 

·                   the Board on 9 August 2002;  and

 

·                   the Board Remuneration Committee on 28 October 2002, 11 December 2002, 5 May 2003 and 5 August 2008; and

 

·                   the Board Remuneration Committee Chairman on 15 August 2008.

 

Allens Arthur Robinson

The Chifley Tower

2 Chifley Square

Sydney  NSW  2000

Australia

Tel  61  2 9230 4000

Fax  61  2 9230 5333

 

© Copyright Allens Arthur Robinson 2008

 



 

Rules of the Westpac Banking Corporation

Employee Share Plan

 

 

 

Table of Contents

 

1.

 

Purpose

1

 

 

 

 

2.

 

Definitions and interpretations

1

 

 

 

 

3.

 

Interpretation

5

 

 

 

 

4.

 

Principal Conditions

5

 

 

 

 

5.

 

Invitation to acquire Shares

5

 

 

5.1      Issue

5

 

 

5.2      Form

6

 

 

 

 

6.

 

Application for Shares

6

 

 

 

 

7.

 

Methods of Share Acquisition

6

 

 

 

 

8.

 

Acquisition of Shares by the Plan Company

7

 

 

8.1      Directions by the Board

7

 

 

8.2      Payment of contributions

7

 

 

8.3      Use of contributions

7

 

 

 

 

9.

 

Allocation of Shares

7

 

 

9.1      Bank’s action

7

 

 

9.2      Registered holder

8

 

 

9.3      Identification of funds

8

 

 

9.4      Unallocated Shares

8

 

 

9.5      Error in Allocation

8

 

 

 

 

10.

 

Non-forfeiture of Shares

9

 

 

A Participant cannot be required to forfeit either:

9

 

 

 

 

11.

 

Restrictions on dealing with Shares

9

 

 

11.1      Application of Holding Lock

9

 

 

11.2      Holding Lock restrictions

9

 

 

11.3      Enforcement by Board

9

 

 

11.4      Release from Holding Lock

9

 

 

11.5      Authority to Sell

10

 

 

11.6      Calculation of Minimum Parcel

10

 

 

 

 

12.

 

Rights attaching to Shares

11

 

 

12.1      Ranking and Listing

11

 

 

12.2      Voting rights

11

 

 

12.3      Bonus Shares

11

 

 

12.4      Rights Issue

11

 

 

 

 

13.

 

Authorised deductions

11

 

 

 

 

14.

 

Commencement and termination

12

 

 

14.1      Commencement

12

 

 

14.2      Termination and Suspension

12

 

 

 

 

15.

 

Administration of the Plan

12

 

i



 

16.

 

Amendment of the Plan

13

 

 

16.1      By the Board

13

 

 

16.2      Listing Rules

13

 

 

 

 

17.

 

Issue limitations

13

 

 

 

 

18.

 

Law, Listing Rules and the Constitution

13

 

 

 

 

19.

 

Rights of Participants

14

 

 

 

 

20.

 

General

14

 

 

20.1      Advice

14

 

 

20.2      Relation of the Bank, Plan Company, Trustee and Participants

14

 

 

20.3      Costs and Expenses

15

 

 

20.4      Dispute

15

 

 

20.5      Notices

15

 

 

20.6      Governing Law

16

 

ii



 

WESTPAC BANKING CORPORATION (ABN 33 007 457 141)

 

EMPLOYEE SHARE PLAN

 

RULES

 

1.                                      Purpose

 

The Westpac Banking Corporation Employee Share Plan has been established as an initiative for creating a stronger link between employee performance and reward and increasing shareholder value by enabling Participants to have a greater involvement with, and share in, the future growth and profitability of the Bank.

 

2.                                      Definitions and interpretations

 

In this document the following terms have the following meanings:

 

Acquisition Date means in relation to Shares acquired under the Plan by, or for the benefit of, a Participant:

 

(a)                                   the date on which the Shares are allotted and issued to that Participant or, in the case of Shares purchased on behalf of that Participant, the name of that Participant is entered in the Bank’s register of members; or

 

(b)                                  such other date as may be determined by the Board in its discretion so as to ensure the Exemption Conditions are satisfied.

 

Application means an application on an Application Form by an Eligible Employee to acquire Shares under the Plan, or an application made in accordance with any application procedures as the Board may determine from time to time.

 

Application Date means the last possible date as specified in an Invitation on which an Application can be made.

 

Application Form  means the application form (if any) in such form as the Board may approve from time to time.

 

ASIC means the Australian Securities and Investments Commission.

 

ASIC Act means the Australian Securities and Investments Commission Act 2001 (Cth).

 

ASX means Australian Stock Exchange Limited (ABN 98 008 624 691).

 

Bank means Westpac Banking Corporation (ABN 33 007 457 141) or any company that becomes the holding company of Westpac Banking Corporation.

 

Board means the board of directors of the Bank from time to time.

 

Bonus Shares means Shares to which a holder of Shares is entitled in any pro rata issue by the Bank to holders of Shares for which no consideration is payable by the holder.

 

Business Day means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banking institutions in Sydney are authorised or required by law to be closed.

 

1



 

Charity means an entity where gifts and contributions to that entity are deductible in accordance with Division 30 of the Tax Act or any charitable organisation as determined by the Board from time to time.

 

Class Order means an instrument made by ASIC that exempts each person in a class of persons from the Corporations Act, the ASIC Act or any part of either or both, or that modifies the application of the Corporations Act, the ASIC Act or any part of either or both in particular circumstances.

 

Constitution means the Bank’s constitution as amended from time to time.

 

Corporations Act means the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

 

Disposal Restrictions means the restrictions on dealing with Shares as set out in clause 11.

 

Eligible Employee means an Employee whom the Board determines is to receive an Invitation under the Plan.  The Board may also determine at any time that an Employee:

 

(a)                                   who, during the 12 months immediately preceding the date of determination, has acquired a legal or beneficial interest in any Share or option over Shares pursuant to any other share or option plan operated by or on behalf of the Bank at any time; or

 

(b)                                  who is located in a jurisdiction where it is, in the opinion of the Board, not reasonably practicable to invite participation in the Plan,

 

is not an Eligible Employee and that, until the Board determines otherwise, such Employee shall not receive an Invitation under the Plan.

 

The Board may take into account any of the following factors in determining the eligibility of an Employee:

 

(i)                                      the length of continuous service of the Employee with any one or more Group Companies;

 

(ii)                                  the number of hours worked per week for Employees in part-time employment; or

 

(iii)                               any other factors determined by the Board in its absolute discretion.

 

Employee means:

 

(a)                                   any person who is in full-time or part-time employment of a Group Company; or

 

(b)                                  any other person whom the Board determines shall be treated as an employee for the purposes of the Plan.

 

Exemption Conditions means the exemption conditions set out in section 139CE of the Tax Act.

 

Group Company means the Bank and any of its subsidiaries.

 

Holding Lock means a mechanism to prevent, in accordance with clause 11.2, dealings with Shares held by a Participant under the Plan during the Holding Lock Period with respect to those Shares.

 

Holding Lock Period means, in relation to Shares acquired under the Plan by, or for the benefit of a Participant, the period from the Acquisition Date until the earliest of:

 

2



 

(a)                                   the third anniversary of the Acquisition Date, or such other date as may be determined by the Board in its discretion subject to the satisfaction of the Exemption Conditions; and

 

(b)                                  the date on which the Participant ceases employment within the meaning of section 139CE(5) of the Tax Act.

 

Invitation means an invitation to apply to acquire Shares under the Plan, or such other means as the Board may determine from time to time, subject always to compliance with Law.

 

Law means the applicable law of the jurisdiction in which an Eligible Employee is located at the time of receipt of an Invitation.

 

Listing Rules  means the listing rules of the ASX as amended from time to time.

 

Market Price means:

 

(a)                                   in relation to the allocation of Shares acquired in On-Market Acquisitions, the average price per Share (rounded to the nearest whole cent, with on-half of one-cent being rounded down) of all Shares so acquired by the Plan Company for the purposes of making that allocation to each of the relevant Participants; and

 

(b)                                  in relation to the allocation of Shares that have been or are to be acquired by way of allotment and issue by the Bank to the Plan Company for the purposes of making that allocation to each relevant Participant, the weighted average market price per Share quoted on the ASX during the five Business Day period up to and including the day before the day on which the Shares are allocated to that Participant in accordance with clause 9.  The Board may exercise a discretion to include or exclude particular transactions from this calculation (e.g. “specials”) as it thinks fit.  If no Shares are traded on the ASX during that period, the price as determined by the Board.

 

Minimum Parcel means the minimum number of Shares determined by the Board from time to time and calculated in accordance with clause 11.6.

 

On-Market Acquisition means the acquisition of Shares in the ordinary course of trading or otherwise on a Trading Day on the ASX.

 

Participant means:

 

(a)                                   an Eligible Employee who acts in accordance with clause 6(a) and returns a duly completed Application Form or applies, or is deemed to have applied, in accordance with any application procedure determined by the Board from time to time;

 

(b)                                  the legal personal representative of that Eligible Employee, where that legal personal representative, having satisfied the requirements of the Constitution, is the shareholder named in the Bank’s register of members; or

 

(c)                                   if, because of the Bankruptcy Act 1966 (Cth) or equivalent legislation in any other jurisdiction, Shares (or any interests in Shares) held under the Plan that form part of the property of a Eligible Employee, vest in the trustee of that Eligible

 

3



 

Employee’s estate, that trustee, whether or not the name of that trustee had been entered in the Bank’s register of members.

 

Plan means the Westpac Banking Corporation Employee Share Plan.

 

Plan Company means Employee Share Plan Pty Limited (ABN 93 068 131 260) or such other person or entity nominated from time to time by the Board.

 

Release Request means a duly completed request executed by a Participant in a form approved by the Board from time to time, for permission from the Board to have released from a Holding Lock all or a specified number (being not less than a Minimum Parcel) of Shares held by that Participant under the Plan.

 

Relevant Value in relation to an Eligible Employee in respect of a Year means the amount determined by the Board and specified in an Invitation.

 

Rules  means the rules of the Plan as set out in this document.

 

Security Interest means a mortgage, charge, pledge, lien or other encumbrance of any nature.

 

Shares means fully paid ordinary shares in the capital of the Bank.

 

Tax includes any tax, levy, impost, deduction, charge, rate, contribution, duty or withholding which is assessed (or deemed to be assessed), levied, imposed or made by any government or any governmental, semi-governmental or judicial entity or authority together with any interest, penalty, fine, charge, fee or other amount assessed (or deemed to be assessed), levied, imposed or made on or in respect of any or all of the foregoing.

 

Tax Act means the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 (Cth) or the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 (Cth) or both, as the context requires.

 

Trading Day means a day on which Shares are traded on the ASX.

 

Trust Deed means the deed poll entered into by the Trustee for the purposes of holding money, Shares and other property on trust for Participants and other persons in accordance with the Rules and the deed poll and includes any amendment to the Trust Deed.

 

Trustee means the person or entity nominated by the Board from time to time which may hold contributions from the Plan Company or Group Companies, and Shares on trust for Participants and other persons as set out in these Rules on the terms and conditions set out in the Trust Deed.

 

Unallocated Shares means Shares acquired at any time:

 

(a)                                   by the Plan Company under clause 8.3 for the purposes of the Plan which have not been allocated to a Participant under clause 9.1; and

 

(b)           by the Trustee under clause 9.5.

 

Year means each period of twelve calendar months commencing on 1 October and ending on 30 September of the following calendar year or such other period as the Board determines at its discretion.

 

4



 

Year of Income means a period of 12 months ending on 30 June in any year and including the period commencing on the date of commencement of this Plan and terminating on the next 30 June and the period ending on the date of termination of the Plan and commencing on the preceding 1 July or any other period determined by the Board in its discretion.

 

3.                                      Interpretation

 

In this document unless the contrary intention appears:

 

(a)                                 a gender includes all genders;

 

(b)                                the singular includes the plural and vice versa;

 

(c)                                 a reference to any legislation or to a provision of any legislation includes any modification or re-enactment of it, any legislative provision substituted for it and all regulations and statutory instruments issued under it;

 

(d)                                headings are for convenience only and do not affect the interpretation of these Rules;

 

(e)                                 reference to a clause or paragraph is a reference to a clause or paragraph of these Rules, or the corresponding Rule or Rules of this Plan as amended from time to time;

 

(f)                                   where any word or phrase is given a definite meaning in these Rules, any part of speech or other grammatical form of that word or phrase has a corresponding meaning;

 

(g)                                where the time for doing any act, matter or thing under these Rules falls on a day which is not a Business Day, it shall be done on the next succeeding Business Day; and

 

(h)                                terms which are defined in the Corporations Act bear the same meaning when used in this document.

 

4.                                      Principal Conditions

 

The Plan in its terms and operation, and Shares acquired by Eligible Employees under the Plan, shall satisfy the Exemption Conditions so as to permit the application of section 139BA of the Tax Act to Participants.  Without limiting the foregoing, the Plan shall be operated on a non-discriminatory basis within the meaning of that expression in section 139CE and section 139GF of the Tax Act until such time as the Plan is terminated under clause 14.2.

 

5.                                      Invitation to acquire Shares

 

5.1                               Issue

 

In its absolute discretion and subject to these Rules, the Board may from time to time issue or cause to be issued Invitations on behalf of the Bank to Eligible Employees.  The Board

 

5



 

may further determine that those Invitations be made to Eligible Employees on terms which are different between full-time and part-time employees.

 

5.2                               Form

 

(a)                                   An Invitation may take any form determined by the Board from time to time and must specify:

 

(i)                                     the date of the Invitation;

 

(ii)                                  the Relevant Value in respect of each Eligible Employee;

 

(iii)                               the amount, date and manner of payment of consideration (if any) by the Eligible Employee to acquire the Shares;

 

(iv)                              the time period in which an Application shall be made and the Application Date; and

 

(v)                                 any other material terms and conditions require by any relevant Class Order and any other material terms and conditions applicable to the Invitation.

 

(b)                                  Eligible Employees may be issued an Application Form and such explanatory and other material in respect of the Plan as the Board considers appropriate, or as is required by Law or any relevant Class Order.

 

6.                                      Application for Shares

 

(a)                                   An Eligible Employee who receives an Invitation may only make an Application by applying for the full value of Shares the subject of the Invitation within the time period and as otherwise specified in the Invitation:

 

(b)                                  If, after making an Application in accordance with paragraph (a) of this clause, the Eligible Employee remains an Employee, he or she:

 

(i)                                     becomes a Participant;

 

(ii)                                  as appropriate, irrevocably accepts (or is deemed to have accepted) the offer of Shares or offers to acquire Shares under the Plan in accordance with the terms of the Invitation, and

 

(iii)                               agrees to be bound by the Rules.

 

7.                                      Methods of Share Acquisition

 

Shares may be acquired for the purposes of the Plan:

 

(a)                                   by way of allotment and issue of Shares by the Bank to the Plan Company in the name of the respective Participants; or

 

(b)                                  by the Plan Company making an On-Market Acquisition; or

 

(c)                                   by transfer from the Trustee.

 

6



 

8.                                      Acquisition of Shares by the Plan Company

 

8.1                               Directions by the Board

 

Subject to these Rules, the Listing Rules, the Constitution and any relevant Law to the contrary, the Plan Company and the Trustee must follow any direction given to it by the Board as to the operation of the Plan.

 

8.2                               Payment of contributions

 

Any Group Company may pay to the Plan Company contributions as determined by the Board from time to time to be used for the purposes of the Plan.

 

8.3                               Use of contributions

 

(a)                                 Upon receipt of contributions from a Group Company, the Plan Company must use such contributions to acquire Shares for Participants as directed from time to time by the Board, within a reasonable period to be determined by the Board.

 

(b)                                Pending the acquisition of Shares, the Plan Company may invest moneys in short term deposits or otherwise apply moneys for the purposes of the Plan.  Any interest earned on such deposits will be used by the Plan Company towards the costs of administering the Plan.

 

(c)                                 If so directed by the Board, any money held by the Plan Company at the end of a Year of Income shall be transferred to the Trustee or applied by the Plan Company in whole or in part for the benefit of (subject to the Trust Deed, as appropriate):

 

(i)                                    the Bank; or

 

(ii)                                 one or more of the following beneficiaries as nominated by the Board:

 

(A)                              a provident, superannuation or retirement fund established and maintained by any Group Company for the benefit of all or any Employees;

 

(B)                                an employee share or option trust established and maintained by any Group Company for the benefit of all or any Employees;

 

(C)                                a trust established and maintained by any Group Company for the benefit of all or any Employees; or

 

(D)                               any Charity.

 

9.                                      Allocation of Shares

 

9.1                               Bank’s action

 

(a)                                 Each Participant, who continues to be an Employee as at the date on which Shares are to be allocated under this Plan, shall be allocated such number of Shares as is determined in accordance with the following formula:

 

Number of Shares =

 

Relevant Value

 

 

 

Market Price

 

 

7



 

(b)                                Where the number of Shares to be allocated under this clause is not a whole number, the number shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number.

 

(c)                                 Each Participant agrees that the transfer of any Shares to the Participant by the Trustee or Plan Company or the registration of any Shares in the name of the Participant at the direction of the Trustee or the Plan Company satisfies any right of the Participant to be allocated an equivalent number of Shares under paragraph (a) of this clause 9.1 and discharges any obligation of the Bank to make such allocation.

 

9.2                               Registered holder

 

Shares are to be registered in the name of the Participant.

 

9.3                               Identification of funds

 

The Plan Company is not required to identify any Shares it purchases under the Plan with any particular funds it receives from any Group Company in respect of any Participant, but must allocate the Shares purchased among the relevant Participants as determined by the Board.

 

9.4                               Unallocated Shares

 

If, after allocating Shares to Participants under clause 9.1, there remains Unallocated Shares, the Plan Company shall transfer to the Trustee and the Trustee shall, if so directed by the Board:

 

(a)                                   allocate those Unallocated Shares to one or more Eligible Employees as nominated by the Board from time to time;  or

 

(b)                                  (i)                                    transfer those Unallocated Shares;

 

(ii)                                 sell those Unallocated Shares and distribute the net sales proceeds;  or

 

(iii)                              undertake any combination of paragraph (i) and paragraph (ii),

 

to one or more of the following beneficiaries as nominated by the Board:

 

(iv)                             a provident, superannuation or retirement fund established and maintained by any Group Company for the benefit of all or any Employees;

 

(v)                                an employee share or option plan, scheme or trust established and maintained by any Group Company for the benefit of all or any Employees;

 

(vi)                             a plan, scheme or trust established and maintained by any Group Company for the benefit of all or any Employees;  or

 

(vii)                          any Charity;  or

 

(c)                                   undertake any combination of paragraphs (a) and (b).

 

9.5                               Error in Allocation

 

If any Share is allocated under this Plan in error or by mistake to a person who is not the intended recipient of that Share or who is not an Eligible Employee (the Mistaken

 

8



 

Recipient ), the Mistaken Recipient shall have no right or interest, and shall be taken never to have had any right or interest, in that Share and shall hold that Share absolutely for the benefit of the Trustee.  If directed by the Plan Company to do so, the Mistaken Recipient must as soon as practicable (and in any event within 10 Business Days of being so requested) transfer that Share to the Trustee.  Each Participant irrevocably appoints each officer of the Plan Company as the attorney of the Participant to execute and deliver any instrument of transfer or other document necessary or desirable to effect such a transfer from the Mistaken Recipient to the Trustee. An officer of the Plan Company is required to execute the instrument of transfer within a reasonable period of time.

 

10.                               Non-forfeiture of Shares

 

A Participant cannot be required to forfeit either:

 

(a)                                   ownership of Shares acquired; or

 

(b)                                  any rights acquired,

 

under the Plan.

 

11.                               Restrictions on dealing with Shares

 

11.1                        Application of Holding Lock

 

Each Participant:

 

(a)                                 agrees that all Shares allocated to the Participant will be subject to a Holding Lock for the duration of the Holding Lock Period; and

 

(b)                                undertakes not to make a Release Request (or permit or authorise another person to do so), in relation to any Shares allocated to the Participant under clause 9, prior to the end of the Holding Lock Period.

 

11.2                        Holding Lock restrictions

 

While subject to a Holding Lock, Shares acquired under the Plan by or for the benefit of a Participant cannot be transferred by the Participant and the Participant must not grant (or purport to grant) any Security Interest in or over or otherwise dispose of or deal with (or purport to otherwise dispose or deal with) any Shares acquired under the Plan or any interest in any Shares acquired under the Plan held by the Participant.

 

11.3                        Enforcement by Board

 

The Board shall be entitled to prescribe, take and enforce such action, steps or arrangements as it considers necessary, desirable or appropriate to enforce or give further effect to the provisions of clauses 11.1 and 11.2 so as to ensure the Exemption Conditions are satisfied.

 

11.4                        Release from Holding Lock

 

At any time after the end of the Holding Lock Period and subject to clause 9.5:

 

9



 

(a)                                 a Participant shall be entitled to submit a Release Request to the Board in respect of the relevant Shares.  The Board shall release those Shares from the Holding Lock within a reasonable period from the date of receipt of the Release Request; or

 

(b)                                the Board shall be entitled to approve the release of Shares from a Holding Lock without having received a Release Request from a Participant and remove those Shares from the Plan.

 

11.5                        Authority to Sell

 

(a)                                 If after:

 

(i)                                    the expiration of the Holding Lock Period as a result of paragraph (b) of the definition of Holding Lock Period; or

 

(ii)                                 the release from the Holding Lock under clause 11.4,

 

a Participant holds less than the Minimum Parcel of Shares, the Plan Company may, and will if directed to do so by the Board, without the need for any authorisation from that Participant, sell the Shares registered in that Participant’s name and deduct from the proceeds of such a sale an amount equal to all outgoings and expenses the Plan Company incurs in selling such Shares.

 

(b)                                If at any time:

 

(i)                                    after the third anniversary of the Acquisition Date of any Shares; and

 

(ii)                                 prior to the release of those Shares from the Holding Lock,

 

a Participant ceases to be an Employee, or the Participant’s employer has ceased to be a Group Company, the Plan Company may, and will if directed to do so by the Board:

 

(A)                             if that Participant holds less than a Minimum Parcel of Shares, sell all of the Shares registered in that Participant’s name pursuant to the Plan and deduct from the proceeds of such a sale an amount equal to all outgoings and expenses the Plan Company incurs in selling such Shares; or

 

(B)                               if that Participant holds a Minimum Parcel of Shares or more, take all action that may be necessary to ensure that those Shares are released from the Holding Lock.

 

11.6                        Calculation of Minimum Parcel

 

All Shares of which the Participant is the registered holder shall be aggregated with all other Shares held by that Participant whether:

 

(a)                                 under any of the Bank’s employee share plans, including this Plan, but excluding

 

(i)                                    for the avoidance of doubt, any Shares which could be issued on exercise of any unexercised options; and

 

(ii)                                 Shares dealings in which are restricted under the rules of any of those plans ; or

 

(b)                                otherwise,

 

10



 

for the purpose of determining whether the Participant holds a Minimum Parcel of Shares.

 

12.                               Rights attaching to Shares

 

12.1                        Ranking and Listing

 

(a)                                 A Participant is entitled to receive any dividends and other distributions paid or made on Shares allocated to that Participant under the Plan and registered in the name of that Participant.  This applies even if such Shares are subject to a Holding Lock.

 

(b)                                If Shares are allotted and issued under this Plan, they will, from the date of allotment and issue rank equally with all other issued Shares.  The Bank will apply for official quotation of these Shares on each stock exchange on which Shares are quoted.

 

12.2                        Voting rights

 

A Participant may exercise any voting rights attaching to the Shares allocated to that Participant under the Plan and registered in the name of that Participant, or may appoint a proxy to represent and vote for him or her, at any meeting of the members of the Bank. This applies even if such Shares are subject to a Holding Lock.

 

12.3                        Bonus Shares

 

(a)                                 Any Bonus Shares in respect of Shares (the Original Shares ) that, at the closing date for determining entitlements to those Bonus Shares, are allocated to that Participant under the Plan and registered in the name of that Participant, shall also be allocated to that Participant under the Plan and registered in the name of that Participant and be subject to a Holding Lock.

 

(b)                                Bonus Shares shall be deemed to be subject to the same Disposal Restrictions for the purposes of the Plan as if they were the Original Shares.

 

(c)                                 The Plan Company will not sell the Bonus Shares or transfer them to the Participant unless the Plan Company sells or transfers the Original Shares.

 

12.4                        Rights Issue

 

The Board may decide in its absolute discretion whether Participants can participate in any pro rata rights issues of Shares made by the Bank (and whether fully or partly in any such issue) or sell renounceable rights.

 

13.                               Authorised deductions

 

Before making any payment to a Participant, the Plan Company is authorised to deduct:

 

(a)                                 all outgoings and expenses it incurs in selling and otherwise dealing with Shares for Participants;

 

(b)                                Tax which, in the opinion of the directors of the Plan Company, is or would be payable by the Plan Company in connection with the Plan; and

 

11



 

(c)                                 any other amounts that in the opinion of the directors of the Plan Company it is fair and reasonable to deduct.

 

14.                               Commencement and termination

 

14.1                        Commencement

 

The Plan takes effect from the date of resolution by the Board adopting the Plan or as such later date as may be specified by the Board in that resolution.

 

14.2                        Termination and Suspension

 

(a)                                 The Board may terminate or suspend the operation of the Plan at any time by resolution of the Board.

 

(b)                                A resolution by the Board to terminate the operation of the Plan must include the following:

 

(i)                                    the termination is to take effect from a date not less than three years from the date of the last allotment or purchase of Shares under the Plan; and

 

(ii)                                 no further Invitations will be issued under the Plan between and including the date of resolution and the date on which the termination is to take effect.

 

15.                               Administration of the Plan

 

(a)                                 The Plan shall be administered by the Board which shall have power to delegate to any one or more persons (including, but not restricted to a committee of the Board) for such period and on such conditions as the Board may determine the exercise of its powers or discretions arising under the Plan.

 

(b)                                The Board may at any time and from time to time:

 

(i)                                    give directions to any one or more persons appointed under paragraph (a) of this clause 15 as to the manner of the exercise by the Board of any of its discretions under these Rules or the Plan;

 

(ii)                                 amend any of those directions,

 

and where the Board has given such a direction, the person or persons (as the case may be) must exercise the relevant discretion in accordance with that direction.

 

(c)                                 The Board shall have power to:

 

(i)                                    determine appropriate procedures for administration of the Plan consistent with the provisions of these Rules; and

 

(ii)                                 resolve conclusively all questions of fact or interpretation and all calculations arising in connection with the Plan.

 

(d)                                The Board may at any time appoint or engage specialist service providers for the operation and administration of the Plan.

 

12



 

(e)                                 The Board shall ensure a complete register of Participants is maintained to facilitate efficient management and administration and to comply with regulatory reporting requirements.

 

16.                               Amendment of the Plan

 

16.1                        By the Board

 

Subject to clause 16.2, the Board may at any time and from time to time by resolution:

 

(a)                                 amend all or any of these Rules or all or any of the rights or obligations of the Participants or any of them; and

 

(b)                                formulate (and subsequently amend) special terms and conditions, in addition to those set out in these Rules, to apply to Eligible Employees employed in, resident in, or who are citizens of, countries other than Australia.  Each of such sets of special terms and conditions shall be restricted in its application to those Eligible Employees employed in, resident in, or who are citizens of the foreign country or countries specified by the Board, and may be revoked, added to or varied under paragraph (a) of this clause 16.1.

 

16.2                        Listing Rules

 

The Board’s exercise of its powers under clause 16.1 is subject to any restrictions or procedural requirements relating to the amendment of the rules of an employee incentive scheme imposed by the Listing Rules and applicable to the Plan or the Shares, as the case may be, unless those restrictions or requirements are relaxed or waived by the ASX or any of its delegates either generally or in a particular case or class of cases and either expressly or by implication.

 

17.                               Issue limitations

 

(a)                                 The total number of unissued Shares which may be offered at any time to Eligible Employees under the Plan shall not exceed the maximum permitted under any Class Order providing relief from the prospectus regime of the Corporations Act to ensure compliance with such Class Order.

 

(b)                                Shares may not be offered under the Plan to an Eligible Employee to the extent that, immediately following acceptance of the Shares, either the Eligible Employee would hold a legal or beneficial interest in more than five percent (5%) of the Shares or would be in a position to cast, or control the casting of, more than five percent (5%) of the maximum number of votes that might be cast at a general meeting of the Bank.

 

18.                               Law, Listing Rules and the Constitution

 

The Rules and all offers and issues of Shares under the Plan are subject to the Law, the Listing Rules and the Bank’s Constitution, each as in force from time to time.

 

13



 

19.                               Rights of Participants

 

Nothing in these Rules:

 

(a)                                 confers on any Eligible Employee or Participant the right to continue as an Employee of any Group Company;

 

(b)                                confers on any Employee the right to become or remain an Eligible Employee or to participate under the Plan;

 

(c)                                 affects any rights which a Group Company may have to terminate the employment of an Eligible Employee or Participant;

 

(d)                                may be used to increase damages in any action brought against any Group Company in respect of any such termination; or

 

(e)                                 confers any responsibility or liability on any Group Company or its directors, officers, employees, representatives or agents in respect of any taxation liabilities of the Eligible Employees or Participants at any time, whether before or after the termination of the Plan.

 

20.                               General

 

20.1                        Advice

 

Eligible Employees should obtain their own independent advice on the financial, taxation and other consequences to them of or relating to actual or proposed participation in the Plan, the acquisition of Shares under the Plan and the subsequent disposal of those Shares.

 

20.2                        Relation of the Bank, Plan Company, Trustee and Participants

 

(a)                                 The Plan Company acts as principal in the operation of the Plan and not as an agent of the Bank or of Participants.

 

(b)                                The Trustee acts as trustee on the terms and conditions set out in the Trust Deed and these Rules in respect of Unallocated Shares.

 

(c)                                 When acquiring or arranging for the issue of Shares and when acquiring and dealing with Unallocated Shares, but not otherwise, the Plan Company acts as trustee for the relevant Participant until such time as those Shares have been acquired, allocated to that Participant or the Trustee and registered in that Participant’s or Trustee’s name.  All other fiduciary obligations and duties of the Plan Company to any Participant that might otherwise be implied or imposed by law or equity are expressly excluded to the extent permitted by law, including without limitation any such obligation arising under any statute.

 

(d)                                The Plan Company is not a trustee for the Bank or, except as provided by paragraph (c) of this clause 20.2, any Participant.

 

(e)                                 The Bank does not have any entitlement to Shares or other property held by the Trustee under the terms of the Trust Deed and is not entitled to any distribution of income or capital from the Trust.

 

14



 

20.3                        Costs and Expenses

 

With the exception of Taxes that may be levied on the Plan Company or the Trustee in respect of the sale or purchase of Shares on behalf of a Participant under this Plan, a Participant will not be liable for any costs incurred by the Plan Company or by the Trustee in connection with the implementation and administration of the Plan unless the Board in its discretion determines otherwise.  If the Board so determines, the Board must inform the Participant prior to allocating any such expense to a Participant.

 

Subject to the preceding paragraph, the Bank will pay all expenses, costs and charges in relation to the establishment, implementation and administration of the Plan, including all costs incurred in or associated with the allotment and issue or purchase of Shares (except for Taxes which are payable by Participants) for the purposes of the Plan.

 

20.4                        Dispute

 

Any disputes or differences of any nature arising under the Plan shall be referred to the Board and its decision shall be final and binding in all respects.

 

20.5                        Notices

 

Any notice, instruction, direction or other communication (a Notice ) given under or pursuant to these Rules:

 

(a)                                 is validly given if it is handed to the addressee, faxed to the addressee at the fax number last notified by that person, emailed to the last email address notified by that person, or posted ordinary prepaid post (first class air-mail if to an overseas address) to the last known address of the addressee;

 

(b)                                must be signed by the sender or a person duly authorised by the sender and if sent by email:

 

(i)                                    the Notice must be signed by a person clearly authorised by the sender in a manner which complies with the electronic signature guidelines; and

 

(ii)                                 the sender must keep an electronic and a printed copy of the Notice sent;

 

(c)                                 except as provided in paragraph (d), will be taken to have been given:

 

(i)                                    in the case of personal delivery, when personally received;

 

(ii)                                 in the case of post to a domestic address, three Business Days after posting;

 

(iii)                              in the case of post to an overseas address, seven Business Days after posting;

 

(iv)                             in the case of a fax, on production of a transmission report by the machine from which the fax was sent that indicates that the fax was transmitted in its entirety to the fax number of the addressee; or

 

(v)                                in the case of email complying with paragraph (b), on the first to occur of:

 

(A)                              receipt by the sender of an email acknowledgement from the recipient’s information system showing that the Notice has been delivered to the email address stated above;

 

15



 

(B)                                the time that the Notice enters an information system which is under the control of the recipient; and

 

(C)                                the time that the Notice is first opened or read by an employee or officer of the recipient,

 

unless it is personally received or faxed after 5.00 pm on any day, in which case it shall be deemed to be received or faxed on the next succeeding Business Day; and

 

(d)                                in the case of any Application Form or a Release Request, that application or request will not be taken to have been received by or on behalf of the Bank until it is actually received by the Bank at the address nominated from time to time by the Board or, if the terms of an Application Form or Release Request permit it to be submitted in electronic form, then that Application Form or Release Request will not be taken to have been received by or on behalf of the Bank until all conditions specified by the Board from time to time for the submission of that Application Form or Release Request have been satisfied.

 

20.6                        Governing Law

 

This Plan and the rights of Participants under its Rules are governed by the laws in force in New South Wales.

 

16


Exhibit 4(c)16

 

Rules of the

Westpac Banking Corporation
Reward Plan

 

as adopted at a meeting of the Board of Directors on 11 October 2006 and approved by Shareholders of Westpac Banking Corporation by resolution at the 2006 Annual General Meeting and subsequently amended by the:

 

·                   Board Remuneration Committee on 5 August 2008; and

 

·                   Board Remuneration Committee Chairman on 13 December 2007 and 15 August 2008.

 

Allens Arthur Robinson

The Chifley Tower

2 Chifley Square

Sydney NSW 2000

Australia

Tel  61  2 9230 4000

Fax  61  2 9230 5333

 

© Copyright Allens Arthur Robinson 2008

 



 

Westpac Banking Corporation Reward Plan

 

 

Table of Contents

 

1.

Purpose

 

1

 

 

 

 

2.

Definitions and interpretations

 

1

 

 

 

 

3.

Interpretation

 

6

 

 

 

 

4.

Invitation to acquire Options

 

7

 

4.1

Issue

 

7

 

4.2

Form

 

7

 

4.3

Option price

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

5.

Application for Options

 

8

 

5.1

Application procedure

 

8

 

5.2

Application in whole or in part

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

6.

Grant of Options

 

8

 

6.1

Creation of Options

 

8

 

6.2

Non-acceptance of Application

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

7.

Lapse of Options

 

9

 

7.1

Time of lapse

 

9

 

7.2

Breach, fraud or dishonesty

 

9

 

7.3

Rights following lapse

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

8.

Exercise of Options

 

10

 

8.1

Vested Options

 

10

 

8.2

Exercise Period

 

10

 

8.3

Exercise of Options in part

 

12

 

8.4

Exercise procedure

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

9.

Performance Hurdles and Vested Options

 

12

 

9.1

Performance criteria

 

12

 

9.2

Performance Hurdles

 

12

 

9.3

Determination of number of Vested Options

 

14

 

9.4

Rounding of fractions

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

10.

Allocation of Shares

 

16

 

10.1

Allotment of Shares

 

16

 

10.2

Purchase of Shares

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

11.

Change in Control

 

16

 

 

 

 

12.

Capital Event

 

18

 

 

 

 

13.

New issues

 

18

 

 

 

 

14.

Options not transferable

 

18

 

 

 

 

15.

Security Interest

 

18

 

 

 

 

16.

Ranking and listing

 

18

 

 

 

 

17.

Issue limitations

 

19

 

i



 

18.

No interest in Shares until exercise

 

19

 

 

 

 

19.

Commencement and termination

 

19

 

19.1

Commencement

 

19

 

19.2

Termination and Suspension

 

19

 

 

 

 

20.

Administration of the Plan

 

19

 

 

 

 

21.

Amendment of the Plan

 

20

 

21.1

By the Board

 

20

 

21.2

Listing Rules

 

20

 

 

 

 

22.

Law, Listing Rules and the Constitution

 

21

 

 

 

 

23.

Rights of Participants

 

21

 

 

 

 

24.

General

 

21

 

24.1

Advice

 

21

 

24.2

Costs and Expenses

 

21

 

24.3

Dispute

 

22

 

24.4

Notices

 

22

 

24.5

Error Correction

 

23

 

24.6

Governing Law

 

23

 

ii



 

WESTPAC BANKING CORPORATION (ABN 33 007 457 141)

 

WESTPAC REWARD PLAN

 

RULES

 

1.                                      Purpose

 

The Westpac Banking Corporation Reward Plan has been established as an initiative for creating a stronger link between employee performance and reward and increasing shareholder value by enabling Participants to have a greater involvement with, and share in the future growth and profitability of the Bank.

 

2.                                      Definitions and interpretations

 

In this document the following terms have the following meanings:

 

Application means an application on an Application Form by an Eligible Employee to acquire Options under the Plan or an application made in accordance with any application procedures as the Board may determine from time to time.

 

Application Date means the last possible date as specified in an Invitation on which an Application can be made.

 

Application Form  means the application form (if any) in such form as the Board may approve from time to time.

 

ASIC means the Australian Securities and Investments Commission.

 

ASIC Act means the Australian Securities and Investments Commission Act 2001 (Cth).

 

ASX means Australian Stock Exchange Limited (ABN 98 008 624 691).

 

Award means, in relation to a Participant, the number of Options created in favour of that Participant pursuant to clause 6 having the same Issue Date.

 

Bank means Westpac Banking Corporation (ABN 33 007 457 141) or any company that becomes a holding company of Westpac Banking Corporation.

 

Board means the board of directors of the Bank from time to time.

 

Business Day means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banking institutions in Sydney are authorised or required by law to be closed.

 

Capital Event means any of the following:

 

(a)                                  any event affecting the number or type of securities on issue in the capital of the Bank, including a subdivision, consolidation, reduction, redemption or further issue of securities whether by way of rights issue, bonus issue or otherwise; and

 

(b)                                 any other event which the Board in its discretion reasonably considers should be a Capital Event.

 

1



 

Change in Control occurs when a person’s voting power is more than (or will become more than) 35% in relation to the Bank (excluding any voting power held by virtue of acceptances under an off-market bid unless or until the bid is or becomes unconditional).

 

Class Order means an instrument made by ASIC that exempts each person in a class of persons from the Corporations Act, the ASIC Act or any part of either or both, or that modifies the application of the Corporations Act, the ASIC Act or any part of either or both in particular circumstances.

 

Condition means, in respect of any Option, one or more conditions (if any) determined by the Board in its absolute discretion to apply to that Option including, without limitation, Performance Hurdles, First Exercise Date and Last Exercise Date, as specified in an Invitation made to the relevant Eligible Employee under clause 4.

 

Constitution means the Bank’s constitution as amended from time to time.

 

Corporations Act means the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

 

Determination Date means the Trading Day immediately preceding the Performance Period Commencement Date.

 

Dual Listed Company Structure means an arrangement whereby, among other things, two corporations have a unified management structure, but where each of the two corporations retains its separate legal identity and existing stock exchange listing.

 

Eligible Employee means an Employee who is a member of senior management and whom the Board determines is to receive an Invitation under the Plan.  The Board may also determine at any time that such an Employee who is located in a jurisdiction where it is, in the opinion of the Board, not reasonably practicable to invite participation in the Plan, is not an Eligible Employee and that, until the Board determines otherwise, such Employee shall not receive an Invitation under the Plan.

 

Employee means any person who is in full-time or part-time employment of a Group Company.

 

Exercisable Option means an Unvested Option which becomes a Vested Option pursuant to a determination made under clause 9.3(b)(iv), such determination to be made on the basis that the Test Date applicable to that Option:

 

(a)                                  will be the Monthly TSR Test Date immediately preceding the Last Employment Date of the Participant holding that Option; or

 

(b)                                 if no Monthly TSR Test Date has occurred since the Issue Date of that Option, will be taken to be the Last Employment Date of that Participant.

 

Exercise Price means the amount payable per Share, if any, on the exercise of a Vested Option or an Exercisable Option calculated as follows:

 

(a)                                  the Market Price; or

 

(b)                                 any other amount (which may be nil) specified by the Board in the Invitation,

 

in each case making appropriate adjustment, if any, in respect of Capital Events in accordance with clause 12.

 

2



 

First Exercise Date means the earliest date that a Participant may give Notice of Exercise under clause 8.2(a), such date to be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion and, once determined, specified in that Participant’s Invitation.

 

First Test Date means the third anniversary (or such other date as may be determined from time to time by the Board and specified in an Invitation made under clause 4, of the Performance Period Commencement Date.

 

First Test Date Notice means the written notification provided to a Participant under clause 9.3(c) in respect of the Board’s determination made as of the First Test Date.

 

Group Company means the Bank and any of its subsidiaries.

 

Invitation means an invitation to apply to acquire Options under the Plan, or such other means as the Board may determine from time to time, subject always to compliance with any Law.

 

Issue Date means the date on which an Option is created under clause 6.1 by being inscribed on the Register.

 

Last Employment Date means, with respect to a particular Participant, the date on which:

 

(a)                                  that Participant ceases to be an Employee for whatever reason; or

 

(b)                                 that Participant’s employer (being a company other than the Bank) ceases to be a Group Company.

 

Last Exercise Date means the day ending at 5.00 pm Sydney time on the date 10 years after the Performance Period Commencement Date or such other earlier date as is determined by the Board and specified in an Invitation to an Eligible Employee.

 

Law means the applicable law of the jurisdiction in which an Eligible Employee is located at the time of receipt of an Invitation.

 

Listing Rules  means the listing rules of the ASX as amended from time to time.

 

Market Price means the weighted average market price per Share of all Shares traded on the ASX during the five Business Day period up to and including the Determination Date.  The Board may exercise a discretion to include or exclude particular transactions from this calculation (e.g. “specials”) as it thinks fit.  If no Shares are traded on the ASX during that period, the price as determined by the Board.

 

Maximum TSR Ranking means the TSR Ranking equal to 75% or such other percentage as determined by the Board at the time of determination of the Performance Hurdles applicable to the relevant Options.

 

Minimum Parcel means the minimum number of Shares determined by the Board from time to time, which need not be the same number for all purposes of the Plan.

 

Minimum TSR Ranking means the TSR Ranking equal to 50% or such other percentage as determined by the Board at the time of determination of the Performance Hurdles applicable to the relevant Options.

 

Monthly TSR Test Date means, in respect of any Option, the last Business Day of each calendar month during the Performance Period applicable to that Option.

 

3



 

Notice of Exercise means a duly completed notice of exercise of a Vested Option or an Exercisable Option signed by the Participant, in a form approved by the Board from time to time, and lodged in accordance with clause 8.4.

 

Option means a right, which is subject to Performance Hurdles, to subscribe for one Share under the Plan, or such number of Shares as determined under clause 12, for monetary consideration exceeding $1.00 per Share.

 

Participant means:

 

(a)                                  an Eligible Employee who acts in accordance with clause 5.1(a) and returns a duly completed Application Form or applies, or is deemed to have applied in accordance with any application procedure determined by the Board from time to time;

 

(b)                                 the legal personal representative of that Eligible Employee where that legal personal representative’s name has been entered on the Register as the holder of the Options; or

 

(c)                                  if, because of the Bankruptcy Act 1966 (Cth) or equivalent legislation in any other jurisdiction, Options (or the rights under those Options) held under the Plan that form part of the property of an Eligible Employee, vest in the trustee of that Eligible Employee’s estate, that trustee, whether or not the name of that trustee has been entered in the Register.

 

Peer Group means those entities (being at least 13 in number) as determined by the Board from time to time for the purposes of constituting such a group.

 

Performance Hurdles means performance criteria as set out or referred to in the relevant Invitation, being the criteria set out in clause 9.2 and clause 9.3 unless the Board determines alternative, additional or modified performance criteria under clause 9.1.

 

Performance Period means, in respect of any Option, the period commencing and ending on dates as determined by the Board for the purposes of determining the extent (if any) to which the Performance Hurdles have been satisfied.

 

Performance Period Commencement Date means the first day of the Performance Period, as set out in an Invitation.

 

Plan means the Westpac Banking Corporation Reward Plan.

 

Register means the register created and maintained by or on behalf of the Bank under and in accordance with section 170 of the Corporations Act.

 

Retirement means the voluntary cessation of employment of a Participant with a Group Company solely by reason of that Participant having notified that Group Company of his or her intention to permanently leave the workforce.

 

Rules  means the rules of the Plan as set out in this document.

 

Satisfaction Date means the date that is specified in an Invitation to an Eligible Employee as the last possible date on which Conditions must be and remain satisfied.

 

4



 

Second Test Date means the fourth anniversary (or such other date as may be determined from time to time by the Board and specified in an Invitation made under clause 4), of the Performance Period Commencement Date.

 

Second Test Date Notice means the written notification provided to a Participant under clause 9.3(c) in respect of the Board’s determination made as of the Second Test Date.

 

Security Interest means a mortgage, charge, pledge, lien or other encumbrance of any nature.

 

Shares means fully paid ordinary shares in the capital of the Bank.

 

Tax includes any tax, levy, impost, deduction, charge, rate, contribution, duty or withholding which is assessed (or deemed to be assessed), levied, imposed or made by any government or any governmental, semi-governmental or judicial entity or authority together with any interest, penalty, fine, charge, fee or other amount assessed (or deemed to be assessed), levied, imposed or made on or in respect of any or all of the foregoing.

 

Tax Act means the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 (Cth) or the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 (Cth) or both, as the context requires.

 

Test Date means, in respect of each Performance Period, each of:

 

(a)                                  the First Test Date;

 

(b)                                 the Second Test Date;

 

(c)                                  the Third Test Date; and

 

(d)                                 in any case where a determination of the Board is required under:

 

(i)                                    clause 8.2(d)(vi) or 8.2(e)(iv), the date (being either a Monthly TSR Test Date or the Last Employment Date of the relevant Participant); or

 

(ii)                                 clause 11, the date (being either a Monthly TSR Test Date, a Test Date or the Notice Date),

 

on or as at which such a determination is required to be made.

 

Third Test Date means the fifth anniversary (or such other date as may be determined from time to time by the Board and specified in an Invitation made under clause 4), of the Performance Period Commencement Date.

 

Third Test Date Notice means the written notification provided to a Participant under clause 9.3(c) in respect of the Board’s determination made as of the Third Test Date.

 

Total and Permanent Disablement , in relation to a Participant, means that that Participant has, in the opinion of the Board, after considering such medical and other evidence as it sees fit, become incapacitated to such an extent as to render the Participant unlikely ever to engage in any occupation with the Bank or any other Group Company for which he or she is reasonably qualified by education, training or experience.

 

Total Exercise Price means the number of Vested Options or Exercisable Options to be exercised in a particular case multiplied by the Exercise Price.

 

Trading Day means a day on which Shares are traded on the ASX.

 

5



 

TSR means, in respect of an entity, the total shareholder return (including dividends) of that entity being the amount calculated on a basis, rounded to not less than 3 decimal places, to be determined from time to time by the Board.

 

TSR Ranking means the percentage ranking of the Bank relative to each entity comprising the TSR Ranking Group.  To obtain the Bank’s percentage ranking at each applicable Test Date:

 

(a)                                  the TSR of each entity comprising the TSR Ranking Group and of the Bank shall be ranked in descending order from highest to lowest;

 

(b)                                 the number of entities in the TSR Ranking Group with a lower TSR than the Bank shall be calculated (the Numerator ); and

 

(c)                                  the Numerator shall be divided by the number of entities then in the TSR Ranking Group and the result of that equation, expressed as a percentage, shall be the Bank’s TSR Ranking.

 

TSR Ranking Group means, on any Test Date, the first 10 entities (or such other number as the Board may from time to time determine) in the Peer Group that remain listed on the ASX and which have published sufficient data to enable each entity’s respective TSR to be determined for the purposes of this Plan.

 

Unvested Option means an Option that is neither a Vested Option nor an Option that has lapsed under clause 7.

 

Vested Option has the meaning given in clause 8.1, and the expression Vested Option shall be construed accordingly.

 

3.                                      Interpretation

 

In this document unless the contrary intention appears:

 

(a)                                  a gender includes all genders;

 

(b)                                 the singular includes the plural and vice versa;

 

(c)                                  a reference to any legislation or to a provision of any legislation includes any modification or re-enactment of it, any legislative provision substituted for it and all regulations and statutory instruments issued under it;

 

(d)                                 headings are for convenience only and do not affect the interpretation of these Rules;

 

(e)                                  reference to a clause or paragraph is a reference to a clause or paragraph of these Rules, or the corresponding Rule or Rules of this Plan as amended from time to time;

 

(f)                                    where any word or phrase is given a definite meaning in these Rules, any part of speech or other grammatical form of that word or phrase has a corresponding meaning;

 

6



 

(g)                                 where the time for doing any act, matter or thing under these Rules falls on a day which is not a Business Day, it shall be done on the next succeeding Business Day; and

 

(h)                                 terms which are defined in the Corporations Act bear the same meaning when used in this document.

 

4.                                      Invitation to acquire Options

 

4.1                               Issue

 

In its absolute discretion and subject to these Rules, the Board may from time to time issue or cause to be issued Invitations on behalf of the Bank to Eligible Employees in respect of that number or value of Options as the Board in its discretion determines.  In determining the number or value of Options to be the subject of individual Invitations, the Board may determine that those Invitations be made on a differential basis to Eligible Employees, different classes of Eligible Employees or to Eligible Employees within the same class, as the case may be.

 

4.2                               Form

 

An Invitation may take any form determined by the Board from time to time and:

 

(a)                                  will specify or include the following information:

 

(i)                                   the date of the Invitation;

 

(ii)                                the name of the Eligible Employee to whom the Invitation is made;

 

(iii)                             the maximum number or value of Options in respect of which the Eligible Employee is being invited to apply;

 

(iv)                            the Performance Period Commencement Date;

 

(v)                               the First Exercise Date of the Options;

 

(vi)                            the Last Exercise Date of the Options;

 

(vii)                         the Exercise Price;

 

(viii)                      the time period in which an Application shall be made; and

 

(ix)                              any other material terms and conditions required by any Law and any relevant Class Order and any other terms and conditions applicable to the Invitation including the requirement that the Eligible Employee must continue and remain an Eligible Employee on the date that the Options are to be granted in accordance with clause 6.1, and where Conditions (such as Performance Hurdles to be satisfied) have been determined to apply by the Board, details of those Conditions and any Satisfaction Date; and

 

(b)                                 may be issued with an Application Form and such explanatory or other material in respect of the Plan as the Board considers appropriate, or as is required by Law and any relevant Class Order.

 

7



 

4.3                               Option price

 

Options granted by the Bank under the Plan will be granted free of charge to Participants, unless otherwise determined by the Board.

 

5.                                      Application for Options

 

5.1                               Application procedure

 

(a)                                 An Eligible Employee who receives an Invitation may only make an Application within the time period and as otherwise specified in the Invitation.

 

(b)                                If, after making an Application in accordance with paragraph (a) of this clause 5.1, the Eligible Employee’s employment or appointment with a Group Company has not ceased, he or she:

 

(i)                                    becomes a Participant;

 

(ii)                                 as appropriate, irrevocably accepts (or is deemed to have accepted) the offer of Options, or offers to acquire Options, under the Plan in accordance with the terms of the Invitation; and

 

(iii)                              agrees to be bound by the terms of the Invitation and by these Rules or any modification of these Rules for the purposes of clause 9.1(b) as set out in any relevant schedule to these Rules.

 

5.2                               Application in whole or in part

 

An Eligible Employee who receives an Invitation may make an Application in respect of all or part of the maximum number of Options specified in the Invitation.  If an Application is made for only part of the Options, then the Eligible Employee may only do so in respect of that number of Options which, if exercised, would result in the Eligible Employee acquiring a number of Shares that is not less than the Minimum Parcel.  No further Application may be made in respect of that Invitation.

 

6.                                      Grant of Options

 

6.1                               Creation of Options

 

(a)                                 Options granted under the Plan shall be created, and a Participant’s title to those Options will, subject to clause 24.5, conclusively be evidenced for all purposes of the Plan by being inscribed on the Register.  No certificate or other evidence of title to an Option will be issued unless required under any applicable law or the Board in its sole discretion determines otherwise.

 

(b)                                Within 28 days after the end of the period for making an Application, as specified in the Invitation, and except as provided in clause 6.2, the Board will, in respect of each Eligible Employee who has become a Participant in accordance with clause 5.1(b):

 

8



 

(i)                                    inscribe or cause to be inscribed in the Register the name of that Participant and the number of Options applied for by that Participant; and

 

(ii)                                 notify that Participant of the Issue Date and that the Options have been so inscribed.

 

6.2                               Non-acceptance of Application

 

(a)                                 In the event that the Board does not grant Options in favour of any Participant under clause 6.1(a), the Board shall:

 

(i)                                    provide notification to that Participant that it does not wish to accept that Participant’s Application;

 

(ii)                                 refund the moneys (if any) provided by that Participant as consideration to apply for Options under the Plan; and

 

(iii)                              undertake any other action as it sees fit.

 

(b)                                If paragraph (a) of this clause 6.2 applies to a Participant, the Invitation to that Participant, and the Application by that Participant in relation to that Invitation, shall be deemed never to have been made.

 

7.                                      Lapse of Options

 

7.1                               Time of lapse

 

An Option lapses, to the extent it has not been exercised, on the earlier to occur of:

 

(a)                                 the date of lapse under clause 7.2 or clause 11;

 

(b)                                the last day of any period specified in clauses 8.2(b) to 8.2(f) (inclusive) in which a Participant may exercise an Option;

 

(c)                                 where Conditions have not been satisfied and remain unsatisfied on the Satisfaction Date, the Satisfaction Date; and

 

(d)                                the Last Exercise Date.

 

7.2                               Breach, fraud or dishonesty

 

If in the reasonable opinion of the Board a Participant acts fraudulently or dishonestly or is in material breach of his or her obligations to the Bank or any other Group Company then the Board may in its absolute discretion determine that any Unvested Options of the Participant have lapsed and the Board’s decision will be final and binding.

 

7.3                               Rights following lapse

 

Upon the lapse of an Option, all rights of the Participant in respect of that Option cease.

 

9



 

8.                                      Exercise of Options

 

8.1                               Vested Options

 

(a)                                 An Option granted to a Participant will become a Vested Option on the relevant Test Date by reference to which a determination is made that the Option has become a Vested Option only if all Conditions (including any Performance Hurdles) applicable to that Option have been satisfied unless, prior to that Test Date, the Option has lapsed under clause 7.

 

(b)                                An Option granted to a Participant will also be treated for all purposes under these Rules as a Vested Option if a determination is made under clause 8.2(c), clause 8.2(f), clause 9.3(b)(iii) or clause 9.3(b)(iv) that the Option is to become a Vested Option, from the date of the determination.

 

8.2                               Exercise Period

 

(a)                                 Except as provided in clauses 8.2(b) to 8.2(f) (inclusive), an Option that is a Vested Option may only be exercised during the period commencing on the First Exercise Date and ending on the Last Exercise Date.  Except as provided in clauses 8.2(b) to 8.2(f) (inclusive) or clause 11, an Unvested Option may not be exercised.  Notwithstanding any provision in this clause 8, no Option may be exercised after the Last Exercise Date.

 

(b)                                Death or Total and Permanent Disablement

 

If a Participant ceases to be an Employee as a result of his or her death or Total and Permanent Disablement, that Participant may, at any time prior to the first to occur of the Last Exercise Date and the first anniversary of the Last Employment Date, exercise all Options (whether or not they are Unvested Options).

 

(c)                                 Resignation

 

If a Participant ceases to be an Employee as a result of his or her resignation, that Participant may, at any time prior to the first to occur of the Last Exercise Date and the date that is 3 months after the Last Employment Date, exercise only those Options (if any) that are Vested Options at the Last Employment Date unless the Board in its absolute discretion determines that such Participant is entitled to have some Unvested Options treated as Vested Options, in which event those Unvested Options will become Vested Options.  All Unvested Options will lapse on the Last Employment Date.

 

10



 

(d)                                Retrenchment or cessation of Participant’s employer as a Group Company

 

If:

 

(i)                                    a Participant ceases to be an Employee as a result of the retrenchment of that Participant; or

 

(ii)                                 that Participant’s employer (being a company other than the Bank) ceases to be a Group Company,

 

that Participant may:

 

(iii)                              at any time prior to the first to occur of the Last Exercise Date and the first anniversary of the Last Employment Date; or

 

(iv)                             in the case of cessation as a result of retrenchment only, if the Participant has provided notice of their election prior to the Last Employment Date, to extend the period in which they may exercise Options beyond the first anniversary of the Last Employment Date, at any time prior to the Last Exercise Date,

 

exercise:

 

(v)                                only those Options (if any) that are Vested Options at the Last Employment Date; plus

 

(vi)                             if the Last Employment Date is before the Third Test Date, that number of Unvested Options (if any) that have become Vested Options pursuant to a determination made under clause 9.3(b)(iii),

 

with all other Unvested Options lapsing on that Participant’s Last Employment Date.

 

(e)                                 Retirement

 

If a Participant ceases to be an Employee as a result of the Retirement of that Participant, that Participant may:

 

(i)                                    at any time prior to the first to occur of the Last Exercise Date and the first anniversary of the Last Employment Date; or

 

(ii)                                 if the Participant has provided notice of their election prior to the Last Employment Date, to extend the period in which they may exercise Options beyond the first anniversary of the Last Employment Date, at any time prior to the Last Exercise Date,

 

exercise:

 

(iii)                              only those Options (if any) that are Vested Options at the Last Employment Date; plus

 

(iv)                             only that number of Unvested Options (if any) that become Exercisable Options, pursuant to a determination made under clause 9.3(b)(iv),

 

with all other Unvested Options lapsing on that Participant’s Last Employment Date..

 

11



 

(f)                                   Other circumstances

 

If a Participant ceases to be an Employee for any reason other than those set out in clauses 8.2(b) to 8.2(e), all of the Participant’s Options (whether they are Vested Options that have not been exercised or Unvested Options) shall lapse on the Last Employment Date unless the Board in its absolute discretion determines that such Participant is entitled to have some Unvested Options treated as Vested Options, in which event those Unvested Options will become Vested Options and the Participant may, at any time prior to the first to occur of the Last Exercise Date and the date that is 3 months after the Last Employment Date, exercise those Vested Options.

 

8.3                               Exercise of Options in part

 

If a Participant elects to exercise part of his or her Options comprised in an Award, the Notice of Exercise must be in respect of:

 

(a)                                 that number of Shares which is not less than the Minimum Parcel;

 

(b)                                multiples of a Minimum Parcel;  and

 

(c)                                 that number of Shares which will not leave any unexercised Options comprised in that Award to that Participant totalling less than a Minimum Parcel.

 

8.4                               Exercise procedure

 

A Participant may exercise any of his or her Options by lodging a Notice of Exercise and a cheque payable to the Bank for the Total Exercise Price (if any) applicable to those Options, or by such other means of payment as may be approved by the Board, at the head office of the Bank for the time being or other place nominated by the Board for this purpose.

 

9.                                      Performance Hurdles and Vested Options

 

9.1                               Performance criteria

 

(a)                                 The performance criteria applicable to any Options shall be as specified in clause 9.2 and clause 9.3 unless the Board determines otherwise.

 

(b)                                If the Board determines that alternative, additional or modified performance criteria are to apply to any Option in lieu of the performance criteria specified in clause 9.2 and clause 9.3, the Board shall as part of that determination approve a schedule, to be attached to and form part of these Rules, which contains replacement clauses setting out those alternative, additional or modified performance criteria (including any modification, if necessary, to cross referencing within these Rules) applicable to that Option.

 

9.2                               Performance Hurdles

 

(a)                                 Subject to clause 9.1, the Performance Hurdles applicable to any Performance Period relating to any Option comprised in an Award shall be determined by

 

12



 

reference to the TSR Ranking Group in accordance with sub-clauses (b), (c) and (d) below.

 

(b)                                Where, as at the First Test Date, the TSR Ranking of the Bank is:

 

(i)                                    less than the Minimum TSR Ranking, the number of Options that shall become Vested Options as at the First Test Date shall be zero;

 

(ii)                                 equal to the Minimum TSR Ranking, the number of Options that shall become Vested Options as at the First Test Date is the number equal to 50% of the total number of Options comprised in that Award;

 

(iii)                              equal to or greater than the Maximum TSR Ranking, the number of Options that shall become Vested Options as at the First Test Date is the number equal to 100% of the total number of Options comprised in that Award; and

 

(iv)                             greater than the Minimum TSR Ranking and less than the Maximum TSR Ranking, the number of Options that shall become Vested Options as at the First Test Date increases on a straight line basis from 50% to 100% of the total number of Options comprised in that Award.

 

(c)                                 Where, as at the Second Test Date, the TSR Ranking of the Bank is:

 

(i)                                    less than the Minimum TSR Ranking or equal to or less than the TSR Ranking of the Bank on the First Test Date, the number of Options that shall become Vested Options as at the Second Test Date shall be zero;

 

(ii)                                 equal to or greater than the Maximum TSR Ranking, the number of Options that shall become Vested Options as at the Second Test Date is the number equal to 100% of the total number of Unvested Options comprised in that Award; and

 

(iii)                              greater than the TSR Ranking of the Bank on the First Test Date and less than the Maximum TSR Ranking, an additional number of Options shall become Vested Options as at the Second Test Date so that the total percentage by number of Options in an Award which have become Vested Options as a result of the operation of clause 9.2 increases on a straight line basis from the percentage of Options that became Vested Options on the First Test Date to 100% of the total number of Options comprised in that Award.

 

(d)                                Where, as at the Third Test Date, the TSR Ranking of the Bank is:

 

(i)                                    less than the Minimum TSR Ranking or equal to or less than the TSR Ranking of the Bank on the First Test Date or Second Test Date (whichever is the greater), the number of Options that shall become Vested Options as at the Third Test Date shall be zero;

 

(ii)                                 equal to or greater than the Maximum TSR Ranking, the number of Options that shall become Vested Options as at the Third Test Date is the number equal to 100% of the total number of Unvested Options comprised in that Award; and

 

13



 

(iii)                              greater than the TSR Ranking of the Bank on the First Test Date or the Second Test Date (whichever is the greater) and less than the Maximum TSR Ranking, an additional number of Options shall become Vested Options as at the Third Test Date so that the total percentage by number of Options in an Award which have become Vested Options as a result of the operation of clause 9.2 increases on a straight line basis from the percentage of Options that became Vested Options on the First Test Date or the Second Test Date (whichever is the higher) to 100% of the total number of Options comprised in that Award.

 

9.3                               Determination of number of Vested Options

 

(a)                                 As soon as practicable after each Test Date applicable to any Performance Period, the Board shall determine:

 

(i)                                    the TSR Ranking Group; and

 

(ii)                                 the TSR Ranking of the Bank and of each entity comprising the TSR Ranking Group,

 

as at that Test Date.

 

(b)                                As soon as practicable after each Test Date, the Board shall determine in respect of each Participant as at that Test Date:

 

(i)                                    whether, and to what extent, the Performance Hurdles and all other Conditions (if any) applicable to that Performance Period up to that Test Date have been satisfied;

 

(ii)                                 the number of Unvested Options that will become Vested Options (if any);

 

(iii)                              in the case of a determination made for the purposes of clause 8.2(d)(vi), the number of Unvested Options (if any) that have become Vested Options, calculated in accordance with the following formula:

 

A =

(

W x

[50 + 2 (X – 50)]

 x

Y

)

- V

 

 

100

 

Z

 

 

where:

 

A is the number of Unvested Options that will become Vested Options.  If the Bank’s TSR Ranking as at the Test Date is less than 50%, A shall be taken to be nil;

 

V is the number of Options comprised in an Award that have become Vested Options prior to the Last Employment Date other than those that become Vested Options as a result of the operation of this clause 9.3(b)(iii);

 

W is the number of Options comprised in an Award;

 

X is the Bank’s TSR Ranking determined on or as at:

 

14



 

(i)                                    the most recent of a Monthly TSR Test Date and a Test Date to have occurred immediately preceding the Last Employment Date of the relevant Participant; or

 

(ii)                                 if no Monthly TSR Test Date or Test Date has occurred since the Issue Date of that Participant’s Options, the Last Employment Date of that Participant,

 

PROVIDED THAT if the Bank’s TSR Ranking so determined is greater than 75%, X shall for the purposes of this calculation be taken to be 75% (in each case X will be expressed as a whole number);

 

Y is the number of days from and excluding the Performance Period Commencement Date up to and including the Last Employment Date but only if that Participant’s Last Employment Date occurs before the First Test Date; and

 

Z is the number of days from and excluding the Performance Period Commencement Date up to and including the First Test Date but only if that Participant’s Last Employment Date occurs before the First Test Date.

 

(iv)                             in the case of a determination made for the purposes of clause 8.2(e)(iv), the number of Unvested Options (if any) that have become Exercisable Options;

 

(v)                                whether any Capital Event has occurred during the Performance Period up to that Test Date;

 

(vi)                             the Exercise Price (if any);

 

(vii)                          in the case of the First Test Date and the Second Test Date of an applicable Performance Period, the number of Options that will continue to be Unvested Options; and

 

(viii)                       in the case of the Third Test Date, the number of Unvested Options that will automatically lapse on that day.

 

(c)                                 Following each determination made by the Board under clause 9.3(b), the Board shall provide a written notification to each Participant:

 

(i)                                    as to whether or not the Performance Hurdles and other Conditions (if applicable) have been met;

 

(ii)                                 the number of Vested Options (if any) that the Participant will be entitled to exercise;

 

(iii)                              in the case of determinations made under clause 9.3(b)(iii) and (iv), the number of Unvested Options (if any) that have become Vested Options or, as the case may be, Exercisable Options;

 

(iv)                             whether a Capital Event has occurred; and

 

(v)                                the Exercise Price.

 

15



 

9.4                               Rounding of fractions

 

If any determination made under clause 9.2 or clause 9.3, results in there being a fraction of a Vested Option, the aggregate number of Vested Options shall be rounded, as follows:

 

(a)                                 upwards to the nearest whole number, if the fraction is a value of 0.5 or more; and

 

(b)                                downwards to the nearest whole number, if the fraction is a value less than 0.5.

 

10.                               Allocation of Shares

 

10.1                        Allotment of Shares

 

Subject to clause 10.2, the Bank must within 28 days after receipt of a Notice of Exercise and the Total Exercise Price (if any) in respect of Options, allot and issue to the Participant that number of Shares nominated by the Participant in the Notice of Exercise under these Rules.

 

10.2                        Purchase of Shares

 

(a)                                 The Bank may, at the Board’s discretion, determine to apply the Total Exercise Price together with, to the extent permitted by Law, moneys provided by the Bank, in purchasing Shares instead of making an allotment and issue of Shares for the purpose of the Notice of Exercise.  The relevant Shares will be purchased in the name of the Participant within 28 days after receipt of the Notice of Exercise and Total Exercise Price (if any).

 

(b)                                If the Board so determines, the Board shall at the time of that determination appoint an entity that is unrelated to any Group Company ( Entity ) for the sole purpose of purchasing the relevant number of Shares and, for that purpose, the Bank shall pay or cause to be paid to that Entity an amount equal to the costs and expenses of the acquisition of those Shares.

 

(c)                                 The Entity so appointed shall acquire the number of Shares as directed by the Board and immediately allocate and cause those Shares to immediately be registered in the name of the relevant Participant, as directed by the Board.

 

(d)                                In acquiring those Shares, but not otherwise, the Entity acts as trustee for the relevant Participant until such time as those Shares have been acquired, allocated and registered in the name of that Participant.  All other fiduciary obligations and duties of that Entity to that Participant that might otherwise be implied or imposed by law or equity are expressly excluded to the extent permitted by law, including without limitation any such obligation or duty arising under any statute.

 

(e)                                 The Entity is not an agent or trustee for the Bank or, except as provided by paragraph (d) of this clause 10.2, any Participant.

 

11.                               Change in Control

 

(a)                                 Where there is publicly announced any proposal (whether by takeover bid, scheme of arrangement or otherwise but excluding a proposal for a Dual Listed Company

 

16



 

Structure) in relation to the Bank which the Board reasonably believes may lead to a Change in Control, the Board shall, notwithstanding any other provisions of these Rules or the Options held by each Participant, promptly notify (the date of such notice being the Notice Date ) each Participant in writing that he or she may, within a period specified in the notice (which period must be not less than 14 days from the Notice Date) (the Change in Control Notice Period ), exercise:

 

(i)                                    in the case of Options comprised in an Award where the Notice Date is on or after the Satisfaction Date, only those Options (if any) that are Vested Options held by the Participant at the Notice Date; and

 

(ii)                                 in the case of Options comprised in an Award where the Notice Date is prior to the Satisfaction Date, only that number of Options (if any) calculated in accordance with the following formula:

 

A =

(

W x

[50 + 2 (X – 50)]

 x

Y

)

- V

 

 

100

 

Z

 

 

where:

 

A is the number of Unvested Options that will become Vested Options.  If the Bank’s TSR Ranking as at the Test Date is less than 50%, A shall be taken to be nil;

 

V is the number of Options comprised in an Award that have become Vested Options prior to the Notice Date;

 

W is the number of Options comprised in an Award;

 

X is the Bank’s TSR Ranking determined on or as at:

 

(i)                                    the most recent of a Monthly TSR Test Date and a Test Date to have occurred immediately preceding the Notice Date; or

 

(ii)                                 if no Monthly TSR Test Date or Test Date has occurred since the Issue Date of that Participant’s Options, the Notice Date,

 

PROVIDED THAT if the Bank’s TSR Ranking so determined is greater than 75%, X shall for the purposes of this calculation be taken to be 75% (in each case X will be expressed as a whole number);

 

Y is the number of days from and excluding the Performance Period Commencement Date up to and including the Notice Date but only if the Notice Date occurs before the First Test Date; and

 

Z is the number of days from and excluding the Performance Period Commencement Date up to and including the First Test Date but only if the Notice Date occurs before the First Test Date.

 

(b)                                All Options held by the Participant which:

 

(i)                                    are not the subject of notice under paragraphs (a)(i) or (a)(ii); or

 

17



 

(ii)            are the subject of a notice under paragraphs (a)(i) or (a)(ii) and have not been exercised by the Participant by the end of the Change of Control Notice Period,

 

shall lapse.

 

12.           Capital Event

 

(a)            If a Capital Event occurs before the lodgement of a Notice of Exercise, the Board shall determine in respect of each Option:

 

(i)             the number of underlying Shares; and

 

(ii)            the Exercise Price,

 

by taking into account the Capital Event in a manner which is fair and equitable to the Participants and which is consistent with the relevant provisions of the Listing Rules.  Options shall be reconstructed in a manner which will not result in any additional benefits being conferred on Participants which are not conferred on persons holding Shares or vice versa.

 

(b)            The Board may inform each Participant of these decisions or shall otherwise inform each Participant on request.

 

13.           New issues

 

An Option does not confer on a Participant the right to participate in new issues of Shares by the Bank, including by way of bonus issue, rights issue or otherwise.

 

14.           Options not transferable

 

Options may not be transferred, assigned or novated without the approval of the Board, except that a legal personal representative of a Participant who has died or whose estate is liable to be dealt with under laws relating to mental health or bankruptcy will be entitled to be registered as the holder of those Options after the production to the Board of such documents or other evidence as the Board may reasonably require to establish that entitlement.

 

15.           Security Interest

 

Participants shall not grant any Security Interest in or over or otherwise dispose of or deal with any Options or any interest therein, and any such Security Interest or disposal or dealing will not be recognised in any manner by the Bank.

 

16.           Ranking and listing

 

(a)            Shares allotted as a consequence of the exercise of Options will, from the date of allotment, rank equally with all other issued Shares.

 

18



 

(b)            The Bank will apply for official quotation of those Shares on each stock exchange on which Shares are quoted in accordance with the Listing Rules.

 

(c)            The Options will not be listed for quotation on any stock exchange.

 

17.           Issue limitations

 

(a)            The total number of unissued Shares, the subject of Options, which may be offered at any time to Eligible Employees under the Plan shall not exceed the maximum permitted under any Class Order providing relief from the prospectus regime of the Corporations Act to ensure compliance with such Class Order.

 

(b)            Options may not be granted under the Plan to an Eligible Employee to the extent that if all of the Options granted would be immediately exercisable from the Issue Date and are exercised on the Issue Date, the Eligible Employee would, on the Issue Date:

 

(i)             hold a legal or beneficial interest in more than five percent (5%) of the Shares; or

 

(ii)            be in a position to cast, or control the casting of, more than five percent (5%) of the maximum number of votes that might be cast at a general meeting of the Bank.

 

18.           No interest in Shares until exercise

 

A Participant has no interest in any Share unless and until the related Option is exercised and Shares are either allotted and issued to, or purchased in the name of, that Participant as a result of that exercise.

 

19.           Commencement and termination

 

19.1         Commencement

 

The Plan takes effect from the date of resolution by the Board adopting the Plan or as such later date as may be specified by the Board in that resolution.

 

19.2         Termination and Suspension

 

The Board may terminate or suspend the operation of the Plan at any time by resolution of the Board.  For the avoidance of doubt, any termination of the Plan pursuant to this clause will not affect any Options that are outstanding.

 

20.           Administration of the Plan

 

(a)            The Plan shall be administered by the Board which shall have power to delegate to any one or more persons (including, but not restricted to, a committee of the Board) for such period and on such conditions as the Board may determine the exercise of its powers or discretions arising under the Plan.

 

19



 

(b)            The Board may at any time and from time to time:

 

(i)             give directions to any person or persons appointed under paragraph (a) of this clause 20 as to the manner of the exercise by the Board of any of its discretions under these Rules or the Plan; and

 

(ii)            amend any of those directions,

 

and where the Board has given such a direction, the person or persons (as the case may be) must exercise the relevant discretion in accordance with that direction.

 

(c)            The Board shall have power to:

 

(i)             determine appropriate procedures for administration of the Plan consistent with the provisions of these Rules; and

 

(ii)            resolve conclusively all questions of fact or interpretation and all calculations arising in connection with the Plan.

 

(d)            The Board may at any time appoint or engage specialist service providers for the operation and administration of the Plan.

 

(e)            The Board shall ensure a complete register of Participants is maintained to facilitate efficient management and administration, and to comply with regulatory reporting requirements.

 

21.           Amendment of the Plan

 

21.1         By the Board

 

Subject to clause 21.2, the Board may at any time and from time to time by resolution:

 

(a)            amend all or any of these Rules or all or any of the rights or obligations of the Participants or any of them; and

 

(b)            formulate (and subsequently amend) special terms and conditions, in addition to those set out in these Rules, to apply to Eligible Employees employed in, resident in, or who are citizens of, countries other than Australia.  Each of such sets of special terms and conditions shall be restricted in its application to those Eligible Employees employed in, resident in, or who are citizens of the foreign country or countries specified by the Board, and may be revoked, added to or varied in accordance with paragraph (a) of this clause 21.1.

 

21.2         Listing Rules

 

The exercise of any powers under these Rules by the Board is subject to any restrictions or procedural requirements relating to the amendment of the rules of an employee incentive scheme or of issued options imposed by any Law or by the Listing Rules and applicable to the Plan or the Options, as the case may be, unless those restrictions, conditions or requirements are relaxed or waived by the ASX or any of its delegates either generally or in a particular case or class of cases and either expressly or by implication.

 

20



 

22.           Law, Listing Rules and the Constitution

 

The Rules and all offers and issues of Options and Shares under the Plan are subject to any Law, the Listing Rules and the Bank’s Constitution, each as in force from time to time.

 

23.           Rights of Participants

 

Nothing in these Rules:

 

(a)            confers on any Eligible Employee or Participant the right to continue as an Employee of any Group Company;

 

(b)            confers on any Employee the right to become or remain an Eligible Employee or to participate under the Plan;

 

(c)            affects any rights which a Group Company may have to terminate the employment of an Eligible Employee or Participant;

 

(d)            may be used to increase damages in any action brought against any Group Company in respect of any such termination and a Participant shall waive any and all rights to compensation or damages in consequence of any such termination insofar as those rights arise or may arise from that Participant ceasing to have rights under or entitled to exercise any Option under the Plan as a result of such termination; and

 

(e)            confers any responsibility or liability on any Group Company or its directors, officers, employees, representatives or agents in respect of any taxation liabilities of the Eligible Employees or Participants.

 

24.           General

 

24.1         Advice

 

Eligible Employees should obtain their own independent advice on the financial, taxation and other consequences to them of or relating to participation in the Plan including in relation to exercising Options and disposing of any or all Shares acquired as a result of exercising Options.

 

24.2         Costs and Expenses

 

With the exception of Taxes (excluding any Taxes payable on brokerage) which are payable by a Participant, a Participant will not be liable for any costs associated with the implementation and administration of the Plan unless the Board in its discretion determines otherwise.  If the Board so determines, the Board must inform the Participant prior to allocating any such expense to a Participant.

 

Subject to the preceding paragraph, the Bank will pay all expenses, costs and charges in relation to the establishment, implementation and administration of the Plan, including all costs incurred in or associated with the allotment and issue or purchase of Shares (except for Taxes which are payable by Participants) for the purposes of the Plan.

 

21



 

24.3         Dispute

 

Any disputes or differences of any nature arising under the Plan shall be referred to the Board and its decision shall be final and binding in all respects.

 

24.4         Notices

 

Any notice, instruction, direction or other communication (a Notice ) given under or pursuant to these Rules:

 

(a)            is validly given if it is handed to the addressee, faxed to the addressee at the fax number last notified by that person, emailed to the last email address notified by that person, or posted ordinary prepaid post (first class air-mail if to an overseas address) to the last known address of the addressee;

 

(b)            must be signed by the sending or a person duly authorised by the sender and if sent by email:

 

(i)             the Notice must be signed by a person clearly authorised by the sender in a manner which complies with the electronic signature guidelines; and

 

(ii)            the sender must keep an electronic and a printed copy of the Notice sent;

 

(c)            except as provided in paragraph (d), will be taken to have been given:

 

(i)             in the case of personal delivery, when personally received;

 

(ii)            in the case of post to a domestic address, three Business Days after posting;

 

(iii)           in the case of post to an overseas address, seven Business Days after posting;

 

(iv)           in the case of a fax, on production of a transmission report by the machine from which the fax was sent that indicates that the fax was transmitted in its entirety to the fax number of the addressee; or

 

(v)            in the case of email complying with paragraph (b), on the first to occur of:

 

(A)           receipt by the sender of an email acknowledgement from the recipient’s information system showing that the Notice has been delivered to the email address stated above;

 

(B)           the time that the Notice enters an information system which is under the control of the recipient; and

 

(C)           the time that the Notice is first opened or read by an employee or officer of the recipient,

 

unless it is personally received or faxed after 5.00 pm on the day, in which case it shall be deemed to be received or faxed on the next succeeding Business Day; and

 

(d)            in the case of a notice of election under clause 8.2(d) or clause 8.2(e), an Application Form (if any) or a Notice of Exercise, that election, application or notice will not be taken to have been received by or on behalf of the Bank until it is actually received by the Bank at the address nominated from time to time by the

 

22



 

Board or, if the terms of the election, application or notice permit it to be submitted in electronic form, then that election, application or notice will not be taken to have been received by or on behalf of the Bank until all conditions specified by the Board from time to time for the submission of that election, application or notice have been satisfied.

 

24.5         Error Correction

 

(a)            In the event that any error or mistake has been made in relation to the number of  Options the subject of:

 

(i)             an Invitation under clause 4.2;

 

(ii)            an inscription in the Register pursuant to clause 6.1; or

 

(iii)           any notification made under clause 9.3(c),

 

that Invitation, inscription or notification, as the case may be, shall be null and void and of no effect to the extent of any such error or mistake and the Board may in its absolute discretion, correct such error or mistake, without the need to obtain consent from the relevant Eligible Employee or relevant Participant, by notice to the Eligible Employee or that Participant and, where appropriate, may issue an amended Invitation or notification or correct the Register.

 

(b)            The Board will notify the relevant Participant within a reasonable period after discovering and correcting the error or mistake.

 

24.6         Governing Law

 

This Plan and the rights of Participants under its Rules are governed by the laws in force in New South Wales.

 

23


Exhibit 4(c)17

 

Rules of the
Westpac Banking Corporation
Restricted Share Plan

 

as adopted at a meeting of the Board of Directors on 9 August 2006, approved by shareholders on 14 December 2006 and subsequently amended by the Board Remuneration Committee Chairman on 6 November 2007, 5 August 2008 and with effect from 9 September 2008.

 

Allens Arthur Robinson

The Chifley Tower

2 Chifley Square

Sydney  NSW  2000

Australia

Tel  61  2 9230 4000

Fax  61  2 9230 5333

 

 

 

© Copyright Allens Arthur Robinson 2008

 

 



 

Rules of the Westpac Banking Corporation Restricted Share Plan

 

 

Table of Contents

 

1.

Purpose

1

 

 

 

2.

Definitions and interpretations

1

 

 

 

3.

Interpretation

6

 

 

 

4.

Invitation to acquire Shares

6

 

4.1

Issue

6

 

4.2

Form of Invitation

7

 

4.3

Share Price

7

 

 

 

 

5.

Application for Shares

7

 

 

 

6.

Methods of Share Acquisition

8

 

 

 

7.

Acquisition of Shares by the Plan Company

8

 

7.1

Directions by the Board

8

 

7.2

Payment of contributions

8

 

7.3

Use of contributions

8

 

 

 

 

8.

Allocation of Shares

9

 

8.1

Allocation to Participants

9

 

8.2

Registered holder

9

 

8.3

Identification of funds

10

 

8.4

Non-acceptance of Application

10

 

8.5

Error in Allocation

10

 

8.6

Unallocated Shares

10

 

 

 

 

9.

Vesting of Shares

11

 

9.1

Vesting Date

11

 

9.2

Death, Total and Permanent Disablement or Retirement

11

 

9.3

Retrenchment or employer ceases to be a Group Company

11

 

9.4

Change of Control

11

 

9.5

Shares forfeited under clause 10

12

 

 

 

 

10.

Forfeiture of Shares

12

 

10.1

Breach, Fraud or Dishonesty

12

 

10.2

Resignation or Dismissal

12

 

10.3

Forfeiture Mechanism

12

 

 

 

 

11.

Restrictions on dealing with Shares

12

 

11.1

Application of Holding Lock

12

 

11.2

Holding Lock restrictions

13

 

11.3

Enforcement by Board

13

 

11.4

Release from Holding Lock

13

 

 

 

 

12.

Rights attaching to Shares

13

 

12.1

Ranking and Listing

13

 

12.2

Voting rights

13

 

12.3

Bonus Shares

14

 

i



 

 

12.4

Rights Issues

14

 

 

 

 

13.

Commencement and termination

14

 

13.1

Commencement

14

 

13.2

Termination and Suspension

14

 

 

 

 

14.

Administration of the Plan

14

 

 

 

15.

Amendment of the Plan

15

 

15.1

By the Board

15

 

15.2

Listing Rules

15

 

 

 

 

16.

Issue limitations

16

 

 

 

17.

Law, Listing Rules and the Constitution

16

 

 

 

18.

Rights of Participants

16

 

 

 

19.

Attorney

16

 

 

 

20.

General

17

 

20.1

Advice

17

 

20.2

Relation of the Bank, Plan Company, Trustee and Participants

17

 

20.3

Costs and Expenses

18

 

20.4

Notices

18

 

20.5

Dispute

19

 

20.6

Governing Law

19

 

ii



 

WESTPAC BANKING CORPORATION (ABN 33 007 457 141)

 

RESTRICTED SHARE PLAN

 

RULES

 

1.             Purpose

 

The Westpac Banking Corporation Restricted Share Plan has been established as an initiative for creating a stronger link between employee performance and reward and increasing shareholder value by enabling Participants to have a greater involvement with, and share in, the future growth and profitability of the Bank.

 

2.             Definitions and interpretations

 

In this document the following terms have the following meanings:

 

Acquisition Date means in relation to Shares acquired under the Plan by, or for the benefit of, a Participant:

 

(a)            the date on which the Shares are allotted and issued to that Participant or, in the case of Shares purchased on behalf of that Participant, the name of that Participant is entered in the Bank’s register of members; or

 

(b)            such other date as may be determined by the Board in its discretion.

 

Application means an application on an Application Form by an Eligible Employee to acquire Shares under the Plan, or an application made in accordance with any application procedures as the Board may determine from time to time.

 

Application Date means the last possible date as specified in an Invitation on which an Application can be made.

 

Application Form  means the application form (if any) in such form as the Board may approve from time to time.

 

ASIC means the Australian Securities and Investments Commission.

 

ASIC Act means the Australian Securities and Investments Commission Act 2001 (Cth).

 

ASX means Australian Stock Exchange Limited (ABN 98 008 624 691).

 

Attorney means an attorney appointed by the Participant pursuant to the power of attorney in clause 19.

 

Australian ADI means an authorised deposit-taking institution, as defined by section 5 of the Banking Act 1959 (Cth).

 

Award means, in relation to a Participant, the number of Shares allocated in favour of that Participant pursuant to clause 8, having the same Acquisition Date.

 

Bank means Westpac Banking Corporation (ABN 33 007 457 141) or any company that becomes the holding company of Westpac Banking Corporation.

 

1



 

Board means the board of directors of the Bank from time to time.

 

Bonus Shares means Shares to which a holder of Shares is entitled in any pro rata issue by the Bank to holders of Shares for which no consideration is payable by the holder.

 

Business Day means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banking institutions in Sydney are authorised or required by law to be closed.

 

Change of Control occurs when a person’s voting power is more than (or will become more than) 35% in relation to the Bank (excluding any voting power held by virtue of acceptance under an off-market bid unless or until the bid is or becomes unconditional.)

 

Charity means an entity where gifts or contributions to that entity are deductible in accordance with Division 30 of the Tax Act or any charitable organisation as determined by the Board from time to time.

 

Class Order means an instrument made by ASIC that exempts each person in a class of persons from the Corporations Act, the ASIC Act or any part of either or both, or that modifies the application of the Corporations Act, the ASIC Act or any part of either or both in particular circumstances.

 

Constitution means the Bank’s constitution as amended from time to time.

 

Corporations Act means the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

 

Disposal Restrictions means the restrictions on dealing with Shares as set out in clause 11.

 

Dual Listed Company Structure means an arrangement whereby, among other things, two corporations have a unified management structure, but where each of the two corporations retains its separate legal identity and existing stock exchange listing.

 

Eligible Employee means an Employee whom the Board determines is to receive an Invitation under the Plan.  The Board may also determine at any time that an Employee who is located in a jurisdiction where it is, in the opinion of the Board, not reasonably practicable to invite participation in the Plan is not an Eligible Employee and that, until the Board determines otherwise, such Employee shall not receive an Invitation under the Plan.

 

Employee means any person who is in full-time or part-time employment of a Group Company, and, for the purpose of the definition of Eligible Employee only, any other person who the Board determines is an Employee, from time to time.

 

Forfeited means that a Share is subject to the forfeiture provisions in clause 10.

 

Group Company means the Bank and any of its subsidiaries.

 

Holding Lock means a mechanism to prevent, in accordance with clause 11.2, dealings with Shares held by a Participant under the Plan during the Holding Lock Period with respect to those Shares.

 

Holding Lock Period means, in relation to Shares acquired under the Plan by, or for the benefit of, a Participant, the period from the Vesting Period Commencement Date for those Shares until the earlier of:

 

(a)            the tenth anniversary of the Vesting Period Commencement Date, or such other date as may be determined by the Board in its discretion;

 

2



 

(b)            the date on which the Participant ceases employment within the meaning of section 139CA(3) of the Tax Act;

 

(c)            the time of receipt by the Plan Company of a written consent of the Board approving a Release Request made by a Participant pursuant to clause 11.4; or

 

(d)            only if the Board determines in its absolute discretion, the date on which the Participant’s employer first ceases to be a Group Company.

 

Invitation means an invitation to apply to acquire Shares under the Plan, or such other means as the Board may determine from time to time subject always to compliance with any Law.

 

Last Employment Date means, with respect to a particular Participant, the date on which:

 

(a)            that Participant ceases to be an Employee for whatever reason; or

 

(b)            that Participant’s employer (being a company other than the Bank) ceases to be a Group Company.

 

Law means the law of New South Wales and the applicable law of the jurisdiction in which an Eligible Employee is located at the time of receipt of an Invitation.

 

Listing Rules  means the listing rules of the ASX as amended from time to time.

 

Market Price means:

 

(a)            in relation to the allocation of Shares acquired in On-Market Acquisitions, the average price per Share (rounded to the nearest whole cent, with one-half of one cent being rounded down) of all Shares so acquired by the Plan Company  for the purposes of making that allocation to each relevant Participant; and

 

(b)            in relation to the allocation of Shares that have been or are to be acquired by way of allotment and issue by the Bank to the Plan Company for the purposes of making that allocation to each relevant Participant:

 

(i)             the weighted average market price per Share of all Shares traded on the ASX during the five Business Day period up to and including the day before the day on which the Shares are allocated to that Participant in accordance with clause 8 (and for this purpose the Board may exercise a discretion to include or exclude particular transactions from this calculation (e.g. “specials”) as it thinks fit); and

 

(ii)            if no Shares are traded on the ASX during that five Business Day period, the price as determined by the Board.

 

(c)            in relation to Unallocated Shares which are then allocated to a Participant:

 

(i)             where the Unallocated Shares are part of an allocation that is to be partially satisfied out of On-Market Acquisitions of shares, the same as the Market Price for those shares purchased on-market as determined under paragraph (a) above; or

 

(ii)            in all other circumstances:

 

3



 

(A)           the weighted average market price per Share of all Shares traded on the ASX during the five Business Day period up to and including the day before the day on which the Unallocated Shares are allocated to that Participant in accordance with clause 8 (and for this purpose the Board may exercise a discretion to include or exclude particular transactions from this calculation (e.g. “specials”) as it thinks fit); and

 

(B)           if no Shares are traded on the ASX during that five Business Day period, the price as determined by the Board.

 

Minimum Parcel means the number of Shares determined by the Board from time to time.

 

On-Market Acquisition means the acquisition of Shares in the ordinary course of trading or otherwise on a Trading Day on the ASX.

 

Participant means:

 

(a)            an Eligible Employee who acts in accordance with clause 5(a) and returns a duly completed Application Form  or applies, or is deemed to have applied, in accordance with any application procedure determined by the Board from time to time;

 

(b)            the legal personal representative of that Eligible Employee where that legal personal representative, having satisfied the requirements of the Constitution, is the shareholder named in the Bank’s register of members; or

 

(c)            if, because of the Bankruptcy Act 1966 (Cth) or equivalent legislation in any other jurisdiction, Shares (or any interests in Shares) held under the Plan that form part of the property of an Eligible Employee vest in the trustee of that Eligible Employee’s estate, that trustee, whether or not the name of that trustee had been entered in the Bank’s register of members.

 

Plan means the Westpac Banking Corporation Restricted Share Plan.

 

Plan Company means an entity other than a Westpac Related Body Corporate, nominated from time to time by the Board.

 

Release Request means a duly completed request executed by a Participant in a form approved by the Board from time to time, for permission from the Board to have released from a Holding Lock all or a specified number (being not less than a Minimum Parcel, unless the number of Vested Shares remaining in the Plan for that Participant is less than a Minimum Parcel in which case the Release Request must be in respect of all of the remaining Vested Shares) of Shares held by that Participant under the Plan.

 

Relevant Value in relation to an Eligible Employee means the amount determined by the Board and specified in an Invitation to that Eligible Employee.

 

Restrictions means the restrictions on dealing with Shares as set out in clause 11 and any other restrictions which the Board determines from time to time shall apply to Shares offered to all or some Eligible Employees.

 

4



 

Retirement means the voluntary cessation of employment of a Participant with a Group Company solely by reason of that Participant having notified that Group Company of his or her intention to permanently leave the workforce.

 

Rules  means the rules of the Plan as set out in this document.

 

Security Interest means a mortgage, charge, pledge, lien or other encumbrance of any nature.

 

Shares means fully paid ordinary shares in the capital of the Bank.

 

Tax includes any tax, levy, impost, deduction, charge, rate, contribution, duty or withholding which is assessed (or deemed to be assessed), levied, imposed or made by any government or any governmental, semi-governmental or judicial entity or authority together with any interest, penalty, fine, charge, fee or other amount assessed (or deemed to be assessed), levied, imposed or made on or in respect of any or all of the foregoing.

 

Tax Act means the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 (Cth) or the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 (Cth) or both, as the context requires.

 

Total and Permanent Disablement means that the Participant has, in the opinion of the Board, after considering such medical and other evidence as it sees fit, become incapacitated to such an extent as to render the Participant unlikely ever to engage in any occupation with the Bank or any other Group Company for which he or she is reasonable qualified by education, training or experience.

 

Trading Day means a day on which Shares are traded on the ASX.

 

Trust Deed means the deed poll entered into by the Trustee for the purposes of holding money, Shares and other property on trust for Participants and other persons in accordance with the Rules and the deed poll and includes any amendment to the Trust Deed.

 

Trustee means the person or entity nominated by the Board from time to time which may hold contributions from the Plan Company or Group Companies and Shares on trust for Participants and other persons as set out in these Rules on the terms and conditions set out in the Trust Deed.

 

Unallocated Shares means Shares acquired at any time:

 

(a)            by the Plan Company under clause 7.3(a) for the purposes of the Plan which have not been allocated to Participants under clause 8.1;

 

(b)            by the Trustee under clause 8.5; and

 

(c)            by the Trustee under clause 10.3.

 

Unvested Shares means Shares which have not vested in accordance with clause 9.

 

Vesting Date means, unless an Invitation to an Eligible Employee specifies otherwise, the third anniversary of the Vesting Period Commencement Date, or such other date as may be determined by the Board in its discretion.

 

Vesting Period means the period commencing on the Vesting Period Commencement Date and ending on the Vesting Date.

 

5



 

Vesting Period Commencement Date means the date the Vesting Period commences, as determined by the Board from time to time and set out in the Invitation.

 

Vested Shares means Shares which have vested in accordance with clause 9.

 

Year of Income means a period of 12 months ending on 30 June in any year and including the period commencing on the date of commencement of this Plan and terminating on the next 30 June and the period ending on the date of termination of the Plan and commencing on the preceding 1 July or any other period determined by the Board in its discretion.

 

3.             Interpretation

 

In this document unless the contrary intention appears:

 

(a)            a gender includes all genders;

 

(b)            the singular includes the plural and vice versa;

 

(c)            a reference to any legislation or to a provision of any legislation includes any modification or re-enactment of it, any legislative provision substituted for it and all regulations and statutory instruments issued under it;

 

(d)            headings are for convenience only and do not affect the interpretation of these Rules;

 

(e)            reference to a clause or paragraph is a reference to a clause or paragraph of these Rules, or the corresponding Rule or Rules of this Plan as amended from time to time;

 

(f)             where any word or phrase is given a definite meaning in these Rules, any part of speech or other grammatical form of that word or phrase has a corresponding meaning;

 

(g)            where the time for doing any act, matter or thing under these Rules falls on a day which is not a Business Day, it shall be done on the next succeeding Business Day; and

 

(h)            terms which are defined in the Corporations Act bear the same meaning when used in this document.

 

4.             Invitation to acquire Shares

 

4.1           Issue

 

In its absolute discretion and subject to these Rules, the Board may from time to time issue or cause to be issued Invitations on behalf of the Bank to Eligible Employees.  The Board may further determine that those Invitations be made on a differential basis to Eligible Employees, different classes of Eligible Employees or to Eligible Employees within the same class, as the case may be.

 

6



 

4.2           Form of Invitation

 

(a)            An Invitation may take any form determined by the Board from time to time and must specify or include the following information unless determined otherwise by the Board from time to time:

 

(i)             the date of the Invitation;

 

(ii)            the name of the Eligible Employee to whom the Invitation is made;

 

(iii)           the Relevant Value in respect of each Employee;

 

(iv)           the Vesting Period Commencement Date, Vesting Period and Vesting Date;

 

(v)            the Disposal Restrictions which will attach to the Shares acquired by the Eligible Employee;

 

(vi)           the time period in which to make an Application in respect of the Invitation; and

 

(vii)          any other material terms and conditions required by any Law and any relevant Class Order and any other terms and conditions applicable to the Invitation including the requirement that the Eligible Employee must continue to be and remain an Eligible Employee on the date that Shares are allocated under clause 8.

 

(b)            Eligible Employees may be issued an Application Form and such explanatory and other material in respect of the Plan as the Board considers appropriate, or as is required by Law and any relevant Class Order.

 

(c)            An Application Form (if applicable) and other material for the purpose of this clause 4.2 may be in electronic form, in which case references in these Rules to completing and submitting an Application Form will, subject to the Constitution, the Law and any Class Order be taken to be satisfied by the completion and submission of information in electronic form in any manner specified in the Application Form.

 

4.3           Share Price

 

Unless otherwise determined by the Board, an Eligible Employee will not be required to make any payment to acquire Shares granted by the Bank under the Plan.

 

5.             Application for Shares

 

(a)            An Eligible Employee who receives an Invitation may only make an Application in respect of the total Relevant Value specified in the Invitation within the time period and as otherwise specified in the Invitation.

 

(b)            If, after making an Application in accordance with paragraph (a) of this clause 5 or otherwise being deemed to have applied for Shares in accordance with any application procedure determined by the Board from time to time, the Eligible

 

7



 

Employee’s employment or appointment with the Group Company has not ceased, he or she:

 

(i)             becomes a Participant;

 

(ii)            as appropriate, irrevocably accepts (or is deemed to have accepted) the offer of Shares or offers to acquire Shares under the Plan in accordance with the terms of the Invitation, and

 

(iii)           agrees to become a member of the Bank and to be bound by the terms of the Invitation and by these Rules.

 

6.             Methods of Share Acquisition

 

Shares may be acquired for the purposes of the Plan:

 

(a)            by way of allotment and issue of Shares by the Bank to the Participant;

 

(b)            by the Plan Company making an On-Market Acquisition; or

 

(c)            by transfer from the Trustee.

 

7.             Acquisition of Shares by the Plan Company

 

7.1           Directions by the Board

 

Subject to these Rules, the Listing Rules, the Constitution, the Trust Deed and any relevant Law or Class Order, the Plan Company and the Trustee must comply with any direction given to it by the Board as to the operation of the Plan.

 

7.2           Payment of contributions

 

Any Group Company may pay to the Plan Company contributions in each case as determined by the Board from time to time, within a reasonable time period before or after acquisition of Shares to be used for the purposes of the Plan.

 

7.3           Use of contributions

 

(a)            Upon receipt of contributions from a Group Company, the Plan Company must use such contributions to acquire Shares (and to meet any costs associated with such acquisitions) for Participants within a reasonable period, unless the Plan Company has already acquired Shares in advance of receiving the contributions in which case it may use the contributions to reimburse itself for the purchase or subscription price for the Shares and any costs associated with the acquisition.

 

(b)            Pending the payment of contributions to the Plan Company for the purposes of acquiring Shares in respect of a Participant, the Bank shall ensure that an amount equal to the amount required for the acquisition of Shares is held in a trust account conducted by the Bank with itself or with some other Australian ADI solely for the purposes of the Plan.  Moneys deposited in that account shall not earn any interest.

 

8



 

(c)            Any surplus contributions will be applied by the Plan Company towards the costs of administering the Plan or if so directed by the Board will be transferred to the Trustee for the purposes of the trust established under the Trust Deed.

 

(d)            Any money held by the Plan Company at the end of a Year of Income shall be applied by the Plan Company, if so directed by the Board, in whole or in part for the benefit of

 

one or more of the following beneficiaries as nominated by the Board:

 

(A)           an employee share or option plan, scheme or trust established and maintained by any Group Company for the benefit of all or any Employees;

 

(B)           a provident, superannuation or retirement fund established and maintained by any Group Company for the benefit of all or any Employees;

 

(C)           a plan, scheme or trust established and maintained by any Group Company for the benefit of all or any Employees; or

 

(D)           any Charity.

 

8.             Allocation of Shares

 

8.1           Allocation to Participants

 

(a)            Each Participant, who continues to be an Employee as at the date on which Shares are allocated under this Plan, shall be allocated such number of Shares as is determined in accordance with the following formula:

 

Number of Shares =

 

Relevant Value

 

 

Market Price

 

 

or such number as the Board determines from time to time.

 

(b)            Where the number of Shares to be allocated under the formula in paragraph 0 of this clause 8.1 is not a whole number, the number shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number.

 

(c)            Each Participant agrees that the transfer of any Shares to the Participant by the Trustee or Plan Company or the registration of any Shares in the name of the Participant at the direction of the Trustee or the Plan Company satisfies any right of the Participant to be allocated an equivalent number of Shares under paragraph 0 of this clause 8.1 and discharges any obligation of the Bank to make such allocation.

 

8.2           Registered holder

 

Shares acquired for a Participant pursuant to an Invitation are to be registered in the name of the Participant.

 

9



 

8.3           Identification of funds

 

The Plan Company is not required to identify any Shares it acquires under the Plan with any particular funds it receives from any Group Company in respect of any Participant, but must allocate the Shares purchased among the relevant Participants as determined by the Board.

 

8.4           Non-acceptance of Application

 

(a)            In the event that the Bank does not, under clause 8.1, allocate Shares to a Participant, the Bank shall:

 

(i)             provide notification to that Participant that it does not wish to accept that Participant’s Application in relation to those Shares; and

 

(ii)            undertake any other action as it sees fit.

 

(b)            If paragraph (a) of this clause 8.4 applies to a Participant, the Invitation to that Participant, and the Application by that Participant in relation to that Invitation, shall be deemed never to have been made.

 

8.5           Error in Allocation

 

If any Share is allocated under this Plan in error or by mistake to a person who is not the intended recipient of that Share or who is not an Eligible Employee (the Mistaken Recipient ) , the Mistaken Recipient shall have no right or interest, and shall be taken never to have had any right or interest, in that Share and shall hold that Share absolutely for the benefit of the Trustee.  If directed by the Plan Company to do so, the Mistaken Recipient must as soon as practicable (and in any event within 10 Business Days of being so requested) transfer that Share to the Trustee. Each Participant irrevocably appoints each officer of the Plan Company as the Attorney of the Participant to execute and deliver any instrument of transfer or other document necessary or desirable to effect such a transfer from the Mistaken Recipient to the Trustee.  An officer of the Plan Company is required to execute the instrument of transfer within a reasonable period of time.

 

8.6           Unallocated Shares

 

If, after allocating Shares to Participants under clause 8.1, there remains Unallocated Shares, the Plan Company shall transfer Unallocated Shares to the Trustee and the Trustee shall, if so directed by the Board:

 

(a)            allocate those Unallocated Shares to one or more Eligible Employees as nominated by the Board from time to time;  or

 

(b)            (i)             transfer those Unallocated Shares;

 

(ii)            sell those Unallocated Shares and distribute the net sale proceeds;  or

 

(iii)           undertake any combination of paragraph (i) or paragraph (ii),

 

to one or more of the following beneficiaries as nominated by the Board:

 

(iv)           an employee share or option plan, scheme or trust established and maintained by any Group Company for the benefit of all or any Employees;

 

10



 

(v)            a provident, superannuation or retirement fund established and maintained by any Group Company for the benefit of all or any Employees;

 

(vi)           a plan, scheme or trust established and maintained by any Group Company for the benefit of all or any Employees;  or

 

(vii)          any Charity;  or

 

(c)            undertake any combination of paragraphs (a) and (b) .

 

9.             Vesting of Shares

 

9.1           Vesting Date

 

Except as provided in clauses 9.2 to 9.4 inclusive, on the Vesting Date a Participant’s Shares held under this Plan become Vested Shares, unless prior to the Vesting Date, the Shares are Forfeited in accordance with clause 10.

 

9.2           Death, Total and Permanent Disablement or Retirement

 

If a Participant who holds Unvested Shares ceases to be an Employee as a result of his or her death or Total and Permanent Disablement or Retirement, all the Participant’s Unvested Shares held under this Plan become Vested Shares on the Last Employment Date.

 

9.3           Retrenchment or employer ceases to be a Group Company

 

If a Participant holds Unvested Shares and

 

(i)             ceases to be an Employee as a result of the retrenchment of that Participant; or

 

(ii)            that Participant’s employer (being a company other than the  Bank) ceases to be a Group Company,

 

all the Participant’s Unvested Shares held under this Plan become Vested Shares on the Last Employment Date unless the Board determines otherwise.

 

Where the number of Shares to become Vested Shares under this clause 9.3 is not a whole number, the number shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number.

 

9.4           Change of Control

 

Where there is publicly announced any proposal (whether by takeover bid, scheme of arrangement or otherwise but excluding a proposal for a Dual Listed Company Structure) in relation to the Bank which the Board reasonably believes may lead to a Change of Control, the Board shall, notwithstanding any other provisions of these Rules or the Shares held by each Participant, notify (the day of such notice being the Notice Date ) each Participant in writing that all the Participant’s Unvested Shares held under this Plan have become Vested Shares on the Notice Date.

 

Where the number of Shares to become Vested Shares under this clause 9.4 is not a whole number, the number shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number.

 

11



 

9.5           Shares forfeited under clause 10

 

For the purpose of clauses 9.1 to 9.4 included a Participant will be taken not to hold any Unvested Shares which are Forfeited under clause 10, even if at the relevant time those Shares are still registered in the name of the Participant.

 

10.           Forfeiture of Shares

 

10.1         Breach, Fraud or Dishonesty

 

Unless the Board determines otherwise, a Participant forfeits any right or interest in Shares (irrespective of whether the Shares have vested) held by that Participant at that time under the Plan subject to a Holding Lock if, in the opinion of the Board, the Participant has acted fraudulently or dishonestly or is or has been in material breach of his or her obligations to any Group Company.

 

10.2         Resignation or Dismissal

 

If a Participant ceases to be an Employee as a result of his or her resignation or dismissal all Unvested Shares held by the Participant under the Plan will be Forfeited on the Last Employment Date, unless the Board in its absolute discretion determines that a Participant who has resigned or has been dismissed is entitled to have some Shares treated as Vested Shares, in which event those Vested Shares will not be Forfeited.

 

10.3         Forfeiture Mechanism

 

Unless the Board determines otherwise:

 

(a)            any Shares or right or interest in Shares Forfeited by a Participant under this clause 10 will, upon forfeiture, be transferred by an Attorney on behalf of that Participant to the Trustee;

 

(b)            the Trustee must deal with those Shares as Unallocated Shares in accordance with the provisions of clause 8.6; and

 

(c)            the Trustee will pay to that Participant the sum of $1.00 for all the Shares Forfeited under this clause 10.3.

 

11.           Restrictions on dealing with Shares

 

11.1         Application of Holding Lock

 

A Holding Lock will be applied by the Bank to all Shares held by a Participant under the Plan for the duration of the Holding Lock Period and the Participant:

 

(a)            agrees that the Shares so held by the Participant will be subject to a Holding Lock for the duration of the Holding Lock Period; and

 

(b)            undertakes not to make a Release Request (or permit or authorise another person to do so) unless the Shares have become Vested Shares.

 

12



 

The Board has an absolute discretion as to whether or not a Release Request made by a Participant will be approved and any such approval may be granted subject to one or more conditions.

 

11.2         Holding Lock restrictions

 

While subject to a Holding Lock, Shares acquired and held under the Plan by or for the benefit of a Participant cannot be transferred by the Participant and the Participant:

 

(a)            must not grant (or purport to grant) any Security Interest in or over or otherwise dispose of or deal with (or purport to otherwise dispose or deal with) any Shares acquired under the Plan or any interest in any Shares acquired under the Plan held by the Participant; and

 

(b)            must not enter into any hedging transaction in relation to Unvested Shares.

 

Failure to comply with this Rule 11.2 will render all the Participant’s Shares liable to Forfeiture under clause 10.

 

11.3         Enforcement by Board

 

The Board shall be entitled to prescribe, take and enforce such action, steps or arrangements as it considers necessary, desirable or appropriate to enforce or give further effect to the provisions of clauses 11.1 and 11.2  so as to ensure the Disposal Restrictions are satisfied.

 

11.4         Release from Holding Lock

 

Subject to clause 8.5, a Participant shall be entitled at any time to submit a Release Request to the Board in respect of any Vested Shares. If a Release Request by a Participant is approved by the Board, the Board shall release those Vested Shares from the Holding Lock within a reasonable period from the date of receipt of the Release Request.  In relation to any Shares which are Vested Shares, the Board shall be entitled to release the Vested Shares from a Holding Lock without having received a Release Request from a Participant and may remove those Shares from the Plan.

 

12.           Rights attaching to Shares

 

12.1         Ranking and Listing

 

(a)            A Participant is entitled to receive any dividend or other distributions paid or made on Shares (including Vested Shares and Unvested Shares) held by that Participant under the Plan.  This applies notwithstanding the application of a Holding Lock.

 

(b)            If Shares are allotted or issued under this Plan, they will, from the Acquisition Date, rank equally with all other issued Shares.  The Bank will apply for official quotation of these Shares on each stock exchange on which Shares are quoted.

 

12.2         Voting rights

 

A Participant may exercise any voting rights attaching to the Shares (including Vested Shares and Unvested Shares) held by that Participant under the Plan, or may appoint a

 

13



 

proxy to represent and vote for him or her, at any meeting of the members of the Bank.  This applies notwithstanding the application of a Holding Lock.

 

12.3         Bonus Shares

 

(a)            Any Bonus Shares in respect of Shares (the Original Shares ) that, at the closing date for determining entitlements to those Bonus Shares, are allocated to that Participant under the Plan and registered in the name of that Participant, shall also be held by that Participant under the Plan and be subject to a Holding Lock.

 

(b)            Bonus Shares shall be deemed to be subject to the same Restrictions for the purposes of the Plan as if they were the Original Shares and shall be treated as Unvested Shares unless and until the Original Shares are Vested Shares.

 

(c)            The Plan Company will not sell the Bonus Shares or transfer them to the Participant unless the Plan Company sells or transfers the Original Shares.

 

12.4         Rights Issues

 

A Participant is entitled to:

 

(a)            participate in any pro rata rights issue of Shares made to existing Shareholders by the Bank in respect of Shares held under the Plan; and

 

(b)            sell any renounceable rights acquired in respect of Shares held by the Participant under the Plan.

 

13.           Commencement and termination

 

13.1         Commencement

 

The Plan takes effect from the date of resolution by the Board adopting the Plan or as such later date as may be specified by the Board in that resolution.

 

13.2         Termination and Suspension

 

The Board may terminate or suspend the operation of the Plan at any time by resolution of the Board, provided that in the case of termination all Shares then subject to a Holding Lock shall be released from the Holding Lock on the date of termination or on such other date specified in that resolution.

 

14.           Administration of the Plan

 

(a)            The Plan shall be administered by the Board which shall have power to delegate to any one or more persons (including, but not restricted to a committee of the Board) for such period and on such conditions as the Board may determine the exercise of its powers or discretions arising under the Plan.

 

(b)            The Board may at any time and from time to time:

 

14



 

(i)                                    give directions to any one or more persons appointed under paragraph (a) of this clause 14 as to the manner of the exercise of any discretions under these Rules or the Plan; and

 

(ii)                                  amend any of those directions,

 

and where the Board has given such a direction, the person or persons (as the case may be) must exercise the relevant discretion in accordance with that direction.

 

(c)                                   The Board shall have power to:

 

(i)                                   determine appropriate procedures for administration of the Plan consistent with the provisions of these Rules; and

 

(ii)                                  resolve conclusively all questions of fact or interpretation and all calculations arising in connection with the Plan.

 

(d)                                 The Board may at any time appoint or engage specialist service providers for the operation and administration of the Plan.

 

(e)                                  The Board shall ensure a complete register of Participants is maintained to facilitate efficient management and administration and to comply with regulatory reporting requirements.

 

15.                               Amendment of the Plan

 

15.1                        By the Board

 

Subject to clause 15.2, the Board may at any time and from time to time by resolution:

 

(a)                                   amend all or any of these Rules or all or any of the rights or obligations of the Participants or any of them; and

 

(b)                                  formulate (and subsequently amend) special terms and conditions, in addition to those set out in these Rules, to apply to Participants employed in, resident in, or who are citizens of, countries other than Australia.  Each of such sets of special terms and conditions shall be restricted in its application to those Participants employed in, resident in, or who are citizens of the foreign country or countries specified by the Board, and may be revoked, added to or varied under paragraph (a) of this clause 15.1.

 

15.2                        Listing Rules

 

The Board’s exercise of its powers under clause 15.1 is subject to any restrictions or procedural requirements relating to the amendment of the rules of an employee incentive scheme imposed by the Listing Rules and applicable to the Plan or the Shares, as the case may be, unless those restrictions or requirements are relaxed or waived by the ASX or any of its delegates either generally or in a particular case or class of cases and either expressly or by implication.

 

15



 

16.                               Issue limitations

 

(a)                                   The total number of unissued Shares which may be offered at any time to Eligible Employees under the Plan shall not exceed the maximum permitted under any Class Order providing relief from the prospectus regime of the Corporations Act to ensure compliance with such Class Order.

 

(b)                                  Shares may not be offered under the Plan to an Eligible Employee to the extent that, immediately following acceptance of the Shares, either the Eligible Employee would hold a legal or beneficial interest in more than five percent (5%) of the Shares or would be in a position to cast, or control the casting of, more than five percent (5%) of the maximum number of votes that might be cast at a general meeting of the Bank.

 

17.                               Law, Listing Rules and the Constitution

 

The Rules and all offers and issues of Shares under the Plan are subject to the Law, the Listing Rules and the Bank’s Constitution, each as in force from time to time.

 

18.                               Rights of Participants

 

Nothing in these Rules:

 

(a)                                   confers on any Eligible Employee or Participant the right to continue as an employee of any Group Company;

 

(b)                                  confers on any Employee the right to become or remain an Eligible Employee or to participate under the Plan;

 

(c)                                   affects any rights which a Group Company may have to terminate the employment of an Eligible Employee or Participant;

 

(d)                                  may be used to increase damages in any action brought against any Group Company in respect of any such termination and a Participant shall waive any and all rights to compensation or damages in consequence of any such termination in so far as those rights arise or may arise from that Participant ceasing to have rights to any Shares under the Plan as a result of termination; or

 

(e)                                   confers any responsibility or liability on any Group Company or its directors, officers, employees, representatives or agents in respect of any taxation liabilities of the Eligible Employees or Participants at any time whether before or after termination of the Plan.

 

19.                               Attorney

 

(a)            Each Participant, in consideration of being entitled to participate in the Plan as an Eligible Employee provides a power of attorney on the terms set out in this clause 19.

 

16



 

(b)                                  For valuable consideration, each Participant irrevocably appoints the Plan Company and each officer or employee of the Plan Company from time to time  (each an Attorney ), severally as the Attorney of the Participant to:

 

(i)                                     execute and deliver any instrument of transfer or other document necessary or desirable to effect any transfer of Shares on behalf of the Participant under the Rules; and

 

(ii)                                  do all acts or things on behalf of and in the name of the Participant which may be convenient or necessary for the purpose of giving effect to the Rules.

 

(c)                                   The Attorney may delegate his or her powers (including this power) and revoke such delegation.

 

(d)                                  An Attorney may exercise his or her power even if doing so involves a conflict of interest.

 

(e)                                   If requested by the Plan Company or an Attorney, the Participant must formally approve anything that the Attorney may do under this clause 19.

 

(f)                                     The Participant indemnifies the Attorney against each claim, action, proceeding, judgement, damage, cost, loss, expense or liability incurred or suffered by or brought or made or recovered against the Attorney in connection with the exercise of any of the powers and authorities conferred by this  power of attorney.

 

(g)                                  The exercise by the Attorney of the powers and authorities conferred by this power of attorney does not involve any assumption by the Attorney, or any body which he or she is a partner or employed, of personal liabilities in connection with the exercise of the powers and authorities or the consequences of doing so.

 

(h)                                  The Participant authorises the Attorney to exercise the powers and authorities conferred by this power of attorney even if it involves a conflict of duty or the Attorney (or a person they know) have a personal interest in doing so.

 

(i)                                      This power of attorney is intended to have effect as a deed.

 

20.                               General

 

20.1                        Advice

 

Eligible Employees should obtain their own independent advice on the financial, taxation and other consequences to them of or relating to participation in the Plan, the acquisition of Shares under the Plan and the subsequent disposal of those Shares.

 

20.2                        Relation of the Bank, Plan Company, Trustee and Participants

 

(a)                                   Except when acting as an Attorney, the Plan Company acts as principal in relation to the Plan and not as an agent of the Bank or of Participants.

 

(b)                                  The Trustee acts as trustee on the terms and conditions set out in the Trust Deed and these Rules in respect of Unallocated Shares.

 

17



 

(c)            When acquiring or  arranging for the issue or allocation of Shares and when acquiring and dealing with Unallocated Shares, but not otherwise, the Plan Company acts as trustee for the relevant Participant until such time as those Shares have been acquired, allocated to that Participant or the Trustee and registered in the Participant’s or Trustee’s name. All other fiduciary obligations or duties of the Plan Company to any Participant that might otherwise be implied or imposed by law or equity are expressly excluded to the extent permitted by law, including without limitation any such obligation or duty arising under any statute.

 

(d)            The Plan Company is not a trustee for the Bank or, except as provided by paragraph (b) of this clause 20.2, any Participant.

 

(e)            The Bank does not have any entitlement to Shares or other property held by the Trustee under the terms of the Trust Deed.

 

20.3                        Costs and Expenses

 

With the exception of Taxes that may be levied on the Plan Company or the Trustee in respect of the acquisition of Shares on behalf of Participants under this Plan (allocated to relevant Participants in such proportion as the Board in its discretion determines), a Participant will not be liable for any costs incurred by the Plan Company or the Trustee in connection with the implementation and administration of the Plan (including without limitation brokerage and GST on brokerage) unless the Board in its discretion determines otherwise.  If the Board so determines, the Board must inform the Participant prior to allocating any expense or Taxes to a Participant.

 

Subject to the preceding paragraph, the Bank will pay all expenses, costs and charges in relation to the establishment, implementation and administration of the Plan, including all costs incurred in or associated with the allotment and issue or purchase of Shares (except for brokerage and Taxes which are allocated to Participants) for the purposes of the Plan.

 

20.4                        Notices

 

Any notice, direction, consent or other communication (a Notice ) given or made under these rules:

 

(a)            is validly given if it is handed to the addressee, faxed at the fax number last notified by that person, emailed to the last email address notified by that person, or posted prepaid post  (first class airmail if to an overseas address) to the last known address of the addressee;

 

(b)            must be in writing and signed by the sender or a person duly authorised by the sender and if sent by e-mail:

 

(i)                                     the Notice must be signed by a person clearly authorised by the sender in a manner which complies with the electronic signature guidelines; and

 

(ii)                                  the sender must keep an electronic and a printed copy of the Notice sent;

 

(c)            except as provided in paragraph (d) below, will be taken to be duly given or made:

 

(i)                                     in the case of delivery in person, when personally received;

 

18



 

(ii)            in the case of delivery by post, three Business Days after the date of posting (if posted to an address in the same country) or seven business days after the date of posting (if posted to an address in another country);

 

(iii)           in the case of fax, on receipt by the sender of a transmission control report from the despatching machine showing the relevant number of pages and the correct destination fax number or name of recipient and indicating that the transmission has been made without error; and

 

(iv)           in the case of email complying with paragraph (b), on the first to occur of:

 

(A)                              receipt by the sender of an email acknowledgement from the recipient’s information system showing that the Notice has been delivered to the email address stated above;

 

(B)                                the time that the Notice enters an information system which is under the control of the recipient; and

 

(C)                                the time that the Notice is first opened or read by an employee or officer of the recipient,

 

but if the result is that a Notice would be taken to be given or made on a day that is not a Business Day in the place to which the Notice is sent or is later than 5pm (local time) it will be taken to have been duly given or made at the start of business on the next Business day in that place; and

 

(d)            in the case of any Application Form or a Release Request, that application or request will not be taken to have been received by or on behalf of the Bank until it is actually received by the Bank at the address nominated from time to time by the Board or, if the terms of an Application Form or Release Request permit it to be submitted in electronic form, then that Application Form or Release Request will not be taken to have been received by or on behalf of the Bank until all conditions specified by the Board from time to time for the submission of that Application Form or Release Request have been satisfied.

 

20.5                        Dispute

 

Any disputes or differences of any nature arising under the Plan shall be referred to the Board and its decision shall be final and binding in all respects.

 

20.6                        Governing Law

 

This Plan and the rights of Participants under its Rules are governed by the laws in force in New South Wales.

 

19


 

Exhibit 7

 

Computation of consolidated ratio of earnings to fixed charges

 

The following table sets out the calculation ratio of earnings to fixed charges (unaudited) for the periods indicated. The ratios are calculated based on earnings and charges determined in accordance with A-IFRS.

 

 

 

30-Sep

 

30-Sep

 

30-Sep

 

30-Sep

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

(in millions of AUD except ratios)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit before income tax

 

5,219

 

5,148

 

4,547

 

4,172

 

Add fixed charges

 

21,958

 

15,849

 

12,529

 

10,365

 

Less minority interest in subsidiaries that have not incurred fixed charges

 

(73

)

(67

)

(54

)

(251

)

Earnings before tax and fixed charges

 

27,104

 

20,930

 

17,022

 

14,286

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

21,859

 

15,762

 

12,449

 

10,285

 

Portion of rent estimated to represent interest expense

 

99

 

87

 

80

 

80

 

Fixed charges

 

21,958

 

15,849

 

12,529

 

10,365

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges

 

1.23

 

1.32

 

1.36

 

1.38

 

 

 


Exhibit 12

 

CERTIFICATION

 

I, Gail Patricia Kelly, certify that:

 

1.                            I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Westpac Banking Corporation (“the registrant”);

 

2.                            Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.                            Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.                            The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

(a)           Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b)          Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c)           Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d)          Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.                The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a)           All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b)          Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: 30 October 2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/Gail Patricia Kelly

 

 

 

 

 

Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 



 

CERTIFICATION

 

I, Philip Matthew Coffey, certify that:

 

1.                            I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Westpac Banking Corporation (“the registrant”);

 

2.                            Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.                            Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.                            The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

(a)           Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b)          Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c)           Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d)          Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.                The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a)           All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b)          Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: 30 October 2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/Philip Matthew Coffey

 

 

 

 

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 


Exhibit 13

 

CERTIFICATIONS

Pursuant to  18 U.S.C. § 1350

 

I, Gail Patricia Kelly, certify that the Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 30 September 2008 of Westpac Banking Corporation (the “Company”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that the information contained in the report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

 

 

 

Date: 30 October 2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/Gail Patricia Kelly

 

 

Gail Patricia Kelly
Managing Director and
Chief Executive Officer

 

I, Philip Matthew Coffey, certify that the Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 30 September 2008 of Westpac Banking Corporation (the “Company”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that the information contained in the report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

 

 

Date: 30 October 2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/Philip Matthew Coffey

 

 

Philip Matthew Coffey
Chief Financial Officer

 


Exhibit 15

 

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers

 

 

ABN 52 780 433 757

 

 

 

 

 

Darling Park Tower 2

 

 

201 Sussex Street

 

 

GPO BOX 2650

 

 

SYDNEY NSW 1171

 

 

DX 77 Sydney

 

 

Australia

 

 

Telephone+61 2 8266 0000

 

 

Facsimile+61 2 8266 9999

 

 

www.pwc.com/au

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement on Form F-3 (No. 333-153500) of Westpac Banking Corporation of our report dated 30 October 2008 relating to the financial statements and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 20-F.

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers

Sydney, Australia

30 October 2008